The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II: An Annotated Bibliography of English-Language Sources

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II is a concise, comprehensive guide for students, teachers, and history buffs of the Second World War. With an emphasis on the American forces in these theaters, each entry is accompanied by a brief annotation that will allow researchers to navigate with ease through the vast amount of literature on the campaigns fought in these regions. Focusing on all aspects surrounding the U.S. involvement in the Western European and Mediterranean theaters, including politics, religion, biography, strategy, intelligence, and operations, this bibliography will be a welcome addition to the collection of any academic or research library. Routledge Research Guides to American Military Studies provide concise, annotated bibliographies to the major areas and events in American military history. With the inclusion of brief critical annotations after each entry, the student and researcher can easily assess the utility of each bibliographic source and evaluate the abundance of resources available with ease and efficiency. Comprehensive, concise, and current—Routledge Research Guides to American Military Studies are an essential research tool for any historian. Donal J. Sexton is Professor Emeritus of History at Tusculum College, where he specialized in the History of World War II and Intelligence. Sexton is the author of Signals Intelligence in World War II: A Research Guide.

Routledge Research Guides to American Military Studies America and World War I David R. Woodward The War of 1812 John Grodzinski The United States in the Vietnam War, 1954–1975 Louis A. Peake The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Donal J. Sexton

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An Annotated Bibliography of English-Language Sources Donal J. Sexton

First published 2009 by Routledge 270 Madison Ave, New York, NY 10016 Simultaneously published in the UK by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business

This edition published in the Taylor & Francis e-Library, 2008. “To purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor & Francis or Routledge’s collection of thousands of eBooks please go to www.eBookstore.tandf.co.uk.” © 2009 Taylor & Francis All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilized in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. Trademark Notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe. Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data Sexton, Donal J. The Western European and Mediterranean theaters in World War II : an annotated bibliography of Englishlanguage sources / Donal J. Sexton. p. cm. – (Routledge research guides to American military studies) Rev. ed. of: World War II, the European and Mediterranean theaters : an annotated bibliography / Myron J. Smith. 1984. Includes bibliographical references and indexes. ISBN 13: 978–0–415–95769–4 (hbk. : alk. paper) ISBN 13: 978–0–203–89268–8 (ebook) ISBN 10: 0–415–43391–6 (hbk. : alk. paper) ISBN-10: (invalid) 0–203–95769–9 (ebook) 1. World War, 1939–1945–Campaigns–Western Front– Bibliography. 2. World War, 1939–1945–Campaigns–Mediterranean Area–Bibliography. 3. United States– Armed Forces–History–World War, 1939–1945–Bibliography. I. Smith, Myron J. World War II, the European and Mediterranean theaters. II. Title. Z6207.W8S573 2008 [D756] 016.9405421–dc22 2008007151

ISBN 0-203-89268-2 Master e-book ISBN

ISBN 10: 0–415–95769–6 (hbk) ISBN 10: 0–203–89268–2 (ebk) ISBN 13: 978–0–415–95769–4 (hbk) ISBN 13: 978–0–203–89268–8 (ebk)

Contents Introduction I

II

III

IV

1

Reference Works A. Bibliographies B. Abstracts/Indexes C. Encyclopedias/Handbooks/Dictionaries D. Annuals/Yearbooks E. Atlases/Chronologies F. Collective Biography G. Document/Manuscript Guides and Collections H. General War Histories

7 7 19 23 33 34 38 43 50

Special Studies A. The Diplomacy, Strategy, and Economics of Coalition Warfare B. Intelligence and Related Activities C. Technical Support: Medicine, Logistics, Engineering, Communications, and Special Services

62 62 88 109

The War in the Air A. General Works B. Biographies and Memoirs of Officers and Enlisted Personnel 1. Collective Biographies 2. Individual Biographies and Memoirs C. Campaigns and Battles 1. Mediterranean Theater 2. European Theater 3. Combined Bomber Offensive D. Unit Histories 1. General Works 2. Air Forces 3. Fighter Units 4. Bomber Units 5. Other Units E. Air Weapons, Uniforms, and Markings 1. General Works 2. Individual Aircraft a. Bombers b. Fighters c. Other Aircraft 3. Awards, Personal Equipment, Insignia, and Markings

124 124

The War on Land A. General Works

232 232

135 136 139 153 153 159 168 190 191 192 195 201 207 209 209 215 215 221 227 229

vi

Contents

V

B. Biographies and Memoirs a. Collective Biographies b. Individual Biographies and Memoirs C. Campaigns and Battles 1. Mediterranean Theater a. General Works b. North Africa c. Sicily, Italy, and Southern France 2. European Theater a. General Works b. D-Day Through France c. Holland, Belgium, and Germany D. Unit Histories 1. General Works 2. Armies and Corps 3. Airborne Divisions 4. Armored Divisions 5. Infantry Divisions 6. Miscellaneous Units E. Land Weapons, Uniforms, and Markings 1. General Works 2. Artillery 3. Tanks and Armored Vehicles 4. Infantry and Airborne Weapons 5. Military Vehicles 6. Uniforms, Insignia, Markings

245 245 251 302 302 302 304 313 337 337 346 378 415 415 417 422 427 432 446 450 451 451 453 460 464 465

The War at Sea A. General Works B. Biographies and Memoirs 1. Collective Biography 2. Individual Biographies and Memoirs C. Campaigns and Battles 1. Mediterranean 2. English Channel 3. Battle of the Atlantic D. Sea Weapons, Uniforms, and Markings 1. Warships 2. Warplanes 3. Sea Weapons 4. Uniforms, Insignia, Markings

471 471 479 479 481 485 485 493 497 521 521 528 532 533

Author Index

535

Subject Index

557

Introduction

Background World War II was a seminal event for the United States and the American people. Pearl Harbor discredited the illusion of isolationism and propelled the nation into a war that John Keegan has described as “the largest single event in human history.” The war profoundly altered the international order and changed nations and society fundamentally. For the United States, World War II was shorter and less costly in terms of human life, treasure, and natural resources than it was for the other major belligerent nations. Although engaged in the war economically, politically, and emotionally from 1939 to 1941, the United States did not enter the war as a combatant until the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor in December 1941 and Germany’s subsequent declaration of war against it. With the exceptions of Hawaii and the Philippine Islands, then a territory and colony respectively, no battles were fought on American soil; no American cities were devastated. American military casualties of 274,000 killed exceeded those of World War I, but were significantly smaller than those suffered by any other major belligerent.1 In a military sense, the United States fought a truly global war. American forces were deployed around the world, from the Aleutian islands of the North Pacific to the rain forests of Burma, in the Atlantic and Mediterranean, in North Africa, Italy, northwest Europe, as well as numerous atolls of the vast central Pacific. Over 16,000,000 men and women served in the American armed forces during the course of World War II.2 When victory came in Europe and Asia in the spring and autumn of 1945, the United States possessed unsurpassed economic and military power, not to mention international prestige. It would be presumptuous, or worse arrogant, to attempt to compile an annotated bibliography dealing with all aspects of a subject as complex as World War II. In the nearly 25 years that have elapsed since Myron J. Smith, Jr. first completed World War II: The European and Mediterranean, which this writer has expanded and retitled World War II: A Selective Annotated Bibliography of the Northwest European, Central Mediterranean and Atlantic Theaters, literature concerned with and interest in the war has not simply grown, it has exploded. Once 1

2

Introduction

common, books and articles by generals, admirals, and air marshals on strategy and campaigns have given way to biographies and personal memoirs of the men and women who experienced the war on the ground, air, and sea, or in hospitals. African Americans have found their voices and recounted their experiences of fighting for freedom in ironically segregated units of the American armed forces. Veterans, particularly it seems of elite units, have written of their experiences of combat and occupation duty in sometimes elegiac, but nearly always in reflective terms. The popularity of the war in the consciousness of Americans is reflected in best sellers such as Tom Brokaw’s The Greatest Generation Speaks (New York: Random House, 1999) and the films Saving Private Ryan and Band of Brothers. Americans, however, cannot fully comprehend the events experienced by Allied seamen, soldiers, and airmen over 60 years ago in the Atlantic, in ground combat in North Africa, Sicily, Italy and northwest Europe, or in the skies and waters of the Atlantic and Mediterranean without knowledge of the contributions and achievements of peoples of other nationalities. Victory over the European Axis, especially Germany, resulted from an Allied coalition involving the combined efforts of the men and women of Canada, the United Kingdom and its Commonwealth or Empire forces, France, Poland, the Soviet Union, and many other nations. It was, in other words, an Allied victory, not just an American, Canadian, or British triumph. It seems as though the further removed wartime allies are from the events of 1939–1945, the more contentious discussion has become of Allied leadership, strategy, and tactics. Indeed debate continues to swirl over the wisdom and conduct of the Italian campaign, especially the generalship of British and American commanders, the bombing of Monte Cassino, and the attempt to outflank the German forces at Anzio (Operation SHINGLE). It appears that historians will never resolve the question of whether or not the commitment of Allied resources in Italy was a strategically sound decision. Similarly, the trans-Atlantic debate continues unabated concerning Field Marshal Bernard Montgomery’s conduct of the Normandy campaign and his challenge of General Dwight D. Eisenhower’s “broad front” strategy after the breakout from Normandy that resulted from Operation COBRA in August 1944. Much of this debate mirrors national biases. One can readily discover books and articles in contemporary popular or scholarly journals in which the pros and cons of alternative strategies and the strengths and weaknesses of British, American, Canadian and Commonwealth troops who battled the German army are assessed. Controversy and debate also characterize discussion of the strategic air campaign against Germany and the effectiveness of Allied close air support forces. The former debate has long been focused on the effectiveness and morality of RAF Bomber Command’s area attacks on German cities. These attacks have recently been likened to the Holocaust. Consequently, in agreeing to revise Smith’s original book, the writer did so with the thought in mind of broadening its coverage to embrace significant works that make a substantial contribution to understanding the activities of the armed forces and leaders of the United States’ allies or coalition partners. Good intentions notwithstanding, the vastness of the available literature dictates limits. Not all titles published since 1984 have been included in this revised and enlarged edition. In particular, many heavily illustrated works pertaining to weapons and equipment that are primarily of interest to enthusiasts or aficionados which offer

Introduction

3

little or nothing fundamentally new have been excluded. This may strike some as unwise, but it is decision born from considerations of space. The sheer volume of literature concerned with World War II raises serious questions of bibliographic control. Although public interest in World War II remains high, relatively little has been accomplished in the United States since this work first appeared in 1984. There are, or course, exceptions to this. Janet Zeigler’s World War II: Books in English, 1945–1965 (Stanford, Ca.: Hoover Institution Press, 1971) and The American Committee on the History of the Second World War have helped keep scholars abreast of new publications. What has changed and will continue to alter this situation is the World Wide Web. Whether one is an amateur or professional historian, or a passionate enthusiast, those with a deep interest in World War II have learned to access it via the Internet. A visit to the reference room of any large public or university library should suffice to convince the few “doubting Thomases” that may still linger in musty stacks somewhere that the World Wide Web has become synonymous with research. As J. Douglas Smith and Richard Jensen observe in the 2003 edition of World War II on the Web, in 2002 “entering the phrases ‘World War II’ or ‘World War Two’ into Google produced 1.8 million hits”; today they yield “between 2.3 and 3 million hits.”3 One can read oral histories, official government documents, including afteraction reports, minutes of meetings, diplomatic messages, operational plans, contemporaneous letters and diaries of military and civilian personnel, or view photographs, and participate in discussions with veterans concerning the war and their service via the Internet. Although occasionally difficult and time-consuming to access, they are but “a mouse click away.” All that is required to access a plethora of primary sources is patience and diligence—two hallmarks of serious researchers. The World Wide Web not only makes resources previously not easily accessible available without extensive travel, it also enhances bibliographic control. One can now review library catalogs from a distance, purchase books deemed important from specialized dealers, read scholarly journal, popular periodical, and newspaper articles without journeying to repositories or leaving the confines of one’s office. Even the official histories prepared by the U.S. Army Center for Military History on the Normandy campaign and the Battle of the Bulge can be found online at the Center’s website or purchased in the form of CD-Roms. In addition, scholarly and popular journals can be purchased online or their contents searched for relevant materials via various databases often subscribed to by major universities and public libraries. Many, such as the Center of Research and Information on the Battle of the Bulge (http://users.skynet.be/ bulgecriba/battlebulihtm) in Belgium “provide the most comprehensive collection of online resources” in existence pertaining to that seminal December of 1944.4 Hopefully this work, although not comprehensive, will prove a useful guide for those seeking access to print and electronic sources pertaining to the Allied air war in Europe, the operations of Allied ground forces in the central Mediterranean and western Europe, and the operations of Allied naval forces in the epic Battle of the Atlantic, the Mediterranean, and the waters in or near the English Channel.

4

Introduction

Arrangement The five main sections in the table of contents form, with their subsections, something of a classified subject index to this guide and a key to the manner in which the book is organized. Within the text, each section and many subsections have introductions which include information on further references designed to guide discerning readers to related information.

Acknowledgments For their advice, assistance, or encouragement in the formulation, research, and completion of the first edition of this volume, the following persons and libraries were gratefully acknowledged. Mr. Robert B. Lane, Director, U.S.A.F. Air University Library, Maxwell AFB, Alabama Mrs. Dianne S. Tapley, Head, Public Services Section, U.S. Army Infantry School Library, Fort Benning, Georgia Mr. Lester L. Miller, Jr., Supervisory Librarian, Morris Swett Library, U.S. Army Field Artillery School, Fort Sill, Oklahoma Mr. Ray Merriam, International Graphics Corporation, Bennington, Vermont Radm. John D. H. Kane, USN (Ret.), Director of Naval History and Curator for the Navy Department, Washington, D.C. Dr. M. Joyce Baker, Director of Educational Services, American Biographical Center, Santa Barbara, California Col. Donald P. Shaw, Director U.S. Army Military History Institute, Carlisle Barracks, Pennsylvania Mr. Stanley Kalkus, Director, Navy Department Library, Washington, D.C. Mr. Charles von Luttichau, Office of the Chief of Military History and the Center of Military History, Department of the Army, Washington, D.C. Dr. Dean C. Allard, Head, Operational Archives, Knox Historical Center, Department of the Navy, Washington, D.C. Vadm. Peter Gretton, Royal Navy (Ret.), London, United Kingdom LTG Mark W. Clark, U.S. Army (Ret.), Charleston, S.C. LTC Ira Eaker, U.S. Air Force (Ret.), Washington, D.C. Dr. Richard D. Burns, Director, Center for the Study of Armament and Disarmament, California State University, Los Angeles Dr. Jürgen Rohwer, Director and the staff of the Bibliothek für Zeitgeschichte, Stuttgart, Germany MG John W. Huston, U.S.A.F., and Dr. Benjamin F. Cooling, III, Office of Air Force History, Department of the Air Force, Washington, D.C. Dr. Arthur L. Funk, Chairman of the American Committee on the History of the Second World War West Virginia University Library, Morgantown, West Virginia U.S. Coast Guard Academy Library, New London, Connecticut U.S. Naval Academy Library, Annapolis, Maryland U.S. Military Academy Library, West Point, New York Clarksburg-Harrison Public Library, Clarksburg, West Virginia

Introduction

5

Wayne County Public Library, Wooster, Ohio Ashbrook Library, Ashland College, Ashland, Ohio Special appreciation is reserved for my colleagues at Salem College, without whose backing and aid this project would remain undone. President Ronald E. Ohl and Provost Gary S. McAllister provided continuous support and the encouragement to proceed. Margaret Allen, Jacqueline Isaacs, Sara A. Casey, and Janet Underwood of the Benedum Learning Resources Center staff provided support and interlibrary loan assistance. Finally, hearty thanks are due to series editor Dick Blanco for his support, guidance, and kind words. Myron J. Smith, Jr. Salem, West Virginia 1 September 1983

For their advice, assistance, and encouragement in the completion of the second edition of this volume, the following persons and libraries are gratefully acknowledged. Austin Peay State University Library, Clarksville, Tennessee East Carolina University Library, Greenville, North Carolina East Tennessee State University Library, JohnsonCity, Tennessee Joint Forces Staff College Library, Norfolk, Virginia Fort Knox Army Library, Fort Knox, Kentucky Knox County Public Library, Knoxville, Tennessee Muir S. Fairchild Research Information Center, Maxwell AFB, Alabama Nashville Public Library, Nashville, Tennessee Mr. Gordon Ramsay, Managing Editor, After the Battle, London, United Kingdom Schiffer Publishing, Atglen, Pennsyvania Tusculum College Library, Greeneville, Tennessee United States Army Army School Research Library, Fort Knox, Kentucky University of Southern Mississippi Library, Hattiesburg, Mississippi University of Tennessee Library, Knoxville, Tennessee University of Tennessee Library, Chattanooga, Tennessee Vanderbilt University Library, Nashville, Tennessee Virginia Technological University Library, Blacksburg, Virginia Special appreciation is reserved for my longtime friends of the Tusculum College Library, without whose support and assistance the revision and enlargement of this volume would have remained stillborn. In particular, I wish to thank Professor of Library Science and History, Myron J. Smith, Jr., for his advice and for encouraging me to undertake what has proved an enlightening venture. A special word of thanks is also due to Assistant Professors Charles H. Tunstall and Kathy Hipps, reference and information literacy librarians. The former cheerfully and unfailingly processed myriad interlibrary loan requests. The latter similarly worked her magic to unearth reviews and details of numerous titles. Without their good-natured assistance, professional expertise, and humorous asides, this project would not have been the enlightening journey it became. Finally, a word of appreciation is due my wife, Peg, who has both tolerated

6

Introduction

stacks of books and papers throughout the den and quietly offered words of encouragement. Donal J. Sexton Professor Emeritus Greeneville, Tennessee December 2007

Notes 1 I. C. B. Dear and M. R. D. Foot. The Oxford Companion to World War II (Oxford/New York, Oxford University Press, 1995), 290. 2 Ibid., 1192. 3 J. Douglas Smith and Richard Jensen. World War II on the Web: A Guide to the Very Best Sites (Wilmington, De., Scholarly Resources, 2003), xiii. 4 Ibid., 44–45.

Errata Anders, Wladyslaw. An Army in Exile: The Story of the Second Polish Corps. London: Macmillan, 1949. 319 pp. This volume is more than an account of the capture of Monte Cassino and the role of II Corps in the Italian campaign. Anders not only recounts his survival of imprisonment at Soviet hands and the resurrection of the Polish Army in Russia in 1941–42, but presents an unvarnished view of what he regarded as Anglo-American appeasement of Stalin at Poland’s expense during the Yalta conference. (Should be entered under the Mediterranean Theater (see p. 302) as 2202a on p. 314.) Please note that entry 3731 on p. 514 should be entered under Mediterranean Campaigns as 3547a on p. 491.

I Reference Works

The purpose of this section is twofold. First and foremost is our desire to present tools that should prove useful in updating this guide and for additional research into the complexities of the American role in Europe during World War II. Second, we seek to point out those titles that have, in different ways, a general impact either on the topic or on the formation of background knowledge useful to those who wish to deal with it.

A. Bibliographies Introduction: Bibliographers have waged an unsuccessful battle to remain abreast of World War II literature for over half a century. The sources cited in this section offer significant assistance to those who would attempt to keep up with the barrage of material appearing annually on history’s greatest conflict. Unfortunately, as with the tactics and hardware of World War II, many offerings are made obsolete almost as soon as they are published and become period pieces as surely as a Stuart tank by the fact that they are not updated. 1. American Historical Association. Recently Published Articles. Washington, D.C., 1976–. v. 1–. This series replaces the section by that title found in quarterly issues of the American Historical Review before 1976; while containing references to the American war effort in Europe, this tool’s lack of an index makes digging necessary. 2. ——. Writings on American History. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947–1960. An extremely useful series containing a large number of citations relative to the American war effort, many from military journals such as Military Review. Continued by the Dougherty work cited below (item 22). 7

8

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 3. Barnard, Roy S., William Burns, and Duane Ryan. The Era of World War II: General Reference Works, Biography. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: Army Military History Institute, Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1977. 185 pp. Lists and gives brief descriptions of general histories, bibliographies, and biographies of the Military History Institute. 4. Baxter, Colin F. Field Marshal Bernard Law Montgomery, 1887–1976: A Selected Bibliography. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 190 pp. An excellent research tool for scholars and students interested in the controversial victor of El Alamein and commander of the Normandy invasion ground forces. Baxter provides a historiographical overview of significant works. 5. ——. The Normandy Campaign, 1944: A Selected Bibliography. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1992. 168 pp. An outstanding bibliography of selective sources pertaining to the origins of the Second Front, the planning, preparation and launching of OVERLORD, including its intelligence dimensions, and the Battle for Normandy. Baxter includes a review of “Sources for Research on the Normandy Campaign” in a separate chapter. 6. Bayliss, Gwyn. Bibliographic Guide to the Two World Wars: An Annotated Survey of English-Language Reference Materials. New York: R. R. Bowker, 1977. 578 pp. A useful annotated guide to reference materials such as dictionaries, encyclopedias, biographies, periodical indexes, directories, atlases, etc., as well as private and official publications, postwar official reports, archival collections, and unit histories. Indexed by author, title, geographical region, and subject. 7. Besterman, Theodore. A World Bibliography of Bibliographies and of Bibliographical Catalogues, Calendars, Abstracts, Digests, Indexes, and the Like. 4th ed., rev. 5 vols. Lausanne, Switzerland: Societas Bibliographia, 1965–1966. The world’s most famous and largest bibliography of bibliographies lists 117,000 citations, including many on World War II and military affairs. 8. Bibliographic Index: A Cumulative Bibliography of Bibliographies. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1937–. v. 1–. Arranged by subject, this series supplements Besterman and includes not only independently published bibliographies, but those found in monographs and periodicals. Bibliographies relating to the 1939–1945 conflict can be found under the subject entry “World War, 1939–1945” and its subdivisions, and under the names of countries and individuals. Also available as a subscription Internet database from WilsonWeb. Highly recommended for graduate and undergraduate students. 9. Biography Index. Dublin, Oh.: OCLC First Search, 1984.

Reference Works

9

An Internet subscription service monthy “publication” that covers more than 2,700 English-language periodicals and 1,800 books. 10. Bivins, Harold A. An Annotated Bibliography of Naval Gunfire Support. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Marine Corps, 1971. 10 pp. A brief collection of citations drawn from military periodicals, few of which are relative to the war in Europe. 11. Blackstock, Paul W. and Frank L. Schaf, Jr. Intelligence, Espionage, Counter-espionage, and Covert Operations: A Guide to Information Sources. Detroit, Mi.: Gale Research Co., 1978. A comprehensive and annotated guide, which covers the OSS and SOE during World War II. 12. Bloomberg, Marty, and Hans H. Weber. World War II and Its Origins: A Selected Annotated Bibliography of Books in English. Littleton, Co.: Libraries Unlimited, 1975. 311 pp. This annotated guide contains a select list of 1,603 titles in a classified listing and is useful for commentary on the major military titles on the subject. 13. Bohanan, Robert D., comp. Dwight D. Eisenhower: A Selected Bibliography of Periodical and Dissertation Literature. Abilene, Ks.: U.S. General Services Administration, Dwight D. Eisenhower Library, 1981. 162 pp. Includes 741 postwar periodical articles and 558 dissertations; the periodical citations receive brief annotations while those for dissertations do not. Completed by an author index. 14. Book Review Digest Plus. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1942–. v. 103–. A digest and index of about 5,000 general fiction and non-fiction books published annually in the U.S. or Canada as the result of titles being reviewed in several sources; with a title and subject index, it is issued monthly with semiannual and annual cumulations. Also available as a subscription Internet database as part of WilsonWeb. 15. Burke, John G., and Ned Kehde, eds. Access: The Supplementary Index to Periodicals. Evanston, Il.: John Gordon Burke Publisher, 1975. Provides citations to articles in journals and magazines not cited in The Readers’ Guide to Periodical Literature. Published in May and September with hardback collection in June. Also available as an online Internet database. 16. Burns, Richard D., ed. Guide to American Foreign Relations Since 1700. Santa Barbara, Ca.: Clio Books, 1983. 1,311 pp. Prepared under the auspices of the Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations, the 40 chapters of this impressive work include nearly 9,000 annotated citations to both diplomatic and military affairs; extremely useful commentary is contained in chapters 22 and 23 relative to titles dealing with U.S. involvement in World War II.

10

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 17. Calder, James D. Intelligence, Espionage and Related Topics: An Annotated Bibliography of Serial Journal and Magazine Scholarship, 1844–1998. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 1,330 pp. An excellent resource for an important area of scholarly interest. 18. Carroll, Berenice A., Clinton F. Fink, and Jane E. Mohraz. Peace and War: A Guide to Bibliographies. War/Peace Bibliographies Series, no. 16. Santa Barbara, Ca.: Clio Books, 1982. 550 pp. Arranged in three main sections and 34 major subject categories, this guide provides 1,351 descriptive annotations to bibliographies from 31 nations; more convenient than Besterman for military items. 19. Coletta, Paolo E., comp. A Bibliography of American Naval History. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1981. 453 pp. Unannotated for the most part, this paperback guide does provide fairly complete coverage of the secondary literature on the naval aspects of the World War II U.S. effort in Europe. 20. Controvich, James T., comp. United States Army Unit Histories. 1987 Supplement A: A Reference and Bibliography. Manhattan, Ks.: Military Affairs-Aerospace Historian, 1987. 131 pp. A supplement to entry no. 41. 21. ——, comp. United States Army Unit Histories, 1992 Supplement B: A Reference and Bibliography. Manhattan, Ks.: Sunflower University Press, 1992. 136 pp. See entry above. 22. ——, comp. United States Army Unit Histories, 1996 Supplement “C”: A Reference and Bibliography. Manhattan, Ks.: MA/AH Pub.-Sunflower University Press, ca. 2000. 110 pp. See entry above. 23. ——, comp. United States Army Unit Histories, 1999 Supplement “D”: A Reference and Bibliography. Manhattan, Ks.: MA/AH Pub.-Sunflower University Press, ca. 1996. 119 pp. See entry above. 24. ——, comp. United States Army Histories: A Reference and Bibliography. Manhattan, Ks.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1983. 591 pp. This massive spiral-bound reproduction from Xerox copy contains 6,672 titles, with chronologies, lists of commanding generals, campaign credits, orders of battle, etc.; compare with Dornbusch and Pappas. 25. Cooke, C. A. The Canadian Military Experience 1867–1995: A Bibliography-Bibliographie de la vie Militaire au Canada 1867–1995. Ottawa, Ont.: Directorate of History and Heritage, Department of National Defence, 1997. 520 pp. An invaluable source for historians and serious students of military history.

Reference Works

11

26. Cooling, B. Franklin, 3rd, and Alan Millett. Doctoral Dissertations in Military Affairs: Bibliography. Bibliography Series, No. 10. Manhattan: Kansas State University Library, 1972. 153 pp. The most important source for Ph.D. dissertations in military affairs yet, this work provides data on papers relating to the various aspects of the American campaigns in the European Theater; annually updated since 1973 in the April, then February, issue of Military Affairs/The Journal of Military History. 27. Cronon, Edmund D. and Theodore Rosenof. The Second World War and the Atomic Age, 1940–1973. Northbrook, Il.: AHM Publishing Corps, 1975. 146 pp. Lists military, economic, political and social topics; indexed by author and subject. 28. Cumulative Book Index. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1898–1999. A now discontinued comprehensive international bibliography of books published in English in the U.S., Canada, and other English-speaking countries, with citations entered by author, title, or subject. Government documents and ephemeral publications not included. Use the subject heading “World War, 1939–1945” and its subdivisions as well as such headings as “Airplanes,” “Warships,” “Tanks,” etc. 29. Dornbusch, Charles E. The G.I. Stories. New York: New York Public Library, 1950. 7 pp. Lists 53 publications by the Paris office of Stars and Stripes, most of which are Army division histories, a number of which are noted in Section IV:D below. 30. ——. Histories of American Army Units, World War II and Korean Conflict, with Some Earlier Histories. Washington, D.C.: Library and Service Club Branch, Special Services Division, Office of the Adjutant General, Department of the Army, 1956. 310 pp. Still regarded as the bible of unit history bibliographies, Dornbusch’s guide covers not only major units such as divisions, but smaller ones like battalions. 31. ——. Histories, Personal Narratives, United States Army: A Checklist. Cornwallville, N.Y.: Hope Farm Press, 1967. 400 pp. A typescript guide to 2,742 items arranged by unit, including works of limited edition and some journal articles. Useful annotations. 32. ——. Postwar Souvenir Books and Unit Histories of the Navy, Marine Corps, and Construction Battalions. Washington, D.C.: Office of Naval History, Department of the Navy, 1953. 14 pp. A brief guide to naval “cruise books” for ships, USMC units, and the hundreds of “Seabee” construction groups. 33. ——. Unit Histories of the United States Air Force, Including Privately

12

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Printed Personal Narratives. Hampton Bay, N.Y.: Hampton Books, 1958. 56 pp. Listing squadrons and other groups, this guide contains 230 World War II items arranged by unit number. 34. ——. Unit Histories of World War II: United States Army, Air Force, Marines, Navy, Reproduced in Collaboration with the New York Public Library. Washington, D.C.: Office of Military History, Department of the Army, 1950. 141 pp. A 50-page supplement was issued in 1951. All of the Dornbusch titles are extremely rare, but, except for the Pappas contribution cited below, they remain the most important tool available on World War II unit history. 35. Dougherty, James T., et al. Writings on American History, 1962–1973: A Subject Bibliography of Articles. 4 vols. New York: Kraus for the American Historical Association, 1975. A valuable guide to a decade of scholarly and popular production with only one major flaw—lack of annotation, which often hinders indication of title contents. Updated by annual volumes since 1976. 36. Dougherty, William J. “Cumulative Listing of Bibliographical and Archival Resources Collated from Publications of the American Committee on the History of the Second World War Since 1975.” ACHSWW Newsletter, no. 25 (Spring 1981), 1–187. A “cut-and-paste” listing of new books and archival sources taken from various issues of the Newsletter and arranged in a classified format; annotations vary from substantial to reproduction of Library of Congress MARC cataloging data. 37. Dupuy, Trevor N., Curt Johnson, and David L. Bongard, eds. The Harper Encyclopedia of Military Biography. New York: Harper Collins, 1992. 834 pp. Brief summaries of military leaders from the Manchu Emperor Abahai to Admiral Elmo Zumwalt. The entries offer little or no evaluation of the figures listed. 38. Edelheit, Abraham J. Bibliography on Holocaust Literature. Boulder, Co.: Westview Press, 1986. 842 pp. Lists over 9,000 English language sources. 39. Education Index. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1929–. v. 1–. Valuable for accessing instructional periodical literature in such journals as The American Historical Review. Available as an Internet subscription database. 40. Enser, A. G. S. A Subject Bibliography of the Second World War: Books in English, 1939–1974. Boulder, Co.: Westview Press, 1977. 592 pp. Alphabetically arranged under subject, the citations receive no annotation

Reference Works

13

and reflect a heavy British emphasis; important for its listing of material published during the war years. 41. ——. A Subject Bibliography of the Second World War: Books in English, 1975–1983. Aldershot, Hants, U.K./Brookfield, Vt.: Gower, 1985. 225 pp. An updated edition focused on documentation not available prior to disclosure of the Ultra secret. 42. ——. A Subject Bibliography of the Second World War, and Aftermath: Books in English 1975–1987. 2nd ed. Brookfield, Vt.: Gower, 1990. Continutation of the preceding entry. Subject bibliography, author index, index of titled books and subject index. 43. Estep, Raymond. An Aerospace Bibliography. 3 vols. Maxwell AFB, Al.: Air University, 1962–1967. Covers the material published between World War II and 1966, including many relevant and well-annotated titles on the aircraft and air campaigns of the European Theater. 44. The Foreign Affairs 50-Year Bibliography: New Evaluations of Significant Books on International Relations, 1920–1970. New York: R. R. Bowker, 1972. 936 pp. The entries chosen for this compilation’s section on World War II were taken from the review sections of Foreign Affairs magazine and were selected for their scholarship and importance in having stood the test of time; each entry includes a long, critical annotation. 45. Forthcoming Books. New York: R. R. Bowker Co., 1966–. v. 1–. A bimonthly publication which provides data on forthcoming books in fields of interest; easy access is provided through the companion publication, Subject Guide to Forthcoming Books. 46. Funk, Arthur L., comp. The Second World War: A Bibliography, a Select List of Publications Appearing Since 1975. Claremont, Ca., 1985. 210 pp. Compiled from the ACHSWW Newsletter, 1968–1984, and designed, to update Ziegler (q.v.), this brief unannotated guide features a classified arrangement; largely superseded by William J. Dougherty’s work, cited above. 47. Higham, Robin, ed. A Guide to the Sources of British Military History. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1971. 630 pp. A select bibliography with six chapters relating to World War II; a bibliographic essay by a recognized expert is followed in each by a listing of several hundred titles. Also suggests untouched areas for further research and explains how to gain access to special collections and private archives. 48. ——. A Guide to the Sources of United States Military History. Hamden, Ct.: Archon Books, 1975. 559 pp.

14

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A select bibliography arranged in the same essay/listing format as noted in the last entry. Extremely useful for the commentary and access tips; a 416-page Supplement I was issued by the same firm in 1981. 49. ——. Official Histories: Essays and Bibliographies from Around the World. Manhattan: Kansas State University Library, 1970. 644 pp. Official military histories from over 50 nations are covered, with each nation having an essay on the origins and preparation of its studies under discussion. Many of these official histories concern a given country’s World War II participation. 50. Kuehl, Warren F., comp. Dissertations in History: An Index to Dissertations Completed in History Departments of United States and Canadian Universities, 1873–1970. 2 vols. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1972. Lists some 13,500 dissertations by author; the work has a subject index. 51. Law, Derek G. The Royal Navy in World War II: An Annotated Bibliography. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003. 669 pp. 52. Mariners’ Museum, Newport News, Va. Dictionary Catalog of the Library. 9 vols. Boston: G. K. Hall, 1964. Reproduces catalog cards of the library’s file; extremely useful as this repository cataloged articles from various marine/naval journals, many covering the World War II period. 53. Meredith, James H. Understanding the Literature of World War II. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 272 pp. An examination of the connection between wartime events and the work of such authors as Norman Mailer, Joseph Heller, Kurt Vonnegut, William Styron, James Dickey, and others. Based on interviews; intended for high school and undergraduate students. 54. Miller, Samuel D., comp. An Aerospace Bibliography. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1986. 341 pp. The official bibliography of the Office of Air Force History, this guide provides a wealth of citations on the aircraft, personalities, and actions of the U.S.A.F. and its predecessor organization, the U.S.A.A.F. 55. Morehead, Joseph. “Personal Reminiscences of World War II Prisoners of War.” Bulletin of Bibliography, XXV (May–August 1968), 143+. Provides information on 118 titles, including some by Americans held captive by the Germans. 56. Morton, Louis. Writings on World War II. Washington, D.C.: Service Center for Teachers of History, 1967. 54 pp. Survey of titles for teachers of undergraduate and secondary-level history. Excludes titles concerned with military operations. 57. ——. Writings on World War II. Washington, D.C.: Service Center for Teachers of History, 1967. 54 pp.

Reference Works

15

A brief bibliographic essay on those primary and secondary sources most suitable for use at the high school and college undergraduate level; includes a number on the military campaigns. 58. OCLC WorldCat. Dublin, Oh.: OCLC, 1999–. A comprehensive catalog of materials held by the more than 24,000 OCLC member libraries. Updated daily, this Internet subscription service is the largest single source of materials pertaining to World War II. Available at university, college, and most large public libraries. An essential source. 59. Paperbound Books in Print. New York: R. R. Bowker, 1971–. v. 1–. A useful tool for determining original paperback titles (and the countless reprints of hardbacks) available on the various military aspects of the war, including hardware; some of the lesser publishers (e.g., Squadron/ Signal) are not included. 60. Pappas, George S. United States Army Unit Histories. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: U.S. Army Military History Research Collection, 1971. 405 pp. Lists unit histories at Carlisle, including books, pamphlets, manuscripts, and mimeographed studies, omitting articles; arranged by unit with cross-references, it updates, and sometimes supersedes, Dornbusch. A two-volume supplement was issued in 1978, but is, in fact, a revised edition. 61. Peake, Hayden B. The Reader’s Guide to Intelligence Periodicals. Washington, D.C.: National Intelligence Book Center, 1992. 250 pp. A guide to the journals and databases to intelligence-related periodical literature. 62. Perkins, Roger. Regiments and Corps of the British Empire and Commonwealth 1758–1993: A Critical Bibliography of their Published Histories. Newton Abbot, U.K.: Roger Perkins, 1994. 806 pp. An informative source of annotated entries. 63. Rasor, Eugene L. Winston S. Churchill, 1874–1965: A Comprehensive Historiography and Annotated Bibliography. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 2000. 704 pp. A well-organized and truly comprehensive bibliography of everything written by or published about Churchill, including television and Internet entries. Rasor offers judicious assessments of sources in this highly readable volume. 64. The Readers’ Guide to Periodical Literature, 1900. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1905–. A rich source for citations to magazine and journal articles relevant to Anglo-American air operations, the Battle of the Atlantic, and the ground war in the central Mediterranean and western European theaters. Available as part of the Internet subscription database service from WilsonWeb.

16

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 65. Ryan, Duane. The War in the Pacific: General Reference Works. Carlisle, Pa.: U.S. Army Military History Institute, 1978. 81 pp. Includes unit and general histories as well as sections on operations and prisoners of war. 66. Sexton, Donal J. Signals Intelligence in World War II, A Research Guide. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1996. 163 pp. An annotated guide to literature concerned with codebreaking and the impact of communications intelligence on military and covert operations during World War II. 67. Showalter, Dennis E. German Military History, 1648–1980: A Critical Bibliography. New York: Garland Publishing, Inc., 1983. 375 pp. Organized chronologically, this guide provides an overview of readings in major themes in German military history; the archival sources, military periodicals, dissertations, and monographs cited include professional as well as popular literature and campaign memoirs. The section on World War II should be seen by users of this guide-in-hand. 68. Smith, Myron J., Jr. Air War Bibliography Series, 1939–1945: EnglishLanguage Sources. 5 vols. Manhattan, Ks: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1977–1982. All of the volumes in this set are valuable to our topic as each contains “parts” providing information relative to the European Theater; each volume is indexed. Unannotated citations. 69. ——. The Secret Wars: A Guide to Sources in English, Vol. I—Intelligence, Propaganda and Psychological Warfare, Resistance Movements and Secret Operations, 1939–1945. War/Peace Bibliography Series, no. 12. Santa Barbara, Ca.: Clio Books, 1980. 250 pp. Contains 2,539 citations to books, journal articles, documents, and papers; includes a few citations. Author and title index. 70. ——. World War II at Sea: A Bibliography of Sources in English. 3 vols. Metuchen, N.J.: The Scarecrow Press, 1976. This set contains over 10,000 mostly unannotated citations, with the bulk of those relating to the European Theater found in Volume I; each volume contains an author/subject index with a comprehensive author/ subject index in Volume III. 71. Spier, Henry O., ed. World War II in Our Magazines and Books, September 1939–September 1945: A Bibliography. New York: Stuyvesant Press, 1945. 96 pp. A classified list of some 1,500 unannotated books and journal articles; useful as all of the citations were written during the war. 72. Strong, Russell. Bombers: A Preliminary Bibliography of the Bomber Offensive of the U.S. Eighth Air Force, 1942–1945. Dayton, Oh., 1975. A little-known but useful guide to the aircraft, men, and campaigns of

Reference Works

17

the VIII Bomber Command, 1942–1945; superseded by Smith above and Werrell below. 73. Subject Guide to Books in Print. New York: R. R. Bowker, 1957–. v. 1–. A subject bibliography of books published in the United States which can stand apart from its parent volume, Books in Print; entries on the war can be found not only under the heading “World War, 1939–1945,” but under the names of individuals, nations, and weapons, e.g., “Warships.” Available in many libraries as an Internet subscription service. 74. Tutorow, Norman E. War Crimes, War Criminals and War Crimes Trials: An Annotated Bibliography and Source Book. New York: Greenwood Press, 1986. 548 pp. Presents over 4,000 mostly English language monographs, documents, dissertations and articles. 75. The Two World Wars: A Selective Bibliography. New York: Pergamon Press, 1964. 246 pp. Contains 466 entries to books, only a few of which were published in English; the major feature of this guide—and what continues to make it useful—are several sections on photographs, records, films, and transparencies. 76. U.S. Army Military History Institute. United States Army Unit Histories. Revised and updated ed. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: U.S. Army Military History Institute, 1978. 2 vols. 77. United States. Air Force. Air Force Academy Library. Air Power and Warfare. Special Bibliography Series, no. 59. Colorado Springs, 1978. 101 pp. Designed for Academy cadets and faculty, this guide is useful for all who are interested in the air power aspects of World War II, including the strategic bombing campaign in Europe. 78. ——. Air University Library’s Index to Military Periodicals. Maxwell AFB, Al.: Muir S. Fairchild Library, 1988. A valuable electronic subject index to significant works in Englishlanguage military and aeronautical periodicals. 79. ——. Coast Guard. United States Coast Guard Annotated Bibliography. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1982. 148 pp. A well-annotated bibliography of books, official histories, and journal articles on Coast Guard history, which updates the 1972 guide compiled by Truman R. Strobridge; World War II is covered in the final section of this classified guide which also features an author index. 80. ——. Department of the Army. Center of Military History. A Guide to the Study and Use of Military History. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1979. 507 pp. An extremely useful guide which employs the “Higham approach” of

18

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II bibliographic essays followed by lists of materials; the analysis of World War II by the noted military historian Charles B. MacDonald (pp. 225–251) is not limited to hardware or campaigns but encompasses the entire war effort. 81. ——. Military Academy Library. Bibliography of Military History. Compiled by Alan C. Aimone. Library Bulletin, no. 148. West Point, N.Y.: U.S. Military Academy, 1982. 151 pp. Aimone’s excellent rendering concentrates on reference books, with full annotations provided for almost every citation; the classified arrangement allows two dozen pages for World War II and finishes with an author index. 82. ——. Military History Institute. The Era of World War II. Special Bibliography Series, no. 16. 4 vols. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1977–1978. As this guide lists (mostly without annotation) only materials held by this facility, one can readily imagine the wealth of information available at Carlisle for the study of the European Theater of World War II. Much of the information cited is mimeographed or other limited format, but the scope is worldwide and the indexes useful. 83. ——, Library of Congress. Books: Subjects—A Cumulative List of Works Represented by Library of Congress Printed Cards, 1950–. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955–. A listing by subjects of the books cataloged by LC or cooperating library, regardless of language. Books on the war are listed under the heading “World War, 1939–1945” and its subdivisions, and under the names of individuals, nations, and hardware, e.g., “Airplanes.” Valuable due to the comprehensiveness of the library’s collection and because of the large number of foreign-language items cited. 84. ——. Legislative Reference Service. The Conduct of the War (April 1941–May 1943). 3 vols. Washington, D.C., 1942–1943. A classified, annotated guide to 4,218 wartime items, including books and articles; it is a pity that the work was not extended beyond 1943! 85. ——. Navy Department. Naval Historical Center. United States Naval History: A Bibliography. 6th ed. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1972. 91 pp. A brief classified guide to American naval history, the citations in which receive, in certain cases, brief annotation; a 7th edition is presently being compiled. Author index. 86. Werrell, Kenneth P. 8th Air Force Bibliography: An Extended Essay and Listing of Published and Unpublished Materials. Manhattan, Kans.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1981. 291 pp. A comprehensive, descriptive, and critical guide to materials on the U.S. Eighth Air Force arranged in a bibliographical essay/listing format; extremely useful not only for the insight the commentary provides but

Reference Works

19

also for the large number of unpublished items brought to light, some for the first time. 87. World War II from an American Perspective: An Annotated Bibliography. Santa Barbara, Ca.: Clio Books, 1982. 448 pp. An alphabetically arranged listing of over 1,100 detailed abstracts drawn from 2,000 journals published worldwide from 1971 through 1981 complete with a subject index. No more useful guide exists to annotated periodical articles on this topic for the years covered, unless it be the Clio abstracts from which these references were drawn. 88. Wright, Gordon. The Ordeal of Total War, 1939–1945. New York: Harper and Row, 1968. 315 pp. A bibliographic essay covering all facets of World War II. 89. Wynar, Bohdan S., ed. American Reference Books Annual. Littleton, Co.: Libraries Unlimited, 1970–. v. 1–. As this annual reviews virtually every new reference book published in English, it is especially useful; presented in a classified format, together with an author-title-subject index, this work is easy to employ. Military items (mostly hardware) are covered in the final section. 90. Ziegler, Janet. World War II: Books in English, 1945–1965. Stanford, Ca.: Hoover Institution Press, 1971. 223 pp. A comprehensive 4,519 title non-selective, unannotated bibliography distinguished for its breadth, introductory summary, and contents pages (which form a classified index); provides a valuable introduction to the multitude of books published on World War II in the first 20 years of the postwar period and serves as the basis from which the American Committee on the History of the Second World War advances its bibliographic coverage.

B. Abstracts/Indexes Introduction: Abstracts and indexes are an important group of reference tools which assist readers in keeping up with the flood of World War II material, with the former having the advantage of commentary and the latter that of succinctness. The sources cited in this section include both periodical indexes and abstracting services, such as America: History and Life and indexes to newspapers. 91. Abstracts of Military Bibliography. Buenos Aires, Argentina: Instituto de Publicaciones Navales, 1967–. v. 1–. This English-Spanish guide provides some coverage of World War II items, but concentrates mainly on current affairs. 92. Access: The Supplementary Index to Periodicals. Syracuse, N.Y.: Gaylord Professional Publications, 1975–. v. 1–. An index to those periodicals not usually covered in other indexes such as

20

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Reader’s Guide; divided into a lengthy author index followed by a subject index, to which users should refer first. 93. America: History and Life. Santa Barbara, Ca.: ABC-Clio Press, 1964–. v. 1–. An extremely successful service which has grown over the years from its mission as a guide to periodical literature; Part A, Article Abstracts and Citations, provides a survey of over 2,000 articles published on the history of the U.S. and Canada, while Part B, Index to Book Reviews, Part C, American History Bibliography (Books, Articles, and Dissertations), and Part D, Annual Index, all fulfill a needed function and in total make this as close to a perfect historical bibliography tool as we are likely to get; the military history of World War II in the European Theater is well covered with Part A which now provides many more foreignlanguage citations than earlier. Also accessible as an Internet database. 94. Applied Science and Technology Index. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1958–. v. 1–. Supersedes the Industrial Arts Index noted below; extremely useful for citations on military hardware, especially aircraft. Also available as an Internet database. 95. Biography Index: A Cumulative Index to Biographical Material in Books and Magazines. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1946–. v. 1–. An index to data in books and over 1,500 selected journals published in English arranged under the names of biographees; the index is by occupation, so users look under such headings as “Generals, American” or “Air Force Officers, American” for information on individuals (important to the study of the U.S. European war effort) before referring back to the main body of the index. Also available as an Internet database. 96. Book Review Index. Detroit, Mi.: Gale Research, 1965–. v. 1–. An author listing with alphabetical citations to reviews; published bimonthly with annual cumulation. Also available as an Internet database. 97. Comprehensive Dissertation Index. 37 vols. Ann Arbor, Mi.: University Microfilms, 1973. A computer-generated index that attempts to list all U.S. (and some foreign) dissertations accepted between 1861 and 1972; Volume XXVIII is devoted to history and includes titles relative to World War II in Europe. Also available as an Internet database. 98. Dissertation Abstracts International. Ann Arbor, Mi.: University Microfilms, 1969–. v. 1–. A compilation of abstracts of Ph.D. dissertations submitted to UM by cooperating universities; those seeking dissertations on history should employ the “A” Schedule which covers the Humanities and Social Sciences. Also available as an Internet database. 99. Historical Abstracts: Schedule B, Twentieth Century Abstracts (1914 to the Present). Santa Barbara, Ca.: ABC-Clio, 1955–. v. 1–.

Reference Works

21

The first of Clio’s successful historical abstracting services and the father of America: History and Life, this guide provides a survey of articles published on 20th-century world history (excluding the U.S. and Canada after 1964) with close attention paid to military matters; the service presently abstracts almost as many (in some cases more) articles on the military aspects of World War II Europe published in foreign languages as in English. The international scope of this tool makes it important to those who would employ more than the usual U.S. or British secondary sources. 100. Humanities Index. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1974–. v. 1–. Derived from the old Social Sciences and Humanities Index, this resource provides access to more articles relevant to World War II than other Wilson index. User will find the majority of that firm’s current indexing of historical periodicals in this tool, which is also available as an Internet subscription database. 101. Index to Legal Periodicals. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1942–. v. 34–. Published for the American Association of Law Libraries in annual cumulations, this index is useful for citations to legal materials, relative to our topic, e.g., the law of air warfare. Also available as an Internet database. 102. Index to U.S. Government Periodicals. Chicago, Il.: Infordata International, 1975–. v.1–. The first periodical index to provide full coverage to the large number of U.S. government magazines, including those published for the military; useful as a supplement to the Air University Library Index to Military Periodicals as the AUL publication does not index all of the journals covered by the Infordata service. 103. Industrial Arts Index. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1942–1958. v. 30–58. Superseded by the Applied Science and Technology Index cited above and, like it, IAI is extremely useful for the location of articles on military hardware. Also available as an Internet database. 104. Masters Abstracts: Abstracts of Selected Masters Theses on Microfilm. Ann Arbor, Mi.: University Microfilms. 1962–. v. 1–.50a. Provides abstracts of M.A./M.S. theses in all subject fields, including World War II, which can be found under “History.” Microfilm copies for sale from University Microfilms. 105. New York Times Index. New York: Times, 1942–. v. 29–. An alphabetical subject index to the contents of the New York Times with entries listed chronologically under each subject, some of which provide brief summaries of the articles; use the main heading “World War, 1939–1945,” the names of individuals, nations, and various hardware and remember that the censors were very careful about what appeared in U.S. newspapers during the war. Also available via the Internet.

22

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 106. Public Affairs Information Service. Bulletin. New York, 1942–. v. 27–. A subject index to books, periodical articles, pamphlets, and government documents with a few entries annotated; popularly known as PAIS, this tool can be searched by the same headings employed for the New York Times Index and other indexes discussed in this section. Also available via the Internet. 107. The Reader’s Guide to Periodical Literature. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1942–. v. 37–. The first modern periodical index, Reader’s Guide indexes about 140 popular, non-technical magazines; arranged by authors and subjects, with cross-references. As with most periodical indexes (and most popular periodicals) coverage of World War II has slipped with the passing of years, but continues to exist with such journals as American Heritage and American History Illustrated offering at least a couple of articles per year. An Abridged Reader’s Guide to Periodical Literature is available and is often found in school libraries. Also available via the Internet. 108. Social Sciences and Humanities Index. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1942–1974. Discontinued in 1974, this Wilson index was for years the scholar’s choice of this firm’s offerings for historical articles; even today the old issues are useful to the student of modern military history as one of the few places citing the defunct but valuable Infantry Journal. Known until 1965 as the International Index; this tool is arranged in the same fashion as Reader’s Guide. Also available via the Internet. 109. Social Science Index. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1975–v.1– Separated from the previous citation, this resource covers journals not included in The Readers’ Guide. Especially valuable for those interested in the social and economic aspects of World War II in the western European, Mediterranean, and Atlantic theaters. Also available as an Internet subscription service from WilsonWeb. 110. Times of London. Index to the Times. London, Eng.: The Times, 1942–. v. 35–. Known during the war years as the Official Index, the indexing style of this tool has changed with almost every issue, forcing users to study a volume’s usage instructions; a valuable source for articles, maps, and statistics as well as for a study of the British reaction to America and Americans (especially troops) during World War II. Also available via the Internet. 111. Transdex: Bibliography and Index to the United States Joint Publication Research Service (J.P.R.S.) Translations. New York: C.C.M. Information Corp., 1961–. v. 1–. Transdex is extremely valuable to those who would like to have Englishlanguage translations of material appearing in foreign journals, especially those from Russia, France, and Germany. The J.P.R.S. has long

Reference Works

23

made available its translations and many of these, say for Russian materials, provide a goldmine of information and views on the prosecution of the war in Europe. 112. United States. Air Force. Air University Library. Abstracts of Student Research Reports. Maxwell AFB, Al., 1949–. v. 1–. A guide to the research undertaken at the Air War College or the Air Command and Staff College by students advancing their careers as officers; many of the reports center around the lessons of history, and a large number of World War II-related reports have been prepared in the past 40 years. 113. ——. ——. ——. Air University Library Index to Military Periodicals. Maxwell AFB, Al., 1949–. v. 1–. Simply put, this is the single most important military journal index in existence and no solid student of World War II can proceed far without reference to it. Arranged by subjects, many headings are applicable, e.g., “Armored Warfare,” but the first consulted should, as in most other indexes, be “World War II.” Also available via the Internet. 114. ——. National Technical Information Service. Government Reports Announcements. Springfield, Va., 1946–. v. 1–. An index to those many reports published by the government and not listed in the GPO catalog, including many prepared under contract with outside firms; a classified arrangement with indexing, users will want to consult the heading “Military Science” for titles, of which at least two dozen per year are devoted to World War II. Also available via the Internet. 115. ——. Naval Institute. United States Naval Institute Proceedings, Cumulative Index, 1874–1977. Annapolis, Md., 1982. 377 pp. A guide to the contents of this naval journal; valuable in that the AUL Index to Military Periodicals does not begin its USNIP coverage until 1949, leaving the Industrial Arts Index as the single commonly-available index to carry coverage for the war years. Also available via the Internet.

C. Encyclopedias/Handbooks/Dictionaries Introduction: A large number of handbooks, encyclopedias, and dictionaries have been written exclusively on military topics and World War II. The sources cited in this section include those dictionaries, handbooks, and encyclopedias judged to be the most helpful to students of the American war effort in Europe. It should be noted that a few guides calling themselves encyclopedias and devoted exclusively to a certain kind of military operation or hardware are listed below in the appropriate sections, III–IV. 116. Axelrod, Alan. Encyclopedia of World War II. Vol. 1. New York: Facts on File, 2007. 944 pp. A comprehensive reference work covering military, political, and social developments.

24

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 117. ——. Encyclopedia of the U.S. Air Force. New York: Facts on File, 2006. 244 pp. This paperback volume is a comprehensive reference with entries relevant to both the Army Air Forces and its successor, the independent U.S. Air Force. 118. Barnes, Gladeon M. Weapons of World War II. Princeton, N.J.: Van Nostrand, 1947. 317 pp. An early postwar effort which pales in comparison with today’s glossy, oversize, “coffee-table” products, but which may still be of interest due to the large number of drawings; covers mostly offensive hardware such as airplanes and tanks with only brief coverage of such technical items as radar. 119. Baudot, Marcel, Hendrik Brugmans, and Michael R. D. Foot, eds. The Historical Encyclopedia of World War II. New York: Facts on File, 1989. 550 pp. English edition of work first published in France in 1977. The alphabetically arranged entries, including profiles of major figures, are overly brief. This work is replete with factual errors and is in need of updating. 120. ——, ed. The Historical Encyclopedia of World War II. Translated from the French. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1980. 548 pp. Originally published in France as Encyclopédie de la Guerre, 1939–1945, this alphabetically arranged work contains almost 900 entries on various facets of the conflict, ranging in size from 2 lines to 28 pages; black and white photographs, a chronology, a 4-page bibliography, and no index. Extremely pro-European, especially French, in outlook. 121. Bauer, Eddy, et.al. The Marshall Cavendish Illustrated Encyclopedia of World War New York: Marshall Cavendish, 1985. 12 vols. Major aspects of the war highlighted by photographs and illustrations. 122. ——. Illustrated World War II Encyclopedia. 24 vols. Westport, Ct.: H. S. Stuttman Publishers, 1978. Originally published by Orbis, London, this lavishly illustrated volume is a revision and enlargement of the preceding entry. The authors provide conventional coverage of the major campaigns and actions. 123. Benford, Timothy B. The World War II Quiz and Fact Book. New York: Harper & Row, 1982. 230 pp. An interesting trivia book and handy guide to those little-known points that occasionally crop up between buffs and war-gamers. 124. Bercuson, David J. Dictionary of Canadian Military History. Toronto, Ont.: Oxford University Press, 1992. 248 pp. A comprehensive reference to Canadian military history from the 16th through the 20th centuries.

Reference Works

25

125. Bradley, John. The Illustrated History of the Third Reich. New York: Bison Books, 1981. 254 pp. A well-illustrated “coffee-table” British import which tells the story of Nazi Germany’s political and military exploits from the beginning to 1945. 126. Bright, Charles D., and Robin Higham, eds. Historical Dictionary of the U.S. Air Force. New York: Greenwood Press, 1992, 713 pp. An authoritative and comprehensive reference covering all aspects of the development of American air power. 127. Brinkley, Douglas. The World War II Desk Reference. New York: Harper, 2004. 572 pp. Offers comprehensive entries for all aspects of World War II, plus photographs, time lines, tables, maps, and glossaries. 128. Busch, Rainer, and Hans-Joachim Roll. German U-Boat Commanders of World War II: A Biographical Dictionary. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 288 pp. An authoritative reference to over 400 U-boat commanders. Each entry provides in abbreviated format the date of birth, date of entry into the German naval service, highest rank attained, nature of service, assignments, decorations, and fate of each officer. 129. Carmon, W. Y. A Dictionary of Military Uniforms. New York: Scribners, 1977. 140 pp. A nicely illustrated, oversize title which provides information on the military uniforms of various nations in history; a section describes the clothing, etc., of soldiers in World War II, including those of the United States. 130. Cary, Norman M., Jr., comp. A Guide to U.S. Army Museums and Historic Sites. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1975. 116 pp. With maps and photographs, this Center of Military History publication lists and describes the museums in the U.S. Army Museum System as well as other federal and non-federal museums having significant military collections; the listing also contains a useful introductory discussion of various information sources on military museums. Of value to those who would visit these sites to see the actual equipment employed by the U.S. in its World War II battles in Europe. 131. Chambers, John Whiteclay. The Oxford Companion to American Military History. New York: Oxford University Press, 1999. 916 pp. A valuable comprehensive reference. Contains over 1100 entries by recognized experts. 132. Chandler, David G., ed. A Traveller’s Guide to the Battlefields of Europe. 2 vols. Philadelphia, Pa.: Chilton Books, 1965.

26

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Covers military history of all periods with the first volume reporting on battlefields in Western Europe and the second covering those of Central and Eastern Europe; for each engagement, readers will find not only a historical narrative, but also a guide to nearby accommodations and suggested readings. Compare with Denfeld, cited next. 133. Chandler, David G. and James L. Collins, Jr. eds. The D-Day Encyclopedia. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1994. 665 pp. Factual and comprehensive; contains over 400 signed entries written by experts. The bulk of this volume is focused on 175 biographies and 40 articles concerned with Allied and German divisions. Contains reminiscences of their fathers by David Montgomery and Manfred Rommel. 134. Dear, I. C. B. and M. R. D. Foot. The Oxford Companion to World War II. Oxford/New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. 1,343 pp. A comprehensive and indispensable reference volume covering every aspect of World War II, with 1,700 entries written by 140 international experts. Includes full color maps and a chronology. 135. Denfeld, Duane. A Guide to World War II Museums, Relics, and Sites in Europe. Manhattan, Ks.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1979. 222 pp. Arranged by nation and facility, this tool does for Europe what Cary (above) has done for the U.S.; should be obtained by all who travel to Europe with an eye toward visiting such historic sites as the Normandy beaches and Britain’s Imperial War Museum. 136. Diagram Group. Weapons, an International Encyclopedia from 5,000 B.C. to 2,000 A.D. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1981. 320 pp. A basic source for beginners interested in military hardware not only related to our topic but also throughout history; well illustrated with diagrams and line drawings of the various implements employed in land, sea, and air warfare. 137. Dupuy, R. Ernest and Trevor N. Dupuy. The Encyclopedia of Military History from 3,500 B.C. to the Present. Rev. ed. New York: Harper & Row, 1977. 1,464 pp. The chapters in this important work are arranged alphabetically with each beginning with general discussions of trends in strategy, generalship, and technology followed by geographical subdivisions that outline regional military history in chronological order. Illustrated with drawings, maps, and photographs; indexed. Our period is covered in the section “World War II in the West.” 138. Ellis, John. World War II: The Encyclopedia of Facts and Figures. Westport, Ct., Greenwood Press, 1993. 315 pp. Reprint of The World War II Databook: Essential Facts and Figures for all the Combatants (London: Aurum Press, 1993) by E. Bauer. Outlines command structures and orders of battle of the major combatants, and compares Allied and Axis manpower, air, ground, and naval forces,

Reference Works

27

casualties and production statistics. A valuable source, but lacks bibliography and source citations. 139. ——. World War II: A Statistical Survey: The Essential Facts and Figures for all Combatants. New York: Facts on File 1993. 315 pp. A reprint of entry no. 133. 140. Emeed, Vic, ed. The Encyclopedia of Military Modeling. London: Octopus Books, 1983 192 pp. Provides information on all aspects of military modeling, including research relevant to this section. Subjects include figures, weapons, tanks and AFV, and soft-skinned vehicles, with emphasis on the World War II years. Illustrated with over 240 full-color illustrations and photographs. 141. Findling, John E., ed. Dictionary of American Diplomatic History. 2nd revised and expanded ed. New York: Greenwood Press, 1989. 674 pp. Analytical articles on the principal actors in American diplomatic history and brief biographies of secretaries of state and ambassadors who exert influence on foreign policy, such as Cordell Hull and John W. Winant. 142. Fitzsimons, Bernard, ed. The Illustrated Encyclopedia of 20th Century Weapons and Warfare. 24 vols. New York: Columbia House, 1977. Almost any weapon used in substantial numbers by regular armed forces during this century is found in these volumes with nearly every entry illustrated with photographs, diagrams, color illustrations, or a combination; arranged in alphabetical order, this British work, which draws heavily on the Purnell and Profile sources and drawings, lists certain weapons under their official or unofficial names—e.g., P-51 is crossreferenced to Mustang—rather than their numerical designations; each volume contains a final section providing detailed data on artillery; the index is contained in Volume XXIV. 143. Gaynor, Frank. The New Military and Naval Dictionary. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1969. 295 pp. First published in 1951, this alphabetically arranged dictionary provides information on the terminology, technical phrases, and U.S. forces’ slang employed by the American military in the period of and just after World War II. 144. Gordon, Bertram M. Historical Dictionary of World War II France: The Occupation, Vichy, and the Resistance, 1938–1946. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1998. 431 pp. This valuable reference source contains 413 cross-referenced entries focused on social and cultural history during the Vichy period. There are no entries dealing with the North African and post-D-Day campaigns. 145. Greet, William C. World Words, Recommended Pronunciations. 2nd ed., rev. and enl. New York: Columbia University Press, 1948. 608 pp. An expansion of the author’s earlier War Words, this work lists about

28

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 12,000 names, places, battles, air force objectives, and geographic terms (and their pronunciations) associated with World War II. 146. Harbottle, Thomas B. Dictionary of Battles. Rev. and updated by George Bruce. New York: Stein and Day, 1971. 333 pp. A comprehensive, alphabetically arranged work providing basic data on all of the great (and some of the not-so-great) engagements of history, including the major battles of World War II in Europe. 147. Heflin, Woodford A., comp. The United States Air Force Dictionary. Princeton, N.J.: Van Nostrand, 1956. 578 pp. An alphabetically arranged guide to the technical and slang expressions employed in the U.S.A.F. in the 1950s and before; much more aerial emphasis than users will find in other military dictionaries, e.g., Gaynor above. 148. Heinl, Robert D., Jr. The Dictionary of Military and Naval Quotations. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1978. 395 pp. Categorized by subject and arranged under alphabetical subheadings, this work provides over 5,500 quotations from the writings and speeches of military and political leaders, philosophers, and commentators over the past 200 centuries; rubrics range from action to weapons and make this a useful source for those looking for such famous quotations as General McAuliffe’s Battle of the Bulge surrender reply: “Nuts.” 149. Hogg, John V. Dictionary of World War II. Lincolnwood, Il.: USA NTC, 1996. 264 pp. Approximately 800 entries related to people, places, battles, weapons, and equipment. Maps, photographs, chronologies, and quotations. 150. Keegan, John. World War II: A Visual Encyclopedia. London: PRC Publishers, 2000. 512 pp. Photographs of people, places, events, vehicles, aircraft, and ships from the British point of view. 151. ——, ed. Rand McNally Encyclopedia of World War II. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1977. 256 pp. Includes over 1,000 articles, 300 illustrations, 64 pages of color plates, and many maps and photos to describe the fighting and hardware of the conflict; especially strong on weaponry and somewhat weaker in the biographical sketches of leading figures. Compare with the Simon and Schuster product edited by Parrish, cited below. 152. Kennedy, David M., et.al., eds. The Library of Congress World War II Companion. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2007. 982 pp. An outstanding comprehensive reference. Includes sections devoted to post-World War I diplomacy, the rise of totalitarianism, disarmament, inner-war Europe, wartime politics, military leaders, mobilization, military operations and weapons, the Holocaust and other atrocities, resistance movements and the underground war, plus morale, the role of

Reference Works

29

women, religion, and social change on the home fronts of the major belligerents. 153. Kirk, John, and Robert Young. Great Weapons of World War II. New York: Walker, 1961. 347 pp. Similar to the earlier effort by Barnes (q.v.), this oversize work includes information on the major weapons systems employed by the Axis and United Nations forces on land, sea, and air. 154. Langer, Howard J., ed. World War II: An Encyclopedia of Quotations. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 449 pp. A valuable collection of over 1,500 quotations from secondary sources. The quotations are arranged alphabetically under headings such as “War Leaders,” “Diplomats,” “Military Officers,” “Civilians,” “Intelligence Officers and Spies,” and “Miscellaneous Quotations.” 155. Lee, Loyd E., ed. World War II in Europe, Africa, and the Americas, with General Sources: A Handbook of Literature and Research. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1997. 544 pp. “Historiographic essays” covering 29 topics by recognized scholars. Intelligence, women in wartime, social change, naval and ground campaigns, prisoners of war are among the topics covered. The section “research aids, sources, and bibliography” has been superseded by electronic sources. 156. McCombs, Don. World War II Super Facts. New York: Warner, 1983. 659 pp. A massive alphabetically arranged dictionary of trivia and detail concerning all aspects of the 1939–1945 conflict. 157. Meredith, James H. Understanding the Literature of World War II: A Student Casebook to Issues, Sources, and Historical Documents. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 250 pp. Intended for high school students, this reference work is organized into thematic sections: “The Combatants”; “The Home Front”; “Occupation, Resistance and Espionage”; “The Holocaust”; and “The Atomic Bomb.” Each section begins with a bibliographic essay followed by essays establishing historical context. 158. O’Neill, William L. World War II: A Student Companion. New York: Oxford University Press, 1999. 384 pp. An uneven compendium of topical and biographical entries intended for young audiences. Although the entries cover battles, personalities, military events, and home fronts, the author allows his personal views to color them. 159. Parkinson, Roger. The Encyclopedia of Modern War. New York: Stein and Day, 1976. 238 pp. The scope of this work is the years 1793–1975 with three main threads— battles, weapons, and personalities—providing the substance for most of the entries. Includes 22 pages of maps.

30

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 160. Parrish, Thomas. The Simon and Schuster Encyclopedia of World War II. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1978. 767 pp. A massive reference, arranged alphabetically, which contains 700,000 words in 4,000 entries backed up by 200 maps and photographs on the men, strategy, campaigns, hardware, conferences, and issues of World War II. With the late Brig. Gen. S.L.A. Marshall as chief consultant editor and over 100 U.S. and foreign contributors ranging from Barrie Pitt of Britain, Hasso von Manteuffel of Germany, and Charles B. MacDonald of the U.S., Parrish has assembled what Gen. Matthew B. Ridgway has endorsed as “an unparalleled source.” Compare with Baudot and Keegan cited above. Oversized and well indexed. 161. Partridge, Eric, ed. A Dictionary of Forces’ Slang, 1939–1945. Freeport, N.Y.: Books for Libraries, 1970. 212 pp. First published in 1948, this work covers navy, army and air force slang. More complete than Gaynor, but, as the title suggests, omits more technical terms. 162. Perrett, Bryan, and Ian Hogg, eds. Encyclopedia of the Second World War. Novato, Ca.: Presidio, 1989. 447 pp. A comprehensive encyclopedia covering all theaters of operations. 163. Polmar, Norman, and Thomas B. Allen. World War II: America at War: 1941–1945. New York: Random House, 1991. 940 pp. A chronological encyclopedia of the wartime American experience. Contains entries on individual topics and leaders. Also published by Polmar as World War II: The Encyclopedia of the War Years (New York: Random House, 1996). 164. Reid, Alan. A Concise Encyclopedia of the Second World War. Reading, Eng.: Osprey Publishing, 1974. 232 pp. Divided into five parts, all of which emphasize the European Theater and all of which reflect a British bias: chronology; chronological outline of major campaigns; alphabetical who’s who; a survey of the opposing armed forces; and a review of the civilian wartime experience. Indexed. 165. Rosignoli, Guido. The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Military Insignia in the 20th Century. Secausus, N.J.: Chartwell Books, 1986. 224 pp. A comprehensive study of the evolution of military fashion and insignia from 1900 to the late 20th century. Integrates color and black and white illustrations with text. 166. ——. Ribbons of Orders, Decorations and Medals. Translated from the Italian. New York: Arco, 1977. 165 pp. A brief introduction to the world’s military orders and military decorations, especially those of the World War II period, including those of the United States. Well illustrated with photographs and color illustrations. 167. Ruffner, Frederick G., and Robert C. Thomas, eds. Code Names

Reference Works

31

Dictionary: A Guide to Code Names, Slang, Nicknames, Journalese, and Similar Terms. Detroit, Mi.: Gale Research, 1963. 555 pp. A valuable tool for locating information on the many official code names used during World War II; alphabetically arranged, the work also illuminates the various unofficial nicknames used for military operations and geographic areas, e.g., “The Bulge.” 168. Smart, Nick. Biographical Dictionary of British Generals of the Second World War. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2005. 353 pp. Biographies of 340 British generals who served in World War II. 169. Snyder, Louis L. Louis L. Snyder’s Historical Guide to World War II. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1982. 750 pp. A superb source, Snyder considers not only leaders and weapons, but emphasizes the economic, social, and political aspects of the war in far greater detail than Baudot, Keegan, Parrish, or Reid (q.v.); small details such as codenames or the work of spies are not overlooked. Each of the alphabetically arranged entries is concluded with a brief bibliography. Indexed. 170. Stanton, Shelby. World War II Order of Battle: An Encyclopedic Reference to U.S. Army Ground Forces from Battalion through Division, 1939–1945. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2006. 654 pp. Invaluable source of information on U.S. Army ground combat units in all theaters. Contains tables of organization, abbreviated histories of units, including dates of activation, composition, assignments, commanders, and casualties. 171. Sweetman, John. A Dictionary of European Land Battles: From the Earliest Times to 1945. Staplehurst, U.K.: Spellmount, 2004. 311 pp. A comprehensive, concise, and informative reference volume. Covers particulars, e.g., terrain, weaponry, troops engaged, political background, of all actions from the Peloponnesian War to World War II 172. Taylor, Anna M., comp. The Language of World War II. Rev. and enl. ed. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1948. 265 pp. A guide to abbreviations, captions, quotations, slogans, titles, and other phrases which attempts comprehensiveness in its alphabetically arranged coverage. 173. Terry, Robert Michael. Historical Dictionary of the United States Air Force and Its Antecedents. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1999. 460 pp. Comprehensive source defines terms, covers significant events, and provides a chronology. A valuable resource for undergraduates. 174. Tillman, Barrett. Brassey’s D-Day Encyclopedia: The Normandy Invasion from A–Z. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s, 2004. 289 pp. Comprehensive resource covering commanders, G.I. slang, military units, weapons, aircraft, ships, and movies centered on OVERLORD.

32

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 175. Tucker, Spencer C., Priscilla Mary Roberts, and Jack Greene, eds. World War II: A Student Encyclopedia. 5 vols. Santa Barbara, Ca.: ABC-CLIO, 2005. 1,795 pp. An authoritative, alphabetically organized work which offers geographic coverage of operational theaters, battles, Allied and Axis military, political, and social leaders, intelligence, the Holocaust, the role of women, and weapons. 1,200 entries, maps, photographs; for high school and college students. 176. Vandiver, Frank E. 1001 Things Everyone Should Know about World War II. New York: Broadway Boos, 2002. 259 pp. A reference book in which cartoons, individuals, battles, equipment, songs, and terms are presented in context of 1001 “things” laymen and students should know about the war. The omission of Harry Hopkins, Lord Alanbrooke, and other military leaders undermines the value of this volume. 177. Wheal, Elizabeth-Anne, Stephen Pope, and James Taylor. A Dictionary of the Second World War. New York: Peter Bedrick Books, 1990. 586 pp. Brief accounts of major engagements, political and military leaders, treaties and international agreements, aircraft, ships, weapons, and military organizations. Events in main theaters of operation depicted with the aid of maps. 178. Young, Peter, ed. The Marshall Cavendish Illustrated Encyclopedia of World War II: An Objective, Chronological, and Comprehensive History of the Second World War. Text by Eddy Bauer. 11 vols. Freeport, N.Y.: Marshall Cavendish, 1981. Originally published in 1966 by Purnell, this lavishly illustrated work has been supplemented to amplify events of interest to Americans, especially in the Pacific theater. The 178 chapters cover both military and political events and are grouped chronologically and by geographic theater of operation. The final volume, written especially for this set, covering military organization, armed forces, weapons, and uniforms is perhaps the most valuable. 179. ——. The World Almanac Book of World War II. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1981. 514 pp. Published simultaneously by the paperback firm of Ballantine Books, this work has three main sections: a daily chronology of events, 1939– 1945; a description of weapons and equipment; and a biographical dictionary of important leaders, political and military; includes maps, drawings, and over 100 photographs. Compare with Keegan and Parrish. 180. ——, with Michael Calvert. A Dictionary of Battles, 1816–1976. London: New English Library, 1977. 600 pp. An alphabetically arranged guide to important battles by land, sea, or air fought in the period after Napoleon and which are placed in the context

Reference Works

33

of their historical, technical, and political importance. Good use of cross-references from battles to campaigns; European emphasis. 181. Zabecki, David T., Carl O. Schuster, Paul J. Rose, and William H. van Husen, eds. World War II in Europe: An Encyclopedia. 2 Vols. New York: Garland Publishing, 1999. 1,920 pp. A comprehensive encyclopedia organized into six parts: Social and Political Issues and Events, Leaders and Individuals, Units and Organizations, Weapons and Equipment, Strategy, Tactics and Operational Techniques, and Battles, Campaigns and Operations. Contains inaccuracies; should be used with caution.

D. Annuals/Yearbooks Introduction: The five citations below represent the best of a large number of annuals and yearbooks which appeared during and after the war; all should be of some value to those who need a quick contemporary reference or, more important, who wish to follow the flow of events as they occurred. Much of the chronological information is repeated in and amplified upon in the next part, Atlases/ Chronologies. 182. The Annual Register of World Events: A Review of the Year. New York: Longmans, Green, 1941–. v. 182–. Arranged alphabetically by nation, this annual general review of world events includes summaries of events and developments; a British publication, the work features particularly good coverage of England and the Commonwealth. The volumes for the war years are helpful. Also available via the Internet. 183. Facts on File Yearbook: The Indexed Record of World Events. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1941–. v. 1–. Brings together the convenient weekly summaries of major news events, domestic and foreign, presented in the service’s Facts on File: A Weekly Digest. Issues for the war years suffer from the same problem as newspapers and general-circulation magazines such as Time; namely, the pleasure of the censor. Also available via the Internet. 184. Keesing’s Contemporary Archives. London: Keesing’s Publications, Ltd., 1941–. v. 10–. This weekly looseleaf publication consists of reports, arranged by country, and based on data selected, translated, condensed, or summarized from newspapers, official publications, periodicals, and news agencies; the war issues suffered from the same censorship problem as Facts on File, its American counterpart. 185. The Statesman’s Yearbook: Statistical and Historical Annual of the States of the World. New York: St. Martin’s, 1941–. v. 77–. Provides detailed information about significant events and the governments of most countries; data include judicial, political, population,

34

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II defense, industrial, and commercial facts. Also available electronically via the Internet. 186. World Almanac and Book of Facts. New York: World Telegram, 1942–66; Doubleday, 1970–. v. 76–. One of the best-known ready-reference titles in the world, this work is especially useful for its chronology of events in the preceding year and its list of world leaders. Also available electronically via the Internet.

E. Atlases/Chronologies Introduction: Atlases have long been recognized as valuable educational tools; by following the action of a given event over its geographical features, one can learn much about the success or failure of an undertaking. Chronologies, likewise, are valuable, perhaps more for the minutiae they preserve than for the learning possibilities they offer. The sources in this section reflect both of these tools as they relate to World War II. It should be noted that maps and chronologies, like bibliographies, appear in many titles and the user should watch for them as he employs the sources noted in the other sections of this guide. 187. Argyle, Christopher. Chronology of World War II: The Day-by-Day Illustrated Record, 1939–1945. London and Freeport, N.Y.: Marshall Cavendish Corp., 1981. 200 pp. A British “coffee-table” offering which chronicles events on each day of the war worldwide, though European bias is present. Tables of facts and figures, 20 detailed maps, photos, and reproductions of newspaper headlines, cartoons, and posters add emphasis. As events described and biographies given are not restricted to military events, this tool is helpful for obtaining the “Big Picture.” 188. Armitage, Michael. World War II Day by Day. Rev. ed. London/New York: DK ADULT, 2004. 728 pp. A comprehensive, chronologically organized, compilation of important military, political, and social events. 189. Banks, Arthur. A World Atlas of Military History, 1861–1945. New York: Hippocrene, 1978. 160 pp. An Indexed guide to major conflicts from the U.S. Civil War through World War II, with black and white maps and strong charts; unfortunately, little explanatory commentary is provided for either the maps or charts. 190. Binns, Stewart and Adrian Wood. America at War: Unique Images of the American Experience in World War II. London: Carlton, 2001. 256 pp. A large-format collection of mostly American colored photographs covering all facets of World War II. 191. Brown, Francis. The War in Maps: An Atlas of the New York Times Maps. 4th ed., rev. New York and London: Oxford University Press, 1946. 197 pp.

Reference Works

35

A useful compilation of maps drawn from wartime issues of America’s “newspaper of record,” all in black and white. 192. Carter, Kit C., and Robert Mueller. The AAF in World War II: Combat Chronology. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1990. 991 pp. A well-indexed chronology arranged by geographical region; this Office of Air Force History production might well be considered as the final volume in the Craven & Cate official AAF history, cited below. 193. “Chronology of World War II.” Current History, New Series VIII (June 1945): 492–496. A brief chronological overview of the war’s events through VE-Day. 194. Gilbert, Martin. The Routledge Atlas of the Second World War. New York: Routledge, 2007. 160 pp. A comprehensive source with maps of all theaters. 195. Goodenough, Simon. War Maps: World War II from September 1939 to August 1945—Air, Sea, and Land, Battle-by-Battle. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1983. 192 pp. An oversize volume which details every crucial engagement in full-color spreads, displaying the deployment of men and equipment in the course of a battle or campaign; the author’s text backgrounds and chronicles the stages of each confrontation as further illumination to the maps. Containing 232 color maps and hundreds of photos and illustrations, this is a worthy competitor to Brigadier Young’s offering, cited below. 196. Goralski, Robert. World War II Almanac, 1931–1945: A Political and Military Record. New York: Putnam, 1981. 486 pp. The title is somewhat misleading as this is in fact a chronology, mostly of combat, day-by-day from 1931 through VJ-Day; what makes this different from Argyle, cited above, is the heavy reliance on anecdotes and vignettes of forgotten or overlooked personal triumphs and defeats interlaced into the daily records. Contains some 300 photos, maps, charts, and statistical tables. 197. Griess, Thomas E., ed. The Second World War. 3 vols. (West Point Military History Series) Wayne, N.J.: Avery, 1989. An atlas providing strategic coverage of major campaigns; intended as a supplement to T. D. Stamps and V. J. Esposito, A Military History of World War II With Atlas. 2 Vols. West Point, N.Y.: U.S. Military Academy, 1953. 198. Hopkins, John A. H. Diary of World Events: Being a Chronological Record of the Second World War. 54 vols. Baltimore, Md.: National Advertising Co., 1942–1948. An interesting but rare item comprised entirely of reproduced American and British newspaper dispatches; suffers the same problems of accuracy found in contemporary newspaper accounts.

36

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 199. Husted, H. H. Thumb-Nail History of World War II. Boston, Ma.: Bruce Humphries, 1948. 442 pp. Another early chronological effort which has long since been eclipsed; data provided are both military and political. 200. Keegan, John, ed. The Times Atlas of the Second World War. New York: Harper & Row, 1989. 254 pp. Eye-catching maps, photographs, and three dimensional representations convey a sense of World War II in all theaters. 201. Leonard, Thomas M. Day-by-Day: The Forties. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1977. 1,051 pp. Culled almost exclusively from Facts on File: A Weekly Digest, this work provides data on both the American home front and the battles in Europe. 202. Lloyd, Christopher. Atlas of Maritime History. New York: Arco, 1976. 144 pp. The maps provided cover a larger segment of history than just World War II; the accompanying text provides explanatory backgrounds for each map. Useful for those following the naval war. 203. Macdonald, John. Great Battles of World War II. New York: Macmillan, 1986. 192 pp. Maps and three-dimensional pictures, combined with discussions of critical actions, including Dunkirk, the battles of Britain, Midway, Guadalcanal and Normandy. 204. Man, John. D-Day Atlas: The Definitive Account of the Allied Invasion of Normandy. New York: Facts on File, 1994. 143 pp. A valuable introductory source. Includes troop buildups, bombing targets, maps of Allied and German deployments and movements, descriptions of weapons, and the breakout from the Normandy beachhead. 205. Messenger, Charles. The Chronological Atlas of World War II. New York: Macmillan, 1989. 255 pp. An atlas that follows the war almost day-by-day. 206. ——. D-Day Atlas: Anatomy of the Normandy Campaign. New York: Thomas & Hudson, 2004. 176 pp. Heavily-illustrated fact book with 71 full-color maps. 207. Natkiel, Richard, and Robin L. Sommer. Atlas of World War II. New York: Military Press and Crown, 1985. 192 pp. Full-color maps covering all theaters. 208. Pimlott, John. The Atlas of World War II. Philadelphia: Courage Books, 2006. 224 pp. A full-color volume of photos and maps.

Reference Works

37

209. Pitt, Barrie, and Francis Pitt. The Month-by-Month Atlas of World War II. New York: Summit Books, 1989. 178 pp. 210. The Rand McNally Encyclopedia of World War II. Chicago, IL: Rand McNally, 1977. 256 pp. Provides situation maps of alphabetically arranged battle and campaigns. 211. Rohwer, Jürgen. Chronology of the War at Sea, 1939–1945: The Naval History of World War II. Translated from the German. Annapolis: Naval Institute Press, 2005. 532 pp. Described as the “single most important book about World War II naval operations in existence.” Presents details of actions involving 8,000 warships and 3,000 named participants. Records essential information, such as forces engaged, identities of commanders, and losses. Not a day-byday diary, but rather organized according to geographic areas. 212. Salmaggi, Cesare, and Alfredo Pallavisini, eds. 2194 Days of War: An Illustrated Chronology of the Second World War. Translated from the Italian. New York: Mayflower Books, 1979. 756 pp. An ambitious attempt to bring together all of the political, economic, and strategic backgrounds in an effort to help highlight the “human” dimensions of the war, this work relates the military and non-military events of every theater on a daily basis. Oversize, with 700 photos and 80 maps. Reviewers have caught a number of factual errors in some of the daily summaries, which cast a pall over what is otherwise a very handsome offering. 213. Smith, Myron J., Jr. Air War Chronology, 1939–1945. 5 vols.+ Manhattan, Ks.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1977–. A yet to be completed look at every major aspect of the World War II sky war arranged by theater of operations, beginning with Northern Europe. The five volumes that have appeared to date cover the conflict through mid-1943. 214. Stembridge, Jasper H. The Oxford War Atlas. 4 vols. New York and London: Oxford University Press, 1941–1945. A detailed collection of contemporary maps useful for locating place names mentioned in newspapers. 215. United States. Department of the Army. Military Academy, Department of Military Art and Engineering. The West Point Atlas of American Wars. Edited by Vincent J. Esposito. 2 vols. New York: Praeger, 1977. First published by this firm in 1959. The section on World War II is found in Volume II and encompasses 168 maps, devoted exclusively to land warfare. A unique feature of this work is the descriptive text on one page with one or more maps on the opposite page. 216. ——. Military Academy, Department of History. Campaign Atlas to the Second World War: Europe and the Mediterranean. West Point, N.Y., U.S. Military Academy, 1980. 83 pp.

38

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Maps used in support of student instruction. 217. ——. Navy Department. Naval History Division. United States Naval Chronology, World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955. 214 pp. A valuable if brief USN World War II bibliography important for its appendices of principal civilian officials, navy officers, and ship losses; important in its day, now overshadowed completely by Rohwer and Hummelchen, cited above. 218. ——. War Department. General Staff. Atlas of the World Battle Fronts in Semimonthly Phases. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Army Map Service, 1945. 101 pp. An extremely rare item which was issued as a supplement to General Marshall’s annual reports. 219. Williams, Mary H., comp. Chronology, 1941–1945. U.S. Army in World War II: Special Studies. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1960. 660 pp. Devoted primarily to tactical events from December 7, 1941, to September 2, 1945, with emphasis on the ground action of U.S. armed forces, particularly the Army, this regionally arranged chronology considers, within the scope of space limitations, air and naval cooperation, combat actions of foreign units—both Allied and Axis—and general political events. Features a voluminous index. As an official product, Williams’ work exceeds the Naval History Division’s pioneer outing cited above and is on a level with Carter and Mueller’s aerial chronology, also cited above. 220. Young, Peter. Atlas of the Second World War. New York: Berkley Publishing Corp., 1974. 288 pp. An oversize volume first published by the London firm of Weidenfeld and Nicolson in 1973, this reference is divided into sections corresponding to the major theaters or campaigns; within these, the individual battles or phases of battles each have a double-page spread with a selection of black, white and red maps. Accompanying the maps are short explanatory texts and a variety of photo illustrations. Each section begins with an introduction filling in the backgrounds of campaigns. The emphasis of this atlas is European and the section on the air war receives only six pages. Compare with Goodenough, cited above. 221. Zijlstra, Gerrit. Diary of an Air War. New York: Vantage, 1977. 487 pp. An amateur attempt to provide a chronology of the air war over Western Europe which, unlike Smith’s effort, has the advantage of being finished, but which still does not measure up to the work of Carter and Mueller.

F. Collective Biography Introduction: The study of biography brings a human-interest element into a subject and offers an excellent avenue for engaging students in a given topic. Over

Reference Works

39

the years, this pedagogical method has had an important, often self-motivated, place in the study of or introduction to World War II. The sources cited in this part are all collective and within their pages bring together the lives of many individuals who influenced or participated in the World War II. Biographies of individuals, be they generals or privates, admirals or seamen, or historians, are found below in the various “operational” sections, II–IV, and above in the assorted handbooks and encyclopedias covered in part C. 222. Ancell, R. Manning, with Christine M. Miller. The Biographical Dictionary of World War II Generals and Flag Officers: The U.S. Armed Forces. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1996. 704 pp. Contains biographical details on 2,400 American generals and flag officers who served in the armed forces between December 7, 1941, and September 2, 1945. Arranged into Army, Army Air Force, National Guard, Navy, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard sections, each entry provides personal details, education, assignments, and decorations for each officer covered. In spite of errors, a valuable reference. 223. Boatner, Mark M., III. The Biographical Dictionary of World War II. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1996. 733 pp. A comprehensive reference that contains over 1,000 biographical sketches of the principal Allied and Axis political leaders, diplomats, military and naval commanders, scientists, and espionage agents. The volume’s value is enhanced by cross references to individuals referred to elsewhere in the book. Contains a bibliography and glossary. 224. Current Biography. New York: H. W. Wilson Co., 1940–. v. 1–. A monthly publication which provides short biographies of prominent or newsworthy personages, this work contains almost 2,400 biographies of wartime personalities in its annual cumulations; each sketch usually includes a portrait and bibliographical references. Be sure to check later volumes, as some men who rose to higher positions have their stories fleshed out even more, e.g., Gen. Creighton Abrams, wartime leader of the 37th Tank Battalion, which broke through to Bastogne, later Army Chief of Staff. Also available electronically via the Internet. 225. DeWeerd, Harvey A. Great Soldiers of World War II. New York: W. W. Norton, 1945. 316 pp. Sketches of eleven leaders which were criticized on the basis of biographies selected/omitted and the fact that the war was not over at publication time; “At least,” wrote reviewer Herman Beukema in his April 1945 American Historical Review assessment, “it marks a long advance over the snap judgments which characterize the day-by-day appraisals offered the reading public by the commentators of the Press” (p. 50). 226. Facts on File, Editors of. Obituaries on File. 2 vols. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1979. Drawn from newspapers around the nation, these pieces provide excellent career summaries for U.S. military leaders who died between 1940 and 1978.

40

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 227. Garraty, John A., and Jerome L. Sternstein, eds. Encyclopedia of American Biography. New York: Harper & Row, 1974. 1,241 pp. A quick reference tool containing concise sketches of prominent people in U.S. history, including some military leaders; available in many public and school libraries. 228. Hirsch, Phil, ed. Fighting Generals. New York: Pyramid Books, 1960. 192 pp. This slim paperback reprints articles from Man’s Magazine on various 20th-century U.S. military leaders; those included from World War II Europe include Clark, Patton, Eisenhower, and Doolittle. 229. International Who’s Who. London: Europa, 1942–. v. 7–. This annual is a basic biographical source for information on current world leaders; the volumes for the war years reflect a heavy Allied emphasis. Also available electronically via the Internet. 230. Keegan, John, and Andrew Wheatcroft. Who’s Who in Military History: From 1453 to the Present Day. London/New York: Routledge, 1996. 340 pp. Biographies of the most interesting and important men and women who have shaped the course of war since the 15th century. 231. Keegan, John, ed. Churchill’s Generals. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991. 368 pp. Brief biographies by experts of some of the principal British generals of World War II. Alanbrooke, Alexander, Auchinleck, Dill, Gort, Hobart, Ironside, Slim, Montgomery, Wilson, and Wingate are among the more famous ones covered. Cunningham, Horrocks, Leese, Percival, Spears, and de Wairt are among the less well known examined. 232. ——, ed. 2nd ed. Who’s Who in World War II. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. 182 pp. Contains entries for 300 of the most important figures. 233. ——. Who Was Who in World War II. New York: Crowell, 1978. 224 pp. Covers only subjects prominent during the war years and only their wartime achievements and activities; personalities surveyed are both major and minor (and the entries correspond in size to that perception). Many biographees are shown in color or black and white photographs; contains no index, which is really not needed due to alphabetical arrangement of references. 234. ——, and Andrew Wheatcroft. Who’s Who in Military History, From 1492 to the Present Day. New York: William Morrow, 1976. 367 pp. Alphabetically arranged; useful for fleshing out the careers of major World War II figures and thus serves as a companion volume to the previous entry.

Reference Works

41

235. Kemp, Anthony, and Angus McBride. Allied Commanders of World War II. London: Osprey Books, 1982. 120 pp. Provides superficial biographical portraits of Anglo-American military leaders with photos and color plates showing the officers in their typical uniforms—from the subdued Field Marshal Alexander to the conspicuous General George S. Patton. 236. Lucas, James. Hitler’s Commanders: Germany Bravery in the Field, 1939–1945. London: Cassell, 2000. 223 pp. Case studies of 14 German commanders awarded the Knight’s Cross of the Iron Cross, including Col. Gen. Hans-Jürgen von Arnim, Gen. Heinrich Eberbach, and Gen. Siegfried Westphal. 237. McHenry, Robert, ed. Webster’s American Military Biographies. Springfield, Ma.: G. & C. Merriam, 1978. 548 pp. Brief biographical sketches of prominent military personnel from all periods of American history, including World War II; includes mostly those of flag rank or those who received notice in the popular press. Compare with the Marquis entry, Who Was Who in American History: The Military, cited below. 238. Mason, David. Who’s Who in World War II. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1978. 363 pp. A nicely illustrated biographical guide to some 350 major military, political, and scientific personalities of the war years, arranged alphabetically; few of the entries concern secondary personalities and, like most of these World War II biographical collections, contains very little bibliographical information. 239. New York Times Obituary Index, 1858–1968. New York: New York Times Co., 1970. 1,136 pp. Fulfills the same purpose as the Facts on File entry above; however, for the most part, obituaries here are fuller. 240. Newsweek, Editors of. The Generals and the Admirals: Some Leaders of the United States Forces in World War II. New York: Devin-Adair, 1945. 62 pp. A selection of 35 brief, non-critical biographical sketches designed to satisfy the immediate postwar public search for heroes. 241. North, Oliver J., with Joe Musser, eds. War Stories III: The Heroes Who Defeated Hitler. Washington, D.C.: Regnery Publishing, 2005. 342 pp. Lives of airmen, sailors, merchant seamen, soldiers, and women who participated in the “great crusade” that liberated Western Europe. Also available electronically via the Internet. 242. Palmer, William. Engagement with the Past: The Lives and Works of the World War II Generation of Historians. Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 2001. 372 pp.

42

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An unusual study of 22 prominent American historians and how their work was shaped by World War II. 243. Simmons, Thomas E. Forgotten Heroes of World War II: Personal Accouns of Ordinary Soldiers. Nashville, Tn.: Cumberland House, 2002. 254 pp. The stories of 14 individuals provide a glimpse of combat action in World War II. 244. Times of London, Editors of. Obituaries from “The Times,” 1961–1970. Reading, Berkshire: Newspaper Archive Developments, 1976. 952 pp. With a natural British emphasis, this work does provide information on prominent foreign military leaders who died during the sixties, especially those like Eisenhower who had a strong identification with the war years. 245. Tunney, Christopher. Biographical Dictionary of World War II. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1973. 216 pp. Provides over 400 biographies for a variety of personalities associated with the war effort, including not only military brass but also scientists, journalists, politicians, conscientious objectors, and others; reflects an Allied bias. 246. United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Veterans’ Affairs. Medal of Honor Recipients, 1863–1978. 96th Cong., 1st Sess. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1979. 1,113 pp. Lists by conflict every American recipient of the Congressional Medal of Honor together with biographical (brief) data and the texts of citations; useful for finding out who won America’s highest military honor during World War II and for what. 247. Who Was Who in American History: The Military. Chicago, Il.: Marquis Who’s Who, 1975. 652 pp. Some 90,000 entries on deceased Americans, 1607–1974, based on information in the Who Was Who in America basic set and recent additions; much of the data came from the volumes of Who’s Who in America and was directly supplied by the biographees. A useful source for personal information not easily available elsewhere. 248. Windrow, Martin, and Francis K. Mason. Concise Dictionary of Military Biography. New York: Beekman Publishers, 1975. 337 pp. Published simultaneously by the London firm of Osprey, this guide focuses entirely on 200 significant leaders in land warfare from the 10th to the 20th century; the military achievements of an individual are highlighted rather than his personality, and only a few Americans are considered, regardless of century. Still useful, however, for the data provided on Axis and Allied leaders.

Reference Works

43

G. Document/Manuscript Guides and Collections Introduction: Historians in particular have always sought to practice their craft by dealing as much as possible in the primary sources of documents and unpublished papers, of states and individuals. For a number of years following World War II, neither type of information, especially the latter, was available in other than official publications. Now, with the passage of time (and a large number of prominent leaders) since 1945, these sources are becoming accessible. The dramatic revelation of ULTRA in 1974 and the renewed interest in secret dealings occasioned by the CIA hearings of 1975–1976 have led to the opening of vast new areas of study and entire collections to historians and others with an interest in unpublished materials. The sources in this section are all concerned with the presentation or location of published or unpublished documents and papers; some are collections, others are guides or bibliographies. In common, they all foster our search into primary data, the stuff from which the best citations in the other sections of this guide are built. 249. Allard, Dean C., Martha L. Crawley, and Mary W. Edmison, comps. U.S. Naval History Sources in the United States. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1979. 235 pp. Provides information on manuscripts, archives, and other special collections of papers and documents for officers, men, and civilian Navy officials in 250 depositories around the country. 250. Bilstein, Roger C. “Sources in Aerospace History: The Oral History Collection at Columbia University.” Aerospace Historian XXII (March 1975): 46–47. A brief introduction to the famous Columbia collection of oral history, and a note on which airmen have deposited all or part of their verbal reminiscences there. 251. Bland, Larry I., and Sharon R. Stevens, eds. The Papers of George Catlett Marshall. 5 vols. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1981–2003. A valuable collection of documents that reveal Marshall’s relationship with Roosevelt, Eisenhower, and others, as well as the complexities of strategy and high command in a nation engaged in coalition warfare. Detailed explanatory synopses identify major figures. 252. Blumenson, Martin, ed. The Patton Papers. 2 vols. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1972–1974. A valuable and carefully edited collection of papers that throw light on Patton’s complex character and temperament. 253. Buchanan, Albert R., comp. The United States and World War II: Military and Diplomatic Documents. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 1972. 303 pp. A sampling of documents illustrating the military and diplomatic phases of the war arranged in sections, each of which is preceded by an introduction describing, in general, the events of the period covered.

44

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 254. Cantwell, John D. The Second World War: A Guide to Documents in the Public Record Office. Richmond, U.K.: Public Record Office, National Archives, 1998. 299 pp. A guide to the official records of Great Britain’s role in the war, many of which have only recently been made public and are not included in this guide. Under the 30-year rule, the British have reclassified many items bearing on the American forces and operations in the European and Italian theaters. 255. Dabbs, Henry E., ed. 2nd ed. Black Brass: Black Generals and Admirals in the Armed Forces of the United States. Charlottesville, Va.: Howell Press, 1996. 232 pp. Biographies of African American military leaders. 256. The Declassified Documents Quarterly Catalog. Washington, D.C.: Carrollton Press, 1976–. v. 1–. A guide to both the printed and microfiche collections handled by this firm; arranged in two parts: abstracts and a cumulative subject index. Of significant importance for federal material, especially that relating to the intelligence agencies and the departments of state and defense. Available electronically via the Internet. 257. Detwiler, Donald S., ed. World War II German Military Studies. 24 vols. New York: Garland, 1980. Following the war, many German officers prepared studies on Nazi military campaigns for the Army’s historical division in Europe; known as Foreign Military Studies, only a few copies of these items were available. Detwiler, the new president of the Association for the Bibliography of History, has drawn together some of the more interesting and significant titles for inclusion in this set. The introductions provide background on the campaigns and battles fought and the process by which the documents were prepared. 258. Dube, Timothy D. Canada at Warm 1939–1945: A Survey of the Archival Holdings of the Second World War at the National Archives of Canada. Waterloo, Ont.: Laurier Center for Military Strategic and Disarmament Studies, Wilfrid Laurier University, 1996. 52 pp. A helpful guide to Canadian military records of World War II. 259. Floyd, Dale E., and Timothy K. Nenninger. “U.S. Government Documentation.” In: Robin Higham, ed. A Guide to the Sources of United States Military History: Supplement I. Hamden, Ct.: Archon Books, 1981, pp. 287–300. Explains the record-keeping process and locations of federal documents on military history with special attention to the National Archives; includes a list of addresses for repositories. 260. Haight, David J., and George H. Curtis. “Abilene, Kansas and the History of World War II: Resources and Research Opportunities at the Dwight D. Eisenhower Library.” Military Affairs XLI (Fall 1977): 195–200.

Reference Works

45

Discusses the possibilities for researchers at the Eisenhower Library, especially the collection designated “U.S. Army, Unit Record 1940–1950” and that nicknamed the “sixteen-fifty-two file,” Eisenhower’s prePresidential papers, 1916–1952. 261. Hamer, Philip M. A Guide to Archives and Manuscripts in the United States. New Haven, Ct.: Yale University Press, 1961. 775 pp. Prepared under the auspices of the U.S. National Publications Commission, this guide is arranged by depositories and includes a detailed index covering 20,000 collections of papers in 1,300 depositories; now superseded by Directory of Archives and Manuscript Repositories, cited below (item 189). 262. Hasdorff, James C. “Sources in Aerospace History: The USAF Oral History Collection.” Aerospace Historian XXII (Summer 1976): 103–104. Briefly describes the Air Force’s oral history collection, housed in the Albert Simpson Historical Research Center in the Air University Library, Maxwell AFB, Alabama; users should note that the U.S. Naval Institute at Annapolis maintains a useful, if somewhat smaller, oral history collection of the reminiscences of certain naval officers who figured in the history of our topic. 263. Hayes, John D. “The Papers of Naval Officers: Where They Are.” Military Affairs XX (Summer 1956): 102–103. A still-useful introduction to this topic which describes the holdings at Library of Congress, University of North Carolina, Duke University, New York Public Library, etc. A better guide is Allard’s U.S. Naval History Sources, cited above. 264. Heimdahl, William C., and Edward J. Marolda, comps. Guide to U.S. Naval Administrative Histories of World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Naval Historical Center, Operational Archives, 1976. 219 pp. Describes 173 unpublished narratives compiled during and just after the war, a significant number of which are useful for the USN contribution to the war in Europe, and all of which are housed in the Center’s Operational Archives in the Washington Navy Yard. 265. Heiber, Helmut, and David M. Glantz, eds. Hitler and His Generals: Military Conferences, 1942–1945. New York: Enigma Books, 2002. 1158 pp. A reference work based on the surviving records of Hitler’s military briefings. Although fragmentary, the conferences are revelatory of the minutiae and cultural views of the Führer and his principal military advisers. Primarily of value for specialists, not undergraduates or the general public. 266. Jacobsen, Hans-Adolf, and Arthur L. Smith, Jr., comps. World War II: Policy and Strategy, Selected Documents with Commentary. Santa Barbara, Ca.: Clio Books, 1979. 505 pp.

46

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A chronologically arranged collection of 214 documents dating from March 1939 to August 1945 with background commentary on their significance; many are political and a few are military, with the scope worldwide. Includes an annotated chronology, a glossary, maps, charts, and photographs. Albert R. Buchanan, cited above, has not been superseded here due to his emphasis on U.S. documents. 267. Johnston, Robert H. Soviet Foreign Policy, 1918–1945: A Guide to Research and Research Materials. Wilmington, De.: Scholarly Resources, 1991. 268. Kimmich, Christoph M. German Foreign Policy, 1918–1945: A Guide to Research and Research Materials. Wilmington, De: Scholarly Resources, 1991. 269. Langsam, Walter C., ed. Historic Documents of World War II. Princeton, N.J.: Van Nostrand, 1958. 192 pp. A useful collection of 47 political and military documents issued between 1938 and 1955, each preceded in the text by a short paragraph placing it in historical context. 270. Matchette, Robert B., with Anne B. Eales, et. al. Guide to Federal Records in the National Archives of the United States. 3 vols. Washington, D.C.: National Archives and Records Administration, 1995. This invaluable tool provides comprehensive coverage of the holdings of the National Archives and duplicates the Archival Research Catalog (ARC) available at the NARA website. 271. Mayer, S. L., and W. J. Koenig. The Two World Wars: A Guide to Manuscript Collections in the United Kingdom. New York: R. R. Bowker, 1977. 317 pp. A survey of the more important collections accessible to the public, excepting those in the National Archives (formerly the Public Record Office); arranged alphabetically by locale and then subdivided into sections on World War I and World War II. For the NA, see the NA guide cited under Great Britain above. 272. Meckler, Alan M., and Ruth McMullin, comps. Oral History Collections. New York: R. R. Bowker, 1975. 344 pp. Many interviews of prominent World War II military leaders and diplomats have been conducted by such universities as Duke and Columbia, to say nothing of the military services themselves. These oral histories can be located through this guide, which also contains valuable data on the access restrictions (if any) and the size of collections of the various repositories. 273. Mulligan, Timothy P. Guide to Records Relating to US Military Participation in World War II. 2 vols. Washington, D.C.: National Archives and Records Administration, 1996–98. A valuable research tool that identifies and describes records of agencies concerned with a wide range of subjects, policy planning and

Reference Works

47

administration, lend-lease, armaments production, shipbuilding, stockpiling and strategic materials, logistical support, strategy, and POW’s and civilian internees. 274. O’Neill, James E., and Robert W. Krauskopf. World War II: An Account of Its Documents. National Archives Conference, No. 8. Washington, D.C.: Howard University Press, 1976. 269 pp. A collection of 18 papers designed to acquaint potential users with the collections of NA; especially useful are those chapters on “Military Biography” and “Major Resources of the National Archives and Records Service for Research on the Second World War.” Also included is an unannotated bibliography of NARA resource materials. 275. Plischke, Elmer. U.S. Foreign Relations: A Guide to Information Sources. American Government and History Information Guide Series. 6 vols. Detroit, Mi.: Gale Research Co., 1980. 276. Russell, J. Thomas. Preliminary Guide to the Manuscript Collection of the U.S. Military Academy Library. West Point, N.Y.: U.S. Military Academy Library, 1968. 260 pp. Over the years, a number of prominent military leaders have donated their papers to West Point, their alma mater; this guide describes the Academy’s collection in an A–Z arrangement. 277. Simpson, Michael, ed. The Cunningham Papers. Vol. 1, The Mediterranean Fleet, 1939–1942. Brookfield, Vt.: Ashgate, 1999. 634 pp. Commander-in-Chief of the Mediterranean Fleet and successor to Admiral Sir Dudley Pound as First Sea Lord, Admiral Andrew B. Cunningham clashed frequently with Churchill. Simpson has assembled over 300 documents that highlight major events of the period specified. 278. Smith, J. Douglas, and Richard Jensen. World War II on the Web: A Guide to the Very Best Sites. Wilmington, De.: Scholarly Resources, 2003. 207 pp. Contains citations to a broad range of the web’s most informative sites and lists; accompanied by CD-Rom with links to all sites. 279. Sommers, Richard J. Manuscript Holdings of the Military History Research Collection. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: U.S. Army Military History Institute, 1972. 156 pp. As with West Point, Carlisle has become a center for the collection of papers from former military personnel, not necessarily either Army or officers; this guide describes 250 collections and is updated by a supplement which was issued in 1975. 280. The Ultra Documents. 104 reels of microfilm. New York: Clearwater, 1979. Some 52,000 signals, extracted from the main series of military signals and assembled by the British Public Record Office, are here available. 281. United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Foreign Relations. A Decade of American Foreign Policy: Basic Documents, 1941–49. 81st

48

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Cong., 1st Sess. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1959. 1,381 pp. A selective compilation of 313 items which serves as a convenient source for wartime documents on inter-allied negotiations. 282. ——. Department of State. Foreign Relations of the United States. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1941–. A huge official series begun in 1862 which prints materials from the Department’s archival files; each volume is individually titled for the subject, country, or area covered and there are volumes for each of the great wartime Allied conferences. For a useful introduction to the 1943–1946 volumes, see Richard W. Leopold’s “The Foreign Relations Series Revisited: One Hundred Plus Ten,” Journal of American History XLIX (Fall 1973): 935–957. This series is also available electronically via the Internet. 283. ——. Library of Congress. The National Union Catalog of Manuscript Collections. Hamden, Ct.: Shoe String Press, 1962. 1,061 pp. Reproduced catalog cards compiled by LC from reports sent from various repositories; annotated with extensive indexing. An annual until 1971, this series, very useful for the location of papers on military figures and an indication of their microfilm availability, shows cards for 29,000 collections in 850 repositories. Also available via OCLC World Catalog. 284. ——. National Archives and Records Service. Federal Records of World War II. 2 vols. Detroit, Mi.: Gale Research, 1982. First printed by NA in 1950–1951, this set indexes the available records of federal agencies in the Archives; Volume I records the material of civilian agencies and Volume II, those of the military. 285. ——. ——. Guides to German Records Microfilmed at Alexandria, Va. Washington, D.C., 1958–. v. 1–. Now running in excess of 100 oversize volumes, this collection is in fact an inventory of extremely valuable captured German documents brought to the U.S. after World War II; many of the volumes record Wehrmacht decisions and operations against Allied forces in the Mediterranean and Western European theaters, and thus provide historians with insight into “the other side of the hill.” 286. ——. ——. Historical Materials in the Dwight D. Eisenhower Library. Abilene, Ks.: Eisenhower Library, 1974. 45 pp. A useful description of the various collections in the DDE collection which, for those seeking World War II items, should be supplemented by reading Haight and Curtis’s “Abilene, Kansas and the History of World War II” cited above. The Eisenhower Library website offers researchers an introduction to the materials deposited in the library. 287. ——. National Historical Publications and Records Commission. Directory of Archives and Manuscript Repositories. Washington, D.C.: U.S. National Archives and Records Service, 1978.

Reference Works

49

A comprehensive finding aid to the holdings of 3,200 repositories, this work virtually replaces most of the non-military guides cited here, including Hamer above. Includes lists showing types of repositories and a name-subject index. 288. ——. Naval Historical Foundation. Manuscript Collections: A Catalog. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, 1974. 136 pp. Describes collections for 254 individuals housed in LC, including the papers of wartime CNO Admiral Ernest J. King. 289. ——. Navy Historical Center, Operational Archives. U.S. Navy Partial Checklist: World War II Histories and Historical Reports. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Navy Historical Center, 1972. 226 pp. An annotated list of declassified official reports of USN wartime operations and administration housed in the Operational Archives at the Washington Navy Yard; includes a number of unit histories directly related to American naval involvement in Europe. 290. ——. Superintendent of Documents, Monthly Catalog of United States Government Publications. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1941–. v. 46–. An index and bibliography to U.S. government publications which excludes most restricted, administrative, and “processed” (e.g., mimeographed) materials, published monthly with an annual cumulation. Issued as United States Government Publications: A Monthly Catalog from 1940 to 1950, the guide describes papers from all government agencies, with most relating to the war found under the heading “World War, 1939–1945.” GPO published in 1948–1949 a three-volume supplement covering the years 1941–1946. Also available electronically via the Internet. 291. ——. War Department. International Military Tribunal. Trial of the Major War Criminals Before the International Military Tribunal, Nuremberg, 14 November 1945–1 October 1946. 42 vols. Nuremberg, 1947–1949. Covers the trials of two dozen persons, including some who testified on atrocities, campaigns, or reactions to U.S. military operations; can be supplemented by Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression (8 vols.; 1946), which includes evidence gathered by the prosecutors, and the 15 volumes of Trials of War Criminals Before the Nuremberg Military Tribunals Under Control Law 10 (1949–1953). 292. ——. ——. Joint Chiefs of Staff. Records of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Part I: 1942–1945. 50 reels of microfilm. Frederick, Md.: University Publications of America, 1982. A large collection of various documents detailing JCS work; of interest to users of this guide are the 14 reels covering the European Theater, 7 reels on meetings of the JCS with the Allied Combined Chiefs of Staff, and 13 reels detailing Strategic Issues. 293. “V-E Unconditional Surrender: Text of Reims Surrender Act and Addresses.” Vital Speeches of the Day XI (May 15, 1945): 450–454.

50

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An easily available source for the basic terms of the German surrender and statements by Allied leaders. 294. Wile, Annadel, ed. The Declassified Documents: Retrospective Collection. 3 vols. Arlington, Va.: Carrollton Press, 1976–1977. This basic collection of secret American documents is updated by the Declassified Documents Quarterly Catalog, cited above.

H. General War Histories Introduction: The sources cited below are general worldwide accounts of not only military, but also political and economic events of World War II. Most contain fairly complete discussion of American military actions in Europe with a number offering both chronological narrative and analysis. Several are largely illustrated accounts. The various encyclopedias of World War II covered in part C above might as easily have fitted here and should not be neglected by readers. Bibliographic information is often noted within these studies. Additional general studies relating to land, sea, or air events will be found listed in the appropriate sections below. 295. Adams, Henry H. 1942: The Year That Doomed the Axis. New York: David McKay, 1973. 544 pp. Part of a four-volume series covering military operations around the globe; of interest to our topic is this book’s discussion of the operations of the Allied landing in North Africa. 296. ——. Years of Deadly Peril: The Coming of the War, 1939–1941. New York: David McKay, 1969. 559 pp. Part of a four-volume series covering military operations around the globe, this volume gives considerable space to a discussion of America’s prewar diplomatic position and does not neglect the undeclared U.S.German naval war in the Atlantic. 297. ——. Years of Expectation: Guadalcanal to Normandy. New York: David McKay, 1973. 430 pp. Part of a four-volume series covering military operations around the globe, Adams’ work portrays U.S. forces in action on land, sea, and air in 1942 to mid-1944; coverage relating to this guide’s topic includes the invasions of Sicily, Italy, and Normandy and the strategic bombing campaign. Diplomatic events are not neglected. 298. ——. Years to Victory. New York: David McKay, 1973. 507 pp. The last in a four-volume series covering military operations around the globe, this work portrays U.S. forces in action on land, sea, and air from summer 1944 through VJ-Day; coverage relating to this guide’s topic includes the Allied ground battle through France and into the heart of the Third Reich. Taken together, Adams’ set, indexed and illustrated with maps and photos, is a useful starting place for those who would read in some detail of the events of the conflict.

Reference Works

51

299. Ambrose, Stephen E., with C. L. Sulzberger. American Heritage New History of World War II. New York: Viking Press, 1997. 628 pp. An updated version of C. L. Sulzberger’s The American Heritage Picture History of World War II (1996). Ambrose incorporates new photographs with rewritten chapters that reflect an American point of view. The original “Close-Ups” have been superseded by brief essays on selected topics, e.g., Dresden, and Eisenhower’s decision to launch OVERLORD. 300. Arnold-Foster, Mark. The World at War. New York: Stein and Day, 1973. 340 pp. An overall account of the global conflict published as accompaniment for a 26-part BBC television series of the same title; includes maps, illustrations, photos, and biographical notes on key leaders, but, like the television series, is European-oriented. 301. Baillie, Hugh. Two Battlefronts: Dispatches Written by the President of the United Press Covering the Air Offensive Over Germany and the Sicilian Campaign During the Summer of 1943. New York: United Press, 1943. 139 pp. Entered here for the diversity of topics covered; this contemporary commentary on the two events described suffers from lack of complete access to the facts. Interesting reading, but neither informative nor controversial in light of later research. 302. Bauer, Eddy. The History of World War II. Freeport, N.Y.: Marshall Cavendish Corp., 1981. 680 pp. Extolled for the objective stance taken by Bauer, a noted Swiss military historian, this work is essentially a one-volume edition of the multi-part Marshall Cavendish World War II encyclopedia as it was before being edited by Young (cited above in I:D). Oversize with some 860 black and white/color photographs, this title is now being offered by many “remainder” book dealers in America and is a good bargain, despite its European emphasis. 303. Bliven, Bruce. From Casablanca to Berlin: The War in North Africa and Europe, 1942–1945. Landmark Books. New York: Random House, 1965. 180 pp. An introductory survey of military operations from Operation TORCH to VE-Day, this work is suited to the younger reader. 304. Blore, Trevor. Turning Point—1943. New York/London: Hutchinson, 1945. 128 pp. An early review of events of that year emphasizing the military and naval actions the Mediterranean and Atlantic theaters; British bias. 305. Buchanan, Albert R. The United States and World War II. New American Nation Series. 2 vols. New York: Harper & Row, 1964. An outdated survey of the military, political, and economic events of the war caused by or impacting the United States; although the bibliographic

52

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II essay is now somewhat dated, this is still a useful—and easily available— starting place for students. 306. Calvocoressi, Peter, and Guy Wint. Total War: The Story of World War II. New York: Pantheon, 1972. 959 pp. A well-balanced and comprehensive survey of the war which pays attention to military, political, economic, and social aspects of the conflict during the prewar and wartime years; enhanced by good maps and illustrations, this work provides almost equal coverage of Europe and the Far East. 307. Churchill, Winston L. S. The Second World War. 6 vols. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1948–1953. Long considered essential reading for anyone interested in the war, the British Prime Minister’s record is included here due to its broad scope. These volumes (The Gathering Storm, Their Finest Hour, The Grand Alliance, The Hinge of Fate, Closing the Ring, and Triumph and Tragedy) offer good, British-oriented coverage of grand strategy and the personalities of military and political leaders, to say nothing of campaigns and minutiae. An important source probably for years to come, Churchill’s memoirs are undoubtedly the finest penned by any major World War II figure. For an interesting essay on the publication history of this work, see pages 351–356 of the 2nd, rev. edition of Frederick Woods’ A Bibliography of the Works of Sir Winston Churchill (Toronto, Canada: University of Toronto Press, 1969). 308. ——, and Life Magazine. The Second World War: A History Combining New Selections from the Greatest Chronicles of the War and the Most Memorable Illustrations of the Men Who Took Part in It. 2 vols. New York: Time, Inc., 1959. The narrative text is drawn from Churchill’s The Second World War while many of the hundreds of photographs and maps (some in color) appeared first in the wartime issues of Life. Special captions were written, where needed, to explain the photos’ backgrounds. A most enjoyable reference. 309. Collier, Basil. The Second World War: A Military History from Munich to Hiroshima. New York: William Morrow, 1967. 640 pp. A well-written military history with some British bias, the majority of which is devoted to the conflict in Europe; includes some 60 maps and appendices which show the composition of the various land forces. 310. Congdon, Don. Combat: The War with Germany. New York: Dell, 1963. 384 pp. Each section in this paperback anthology is preceded by an introductory essay which explains the event described and places it within its historical context; excerpts include Wolff’s account of the Ploesti bombing raid, Morison on the Salerno landings, Oliver St. John on the hedgerow fighting in Normandy, and Chester Wilmot’s account of the Arnhem airborne failure.

Reference Works

53

311. Davies, J. B., ed. Great Campaigns of World War II. New York and London: Phoebus Publications, 1980. 320 pp. An oversize, heavily illustrated British import which details the wartime operations of significance in Europe (mostly) and the Far East; among those of interest are the Normandy campaign and the Battle of the Bulge. 312. Davis, Kenneth S. Experience of War: The United States in World War II. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1965. 704 pp. Perhaps the best popular, general survey of the role of the U.S. in the war and the impact of the conflict on America; items treated include social, political, economic, and military events. Enhanced by maps and a lengthy bibliographic survey of books, this is a splendid introduction to the United States at war. 313. Dupuy, R. Ernest. World War II: A Compact History. New York: Hawthorn Books, 1969. 224 pp. A simple, readable survey of the military events of the war which concentrates on the European Theater; while this account offers standard interpretation, certain episodes stand out, including the preparations for the Normandy invasion and the intelligence failures surrounding the Battle of the Bulge. Suffers from poor maps. 314. Fiorani, Flavio. New Illustrated History of World War II. New Abbot, U.K.: David & Charles, 2005. 287 pp. Uses previously unpublished photographs to create a visual image of key moments in the war in all theaters. 315. Flower, Desmond, and James Reeves, eds. The Taste of Courage: The War, 1939–1945. New York: Harper, 1960. 1,120 pp. With maps and bibliography, this remains one of the best anthologies of war narrative, drawing as it does on accounts by participants from all the leading combatants in each period and all theaters. 316. Fuller, John F. C. The Second World War, 1939–45: A Strategical and Tactical History. New York: Meredith Press, 1968. 431 pp. First published by the New York firm of Duell, Sloan and Pearce in 1948, this primarily military history was written shortly after the war’s conclusion, when access to unpublished primary sources was very difficult; Fuller, whose work continues to rank as an important British analysis, had little use for either Churchill, Roosevelt, or their grand strategy. 317. Gardner, Brian. The Year That Changed the World—1945. New York: Coward-McCann, 1964. 356 pp. A journalistic chronicle of the events of 1945 surrounding the end of the war in Europe and the Far East, the formation of the U.N., and the loss of FDR to death and Churchill to the British electorate; includes a few insights into the period of the German surrender. Maps and bibliography are included.

54

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 318. Gilbert, Martin. The Second World War: A Complete History. New York: H. Holt, 1991. 846 pp. An outstanding and readable account of the war in all its dimensions, military, political, economic, and social. Anecdotal details highlight the impact of the war on both soldiers and civilians. 319. Groth, John. Studio: Europe. New York: Vanguard Press, 1945. 282 pp. Photographs of and commentary on the war in Europe; introduction by Ernest Hemingway. Interesting, but not vital. 320. Greatest Battles of World War II. London: Galahad Books, 1981. 220 pp. Another British “coffee-table” presentation sold in America by publishers’ “remainders” distributors, this work covers such European campaigns as the Battle of Britain, Normandy, and the Battle of the Bulge; a visual treat, this work includes more than 600 photos, charts, and maps of which more than half are in full color. 321. Heiferman, Ronald. World War II. Secaucus, N.J.: Derbibooks, 1973. 256 pp. An oversize British import which covers the causes of and execution of World War II in Europe and the Far East; illustrated with 99 color and 350 black and white photos and 16 maps. 322. Herridge, Charles. Pictorial History of World War II. London/New York: Hamlyn, 1975. 253 pp. Illustrated with hundreds of charts, maps, and photos, this outing is not much different from Heiferman in concept or layout. 323. Hoyle, Martha B. A World in Flames: A History of World War II. New York: Atheneum, 1970. 356 pp. A solid general survey of political, social, economic, and military events which includes a few maps and photos and a helpful bibliography. 324. Irving, David. Hitler’s War. New York: Viking Press, 1977. 926 pp. A noteworthy account of “the other side of the hill” by a controversial British historian who bases his narrative on captured German documents as well as interviews with and papers of Hitler’s contemporaries; includes coverage of German successes and failures on both the Western and Eastern Fronts, a few maps, and photographs. 325. Jones, James. World War II. New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1975. 272 pp. An almost personal account of the war, this oversize pictorial by the distinguished late novelist is illustrated with dozens of little-known drawings and photographs. 326. Keegan, John. The Second World War. London: Hutchinson, 1989. 608 pp. An excellent and balanced one-volume overview of the war from a British or European point of view. Keegan deftly describes strategic and

Reference Works

55

operational events, but but also treats cultural, ideological, political, social, or technological aspects. 327. Leasor, James. The Clock with Four Hands. New York: Reynal, 1959. 314 pp. Based on the experiences of Gen. Sir Leslie Hollis, Secretary of the Joint Planning Committee of the Chiefs of Staff, this account tells of the underground London nerve center from which Churchill directed the British war effort. 328. Lee, Bruce. Marching Orders: The Untold Story of World War II. New York: Crown, 1995. 608 pp. Lee uses MAGIC intercepts of Japanese diplomatic communications as the touchstone of American strategy in both Europe and the Pacific. Although he demonstrates how the intercepts allowed General George C. Marshall to eavesdrop on Hitler and may have influenced his decision to halt Eisenhower at the Elbe, this volume is focused on the Pacific war. 329. Lee, Loyd E. World War II. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 235 pp. A clearly written guide intended for high school and undergraduate students. Contains a chronology, brief overview of the war, and chapters on the “Grand Alliance,” the home fronts of the belligerents, military technology and innovations, and resistance movements. Also contains a section on reference materials with biographical sketches of 27 selected political and military leaders and 17 primary documents. 330. ——, ed. World War II: Crucible of the Contemporary World: Commentary and Readings. New York: M. E. Sharpe, 1991. 427 pp. A collection of 16 readings concerned with military, political, diplomatic, and social aspects of World War II and its significance. 331. Leopard, Donald D. World War II: A Concise History. Prospect Heights, Il.: Waveland Press, 1982. 155 pp. A brief narrative outline of events around the globe designed for use as an introductory college text, this paperback includes a few maps and recommended readings. 332. Liddell-Hart, Basil H. History of the Second World War. New York: Putnam, 1970. 768 pp. The late commentator, famous as one of England’s foremost armor exponents before the war, provides a well-written and comprehensive military history of the war in its various theaters; more than a standard survey, this work provides penetrating analysis of the important military engagements and offers judgments on controversial strategic decisions. If Hart’s comments sound less British than one might expect, it is probably because he was often in disagreement with Churchill’s grand strategy. 333. ——. “The Second World War.” In: C. L. Mowat, ed. The Shifting Balance of World Forces, 1898–1945. Vol. XII of The New Cambridge Modern History. 2nd ed. Cambridge, UK: Clarendon Press, 1968, pp. 735–797.

56

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An uncontroversial, straightforward summary which might be said to foreshadow his History of the Second World War cited above. 334. Life, Editors of. Picture History of World War II. New York: Time, Inc., 1950. 368 pp. An excellent single-volume picture history which includes a text outlining the war and explanatory paragraphs for the photographs, portraits, or paintings; contains appendices with notes on various personalities. 335. ——. Life Goes to War: A Picture History of World War II. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1977. 304 pp. Better categorized, this work is similar to the 1950 edition (above) in that it contains text, excellent captions, and hundreds of photographs which originally appeared in Life during the war years. 336. Marshall, George C., Henry H. Arnold, and Ernest J. King. The War Reports of General of the Army George C. Marshall, Chief of Staff, General of the Army H. H. Arnold, Commanding General, Army Air Forces, and Fleet Admiral Ernest J. King, Commander-in-Chief, United States Fleet and Chief of Naval Operations. Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1947. 801 pp. A compilation of the periodical reports of the heads of the U.S. military to the Secretaries of War and Navy on the progress of the war which, due to wartime restrictions, left out much that was questionable or not successful; still a valuable source on war planning and execution at the top levels of military command. 337. Martin, Ralph G. The G.I. War, 1941–1945. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1968. 402 pp. A former correspondent for the military newspapers Yank and Stars and stripes has, from interviews, personal experience, and a variety of other sources, assembled almost 600 vignettes; each story is designed to show a moment in the life or death of an American soldier and is supplemented by photos or cartoons. 338. Maule, Henry. The Great Battles of World War II. Chicago, Il.: Henry Regnery, 1973. 448 pp. Of the thirteen battles surveyed, only two—Anzio and Normandy—are relevant to the topic of this guide; contains photographs and maps. 339. Meyer, Robert J. The Stars and Stripes Story of World War II. New York: David McKay, 1960. 504 pp. Built around excerpts which appeared in the official Army newspaper Stars and Stripes from April 1942 to September 1945 and held together by the author’s running commentary; Meyer was a Stars and Stripes correspondent in the Mediterranean during the war and his comments, like those in the articles included, evoke much human interest. Compare with Martin above. 340. Michel, Henri. The Second World War. Translated from the French. New York: Praeger, 1975. 947 pp.

Reference Works

57

Long-time editor of the respected Revue d’Histoire de la Deuxième Guerre Mondiale, Michel provides an encyclopedic general history that not only covers the standard military, diplomatic, economic, and social aspects of the conflict, but also pays more than casual attention to German occupation and national resistance movements; extensive bibliography, maps, and some photographs. 341. Middleton, Drew. Crossroads of Modern Warfare: Sixteen 20th Century Battles That Shaped Contemporary History. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1983. 334 pp. The former AP war correspondent and noted New York Times military analyst examines turning points in modern warfare, pointing out technological improvements which rendered older forms of warfare obsolete and political ramifications which helped to change the world map; of the World War II engagements of interest to users of this guide, the Normandy landing is best covered. Includes 18 maps. 342. ——. Our Share of Night: A Personal Narrative of the War Years. New York: Viking Press, 1946. 380 pp. Impressions of the war’s six years and a chronicle of people under stress; Middleton’s sensitive insights on the war’s European defeats and triumphs include angry notes on the political “mess” surrounding the North African invasion, an account of the victory march through France into Germany, and strong statements on the weakness of Anglo-American occupation policies. Useful details and snatches of conversation are included as drawn from his reporter’s notebook. 343. ——. Where Has Last July Gone?: Memoirs. New York: Quadrangle Books, 1974. 284 pp. In part recounts the author’s wartime correspondent career through diaries and notes, especially his service in North Africa and Sicily (1942– 1943) and in Northwest Europe (1944–1945) where he divided his time between SHAEF headquarters and the U.S. First Army. 344. Moorehead, Alan. Eclipse. New York: Coward-McCann, 1946. 309 pp. A noted London Daily Express reporter’s account of the European war from the Sicilian invasion through D-Day, the Rhine crossing, and the liberation of Denmark; reflecting a strong British bias, this chronicle contains useful observations and much attention to color, personality, and details personally observed. 345. Overy, Richard. Why the Allies Won. New York: W. W. Norton, 1996. 396 pp. Overy provides a corrective to the popular notion that the Allies won because they outproduced and outnumbered the Axis powers. In this informative volume, he argues the Allies possessed clear ideological and moral advantages compared to Nazis, superior technology, capable leadership, and that Allied fighting capacity was at least as good as that of the Germans and Japanese. Whether one agrees with Overy’s thesis or not, this book stimulates reflection.

58

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 346. Parker, R. A. C. Struggle for Survival: The History of the Second World War. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. 328 pp. This volume is more than a narrative history of the war. Parker discusses such topics as Anglo-American strategies, the strategic bombing campaign, the Soviet Union and the Western Allies, economic mobilization, the Holocaust, and the impact of the war on the belligerents. A valuable reference. 347. Pitt, Barrie, ed. Great Battles of the 20th Century. London: Phoebus Books, 1977. 384 pp. Drawing heavily on the Purnell publications, this guide to land, sea, and air battles is heavily illustrated with hundreds of maps and photographs. 348. Pratt, Fletcher. War for the World. Chronicles of America Series. New Haven, Ct.: Yale University Press, 1950. 364 pp. A concise examination of the war from an American viewpoint, covering the years from Pearl Harbor to VJ-Day; primarily a military rendering which explores each theater of war in the air, on land, and at sea— especially the latter. 349. Preston, Anthony, ed. Decisive Battles of Hitler’s War. London and New York: Hamlyn, 1977. 256 pp. Another oversize British contribution which illustrates the war on the Western and Eastern Fronts with hundreds of maps and photographs, many in color; among the battles of interest here are those in North Africa, Normandy, and the Bulge. 350. Reader’s Digest, Editors of. The Reader’s Digest Illustrated History of World War II. Pleasantville, N.Y.: Reader’s Digest Association, 1969. 528 pp. Reflecting a strong American bias, this anthology of articles and personal narratives, many drawn from the pages of Reader’s Digest, is illustrated with a number of excellent photographs and maps. 351. Rothberg, Abraham. The Eyewitness History of World War II. 4 vols. New York: Bantam Books, 1971. An anthology of writings from a variety of sources backed up with an unusually large selection of photographs for a paperback set. 352. Shirer, William L. The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich: A History of Nazi Germany. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1960. 1,245 pp. Although given bad reviews by a number of historians, Shirer’s monumental popular history of the social, political, and military history of Hitler’s Germany has achieved the status of “classic”; the military history presented is primarily that of the command level with little detail on individual battles. 353. Shugg, Roger W., and Harvey A. DeWeerd. The World at War, 1939–1944. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1945. 416 pp.

Reference Works

59

An interesting work given that it was published before the war’s end, this title covers events from September 1939 to November 1, 1944, in a chronological/campaign arrangement; includes maps and statistical appendices. 354. Snyder, Louis L. The War: A Concise History, 1939–1945. New York: Julian Messner, 1960. 579 pp. A general survey of the political, military, social, and economic events of the war years worldwide, Snyder’s work is noted for its readability; includes a bibliography and chronology. 355. Stokesbury, James L. A Short History of World War II. New York: William Morrow, 1980. 420 pp. Stokesbury, like Snyder, has written a lucid survey of worldwide military, social, political, and economic events, taking into account the latest information and interpretations; illustrated with maps and a few photos, the book also contains a bibliography. Intended for general readers. 356. Stolley, Richard B. LIFE World War 2: History’s Greatest Conflict in Pictures. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 2001. 351 pp. Chronicles World War II through published and unpublished photos, including some taken by Hitler’s personal photographer. 357. Sulzberger, Cyrus L., et al. The American Heritage Picture History of World War II. New York: American Heritage Publishing Co., 1966. 640 pp. Except for the Life magazine books cited, no better U.S.-produced pictorial on the war years exists; explanatory information and text accompanies over 700 color and black and white reproductions of drawings, photos, maps, and artwork. This visual treat is well known and in the collection of most public libraries. 358. Taylor, Alan J. P. The Second World War: An Illustrated History. New York: Putnam, 1975. 234 pp. A short pictorial survey which covers both the political and military aspects of the six-year conflict; perhaps the most controversial of the pictorials in that its author contends that Hitler, Stalin, Churchill, and Roosevelt shaped and directed the war’s course and that Russia defeated Germany almost without U.S./British ground assistance. 359. Time, Editors of. Time Capsule: History of the War Years, 1939–1945. 7 vols. in 1. New York: Bonanza Books, 1967. Excerpts from the actual prose of the Time war years pieces are presented in categorized fashion with editorial direction showing where errors existed in the original coverage. 360. United States. Department of the Army. Chief of Staff. General Marshall’s Report: The Winning of the War in Europe and the Pacific—Biennial Report, July 1, 1943 to June 30, 1945, to the Secretary of War. New York: Published for the War Department by Simon and Schuster, 1945. 123 pp.

60

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A succinct report and outline beginning with the attack on Sicily; includes maps and an order of battle for each campaign; the commercially available combined report of Marshall, Arnold, and King is cited above. 361. ——. ——. Office of the Chief of Military History. World War II: A Concise Military History of America’s Great All-Out, Two-Front War. Edited by Maurice Matloff. New York: David McKay, 1980. 160 pp. Adapted from the Center of Military History’s textbook American Military History, this succinct account of the ground war is well illustrated with maps and charts. 362. ——. Military Academy. Dept. of Military Art and Engineering. A Military History of World War II. West Point, NY: United States Military Academy, 1953. 2 vols. A textbook treatment of major campaigns in Eastern and Western Europe, North Africa, Sicily, Italy and the Pacific theaters. 363. ——. War Department. Our Army at War: The Story of American Campaigns in World War II, Told in Official War Department Photographs. New York: Harper, 1944. Unpaged. A few short narratives accompany the 482 photos, which depict U.S. ground and air action in, mainly, the Mediterranean, Pacific, and Great Britain. Compare with the Army photo histories cited in the appropriate theater sections below. 364. ——. ——. General Staff. Atlas of the World Battle Fronts in Semimonthly Phases to August 15, 1945. Washington, D.C.: Army Map Service, 1945. 101 pp. Depicts areas under Allied and Axis control. 365. Ward, Geoffrey C., and Ken Burns. The War: An Intimate History, 1941–1945. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2007. 480 pp. An evocative account of the impact of the war on American soldiers overseas and civilians on the home front. The authors blend photographs with personal anecdotes and letters to create a comprehensive picture of the human consequences of war. 366. Weinberg, Gerhard. A World at War: A Global History of World War II. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994. 1178 pp. One of the most authoritative and comprehensive histories of the war. Weinberg highlights not only the relationships between grand strategy and diplomacy, but also considers how economic mobilization impacted military operations and altered domestic society. A balanced and extremely well researched volume by an accomplished historian. 367. Welsh, Douglas. The U.S.A. in World War II: The European Theater. Americans at War Series. New York: Galahad Books, 1982. 64 pp. A heavily illustrated volume in a British pictorial series depicting action in America’s post-1775 conflicts; includes coverage of events and hardware in the Mediterranean and Northwest Europe areas.

Reference Works

61

368. Willmott, H. P. The Great Crusade: A New Complete History of the Second World War. New York: Free Press, 1991. 499 pp. A comprehensive history and operational analysis of the war. Willmott stresses the importance of Allied material superiority to the war’s outcome and Axis strategic errors. 369. ——. June 1944. Poole, U.K.: Blandford Press, 1984. 224 pp. The author examines the momentous events of a critical month: the D-Day landings in Normandy, the Soviet offensive against Army Group Center, the Battle at Imphal in Burma, and actions in the Marianas and the Philippine Sea. 370. Wright, Gordon. The Ordeal of Total War, 1939–1945. New York: Harper & Row, 1968. 315 pp. A valuable analysis of the history and impact of the war in Europe which emphasizes the economic, psychological, cultural, and scientific as well as the usual military and political aspects of the conflict; maps and extensive bibliography. 371. Wykes, Alan. 1942: The Turning Point. London: Macdonald, 1972. 194 pp. A well-illustrated brief review of events (mostly military) around the globe in 1942, particularly in Europe and North Africa; compare with Henry Adams’ title on the same period cited above. 372. Young, Peter. Great Battles of World War II on Land, Sea, and Air. Northbrook, Il.: Quality Books International, 1981. 320 pp. A worldwide review of noteworthy ground, aerial, and naval battles with several, such as North Africa, Normandy, and the Bulge, of interest here; illustrated with hundreds of maps and photographs, this oversize British import is distinguished for its text. 373. ——. World War, 1939–1945: A Short History. New York: Crowell, 1966. 447 pp. A concise, readable survey which emphasizes military events and is arranged into 38 small chapters, each headed by a chronology; with maps and bibliography, this work reflects a heavy British bias. 374. ——. World War II. London and New York: Hamlyn, 1980. 249 pp. Similar in many respects to the author’s Great Battles cited above; British emphasis with hundreds of photographs, maps, and charts.

II Special Studies

Introduction: The sources in this section do not always fit conveniently into operational categories, be they military or otherwise. Here are items related to the war’s grand strategy, diplomacy, Lend Lease, intelligence, U.S. support for European resistance movements, medicine, POWs, logistics, engineering, and communications.

A. The Diplomacy, Strategy, and Economics of Coalition Warfare Introduction: Even prior to the official American entry into World War II, the U.S. government was leaning toward the British and Soviets in their hours of need. Although many Americans hoped their nation could remain free of the fighting, in the Atlantic an active, if undeclared, naval war took place with Germany. Meanwhile, U.S. and British military leaders met secretly and drew up a plan to deal with Germany should the country be plunged into the war. With Pearl Harbor, any pretense of neutrality ended. The leap from preliminary covert planning to participation in a full-scale coalition with England and Russia was not particularly easy for the U.S.; after all, we entered the conflict with little combat experience and an “Arsenal of Democracy” not yet in full gear. Steadily, however, through sometimes noisy military and civilian diplomacy and growing arms production and distribution, the United States found itself an important, often dominant, member of that group of allies collectively known as the United Nations. The matter of dealing with Germany was not as simple as many make it sound; aside from the strictly military requirements, the political in-fighting between the Allies as to how and where the Reich should be battled forced intricate agreement and cooperation. The overall direction of the war, in the hands of the politicians and most commonly noticed by decisions at the great international conferences, had to be implemented by soldier-politicians faced with diverse opinions from above and below. In addition to the strategic, political, and diplomatic considerations of a 62

Special Studies

63

wartime coalition, much attention must be given to the economic basis. Even before December 7, 1941, many Americans found themselves working overtime to build war items for the use of forces from friendly governments as well as their own. The delivery of these materials to the war zone of Europe was politically expedited by the famous Lend Lease Act and operationally by determined sailors in the Battle of the Atlantic, soldiers in Iran, or airmen in Alaska. The sources in this section examine the complexities of coalition diplomacy, America’s entry into the European conflict, the planning of grand strategy for the reconquest of Europe, and the idea of Lend Lease. For an in-depth review, readers are directed to Forrest C. Pogue’s “Wartime Diplomacy, 1941–1945,” a strong essay appearing in Richard D. Burns (ed.), Guide to American Foreign Relations Since 1700 (Santa Barbara, Calif.: Clio Books, 1983), pp. 663–698. 375. Ambrose, Stephen E. “Applied Strategy of World War II.” Naval War College Review XXII (September 1970): 62–70. Attacks the myth that America had only a military policy during the war and lacked a political one, pointing out that by V-J, the U.S. exerted pressure on or controlled four of the five major industrial areas of the world. 376. Armstrong, Anne. Unconditional Surrender: The Impact of the Casablanca Policy Upon World War II. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1961. 304 pp. A detailed view of the unconditional surrender concept as applied to the European war; the author, who first wrote her paper under this title as her 1961 Columbia University Ph.D. dissertation, examines the concept behind and the adoption of this policy, which she believes served to prolong the war by forcing an adverse German reaction. 377. Austin, Douglas. Malta and British Strategic Policy, 1925–1943. London: Frank Cass, 2004. 256 pp. A scholarly study of the place of Malta in British grand strategy. Austin maintains the Chiefs of Staff appreciated the value of the island as a base for the interdiction of enemy communications. 378. Baldwin, Hanson. Great Mistakes of the War. New York: Harper, 1950. 114 pp. A somewhat simplistic essay by a noted military critic which suggested that American leaders failed to keep their political goals in mind while waging the war and that the grand strategy adopted was wrong, particularly with regard to the unconditional surrender policy. 379. ——. “Invasion: The Five Great Problems.” New York Times Magazine, May 14, 1944, 5–7+. Baldwin here looks at the military-strategic considerations of an AngloAmerican invasion of the continent, expressing many concerns then nearly, if not already, resolved by the planners at SHAEF. 380. Balfour, Michael. “Another Look at ‘Unconditional Surrender.’ ” International Affairs (London) XLVI (October 1970): 719–736.

64

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Like Armstrong and Baldwin, Balfour also finds much wrong with the policy, but bows to its political necessity in view of the Allied need to convince the Soviets of Western intentions. 381. ——. “The Origin of the Formula: ‘Unconditional Surrender’ in World War II.” Armed Forces and Society V (Winter 1979): 281–301. Repeats somewhat the previous citation in thesis and emphasis, with additional attention to the “crusade” idea in U.S. history. 382. Beitzell, Robert E. The Uneasy Alliance: America, Britain, and Russia, 1941–1943. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1972. 404 pp. Focusing on the Quebec, Moscow, Cairo, and Tehran conferences, Beitzell examines the official versions of the major negotiations with regard to the problem of grand strategy and the relationship of the major Allied powers as they fought the war and planned the peace. Accuses FDR of appeasing Stalin and fighting an unnecessary war. 383. Berthon, Simon, and Johanna Potts. Warlords: An Extraordinary ReCreation of World War II Through the Eyes and Minds of Hitler, Churchill, Roosevelt, and Stalin. Cambridge, Ma.: Da Capo Press, 2006. 369 pp. An introductory study of the character, behavior, political motives, decisions, and methods or tactics of Hitler, Stalin, Churchill, and Roosevelt from Churchill’s assumption of power in London in May 1940 to Roosevelt’s death at Warm Springs in April1945. The authors explore the psychology and decisions of the “four titans” at the heart of World War II. 384. ——. Allies at War: The Bitter Rivalry Among Churchill, Roosevelt, and de Gaulle. London: HarperCollins, 2001. 345 pp. A popular account of Anglo-American relations with the Free French during World War II. Although the author tends to reduce international disputes to a matter of personality and personal preferences, he paints a vivid picture of Churchill and his troubled relationship with de Gaulle. 385. Beschloss, Michael R. The Conquerors: Roosevelt, Truman and the Destruction of Hitler’s Germany, 1941–1945. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2002. 377 pp. Prosaic narrative of American plans for creation of a democratic Germany. Includes accounts of Roosevelt’s wartime political goals and actions, the Morgenthau plan, and the Yalta and Potsdam conferences. For undergraduates. 386. Brady, Lawrence K. “Marshall’s Strategy.” Army Quarterly and Defence Journal CIII (January 1972): 52–62. A British view of Gen. Marshall’s role in the creation of Allied strategy which is critical of the American for his perceived underestimation of the dynamic elements in Fascism and Soviet Communism. 387. Breuer, William B. Feuding Allies: The Private Wars of the High Command. New York: Wiley, 1995. 341 pp.

Special Studies

65

A popular account of the interaction of the leaders of the Western Allies. Breuer emphasizes personality clashes and disagreements of Churchill, Roosevelt, de Gaulle, Eisenhower, and Montgomery, plus Army-Navy disputes in the Pacific. 388. Brewer, John C. “Lend-Lease: Foreign Policy Weapon in Politics and Diplomacy, 1941–1945.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Texas at Austin, 1974. A review of the use or threat of use of the flow of supplies from America to Europe as a political club by the Roosevelt administration to get its way on strategic matters. 389. Brinton, Irving B., Jr. Buying Aircraft: Material Procurement for the Army Air Forces. U.S. Army in World War II: Special Studies. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1964. 625 pp. Making up nearly a third of the wartime U.S. Army’s purchases, aircraft production and its expansion was a major problem overcome from 1942 on. 390. Buhite, Russell D. Decisions at Yalta: An Appraisal of Summit Diplomacy. Wilmington, De.: Scholarly Resources, 1986. 156 pp. Buhite is skeptical of the value of summit meetings and critical of Roosevelt’s contribution to the Yalta decisions. Roosevelt, he argues, damaged American national interest. 391. Burns, James M. Roosevelt: The Soldier of Freedom. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1970. 722 pp. Second of a two-volume work, this study focuses on FDR’s wartime leadership; in warm and intimate detail, Burns shows the President to have been bold in idea and cautious in implementation, which led to serious repercussions in the world political arena. 392. Butler, James R. M., ed. Grand Strategy. History of the Second World War: United Kingdom Military Series. 6 vols. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1956–1976. Beginning with volume two, covers the war with interpretations favorable to Britain, but not to an extent where bias overcomes value; this official history is unmatched by anything of this size produced in the United States except the Matloff volumes on coalition warfare in the Army’s official series. 393. Chamberlain, William H. America’s Second Crusade. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1962. 372 pp. Analyzes the reasons behind America’s entry into the war, and like Beitzell concludes that Roosevelt fought a needless conflict. 394. Cline, Ray S. Washington Command Post: The Operations Division. U.S. Army in World War II: The War Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1951. 413 pp. Useful on the development of coalition strategy between America and

66

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Britain, Cline’s study considers the Army’s Operations Division, that section charged with responsibility “in the strategic planning direction of operations in World War II.” 395. Coakley, Robert W. “The Persian Corridor as a Route for Allied Aid to the U.S.S.R.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1960, pp. 225–253. Considers relations with Iran, Russia, and Britain in the establishment and operation of the major route for Lend Lease aid to the Soviets. 396. Compton, James V. The Swastika and the Eagle: Hitler, the United States, and the Origins of World War II. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1967. 297 pp. Examines Nazi policies and mistakes regarding the U.S. before the war and argues that evidence shows no German intention of attacking the Americans before Pearl Harbor. 397. Connery, Robert H. The Navy and the Industrial Mobilization in World War II. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1951. 527 pp. A comprehensive review of the problems of the USN in its efforts to organize the acquisition of the huge amounts of war material required for its war effort. 398. Corgan, Michael T. “Franklin D. Roosevelt and the American Occupation of Iceland.” Naval War College Review 45 (Autumn 1992): 35–54. A consideration of Roosevelt’s decision to dispatch American troops to Iceland. 399. Cuff, Robert D., and J. L. Granatstein. Canadian-American Relations in Wartime: From the Great War to the Cold War. Toronto, Ont.: A. M. Hakkert, Ltd., 1965. 205 pp. A review of the close wartime relations between Canada and her neighbor which nevertheless manages to find and discuss points of difference. 400. Dallek, Robert. Franklin D. Roosevelt and American Foreign Policy, 1932–1945. New York and London: Oxford University Press, 1979. 657 pp. Finds Roosevelt purposeful and farsighted in the conduct of his prewar and wartime diplomacy and contends that he was the principal architect of the basic decisions by the Western allies for the war’s prosecution. 401. ——, ed. The Roosevelt Diplomacy and World War II. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1970. 125 pp. A paperback anthology of readings designed for college students and drawn from the writings of well-known FDR scholars; a useful introduction to the various aspects of prewar and wartime diplomacy. 402. Danchev, Alex, ed. Establishing the Anglo-American Alliance: The Second World War Diaries of Brigadier Vivian Dykes. London/Washington: Brassey’s, 1990. 241 pp.

Special Studies

67

Brigadier Vivian Dykes was British secretary to the Combined Chiefs of Staff, the body established to plan and coordinate Anglo-American global strategy. Danchev has produced a highly informative diary. Many of the entries, especially those for for 1942, underscore the difficulties encountered in surmounting differences of national character and suspicions to forge a combined strategy. Dykes held the U.S. Navy responsible for obstructing Allied and inter-service cooperation. As one reviewer put it, “this volume ought to be essential reading for World War II military and diplomatic historians.” 403. ——. Very Special Relationship: Field Marshal Sir John Dill and the Anglo-American Alliance, 1941–44. London/Washington: Brassey’s, 1986. 201 pp. Franklin Roosevelt described Field Marshal Sir John Dill as “the most important figure in the remarkable accord which has been developed in the combined operations of our two countries.” The American Joint Chiefs of Staff shared the president’s view of this man, who deserved much of the credit “for the achievement of complete cooperation of the CCS.” Danchev tells Dill’s story in this well researched, readable, and informative volume. 404. Davis, Vernon E. The History of the Joint Chiefs of Staff in World War II. 2 vols. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1972. Examines the creation of the JCS and its role in early and later Allied planning for the coalition war and the execution of its responsibilities in seeing that the agreed-upon plans were executed. 405. Deane, John R. The Strange Alliance: The Story of Our Efforts at Wartime Cooperation with Russia. New York: Viking Press, 1947. 344 pp. U.S. secretary of the Combined Chiefs of Staff and head of a 1943 military mission to the U.S.S.R., Deane describes the strains in wartime collaboration and contends that the Soviets had no plans to cooperate with America during or after the conflict. 406. Dimbleby, David, and David Reynolds. An Ocean Apart: The Relationship between Britain and America in the Twentieth Century. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1989. 415 pp. A superficial overview of the course of Anglo-American relations from the Spanish American War at the turn of the century through the debate over missiles near its end. The authors focus on the forging of the “special relationship” in World War II. 407. Divine, Robert A. Roosevelt and World War II. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1969. 107 pp. By emphasizing FDR’s pragmatism and realism, Divine’s four essays challenge the usual interpretation of the President as an idealistic internationalist and show him as a conservative isolationist. 408. Dougherty, James J. The Politics of Wartime Aid: American Economic Assistance to France and French North Africa, 1940–1946. Contributions

68

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II in American History, No. 7. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1978. 264 pp. Examines the decisions that led to the assistance program, the problems encountered by all the parties, and the long-range results of the U.S. help. 409. Dunn, Walter S. Second Front Now—1943. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1980. 318 pp. Argues that the failure of the Western Allies to undertake D-Day before 1944 allowed Russia to end the war strongly placed in Central Europe; contends that the invasion of France should and could have been undertaken in 1943 had the landing forces been concentrated in England rather than being in the Mediterranean. 410. Dziuban, Stanley W. Military Relations Between the United States and Canada, 1939–1945. U.S. Army in World War II: Western Hemisphere. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1959. 432 pp. A detailed account of the positive actions taken by the two neighbors to cast their collective resources into the effort to tip the scale against the Axis; compare with the Canadian sentiments expressed by Cuff and Granatstein cited elsewhere. 411. Eden, Anthony. The Memoirs of Anthony Eden, Earl of Avon: The Reckoning. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1965. 716 pp. Memoirs of the British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs (1940–1945), which offer great insight into the men and events which dominated Allied diplomacy during the conflict. 412. Edmonds, Robin. The Big Three: Churchill, Roosevelt and Stalin in Peace and War. New York: W. W. Norton, 1991. 608 pp. A well researched and balanced review of the three great wartime leaders and their conflicting policies and goals. 413. Eisenhower, John S. D. Allies: Pearl Harbor to D-Day. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1982. 500 pp. Focuses on the human elements in the Anglo-American military alliance prior to Normandy, an integration which evolved into political and economic partnership; basing his work on an unfinished manuscript by his father, Eisenhower enhances the Supreme Commander’s role by showing his resistance to British efforts to undercut U.S. interests while contributing to the maintenance of allied unity. 414. Elliott, Peter. “The Lend-Lease ‘Captains.’ ” Warship International IX (Fall 1972): 255–269. On the transfer of 78 destroyer escorts to England in 1943–1945. 415. Ellwood, David. Italy 1943–1945. New York: Holmes and Meier, 1985. 313 pp. A scholarly study of Allied policy toward Italy from the fall of Mussolini

Special Studies

69

to the departure of Allied forces. The author recounts the connection between Italian actions and the evolution of Allied policy. 416. Emerson, William. “Franklin D. Roosevelt as Commander-in-Chief in World War II.” Military Affairs XXIV (Fall 1958): 181–207. Suggests FDR was very sensitive to the political aspects of the war; controlled his military advisors and not the reverse, as sometimes charged; and planned his grand strategy on the basis of political motives. 417. Eubank, Keith. Summit at Teheran. New York: William Morrow, 1985. 528 pp. A well researched and scholarly analysis of the Teheran Conference between Churchill, Roosevelt, and Stalin. Eubank accurately portrays Roosevelt’s efforts to cultivate Stalin within context of rising American and shrinking British power. 418. Fabyanic, Thomas. “A Critique of U.S. Air War Planning, 1941–1944.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, St. Louis University, 1973. An analysis of the work of the AAF Air War Plan Division and its concepts and ideas for fighting the large-scale air war in Europe. 419. Fehrenbach, T. R. FDR’s Undeclared War, 1939–1941. New York: David McKay, 1967. 344 pp. Concerned primarily with America’s unneutral position toward Britain as opposed to the undeclared naval war with Germany; supporting Roosevelt’s policy, the author illuminates the obstacles to it. 420. Feis, Herbert. Churchill, Roosevelt, Stalin: The War They Waged and the Peace They Sought. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1957. 692 pp. Long the standard work on high-level World War II diplomacy, this chronological account focuses on the three leaders and pursues the complex tale of their conferences, diplomatic moves, and agreements from 1940 to 1945; still a valuable summary, even in the light of new sources and analyses. 421. Fodor, Denis J. The Neutrals. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1983. 208 pp. A review of the “unroles” of the neutral nations of Switzerland, Sweden, Spain, Turkey, and the Irish Republic in World War II, with emphasis on their policies toward the combatants, both Allied and Axis. Many of the hundreds of photographs herein were originally taken by Life Magazine photographers on the scene. 422. Friedlander, Saul. Prelude to Downfall: Hitler and the United States, 1939–1941. Translated from the French. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1967. 238 pp. Based on research in German, British, and U.S. archives, this study, first published in France, traces the impact of American policy on German

70

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II decision-making with emphasis on Roosevelt’s dealings with Hitler in the period before and during the undeclared Atlantic naval war. 423. Fromkin, David. In the Time of the Americans: FDR, Truman, Eisenhower, Marshall, MacArthur—The Generation That Changed America’s Role in the World. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1995. 618 pp. Fromkin argues that the thinking of the political and military leaders who led the United States from isolationism to internationalism in World War II and thereafter was shaped by the experiences of Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson. The World War II generation represented by FDR, Truman, and their military advisers, favored intervention and creation of a democratic world order open to capitalism. In spite of the popular appeal of Fromkin’s thesis, his understanding of isolationism in the United States is flawed. 424. Funk, Arthur L. Charles de Gaulle: The Crucial Years, 1943–1944. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1959. 336 pp. Follows the Free French leader’s attempts to establish a position for his country relative to the Big Three and his role at the Casablanca conference; an interesting account of de Gaulle at the North African summit can also be found in the account by the U.S. Counsel General there, Russell M. Brooks, in his “Casablanca—The French Side of the Fence,” published in U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings, LXXVII (1951), 909–925. 425. Gaston, James C. Planning the American Air War: Four Men and Nine Days in 1941—an Inside Narrative. Washington, D.C.: National Defense University Press, 1982. 121 pp. The August 1941 preparation of the strategy AWPD-1 by Colonels Harold George and Kenneth Walker and Majors Haywood Hansell and Laurence S. Kuter of the AAF’s Air War Plans Division; compare with Fabyanic cited above and Hansell in our section on the strategic bombing campaign below (III:C:3). 426. Gavin, James M. “Back Door to Normandy: Airborne Plans and Counterplans for the Invasion of Europe.” Infantry Journal LIX (November 1946): 8–19. The wartime boss of the U.S. 82nd Airborne Division here discusses the various plans for use of the Allied airborne divisions on D–Day, taking into account earlier, less successful operations and the chances of failure. 427. Goda, Norman J. W. Tomorrow the World: Hitler, North Africa, and the Path Toward America. College Station: Texas A&M University Press, 1998. 307p A well-researched and revealing study focused on stillborn German plans for bases in French Morocco and the Atlantic islands. Goda explores negotiations with the Vichy government, Franco’s demand for Gibraltar in exchange for Spanish entrance into the war, and Hitler’s quest for bases in northwest Africa and the eastern Atlantic preparatory to a showdown with the United States.

Special Studies

71

428. Gooch, John. Decisive Campaigns of the Second World War, ed. Portland, Or.: Frank Cass, 1990. 198 pp. This slender volume contains thoughtful essays on the Battle of the Atlantic by Marc Milner, the North African campaign by Lucio Ceva, and Allied generalship in Italy by Brian H. Reid. 429. Goodhart, Philip. Fifty Ships That Saved the World: The Foundation of the Anglo-American Alliance. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1965. 267 pp. Examines the destroyers-for-bases deal between the U.S. and Britain in 1940 which shows how FDR oversold the value of the Newfoundland and Caribbean bases and Churchill overestimated the value of the old four-stacker escort ships. 430. Gormley, Daniel J. “From ‘Accadia’ to Casablanca: The Formation of a Military-Political Policy, December 1941–January 1943.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Georgetown University, 1978. Analyzes the Anglo-American military and political relationship as it evolved from the FDR-Churchill meeting off Canada in 1941 through the North African landings in late 1942 showing the compromise and growing integration of staffs between the two allies. 431. Greenberg, Daniel S. “U.S. Destroyers for British Bases—50 Old Ships Go to War.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXVIII (November 1962): 70–83. An examination of the 1940 “destroyer deal” which marked a distinct change in American policy toward the European conflict. 432. Greenfield, Kent R. American Strategy in World War II: A Reconsideration. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1963. 145 pp. Although small, this title remains one of the most useful scholarly interpretations of U.S. war strategy, its formulation, controversy, and operation; among topics analyzed by the former Chief Historian of the Department of the Army are the Anglo-American strategic disputes, FDR’s role as Commander in Chief, the role of airpower, and the basic differences between the U.S. and British military approaches to war. Among the best discussions is that of the weight and timing of the cross-Channel attack against German forces in Normandy. 433. Grigg, John. The Victory That Never Was. New York: Hill and Wang, 1980. 254 pp. Like Walter S. Dunn above, this British author advances the thesis that Allied forces could have successfully invaded France in 1943; the reason they did not, he contends, was the political decision-making process and bickering of Churchill and Roosevelt, including U.S. attention to the Pacific war. 434. Grow, Robert W. “The U.S. Military Mission with the Iranian Army.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVIII (March-April 1949): 24–26.

72

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A brief review of Army work with the Shah’s forces in 1943–1946, especially as they related to the expedition of Lend Lease supplies to the Soviet Union. 435. Harrison, Donald F. “United States-Mexican Military Collaboration During World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Georgetown University, 1976. The only English-language study of the role of the U.S. in training and equipping Mexican military forces and the role our southern neighbor was expected to play in Western Hemisphere defense and on foreign battlefields. 436. Heinrichs, Waldo. “President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s Intervention in the Battle of the Atlantic, 1941.” Diplomatic History (Fall 1986): 311–32. Heinrich’s paints a picture of Roosevelt as recognizing the Battle of the Atlantic as a danger to the Americas. He consequently authorized an incremental increase of the American naval presence in the north and central Atlantic. 437. Hewitt, Henry K. “Planning ‘Operation Anvil Dragoon.’ ” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXX (July 1954): 730–745. The American naval boss of the southern France landing describes the reason for the invasion and the intricate planning that went into it. 438. Higgins, Trumbull. “The Problems of a Second Front: An Interpretation of Coalition Strategy Before and During the Turning Point of the Second World War.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Princeton University, 1952. This dissertation forms the basis for the author’s two books cited below. 439. ——. “The Anglo-American Historians’ War in the Mediterranean, 1942–1945.” Military Affairs XXXIV (Fall 1970): 84–88. A balanced and comprehensive review of the dispute between U.S. and British historians, and among historians in England and America, over the British approach to victory via the Mediterranean vs. the American desire for a cross-Channel attack. 440. ——. Soft Underbelly: The Anglo-American Controversy Over the Italian Campaign, 1939–1945. New York: Macmillan, 1968. 275 pp. Complementing the next entry, this work evaluates British aims and methods in the Italian campaign and the long-lasting dispute over the Channel vs. Mediterranean path to victory; Higgins comes down hard on Churchill and the entire British desire for victory via the Middle Sea. 441. ——. Winston Churchill and the Second Front, 1940–1943. New York and London: Oxford University Press, 1957. 281 pp. Complementing the preceding entry, this title examines British ideas for northern Europe and the dispute over the Channel vs. Mediterranean approach waged between U.S. and British planners; again, Churchill’s

Special Studies

73

position is criticized as is the entire compromise strategy which emerged, one which allowed for both an Italian campaign and a Channel landing. 442. Howard, Michael. The Mediterranean Strategy in the Second World War. New York: Praeger, 1968. 83 pp. A slim analysis of the British idea for a Balkan invasion which suggests that Italy was chosen for invasion as the Allies needed an “easy” theater after North Africa and could not allow their momentum in Europe to cease. 443. Humes, James C. Eisenhower and Churchill: The Partnership that Saved the World. New York: Prima Publishing, 2001. 268 pp. Uncritical and error-riddled account of the relationship between the two men from their wartime collaboration until Churchill’s final visit to the United States. The author explores their differences over the Italian campaign, DRAGOON, and leaving Berlin to the Red Army, and likens Eisenhower’s June 1945 Guildhall speech to Lincoln’s more famous address at Gettysburg. 444. Jackson, William G. F. Overlord—Normandy, 1944. Policy and Strategy of the Second World War Series. Newark: University of Delaware Press, 1980. 250 pp. Focuses on the arguments and controversies at the highest Allied and German levels and on the questions of both offensive and defensive misplanning; wonders what might have happened if the Allies had moved into the Balkans at the same time they invaded France. 445. Jones, Matthew. Britain, the United States and the Mediterranean War, 1942–1944. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1996. 293 pp. A thoughtful study of the role of conflicting Anglo-American interests in the formulation of Allied strategy in the Mediterranean. The author contends that while the Mediterranean was vital to Great Britain it was geographically peripheral to the U.S. and that fact, combined with American economic strength, enabled American strategists to thwart British plans. 446. Kecskemeti, Paul. Strategic Surrender: The Politics of victory and Defeat. Stanford, Ca.: Stanford University Press, 1958. 287 pp. An analysis of the unconditional surrender policy of the Allies with four case studies (France, Italy, and Germany in Europe) seeking to find that point at which it was clear to all concerned that the war was lost. 447. Kimball, Warren F. Forged in War: Roosevelt, Churchill, and the Second World War. New York: William Morrow, 1997. 422 pp. A well researched and readable narrative of the Churchill-Roosevelt relationship and the forging the wartime alliance. Kimball portrays the two men in human terms. 448. ——. The Juggler: Franklin Roosevelt as Wartime Statesman. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. 304 pp.

74

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A well documented study focused on Roosevelt’s wartime foreign policy and vision of the postwar world. Kimball provocatively disputes the idea that Roosevelt sacrificed political goals to military victory, and maintains that the president pursued a consistent plan for a postwar world led by an enlightened and powerful United States. 449. ——, ed. Churchill and Roosevelt: “A Righteous Comradeship”—Their Complete Correspondence, 1939–1945. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1981. A complete compilation of the wartime correspondence between the British and U.S. leaders which shows that their attention was turned to postwar planning after mid-1943; includes some interpretative essays and headnotes. 450. ——. “Churchill and Roosevelt: The Personal Equation.” Prologue VI (Fall 1974): 169–182. After a review of their correspondence, Kimball finds that relations between the Prime Minister and the President were usually amicable, but where disagreements existed, they were fundamental. 451. ——. The Most Unsordid Act: Lend-Lease, 1939–1941. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1969. 281 pp. An analysis of the U.S. legislative process relating to the enactment of the legislation and the roles and concerns of foreign and domestic participants in the intricate maneuvering required. 452. Knox, MacGregor. Hitler’s Italian Allies: Royal Armed Forces, Fascist Regime, and the War of 1940–1943. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2000. 207 pp. An excellent and well researched examination of the fundamental sources and causes for the inept performance of Italian forces in the Mediterranean. 453. Koburger, Charles W., Jr. Franco-American Naval Relations, 1940–1945. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Publishing,1994. 155 pp. A thoughtful history of U.S. relations with the Petain regime concerning French colonies in the New World, the TORCH landings, and U.S. assistance in modernizing the French fleet. Contains extensive appendices dealing with a range of topics, including the Murphy-Weygand accord, recruitment of volunteers by the Free French navy, and a list of French ships scuttled at Toulon. 454. Kuter, Laurence S. Airman at Yalta. New York: Duell, Sloane and Pearce, 1956. 180 pp. The Assistant Chief of Plans of the AAF sat in for Gen. Arnold at Yalta; while recounting the main facts of the conference, he devotes a large portion of his volume to contrasting the AAF view of the war with those held by leaders of the U.S. Army and Navy. 455. Langer, William L. Our Vichy Gamble. Hamden, Ct.: Archon Books, 1965. 412 pp.

Special Studies

75

First published in 1947, this history examines U.S. relations with and opportunistic policy toward the collaborationist Vichy French government from 1940 to Operation TORCH, listing somewhat unconvincing reasons for the approach taken. 456. Lash, Joseph P. Roosevelt and Churchill, 1939–1941: The Partnership That Saved the West. New York: W. W. Norton, 1976. 528 pp. A White House resident during the Roosevelt era, Lash paints a fascinating picture of FDR’s path to intervention and the evolution of the hesitantly begun cooperation between the U.S. and Britain. 457. Laqueur, Walter, ed. The Second World War. Beverly Hills, Ca.: Sage Publications, 1982. 407 pp. This collection of essays is organized into eight parts: The coming of the war, Clausewitz and German military doctrine, England alone, 1940, the Royal Navy and the Battle of the Atlantic, intelligence, Anglo-American-Soviet relations, and plans for the occupation of Germany. The final section is devoted to the “central Asian side-show.” 458. Leahy, William D. I Was There: The Personal Story of the Chief of Staff to Presidents Roosevelt and Truman, Based on His Notes and Diaries Made at the Time. New York: Whittlesay House, McGraw-Hill, 1950. 527 pp. In early 1942, FDR appointed this former Admiral, CNO, and Ambassador to Vichy France as his personal chief-of-staff; from his vantage point, Leahy recounts day-to-day activities and reacts to those planning and diplomatic events in which he participated. 459. Lee, Loyd E. World War II. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 235 pp. An overview of the economic, military, political, and social aspects World War II. Contains an excellent account of wartime politics and the Grand Alliance. 460. Leighton, Richard M. “OVERLORD Revisited: An Interpretation of American Strategy in the European War, 1942–1944.” American Historical Review LXVIII (Fall 1963): 919–937. A major reinterpretation which contends that U.S. strategy in the E.T.O. was not that different from Britain’s; the policy of both, he argues, was peripheral, flexible, and pragmatic. 461. ——. “OVERLORD Versus the Mediterranean at the Cairo-Tehran Conference.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Department of the Army, Office of the Chief of Military History, 1960, pp. 255–285. A review of the controversy between England and America over the merits of invading France in 1943, a discussion which led to a compromise agreement to invade Sicily-Italy instead. 462. ——. “The Planning for Sicily.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXVIII (January 1962): 90–101.

76

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II To a large extent, a repetition of the previous citation with some additional attention to the military requirements of HUSKY. 463. Leutze, James R. Bargaining for Supremacy: Anglo-American Naval Collaboration, 1937–1941. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1977. 266 pp. The work recounts four years of diplomatic sparring in which the Europe-first strategy of America was allowed to gain the upper hand, making the U.S. the major Atlantic power and the USN the chief naval force. 464. ——. “Technology and Bargaining in Anglo-American Naval Relations, 1938–1946.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CIII (June 1977): 50–66. Examines the stumbling blocks placed by those who did not accept the Churchill-Roosevelt agreements for the free exchange of technical data between the two allies. 465. Lewis, John M. “Franklin Roosevelt and United States Strategy in World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Cornell University, 1978. A careful review of the role played by the President in the direct and indirect formulation of American military strategy. 466. Loewenheim, Francis L., Harold D. Langley, and Manfred Jones, eds. Roosevelt and Churchill: Their Secret Wartime Correspondence. New York: Saturday Review Press, 1975. 805 pp. Preceded by three chapters describing the two leaders’ relationship, this anthology prints 548 out of 1,700 messages and letters between them, the majority of a military nature; the work is arranged chronologically from September 1939 to April 1945 and contains extensive footnotes to identify persons referred to. 467. Longmate, Norman. The G.I.s: The Americans in Britain, 1942–1945. New York: Scribners, 1975. 416 pp. A BBC journalist who experienced the Yank influx captures, through anecdotal stories, the collision of the two cultures, their mutual correction of misconceptions, and gradual blending. 468. McCann, Frank D., Jr. “Brazil, the United States, and World War II: A Commentary.” Diplomatic History III (Winter 1979): 59–76. Distilled from the next citation. 469. ——. The Brazilian-American Alliance, 1937–1945. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1973. 527 pp. A thoroughly researched account of the mutually advantageous political-military-economic developments which fostered the close ties evidenced during the war years. 470. Macmillan, Harold. The Blast of War, 1939–1945. New York: Harper & Row, 1968. 623 pp. Britain’s chief political advisor in the Mediterranean details decisions

Special Studies

77

and actions in that theater from Africa to Italy; following Churchill’s views, Macmillan, who later became England’s Prime Minister, chides the Americans for their policy toward Gen. Giraud and the undertaking of Operation ANVIL in southern France. 471. Matloff, Maurice. “Franklin D. Roosevelt as War Leader.” In: Harry L. Coles, ed. Total War and Cold War: Problems in Civilian Control of the Military. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 1962, pp. 42–65. A balanced assessment which justifies FDR’s policies, particularly unconditional surrender, but criticizes him for underestimating Soviet ambitions and the postwar repercussions of wartime military decisions. 472. ——. “Prewar Military Plans and Preparations, 1939–1941.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXIX (July 1953): 740–748. A preamble to the following works which trace the growing American preparation, especially naval, for the possibility of entering the conflict. 473. ——, and Edwin M. Snell. Strategic Planning for Coalition Warfare, 1941–1944. U.S. Army in World War II: The War Department. 2 vols. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1953–1959. A comprehensive accounting of U.S. strategic planning, within the context of the Grand Alliance, from the pre-Pearl Harbor days to the final international conference; the first volume concentrates on defensive planning and the second on offensive planning. 474. Mecham, Jon. Franklin and Winston: An Intimate Portrait of an Epic Friendship. New York: Random House, 2003. 490 pp. Details the improbable relationship between Roosevelt and Churchill, which Mecham likens to a romance, and the differing characters and personalities of the two Allied leaders. 475. Mee, Charles L., Jr. Meeting at Potsdam. New York: Franklin Square Press, 1996. 303 pp. Straightforward account of the July 1945 meeting of the victorious allies in the suburbs of Berlin. 476. Metz, Steven. “Eisenhower and the Planning of American Grand Strategy.” Journal of Strategic Studies 14 (March 1991): 49–71. A study of Eisenhower’s role in the development of American strategy following Pearl Harbor. 477. Meyer, Leo. “The Decision to Invade North Africa (‘Torch’).” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Department of the Army, Office of the Chief of Military History, 1960, pp. 173–198. Meyer examines why the Allies chose to invade Vichy Africa in an essay, the main thoughts of which were later much expanded upon by others, especially the need to put U.S. soldiers into ground action in Europe as quickly as possible for political reasons. 478. Morgan, Frederick E. Overture to Overlord. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1950. 302 pp.

78

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II The author, deputy chief-of-staff at SHAEF, provides valuable insights into the planning of the cross-Channel attack; many of the ideas which his planning group proposed were incorporated into the final plan, and this is a fair evaluation of British and American contributions to that great D-Day undertaking. 479. Morison, Samuel Eliot. Strategy and Compromise. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1958. 120 pp. A brief and brisk review of Allied strategy which stresses differences between the Western allies and criticizes their compromises without offering possible alternatives. 480. Morton, Louis. “Germany First.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Department of the Army, Office of the Chief of Military History, 1960, pp. 11–47. Follows the 1921–1941 basic development of U.S. strategy which provided that, in any war with enemies in both Europe and Asia, those in Europe, especially Germany, should be defeated first as they were likely to be the most technologically advanced. 481. Motter, T. H. Vail. The Persian Corridor and Aid to Russia. U.S. Army in World War II: The Middle East Theater. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1952. 545 pp. The official account of the Lend-Lease pipeline to Russia via Iran which provides full details of the difficulties encountered in cooperation with not only the Shah’s people, but also the British and Soviets. 482. Murphy, Robert D. Diplomat Among Warriors. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1964. 470 pp. The well-written reminiscences of FDR’s representative in North Africa (1942–1943) and Eisenhower’s political advisor in northwest Europe, which relate events in which he participated, especially as they related to the invasions of North Africa, Italy, and France-Germany and the diplomacy of coordinating those events with the British and Free or Vichy French. 483. ——. “Operation Torch.” Foreign Service Journal XLIV (November 1967): 28–31, 53. Reviews the author’s role in the political deal with Darlan which made the invasion a success. 484. Nadeau, Remi Allen. “The Big Three and the Partition of Europe.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1987. A examination of the wartime policies of Allied powers that led to the division of Europe. 485. Nelson, Donald M. Arsenal of Democracy: The Story of American War Production. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1946. 439 pp. The chairman of the U.S. War Production Board describes the nations’

Special Studies

79

achievement in supplying its own and the needs of the Allies and the difficulties involved in converting America from a peace to war economy. 486. Nelson, James, ed. General Eisenhower on the Military Churchill. New York: W. W. Norton, 1970. 96 pp. In a conversation with Alistair Cooke, Eisenhower reminisces about his wartime relationship with the British Prime Minister, particularly the latter’s intense interest in military matters. 487. Norman, Albert. Operation Overlord, Design and Reality: The Allied Invasion of Western Europe. Harrisburg, Pa.: Military Service Publishing Co., 1952. 230 pp. An analysis of the problems in diplomacy, strategy, and military preparation behind the D-Day landings first presented that year as the author’s Clark University Ph.D. Dissertation, “The Allied Invasion of Northwestern Europe: Design and Reality, 1940–1944.” 488. O’Connor, Raymond G. Diplomacy for Victory: FDR and Unconditional Surrender. New York: W. W. Norton, 1971. 143 pp. A brief summary of the controversial Casablanca-announced policy which concludes that it was an intelligent approach which offered a convenient manner for avoiding inter-Allied disharmony over political issues while getting about the business of fighting the war against Germany and Japan. 489. Offner, Arnold A., and Theodore Wilson, eds. Victory in Europe, 1945. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2000. 308 pp. A collection of 11 essays from a 1995 conference at the University of Kansas focused on the transition from war to peace in Europe and why the war ended as it did. Other essays explore Eisenhower’s decision to halt at the Elbe, the role of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and was the Cold War inevitable. 490. Oldfield, Barney. “Operation Eclipse.” Aerospace Historian XV (Summer 1968): 52–53+ This article and the next entry are concerned with the Allied plan for the proposed Allied airborne assault on Berlin planned for the spring of 1945. 491. ——. “A ‘Might-Have-Been’: ‘Operation Eclipse.’ ” Armed Forces Journal International CXIII (May 1976): 20+. 492. Paret, Peter, ed. Makers of Modern Strategy: From Machiavelli to the Nuclear Age. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986. 941 pp. A greatly expanded version of a work that first appeared in 1943, this edition contains essays by Maurice Matloff and D. Clayton James on Allied strategy in World War II. 493. Pendar, Kenneth W. Adventure in Diplomacy: Our French Dilemma. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1945. 280 pp.

80

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Considers the difficulties faced by the U.S. politically in dealing first with Darlan and then with de Gaulle. 494. Perras, Galen Roger. Franklin Roosevelt and the Origins of the CanadianAmerican Security Alliance, 1933–1945: Necessary, but Not Necessary Enough. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1998. 156 pp. Perras argues that while important, the Canadian-American security alliance was not essential to the United States. He also represents the Canadians as fearing that closer ties to the United States would compromise Canadian sovereignty. 495. Pogue, Forrest C. “Political Problems of a Coalition Command.” In: Harry L. Coles, ed. Total War and Cold War: Problems in Civilian Control of the Military. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 1962, pp. 108–128. Considers Eisenhower’s difficult job of counteracting Allied personal and national pride and political interests within his SHAEF command. 496. ——. “SHAEF: A Retrospect on Coalition Command.” Journal of Modern History XXIII (December 1951): 329–335. Reviews the difficulties and progress made under Eisenhower’s leadership in welding a coordinated command composed of diverse officers from both Britain and America. 497. ——. The Supreme Command. U.S. Army in World War II: European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1954. 607 pp. A detailed examination of the activities and structure of the Supreme Headquarters, Allied Expeditionary Forces which devotes about a third to planning and organization for D-Day and the remainder to issues and events following the landing to VE-Day; details are provided on the German leaders and command system to provide a contrast between the Allied and enemy command systems. 498. Randall, L. V. Bridgehead to Victory: Plans for the Invasion of Europe. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran, 1943. 183 pp. Presents various proposals for the liberation of Europe and considers not only possible landing sites but the necessary factors of manpower, air- and naval-power. 499. Reynolds, David, Warren F. Kimball, and Alexander O. Chubarian, eds. Allies at War: The Soviet, American, and British Experience. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994. 480 pp. A collaborative venture by an international team of scholars focused on the strategies, economies, home fronts, and foreign policies of the Big Three powers. British, Soviet, and American indirect, direct, global, and coalition strategies are examined in essays by Alex Danchev, Oleg A. Rzbeshevsky, Mark Stoler, and Theodore Wilson respectively; the foreign policy methods and objectives of the Allies are the subject of essays by David Reynolds, Lydia V. Pozdeeva, Lloyd Gardner and Warren

Special Studies

81

Kimball. The legacy of the war for the Allies and future is weighed in a thoughtful essay by Reynolds. 500. Richardson, Charles. From Churchill’s Secret Circle to the BBC: The Biography of Lieutenant General Sir Ian Jacob. London/Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s (UK), 1991. 304 pp. Invaluable and concise biography of one of Churchill’s principal assistants. An astute observer, Jacob attended the majority of the wartime conferences. His diary, which the author relies on, provides a trenchant commentary on Allied political and civilian leaders, their intellectual abilities, and personalities, plus the workings of the British War Cabinet. 501. Riess, Curt. The Invasion of Germany. New York: Putnam, 1943. 206 pp. Suggests possible ways in which Germany might be captured once her troops are cleared from western and southern Europe. 502. Rigby, David Joseph. “The Combined Chiefs of Staff and AngloAmerican Strategic Coordination in World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Brandeis University, 1997. A study of the Combined Chiefs of Staff and the coordination of Allied strategy. 503. Roberts, Martha B. “Reluctant Belligerent: The United States Enters World War II.” American History Illustrated XVII (November 1982): 20–29. An illustrated review of the diplomatic and military background of U.S. entry into the conflict with emphasis on the diplomacy between England and the U.S. government and the undeclared naval war in the Atlantic. 504. Russett, Bruce M. No Clear and Present Danger: A Skeptical View of the United States Entry into World War II. New York: Harper & Row, 1972. 111 pp. A major revisionist view that argues that the Axis posed no threat to the U.S. in 1941, that American participation in the war had little effect on its outcome, and that Roosevelt could have kept the country aloof from the fighting, supplying arms to England and Russia. 505. Sainsbury, Keith. Churchill and Roosevelt at War: The War They Fought and the Peace they Hoped to Make. Washington Square, N.Y.: New York University Press, 1994. 223 pp. An examination of the character of Churchill and Roosevelt and of the impact of their relationship on Allied strategy. Sainsbury treats the Churchill-Roosevelt and Anglo-American “special relationship” as shifting as British power declined and American power increased. 506. ——. The Turning Point: Roosevelt, Stalin, Churchill, and Chiang Kai-shek, 1943: The Moscow, Cairo, and Teheran Conferfences. New York: Oxford University Press, 1985. 373 pp. Scholarly study of the Teheran Conference of the Big Three and the meetings preceding and following it of the Western leaders with the

82

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Chinese generalissimo. Sainsbury portrays Roosevelt as attempting to forge a personal relationship with Stalin at Churchill’s expense. 507. ——. The North African Landings, 1942: A Strategic Decision. Politics and Strategy of the Second World War Series. Cranbury, N.J.: University of Delaware Press, 1981. 216 pp. Examines the intense debate between Washington and London as to a proper strategy in context of Stalin’s demands for a “Second Front” and Admiral Ernest J. King’s advocacy of the “Pacific First.” Also explores Churchill’s political motives for supporting TORCH and Allied collaboration with Vichy leaders. A valuable study of the political complexities of behind the Allied coalition and the North African venture. 508. ——, “ ‘Second Front in 1942’: Anglo-American Differences over Strategy.” British Journal of International Studies IV (Spring 1978): 47–58. Assesses disagreements between the Anglo-U.S. strategists over the proposed assaults codenamed SLEDGEHAMMER and ROUNDUP, both of which would have put the Western Allies ashore in France long before OVERLORD. 509. Sas, Anthony. “Military Campaigns—Strategy in the Mediterranean.” Military Review XLVI (October 1966): 3–7. Reviews the Anglo-American differences over which targets to assault in the months following the Tunisian victory. 510. Sayre, Joel. Persian Gulf Command: Some Marvels on the Road to Kajvin. New York: Random House, 1945. 140 pp. Describes the trials and accomplishments of the Persian Gulf Command, the U.S. Army headquarters charged with getting Lend Lease material to Russia via Iran; includes many anecdotes and a history of Iranian politics. Compare with T. H. Vail Motter’s official history cited above. 511. Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. “The Man of the Century.” American Heritage 45 (May/June 1994): 82–93. A Roosevelt scholar considers the question of how Roosevelt conceived the “historic life-interests of the United States” and the forces that shaped his world view. Schlesinger portrays Roosevelt as a realist seeking to safeguard American interests in a world he recognized as being transformed by World War II. 512. Shaw, Keven Irving. “Conspiracy on the High Seas: Roosevelt and Churchill Search for an Anglo-American Coalition.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Washington State University, 1995. The author examines the forging of the “special relationship” in context of the Battle of the Atlantic. Whether or not the two leaders engaged in a “conspiracy” is for the reader to determine. 513. Sherwen, Douglas S. The Persian Corridor: The Little-Known Story of the

Special Studies

83

Signal Corps in the Middle East During World War II. Hicksville, N.Y.: Exposition Press, 1979. 232 pp. Examines the work of the Signal Corps in setting up the communications network necessary to expedite the flow of U.S. Lend Lease aid to the Soviets; the author served in Iran with the U.S. Army. 514. Sherwood, Robert E. Roosevelt and Hopkins: An Intimate History. Rev. ed. New York: Harper, 1950. l,002 pp. The author, a friend of both FDR and Harry Hopkins, explains the relationship between the President and his advisor and the role of the latter in the formulation of the grand coalition between the Big Three, among which he served as Roosevelt’s liaison. 515. Smith, Gaddis. American Diplomacy During the Second World War, 1941–1945. New York: John Wiley, 1965. 194 pp. A review of the policies, problems, and events in U.S. wartime diplomacy from the viewpoint of what American leaders thought significant at the time. 516. Smith, Kevin. Conflict over Convoys: Anglo-American Logistics Diplomacy in the Second World War. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993. 318 pp. An interesting view of Anglo-American relations and the Battle of the Atlantic from the perspective of the problems generated by logistical factors. Smith contends that Britain’s dependency on American supplies accentuated differences over strategy. 517. Snell, John L. Illusion and Necessity: The Diplomacy of Global War, 1939–1945. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1963. 229 pp. A compact, generally well-rounded survey of diplomacy worldwide, which compares the policies of the major powers and reveals the mixture of illusion and reality which governed their interactions. 518. Speer, Albert. Inside the Third Reich: Memoirs. Translated from the German. New York: Macmillan, 1970. 596 pp. Reminiscences of Hitler’s architect and minister of war production which provide intimate portraits of the Nazi hierarchy and, more important to this guide, a look at German perceptions of Allied military successes. 519. Stathis, Stephen W. “Malta: Prelude to Yalta.” Presidential Studies Quarterly IX (Fall 1979): 469–482. Yielding to Churchill’s demands, FDR agreed to a meeting of the chiefs of staff on Malta in January 1945 prior to the Yalta Conference; lest Stalin be antagonized, only military matters such as the Rhine crossing were discussed. 520. Steele, Richard W. The First Offensive, 1942: Roosevelt, Marshall, and the Making of American Strategy. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1973. 182 pp.

84

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II The 1942 strategic debate within the American command system and between the U.S. and Britain is examined; Steele finds that political factors outweighed military ones at the top and that General George Marshall’s 1942 cross-Channel plan conflicted with FDR’s on political grounds. 521. ——. “Political Aspects of American Military Planning, 1941–1942.” Military Affairs XXXV (April 1971): 68–74. Considers the debate over North Africa as outlined in the previous citation as well as the never-effected cross-Channel invasion of 1943, Operations BOLERO and ROUNDUP. 522. Stettinius, Edward R. Lend Lease, Weapon for Victory. New York: Macmillan, 1944. 358 pp. A contemporary look at the Lend Lease program by its administrator, who believed that its monetary value was offset by the contributions of the Allies in blood on the battlefield; explains the origins and progress of the program from 1940 to publication date and gives an accounting of whom it assisted. Includes a variety of photographs, charts, and epigrams. 523. Stoler, Mark. A. Allies in War: Britain and America Against the Axis Powers 1940–1945. London: Hodder & Soughton, 2007. 292 pp. A thoughtful analysis of Anglo-American “special relationship” focused on the diplomatic and military decisions of the two nations. Stoler draws attention to the sharp disagreements that occurred between the two allies, particularly from mid-1943 onward. 524. ——. Allies and Adversaries: The Joint Chiefs of Staff, The Grand Alliance, and U.S. Strategy in World War II. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2000. 333 pp. A scholarly study of the role of the Joint Chiefs of Staff in the formulation of U.S. strategy. Stoler maintains, contrary to popular beliefs, that U.S. military strategy was not divorced from national foreign policy goals. He paints a refreshing picture of Joint Chiefs as politically astute, wary of British imperial policy, and increasingly suspicious of Soviet motives. A very valuable source. 525. ——. The Politics of the Second Front: American Military Planning and Diplomacy in Coalition Warfare, 1941–1943. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1977. 244 pp. First presented as the author’s 1971 University of Wisconsin Ph.D. dissertation, this title centers on the diplomatic dispute between England and America and contends that FDR’s domestic situation called for the early opening of such a front while Britain wanted the MediterraneanMiddle East secure for future economic goals; argues that U.S. military leaders did not ignore the politics of coalition warfare, did want to defeat Germany first, but did not want other national interests, such as the Pacific war, to suffer meanwhile.

Special Studies

85

526. ——. “The ‘Second Front’ and American Fear of Soviet Expansion, 1941–1943.” Military Affairs XXXIX (October 1975): 136–141. Contends the U.S. pushed the cross-Channel assault over the British Mediterranean position as a way of both aiding and blocking the Soviets and explains how in 1943 Washington drew up three RANKIN plans to ensure the presence of U.S. forces in a defeated Germany. The Soviets long believed the capitalist British and American allies were slow in opening a second front due to their desire to see the Nazis and Russians bleed each other, a charge made most specifically in V. Sekistov’s “Why the Second Front Was Not Opened in 1943,” which appeared in the Englishlanguage version of Soviet Military Review, no. 8 (August 1972), 50–52. 527. Stone, David. War Summits: The Meetings that Shaped World War II and the Post War World. Washington, D.C.: Potomac Books, 2005. 304 pp. Narrative and analysis of the Anglo-American-Soviet summit meetings from Placentia Bay to Potsdam. The author portrays Churchill as astute, Stalin as a practitioner of realpolitik, and Roosevelt as a pragmatist with idealistic objectives. 528. Strange, Joseph L. “The British Rejection of ‘Operation Sledgehammer’: An Alternative Motive.” Military Affairs XLVI (February 1982): 6–14. Suggests the British wanted to proceed through the Mediterranean because their army simply could not suffer the losses the emergency cross-Channel attack plan called for. 529. Strange, Russell P. “The Atlantic Conference: The First RooseveltChurchill Meeting.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXIX (April 1953): 388–397. Describes events surrounding the meeting of the two leaders aboard warships in the North Atlantic in 1941, including FDR’s visit aboard HMS Prince of Wales. 530. Trefousse, Hans L. Germany and American Neutrality, 1939–1941. New York: Octagon Books, 1969. 247 pp. First published by Bookman Associates in 1951, this work argues that Hitler did, indeed, seek the domination of the U.S. under a time-table of U.S.-German neutrality, but FDR’s refusal to be frightened forced the Fuehrer to advance the timing of his attempted subjugation. 531. United States. Department of State. The Conference at Cairo and Tehran, 1943. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961. 932 pp. An official account of the two conferences. 532. ——. ——. The Conference at Quebec, 1944. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1972. 527 pp. 533. ——. ——. The Conference at Washington and Quebec, 1943. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1970. l,382 pp. 534. ——. ——. The Conference at Washington, 1941–1942, and Casablanca, 1943. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1970. l,382 pp.

86

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II These four volumes contain the official records of the conferences named as well as archival material relating to political and military decisions taken at them. 535. Vigneras, Marcel. Rearming the French. U.S. Army in World War II: Special Studies. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1957. 444 pp. Outlines the discussions between Roosevelt and Giraud at Casablanca and the later negotiations between French representatives and the War Department on arms and reviews the process whereby the U.S. aid to the Free French resulted in the resurgence of a historic ally. 536. Viorst, Milton. Hostile Allies: FDR and Charles de Gaulle. New York: Macmillan, 1965. 280 pp. Focuses on the wartime relationship between the two leaders and stresses that their differences came not so much from personality clashes as from opposing viewpoints on national interests; includes considerable commentary on de Gaulle’s rise and the failure of the U.S. to break off its dealings with Vichy leaders. 537. The War Against Hitler: Military Strategy in the West. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1983. 273 pp. An overview of Allied operations in Africa, Italy, and Northwest Europe taken from the pages of Strategy and Tactics magazine; based on secondary sources, this title neglects sea and air operations but does provide some preliminary background on the strategy behind the land campaigns. 538. Watson, Mark S. Chief of Staff: Prewar Plans and Preparations. U.S. Army in World War II: The War Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1950. 551 pp. Examines the Army and General Marshall’s response to U.S. unpreparedness in the years immediately preceding Pearl Harbor; surveys prewar training, rearmament, strategic planning, and covert coordination with Great Britain. 539. Weigley, Russell F. “The Strategic Tradition of U.S. Grant: Strategists of the European War.” In: The American Way of War: A History of United States Military Strategy and Policy. New York: Macmillan, 1973, pp. 312–362. A review of the U.S. strategy for fighting the war in Europe which argues that Civil War strategies, aimed at eliminating enemy men and materiel, led to a history of “unconditional surrender” thinking which persisted through World War II. 540. Weiss, Steve. Allies in Conflict: Anglo-American Strategic Negotiations, 1938–1944. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1997. 213 pp. A balanced history of the evolution of Anglo-American relations and of the wartime conferences up to “the point at which the United States claimed a dominant position” in 1944. Weiss draws attention to the fact

Special Studies

87

that Anglo-American relations were marked by conflict as much as they were by cooperation and strategic agreement. 541. Werner, Max, pseud. Attack Can Win in ’43. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1943. 216 pp. Asserts that 1943 was the decisive year for Allied action against the Axis and contends that a second front in 1943 was necessary before Germany grew stronger. 542. Wilson, Theodore A. The First Summit: Roosevelt and Churchill at Placentia Bay, 1941. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1969. 344 pp. First presented as the author’s 1967 Indiana University Ph.D. dissertation, “The Meeting at Argentia,” this work is a comprehensive account of the Atlantic Conference, the style and negotiations of its participants, and the birth of the Atlantic Charter. 543. Wilt, Alan F. War from the Top: German and British Military Decision Making during World War II. Indianapolis: Indiana University Press, 1990. 390 pp. A scholarly and well-written comparative study of German and British strategic decision-making. Wilt has a high regard for the committee system of the British chiefs of staff, whom he believes enjoyed superior leadership and were more realistic in their thinking than Hitler and the German high command, and discusses the personalities, leadership styles, and motivations of Churchill and Hitler. 544. ——. “The Significance of the Casablanca Decisions, January 1943.” The Journal of Military History 55 (October 1991): 517–29. Wilt maintains that the Casablanca conference was decisive in formulation of a realistic Anglo-American strategic plan for the future conduct of the war. He also argues that the British never advocated a major operation in the Balkans in place of a landing in Western Europe in 1944. 545. Woods, Randall Bennett. A Changing of the Guard: Anglo-American Relations, 1940–46. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1990. 673 pp. A valuable study of the impact of nationalist U.S. economic policies forced on the weakened British during the war. Woods traces the sources of U.S. policy that marked the shift of the financial center of the world from London to New York. 546. Woodward, Ernest Llewelyn. British Foreign Policy in the Second World War. 5 vols. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1970–1976. A chronologically arranged review of British foreign policy (1939–1945) as seen from and conducted by the Foreign Office; carefully avoids criticism of British policy and serves as a helpful source for those who would understand our ally’s position on the various matters of coalition strategy. 547. Young, Harvey Leroy. “Franklin D. Roosevelt and Big Three Diplomacy,

88

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 1941–1945.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Washington State University, 1993.

B. Intelligence and Related Activities Introduction: Study of the intelligence aspects of World War II has came into its own as a distinct field of historical scholarship since the revelation of the Anglo-American codebreaking operations known as ULTRA and MAGIC. This spectacular form of information gathering was not, however, the only major facet of “the game” to gain new emphasis as histories of human espionage efforts by the U.S. Office of Strategic Services (OSS) and military deception came from the presses. The sources cited in this part consider the various aspects of intelligence as it related to the American war effort in Europe, as well as such related subjects as support for resistance movements, concealment and surprise, and prisoner-of-war experiences. For additional insight into these topics, readers should consult the various bibliographies noted in the opening part of this guide, I:A. 548. Alcorn, Robert H. No Banners, No Bands: More Tales of the OSS. New York: David McKay, 1965. 275 pp. A former officer in the OSS writes about spies and saboteurs who operated behind German lines in Italy, Norway, and France; sequel to the next title. 549. ——. No Bugles for Spies: Tales of the OSS. New York: David McKay, 1962. 209 pp. A popular history of various OSS espionage and sabotage operations in both the European and Far Eastern theaters; presents a flattering picture of OSS boss General “Wild Bill” Donovan. 550. Alsop, Stewart J. O., and Thomas Braden. Sub Rosa: The OSS and American Espionage. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1964. 264 pp. First published in 1946, this is an exciting journalistic account of the organizing of resistance groups, sabotage, spying, and parachute jumps which offers little analysis and is much more “gung ho” in its coverage than Alcorn above. 551. Alvarez, David, ed. Allied and Axis Signals Intelligence in World War II. Portland, Or.: Frank Cass, 1999. 229 pp. A collection of essays focused on Allied and Axis cryptologic and sigint collaboration in all theaters. Rebecca Ratcliff’s study of German investigations into the security of the Enigma should be of interest to students of the Battle of the Atlantic and intelligence matters. 552. Ambrose, Stephen E., with Richard H. Immerman. Ike’s Spies: Eisenhower and the Espionage Establishment. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday and Co., 1981. 368 pp. The first ten chapters of this volume focus on Eisenhower’s knowledge of and use of ULTRA. The assassination of Admiral Darlan, the

Special Studies

89

FORTITUDE deception plan, and D-Day and the French resistance are also discussed. 553. ——. “The Secrets of Overlord.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 1 (Summer 1989): 70–75. An introduction to the FORTITUDE deceptions that reinforced the German belief that the Normandy assault was a diversionary operation and that the “real invasion” was yet to come in the Pas de Calais. For undergraduates. 554. ——. “Eisenhower, the Intelligence Community, and the D-Day Invasion.” Wisconsin Magazine of History LXIV (Summer 1981): 261–277. Similar in content to the previous citation with special emphasis on those aspects of intelligence surrounding the Normandy invasion. 555. Entry deleted. 556. Andrew, Christopher, and Jeremy Noakes, eds. Intelligence and International Relations 1900–1945. Exeter Studies in Histories No. 15. Exeter, U.K.: University of Exeter, 1987. 314 pp. A misleadingly titled collection of essays concerned with the evolution and use of diplomatic and military intelligence in Great Britain, France, and Japan. Among the essays are “Army Ultra in the Mediterranean Theatre: Darkness and Light” by Ralph Ralph Bennett; “The Operational Use of ‘ULTRA’ in the Battle of the Atlantic” by Jürgen Rohwer; and “British Naval Intelligence in Two World Wars” by Patrick Beesly. 557. Babington-Smith, Constance. Air Spy: The Story of Photo Intelligence in World War II. New York: Harper, 1957. 266 pp. Recounts the role of photo intelligence, particularly that sponsored by the British for whom the author worked, in the European Theater, including that surrounding the Normandy invasion and the battle against Hitler’s V-weapons. 558. Baldwin, Hanson W. “The Battle of the Bulge as a Case History: Battlefield Intelligence.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal III (February 1953): 30–41. Comments on the reasons behind the German success in the 1944 Battle of the Ardennes and the reasons why U.S. Army intelligence failed to learn of the counteroffensive before it happened. 559. Barber, Charles H. “Some Problems of Air Intelligence.” Military Review XXVI (August 1946): 76–78. A brief review of some of the problems arising in World War II Europe in the processing of intelligence data related to the strategic bombing campaign. 560. Barbier, Mary Kathryn. “D-Day Deception: Operation Fortitude and the Normandy Invasion.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Southern Mississippi, 1998.

90

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A scholarly examination of a classic deception plan. 561. Bath, Alan Harris. Tracking the Axis Enemy: The Triumph of AngloAmerican Naval Intelligence. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1998. 308 pp. A well researched and comprehensive account of Anglo-American collaboration in the sensitive realm of intelligence. Bath “attempts to put in perspective the total contribution of Allied naval intelligence to the successful prosecution of the war.” 562. Beavan, Colin. Operation Jedburgh: D-Day and America’s First Shadow War. New York: Viking Press, 2006. 401 pp. Dramatic story of the inter-Allied teams known as “Jeds” who jumped into France on the eve of D-Day to work with the Maquis and conduct sabotage and guerrilla actions. Suffers from invented dialogs and unwise speculations. 563. Bell, Ernest L. An Initial View of Ultra as an American Weapon. Keene, N. H.: T.S.U. Press, 1977. 110 pp. A lithographed typescript produced from as much of three Ultra-related documents as the author was able on Freedom-of-Information Act appeals to get the National Security Agency to declassify: (1) an order on American use of ULTRA in the ETO signed by General Marshall on March 15, 1944; (2) the “Synthesis of Experiences in the Use of ULTRA Intelligence by U.S. Army Field Commands in the European Theater of Operations”; and (3) “Use of CX/MSS Ultra by the United States War Department.” 564. Bennett, Ralph. Behind the Battle: Intelligence in the War with Germany, 1939–45. London: Sinclair-Stevenson, 1994. 328 pp. Bennett assesses the impact of intelligence from all sources on land, sea, and air operations against Germany and Italy in this volume. He asserts that Air Marshal Harris of Bomber Command “was completely impervious to intelligence” that contradicted the area bombing campaign and criticizes Allied commander for missing the warning signals that emanated from ULTRA prior to the Arnhem debacle and the Ardennes counteroffensive. A useful volume. 565. ——. Ultra and the Mediterranean Strategy. New York: William Morrow, 1989. 496 pp. An excellent study of the influence of ULTRA signals on Mediterranean strategy and operations from early 1941 to the end of the war in Italy. Bennett not only documents the importance of ULTRA in judging the effectiveness of Allied deception plans and resolving the question of supporting Tito’s partisans in Yugoslavia, but also incorporates the views of officers who interpreted and used ULTRA during the campaigns in North Africa and Italy. 566. ——. “Ultra and Some Command Decisions.” Journal of Contemporary History XVI (January 1981): 131–151.

Special Studies

91

A thoughtful review of the impact of the signals intelligence on the decisions of certain field commanders, including General Patton. 567. ——. Ultra in the West: The Normandy Campaign, 1944–1945. New York: Scribners, 1979. 336 pp. Illuminates the role of ULTRA in the Allied campaigns in Northwest Europe from before Normandy until victory, and claims, among other points, that the Allies had foreknowledge of the German panzer divisions near Arnhem before the launching of Operation MARKET-GARDEN. The author served on the staff of Hut 3 at Bletchley Park during 1944–1945 decoding the messages which are at the heart of his narrative. 568. Benson, Louis Robert. A History of U.S. Communications Intelligence during World War II: Policy and Administration. Fort George G. Meade, Md.: Center for Cryptologic History, 1997. 185 pp. An account of the organizations established by the U.S. Army and Navy to supervise American codebreaking efforts against Axis communications during World War II. Benson depicts Army and Navy bureaucracies as acting to protect themselves from both the British and OSS. 569. Bentley, Stewart W. “Intelligence During Operation Market-Garden.” Military Intelligence 34 (April-June 1994): 15–18. A brief review of the role of intelligence collection, analysis, and dissemination in the planning of the airborne operation. Bentley concludes that intelligence analysts underestimated German recuperative powers and strength. 570. Blumenson, Martin. “Will Ultra Rewrite History?” Army XXVIII (August 1978): 42–48. An early assessment of the significance of the disclosure of the “Ultra Secret” for historians by a noted American military historian. Blumenson contended that some reputations may change slightly. ¯ shima and Magic 571. Boyd, Carl. Hitler’s Japanese Confidant: General O Intelligence, 1941–1945. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1993. 271 pp. Boyd demonstrates the ways in which the Allies benefited from inter¯ shima’s accounts of meetings with Hitler and other cepts of General O German leaders in this first-rate study of the value of MAGIC. Several chapters are based on articles which appeared in Intelligence and National Security. 572. Boyle, Robert D. “History of Photo Reconnaissance in North Africa, Including My Experiences with the 3rd Photo Group.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Texas at Austin, 1949. A personal reminiscence of the dangers involved in flying unarmed aircraft over enemy lines on photo reconnaissance runs and the value of the work of his group to the successful prosecution of the North African conflict from November 1942 to May 1943; it is somewhat surprising that this has not yet been published commercially.

92

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 573. Breuer, William. Hoodwinking Hitler: The Normandy Deception. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1993. 263 pp. A popular survey of the deceptions that masked and contributed to the success of the June 1944 Allied landings in France. Based on secondary sources. 574. Brill, C. B. F. “Camouflage in ‘Operation Flashpoint.’ ” Military Engineer XLII (July-August 1950): 260–264. A discussion of the concealment of bridges and embarkation points during the Allied crossing of the Rhine in March 1945. 575. Budiansky, Stephen. Battle of Wits: The Complete Story of Codebreaking in World War II. New York: The Free Press, 2000. 436 pp. A superb survey of the evolution of cryptography and its operational uses by the Allies in World War II. Traces the American, Polish, and British assaults against Japanese and German cipher systems that resulted in MAGIC and ULTRA. 576. Calvocoressi, Peter. Top Secret Ultra. New York: Pantheon Books, 1980. 132 pp. A participant in the Bletchley Park operation, the author tells of the beginning, growth, and use of ULTRA; note especially the final two chapters where the writer concludes that this signal intelligence was sometimes peripheral, often supportive, and occasionally decisive. 577. Campbell, Rodney. The Luciano Project: The Secret Wartime Collaboration of the Mafia and the U.S. Navy. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1977. 299 pp. This account, based on the 1954 New York investigation headed by William Herlands, tells of how the Mafia, working from its New York waterfront base, helped the Navy protect the northeast coast against Nazi saboteurs and suggests that the Sicilian arm of the Mafia helped pave the way for the 1943 HUSKY invasion. 578. Carey, Arthur T. The Effect of Ultra on the World War II North African Campaign. Study Project. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: U.S. Army War College, 1982. 62 pp. A study of how the Allies made use of the signal data in seven key ways which shows that both errors and excellence were shown in its handling; concludes that the best of intelligence is no substitute for good command strategy and tactics. 579. Caskey, Edward A. “Baloney Barrage.” Infantry Journal LXV (December 1949): 20–23. The use of psychological warfare in the U.S. Army attack on Geilenkirchen, Germany, in November 1944. 580. Cave-Brown, Anthony. Bodyguard of Lies. New York: Harper & Row, 1975. 947 pp.

Special Studies

93

The first book to explore the Anglo-American intelligence, deception, and other covert activities aimed at Germany leading up to BODYGUARD, the strategic deception plan that reinforced Nazis preconceptions as to the location of the D-Day invasion. Although an informative source—the first to support Winterbotham’s account of ULTRA— Bodyguard should be used with caution. The author errs in some of his accounts and assessments of operations. 581. ——, ed. The Secret War Report of the O.S.S. New York: Berkley Publishing Co., 1976. 572 pp. Prepared in 1946–1948 and declassified in 1976, the first 2 chapters describe the structure and organization of the Office of Strategic Services while the remaining 19 detail its operations around the world. 582. Coles, Harry L., and Albert K. Weinberg. Civil Affairs: Soldiers Become Governors. U.S. Army in World War II: Special Studies. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1964. 930 pp. The only documentary volume in the Army series, this work illustrates the evolution of civil affairs policy in the U.S. and its application in the Mediterranean and European Theaters before the surrender of Germany. Also available online from the Center of Military History Website. 583. Collier, Basil. Hidden Weapons: Allied Secret or Undercover Services in World War II. North Pomfret, Vt., and London: David and Charles, 1982. 386 pp. A review of the work of the American OSS and British Special Operations Executive in Europe which employs the latest declassified information. 584. Collier, Richard. Ten Thousand Eyes. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1958. 320 pp. Looks at how the Free French intelligence service under Col. André Dewavrin ran and coordinated the work of 10,000 French civilian “amateur” spies who gathered bits and pieces of data on German defenses during the two years prior to D-Day. 585. Colvin, Ian G. The Unknown Courier. London: Kimber, 1953. 208 pp. Major Martin, “the man who never was”; Colvin’s book, a breach of the British Official Secrets Act, resulted in the publication of Edwin Montagu’s title, cited below. 586. Cookridge, E. H. Inside SOE. London: Arthur Barker, 1966. 640 pp. Popular account of Special Operations Executive missions in France, the Low Countries, and Scandinavia. Paints a vivid picture of life inside SOE the imaginativeness of the organization’s staff. 587. Corvo, Max. Max Corvo—OSS Italy, 1942–1945. New York: Enigma Books, 2005. 365 pp. Reprint of the enlightening and highly detailed memoirs of a native-born Italian head of the OSS Intelligence Section (SI) in Sicily and Italy. The author recounts his activities, including the widely known story of the

94

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II OSS and the Mafia, collaboration with the Italian secret intelligence service, and examines the value of the resistance in northern Italy. Unfortunately Corvo does not attempt to assess the value of the information his agents collected. Originally published as The O.S.S. In Italy: A Personal Memoir (N.Y., Praeger, 1994). 588. Cotton, F. Barrows. “How We Fight with Photographs.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXVI (September 1944): 257–280. A contemporary report on the wartime uses of photography in intelligence and invasion preparation; illustrated. 589. Creal, Richard. “The History of Reconnaissance in World War II.” Tactical Air Reconnaissance Digest II (February 1968): 14–18. A brief overview of the work of the AAF photo recon squadrons around the world; illustrated. 590. Cruickshank, Charles. Deception in World War II. London and New York: Oxford University Press, 1979. 248 pp. Using previously classified documents and photographs, the author reveals the story of the brilliant successes and pathetic failures of deception strategy used by the Allies to mislead the enemy about the invasions of North Africa and Normandy; offers much detail on how this practice, when employed with the work of the XX Committee as described by Masterman below, created a grand tactic of confusion. 591. Cutler, Bruce. Seeing the Darkness: Naples, 1943–1945. Kansas City: Book Mark Press of the University of Missouri at Kansas City, 1998. 77 pp. Reviews OSS activities in Italy. 592. Deutsch, Harold C. “Commanding Generals and the Uses of Intelligence.” Intelligence and National Security 3 (July 1988): 194–260. A thoughtful analysis of the use made of ULTRA intelligence by Auchinleck, Montgomery, Eisenhower, Bradley, Hodges, and Patton at critical moments in the war, e.g., the Western Desert in early summer 1942, Falaise, Arnhem, the opening of the Scheldt, and the Battle of Bulge. Although critical of Bradley, Deutsch takes a more jaundiced view of Montgomery’s handling of this source. 593. Downes, Donald. The Scarlet Thread: Adventures in Wartime Espionage. London: Derek Verschoyle, 1973. 207 pp. A wartime OSS agent recalls his activities in North Africa and Italy, as well as his work as a trainer of spies. 594. Edwards, Morris O. “A Case Study of Military Government in Germany During and After World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Georgetown University, 1956. Examines the practices before the German defeat and after; compare with Coles and Weinberg, cited above.

Special Studies

95

595. Farago, Ladislas. Burn After Reading: The Espionage History of World War II. New York: Walker, 1961. 319 pp. A popular and now dated general account of wartime espionage around the world which is concerned with telling the stories of the work of national intelligence bureaus, such as the Abwehr and OSS, resistance movements, and spy networks; the author, noted also as a biographer of General Patton, was a former Chief of Research and Planning in the Special Warfare Branch of the U.S. Navy. 596. Flammer, Philip M., ed. “Dulag Luft: The Third Reich’s Prison Camp for Airmen.” Aerospace Historian XVIII (June 1972): 58–65. A brief history of Stalag Luft III, the Luftwaffe interrogation center in the west. 597. Foot, M. R. D., SOE in France: An Account of the Work of the British Special Operations Executive in France, 1940–1944. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1966. 559 pp. Semi-official authoritative history of the French Section of SOE. Describes what SOE was, its place in Allied plans, how it operated in France, and the work of agents with the French Resistance. Should be read in conjunctions with Sarah Helm’s A Life of Secrets, entry no. 613. 598. ——, and J. M. Langley. M.I.9: Escape and Evasion, 1939–1945. Boston, Ma: Little, Brown, 1980. 351 pp. Well-crafted account of the British (M.I.9) and American (MIS-X) organizations that assist 35,000 Allied personnel in escaping and evading the enemy during World War II. See entry no. 646. 599. Ford, Corey. Donovan of OSS. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1970. 366 pp. An admiring biography of Gen. William (“Wild Bill”) Donovan, creator and wartime head of the Office of Strategic Services; weak on the theory and use of intelligence, this work does contain a good description of OSS organization. 600. Ford, Roger. Steel from the Sky: The Jedburgh Raiders, France 1944. London: Cassell, 2005. 292 pp. A selection of representative stories of Jedburgh teams in Belgium, France, and Holland. 601. Freedman, Maurice. Unraveling Enigma: Winning the Code War at Station X. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 2000. 190 pp. An introductory history of the Government Code & Cypher School (GC&CS) and the evolution of its deciphering activities. The author explains the functioning of the Enigma machine, offers examples of the operational use of ULTRA, and delves into the value of the lost Bletchley Park Index to the codebreakers. 602. Friedrich, Carl J., ed. American Experiences in Military Government in World War II. New York: Rinehart, 1948. 436 pp.

96

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A review of the U.S. experience in military government which contrasts the American policies with those of the Axis; includes details on operations and Allied coordination in Italy, France, Germany, and Austria. 603. Funk, Arthur L. Hidden Ally: The French Resistance, Special Operations, and the Landings in Southern France. New York: Greenwood Press, 1992. 338 pp. Detailed study of the British, French, and American special missions in support of Operation DRAGOON and of Maquis assistance in the liberation of Toulon and Marseille. Based largely on primary sources, including declassified OSS records. A welcome complement to the emphasis on Normandy. 604. ——. “American Contacts with the French Resistance, 1940–1943.” Military Affairs XXXIV (February 1970): 15–21. Examines the covert contacts between U.S. representatives and leaders of the various resistance movements from before Pearl Harbor. 605. ——. “Churchill, Eisenhower, and the French Resistance.” Military Affairs XLVI (February 1981): 29–33. Something of a sequel to the above reference, this piece examines the politics behind the Anglo-American approach to the use of the Maquis in the liberation of France. 606. Gawne, Jonathan. Ghosts of the ETO: American Tactical Deception Units in the European Theater, 1944–1945. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2002. 342 pp. Detailed history of the tactical deceptions carried out by 23rd Headquarters Special Troops in support of Twelfth Army Group operations. The author wisely notes the difficulty of verifying the effectiveness of deception on the enemy. 607. Gerard, Philip. Secret Soldiers: The Story of World War II’s Heroic Army of Deception. New York: Dutton, 2002. 400 pp. Another account of the tactical deception unit that served with the Twelfth Army Group from Normandy to the Rhine. 608. Gilbert, James L., and John P. Finnegan, eds. U.S. Army Signals Intelligence in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Center of Military History United States Army, 1993. 237 pp. A collection of documents, mostly declassified official histories and memoranda, relating to communications intelligence. Documents pertaining to the use of ULTRA in the Mediterranean and European campaigns are reproduced in Chapters VI, VII, and IX. 609. Hamilton, C. I. “The Character and Organization of the Admiralty Operational Intelligence Centre During the Second World War.” War in History 7 (July 2000): 295–324. A study of the organization and functioning, especially the U-boat tracking room, of the Operational Intelligence Centre (OIC) that played a

Special Studies

97

central role in the Battle of the Atlantic. This article is valuable for its descriptions of the handling of ULTRA and the operating procedures of the various sections of the OIC. 610. Hart, Henry C. “U.S. Employment of Underground Forces.” Military Review XXVI (March 1947): 50–56. Examines U.S. employment of resistance forces in Europe with special attention to relations and leadership of the French Maquis. 611. Hassell, Agostino von, and Sigrid MacRae. Alliance of Enemies: The Untold Story of the Secret American and German Collaboration to End World War II. New York: Thomas Dunne Books, 2006. 391 pp. A provocative account of OSS contacts with Abwehr agents and antiNazi Germans who sought to avert or end the war. Essential for students of intelligence. 612. Haswell, Chetwynd J. D. D-Day: Intelligence and Deception. New York: Times Books, 1980. 216 pp. Another British study of events surrounding the Normandy invasion as they applied to intelligence gathering, counter-intelligence, and deception as employed in Operation BODYGUARD; employs more recent sources and is both more concise and nuanced than Anthony Cave-Brown’s study cited above. 613. Helm, Sarah. A Life of Secrets: Vera Atkins and the Missing Agents of WWII. New York/London: Nan A. Talese Doubleday, 2005. 493 pp. The story of Vera Atkins, who was a principal aide to Maurice Buckmaster, the head of SOE’s French Section, and her quest to determine the fate of women agents she dispatched to France. See entry no. 597 above. 614. Hesketh, Roger F. Fortitude: The D-Day Deception Campaign. London: St. Ermine’s Press, 1999. 513 pp. An indispensable history of the origins and development of the deception plan that masked the D-Day landings and heightened German fears of a second landing in the Pas de Calais. Based on a postwar report prepared by Hesketh; the St. Ermin’s version eliminates his emendations to the original. 615. Hinsley, F. H., with E. E. Thomas, C. A. G. Simkins, and C. F. G. Ransom. British Intelligence in the Second World War: Its Influence on Strategy and Operations. 3 vols. Cambridge, U.K./New York: Cambridge University Press, 1981–1988. An indispensable source for historians of intelligence and those interested in the influence of intelligence on decision-making at the highest level and on operations. This work examines in detail the use of ULTRA and intelligence from other sources in all theaters. 616. ——, and Alan Stripp. Code Breakers: The Inside Story of Bletchley Park. New York: Oxford University Press, 2001. 321 pp. First-hand accounts by veterans of their work at the wartime British

98

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II codebreaking center at in Buckinghamshire. Provides an overview of the scale of the British codebreaking effort and sense of life at Bletchley Park. 617. Hitchcock, Walter T., ed. The Intelligence Revolution: A Historical Perspectve. Proceedings of the 13th Military History Symposium October, 1988. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1991. 376 pp. A collection of papers focused on developments in the field of intelligence and its utilization during World War II and subsequently. Among the essays reproduced are Jürgen Rohwer’s “Radio Intelligence in the Battle of the Atlantic,” Christopher Andrew’s “Intelligence Collaboration Between Britain, the United States, and the Commonwealth during World War II,” and Sir Harry Hinsley’s “World War II: An Intelligence Revolution.” 618. Holborn, Hajo. American Military Government: Its Organization and Policies. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1947. 243 pp. A study of U.S. military government during the war which is helpful in its description of the difficulties found in coordinating the various Allied occupation policies. 619. Howard, Michael. British Intelligence in the Second World War, Vol. 5, Strategic Deception. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1990. 271 pp. Official history of strategic deception by a distinguished military historian. Howard focuses attention on the development of the deception planning process and Operations BODYGUARD, FORTITUDE, and CROSSBOW. 620. Humphreys, R. H. “The Use of ‘U’ in the Mediterranean and Northwest African Theaters of War.” ACHSWW Newsletter 26 (Fall 1981): 58–76. A reprint of the report in National Archives Record Group 457 (National Security Agency), SRH-037, “Reports Received by the U.S. War Department on the Use of Ultra in the European Theater, World War II.” 621. Hyde, Harford M. Room 3603: The Story of the British Intelligence Center in New York During World War II. New York: Farrar, Straus, 1963. 257 pp. An authorized biography of William Stephenson (INTREPID) and his activities as director of the British Security Coordination office in the U.S., which included “dirty tricks” aimed at destroying American neutrality by fraud and counterfeit. Much more reliable, if duller, than William Stephenson’s sensationalist A Man Called Intrepid. 622. Hymoff, Edward. The OSS in World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1972. 405 pp. This paperback offers an episodic account of clandestine operations which focuses on the suspenseful and the bravado; based on interviews, secondary sources, and the author’s own wartime experiences as an agent in Italy, Greece, and Yugoslavia.

Special Studies

99

623. Jones, R. V. The Wizard War: British Scientific Intelligence, 1939–1945. New York: Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, 1978. 556 pp. The scintillating memoirs of the scientific adviser to MI-5 remind one that intelligence does not always involve tales of double-agents and stolen ciphers. Jones relates the fascinating stories of the Oslo Report, the “Battle of the Beams” that guided German bombers to their targets, and the intelligence effort, aided by ULTRA and reports from spies, to divine the secrets of the V-1 and V-2. 624. Joswick, Jerry J. Combat Cameraman. New York: Pyramid Books, 1962. 157 pp. This little paperback records the services of an Army sergeant who took Signal Corps photographs in North Africa, Omaha Beach, the Battle of the Bulge, and Rhine crossing; in addition, he was the only one of six cameramen along to survive the 1943 Ploesti air raid—his photographs remain the only official pictures of the event. 625. Judt, Tony, ed. Resistance and Revolution in Mediterranean Europe, 1939–1948. London: Routledge, 1989. 229 pp. Scholarly study of resistance, partly communist inspired, to German occupation in France, Italy, Yugoslavia, and Greece. 626. Kahn, David. The Codebreakers: The Story of Secret Writing. Rev. ed. New York: Scribner, 1996. 1,181 pp. A comprehensive and thoroughly researched history of cryptology which contains large chapters on World War II; combines a helpful narrative with technical sections on the development of codes and ciphers and codebreaking and cryptology. An essential introduction for students of intelligence and ULTRA. 627. ——. Seizing the Enigma: The Race to Break the German U-Boat Codes, 1939–1943. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1991. 336 pp. A carefully researched and balanced history of the Allied penetration of the Enigma systems used in U-boat communications and of the significance of ULTRA intelligence to victory in the Battle of the Atlantic. Kahn blends official records with interviews to tell a dramatic story well. 628. ——. Hitler’s Spies: German Military Intelligence in World War II. New York: Macmillan, 1978. 671 pp. A readable, carefully researched, and insightful assessment of the organization and functioning of intelligence in Hitler’s Third Reich. Kahn examines each of the sources utilized by the Nazis to gather intelligence—from conventional spies to telephone taps—but concludes that the German intelligence officers failed to accurately forecast enemy forces and intentions. 629. Katz, Barry M. Foreign Intelligence: Research and Analysis in the Office of Strategic Services, 1942–1945. Cambridge, Ma.: Harvard University Press, 1989. 251 pp.

100

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An intellectual history of the analysts of the OSS Research and Analysis Branch. One of the few studies of this important topic, but Katz does not assess the impact of OSS evaluations of intelligence on Allied military and political planners.

630. Kauffman, George R. “Intelligence in Heavy Bombardment.” Military Review XXVI (November 1946): 20–28. Reviews the pre-ULTRA process of obtaining intelligence for target selection, bombing raids, and post-bombing attack assessments of damages caused. 631. Kirkpatrick, Lyman B., Jr. Captains Without Eyes: Intelligence Failures in World War II. New York: Macmillan, 1969. 303 pp. A former intelligence agent, now a Brown University professor, Kirkpatrick looks at five major battles in which intelligence “failed”; those of interest to users of this guide include the airborne assault on Arnhem and the Battle of the Bulge. One of the best reviews on the subject, Kirkpatrick’s work offers reasons for the failures (inefficient, uncoordinated operations, human prejudices, poor organization, and a blindness of leaders on every level to verified facts) and suggestions on how they might have been prevented. 632. Kittredge, Tracy B. “A Military Danger: The Revelation of Secret Strategic Plans.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXI (July 1955): 731–743. On the German use of unofficial secret defense studies published in an American newspaper in 1941. 633. Koch, Oscar W., and Robert G. Hays. G-2: Intelligence for Patton. New York: Whitemore Publishing Co., 1972. 167 pp. The former was chief of intelligence (G-2) for Patton’s Third Army, Koch was one of the few intelligence officers to warn of the German buildup in the Eifel. Koch not only discusses methods of gathering battlefield intelligence and producing estimates, but also how Patton listened to and utilized the information he supplied. 634. Kohnen, David. Commanders Winn and Knowles: Winning the U-boat War with Intelligence, 1939–1943. Krakow, Pol.: Enigma Press, 1999. 168 pp. The story of how Commanders Winn and Knowles, two Royal Navy reservists, laid the foundation for Allied intelligence centers that used “all available intelligence to reproduce as nearly as possible the operations room of the [German] enemy” on both sides of the Atlantic. Kohnen also challenges the belief that Admiral Ernest J. King neglected defensive measures during Operation DRUMBEAT in 1942 and explores differences between American and British uses of ULTRA. 635. Lerner, Daniel. Skyewar: Psychological Warfare Against Germany, D-Day to VE-Day. New York: George W. Stewart, 1949. 436 pp. A look at the work of the Psychological Warfare Division of SHAEF

Special Studies

101

from June 1944 to May 1945 including the use of everything from misinformation to battlefield loudspeakers. 636. Lewin, Ronald. “The Signal Intelligence War.” Journal of Contemporary History XVI (July 1981): 501–512. A still useful and concise overview of the role of ULTRA in the European war; based to a large extent upon the data in the next citation. 637. ——. Ultra Goes to War: The First Account of World War II’s Greatest Secret Based on Official Documents. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1978. 398 pp. A review of the development of the Ultra signal intelligence process in England and its operational role in Allied successes and disasters, including the battles of Kasserine Pass, Arnhem, the Bulge, Falaise Gap, Normandy, and the scattering of PQ-17. Based on a review of 700,000 ULTRA intercepts and interviews with codebreakers and commanders, the work is especially helpful in showing how the data were obtained, evaluated, passed on, and utilized in the field. 638. MacCloskey, Monro. Secret Air Missions: Counterinsurgency Operations in Southern Europe. New York: Richard Rosen, 1966. 159 pp. Reviews the operations of the AAF’s 885th Bombardment Group (Heavy—Special) in support of covert and resistance movements in Italy, Southern France, and Yugoslavia, 1944–1945. 639. Mackenzie, William. The Secret History of SOE: The Special Operations Executive, 1940–1945. London: St. Ermin’s Press, 2000. 814 pp. The declassified 1945 history of SOE from its inception to disbandment in 1945. Covers the organization of SOE, its problems, and gives an account of the various country missions. A “Foreword” by M. R. D. Foot surveys SOE literature. 640. McCormick, Donald. The Silent War: A History of Western Naval Intelligence. By Richard Deacon, pseud. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1978. 288 pp. This British analysis provides a number of chapters on World War II at sea, especially the signal war involving ULTRA, the German Naval High Command, and the Battle of the Atlantic. 641. McGovern, James. Crossbow and Overcast. New York: William Morrow, 1964. 279 pp. Examines the Allied intelligence effort which resulted in effective counter-measures against German V-weapons (Operation CROSSBOW) and the top secret Anglo-American effort to locate German scientists and extradite them to the U.S. (Operation OVERCAST). 642. Maginnis, John J. Military Government Journal. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1971. 371 pp. Recollections of a civic affairs officer with the U.S. 101st Airborne Division and his role in the capture and administration of the French

102

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II town of Carentan during the Normandy invasion and later as a member of the First Army in its move into Germany.

643. Mahoney, Leo J. “A History of the War Department Scientific Intelligence Mission (ALSOS), 1943–1945.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Kent State University, 1981. A scholarly review of the American effort to locate German scientists and scientific developments for extradition to the U.S. 644. Masterman, John C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. 203 pp. An official “internal memorandum” first written in 1945 which describes the British apparatus whereby German spies captured in Great Britain were induced to serve the Allied cause by becoming double agents and presenting misinformation to the Nazi intelligence agencies; this most successful British counter-intelligence operation was, as noted in the annotations to other titles cited above, also used in connection with the safeguarding and use of ULTRA. 645. Michel, Henri. The Shadow War. Translated from the French. New York: Harper & Row, 1972. 416 pp. A comprehensive history which shows the development and operations of European resistance movements, including their relationship to the occupying Germans and to the Allies. 646. Miller, Russell. Codename Tricycle: The True Story of the Second World War’s most extraordinary double agent. London: Secker & Warburg, 2004. 290 pp. Discounting the extravagant claim present in the subtitle, this is a valuable account of Dusko Popov, or TRICYCLE, who was one of the main agents of the XX System. Miller treats the subject of Popov’s Pearl Harbor questionnaire and his accusations against FBI director J. Edgar Hoover prudently. 647. ——. Behind the Lines: The Oral History of Special Operations in World War II. New York: New American Library, 2002. 287 pp. An overview of well-known SOE and OSS sabotage and subversion operations against Nazi-occupied Europe, which includes first-person accounts of the Jedburghs, operations in Yugoslavia with Tito’s Partisans, and the strike against the Norwegian heavy water plant at Vermork. 648. Montagu, Ewen. Beyond Top Secret Ultra. New York: Coward, McCann, 1977. 192 pp. Early account of the use of Ultra in naval actions and special operations by a wartime member of NID; particularly useful for the coordination of ULTRA and the XX System. Compare with Lewin’s work above. 649. ——. The Man Who Never Was. Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1954. 160 pp.

Special Studies

103

The author, one of the architects of Operation MINCEMEAT, describes the process of planting a corpse with fake official papers, one “Major Martin,” on the Germans, via the Spanish, in a successful effort to deceive the Nazis on the invasion of Sicily. See Ian G. Colvin’s work cited above for another account. 650. Montefiore, Hugh Sebag. ENIGMA: The Battle for the Code. New York: John Wiley, 2000. 432 pp. Well-researched review of the contributions of Hans Thilo Schmidt and captures at sea of cyber materials that enabled Bletchley Park to penetrate German naval Enigma systems. Although the author treats Enigma as but one factor in the defeat of the U-boats, like others, he argues it enabled the Allies to end the war two years earlier than would have been the case. 651. Murray, Williamson. “ULTRA” Misunderstood Allied Secret Weapon.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 14 (Spring 2002): 48–55. Stimulating article in which the author maintains that although intercepts of high-level German signals played an important part in Allied victory, ULTRA intelligence was sometimes misused. Murray also contends that for all their operational and tactical skill, the Germans “were incredibly sloppy and careless in the field of intelligence.” 652. Ottis, Sherri G. Silent Heroes: Downed Airmen and the French Underground. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2001. 235 pp. Well-researched study of the PAT, COMET, and SHELBURNE escape lines sustained by French men and women at great personal risk to rescue Allied aircrew in the face of enormous difficulties. See entry no. 586. 653. Paddock, Alfred H., Jr. U.S. Army Special Warfare, Its Origins: Psychological and Unconventional Warfare, 1941–1962. Washington, D.C.: National Defense University Press, 1982. 220 pp. The first two chapters present the most comprehensive history of Army psychological warfare and covert operations (in connection with the OSS) during World War II yet available. 654. Paillole, Paul. Fighting the Nazis: French Intelligence and Counterintelligence 1935–1945. New York: Enigma Books, 2003. 492 pp. Enlightening account by a professional intelligence officer focused on how he and his colleagues continued to resist the Nazis during the Vichy era and then collaborated with Allied intelligence in the liberation of France. Sheds considerable light on the interaction of French politics and intelligence, as well as espionage and deception operations. 655. Parrish, Thomas. The Ultra Americans: The U.S. Role in Breaking the Nazi Codes. New York: Stein and Day, 1986. 338 pp. The story of American codebreaking efforts directed against Germany and the capture of German equipment capable of decrypting Red Army radio traffic by U.S. forces in 1945. 656. Peaslee, Budd J. “Air Scouts of the 8th Bomber Command.” Flying, February 1957, 32–34+.

104

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An account of the work of the Eighth Air Force photo recon pilots charged with obtaining verification of the effects of strategic bombing raids.

657. Perrault, Giles. The Secret of D-Day. Translated from the French. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1965. 249 pp. The organization of tight Allied security measures and the cat-andmouse spy/counterspy efforts of German and Allied agents before the Normandy invasion are recounted in a volume made nearly obsolete by the revelation of the XX System. 658. Persico, Joseph E. Roosevelt’s Secret War: FDR and World War II Espionage. New York: Random House, 2001. 565 pp. This readable book complements that by Stafford (entry no. 678). Persico blends anecdotes and speculation about Pearl Harbor, MAGIC, “Putzi” Hanfstaengl, Soviet espionage, William Donovan and the OSS in recounting the story of the emergence of American intelligence and the United States as a global power. He does this through the prism of Franklin Roosevelt, a complex man and practitioner of dissimulation. 659. ——. Piercing the Reich: The Penetration of Nazi Germany by American Secret Agents During World War II. New York: Viking Press, 1978. 376 pp. To obtain information on events in Germany late in the war, the OSS dispatched about 200 agents into the Third Reich; based on papers from the OSS files and some 86 interviews, this undocumented account concentrates on the more daring adventures. 660. Pforzheimer, Walter. “Code Breaking: The Ultra Story.” Marine Corps Gazette LXIV (July 1980): 76–80. A brief history of the techniques and impact of ULTRA by a noted intelligence authority. 661. Piekalkiewicz, Janusz. Rommel and the Secret War in North Africa, 1941–1943: Secret Intelligence in the North African Campaign. West Chester, Pa.: Schiffer, 1992, 239 pp. Recounts the effect of ULTRA and other sources of intelligence on Allied and German operations in North Africa. 662. Popov, Duskov. Spy/Counterspy. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1974. 278 pp. Readable and colorful memories by one of the premier British double agents of World War II. Discounting Popov’s apocryphal account of his relationship with J. Edgar Hoover and the Pearl Harbor-related questionnaire he delivered to the FBI in the summer of 1941, this is still an informative volume by one of the most valuable agents of the XX System. 663. Price, Alfred. Targeting the Reich: Allied Photographic Reconnaissance over Europe, 45–1939. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2003. 144 pp.

Special Studies

105

Excellent study of the importance of Allied reconnaissance by photography in the Allied bomber offensive over Europe. 664. Public Record Office, with introduction by Mark Seaman. GARBO: The Spy Who Saved D-Day. Richmond, U.K.: Public Record Office, 2000. 410 pp. A reprint of the official “Summary of the Garbo Case 1941–1945” by Pujol’s case officer, Tomâs Harris. Includes extensive appendices describing subagents and radio procedures. An invaluable source that should be used in conjunction with entry no. 665 below. 665. Pujol, Juan, with Nigel West. GARBO. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1985. 178 pp. Juan Pujol, codenamed GARBO by the British, was the double agent who played a key role in putting across the FORTITUDE deception story. He tells his story and that of his notional networks of fictitious agents. Essential reading for those interested in the XX System and the D-Day deceptions (see entries nos. 644, 648, and 662). 666. Ratcliff, R. A. Delusions of Intelligence: Enigma, Ultra, and the End of Secure Ciphers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006. 332 pp. A thoughtful analysis of rival British and German cipher systems and bureaucratic organizations. The author informatively argues that the centralized British structure and culture of sharing information was superior to the decentralized and distrustful German intelligence bureaucracy. 667. Reit, Seymour. Masquerade: The Amazing Camouflage Deceptions of World War II. New York: New American Library, 1980. 263 pp. A captivating look at the imaginative disguises and deceptions developed by the Allies, many as part of the BODYGUARD ruse before D-Day. Includes stories of dummy tanks and landing craft, smoke screens and special nets which could make naval vessels seem to disappear, and the manufacture of imaginary communities from wood, paint, and canvas. 668. Rosengarten, Adolph G., Jr. “The Bulge: A Glimpse of Combat Intelligence.” Military Review XLI (June 1961): 29–33. An analysis of the 1944 German counterattack, preparations for which were missed by Allied intelligence; compare with Kirkpatrick’s work cited above. 669. ——. “With Ultra from Omaha Beach to Weimar, Germany: A Personal View.” Military Affairs XLII (October 1978): 127–133. Recollections of the War Department Special Branch representative to the U.S. First Army on the influence of ULTRA on the battlefield. 670. Russell, Jerry C. Ultra and the Campaign Against the U-boats in World War II. Study Project Report. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: U.S. Army War College, 1980. 45 pp. A chronological history of the use of ULTRA by the U.S. Navy in the

106

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Battle of the Atlantic which stresses that signal intelligence was only one of the factors responsible for the defeat of the German submarines.

671. Showell, Jak P. Mallmann. German Naval Codebreakers. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2003. 160 pp. An oversized and profusely illustrated general history of the German naval radio monitoring service and B-Dienst’s efforts to penetrate French and British naval signals. The limited value of this volume is in its photographs of German naval communication facilities and sites. 672. ——. U-Boats at War: Landings on Hostile Shores. Shepperton, U.K.: Ian Allan, 2000. 160 pp. A well-illustrated survey of U-boat supported espionage missions. 673. ——. What Britain Knew and Wanted to Know about U-Boats. Vol. 1. Milton Keynes, U.K.: Military Press, 2001. 104 pp. An interesting compendium of Royal Navy commentary on reports from POW interrogations, translations of captured German documents, and transcripts of German broadcasts. The documents offer insight into the German perspective on the war at sea. 674. ——. Engima U-boats: Breaking the Code. Shepperton, U.K.: Ian Allan, 2000. 192 pp. Poorly written and unfocused stories describing the capture and attempted capture of Enigma-equipped U-boats. Offers no fresh insights into the breaking of the Enigma system. 675. Smith, Michael. Station X: Decoding Nazi Secrets. New York: TV Books, 1998. 247 pp. A popular history of British codebreaking operations at Bletchley Park. Based on secondary sources. 676. Smith, Richard Harris. OSS: The Secret History of America’s First Central Intelligence Agency. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972. 458 pp. A former CIA agent’s account of the origins, organization, and growth of the Office of Strategic Services which vividly portrays the people, politics, and operations of the group; based on secondary sources and interviews with 360 OSS veterans named in the bibliography, this is not a flattering account. 677. Spiller, Roger J. “Assessing Ultra.” Military Review LIX (August 1979): 13–23. A preliminary attempt to assess the value of ULTRA to the war effort, especially as the data generated were employed by American officers. 678. Stafford, David. Churchill and Secret Service. Woodstock, N.Y.: Overlook Press, 1998. 386 pp. Winston Churchill was an avid consumer of intelligence: “Secret intelligence, deception, special operations, double-cross systems, commando

Special Studies

107

raids and guerrilla actions all received his enthusiastic support as complements, and frequently alternatives, to work of the armed forces.” Stafford explores Churchill’s decisions and actions in context of his penchant for the covert and unorthodox in this deeply researched and informative volume. 679. ——. Roosevelt and Churchill, Men of Secrets. New York: Overlook Press, 1990. 359 pp. A well-researched and well-written volume in which the author examines the ways in which Roosevelt and Churchill not only shared secret intelligence, but also used it to pursue sometimes conflicting national interests. Stafford’s view of the Anglo-American alliance as one of necessity adds depth to our understanding of the “Special Relationship.” He portrays the leaders of the two democracies as disingenuous in their dealings with one another, and as always protective of secret information. Should be read in conjunction with Persico’s Roosevelt’s Secret War, entry no. 658. 680. Stanley, Roy M., 2nd. World War II Photo Intelligence. New York: Scribners, 1981. 374 pp. The first major history of World War II photo intelligence, especially its role in strategic bombardment and enemy troop location; the author details the planes, cameras, and missions and provides a selection of over 500 photographs from the 100,000 10-inch high cans of exposed film he had access to from World War II recon missions. 681. Stewart, Richard A. “Rommel’s Secret Weapon: Signals Intelligence.” Marine Corps Gazette 74 (March 1990): 51–55. Sheds light on Rommel’s use of signals intelligence in North Africa. 682. Strong, Kenneth. Intelligence at the Top: The Recollections of an Intelligence Officer. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1969. 366 pp. Eisenhower’s intelligence chief in North Africa and Europe provides a useful view of SHAEF, Anglo-American coordination, the use and role of Allied intelligence in military and political planning, and the disputes between the Supreme Commander, Montgomery, and others. 683. Toliver, Raymond F. The Interrogator. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1975. 384 pp. The story of Hanns Joachim Scharff, master German interrogator of Allied pilots. His methods broke down barriers so effectively that the U.S. Air Force invited him to lecture in the United States after the war. 684. United States. Army Air Forces. Ultra and the History of the United States Strategic Air Forces in Europe vs. the German Air Force. Frederick, Md.: University Publications of America, 1981. 240 pp. Combines a narrative of AAF operations with hundreds of Ultra messages in a successful effort to show how signals intelligence shaped the

108

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II strategy, target selection, and assessment of the effectiveness of the American bomber forces.

685. Vaughan, Hal. FDR’s 12 Apostles: The Spies Who Paved the Way for the Invasion of North Africa. Guildford, Ct.: Lyons Press, 2006. 311 pp. A somewhat fanciful account of U.S. intelligence gathering in French North Africa by U.S. “vice counsels”—the so-called 12 apostles—and Robert Murphy’s efforts to suborn French commanders. Murphy and his amateur spies achieved less than they or Murphy claimed and Vaughan asserts. 686. Vietor, John A. Time Out. New York: Richard R. Smith Publisher, 1951. 192 pp. A history of captured American airmen at the German POW camp Stalag Luft I. 687. Wallace, Warrach. “Report on [War Department Special Representative] Assignment with the Third United States Army, 15 August to 18 September 1944.” ACHSWW Newsletter 26 (Fall 1981): 50–76. The major’s report on ULTRA and Patton is reprinted from the document in National Archives RG 457, SRH-108, “Reports Received by the War Department on the Use of Ultra in the European Theater, World War II.” 688. Warren, Harris G. Special Operations: AAF Aid to European Resistance, 1943–1945. USAAF Historical Study, no. 121. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, Army Air Forces, 1947. 259 pp. Largely concerned with supply drops and agent movements; for the activities of one group, see MacCloskey’s Secret Air Missions above. 689. White, William L. “They Fight with Cameras.” American Mercury, November 1943, 529–542. Based on an interview with Col. Karl Polifka, this article details the work of photo recon pilots in the Mediterranean and North Africa; reprinted in Reader’s Digest, November 1943, 91–94, as “Fliers Who Fight Without Guns.” 690. Whiting, Charles. Target Eisenhower: Military and Political Assassination in World War II. Staplehurst, U.K.: Spellmount, 2005. 164 pp. Entertaining stories of successful and unsuccessful attempts to assassinate Reinhard Heyrich, Churchill, Hitler, Eisenhower, Bradley, and Patton. 691. ——. Ghost Front: The Ardennes Before the Battle of the Bulge. New York: Da Capo Press, 2002. 219 pp. One of the few published accounts of the largely successful German efforts to achieve surprise by concealing preparations for the Battle of the Bulge. 692. ——. Hitler’s Secret War: The Nazi Espionage Campaign Against the Allies. London: Leo Cooper, 2000. 208 pp.

Special Studies

109

Sensationalist accounts of German theft of the Norden bombsight, deception for Operation WACHT AM RHEIN, and spying against Churchill and Vice President Henry Wallace. 693. ——. The Battle for Twelveland: An Account of Anglo-American Intelligence Operations Within Nazi Germany, 1939–1945. London: Leo Cooper, 1975. 240 pp. Reprinted as The Spymasters: The True Story of AngloAmerican Intelligence Operations Within Nazi Germany, 1939–1945. New York: Saturday Review Press, 1976. 240 pp. Whiting describes in exciting detail the story of the largely unsuccessful efforts of British and American intelligence organizations to penetrate Germany. 694. ——. War in the Shadows. New York: Ballantine Books, 1973. 268 pp. 695. ——. Hitler’s Werewolves. New York: Stein and Day, 1972. 208 pp. Describes how this short-lived guerrilla group, created by Himmler to operate behind Allied lines, scared many on the Allied side but never lived up to its propagandistic reputation, disbanding without fanfare following one successful assassination. 696. Wilt, Alan F. “The Intelligence Wave.” Air University Review XXXI (May-June 1980): 114–118. Initial thoughts by a well-known historian on the importance of the disclosure of ULTRA and the Double-Cross System. 697. Winterbotham, Frederic W. The Ultra Secret. New York: Harper & Row, 1974. 199 pp. The noted account of how the British came to obtain the German Enigma signal machine and how material from it was sent to and employed by the Combined Chiefs of Staff and the major Allied air, sea, and ground commanders in the Mediterranean and Europe. Some of the author’s claims concerning ULTRA are erroneous, in particular with regard to the bombing of Coventry. This work should be read with a discerning eye and only in conjunction with accounts by Ralph Bennett, Peter Calvocoressi, and Ronald Lewin, cited above. 698. Wynne, Barry. Count Five and Die. New York: Ballantine Books, 1958. 152 pp. A brief history of Operation STAMPEDE, the attempt to deceive the Germans concerning the timing and location of the Normandy invasion; made obsolete by later works detailing the XX System, ULTRA, and Operation BODYGUARD.

C. Technical Support: Medicine, Logistics, Engineering, Communications, and Special Services Introduction: As with intelligence, the four subjects covered in the references in this part are all vital, if unglamorous, to the success of armies, navies, and air forces in war. While the technology of these support services has improved, the

110

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

need for adequate medical care, food and supplies, bridges, and communications was just as great in World War II as it is today or for that matter as it was when Napoleon made his famous statement about armies traveling on their stomachs. In addition to information in the citations here, readers should note that many of the operational histories cited below also contain references to ground, sea, and air support. 699. Albrecht, F. M. “Engineer Aspects of ‘Operation Bolero.’ ” Military Engineer XLII (March–April 1950): 116–120. On the role of engineers in creating the bases and facilities to handle the American buildup in England, 1942–1944. 700. “The Anatomy of Loading and Supply: The Logistics of Invasion.” Fortune, April 1945, 124–131. On the various techniques of loading invasion vessels for invasions, including the technique of figuring out what is needed most and loading it last. 701. Anderson, T. S. “Munitions for the Army, 1940–1945.” Infantry Journal LIX (October 1946): 8–16; LX (January 1947): 42–48. Special emphasis on the housing and transportation of munitions and their delivery to troops in the field, especially in Europe. 702. Archard, Theresa. G. I. Nightingale: The Story of an American Army Nurse. New York: W. W. Norton, 1945. 187 pp. Recollections of a head nurse in a surgical hospital who went ashore with the troops in North Africa and served the next 15 months through the Tunisian and Sicilian campaigns; reveals a sense of humor amid the red tape, mud, supply delays, and death. 703. Armfield, Blanche B., ed. Organization and Administration in World War II. U.S. Army in World War II: Medical Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1963. 613 pp. Covering the prewar emergency period as well as the war, this book describes the expansion which occurred in the U.S. Army Medical Department within a relatively short period of time, the organizational and administrative problems which followed, and the broad uniformity of activities achieved in the various theaters of operation despite the difficulties encountered. No other volume in the Medical Department series gives so complete a picture of worldwide organization. 704. Army Times, Editors of. A History of the U.S. Army Signal Corps. New York: Putnam, 1961. 192 pp. An episodic general review covering the years 1861–1961; includes several chapters on World War II which emphasize human achievements. 705. Ballantine, Duncan S. U.S. Naval Logistics in the Second World War. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1947. 308 pp. An interesting background study with insight into the Navy’s difficulties

Special Studies

111

in developing supply sources and delivering the goods where needed— “that limbo between the factory and the beachhead in which economic and military considerations are inextricably woven together.” Has little to say about actual logistical operations in the Atlantic, Mediterranean, or northwest Europe. First presented as the author’s 1947 Princeton University Ph.D. Dissertation. 706. Bauchspies, Rollin L. “The Courageous Medics of Anzio.” Military Medicine CXXII (January 1958): 53–65; (February 1958): 119–128; (March 1958): 197–207; (April 1958): 267–272; (May 1958): 338–359; (June 1958): 429–448. Recounts the exploits of medical personnel serving with the U.S. Army VI Corps in Italy between January 22 and May 23, 1944. 707. Beebe, Gilbert W., and Michael E. DeBakey. Battle Casualties: Incidence, Mortality, and Logistical Considerations. Springfield, Il.: C. C. Thomas, 1952. 277 pp. Based on records of the U.S. Army Medical Department, 1941–1945, this work, which includes comparisons to earlier American wars, was one of the first and remains one of the best summaries of wartime wounded. Coauthor DeBakey later became a noted heart surgeon. 708. Bell, Jasper N. “Air-Head Logistics.” Air University Quarterly Review II (Winter 1948): 39–47. On the airborne resupply of troops; examples from Sicily and northwest Europe. 709. Billard, Tony. “The Red Ball Express.” Translog VII (October 1976): 14–15+. A brief history of the express motor route which kept supplies moving up to Patton’s Third Army. 710. Birdsell, Dale. “United States Army Chemical Warfare Service Logistics Overseas, World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Pennsylvania, 1962. On the transport and delivery of the various non-lethal chemicals, such as that for making smoke, employed by the Army, especially in the European Theater. 711. Blank, Jonas L. “The Impact of Logistics on Strategy.” Air University Review XXIV (March–April 1973): 2–21. A general survey which includes instances in World War II Europe where the logistical situation impacted upon the movement of troops, e.g., Third Army dash. 712. Bowman, Waldo G. American Military Engineering in Europe from Normandy to the Rhine. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1945. 102 pp. A brief review of the road construction and bridging operations of U.S. Army engineers in France and the Low Countries with emphasis on construction under fire.

112

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

713. Brophy, Leo P., Wyndham D. Miles, and Rexmond C. Cochrane. The Chemical Warfare Service: From Laboratory to Field. U.S. Army in World War II: The Technical Services. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1959. 498 pp. The R & D phase and that of procurement and supply of both offensive and defensive material are covered. 714. Brown, Louis. A Radar History of World War II: Technical and Military Imperatives. London and Philadelphia: Institute of Pyhsics Publishing, 1999. 563 pp. A comprehensive study of the international development of radar, including Japan and the Soviet Union, from 1930 to 1945. 715. Butterton, Meredith L. Metric 16. Durham, N.C.: Moore Publishing Co., 1981. 496 pp. An account of the support of First Army by its ordnance soldiers during five campaigns in northwest Europe. 716. Bykofsky, Joseph, and Harold Larson. The Transportation Corps: Operations Overseas. U.S. Army in World War II: The Technical Services. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1957. 671 pp. Recounts the deficiencies as well as the accomplishments of the corps in the performance of its overseas task, only part of which was the massive deployment of men (7,293,354) and material (126,787,875 measurement tons) from the U.S. to the various theaters. 717. Camelio, Paul, and Christopher F. Shores. Armée de l’Air: A Pictorial History of the French Air Force, 1937–1945. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/ Signal Publications, 1976. 64 pp. Includes a look at the massive American-sponsored rebuilding of the Free French air fleet, with arms and training, in the period after the invasion of North Africa in 1942. 718. Cannon, Michael W. “The Red Ball Express.” Armor LXXXIX (May– June 1980): 8–10. A succinct review of the special measures taken to deliver supplies to the American armies after the breakout from Normandy. 719. Carter, Worrall R., and Elmer E. Duvall. Ships, Salvage, and Sinews of War: The Story of Fleet Logistics Afloat in Atlantic and Mediterranean Waters During World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Navy Department, 1954. 533 pp. In this official history, the authors demonstrate the vital importance of logistics to modern naval warfare in the Atlantic and Mediterranean, particularly to those forces involved in support of the various invasions in those theaters. Much more complete on the topic than Ballantine, cited above, the work includes chapters on Atlantic/Caribbean bases, war changes in fleet organization, service forces, the Rhine crossing, and over-the-ramp landing from North Africa to southern France.

Special Studies

113

720. Cave, Hugh B. Wings Across the World: The Story of Air Transport Command. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1945. 175 pp. A brief review of the work of the AAF’s ATC in transporting men and vital war supplies within the various theaters and between them and the U.S. 721. Churchill, Edward D. Surgeon to Soldiers. Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1972. 490 pp. An examination of the medical precautions taken in the European Theater as reflected in the diary and records of the surgical consultant to SHAEF headquarters. 722. Cleveland, Reginald M. Air Transport at War. New York: Harper, 1946. 324 pp. A detailed history of the ATC of the AAF which is more complete than Cave above; includes references not only to the flying of men as passengers and supplies but to airborne operations as well. 723. Coakley, Robert W., and Richard M. Leighton. Global Logistics and Strategy, 1943–1945. U.S. Army in World War II: The War Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1969. 889 pp. This study stresses the changing character of the logistical-strategic problem faced by the Washington high command in the last two years of the war and shows how the “Arsenal of Democracy” gave allied forces material superiority over their enemies and the U.S. a growing dominance in the councils of the western partners. This is a continuation of Leighton and Coakley, cited below. 724. Colton, F. Barrows. “Winning the War of Supply.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXVIII (December 1945): 705–736. An illustrated account of American logistical movements during the war. 725. Daniel, Hawthorne. For Want of a Nail: The Influence of Logistics on War. New York: Whittlesey House, McGraw-Hill, 1948. 296 pp. A historic overview which concentrates on World War II; included are details on the buildup of supplies in Europe before the Normandy invasion. 726. Darnall, Joseph R. “Digging in at Cheltenham.” Military Surgeon CIV (June 1949): 418–424. A look at U.S. medical services in England from May 1943 to January 1944. 727. ——. “Hospitalization in ETO, U.S. Army, World War II.” Military Surgeon CIII (December 1948): 426–439. Reviews the organization and administration of Army hospitals in Europe from 1943 through 1945. 728. ——. “Mediterranean Medical Cruise—February 1944.” Military Surgeon CII (April 1948): 251–265.

114

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Recalls the situation with regard to hospitals in the Italian Theater during the Anzio invasion.

729. ——. “Sidelights on the Hospital Program, European Theater of Operations.” Military Surgeon CIV (January 1949): 21–29. Reminiscences, 1943–1945, by the former Chief of Hospitalization, Office of the Chief Surgeon, ETO. 730. Davis, Franklin M., Jr., and Thomas T. Jones, eds. The U.S. Army Engineers—Fighting Elite. New York: Watts, 1967. 181 pp. A brief history of the Army Engineers which includes several chapters on World War II, all emphasizing the fighting and building concept. 731. Dohmann, George W. “A Medic in the Normandy Invasion.” American History Illustrated IV (June 1969): 8–17. The photo-illustrated recollections of one corpsman who went ashore on Omaha Beach on D-Day. 732. Ely, Robert L., Jr. “ ‘Give Us This Day. . . .’ ” Quartermaster Review XXVIII (November 1948): 30–31; (December 1948): 94, 97–98. Concerns the activities of the Third Army’s Quartermaster bakery companies. 733. Epstein, Laurence B. “Army Aviation Logistics in Evolution, 1940–1953.” U.S. Army Aviation Digest XXV (June 1979): 5–11. A review of the history of logistics in the AAF during the war. 734. Foisie, Jack. “The Angels of Anzio.” New York Times Magazine, January 25, 1959, 30+. The work of U.S. Army nurses in caring for the wounded on the Anzio beachhead in 1944. 735. French, Herbert E. My Yankee Paris. New York: Vanguard Press, 1946. 260 pp. A light-hearted look at the author’s non-combat experiences as a lieutenant in the Army Quartermaster Corps in Normandy and Paris; dwells to a large extent on the author’s contact with French civilians. 736. Furtos, Norma C. “The Navy Is My Career.” American Medical Women’s Association Journal XIV (June 1959): 516–517. The story of a navy nurse. 737. Garland, E. Blair. “Radar in ETO Air-Ground Operations.” Signal III (March–April 1949): 5–11. On its use to coordinate armored and tactical air operations in western Europe from 1942 to 1945. 738. Goldberg, Alfred. “Air Logistics: Its Role in the European Theater in World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Johns Hopkins University, 1950.

Special Studies

115

Records the growth, organization, and administration of the AAF’s Air Transport Command in Europe as well as its operations. 739. Hall, Duncan H., and C. C. Wrigley. Studies in Overseas Supplies. History of the Second World War: United Kingdom Civil Series, War Production Series. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1956. 537 pp. An account, from British records only, which is strong in detail on how and to what effect the broad Anglo-Allied policies of supply were translated into action. 740. Harris, Murray G. Lifelines to Victory. New York: Putnam, 1942. 160 pp. A brief study of worldwide communication lines designed to show that no “Second Front” could be opened until the Atlantic trade routes were secure. 741. Heavy, William F. Down Ramp: The Story of the Army Amphibious Engineers. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1947. 272 pp. A history of those Army engineers assigned to invasion forces whose duty it was to get out onto the beach quickly and clear obstacles. 742. Henning, Berthel H. “The Air Holding.” Military Surgeon CIV (April 1949): 253–259. The Army’s Seventh Field Hospital in France, Belgium, and Germany from July 1944 to June 1945. 743. Houston, H. N. “Sam.” The Hooligan Navy. New York: Vantage Press, 1973. 150 pp. Memories of a USN officer concerning amusing events, often the result of battles with naval supply, which helped to relieve the pressures faced by men serving aboard minor ships; sort of a factual Mr. Roberts. 744. Huston, James A. “The Logistics of Global Warfare.” In: The Sinews of War: Army Logistics, 1775–1953. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1966. Part IV. A record of the Army’s experience in developing a workable and effective logistical system against the background of changing conditions, which sets forth the means and methods and emphasizes the reasons for changes. 745. Irgang, Frank J. Etched in Purple. Caldwell, Id.: Caxton Printers, 1949. 241 pp. Recollections of the author’s experiences as a medic in the Normandy invasion and his later service as an infantryman in the battles across Western Europe; his flat style describes combat and medical procedures in stark detail. 746. Jeffcott, George F. Dental Service in World War II. U.S. Army in World War II: The Medical Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955. 362 pp.

116

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Traces the history of the Army Dental Corps and discusses the administrative, logistical, and clinical problems encountered in providing dental care to some eight million men and women during World War II.

747. Johnson, Lucius W. “The Dark Side of Sanitation.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXIV (December 1948): 1216–1223; LXXV (January 1949): 97–99. World War II medical and sanitary affairs in the U.S. Navy. 748. Kendrick, Douglas B., ed. Blood Program in World War II. U.S. Army in World War II: The Medical Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1964. 922 pp. The story of lives saved by prompt and adequate hemotherapy, this work discusses administrative problems and procedures developed during the war for the collection, transportation, and storage of blood and the developmental work with plasma and so-called blood substitutes. 749. Kerwin, George D. “Petroleum Goes to War.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXI (September 1945): 811–813. A brief review of the Navy’s role in the transport and distribution of oil products during the war. 750. Knox. Walter K. Darken Ship. New York: Vantage, 1966. 180 pp. The author’s recollection of service with the cargo ships of the U.S. Army Transportation Corps during the war. 751. Lees, Hannah. “Seagoing Surgery: The Best Medical Skill Looks After Our Navy in Hospitals That Follow the Fleet.” Collier’s, September 26, 1942, 22–23+. A description of the Navy’s hospital ships, their cases and personnel; reprinted in William H. Fetridge, ed. The Navy Reader (Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1943), pp. 99–109. 752. Lehman, Milton. “Supplying the Seventh Army.” Infantry Journal LVI (February 1945): 29–30. A brief review of the problems involved. 753. ——. “We Learned in Tunisia and Sicily.” Infantry Journal LIV (February 1944): 11–14. A review of logistical operations in those two campaigns. 754. Leigh, Randolph. 48 Million Tons to Eisenhower; The Role of Services of Supply in the Defeat of Germany. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1946. 179 pp. Based on material gathered by the Historical Division, U.S. Army Europe, this work details the problems and successes of SOS in forwarding supplies to the advancing American armies in France, the Low Countries, Italy, and Germany. 755. Leighton, Richard M. “Peparation for Invasion: The Problem of Troop

Special Studies

117

and Cargo Flow Before D-Day.” Military Affairs X (Spring 1946): 2–39. Provides details on the difficulties of assembling men and material in England for the Normandy invasion. 756. ——, and Robert W. Coakley. Global Logistics and Strategy, 1940–1943. U.S. Army in World War II: The War Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955. 780 pp. U.S. Army logistics, primarily of ground forces, in relation to global strategy during the period of American preparation for the conflict and the first 18 months of participation is treated in this comprehensive study which shows the great complexity of the planning operations behind the great campaigns; the story is told from the viewpoint of the central administration in Washington, including the Joint and Combined Chiefs of Staff, the General Staff, and the Army’s Services of Supply. The story is continued by Coakley and Leighton in their account of operations 1943–1945, cited above. 757. LeVacon, Yves. “Allied Logistics in Europe.” Military Review XLVI (April 1966): 89–98. An examination of wartime logistics translated from the French journal Revue Militaire Générale. 758. Lutes, LeRoy. “Supply Reorganization for World War II.” Quartermaster Review XXXII (September–December 1952): 4–5, 147–148, 151–152, 155–156. On the changes in the Army service system and the development of Services of Supply, 1942–1946, more comprehensively told by Leighton and Coakley above. 759. McClellan, Willard C. “A History of American Military Sea Transportation.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, American University, 1953. Includes several chapters on the transportation of men and cargo during World War II. 760. McIntosh, Kenneth C. “Ships and Shoes and Sealing Wax.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXV (February 1949): 135–147. A description of naval logistics during the war with emphasis on the fleet’s necessity for waterborne transfer of all sorts of goods. 761. McMinn, John H., and Max Levin, eds. Personnel in World War II. U.S. Army in World War II: The Medical Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1963. 548 pp. Examines the problems of a rapid buildup of medical personnel and the steps taken to assure the best use of personnel assignments for optimum medical care of the troops. 762. McNamara, Andrew T., and Raymond F. McNally. Quartermaster Activities of II Corps Through Algeria, Tunisia, and Sicily and First Army

118

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Through Europe. Fort Lee, Va.: U.S. Army Quartermaster School, 1955. 179 pp. Examines the stockpiling and distribution of goods and the problems encountered with a corps rapidly on the march.

763. Maisel, Albert Q. The Wounded Get Back. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1944. 230 pp. Written to reassure the public, this work reviews the transport of wounded by the Army, Navy, and AAF. 764. Mayo, Lida. Of Beachhead and Battlefront. U.S. Army in World War II: The Ordnance Department. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1968. 523 pp. The story of how America’s munitions reached U.S. and Allied troops and of how Ordnance soldiers stored, maintained, supplied, and salvaged material in the various theaters. 765. Miller, Everett. United States Army Veterinary Services in World War II. U.S. Army in World War II: The Medical Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961. 779 pp. Discusses the work of Army veterinarians in the war, including food inspection and the health of many animals, including 56,000 horses and mules, 10,000 guard dogs, and 55,000 carrier pigeons. 766. Millett, John D. The Organization and Role of the Army Service Forces. U.S. Army in World War II: Army Service Forces. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1954. 494 pp. Told from the viewpoint of the ASF commanding general, this account of a controversial administrative experiment explores the various opinions on the effectiveness of this organization. 767. Milner, Samuel. “Establishing the ‘Bolero’ Ferry Route.” Military Affairs XI (Winter 1947): 213–222. On the ferrying of 8th Air Force aircraft across the Atlantic in 1942 for the establishment of AAF presence in England. 768. Morley, Patrick. “This Is the American Forces Network”: The AngloAmerican Battle of the Air Waves in World War II. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2001. 174 pp. A brief review of the Armed Forces Radio Network in Great Britain. 769. Morriss, Mack. “Hospital Ship.” In: Yank. The Best from Yank, the Army Weekly. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1945, pp. 223–231. On the care of soldiers on board hospital ships, particularly those wounded in the European Theater. 770. Mossman, B. C., and M. W. Stark. The Last Salute: Civil and Military Funerals, 1921–1969. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1971. 429 pp.

Special Studies

119

This Army-produced history presents accounts of funerals conducted for civil and military officials and for the unknown soldiers of World Wars I and II and the Korean conflict. 771. Nicholas, William H. “Heroes’ Return.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXVII (March 1945): 333–352. On the return of wounded servicemen from Europe to the U.S. 772. Oman, Charles M. Doctors Aweigh: The Story of the United States Navy Medical Corps in Action. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran, 1943. 231 pp. On the organization and activities of USN doctors and hospital ships; the only action covered due to this book’s early publication is that in the Pacific and North Africa. 773. Osmanski, Frank A. “The Logistical Planning of ‘Operation Overlord.’ ” Military Review XXIX (November 1949): 31–40; (December 1949): 40–48; (January 1950): 50–62. Describes the immense complexity of assembling men and war material in England prior to the Normandy invasion and the resupply of troops in France after D-Day. 774. Owen, W. V. “Transportation and Supply in Anzio.” Infantry Journal LVIII (March 1946): 32–38. On the difficulty of logistical work under fire on that Italian beachhead in early 1944. 775. Palmer, Catherine B. “Flying Our Wounded Veterans Home.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXVII (September 1945): 363–384. An illustrated look at the medivac work of the AAF’s Air Transport Command and the USN Naval Air Transportation Service. 776. Parks, Robert J. “The Development of Segregation in U.S. Army Hospitals, 1940–1942.” Military Affairs XXXVII (December 1973): 145–150. On the separation of the races as official Army practice. 777. ——. Medical Training in World War II. U.S. Army in World War II: The Medical Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1974. 292 pp. Records the problems of training doctors, nurses, and enlisted medical personnel for a department which at peak strength numbered 700,000 individuals—more than three times the strength of the entire Regular Army in 1939. 778. Rafferty, J. A. “Casualties of the U.S. Eighth Air Force in World War II.” Military Surgeon CV (July 1949): 225–227. Enumerates the different kinds of casualties taken between January 1943 and June 1945. 779. Raymond, Allen. “The Wounded Will Live.” Saturday Evening Post, January 1, 1944, 16–17+.

120

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Deals with medical care provided to wounded Fifth Army soldiers in Italy.

780. Reichers, Louis T. The Flying Years. New York: Henry Holt, 1956. 384 pp. Memories of a wartime lieutenant colonel in the AAF Ferry Command which emphasizes his missions and adventures in North Africa and Europe, 1941–1945. 781. Reister, Frank A., ed. Medical Statistics in World War II. U.S. Army in World War II: The Medical Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1975. 1,215 pp. A valuable reference for medical planners, researchers, and historians, this statistical volume is derived from over 18 million individual World War II medical records and includes various breakdowns on casualties and how they were incurred. 782. Richardson, Eudora R., and Sherman Allen. Quartermaster Supply in the European Theater in World War II. 10 vols. Fort Lee, Va.: U.S. Army Quartermaster School, 1948–1950. The most comprehensive narrative history on the topic ever printed, these volumes detail the logistical support of American armies, particularly in northwest Europe, from 1942 to 1946. 783. ——. Quartermaster Supply in the Fifth Army in World War II. Fort Lee, Va.: U.S. Army Quartermaster School, 1950. 181 pp. A review of logistical support for the Fifth Army in Italy from 1943 to 1945. 784. Risch, Erna, and Chester L. Kieffer. Organization, Supply, and Services. U.S. Army in World War II: The Quartermaster Corps. 2 vols. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1953–1955. These two volumes cover the activities of the corps in the U.S., including its role in supply planning for the war and its contribution to cutting supply demands through conservation and salvage. 785. Ross, Irwin. “Trucks and Trains in Battle.” Harpers CXC (January 1945): 126–132. The role of the Army Transportation Corps in France. 786. Ross, William F., and Charles F. Romanus. Operations in the War Against Germany. U.S. Army in World War II: The Quartermaster Corps. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965. 798 pp. The QM establishment in Europe became the largest organization in history for feeding and clothing military people and providing other services to U.S. and Allied forces; this work recounts those experiences in England, the Mediterranean, and on the Continent. 787. Ruppenthal, Roland G. “Ammunition Supply in the Battle for Brest.” Military Review XXX (December 1950): 39–46. The problems of getting sufficient cannon ammunition to VIII Corps

Special Studies

121

artillery battling the stout defense of the German 2nd Parachute Division. 788. ——. The Logistical Support of the Armies, May 1941 to May 1945. U.S. Army in World War II: European Theater of Operations. 2 vols. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1953–1959. Volume I describes how U.S. armies under Eisenhower were built up in the United Kingdom for the Normandy invasion of 1944 and how they were supplied during the first three months of operations on the Continent; Volume II carries the story to the end of hostilities. Throughout both volumes, emphasis is placed on the influence that logistical support—or the lack of it as a result of the Allies’ headlong dash across the Continent after the breakout—had on the planning and conduct of combat operations by the field armies. 789. ——. “Logistics and the Broad-Front Strategy.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Department of the Army, Office of the Chief of Military History, 1960, pp. 419–427. Analyzes the impact of logistics on, and the impact on logistics of, Eisenhower’s decision to build up his forces along the Rhine River through the whole length of the Western Front before launching the final drive into the heart of Germany. 790. Scott, Michael R. “The Redball Express: Patton’s Fast-Moving Supply Line.” Translog I (September 1970): 22–23. Emphasizes the smoothness of the supply operation. 791. Sondern, Frederick, Jr. “The Great Bridge of Ships to France: Landing Men, Guns, and Supplies on the Beaches of Normandy.” Reader’s Digest, October 1944, 59–62. Recounts in general details on the logistical support of the Allied armies over the Normandy beaches after D-Day. 792. Strong, Paschal N. “An Invasion Is Jeopardized.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal IV (November 1953): 29–33. Comments on the excessive rigidity of logistical arrangements in southern England before and during the Normandy invasion. 793. Sykes, H. F., Jr. “Logistics and World War II Army Strategy.” Military Review XXXV (February 1956): 47–54. A brief review of the role of logistics and material/personnel buildups in anticipation of invasions. 794. Terrett, Dulany. The Emergency (to December 1941). U.S. Army in World War II: The Signal Corps. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1956. 383 pp. Descriptions are given of the corps’ role in developing, procuring, and furnishing such signal equipment as radar and frequency modulation, which all but revolutionized the use of tanks.

122

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

795. Thompson, Clary, ed. Unsung Heroes!: Your Service Forces in Action—A Photographic Epic of Army Service Force Operations in World War II. New York: Wise, 1949. 385 pp. A heavily illustrated review of ASF services around the globe, including those provided in the Mediterranean and European Theaters. 796. Thompson, George R., and Dixie R. Harris. The Outcome (Mid-1943 Through 1945). U.S. Army in World War II: The Signal Corps. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1966. 693 pp. The first part describes the activities of the corps as a service and combat arm in the theaters of operation while the second carries the administrative story to the end of the war. 797. Thompson, George R., Pauline M. Oakes, and Dulany Terrett. The Test (December 1941 to July 1943). U.S. Army in World War II: The Signal Corps. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1957. 621 pp. In addition to an account of the corps’ expansion and combat operations, this work provides an interesting account of Signal Corps engineers and technicians who were engaged in a desperate game of wits with the enemy in the race to produce electronic weapons and counterweapons. 798. Thomson, Harry C., and Lida Mayo. Procurement and Supply. U.S. Army in World War II: The Ordnance Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1960. 504 pp. Describes how the department and industry manufactured the huge quantities of munitions required by the Army and how its Field Service stored, cataloged, maintained, and distributed the munitions. 799. Thornber, Hubert E. “The Supply and Distribution of Petroleum Products in the European Theater of Operations.” Quartermaster Review XXVII (March–June 1948): 10–12, 33–35, 90, 93–94, 113–114. Discusses procedures in ETO from February 1944 to September 1945. 800. United States. Department of the Army. Quartermaster School. Storage and Distribution of Quartermaster Supplies in the European Theater of Operations in World War II. Fort Lee, Va., 1962. 291 pp. A comprehensive survey of the maintenance, storage, and distribution of Army goods from 1943 to 1945. 801. ——. ——. Transportation Corps. Report of the Chief of Transportation, Army Service Forces, World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. War Department, 1945. 125 pp. An account of the role played by transportation, including trains and trucks, in delivering goods to American field armies; includes some mention of the famous “Red Ball Express.” 802. Van Creveld, Martin. Supplying War: Logistics from Wallenstein to Patton. Cambridge, Eng., and New York: Cambridge University Press, 1977. 284 pp.

Special Studies

123

An analysis of the role of logistics on modern war which is both thorough and controversial. The author’s sharpest criticism is aimed at the Allied invasion of France, where he believes the Anglo-Americans were overly cautious in their use of overwhelming material support. 803. Walker, Charles L. “Preparation for Invasion.” Harpers CLXXXVIII (February 1944): 246–252. Considers the logistical preparations for the U.S. campaign in North Africa. 804. Wardlow, Chester. Movements, Training, and Supply. U.S. Army in World War II: The Transportation Corps. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1956. 564 pp. Deals with troop and supply movements in the U.S. and to the overseas commands and points up the problems involved in setting up the new Army Service Forces organizations after the war had already begun and making it operate smoothly. 805. Whipple, William. “Logistical Bottleneck at the Ports: Why Patton Couldn’t Get to the Rhine in ’44.” Infantry Journal LXII (March 1948): 6–14. Critical of the shipping problems in the ports along the English Channel. 806. Williams, Grant A. “First Army’s ETO Signal Operations.” Signal II (March–April 1944): 5–11. Communications of the U.S. First Army in France, the Low Countries, and Germany, 1944–1945. 807. Wiltse, Charles M. Medical Service in the Mediterranean and Minor Theaters. U.S. Army in World War II: The Medical Department. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1966. 664 pp. This work deals with the Atlantic and Persian Gulf non-combat theaters and with the North Africa, Sicily, southern France, and Italy campaigns. Wiltse relates the methods of evacuating the wounded and the successful efforts to control disease in those areas. An appendix gives an account of the German medical service in the African and European Theaters covered by the volume, which is useful for comparison. 808. Ziel, Ron. Steel Rails to Victory. New York: Hawthorn Books, 1970. 288 pp. A pictorial history of railroad operations during the war, with special emphasis on American operations in France.

III The War in the Air

Introduction: The references in this section of our guide are devoted to the Army Air Forces in Europe during World War II. Here will be found information on officers and heroes, campaigns and battles in the Mediterranean and European Theaters as well as the U.S. strategic bombing campaign against the Third Reich, accounts of specific units, and information on aircraft, uniforms, warplane weapons, camouflage, and markings. Readers should note that additional information is also available in the encyclopedias and handbooks cited in Section I, as well as the various general and illustrated war histories.

A. General Works Introduction: Although aircraft had been employed on a limited, almost experimental basis, in World War I, it was World War II that saw the flying machine become an important, perhaps decisive, element in victory or defeat. In Europe, the powerful air arms of both Germany and Great Britain had been engaged for over a year before the first American units saw action. During that time much was learned about operations under fire, some of it seen by U.S. observers and the remainder to be learned in the AAF’s early missions. The citations in this section reflect those works written over the years which have dealt with the air-war phase of World War II as a whole. While almost all contain information on the American effort, all contain information on the operations of foreign air forces as well, be they German, British, Italian, French, Russian, etc. A review of these can be useful for comparison as well as for an understanding as to exactly how the U.S. aerial contribution made a difference in the final victory in Europe. 809. Air Power. London: Phoebus Books, 1979. 392 pp. A history of military aircraft, especially bombers and fighters, and air warfare from World War I to the present; this oversize volume contains over 720 photographs and drawings, including more than 400 in full color. 124

The War in the Air

125

810. Anderton, David. “World War II.” In his The History of the United States Air Force. New York: Crescent Books, 1981, pp. 49–130. Examines the role of the AAF in the various war theaters in a heavily illustrated “coffee-table” book first published in England. 811. Angell, Joseph W., Jr., et al. United States Air Force Tactical Operations: World War II and Korean War. Washington, D.C.: Office of Air Force History, Department of the Army, 1962. 178 pp. A review of AAF operations in support of ground operations, including, with regard to the European conflict, the role of the fighter bomber and of “carpet bombing” by strategic aircraft. 812. “The Army Air Forces’ Tactics and How They Worked.” Flying XXXVIII (January 1946): 52–74. A review of the AAF’s role in the defeat of Germany, including strategic bombing and the destruction of the flying Luftwaffe. 813. Arnold, Henry H. “The Air War in Europe.” Aero Digest, November 11, 1944. 51–55. A brief review of AAF successes both in strategic bombing and in tactical operations. 814. ——. “Army Air Forces Report.” Flying XXXVI (May 1945): 24–27+; (June 1945): 43–45+. Excerpts from the AAF Commanding General’s report to the Secretary of War on the use of airpower around the globe during the war. 815. Bailey, Ronald H. The Air War in Europe. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1979. 208 pp. A heavily illustrated account of the entire air war over western Europe, including bombing raids, fighter combats, photo recon, etc. Includes eight “picture essays,” which, like other photographic renderings in the book, feature photographs which originally appeared in the wartime issues of Life magazine. 816. Bartz, Karl. Swastika in the Air: The Struggle and Defeat of the German Air Force, 1939–1945. Translated from the German. 2nd ed. London: Kimber, 1956. 204 pp. A general account of the Luftwaffe’s battles which some critics have called superior to the history by General Galland and cited below. 817. Baumbach, Werner. The Life and Death of the Luftwaffe. Translated from the German. New York: Coward-McCann, 1960. 224 pp. A history by the former commander of the Luftwaffe’s bomber arm that has been praised for its technical accuracy, but questioned on its “facts.” 818. Berenbrok, Hans D. The Luftwaffe War Diaries. By Cajus D. Bekker, pseud. Translated from the German. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1968. 399 pp.

126

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A German version of the Luftwaffe’s role and final defeat which covers the actions in the east, Mediterranean, and over western Europe; based on official German Air Force war diaries, interviews, and the papers of former Luftwaffe officers.

819. Biddle, Tami Davis. Rhetoric and Reality in Air Warfare: The Evolution of British and American Ideas about Strategic Bombing, 1914–1945. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 2002. 406 pp. A well-crafted intellectual history of the origins and development of strategic bombing. Biddle contends that the champions of strategic bombing and “knockout blows” from the air premised their notions on flawed evidence and misconceptions about modern industrial society. Technical limitations and the failure of precision attacks to achieve decisive results compelled Allied air commanders to turn to area bombing. 820. Boog, Horst, ed. The Conduct of Air War in the Second World War —An International Comparison. New York and Oxford, U.K.: Berg, 1992. 763 pp. Collection of papers from the international conference on air warfare held in Freiburg-im-Breisgau in 1988. Papers by noted historians examine tactics, strategy, high command, intelligence, the link between modernity and air power, the evolution of air forces of the major powers, and the reasons for the Allied defeat of the Luftwaffe. Olaf Groehler argues in his essay that “terror bombing” was an outgrowth of Germany’s “total war” philosophy. 821. Bowyer, Chaz. Air War Over Europe, 1939–1945. London: Kimber, 1974. 532 pp. A large, illustrated account which is comprehensive from a British viewpoint. 822. ——. Guns in the Sky: The Air Gunners of World War II. New York: Scribners, 1979. 182 pp. Reviews the service of British and American gunners who fired at attacking German fighters from their often-cramped positions aboard Allied bombers; well illustrated, the volume is fair in its handling of U.S. crewmen. 823. Boyne, Walter J. Clash of Wings: Air Power in World War II. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1994. 415 pp. A readable narrative that covers all participants, but especially U.S. “airpower.” The author describes aircraft skilfully and argues that bombing could have won the war in 1943 if an adequate force had been available. Provides little coverage of the effort to sever German communications (Operation STRANGLE) in Italy. 824. Carlisle, Norman V., et al., eds. Air Forces Reader: Army and Navy Air Forces. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1945. 406 pp. An anthology which presents pictures of the USA and USN air arms in

The War in the Air

127

training and battle; its sections are: (1) Wings for Victory; (2) Prelude to Command; (3) Battle in the Skies; (4) Of Men and Planes. The book’s appendixes include plane data and a glossary of aviation language. 825. Chant, Christopher. The Illustrated History of the Air Forces of World War I and World War II. London and New York: Hamlyn, 1979. 287 pp. An oversize history of air warfare which provides an illustrated look at the globe’s battling air forces, including the AAF of World War II in Europe. 826. ——. The Mechanics of War: Ground Attack. Warren, Mich.: Squadron/ Signal Publications, 1976. 72 pp. A heavily illustrated account of close air support as practiced by the warring air forces in support of ground operations; published simultaneously by the London firm of Almark. 827. Cooling, Benjamin F., ed. Case Studies in the Development of Close Air Support. Washington, D.C.: Office of Air Force History, 1990. 606 pp. Ten case studies that examine the evolution of close air support doctrine, command and control, weaponry, and technology from World War II through the 1970s. W. A. Jacobs addresses the subject in his essay “Operation Overlord.” 828. Crane, Conrad C. Bombs, Cities, and Civilians: American Airpower Strategy in World War II. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1993. 208 pp. The author contends that precision bombing “remained a primary goal [of the AAF] throughout World War II” and that Spaatz and Doolittle sought to avoid area or terror bombing. Whether one accepts or rejects Crane’s thesis, this volume is a valuable addition to the continuing debate on the strategic air war. 829. Craven, Wesley F., and James L. Cate, eds. The Army Air Forces in World War II. 7 vols. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1948–1958. These volumes constitute the official history of the Army Air Forces in the various theaters. The volumes of interest to users of this guide include: (1) Plans and Early Operations, January 1939 to August 1942; (2) Europe: Torch to Pointblank, August 1942 to December 1943; and (3) Europe: Argument to VE-Day, January 1944 to May 1945. Volume 6, Men and Planes, and Volume 7, Services Around the World, are important technological studies of aircraft production, troop training, and a variety of necessary support services. 830. Dank, Milton. The Glider Gang: An Eyewitness History of World War II Glider Combat. Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1977. 273 pp. The first concentrated English-language study of Allied glider pilots who flew Horsa and Waco gliders into combat, climbed out, and fought their way back to fly again; based on hundreds of interviews. This labor of love appears objective in its analysis of the planning and direction of the campaigns in which gliders were used.

128

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

831. Duffin, Allan T., and Paul Mathes. The 12 O’Clock High Logbook: The Unofficial History of the Novel, Motion Picture, and TV Series. Elk Grove, Ca.: Aero Vintage Books, ca. 2007. 422 pp. Thorough account of the origins of the novel and movie 12 O’Clock High, and the television series of the same title that fostered one of the most vivid and enduring images of the bomber war held by the American public. 832. Fitzsimons, Bernard, ed. Warplanes and Air Battles of World War II. Beekman History of the Wars Library. New York: Beekman House, 1973. 160 pp. First published in Purnell’s History of the Second World War series, this oversize British import is noteworthy not only for its illustrations and photographs, but also for its commentary by such leading air historians as Noble Frankland. Decided British bias in opinions and coverage. 833. Ford, Corey, and Alastair MacBain. The Last Time I Saw Them. New York: Scribners, 1946. 244 pp. An anthology which relates the wartime combat experiences of AAF personnel around the world. 834. Fricker, John, and Edward H. Sims. “Airwar, 1939–1945.” Flying CI (September 1977): 185–199. An overview of the global aerial campaigns with major emphasis on the operations of the USAAF. 835. Friendly, Alfred. Guys on the Ground. New York: Duell, Sloane and Pearce, 1944. 170 pp. A collection of articles and anecdotes about AAF ground crews, concentrating on the men and their ingenuity and difficulty in repairing damaged aircraft, particularly in England. 836. Futrell, Robert F. “Air Power Lessons of World War II.” Air Force and Space Digest XLVIII (September 1965): 42–50+. A review of the lessons learned by American air leaders as to the effectiveness of U.S. air activities in strategic and tactical situations. 837. Galland, Adolf. “Defeat of the Luftwaffe: Fundamental Reasons.” Air University Quarterly Review VI (Spring 1953): 18–36. The former Inspector General of German fighter aviation traces the decline and fall of the Nazi air force giving major reasons, as he perceived them, for its defeat. 838. ——. The First and the Last: The Rise and Fall of the German Fighter Forces, 1938–1945. Translated from the German. New York: Henry Holt, 1954. 368 pp. An autobiographical history of the German fighter arm which, like the article by the General cited above, presents a strong case against Luftwaffe leaders and their concept of air power. One of the most widely read and frequently reprinted accounts of the air war.

The War in the Air

129

839. Garrett, Stephen A. Ethics of Air Power in World War II: The British Bombing of German Cities. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1993. 256 pp. Garrett explores the moral dimensions of the combined bomber offensive, in particular that of Bomber Command. A balanced, non-prosecutorial treatment of a complex and controversial subject. 840. Gilster, Herman L. “Air Interdiction in Protracted War: An Economic Evaluation.” Air University Review XXVIII (May–June 1977): 2–18. A review of the protracted AAF campaign against German communication and industrial targets, particularly in 1944–45. 841. Goulter, Christina J. M. A Forgotten Offensive: Royal Air Force Coastal Command’s Anti-Shipping Campaign, 1940–1945. Portland, Or.: Frank Cass, 1995. 366 pp. Study of RAF Coastal Command’s operations to strangle German coastal shipping in Scandinavia and the North Sea, which contributed to the economic breakdown of the German economy. Goulter traces the origins and evolution of the anti-shipping campaign and concludes with a cost benefit analysis. 842. Grayling, A. C. Among the Dead Cities: The History and Moral Legacy of the World War II Bombing of Civilians in Germany and Japan. New York: Walker and Co., 2006. 384 pp. A provocative combination historical-philosophical study of whether Allied area attacks on German and Japanese cities were necessary and proportional. Grayling concludes that the attacks were morally unjustified and constituted war crimes. 843. Gurney, Gene. The War in the Air. New York: Crown, 1962. 352 pp. A well-known illustrated history of the aerial conflict from 1939 to 1945 which devotes considerable space and many photographs to the AAF campaigns in Europe and the Mediterranean. 844. Hallion, Richard P. Strike from the Sky: The History of Battlefield Air Attack, 1911–1945. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1989. 323 pp. A well researched and tightly reasoned survey of tactical air operations in the two world wars and the interwar years. Hallion emphasizes AngloAmerican activities to the neglect of attack aviation on the Eastern Front. 845. Huston, James A. “The Tactical Use of Air Power in World War II: The Army Experience.” Military Review XXXII (July 1952): 32–49. The impact on troop movements on the ground made by fighter bombers in the sky, especially the role of the U.S. Ninth Air Force over western Europe, 1944–1945. 846. Impact. 8 vols. Marion, Oh.: National Historical Society, 1980. Reproduces the heavily illustrated 380 articles contained in the formerly classified wartime AAF intelligence magazine.

130

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

847. Jablonski, Edward, Air War. 4 vols. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1971–1972. An extremely popular illustrated history of the air campaigns around the world available in most public libraries; based on secondary sources, a revised one-volume (259 pages) edition was issued by the same firm in 1979 and contains 761 black and white photos. 848. ——. America in the Air War. Epic of Flight Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1982. 176 pp. Similar in some respects (photo sources, for example) to the Bailey title cited above, this work examines the aerial campaigns with an eye to the work of the AAF. 849. Jackson, Robert. Aerial Combat: The World’s Great Air Battles. New York: Galahad Books, 1976. 160 pp. American imprint of the British title published by Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, this nicely illustrated work covers the history of air combat after 1914. Chapters 7, “Mediterranean Air War,” and 9, “The Battle of Germany,” provide a basic introduction. 850. ——. Fighter: The Story of Air Combat, 1936–1945. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1980. 168 pp. A concise review of the combats and tactics of fighter pilots in the air forces of the major warring powers, written by a noted aviation journalist and student of fighter tactics. 851. Knell, Hermann. To Destroy a City: Strategic Bombing and Its Human Consequences in World War II. Cambridge, Ma.: Da Capo Press, 2003. 373 pp. A survivor of the destruction of Würzburg, Knell argues in this wellresearched and thoughtful book that the Allied strategic bombing campaign was wasted because it did not break German civilian morale. Knell describes a firestorm in gripping detail and explores the consequences of the raids for both civilians and aircrew. This is a book that ought to claim the attention of all serious students of the strategic bombing campaign. 852. Manzo, Louis. “Morality in War Fighting and Strategic Bombing in World War II.” Air Power History 39 (Fall 1992): 35–50. A look at the morality of the strategic bombing campaign. 853. McKee, Philip. Warriors with Wings. New York: Crowell, 1947. 266 pp. An anthology of 20 combat stories, some drawn from personal interviews, of AAF men in action around the world. 854. Mason, Herbert M., Jr. Duel for the Sky: Fighter Planes and Fighting Pilots of World War II. Adventures in Flight Series. New York: Grosset and Dunlap, 1970. 148 pp. Emphasizes the great aces and their important battles and aircraft; little on tactics or organization.

The War in the Air

131

855. Mrazek, James E. The Glider War. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1975. 304 pp. Details both the Allied and Axis glider-borne operations of 1940–1945 demonstrating the significant ETO role of the wooden, unengined troop transports. Compare with Milton Dank’s work above. 856. Murray, Williamson. Strategy for Defeat: The Luftwaffe, 1933–1945. Maxwell AFB, Al.: Air University Press, 1983. 365 pp. Employing the latest declassified documents and research in German, British, and American archives, Murray provides the best recent study of the rise and fall of the German Air Force; for the U.S. contribution to this organization’s decline, see especially Chapters 5 through 7. 857. Nichol, John, and Tony Rennell. Tail-End Charlies: The Last Battles of the Bomber War, 1944–45. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2006. 432 pp. Drawing on first-person interviews, the authors paint an intimate and sobering view of the conditions faced by the men who flew heavy bombers from England against Germany. Designed as an unapologetic defense of the strategic air campaign. 858. Overy, Richard J. War and Economy in the Third Reich. Oxford, U.K.: Clarendon Press; New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. 390 pp. Essays by the author on the development of the German economy in the interwar years and under the Nazi regime. Provides an analysis of the effectiveness of the strategic air offensive against Germany. 859. ——. The Air War, 1939–1945. London: Europa Publications, 1980. 263 pp. Not a combat history but a general account which covers all the warring powers, the military campaigns, strategy, economic mobilization, the recruitment of science, production, and the nature and training of leadership; in nine chapters, the author concludes that the Allies’ “general air strategy” helped them to win the air war, in the narrower sense of the contest between the air forces, and that the strategic bombing campaign really was much more important to the achievement of overall victory than many recent histories have been prepared to concede. 860. Parsons, Iain, ed. The Encyclopedia of Air Warfare. New York: Crowell, 1975. 256 pp. A “coffee-table” British history, well illustrated and with a major amount of data relative to our topic; contributors include Christopher Chant, Richard Humble, and William “Bill” Gunston. 861. Pearl, Jack. Aerial Dogfights of World War II. Derby, Ct.: Monarch Books, 1962. 138 pp. A brief overview of the actions of the great aces, especially Americans, over the world’s battlefronts from 1939 to 1945. This paperback is nowhere near as complete as Jackson, cited above.

132

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

862. Perret, Geoffrey. Winged Victory: The Army Air Forces in World War II. New York: Random House, 1993. 549 pp. A popular history of the rise of American air power in World War II. Perret describes combat missions, the AAF research and development program, and paints lively pictures of AAF commanders and actions. 863. Philpott, Bryan. Fighters Defending the Reich. World War II Photo Album, no. 16. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1980. 96 pp. A book of photographs, with captions, showing Luftwaffe units in action against Allied bombers; these wartime photos were all taken from the files of the German Bundesarchiv. 864. Price, Alfred. The Last Year of the Luftwaffe, May 1944 to May 1945. Osceola, Wi.: Motorbooks International, 1991. 191 pp. Detailed and readable operational history of the Luftwaffe in its death throes. Price describes the successful raid against U.S. bomber bases in the Ukraine and discusses German aircraft production and pilot training 865. ——. World War II Fighter Conflict. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1980. 160 pp. Part One concerns the evolution of fighter aircraft; Part Two, a comparison of famous fighters; and Part Three, an outline of the tactics employed by the various air forces. This volume, like Price’s citation above, was first published in Great Britain. 866. ——. The Bomber in World War II. New York: Scribners, 1979. 150 pp. A useful introduction to the warplanes and great missions of the war, particularly in Europe, with information on U.S., British and German countermeasures, escort aircraft, successes and failures. 867. Quesada, Elwood R. “Tactical Air Power.” Air University Quarterly Review I (Spring 1948): 37–45. A review of its World War II application by the wartime commander of the U.S. IX Fighter and Tactical Air Commands. 868. Ross, Stewart Halsey. Strategic Bombing by the United States in World War II: The Myths and the Facts. Jefferson, N. C.: McFarland, 2003. 244 pp. An iconoclastic review of the concept of precision bombing, which the author treats as a “huge fraud” perpetuated by AAF commanders for propaganda purposes. Explores the cost of the strategic air campaign in terms of casualties from all causes and aircraft losses. 869. Schaffer, Robert. Wings of Judgment: American Bombing in World War II. New York: Oxford University Press, 1985. 272 pp. Schaffer explores how American commanders made targeting decisions and attempted to avoid killing civilians unnecessarily. 870. Sears, Stephen W. Air War Against Hitler’s Germany. American Heritage

The War in the Air

133

Junior Library. New York: American Heritage Publishing Co., 1964. 151 pp. A well-illustrated introduction to the difficulties faced by the AAF in Europe as it battled the Reich through strategic bombing and tactical operations. 871. Sherry, Michael. The Rise of American Air Power: The Rise of Armageddon. New Haven, Ct.: Yale University Press, 1987. 435 pp. Traces the intellectual development of American strategic bombing policy and its application in World War II. Although focused on the Pacific campaign, Sherry reviews the strategic air campaign in Europe. 872. Siefring, Thomas A. U.S. Air Force in World War II. Rev. ed. Secaucus, N. J.: Chartwell Books, 1981. 197 pp. A detailed history of the AAF from the 1930s to 1945 which concentrates on operations and warplanes; an oversize “coffee-table” import from England first released here in 1977, Siefring’s work contains over 300 photos and technical drawings. 873. Silsbee, Nathaniel F. “The American Doctrine of Air Power.” In: Karl W. Detzer, ed. The Army Reader. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1943, pp. 157–170. A contemporary explanation of the manner in which AAF leaders expected to employ their warplanes and the results of same anticipated; reprinted from Aviation, XLII (February 1943), 112+; (March 1943), 96+. 874. ——, ed. Bombs Away!: Your Air Force in Action. New York: Wise, 1948. 386 pp. A photographic record of worldwide AAF operations with supplementary text on the various campaigns written by various generals; a list of AAF Congressional Medal of Honor winners in World War II is found on pp. 363–364. 875. Sims, Edward H. Fighter Tactics and Strategy, 1914–1970. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1980. 266 pp. Covers the how and why of fighter tactics and recounts thrilling fighter combat stories from World War I through Vietnam, many in the words of the aces who fought the battles. Useful for attention to the strategy behind the use of the aircraft and the tactics of combat. 876. Spick, Mike. Allied Fighter Aces: The Air Combat Tactics and Techniques of World War II. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2004. 239 pp. Survey of fighters, fighter combat, and fighter pilots in all theaters of World War II. Provides diagrams, formations and maneuvers, as well as descriptions of aircraft. 877. Straubel, James H., ed. Air Force Diary. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1947. 492 pp. Contains 111 stories from Air Force which, while poorly written and

134

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II unpolished, convey a sense of the AAF airman’s battle aloft and on the ground.

878. Sunderman, James F., ed. Europe. Vol. II of World War II in the Air. New York: Watts, 1963. 345 pp. An anthology of writings and anecdotes concerning AAF operations in Europe and over the Mediterranean drawn from a variety of books, articles, and reminiscences. 879. Tantum, William H., 4th, and E. J. Hoffschmidt, eds. The Rise and Fall of the German Air Force, 1933–1945. Old Greenwich, Ct.: WE, Inc., 1969. 422 pp. First published as British Air Ministry Pamphlet No. 238 in 1948, this work, based on captured German materials and British intelligence sources, remains the best single book on the subject even after nearly 50 years; includes charts and a few photographs, but, unfortunately, no footnotes or bibliography. 880. Taylor, John W. R., et al. Air Facts and Feats. Rev. ed. New York: Sterling, 1978. 240 pp. Covers the history of aviation with attention to the noted airmen, warplanes, and missions of World War II Europe. 881. Taylor, Michael J. H., comp. Jane’s Encyclopedia of Aviation. 5 vols. London and Boston, Ma.: Jane’s, 1980. Taylor, son of John W. R. Taylor cited above, has compiled an excellent illustrated encyclopedia which covers all facets of flight from its beginning; presented in alphabetical order, the topics cover airmen, aircraft, designers, companies, air forces, and, of interest here, many of the great combat operations of the air war in Europe. 882. Terraine, John. The right of the line. The Royal Air Force in the European War 1939–1945. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1985. 841 pp. A well-researched history of the RAF and its growth from an inadequate force in 1939 to where it occupied the position of honor—“to the right of the line”—in 1945. Terraine describes the activities of the operational commands, including the Desert Air Force in the Mediterranean, and the contribution of science to RAF effectiveness. 883. United States. Army Air Forces. Historical Office. The Official Pictorial History of the A.A.F. New York: Duell, Sloane, and Pearce, 1947. 213 pp. A photo history of the AAF which includes accompanying text; many of the illustrations for the World War II period were taken by combat cameramen assigned to bombers and by wing-cameras on fighter planes. 884. Vourkoutiotis, Vasilis. Prisoners of War and the German High Command: The British and American Experience. Basingstoke, U.K.: Palgrave, 2003. 266 pp. A comprehensive study focused on the development and evolution of German policy pertaining to British and American POWs. The author

The War in the Air

135

considers German application of the Geneva Convention, the organization of POW camps, forced labor, and related topics. 885. Warren, John C. “War in Europe.” In: Alfred Goldberg, ed. A History of the United States Air Force. New York: Arno, 1974, pp. 57–74. First published by Van Nostrand in 1957, Warren’s work encompasses the whole of the AAF war effort in Europe and the Mediterranean in an excellent, concise overview. Includes a few photographs. 886. Wells, Mark K. Courage and Air Warfare: The Allied Aircrew Experience in the Second World War. London: Frank Cass, 1995. 240 pp. Drawing on official records and first-hand reflections of fliers, the author presents an authoritative comparison of British and American aircrew selection practices and of the reactions of flight crews to the stresses of flying in tight formations, combat in subzero temperatures, and the death of comrades. A very informative volume. 887. Wilbur, Edwin L., and Estelle R. Schoenholtz. Silver Wings: True Action Stories of the United States Air Force. New York: Appleton, 1948. 281 pp. An anthology of human interest stories concerning AAF personnel in combat around the world during World War II; many of the first-person accounts are taken from previously published sources. 888. Wings. 40 parts. London: Orbis, 1976–1977. A comprehensive aviation encyclopedia which emphasizes not only aircraft but also airmen and military air campaigns; oversize, the alphabetically arranged parts are heavily illustrated. 889. Wood, Tony, and William “Bill” Gunston. Hitler’s Luftwaffe: A Pictorial History and Technical Encyclopedia of Hitler’s Air Power in World War II. New York: Crescent Books, 1977. 248 pp. An oversize British import; Part One is a 120-page history of the rise and fall of the Luftwaffe, 1918–1945, and Part Two is a review of Nazi aircraft. The appendixes include the Luftwaffe chain of command and a useful glossary of terms. Heavily illustrated with black and white and color photographs and line drawings.

B. Biographies and Memoirs of Officers and Enlisted Personnel Introduction: An interesting way to look at the air war in Europe, particularly for younger readers, is through the biography of its participants, leaders and airmen. The citations in this section are arranged in two parts. Part 1 is a collection of general biographies which concern two or more individuals; Part 2 concerns individuals and is arranged alphabetically by the last name of the biographee. It should be noted that additional biographical information is available in the handbooks and encyclopedias, biographical sources, and general war histories cited in Section I, the general aerial histories cited in Part A above, and in the campaign and unit histories noted in Parts C and D below.

136

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1. Collective Biographies 890. Andrews, Allen. The Air Marshals: The Air War in Western Europe. New York: William Morrow, 1970. 299 pp. The development and use of the air power used in Europe during the war is reflected through the lives and roles of six air leaders—four British, Marshal Goering, and General Arnold. 891. Dupre, Flint O. U.S. Air Force Biographical Dictionary. New York: Watts, 1965. 273 pp. A guide to the biographies of living (in 1965) and deceased AAF/USAF personnel, including generals and those of lesser rank. 892. Fogerty, Robert P. Selected Air Force Case Histories. USAF Historical Study, No. 91. Washington, D.C.: Office of Air Force History, Department of the Air Force, 1953. A biographical study of 541 general officers, 1917–1952; the entries are longer than those appearing in Dupre, but contain more errors. 893. Grinsell, Robert. Aces Full: Pilots and Fighter Aircraft of World War II. Granada Hills, Ca.: Sentry Books, 1974. A pictorial history of warplanes and the great aces from all the warring powers who flew them, including several from the AAF in Europe. 894. Gurney, Gene. Five Down and Glory: A History of the American Air Ace. Edited by Mark P. Friedlander, Jr. New York: Putnam, 1958. 302 pp. Biographies of those U.S. flyers who shot down five enemy aircraft and became “aces”; includes a large number of important fighter pilots from the European and Mediterranean theaters. 895. Hess, William N. “A.A.F. Aces in a Day.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XI (Summer 1966): 93–101. Profiles those fighter pilots who shot down five enemy aircraft in one day. 896. ——. The American Aces of World War II. New York: Arco, 1968. 64 pp. Provides individual combat histories and a compilation of American aces; illustrated with 52 photographs. 897. ——. The American Fighter Aces Album. Dallas, Tx.: Taylor, 1978. A collection of ace sketches, mostly autobiographical, of all services in all wars, 1914 through Vietnam. Illustrated. 898. Hirsch, Phil, ed. Fighting Aces. New York: Pyramid Books, 1965. 173 pp. Man’s Magazine pieces on various U.S. aces, including several who fought in Europe during World War II. 899. Jackson, Robert. Air Heroes of World War II: Sixteen Stories of Heroism in the Air. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1978. 175 pp.

The War in the Air

137

A collection of stories about air crewmen, many aboard AAF bombers over Europe, who performed heroic acts or flew great missions. 900. ——. Fighter Pilots of World War II. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1976. 176 pp. Fourteen smoothly presented capsule biographies of noted pilots from all the warring powers, including the AAF’s Robert S. Johnson and the Luftwaffe’s Eric Hartman and Adolf Galland. 901. Levine, Alan J. Flight and Survival in World War II. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2000. 258 pp. A collection of stories of air force and others survivors of POW and concentration camps. 902. Loomis, Robert D. Great American Fighter Pilots of World War II. Landmark Books. New York: Random House, 1961. 208 pp. Chapters 4, 5, 7, and 10 concern noted AAF pilots of the Mediterranean and European Theaters, men like Philip Cochran, Don Blakeslee, and Don Gentile. 903. McManus, John C. Deadly Sky: The American Combat Airman in World War II. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 2000. 435 pp. Drawing on eyewitness testimony, diaries, letters, and memoirs, McManus paints a vivid picture of American airmen at war in every theater. Undocumented; intended for popular audiences. 904. Morgan, Robert, and Ron Powers. The Man Who Flew the Memphis Belle: Memoir of a WWII Bomber Pilot. New York: Dutton Adult. 388 pp. Candid memoir of the man who piloted the B-17 “Memphis Belle,” which became the subject of wartime documentary film. With the aid of Powers, Morgan recounts his personal tribulations, and training. Explores the lives of his crew and their wives. 905. Morris, Rob. Untold Valor: Forgotten Stories of American Bomber Crews over Europe in World War II. Dulles, Va.: Potomac Books, 2006. 304 pp. The courage of American airmen imprisoned in Germany or interned in Sweden and Switzerland is the theme of this intriguing book. Morris ferreted out lesser known stories to recount the sense of fear felt by a Jewish POW and to detail the treatment experienced by airmen at the hands of the Swiss and Swedes. 906. Nichol, John, and Tony Rennell. The Last Escape: The Untold Story of Allied Prisoners of War in Europe 1944–45. New York: Viking Press, 2004. 520 pp. A moving account of the Allied POWs, including aircrew, imprisoned in Germany and their movement westward in forced marches in the winter of 1944–45. Valuable for its first-person accounts of life in prison camps and conditions in early 1945.

138

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

907. Prince, Cathryn J. Shot from the Sky: American POWs in Switzerland. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2003. 248 pp. The author compares Swiss internment of Allied and German POWs. Prince maintains that the Swiss compromised their neutrality in favor of the Germans by repatriating German prisoners. 908. Puryear, Edgar F., Jr. Stars in Flight: Studies in Air Force Leadership. San Rafael, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1981. 310 pp. A look at the backgrounds, careers, and responsibilities surrounding the first five USAF Chiefs-of-Staff, Generals Henry Arnold, Carl Spaatz, Hoyt S. Vandenberg, Nathan F. Twining, and Thomas D. White, aimed at discovering why they were great leaders; during the war, Arnold commanded the whole AAF, Spaatz led the U.S. Air Forces in Europe, Vandenberg led the Ninth Air Force, and Twining the Fifteenth. 909. Shores, Christopher F. “Air Combat the World Over, 1932–1945.” In: Fighter Aces. London and New York: Hamlyn, 1975, pp. 48–136. A worldwide review of the exploits of great aces in the air forces of all the warring powers; well illustrated with black and white and color photographs and reproductions of paintings. 910. Sims, Edward H. American Aces in Great Fighter Battles of World War II. New York: Harper, 1958. 256 pp. An excellent introduction to the noted U.S. fighter pilots of the AAF and USN in worldwide service; includes all of the major personalities who achieved fame in the European Theaters. 911. Stafford, Gene B., and William N. Hess. Aces of the Eighth: Fighter Pilots, Planes, and Outfits of the Eighth Air Force. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1978. 63 pp. Covers 13 Eighth Air Force aces, their units, planes, codes and markings; includes extensive illustrations, especially of aircraft. 912. Toliver, Raymond F., and Trevor J. Constable. Fighter Aces of the U.S.A. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1979. 400 pp. The only aces book noted here to fully employ official USAF victory credit lists, Toliver and Constable’s pictorial cavalcade of 1,300 aces from five wars (World War II through Vietnam) is a goldmine of data which includes interviews and pilot reports; rather poorly organized, the work nevertheless features nearly 700 photographs of the men and their aircraft, including some 684 pilot portraits. Includes a detailed list of all known aces. 913. Turley, Edward. “Mr. Inside and Mr. Outside: In the Skies Over Western Europe.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XXV (Winter 1980): 260–267. Focuses on the friendship between AAF aces Francis Gabreski and Robert S. Johnson. 914. United States. Air Force. Office of Air Force History. U.S.A.F. Credits for

The War in the Air

139

the Destruction of Enemy Aircraft, World War II. USAF Historical Study, no. 85. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1978. An important source which assigns the officially recognized “kills” to every AAF fighter pilot in World War II; employed by Trevor and Constable in their noteworthy Fighter Aces of the U.S.A., cited above. 915. Wagner, Paul. The Youngest Crew. Cheyenne, Wy.: Lagumo Publishing, 2007. 227 pp. Collective biography of possibly the youngest crew in the ETO by a B-17 pilot. Comradeship with the crew is the focus of this deeply personal account of the air war. 2. Individual Biographies and Memoirs Gale R. Ammerman 916. Ammerman, Gale R. “An American Glider Pilot’s Story.” Air Power History 46 (Spring 1999): 18–25. Memoirs of a combat glider pilot. Clarence Anderson 917. Anderson, Clarence. To Fly and Fight: Memoirs of a Triple Ace. Pacifica, Ca.: Pacifica Press, 1999. 321 pp. Memoirs of a fighter pilot of combat against the Luftwaffe. Frederick Anderson 918. Kantor, McKinley. “The Boss Bombardier: General Frederick Anderson.” Saturday Evening Post, January 22, 1944, 16–17+. Anderson was the commanding general of the VIII Bomber Command under General Doolittle and, later, the Deputy Commander for Operations at Headquarters, U.S. Strategic Air Forces in Europe under General Spaatz. It was Anderson who made the critical decision to launch the August 17, 1943, Schweinfurt-Regensburg Mission. Frank Andrews 919. Eaker, Ira C. “Airpower Pioneers: LtGen. Frank M. Andrews.” Air Force Magazine, September 1980, 102–104. A brief recollection by a leading AAF combat general who knew Andrews well. 920. Hart, John W. “A Reputation for Courage.” Aerospace Historian XVI (Summer 1969): 6–7. Andrews became boss of U.S. forces in the European Theater in February 1943; a command pilot, he was killed in a crash in Iceland in May 1943. Andrews Air Force Base in Washington, D.C., was named in his honor in June 1949.

140

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

Henry H. “Hap” Arnold 921. Army Times, Editors of. “Hap Arnold.” In: Famous American Military Leaders of World War II. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1962, pp. 93–101. A brief biography of the man who prior to and during World War II directed air activities for the nation’s global war against the Axis. 922. Arnold, Henry H. Global Mission. New York: Harper, 1949. 626 pp. Ghostwritten, like the memoirs of General Omar Bradley, cited below, this reminiscence covers the author’s entire career, with over half the book devoted to his experience in leading the AAF in World War II. Offers insight into the personalities, conferences, and issues of the war and the development of coalition strategy, with particular emphasis on the role of air power. Employ with caution, as some sequences of events and dates are in error. Arnold’s papers are in the Library of Congress. 923. Coffey, Thomas. Hap: The Story of the U.S. Air Force and the Man Who Built It, General Henry H. “Hap” Arnold. New York: Viking Press, 1982. 415 pp. As much a history of the development of the AAF in the 1930s and 1940s as a biography of Arnold, this work also makes clear the contributions of others (e.g., Carl Spaatz and Ira Eaker) to Arnold’s efforts to build U.S. military aviation. An important recent source which may stand as the Arnold biography for some time to come. Employs primary as well as secondary sources. 924. Daso, Dik Alan. Hap Arnold and the Evolution of American Air Power. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2000. 314 pp. Biography of the airman who oversaw the development the wartime Army Air Forces and laid the foundation of the independent air force of 1947. Daso examines the forces that shaped Arnold’s character and behavior, but does not clarify inner workings of the AAF decisionmaking process, or the decision to replace General Ira Eaker as head of American strategic air campaign in Europe. 925. DuPre, Flint O. Hap Arnold. New York: Macmillan, 1972. 144 pp. An adulatory biography of America’s only five-star airman, aimed primarily at a juvenile audience. 926. Eaker, Ira C. “Hap Arnold: The Anatomy of Leadership.” Air Force Magazine, September 1977, 83–86+. A detailed look at the reasons for Arnold’s successful wartime leadership of the AAF by a noted general and friend of the commanding general who knew the biographee well. 927. ——. “Memories of Six Air Chiefs, Part II: Westover, Arnold, and Spaatz.” Aerospace Historian XX (December 1973): 188–196. General Eaker’s memories of Hap Arnold remained very fond after many years.

The War in the Air

141

928. Green, Murray. “Hap Arnold, Man on the Go,” Air Power History 37 (Summer 1990): 39–46. 929. Hurd, Charles. “Pilot-in-Chief of the Air Arm.” In: Karl W. Detzer, ed. The Army Reader. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1943, pp. 149–153. A brief, somewhat fluffy, biography which is reprinted from the New York Times Magazine (January 3, 1943), pp. 11+. 930. Huston, John W., ed. American Airpower Comes of Age: General Henry H. “Hap” Arnold’s World War II Diaries. 2 vols. Maxwell AFB, Al.: Air University Press, 2002. 440 pp. Supplemented by extensive and thoughtful commentary by the editor, the diaries maintained by the chief of the AAF during wartime overseas trips present a human portrait of the disorganized but creative Arnold. 931. Kuter, Laurence S. “How Hap Arnold Built the AAF.” Air Force Magazine, September 1973, 88–93. General Kuter, who worked with Arnold at AAF Headquarters, knew the commanding general well and here writes of his unceasing attempt to build U.S. military air power. 932. Parrish, Noel F. “Hap Arnold and the Historians.” Aerospace Historian XX (Fall 1973): 113–115. Parrish, who also knew the commanding general well, tells of how Arnold sought the aid of a historians’ committee to help him make strategic wartime decisions. 933. Pearse, Ben. “Hap Arnold—It’s Still His Air Force.” Air Force XXXIX (August 1956): 256–261. A view of the manner in which Arnold’s egoism enabled him to win his battles for AAF employment during World War II. 934. Puryear, Edgar F., Jr. “Hap Arnold.” In: his Stars in Flight: Studies in Air Force Leadership. San Rafael, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1981, pp. 3–46. Puryear examines the various facets of Arnold’s personality and practice which enabled him to provide dynamic wartime leadership to the AAF. A similar, but more concise, appraisal of Arnold’s leadership is John W. Huston’s “The Wartime Leadership of ‘Hap’ Arnold,” which appears in Alfred F. Hurley and Robert C. Ehrhart’s Air Power and Warfare: The Proceedings of the 8th Military History Symposium, U.S.A.F. Academy 18–20 October 1978 (Washington, D.C.: Office of Air Force History, Department of the Air Force, 1979). 935. Watson, George M., Jr. “A 5-Star Leader.” Airman, June 1986, 21–32. An admiring portrait of Arnold. Duane Beeson 936. Fry, Garry L. “ ‘Boise Bee’: The Duane Beeson Story.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XXIII (Winter 1978): 242–259.

142

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Biography of a 4th Fighter Group 17-victory ace who was shot down and captured.

Lewis H. Brereton 937. Brereton, Lewis H. The Brereton Diaries: The War in the Air in the Pacific, Middle East, and Europe, 3 October 1941 to 8 May 1945. New York: William Morrow, 1946. 450 pp. After leaving the Pacific, Brereton commanded the U.S. Middle East Air Force in 1942, then the Ninth Air Force in Europe in 1943–1944, and finally chief of the First Allied Airborne Army in August 1944. This volume, obviously compiled with an eye toward publication, provides firsthand accounts of various military incidents in Europe and the Mediterranean as well as comments on his fellow senior officers. 938. Miller, Roger G. “A ‘pretty damn able commander’—Lewis Hyde Brereton: Part II.” Air Power History 48 (Spring 2001): 22–45. 939. Whitney, Cornelius V. Lone and Level Sands. New York: Farrar, 1951. 314 pp. The author served on General Brereton’s Ninth Air Force staff both in the Mediterranean and Europe and offers insight into his boss’s leadership style. Kenneth T. Brown 940. Brown, Kenneth T. Marauder Man: World War II in the Crucial But Little Known B-26 Marauder: A Memoir/History. Pacifica, Ca.: Pacifica Military History, 2001. 236 pp. A Quaker, the author survived 43 missions as a B-26 bombardier and navigator. Leonard “Kit” Carson 941. Carson, Leonard “Kit.” Pursue and Destroy. Granada Hills, Ca.: Sentry Books, 1978. 175 pp. A poorly organized but fascinating account of fighter combat, complete with pilot reports, facts and figures, and 256 photos; Carson examines not only his own victories, but also the aircraft and groups of the VIII Fighter Command. 942. Stafford, Gene B. “Mustang Ace: Kit Carson.” Airpower V (November 1975): 12–19. An illustrated biography of a 19-victory 357th Fighter Group ace. Bill Colgan 943. Colgan, Bill. World War II Fighter-Bomber Pilot. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: TAB Books, 1985. 209 pp. Memoirs of a pilot who flew close air support for the Fifth and Seventh Armies in Italy and southern France.

The War in the Air

143

Arthur Coningham 944. Orange, Vincent. Coningham: A Biography of Air Marshal Sir Arthur Coningham. London: Metheun, 1990. 292 pp. Biography of the airman who commanded the Desert Air Force in northwest Africa and 2nd Tactical Air Force in northwest Europe. Orange focuses on key events and personalities. William L. Cramer, Jr. 945. Cramer, William L., Jr. Air Combat with the Mighty 8th: A Teenage Warrior in World War II. Austin, Tx.: Eakin Press, 1993. 158 pp. Memoirs of an Eighth Air Force gunner shot down over Belgium. The author errs in describing his rescue by the French resistance in liberated Lille. William L. Cupp 946. Cupp, William L. A Wartime Journey: Bail-Out Over Belgium: World War II. Manhattan, Ks.: Sunflower University Press, 2002. 446 pp. Memoir of escape, evasion, and imprisonment by a B-24 crewman. Imprisoned in a camp near the Baltic, the author recounts the unheroic side of daily life in a POW camp and the constant battle to maintain one’s self-respect. Richard K. Curtis 947. Curtis, Richard K. Dumb But Lucky!: Confessions of a P-51 Fighter Pilot in World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 2005. 338 pp. Memoir of the survival of a pilot unprepared for the challenges of flying bomber escort and strafing missions from Italy. Benjamin O. Davis, Jr. 948. Davis, Benjamin O., Jr. Benjamin O. Davis, Jr., An American: An Autobiography. New York: Plume, 1992. 442 pp. Autobiography of a black aviator who was shunned at West Point and went on to command the segregated 99th Fighter Squadron and 332nd Group. Davis later rose to four-star general rank in the U.S. Air Force. 949. Gropman, Alan L. “General Benjamin O. Davis, Jr.” Air Power History 46 (Summer 1999): 4–15. Charles DeMoulin 950. DeMoulin, Charles. Firebirds! Flying the Typhoon in Action. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1988. 225 pp. Dramatic memoir of a Belgian pilot who flew Typhoons in ground support attacks with No. 609 Squadron in Normandy and northwest Europe. James H. Doolittle 951. Army Times, Editors of. “General Jimmy Doolittle.” In: their Famous American Military Leaders of World War II. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1962, pp. 111–121.

144

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Noted aviation pioneer and leader of the April 1942 Tokyo raid from the carrier Hornet, Doolittle was sent to Europe, first as boss of the Twelfth Air Force in North Africa, and from 1943 commander, in succession, of the North African Strategic Air Forces, the Fifteenth Air Force, and the Eighth Air Force, ending his wartime service as a lieutenant general.

952. Doolittle, James H., with Carroll V. Glines. I Could Never Be So Lucky Again. New York: Bantam Books, 1991. 574 pp. Autobiography of the self-effacing barnstormer and aviation engineer who led the raid on Tokyo in 1942 and went on to command the Eighth Air Force in 1994–1945. Doolittle portrays himself as an unpretentious American who participated in heroic actions. Doolittle’s account of his replacement of Ira Eaker is inadequate; it does not mirror the intensity of Arnold-Eaker dispute over the conduct of the Eighth Air Force operations. 953. Doolittle, James H. “ ‘I Am Not a Very Timid Type’: An Interview.” American Heritage XXV (April 1974): 49–57+. Recollections of pioneering flights, the Tokyo raid, and the European air war. 954. Glines, Carroll V. Jimmy Doolittle. New York: Macmillan, 1972. 183 pp. Like the DuPre biography of Arnold cited above, this work is aimed at a younger audience and has relatively little to say about Doolittle’s service in Europe. 955. Mosely, Leonard. Jimmy Doolittle. New York: Nelson, 1960. Mosely, who has written on such other aviation leaders as Lindbergh and Goering, does not slight Doolittle’s work in the Mediterranean and northwest Europe air theaters. 956. Reynolds, Quentin J. The Amazing Mr. Doolittle: A Biography of Lieutenant General James H. Doolittle. New York: Arno, 1972. 313 pp. First published by Appleton in 1953, Reynolds’ biography was, for years, the standard journalistic account of Doolittle’s career. 957. Shoemaker, Robert H., and Leonard A. Paris. “General James Harold Doolittle.” In: their Famous American Generals. New York: Crowell, 1946, pp. 173–184. A capsule biography with adequate coverage of Doolittle’s European tour. 958. Thomas, Lowell, and Edward Jablonski. Doolittle: A Biography. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1976. 368 pp. Supersedes Reynolds as the preferred journalistic account; a careful biography which devotes considerable space to the general’s wartime service in the Mediterranean and Europe. The late Lowell Thomas was a noted exponent of aviation while co-author Jablonski has written a number of aviation titles cited elsewhere in this guide.

The War in the Air

145

Sholto Douglas 959. Douglas, Sholto. Combat and Command: The Story of an Airman in Two World Wars. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1966. 806 pp. Memoirs of a British air marshal who held a number of responsible commands during the war (RAF Middle East Commander, Coastal Command boss); entered here for the author’s recollections and opinions of the Americans he worked with at the command level. James Douglas-Hamilton 960. Douglas-Hamilton, James. Air Battle for Malta: The Diaries of a Spitfire Pilot. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword, 2007. 254 pp. Well written and vivid recollections of air combat. William R. Dunn 961. Dunn, William R. Fighter Pilot: The First American Ace of World War II. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1982. 234 pp. The author served in the RAF Eagle Squadron before Pearl Harbor and was the first American to down a German warplane; later, he transferred to the AAF and became America’s first, if long unrecognized, ace of the European conflict. This memoir reads well and pulls no punches. Ira C. Eaker 962. Milton, T. R. “Eaker of the Eighth.” Air Force Magazine, October 1987, 36–39. An overview of the first commander of the Eighth Air Force. 963. Parton, James. “Air Force Spoken Here”: General Ira Eaker and the Command of the Air. Bethesda, Md.: Adler & Adler, 1986. Reprint, Maxwell Air Force Base, Al.: Air University Press, 2000. 581 pp. Well-researched biography of an advocate of strategic bombing and commander of the Eighth Air Force until succeeded by Doolittle and Spaatz in early 1944. Parton was an aide to Eaker. 964. Sears, Betty M. “Ira C. Eaker—Aviator.” Red River Valley Historical Review III (Summer 1978): 66–78. A noted aviation pioneer like Doolittle, Eaker was sent to England to organize the VIII Bomber Command and led its first raid, rising to command all U.S. air forces in England by late 1943; in 1944, Eaker was in the Mediterranean to command the Mediterranean Allied Air Forces, during which tour he flew the first Italy-to-Russia shuttle mission. A major figure, it is a pity that he has been no better treated by biographers and somewhat surprising that he has not written his own autobiography, which as a noted postwar syndicated national columnist, he might easily do. Stanley E. Edwards 965. Phend, Julie M., and Stanley E. Edwards. D-Day and Beyond: A True Story of Escape and POW Survival. Shippensburg, Pa.: Burd Street Press, 2004. 115 pp.

146

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Story of a C-47 pilot shot down on D-Day and his experience as a prisoner.

Donald R. Emerson 966. Merrill, Sandra D. Donald’s Story: Captain Donald R. Emerson: A 4th Fighter Group Pilot Remembered. Berlin, Md.: Tebidine, 1996. 225 pp. Emerson’s niece provides a moving account of the military service of an uncle killed in action. Based on letters, memories of friends and squadron mates. Francis Gabreski 967. George, James A. “Aerospace Profile: A Salute to America’s Top Living Ace.” Aerospace Historian 15 (Spring 1968): 4+. The top-ranking ace of World War II, Gabreski flew 166 missions in 56th Fighter Group P-47s and shot down 31 Luftwaffe aircraft, adding another 6 1/2 credits for air victories in Korea. He rose to the rank of general in the postwar air force, and it would be helpful if Gabrewski, like Eaker, would publish memoirs. See entry no. 927. 968. Hess, William N. “Francis Gabreski.” In: his American Aces of World War II. New York: Arco, 1968, pp. 28–29. The briefest of capsule biographies. 969. Tregaskis, Richard. “Gabreski, Avenger of the Skies.” Saturday Evening Post, December 13, 1952, 17–19+. Tregaskis, noted author of Guadalcanal Diary, recounts Gabreski’s World War II service in an article designed to note his accomplishments in the Korean conflict. Donald S. Gentile 970. Gentile, Don S., as told to Ira Wolfert. One Man Air Force. New York: L. R. Fisher, 1944. 55 pp. In 182 4th Fighter Group missions, Gentile downed just a few percentage points less than 20 German aircraft; this slim volume of the pilot’s personal reflections are recounted by a noted journalist who recorded them during a time when the two were bunkmates in England. John T. Godfrey 971. Godfrey, John T. The Look of Eagles. New York: Random House, 1958. 245 pp. Memoirs of the 4th Fighter Group 16.3-victory ace who sometimes flew as Gentile’s wingman, winning the envy of Goering and praise from Roosevelt, Churchill, and Arnold; shot down and captured in August 1944, Godfrey escaped his German POW camp and finally reached Allied lines near Nürnberg in April 1945.

The War in the Air

147

John Golley 972. Golley, John. The Day of the Typhoon: Flying with the RAF Tankbusters in Normandy. Wellingborough, U.K.: Patrick Stephens, 1986. 216 pp. Authentic memoirs of a pilot who flew 73 ground support missions in Typhoons between D-Day and VE-Day. Arthur T. Harris 973. Cox, Sebastian. Sir Arthur T. Harris, Dispatch on War Operations: 23rd February to 8th May 1945. London: Frank Cass, 1995. 211 pp. Reproduces Harris’ final report on Bomber Command operations during the closing months of the war and offers a balanced examination of the controversial commander’s area bombing campaign. 974. Probert, Harry. Bomber Harris, His Life and Times. Greenhill Books, New Ed, 2006. 432 pp. This well-researched and scholarly biography presents a balanced picture of the complex commander of Bomber Command and sheds substantial light on one of the most controversial and least understood Allied air commanders. Drawing on personal papers, Probert paints a human portrait of the decisive Harris. Ralph K. Hofer 975. Rust, Kenn C. “The Last of the Red Hot Pilots.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal IX (Summer 1964): 116–128. A biography of 15-victory 4th Fighter Group ace Ralph Hofer, the highest scoring Eighth Air Force fighter pilot lost in air-to-air combat during the war. James H. Howard 976. Carnes, Cecil. “Mustang Whip: Major James H. Howard.” Saturday Evening Post, April 22, 1944, 22–23+. The story of how 6-victory 356th Fighter Squadron (354th Fighter Group) commander Howard single-handedly beat off 30 Luftwaffe Me-109s attacking B-17s near Oschersleben on January 11, 1944, and won the Congressional Medal of Honor. Bernard L. Hutain 977. Hutain, Bernard L. “Liberator Pilot.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal IX (Winter 1964): 46–53. Recollections of a 446th Bombardment Group (H) pilot’s B-24 missions from December 1943 through June 1944. Jack Ilfrey 978. Ilfrey, Jack, with Max Reynolds. Happy Jack’s Go-Buggy: A World War II Fighter Pilot’s Personal Documents. Hicksville, N.Y.: Exposition Press, 1979. 167 pp.

148

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II First written in 1946 but not published until 1979, Ilfrey records his Mediterranean and European missions, during which time he downed 8 German aircraft, rose to command the 79th Fighter Squadron (20th Fighter Group), and force-landed his P-38 in Portugal and escaped —the only U.S. pilot to avoid internment when caught in a neutral country.

Robert S. Johnson 979. Johnson, Robert S. Thunderbolt. New York: Rinehart, 1958. 305 pp. A well-written memoir of the author’s training and combat service with the 56th Fighter Group of the Eighth Air Force; flying P-47s, the author shot down 28 German aircraft to rank just behind Gabreski as the top AAF ace in Europe. 980. Tregaskis, Richard. “Hot Pilot Cools Off.” Saturday Evening Post, March 23, 1946, 17+. A brief review of Johnson’s wartime exploits; the title stems from the fact that the ace was ordered home after May 1944 to boss an operational training unit in Texas until war’s end. John R. “Killer” Kane 981. Kane, John R. “The War Diary of John R. ‘Killer’ Kane, Out in the Blue.” Edited by Kenn C. Rust. American Aviation Historical Society Journal XXVII (Fall 1982): 223–233; (Winter 1982): 263–272; XXVIII (Spring 1983): 32–40. Recounts the author’s service in North Africa in 1942–1943, including his leadership of the B-24s of the 98th Bombardment Group (H), “The Pyramiders,” on the August 1, 1943 raid on Ploesti, for which he was awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor. Kane returned to the U.S. in February 1944 and finished the war commanding air bases in Idaho and Nebraska. Laurence S. Kuter 982. Hansell, Haywood S. “Airpower Pioneers: General Laurence S. Kuter.” Air Force Magazine, June 1980, 95–97. 983. ——. “General Laurence S. Kuter, 1905–1979.” Aerospace Historian XXVII (June 1980): 91–94. Deputy Chief of Air Staff at AAF Headquarters in early 1942, Kuter was posted to Europe to command the 1st Bomb Wing of VIII Bomber Command and in 1943 to North Africa as chief of the Allied Tactical Air Forces in the Tunisian campaign; returned to America by Arnold’s direct order, Kuter continued his work on the air staff and participated in international conferences, including the Yalta and Malta conferences as Arnold’s representative. Kuter’s memoirs, Airman at Yalta, are cited above in Section II:A on diplomacy. A brief obituary, “An Air Force General,” by Irving B. Holley, Jr. appears in the June 1980 issue of Aerospace Historian.

The War in the Air

149

Curtis E. LeMay 984. Army Times, Editors of. “General Curtis E. LeMay.” In: their Famous American Military Leaders of World War II. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1962, pp. 59–67. A brief biography of the colorful, hard-driving, cigar-chewing leader. Another contemporary, concise account is Bernard W. Crandell’s “ ‘Iron Ass’ . . . Was the Name,” which appeared in the August 1943 issue of Air Force. 985. LeMay, Curtis E. Mission with LeMay. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1965. These well-written memoirs cover the author’s entire career through his retirement as USAF Chief-of-Staff in 1965. During World War II, LeMay organized and led the 305th Bombardment Group (H) of VIII Bomber Command in England, where he used it to devise tactics for the improvement of bombing accuracy; promoted to command the B-17s of the 3rd Bomb Division, LeMay led the Regensburg raid of October 1943. Transferred to the Pacific, LeMay directed the B-29 fire raids on Japanese cities in 1945. 986. Tillman, Barrett. LeMay: A Biography. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007. 205 pp. Biography of a peerless operational air commander, which traces the subject’s life from childhood to retirement. The author fails to explore the circumstances of the origins of the low-level fire raids on Japanese cities. Based on secondary sources and LeMay’s autobiography. Walker M. “Bud” Mahurin 987. Mahurin, Walker. Honest John: The Autobiography of Walker M. Mahurin. New York: Putnam, 1962. 313 pp. Flying P-47s with the 56th Fighter Group, the author had 19.75 victories before being shot down in March 1944; escaping back to England with the help of the French underground, Mahurin was transferred to the Pacific where he added one more victory. 988. Powell, Hickman. “What It Takes to Be a Thunderbolt Ace.” Popular Science CXLIV (May 1944): 56a–56h. An account of Mahurin’s victories written (but not published) before his loss. George E. Preddy, Jr. 989. Beaman, John R. “The Unknown Ace: Major George E. Preddy, Jr.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XIV (Winter 1969): 242–245. A brief account of the 26.83-victory 352nd Fighter Group ace who was shot down by American AA fire on December 25, 1944, while chasing a German aircraft. 990. Noah, Joseph W. Wings God Gave My Soul. Annandale, Va.: Charles Baptie Studios, 1974. 209 pp.

150

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A competent biography of the ace by his cousin.

Elwood Quesada 991. Hughes, Thomas A. Over Lord: General Pete Quesada and the Triumph of Tactical Air Power in World War II. New York: Free Press, 1995. 416 pp. A biography of Major General Elwood R. “Pete” Quesada and his contribution to the refinement of the doctrines and practices that made the close air support fighter-bombers such a potent weapon in the war in northwest Europe. One wishes, however, that Hughes had discussed the influence of ULTRA on operations by the IX Tactical Air Command. Louis S. Rehr 992. Rehr, Louis S., and Carleton R. Rehr. Marauder: Memoir of a B-26 Pilot in Europe in World War II. Jefferson, N. C.: McFarland, 2004. 220 pp. Better than average memoir of a pilot who flew 60 missions in B-26s and survived an attack by Me-262s near the end of the war. Theodore V. Sampson 993. Sampson, Theodore V. “One Man’s Experience as a Glider Pilot in World War II.” Journal of America’s Military Past 25 (Fall 1998): 82–91. First-hand memories by a pilot of a CG-4 combat glider. Truman Smith 994. Smith, Truman. The Wrong Stuff: The Adventures and Misadventures of an 8th Air Force Aviator. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 2002. 358 pp. This well written and honest memoir of a B-17 pilot who survived 35 missions in Europe between April and July 1944. Smith paints a detailed picture of fear and combat in sub-zero temperatures in the face of fierce anti-aircraft fire. Carl A. “Tooey” Spaatz 995. Barnett, Lincoln. “General ‘Tooey’ Spaatz.” Life, April 19, 1942, 72–76. Very little, surprisingly, has been written on Spaatz, who, like Arnold, Eaker, and Doolittle, was a major prewar aviation pioneer. This contemporary portrait is pure fluff. 996. Cook, Don. “Tactician of the War Skies: Carl A. Spaatz.” In: his Fighting Americans of Today. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1944, pp. 55–57. Chief of the AAF Combat Command, he was posted to England in July 1942 to command the Eighth Air Force and all U.S. air forces in Europe; leaving Eaker in command, he departed for North Africa in December 1942 to organize and run the Northwest African Air Force. After the invasion of Italy, Spaatz became Deputy Commander of the Mediterranean Allied Air Forces, a post he held until named to boss the U.S. Strategic Air Forces in Europe in January 1944. He finished the war supervising B-29 raids on Japan.

The War in the Air

151

997. Davis, Richard G. Carl A. Spaatz and the Air War in Europe. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution, 1994. 808 pp. Extensively researched study of the commander of U.S. Strategic Air Forces in Europe, Lt. Gen. Carl Spaatz. Davis examines the controversy over the employment of strategic bombers in support of OVERLORD and the influence of ULTRA on air operations, but does not delve into Spaatz’s role in the relief of Eaker. 998. ——. “General Carl Spaatz and D-Day.” Airpower Journal 11 (Winter 1997): 20–28. Review of Spaatz’s role in the use of strategic bombers to support the Normandy landings. 999. Eaker, Ira C. “General Carl A. Spaatz, U.S.A.F., June 28, 1891–July 14, 1974.” Air Force LVII (September 1974): 43–53. Eaker knew Spaatz very well and presents a fine combination recollectionappreciation-biography in this obituary; Eaker’s other comments on Spaatz are contained in his piece on Westover, Arnold, and Spaatz, cited under Arnold above. 1000. Goldberg, Alfred. “General Carl A. Spaatz.” In: Michael Carver, ed. War Lords: Military Commanders of the 20th Century. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1976, pp. 568–581. This brief contribution is probably the best-balanced account of Spaatz’s role as a combat commander in World War II. The papers of General Spaatz, like those of Generals Arnold and Eaker, are in the Library of Congress. 1001. Lee, John. “General Tooey.” Flying XXXVIII (May 1946): 32–33+. A brief review of the general’s wartime career. 1002. Mets, David R. Master of Airpower: General Carl A. Spaatz. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1997. 430 pp. Biography of one of the founding members of the Army Air Corps and first chief of staff of the independent U.S. Air Force. 1003. Middleton, David. “Boss of the Heavyweights: Lt. Gen. Carl Spaatz.” Saturday Evening Post, May 20, 1944, 18–19+. An examination of Spaatz’s contribution, especially in Africa and as boss of the strategic bombing campaign after January 1944. 1004. Puryear, Edgar F., Jr. “Carl Spaatz.” In: his Stars in Flight: Studies in Air Force Leadership. San Rafael, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1981, pp. 47–98. An excellent examination of those qualities and traits of the general’s command style which ranks with Goldberg’s piece, cited above, as an important starting place for study of Spaatz’s service. 1005. Shoemaker, Robert H., and Leonard A. Paris. “General Carl A. Spaatz.” In: their Famous American Generals. New York: Crowell, 1946, pp. 185–196.

152

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A brief, non-critical review of Spaatz’s wartime service.

James M. Stewart 1006. Lay, Beirne. “Jimmy Stewart’s Finest Performance.” Saturday Evening Post, December 8, 1945, 18–19+; December 15, 1945, 20+. A detailed overview of the noted actor’s wartime service with the 445th and 453rd Bombardment Groups (H) in Europe. 1007. Smith, Starr. Jimmy Stewart: Bomber Pilot. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2006. 287 pp. Biography of popular Hollywood leading man who enlisted in the Army Air Force, flew 20 combat missions with the Eighth Air Force, and served as an operations officer of a bombardment group before rising to colonel and command of a wing. Arthur W. Tedder 1008. Goldsmith, R. F. K. “The Development of Air Power in Joint Operations: Lord Tedder’s Contribution to World War II.” Army Quarterly and Defence Journal XCIV (July 1967): 192–201; XCV (October 1967): 254–261. This British Air Chief Marshal, whose techniques for air-ground cooperation saw sterling application in the Western Desert campaign, was appointed Air C-in-C Mediterranean in 1943 and thereafter began a partnership with General Dwight D. Eisenhower which would carry through to the end of the war. His policy for the use of air power independently or in support of ground/sea forces was continued after Tedder became Deputy Supreme Commander under Eisenhower in Europe. 1009. Orange, Vincent. Tedder: Quietly in Command. London: Frank Cass, 2004. 480 pp. One of the outstanding Allied commanders of the war, Sir Arthur Tedder served in the Air Ministry, where he ran afoul of Beaverbrook, and later transformed RAF Middle East into a highly mobile, efficient and effective force. Orange paints Tedder as a master in coalition environments and the “linchpin of the Allied high command in Europe.” He also succeeds in capturing the essence of Tedder the man in this well-written biography. 1010. Owen, Robert. Tedder. London: Collins, 1952. 320 pp. A career biography of the British airman which emphasizes his contributions both to air power and to the execution of the war strategy which brought victory to the Allies in western Europe. 1011. Tedder, Arthur W. With Prejudice: The War Memoirs of Marshal of the Royal Air Force Lord Tedder. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1967. 692 pp. An honest review of the author’s wartime service, especially his duties as Deputy Supreme Commander; includes insights into the war in the Mediterranean and northwest Europe and into the Allied high

The War in the Air

153

command, certain members of which, notably General Montgomery, come in for criticism. Richard E. Turner 1012. Turner, Richard E. Big Friend, Little Friend: Memoirs of a World War II Fighter Pilot. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1969. 176 pp. A useful recollection by an 11-victory ace of air combat and bomber escort missions during the winter of 1943–1944. Hoyt S. Vandenberg 1013. Mellinger, Phillip S. Hoyt S. Vandenberg: The Life of a General. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1989. 279 pp. Biography of the of the most illustrious AAF/USAF leaders from his days as a fighter pilot to his appointment as chief of staff of the USAF. The author emphasizes Vandenberg’s command of the Ninth Air Force in 1944–45. Frederick D. Worthen 1014. Worthen, Frederick D., et. al. Against All Odds: Shot Down Over Occupied Territory in World War II. Crabtree, Or.: Narrative Press, 2003. 208 pp. Memoir of combat survival by a B-24 crew member captured after being shot down over the Netherlands. Worthen tells the story of the forced march from Moosburg and of his homecoming in 1945.

C. Campaigns and Battles Introduction: The citations below reveal details on some of the most intensive combat of World War II. Here is combat of both a strategic and tactical nature, divided into three parts: events in the Mediterranean Theater, events in the European Theater, and those concerned with the Combined Bomber Offensive. In addition to these references, however, readers should be aware that many of the handbooks/encyclopedias and general war histories noted in Section I above, as well as those covered in the other parts of this section and those in Section IV, The War on Land, and Section V, The War at Sea, below, provide information on the AAF’s great air campaigns and battles. 1. Mediterranean Theater 1015. Beale, Nick, Freddnando D’Amico, and Gabriele Valentini. Air War Italy, 1944–45: The Axis Air Forces from the Liberation of Rome to the Surrender. Shrewsbury, U.K.: Airlife, 1996. 232 pp. Well researched and balanced account of operations of outnumbered Luftwaffe and Aeronautica Nazionale Republicana air units in the final phase of the Mediterranean air war. Excellent photos and color illustrations of aircraft.

154

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1016. Blumenson, Martin. “The Bombing of Monte Cassino.” American Heritage XIX (August 1968): 18–23, 84–89. Believing the Germans to be using the Benedictine abbey on this mountain which dominated the fighting lines some 90 miles southeast of Rome, the Allies leveled the ancient building in a massive February 15 1944 bombing attack. Blumenson examines the arguments for and against the raid and the question of German occupancy. 1017. Boffa, Charles J. The Second Great Siege: Malta, 1940–1943. Malta: Progress Press, 1992. 138 pp. A brief history of the Axis air campaign to neutralize the island. 1018. Cochrane, Alexander S., Jr. “Low as We Could Go.” Military History, April 1985, 42–49. An interview with Colonel Leon W. Johnson concerning the Ploesti raid. 1019. Coles, Harry L. The Ninth Air Force in the Western Desert Campaign to 23 January 1943. USAAF Historical Study, No. 30. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 134 pp. Created from the U.S. Middle East Air Force on November 12, 1942, the Ninth, under General Brereton and consisting of B-24s, B-25s, and P-40s, assisted the British in their push west from Egypt. 1020. ——. Participation in the Ninth and Twelfth Air Forces in the Sicilian Campaign. USAAF Historical Study, No. 37. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 246 pp. Brereton’s Ninth and Spaatz’s Twelfth, then part of the Allied Northwest African Air Forces, attacked targets in Italy and Sicily from bases in Africa in support of the Anglo-American invasion HUSKY. 1021. Colvin, David, and Richard Hodges. “Tempting Providence: The Bombing of Monte Cassino.” History Today 44 (February 1994): 13–20. An illustrated account of the reasons for and results of the bombing of the abbey of Monte Cassino by the Allies. The authors contend that the destruction of the abbey was a tragic error of judgment on the part of Allied commanders. 1022. Cull, Brian, and Frederick Galea. Hurricanes Over Malta, June 1940– April 1942. London: Grub Street, 2001. 320 pp. Well-illustrated volume of first-hand accounts of air combat in defense of Malta. Should be read in conjunction with entry no. 960. 1023. Davis, Frank. “How to Conquer the Continent: Our Smashing Air Offensive in Tunisia.” Saturday Evening Post, July 24, 1943, 20–21+; July 31, 1943, 20–21+. In essence, a review of the tactical operations of the Twelfth Air Force in support of Allied ground troops, including the destruction of German aircraft in the air and on the ground and the bombing of ports and roads

The War in the Air

155

employed by the retreating Nazis. Suggests that the same tactics would work well in northwest Europe. 1024. Ethell, Jeffrey L. “Lightning over Africa: The Story of America’s Versatile and Durable P-38 During World War II Action over North Africa.” Aviation Quarterly V (Spring 1979): 88–104. Discusses the aircraft and its campaigns in North Africa. 1025. ——. “Lightning Pilots.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XVII (Fall 1972): 11–17. A pictorial examination of the role of the P-38s in Operation TORCH, the invasion of French North Africa. 1026. Gervasi, Frank. “Air Power Did It: British and American Planes Averted Disaster in Egypt.” Collier’s, October 17, 1942, 13+. Includes a discussion of how the B-24s of General Brereton’s Middle East Air Forces hit Rommel’s bases at Tobruk and Benghazi. 1027. ——. “Air Power Is Winning.” Collier’s, August 21, 1943, 13+. A look at the campaigns of General Spaatz’s Northwest African Allied Air Forces against the Germans in Tunisia, and Axis bases in Italy and the Mediterranean islands. 1028. ——. “Rommel Meets the AAF.” Collier’s, November 21, 1942, 13–14+. More on the role of the Middle East Air Forces, with special attention to the El Alamein battle. 1029. Guedalla, Philip. Middle East, 1940–1942: A study in Air Power. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1944. 237 pp. A contemporary account of the strategy and use of aircraft in the Middle East, including North Africa, Greece, Crete, Iraq, Syria, Iran, and Malta told from a British viewpoint. 1030. Hoelle, William J. “Lightnings in Africa.” Flying XXXII (May 1943): 24–25+. A contemporary look at the battles of the P-38s similar in vein to Ethell’s studies above. 1031. Kuter, Laurence S. “ ‘Goddammit, Georgie!’ ” Air Force Magazine, February 1973, 51–56. Examines Patton’s failure to make full use of tactical air support in the Tunisian campaign. 1032. Levine, Alan J. The War Against Rommel’s Supply Lines, 1942–1943. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1999. 219 pp. An account of the little studied air and sea campaign waged by the Allies to interdict Italo-German supply lines to the Axis forces in Tunisia. Based largely on secondary sources, Levine examines aircraft capabilities, changing air tactics, and the role of ULTRA and related intelligence in isolating the Axis forces in Tunisia.

156

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1033. Lucas, Laddie. Malta: The Thorn in Rommel’s Side: Six Months that Turned the War. London/New York: Penguin Books, 1993. 311 pp. An account of the air siege of Malta and the role of the island in throttling Rommel’s supply lines. 1034. McClendon, Dennis E. “The Lady Be Good”: Mystery Bomber of World War II. New York: Stein and Day, 1962. 208 pp. A somewhat prolix account of a B-24 which failed to return to its Libyan base from a raid over Naples and which was presumed lost in the Mediterranean, only to be discovered 16 years later 440 miles away in the desert. Reconstructs the aircraft’s last flight, the plight and death of its men after the crash, and the location of the plane and crew. The reconstructed aircraft is displayed today at the U.S. Air Force Museum, Wright-Patterson AFB, Dayton, Ohio. 1035. MacCloskey, Monro. “Torch” and the Twelfth Air Force. New York: Richard Rosen, 1971. 192 pp. Provides background on the strategy and execution of the aerial phase of the North African landings and the formation and role of General Doolittle’s new command, the Twelfth. 1036. Maycock, Thomas. The Air Phase of the North African Invasion. USAAF Historical Study, No. 105. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1948. 112 pp. An official review of the support given Operation TORCH by the newly formed Twelfth Air Force, with some comment on the aerial roles of the RAF, USN, and Royal Navy. This title, and the next, are more succinctly summarized by MacCloskey, cited above. 1037. ——. The Twelfth Air Force in the North African Winter Campaign, November 11, 1942 to the Reorganization of February 10, 1943. USAAF Historical Study, No. 114. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1946. 219 pp. Reviews the work of Doolittle’s 500 aircraft in support of Eisenhower’s invasion of French North Africa and the first part of the Tunisian campaign. 1038. Norstad, Lauris. “Airlock in Italy.” Air Force XXVIII (January 1945): 31–36, 60. The one-time operations director for the Mediterranean Allied Air Forces and later NATO Supreme Commander discusses Operation STRANGLE, begun in 1944 with the objective of smothering German operations in central Italy from the air. 1039. Rodgers, Edith C. The A.A.F. in the Middle East: A Study of the Origins of the Ninth Air Force. USAAF Historical Study, No. 108. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 190 pp. Reviews the wandering Halverson Detachment of B-24s which were

The War in the Air

157

absorbed into General Brereton’s Middle East Air Forces, which, in turn, supported British operations in the Western Desert until being redesignated the Ninth on November 12, 1942. 1040. ——. The Reduction of Pantelleria and Adjacent Islands, 8 May–14 June 1943. USAAF Historical Study, no. 52. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1947. 115 pp. Following the Allied victory in North Africa, this Italian island base, some 150 miles from Malta, was pounded by AAF and RAF bombers until the defenders were forced to surrender. 1041. Rust, Kenn C. “The Ninth Air Force in the Desert.” American Aviation Historical Review IX (Winter 1964): 274–279. A review of Ninth Air Force support of the British in the Western Desert. 1042. Sallager, F. M. “Operation Strangle,” Italy, Spring 1944: A Case Study of Tactical Air Interdiction. Santa Monica, Ca.: Rand Corporation, 1972. 95 pp. A review of the Allied air campaign against German lines of communication in central Italy which reveals that the Nazis were, indeed, hampered but were able to hang on by impressing local food and trucks and moving at night. What was learned in STRANGLE was later employed by the U.S. against the Ho Chi Minh Trail in Indochina—with pretty much the same results. 1043. Schmaltz, Robert E. “The Uncertainty of Predicting Results of an Interdiction Campaign.” Aerospace Historian XVII (December 1970): 150–153. A brief review of the difficulties involved with the planning and execution of Operation STRANGLE. 1044. Schultz, Duane. Into the Fire: Ploesti, The Most Fateful Mission of World War II. Yardley, Pa.: Westholme Publishing, 2007. 288 pp. A popular history of the August 1943 attack on the Ploesti oil refinery in which a third of the attacking aircraft were lost. Oral histories blended with official records. 1045. Schweinfurt, William. “African Combat Diary.” Air Classics XVI (December 1980): 14–26; XVII (January 1981): 14–19, 76–82. The 50-mission diary of a B-17 crewman from the 2nd Bombardment Group (H) which flew missions over Tunisia, Italy, and the Mediterranean in 1943. 1046. Shores, Christopher F., and Brian Cull with Nicola Malizia. Malta: The Spitfire Year 1942. London: Grub Street, 1991. 704 pp. A chronological record of the contributions of Spitfire squadrons to the defense of the George Cross island. Includes detailed accounts of fighter engagements.

158

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1047. ——, and Brian Cull, with Nicola Malizia. Malta: The Hurricane Years, 1940–41. London: Grub Street, 1987. 457 pp. Dramatic accounts of aerial combat over Malta by Hurricane pilots. 1048. ——, ed. Pictorial History of the Mediterranean Air War. 3 vols. London: Ian Allan, 1972–1980. A well-illustrated account of the work of RAF and AAF aircraft over the Western Desert, in Tunisia, Italy, and over the Mediterranean; does not neglect the operations of Luftwaffe and Regia Aeronautica warplanes. 1049. ——, and Hans Ring. Fighters over the Desert. New York: Arco, 1969. 256 pp. 1050. ——, and William N. Hess. Fighters over Tunisia. New York: International Publications Service, 1975. 500 pp. These two volumes constitute probably the most useful available on the air war over North Africa from June 1940 to July 1943. The narrative is organized as a daily journal which provides data on the combat operations of Allied/Axis squadrons down to the locations, times of day, and names of pilots involved. Readable, without national bias, and illustrated with maps and photographs, the works’ only major failing is lack of indexing. 1051. Simpson, Albert F. Air Phase of the Italian Campaign to 1 January 1944. USAAF Historical Study, No. 115. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1946. 405 pp. A detailed review of AAF operations over Italy from Salerno to just before the Anzio invasion which includes discussion of strategy, logistics, and execution of missions both in support of troops and against Axis targets such as communications lines. This study, like all of the AAF Historical Studies cited here, is available in the Albert F. Simpson Historical Research Center at Air University. 1052. Stigler, Franz. “The Palm Sunday Massacre.” Air Classics XII (February 1976): 16–21, 80–81. A 28-victory Luftwaffe ace describes the April 1943 destruction of German transports en route to Tunisia by Twelfth Air Force P-40s. 1053. Thruelson, Richard, and Elliott Arnold. Mediterranean Sweep: Air Stories from El Alamein to Rome. New York: Duell, Sloane, and Pearce, 1944. 278 pp. An anthology of 50 true stories, collected at the urging of General Eaker, covering the exploits of Anglo-American airmen in the Mediterranean Allied Air Forces; length for stories varies from many pages to brief anecdotes. 1054. United States. Army Air Forces. The AAF in Northwest Africa. Wings at War, No. 6. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 67 pp. A brief, popularly written overview of Twelfth Air Force operations in the North African invasion and Battle of Tunisia.

The War in the Air

159

1055. ——. ——. The AAF in the Invasion of Southern France. Wings at War, No. 1. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 60 pp. Similar to the last entry; presents a popular history of support for the DRAGOON invasion by the Mediterranean Allied Air Forces. 1056. Vella, Philip. Malta: Blitzed But Not Beaten. Valletta, Malta: Progress Press for the National War Museum Association, 1997. 332 pp. An account of the air assault on the island and the survival of the Maltese in trying circumstances. 1057. Watling, Geoffrey. “Mission to Fatha: The 443rd Bombardment Group (M), 24 February 1944.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XVIII (Summer 1973): 96–108. A Twelfth Air Force B-26 raid on a Luftwaffe airfield near Rome. 1058. Wragg, David. Malta: The Last Great Siege: The George Cross Island’s Battle for Survival, 1940–1943. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 2003. 244 pp. A vivid account of the air battle for Malta and of the courage and resilience of the Maltese people. 2. European Theater 1059. Ackerman, Robert W. Employment of Strategic Bombers in a Tactical Role, 1941–1951. USAF Historical Study, No. 88. Washington, D.C.: Office of Air Force History, Department of the Air Force, 1953. 183 pp. Includes a review of the use of some 1,500 Eighth Air Force B-17s and B-24s to drop bombs on a narrow patch of German positions near St. Lô, France, on July 25, 1944, in preparation for the breakout from the Normandy beachhead. 1060. Ambrose, Stephen E. The Wild Blue: The Men and Boys Who Flew the B-24s Over Germany. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2001. 299 pp. Popular account of experiences of B-24 crewmen largely derived from interviews, letters, and secondary sources. Ambrose paints a dramatic picture of the lives and fears of young men who flew with George McGovern, but distorts the 1943 German attack on Bari. 1061. Addison, Paul, and Jeffrey Crang. eds. Firestorm: The Bombing of Dresden, 1945. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2006. 260 pp. Collection of ten essays by leading scholars who participated in an Edinburgh University colloquium in 2003 concerned with the February 1945 attack on Dresden. The participants “exploded some of the more prevalent myths” about the controversial raid, including immediate reactions and postwar opinions of it, as well as whether or not it amounted to a war crime. The chapters on strategic bombing and the rationale for the attack are particularly informative.

160

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1062. Arnold, Henry H. “The Isolation of the Battlefield by Air Power.” Military Review XXIV (July 1944): 3–8. A discussion of the Allied disruption of German lines of communication and resupply in preparation for the D-Day invasion. 1063. Barnhill, David A. “RAF Bomber Command and Tactical Air Support: Normandy 1944.” Unpublished MA Thesis, Sir Wilfried Laurier University, 1988. Study of the use of heavy bombers in support of Operations GOODWOOD and TOTALIZE. 1064. Bechthold, B. Michael. “The Development of an Unbeatable Combination: U.S. Close Air Support in Normandy.” Canadian Military History 8 (Winter 1999): 7–20. A look at air force support of U.S. ground forces in the Normandy campaign. 1065. ——. “Tactical Air Power, Its Effectiveness During the Normandy Campaign: The Evidence of Operational Analysis (Part I).” Journal of the Canadian Aviation Historical Society 13 (Spring 1993): 12–21. 1066. ——. “(Part II).” Journal of the Canadian Aviation Historical Society 13 (Summer 1993): 54–59, 68. These two articles take a close look at the effectiveness of Allied close air support operations and whether or not German fear of the “Jabos” was justified. 1067. Bolton, Theo E. W., and M. W. Bowman. Battle with the Nachtjagd: The Night Air War Over Europe, 1939–1945. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2007. 348 pp. Heavily illustrated survey of the evolution of RAF and Luftwaffe night strategies and operations in Europe. 1068. Bowman, Martin W. Clash of Eagles: USAAF 8th Air Force Bombers Against the Luftwaffe. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2007. 352 pp. An account of the heroism of American and German pilots, their rival strategies and weapons, and successful escapes by airmen shot down over Europe. 1069. Browne, Roger J. “ ‘Eggcup’ Was the Call Sign.” Infantry Journal LXIII (July 1948): 29–32. On the cooperation of Ninth Air Force fighter bombers with tanks of the U.S. 4th Armored Division, June 1944–March 1945. 1070. Brulle, Robert V. Angles Zero: P-47 Close Air Support in Europe. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2000. 176 pp. A vivid picture by a P-47 pilot of daily life in Europe and of his experiences flying tactical air support missions during the Hürtgen Forest campaign and the Battle of the Bulge. Brulle’s study emphasizes the

The War in the Air

161

tactical side of the European air war and makes it clear that close air support was not always successful. 1071. Carter, William R. “Air Battle in the Battle of the Bulge.” Air Power Journal 3 (Winter 1989): 10–33. A look at the significant contribution made by the Allied strategic and tactical air forces to the defeat of the German forces in the Battle of the Bulge. 1072. Collier, Basil. The Battle of the V-Weapons, 1944–1945. New York: William Morrow, 1965. 191 pp. A popular British account of the actions taken to defeat the German vengeance rockets, including bombing by U.S. heavy and medium bombers; the author concludes that the only effective solution to the problem was for Allied soldiers to overrun the launching sites on the ground. 1073. Davis, Richard G. “German Rail Yards and Cities: U.S. Bombing Policy, 1944–1945.” Air Power History 42 (Summer 1995): 46–63. A study of the debate over attacks on German transportation targets. 1074. DeBruhl, Marshall. Firestorm: Allied Air Power and the Destruction of Dresden. New York: Random House, 2006. 346 pp. Uneven account of the controversial bombing of Dresden from the perspective of both Allied airmen and Dresdeners. While DeBruhl contends that the bombing was justified, he offers little, if anything, new and does not explore key questions. 1075. DeNormann, J. R. C. “The Use of the Strategic Bomber Forces over Normandy. Success or Failure?” British Army Review 96 (December 1990): 14–18. Examination of strategic bomber support of ground force operations in Normandy. 1076. Ethell, Jeffrey L. “Deadly Interception.” Air Classics XIII (May 1977): 74–81. Encounter between the U.S. 359th Fighter Group P-51s and Me-163s of I/KG 400 on August 16, 1944. 1077. Evans, Christopher. “Tactical Air Power in the Normandy Campaign: The Role of 83 Group.” Unpublished MA Thesis, Sir Wilfried Laurier University, 1998. A study of operations by fighter-bombers of No. 83 Group RAF in support of British and Canadian forces in Normandy. 1078. Foreman, John. Over the Beaches: The Air War Over Normandy and Europe, 1st–30th June 1944. St. Paul, Mn.: Phalanx Publishing, 1994. 338 pp. Thoroughly researched day-by-day statistical record of Allied day and night operations by the U.S. Eighth and Ninth Air Forces, RAF Bomber

162

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II and Coastal Commands, the 2nd Tactical Air Force, and Air Defence of Great Britain. Summaries of operations include victories and losses and sidebars provide excerpts from pilot reports.

1079. Franks, Norman. Battle for the Airfields: Operation Bodenplatte, 1 January 1945. London: Grub Street, 1994. 224 pp. Detailed account of New Year’s Day attack by the Luftwaffe on AAF and RAF airfields from both the Allied and German perspective. 1080. Girbig, Werner. Six Months to Oblivion: The Defeat of the Luftwaffe Fighter Force over the Western Front. Translated from the German. West Chester, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 1991. 140 pp. Girbig describes the courage and self-sacrifice of the Luftwaffe fighter arm in the closing months of the war, especially during Operation BODENPLATTE, the Luftwaffe attack on Allied airfields in January 1945. 1081. Gooderson, Ian. Air Power at the Battlefront: Allied Close Air Support in Europe 1943–45. Westport, Ct.: Routledge, 1998. 304 pp. Gooderson examines the question of cost effectiveness of close air support in the Normandy and northwest European campaigns. A condensation of the author’s thesis can be found in “Allied Fighter-Bombers Versus German Armour in North-West Europe 1944–1945: Myths and Realities.” Journal of Strategic Studies 14 (June 1991), 210–31. 1082. Hallion, Richard P. “Air Power and the Battle of Normandy.” Air Power History 41 (Summer 1994): 49–60. A clearly written account of the impact of air power on events in Normandy. Hallion suggests that tactical air power “turned the [German] flank from above” and severely impeded the movements of mechanized forces. He also argues that Allied heavy bombers turned the COBRA breakthrough into a breakout. 1083. Havener, J. K. “The Mediums Were Also Out.” Aerospace Historian XXIX (December 1982): 218–226. Recollections of the author’s service with the B-26s of the 344th Bombardment Group over the Ardennes in December 1944. 1084. Hennessy, Juliette A. Tactical Operations of the Eighth Air Force, 6 June 1944 to 8 May 1945. USAF Historical Study, No. 7. Washington, D.C.: Office of Air Force History, Department of the Air Force, 1952. 285 pp. An extremely detailed review of the use of the B-17s and B-24s to “carpet bomb” small areas in support of Allied ground troops, especially during the COBRA breakout from Normandy, and the destruction of German positions, bunkers, and dumps behind the lines during Allied offensives. 1085. Hutton, Bud, and Andrew A. Rooney. Air Gunner. New York: Farrar, 1944. 236 pp. Human interest stories of air gunners on medium and heavy bombers on ETO operations, both tactical and strategic, by two sergeants, the

The War in the Air

163

second of whom went on to become a television writer and “60 Minutes” commentator. 1086. Isby, David C., ed. Fighting the Bombers: The Luftwaffe’s Struggle against the Allied Bomber Offensive. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Greenhill Books, 2003. 256 pp. A collection of 19 postwar debriefing or interrogation reports prepared by former Luftwaffe and aviation industry personnel, including Josef Kammhuber, Adolf Galland, Wolfgang Martini, and Willi Messerschmitt. 1087. Jacobs, William A. “Tactical Air Doctrine and AAF Close Air Support in the European Theater, 1944–1945.” Aerospace Historian XXVII (March 1980): 35–49. A review of the development of the strategy and tactics of close-air support for ground troops as employed by the tactical air commands of the U.S. Ninth Air Force. 1088. Johnson, John E. “Seven League Boots.” In his Full Circle: The Tactics of Air Fighting, 1914–1964. New York: Ballantine Books, 1964, pp. 22–34. The noted 38-victory British ace’s recollections of U.S. Eighth and Ninth Air Force fighter operations and combat tactics. 1089. Kingston-McCloughry, E. J. War in Three Dimensions: The Impact of Airpower Upon the Classical Principles of War. London: Cape, 1949. 159 pp. A study resulting from this British Air Vice Marshal’s experiences in helping to plan the Normandy campaign as Chief Operational Planner to Air Chief Marshal Sir T. Leigh-Mallory at Headquarters, Allied Expeditionary Air Force. 1090. Kuter, Laurence S. “D-Day.” Air Force Magazine, June 1979, 96–101. A review and reminiscence of U.S. air operations in support of the June 6, 1944, invasion of Normandy. 1091. Leigh-Mallory, Trafford. “Air Operations by the Allied Expeditionary Air Force in Northwest Europe from November 15, 1943 to September 30, 1944.” Supplement 37839, London Gazette, January 2, 1947. The British commander of the AEAF, in a report originally prepared in November 1944, describes Allied air attacks on German lines of communications, supply dumps, marshalling yards, gun emplacements, troop concentrations, etc., before, during, and after the Normandy invasion. 1092. Manrho, John, and Ron Putz. Bodenplatte: The Luftwaffe’s Last Hope: The Attack on the Allied Airfields, New Year’s Day 1945. Crowborough, U.K.: Hokoki Publications, 2004. 304 pp. An account of the assault on Allied advanced airfields from the German side of the hill, integrated with photographs. Extensive appendices provide orders of battle, strength reports, losses, claims.

164

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1093. Mark, Eduard. “Air Power Against Rommel: The Battle to Isolate German Reserve Forces.” Air Power History 41 (Summer 1994): 23–30. A thoughtful study of the OVERLORD air campaign. Mark demonstrates that attacks on French marshalling yards and bridges severely reduced railroad capacity and delayed the movement of German reserves toward Normandy. 1094. Maycock, Thomas J. “Tactical Uses of Air Power in World War II: Notes on the Development of AAF Tactical Doctrine.” Military Affairs XIV (Winter 1950): 186–191. A brief review of the development of strategy and tactics of close-air support for troops in Europe during World War II. 1095. McCrabb, Maris. “Drohende Gefahr West: The Pre-Normandy Air Campaign.” Air Power Journal 8 (Summer 1994): 4–17. A well-documented account of how the OVERLORD preparatory air effort “ensured the success of the Normandy invasion.” McCrabb emphasizes the planning process that led to the campaign to interdict communications between the Seine and the Loire. He persuasively argues that the campaign against bridges was the most successful facet of the OVERLORD air campaign. 1096. McFarland, Stephen L., and Wesley Phillips Newton. To Command the Sky: The Battle for Air Superiority over Germany, 1942–1944. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1991. 328 pp. A well-researched and thoughtful analysis of the relationship of the strategic bomber offensive to the winning of air superiority. The authors treat the bombers as bait for long-range fighters, which was their “only decisive contribution” to the defeat of Germany. 1097. Moody, Walton S. “Big Week: Gaining Air Superiority Over the Luftwaffe.” Air Power History 41 (Summer 1994): 14–22. Moody attributes the defeat of the German fighter force that ensured the Allies’ air superiority over western Europe to the “Big Week” attacks of February 20–25, 1944, in which the Luftwaffe’s “fastenings began to come loose faster than the Germans could repair them.” Attacks on air frame factories and oil targets forced the Luftwaffe to fight and decimated its fighter arm, thus ensuring the Allies the air superiority crucial to OVERLORD’s success. 1098. Neilson, Ian G. “Combined Operations in Normandy, 1944—The Role of the Air Observations Post.” Journal of the Society for Army Historical Research 77 (Summer 1999): 122–26. 1099. Nossack, Hans Erich. The End of Hamburg 1943. Translated from the German. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2004. 112 pp. A German novelist, the author witnessed the Hamburg raids of July 1943. This terse account of the chaos and horror of the firestorm is rendered with immediacy. Some have suggested that it belongs next to John Hersey’s Hiroshima, another classic of the human side of war.

The War in the Air

165

1100. O’Doherty, John K. “Tactical Air Power and the Battle of France.” Airman VIII (June 1964): 42–48. An overview of Ninth Air Force operations during the summer of 1944. 1101. Olsen, Jack. Aphrodite: Desperate Mission. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1970. 228 pp. A report of the Allied APHRODITE project: guiding radio-controlled, explosives-laden bombers into German vengeance-weapons launching sites. Reviews the origins and execution of the plan, the technical details involved, and the generally unsuccessful results, including the loss of Lt. Joseph Kennedy, Jr. 1102. Parker, Ben L. “Air Power in a Tactical Role.” Military Review XXVI (August 1946): 47–53. An examination of the impact made by Ninth Air Force close-air support for Allied soldiers and tanks in France, the Low Countries, and Germany. 1103. Parker, Danny S. To Win the Winter Sky: The Air War Over the Ardennes, 1944–1945. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Books, 1994. 528 pp. A narrative of air combat during the Battle of the Bulge. Explores Hitler’s rationale for mounting the offensive and the reasons why it surprised the Allies. 1104. Percy, William Alexander. “Jim Crow and Uncle Sam: The Tuskegee Flying Units and the U.S. Army Air Forces in Europe During World War II.” The Journal of Military History 67 (July 2003): 773–810. An important examination of race relations in the Army Air Forces during World War II and the treatment of the all-black 99th Fighter Squadron and 332nd Fighter Group by senior officers in the MTO. Percy highlights the positive and negative aspects of overseas service for Tuskegee airmen and argues that the “wartime successes of the “Tuskegee Experiment” gave impetus to President Harry S. Truman’s integration of the U.S. armed forces in 1948.” 1105. Perkins, J. W. “The Use of Heavy Bombers on Tactical Missions.” Military Review XXVI (May 1946): 18–21. Details the concept of “carpet bombing” in support of Allied ground troops, especially at St. Lô in July 1944. 1106. Perrud, Jody. “Missed Opportunities: First Canadian Army and the Air Plan for Operation Totalize.” Unpublished MA Thesis, Carleton University (Can.), 1994. A study of Bomber Command support of the Canadian plan to breakthrough to Falaise during Operation TOTALIZE. 1107. Ramsey, John F. The Ninth Air Force in the European Theater of Operations, 16 October 1943 to 16 April 1944. USAAF Historical Study, No. 32. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 229 pp.

166

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A detailed review of the transfer of this air arm to England and of its designation as a tactical arm of the Allied Expeditionary Air Force; examines its operations against Luftwaffe airfields and other communications and manufacturing targets in preparation for the Normandy landings.

1108. ——. The War Against the Luftwaffe: AAF Counterair Operations, April 1943 to June 1944. USAAF Historical Study, No. 110. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 257 pp. An examination of the concentrated Allied plan to neutralize the German air force before the Normandy invasion by seeking it out and engaging it in massive air battles and pounding its airfields, supply points, and those factories which manufactured warplanes. 1109. Rust, Kenn C. “Lightnings at War.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal VIII (Summer 1963): 128–131. The role of the P-38 as bomber escort and close-support aircraft in the ETO, 1943–1945. 1110. ——, and William N. Hess. “The German Jets and the United States Army Air Force.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal VIII (Fall 1963): 155–184. A report on the design and development of the Luftwaffe’s Me-163 and 262 and their combats with fighters of the Eighth and Ninth Air Forces. 1111. Schmaltz, Robert E. “The Impact of Allied Air Interdiction on German Strategy for Normandy.” Aerospace Historian XVII (December 1970): 153–155. A brief analysis which highlights confusion among German planners as to how to reinforce the Normandy area. 1112. Shores, Christopher F., and Chris Thomas. 2nd Tactical Air Force. Vol. 3, From the Rhine to Victory, January to May 1945. Crowborough, U.K.: Classic Publications, 2006. 192 pp. Covers the final months of the war in Europe, including the crossing of the Rhine and Elbe rivers. Includes comprehensive appendices for all three volumes. 1113. ——. 2nd Tactical Air Force. Vol. 1, Spartan to Normandy, June 1943 to June 1944. Crowborough, U.K.: Classic Publications, 2004. 176 pp. The 2nd Tactical Air Force provided Montgomery’s army group with ground support from Exercise SPARTAN to VE-Day. It was unique in that it was composed of airmen from throughout the then British Empire, but also from Norway, Poland, Czechoslovakia, and France. The authors outline its operational history in these well-illustrated volumes. 1114. ——. 2nd Tactical Air Force. Vol. 2, Breakout to Bodenplatte, July 1944 to January 1945. Crowborough, U.K.: Classic Publications, 2005. 192 pp. Superb account of 2nd Air Force support of the 2nd British and

The War in the Air

167

1st Canadian Armies during the advance from Normandy through the Low Countries and in the Battle of the Bulge. The volume concludes with Operation BODENPLATTE, the Luftwaffe’s last-gasp strike against Allied airfields in early 1945. 1115. Spires, David N. Patton’s Air Force: Forging a Legendary Air-Ground Team. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2002. 384 pp. Excellent account of XIX Tactical Air Command operations, which the author attributes to four factors: the maturation of tactical aviation doctrine, effective organizational procedures, a technical revolution in equipment, and the relationship of Lt. Gen. George S. Patton and Brig. Gen. Otto P. Weyland. 1116. Sullivan, John J. Air Support for Patton’s Third Army. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2003. 186 pp. The author provocatively attributes the Third Army’s victories to support it received from the XIX Tactical Air Command. Doctrine, tactics, the role of command and control of air operations, and the logistics of building and maintaining forward airfields are examined. 1117. ——. Overlord’s Eagles: Operations of the United States Army Air Forces in the Invasion of Normandy in World War II. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 1997. 210 pp. A carefully researched history of the pre-D-Day campaign against the French-Belgian rail network and post-invasion air interdiction operations in Normandy. 1118. Sweetman, John. The Dambusters Raid. London: Cassell, 2002. 314 pp. A well-illustrated history of the origins, training, scientific contribution, execution, and results of the raid on the Roer dams by a specially trained RAF unit. 1119. United States. Army Air Forces. Air-Ground Teamwork on the Western Front. Wings at War, no. 5. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 50 pp. A popular record of the XIX TAC in supporting Patton’s advance in August 1944. 1120. ——. ——. Sunday Punch in Normandy. Wings at War, No. 2. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 32 pp. A small, popular account of the tactical use of heavy bombers in the Normandy invasion and breakout. 1121. Vogel, Robert. “Tactical Air Power in Normandy: Some Thoughts on the Interdiction Plan.” Canadian Military History 3 (Winter 1994): 37–47. A consideration of the effectiveness of the campaign to isolate the Normandy battlefield. 1122. Watt, George. Escape from Hitler’s Europe: An American Airman Behind Enemy Lines. Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 2007. 184 pp.

168

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Account of an airman shot down over Belgium who escaped to Spain with the help of Belgian and French resistance networks.

1123. Webster, George. The Savage Sky: Life and Death on a Bomber Over Germany in 1944. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2007. 256 pp. Experiences of an Eighth Air Force B-17 radio operator who was interned in Sweden. 1124. Wilkerson, Lawrence B. “Low-Level Mass Tactical Operations.” Military Review Review LXI (July 1981): 24–32. Recalls the swarms of Allied fighter bombers which gave close-air support to American soldiers in northwest Europe. 1125. Wolfe, Martin. “This is it! Dropping the Airborne.” Air Power History 41 (Summer 1994): 31–34. Brief account of the transportation squadrons that dropped the airborne forces on D-Day. 1126. Yexall, John. “Air and the Rhine Crossing.” Flight XLVII (April 12, 1945): 388–391; (April 19, 1945): 416–419; (April 26, 1945): 444–447. A report on Ninth Air Force fighter bomber and troop transport operations in support of the U.S. Army’s crossing of the Rhine River into Germany in early 1945. 3. Combined Bomber Offensive 1127. Ardery, Philip. Bomber Pilot: A Memoir of World War II. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1978. 226 pp. Reminiscences of a 389th Bombardment Group B-24 pilot during the period July 6, 1943, to June 6, 1944; this well-written account recalls a number of noted missions, including those to Ploesti, Vegesack, Gotha, and Berlin. Includes some of the author’s philosophy and lots of action. 1128. Bamford, Hal. “Priority Target.” Airman III (October 1959): 44–47. A popular rendering of the famous August 1, 1943, attack on the refineries at Ploesti, Rumania, by 177 B-24s from Africa, with mention of later attacks by Fifteenth Air Force bombers. 1129. Bashow, David L. No Prouder Place: Canadians and the Bomber Command Experience, 1939–1945. St. Catharines, Ont.: Vanwell Publishing, 2005. 544 pp. The author furnishes a Canadian perspective on the strategic air offensive against Germany, which he strongly defends in a concluding chapter, and records experiences of Canadians within RCAF squadrons and as individuals in RAF squadrons. Bashow notes that by the autumn of 1944, Bomber Command’s operations were as accurate by day as they were by night.

The War in the Air

169

1130. Beaumont, Roger. “The Bomber Offensive and Second Front.” Journal of Contemporary History 22 (January 1987): 3–19. The use by the Western Allies of the Combined Bomber Offensive as a substitute for the opening of a Second Front. 1131. Bendiner, Elmer. The Fall of Fortresses. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1980. 258 pp. A 397th Bombardment Group B-17 navigator presents a memoir and generalized look at the concepts of strategic bombing, life in wartime Britain, and recollections of a number of raids, including the first two Schweinfurt missions as witnessed from his aircraft, the “Tondelayo.” Includes the author’s philosophy and much action; a valuable complement to Philip Ardery’s work cited above. 1132. Bidinian, Larry J. The Combined Bomber Offensive Against the German Civilian, 1942–1945. Lawrence, Ks.: Coronado Press, 1976. 284 pp. An examination of the impact of the various raids on the lives and livelihoods of German civilians; presents a picture of suffering which at some points is horrible to contemplate. 1133. Bishop, Patrick. Bomber Boys: Fighting Back 1940–1945. New York: Harper Press, 2007. 448 pp. Well-researched study focused on the men of Bomber Command and the coping mechanisms they developed to deal with the fear of death and the loss of friends. 1134. Bottomley, Norman. “The Strategic Bomber Offensive Against Germany.” Journal of the Royal United Service Institute XCIII (May 1948): 224–239. An overview of the Combined Bomber Offensive with special attention to RAF night raiding; the author was an Air Chief Marshal who served as Deputy Chief of Air Staff in 1943–1945 and succeeded Sir Arthur Harris as chief of Bomber Command in 1945. 1135. Bowman, Marvin S. “Stopping Over at Ivan’s Airdrome.” Air Force Magazine, April 1972, 51–55. A report by a participant on one of the AAF shuttle bombing missions to Russia; shuttle bombing was the process of departing one base, bombing a target, and landing at another airfield beyond. 1136. Bradley, Mark E. “The P-51 over Berlin.” Aerospace Historian XXI (Fall 1974): 129–138. A record of the escort fighters’ attempt to protect the heavies as they attacked the German capital in March and April 1944. 1137. Brodie, Bernard. Strategic Air Power in World Mar II. Rand Memorandum RM-1866. Santa Monica, Calif.: RAND Corporation, 1957. 45 pp. An examination of the effectiveness of strategic bombing against

170

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Germany (and Japan) during the war which concluded that while effective, the process was not decisive.

1138. Brooks, Jim. “The Day the 31st Fighter Group Won Its Unit Citation.” Air Force Magazine, October 1972, 73–75. A former P-51 pilot recalls the April 21, 1944, escort of Fifteenth Air Force B-17s and B-24s to Ploesti. 1139. Caidin, Martin. Black Thursday. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1960. 320 pp. The best popular account of the second VIII Bomber Command attack on the ball-bearing plants at Schweinfurt, Germany, which cost the Americans 60 bombers and 600 aircrew lost and created a controversy over the idea of daylight strategic bombardment and the need for adequate escort fighters. 1140. ——. “The Forts Come Home.” Air Force and Space Digest XLVI (October 1963): 72–74+. A capsule view of the second Schweinfurt raid. 1141. ——. The Night Hamburg Died. New York: Ballantine Books, 1960. 158 pp. The attacks on this German city in the summer of 1943 were principally an RAF Bomber Command show, although the Eighth Air Force mounted a few daylight attacks as a way of keeping the pressure on; Caidin tells the story in all its excruciating detail. 1142. Cameron, William R. “Ploesti.” Air Force Magazine, August 1971, 57–63. Another overview of the August 1, 1943, and later attacks on the Rumanian oil facilities. 1143. Carnahan, Burrus M. “The Law of Air Bombardment and Its Historical Context.” Air Force Law Review XVII (Summer 1975): 39–60. Looks for legality in the massive World War II Axis and Allied raids on civilian population centers—and finds little. 1144. Clodfelter, Mark A. “Culmination Dresden, 1945.” Aerospace Historian XXVI (September 1979): 134–147. Frequently noted as an example of aerial overkill and one of the most controversial raids of the war, the February, March, and April 1945 RAF/ AAF attacks on this city that killed approximately 35,000 people. 1145. Coffey, Thomas M. Decision over Schweinfurt: The U.S. 8th Air Force Battle for Daylight Bombing. New York: David McKay, 1977. 373 pp. This book begins and ends with accounts of the August 17 and October 14, 1943, U.S. raids; in between these action accounts, the work examines the creation of the Eighth Air Force and its subsequent problems, including the British desire for joint night bombing, the lack of a long-range fighter escort, weather, etc. Coffey’s journalistic saga is basically uncritical of the AAF daylight precision-bombing doctrine as espoused during the war.

The War in the Air

171

1146. Connelly, Mark. Reaching for the Stars: A New History of Bomber Command. New York: I. B. Tauris, 2001. 206 pp. An interesting study of how the British public perceived the strategic air campaign against Germany compared with today. Connelly argues that the “man in the street” and journalists were both aware of and supportive of Bomber Command’s attacks on civilian targets and that historians and journalists writing from the vantage point of hindsight have created an inaccurate and distorted picture of Air Marshal Harris and the command he led. 1147. Conversino, Mark J. Fighting with the Soviets: The Failure of Operation FRANTIC. 1944–1945. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1997. 284 pp. A survey of American shuttle bombing missions told in context of the strategic air war and Anglo-American-Soviet tensions. Conversino recounts the difficulties involved in establishing air bases in the Ukraine and assesses the effectiveness of FRANTIC as minimal. 1148. Cooke, Ronald C., and Roy C. Nesbitt. Target, Hitler’s Oil: Allied Attacks on German Oil Supplies, 1939–1945. London: William Kimber, 1985. 223 pp. Well-documented account of the effort to choke off German oil supplies, including the synthetic plants in the east. 1149. Copp, DeWitt S. Forged in Fire. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1982. 528 pp. Follows the U.S. strategic bombing campaign in Europe in anecdotal style which describes the men who directed it and their contributions to it, including Arnold, Andrews, Eaker, Spaatz, LeMay, Kuter, and Hansell, both operationally against the Germans and diplomatically against the British, who long questioned the merits of daylight, unescorted, bombing attacks. 1150. ——. “The Pioneer Plan for Air War.” Air Force Magazine, October 1982, 74–78. A look at the prewar AWPD-1 proposal. 1151. Crossman, R. H. S. “Apocalypse at Dresden.” Esquire, November 1963, 149–152+. This account of the spring 1945 raids is extremely critical of the necessity for them. 1152. Crowder, ed. “Pointblank: A Study in Strategic and National Security Decision Making.” Air Power Journal 6 (Spring 1992): 55–65. Examination of the directive on the Anglo-American combined bomber offensive stemming from the Casablanca conference. 1153. Davis, Richard G. “Operation ‘Thunderclap’: The U.S. Army Air Forces and the Bombing of Berlin.” Journal of Strategic Studies 14 (March 1991): 90–111.

172

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II The role of the AAF in the attacks on Berlin in the winter-spring of 1944.

1154. ——. “Pointblank versus Overlord: Strategic Bombing and the Normandy Invasion.”Air Power History 41 (Summer 1994): 4–13. An insightful article focused on the complementary nature of the strategic air campaign (POINTBLANK) against German aircraft and oil installations and the achievement of air supremacy for OVERLORD. Davis maintains that attacks on oil targets and the air frame plants forced the Luftwaffe into a battle of attrition that left it in no position to counter the D-Day landings or to challenge the Allied air forces. 1155. Dews, Edmund. POL Storage as a Target for Air Attack: Evidence from the World War II Allied Air Campaigns Against Enemy Oil Installations. RAND Note N-1523-PA/E. Santa Monica, Ca.: RAND Corporation, 1980. 30 pp. Prepared as background material in support of a study of possible vulnerabilities in NATO’s rear areas, this pamphlet reviews Allied air raids on Axis petroleum-oil-lubricants installations, points out the great damages done, and suggests a real current vulnerability. 1156. Doolittle, James H., and Beirne Lay, Jr. “ ‘Impact’: Daylight Precision Bombing.” American History Illustrated XIV (February 1980): 8–12+. Reprints an introduction from Impact, the confidential AAF pictorial, which provides an interesting look at the doctrine followed by B-17 and B-24 crews in Europe. 1157. Drake, Francis V. Vertical Warfare. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1943. 142 pp. An analysis of the Allied strategic bombing campaign against Germany with arguments for its extension; includes 62 pages of black and white photos and interviews with bomber and fighter crews. Dismissed by many reviewers as overly optimistic “air propaganda.” 1158. Dugan, James, and Carroll Stewart. Ploesti: The Great Ground-Air Battle of 1 August 1943. New York: Random House, 1962. 407 pp. One of the best accounts of Operation TIDALWAVE, this study is based on documentary research and over 160 interviews with survivors. Well written, detailed, and an excellent companion to Leon Wolff’s earlier Low Level Mission, cited below. 1159. Eaker, Ira C. “The Schweinfurt-Regensburg Raid.” In: Stanley M. Ulanoff, ed. Bombs Away! Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1971, pp. 212–216. The August 17, 1943, “double strike” was against both the Schweinfurt ball-bearing plants and the aircraft factories at Regensburg; the results against both targets are questionable (though not in the author’s eyes), and the cost was high: 60 bombers and 600 aircrew lost. 1160. ——. “Some Memories of Winston Churchill.” Aerospace Historian XIX (Fall 1972): 120–124.

The War in the Air

173

On the author’s efforts at the Casablanca Conference to persuade the British leader to accept the AAF daylight bombing strategy which, together with RAF night raids, would allow an “Around-the-Clock” attack on the Reich. 1161. Emerson, William R. “Doctrine and Dogma: ‘Operation Pointblank’ as a Case History.” Army XIII (June 1963): 50–62. POINTBLANK was the codename for the Allied Combined Bomber Offensive, the directive for which was issued at Casablanca in May 1943, following the Churchill-Eaker discussion noted in the last citation; “Pointblank” brought a measure of coordination to the day-night AngloAmerican procedures and at the August 1943 Quebec conference was declared to be a primary pre-invasion effort against Germany. This article is drawn from the next citation. 1162. ——. Operation Pointblank: A Tale of Bombers and Fighters. Colorado Springs, Colo.: U.S.A.F. Academy, 1962. 44 pp. A look at the CBO presented as the Fourth Harmon Memorial Lecture. 1163. Ethell, Jeffrey L., and Alfred Price. “Raid 250: Target—Berlin.” Air Force Magazine, January 1980, 74–81. A concise review of the AAF mission of March 6, 1944, during which only a few bombers hit the German capital. 1164. ——. Target Berlin: Mission 250, 6 March 1944. New York and London: Jane’s, 1983. 224 pp. A well-written and well-researched account of the first large daylight U.S. raid on the Reich capital which, together with the article above and Ardery’s reminiscences, represents the most recent (the only recent) findings on a contest from which 69 American bombers and 11 escort fighters did not return. Illustrated with maps, diagrams, and black and white photos, the story, told from both sides, is based not only on documents, but on interviews with over 160 survivors. 1165. Foregger, Richard. “The Bombing of Auschwitz.” Aerospace Historian 34 (Summer/June 1987): 98–110. An examination of the technical feasibility of destroying the Birkinau extermination facilities by bombing. Foregger points out that the Auschwitz complex was beyond the range of Eighth Air Force bombers and “at the outermost limit of the range” of Fifteenth Air Force bombers based in southern Italy. Inaccurate maps, which made pinpointing the crematoria all but impossible, the distance to the targets, concerns over bombing accuracy, and strong defenses led responsible RAF and AAF commanders to reject the proposal to bomb Birkinau. 1166. Frankland, Noble. Bomber Offensive: The Devastation of Europe. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. The raids, planes, targeting procedures, and effectiveness of the giant

174

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Allied raids are covered in this pictorial which notes the ebb and flow of battle as one side then another gained temporary advantages.

1167. ——. “Schweinfurt.” In: Noble Frankland and Christopher Dowling, eds. Decisive Battles of the 20th Century. New York: David McKay, 1976, pp. 239–250. A concise recounting of the disastrous August 17 and October 14, 1943, raids. Frankland, one of Britain’s foremost aviation authorities, coauthored the official British history of the CBO, noted below under Charles Webster. 1168. Friedheim, Eric. “Beneath the Rubble of Schweinfurt.” Air Force XXVIII (June 1945): 4–7. A report on the damage done to the city as verified by the Americans who occupied the city in 1945. 1169. Friedrich, Jörg. The Fire: The Bombing of Germany, 1940–1945. Translated from the German. New York: Columbia University Press, 2006. 552 pp. Provocative, but inadequately documented, critique of the Allied bombing campaign which challenges orthodox interpretations. Contains stark descriptions of the effects of air raids on civilians and indicts the Allies for destruction of Germany’s cultural heritage. Moreover, Friedrich infers a parallel between the strategic air war and the Holocaust. 1170. Galbraith, John K. “After the Air Raids.” American Heritage XXXII (April–May 1981): 65–80. A report on the 1945 investigation of the effectiveness of the war-long U.S. raids on German manufacturing. 1171. Gentile, Gian P. How Effective is Strategic Bombing?: Lessons Learned from World War II to Kosovo. New York: New York University Press, 2000. 272 pp. An intriguing work that is focused in the main on the U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey (USSBS) and the uses made of it by partisan advocates of air power. Gentile persuasively argues that the USSBS reached predetermined conclusions on the effectiveness of the bombardment of Germany and Japan. 1172. Gervasi, Frank. “Flying Through Hell: How Col. [John R. “Killer”] Kane and His Crew Came Back from the Ploesti Raid.” Collier’s, October 2, 1943, 11+. 1173. ——. “Hitting Hitler’s Oil Barrel: The Memorable Achievement of the Ninth [Air Force].” Collier’s, September 18, 1943, 34+. Both of these contemporary accounts of the August 1, 1943, Ploesti mission concentrate on the bravery exhibited by the U.S. aircrews and make no mention of the high losses or little damage caused. 1174. Gordon, Arthur. “Three Years over Germany.” Air Force XXVIII (September 1945): 33–50.

The War in the Air

175

A brief review designed to give participants an overview. 1175. Graham, Burton. “Attack on Schweinfurt.” In: his The Pictorial History of Air Battles. London: Marshall Cavendish, 1974, pp. 74–83. An illustrated general review of the August 17 and October 14, 1943, daylight disasters. 1176. Gray, John O. “Pinetree Revisted.” Air Force Magazine, September 1985, 203–05. A nostalgic return to Eighth Air Force headquarter at High Wycombe. 1177. Hansell, Haywood S., Jr. The Air Plan That Defeated Hitler. Atlanta, Ga.: Higgins, McArthur/Longino and Porter, 1974. 278 pp. Hansell, an insider and Eighth Air Force 1st Bomb Wing boss, reviews the prewar planning and later execution of the U.S. strategic bombing doctrine of daylight raids, while conceding certain mistakes like the lack of a long-range escort fighter until late in the war. 1178. ——. “Balaklava Redeemed.” Air University Review XXV (June 1974): 93–106. Designed as a review of the Jablonski title, cited below, Hansell goes on to argue that the “double strike” would have been more successful if RAF Bomber Command had joined in as originally planned. 1179. ——. “The Plan That Defeated Hitler.” Air Force Magazine, July 1980, 106–113. Hansell’s review of prewar planning and wartime execution of AWPD-1. 1180. ——. “Strategic Air Warfare.” Aerospace Historian XIII (Winter 1966): 153–160. An overview of the Combined Bomber Offensive. 1181. Harris, Arthur T. Bomber Offensive. New York: Macmillan, 1947. 288 pp. Recollections of the wartime chief of RAF Bomber Command who believed he could win the war with strategic bombing alone; details the campaigns, especially those against the V-weapons and oil, his command’s evolution, and wartime contacts with the Americans. 1182. Harvey, Stephan. “The Italian War Effort and the Strategic Bombing of Italy.” History, February 1985, 32–45. Study of the assault on Italian targets, including those in and around Rome. 1183. Hastings, Max. Bomber Command: The Myths and Realities of the Strategic Bombing Offensive 1939–1945. New York: Dial Press, 1989. 399 pp. A readable, thoughtful, and balanced history of the evolution of the RAF’s doctrine of strategic bombing and Bomber Command’s “dehousing” campaign to break the will of the German people. Hastings contends that the cost of the campaign exceeded the results achieved and

176

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II stresses that the American campaign against German petroleum targets had greater strategic significance.

1184. Heitman, Jan. “ ‘Gomorrah’—the Hamburg Firestorm.” After the Battle 70 (1990): 1–25. A “then and now” look at the results of the GOMORRAH raid. 1185. Helmreich, Jonathan A. “The Diplomacy of Apology: U.S. Bombings of Switzerland During World War II.” Air University Review XXVIII (May–June 1977): 19–37. One of the few accounts of accidental attacks on neutral targets, caused most often by faulty navigation and poor weather. 1186. Hersey, John. “The Saturation of Hamburg.” Life, December 27, 1943, 68–71. Hersey’s prose is accompanied by a number of photographs which show the results on the city of the Anglo-American raids of summer 1943. 1187. Hicks, Edmond. “Soviet Sojourn: The First Shuttle-Bombing Mission to Russia.” Airpower Historian XI (January 1964): 1–5. Flown from Amendola, Italy, to Poltava on June 2, 1944; the bombers, led by Gen. Eaker, were B-17s of the 97th Bombardment Group (H). 1188. Hodges, R. H. “The ‘Magic’ 1000-Foot Circle.” Military Journal I (September–October 1977): 6–11; II (January–February 1978): 30–32. On the excellent bombing accuracy of VIII Bomber Command mission number 113 against the Marienburg Focke Wulf facility on October 9, 1943. 1189. Hopkins, George E. “Bombing and the American Conscience in World War II.” Historian XXVIII (Summer 1966): 451–473. The American consensus favored the strategic air offensive and ignored the ethical considerations of bombing German civilians due to a belief that the U.S. was engaged in a “total war.” 1190. Howard, Fred S. Whistle While You Wait. New York: Duell, Sloane, and Pearce, 1945. 188 pp. Reprints letters between an Eighth Air Force B-17 pilot and his wife written between early 1943 and mid-1944; the letters are mostly concerned with the human-interest aspects of the air war and life in Great Britain. 1191. Hucker, Robert. “Fatal First Mission: The Marauder in Europe.” Air Classics XII (November 1976): 44–47. Of 11 Eighth Air Force B-26s dispatched against the power stations at Ijmuiden and Haarlem, Holland, on May 17, 1943, one aborted and the other 10 were shot down. 1192. Huston, James A. “Air Power and the German War Economy.” Marine Corps Gazette XXXIV (March 1950): 22–29.

The War in the Air

177

A review of the CBO and its impact on Germany’s ability to manufacture war materiel. 1193. Infield, Glenn B. Big Week. New York: Pinnacle Books, 1974. 218 pp. The only book-length study of the series of Eighth and Fifteenth Air Force and RAF raids mounted between February 20–25, 1944, after which the Luftwaffe began a selective defense against Allied air attacks. 1194. ——. The Poltava Affair: A Russian Warning—an American Tragedy. New York: Macmillan, 1973. 265 pp. Describes Operation FRANTIC and recalls the first U.S. shuttlebombing mission to Russia (as noted in Hicks, above) from Italy; after the U.S. landing, the Poltava airfield was destroyed by German bombers as were most of the B-17s. Infield suggests that the Nazi success was due to a Soviet tip which constituted one of the first acts of the later “Cold War.” 1195. ——. “Shuttle Raiders to Russia.” Air Force Magazine, April 1972, 46–50. A concise retelling of the data in the previous citation, minus the anti-communist undertone. 1196. Irving, David J. C. The Destruction of Dresden. Rev. ed. London: Transworld, 1966. 287 pp. A well-documented and tendentious analysis of Operation THUNDERCLAP and the horrors the bombing in February 1945 presented as an antiwar polemic. 1197. Jablonski, Edward. Double Strike: The Epic Air Raids on RegensburgSchweinfurt, August 17, 1943. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1974. 271 pp. Analyzes the need for and situation at the time which brought this twopronged effort, as well as the raids themselves: the approach to, bombing of, and departure from the targets and the loss of 60 U.S. aircraft. Includes a review of the results both for the men in the mission and for the entire U.S. ETO daylight bombing effort as a whole. 1198. Jackson, Robert. Bomber: Famous Bomber Missions of World War II. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1980. 157 pp. A journalistic account of some of the war’s major raids, including Ploesti, Schweinfurt, and Berlin from the ETO. 1199. Jacobs, W. A. “Strategic Bombing and American National Strategy, 1941–1943.” Military Affairs 50 (July 1986): 133–39. An examination of the place of strategic bombing in U.S. strategy. 1200. Janis, Irving L. Air War and Emotional Stress: Psychological Studies of Bombing and Civilian Defense. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1951. 280 pp. A study of how people react psychologically to bombing raids, including German civilians exposed to the strategic raids of the AAF.

178

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1201. Johnson, Robert E. “Flight to Poltava.” Flying XXXVII (July 1945): 24–25+. An account of an escort mission with U.S. B-17s to Russia. 1202. Julian, Thomas A. “ ‘Operation Frantic’ and the Search for AmericanSoviet Military Collaboration, 1941–1944.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Syracuse University, 1968. An account of the diplomatic background behind the American effort to get the Soviets to accept U.S. shuttle raids to Russia by aircraft from Britain and Italy as well as an account of the Eastern Air Command and the several missions actually flown. Draws heavily on the author’s 1964 Air University, Air Command and Staff College, study, “The Political Implication of Military Operations and Assignments: The Eastern Command, United States Strategic Air Forces in Europe, 1943–1945—A Case Study.” 1203. Kennett, Lee. A History of Strategic Bombing. New York: Scribners, 1982. 222 pp. Covers the period from 1783 through World War II, with emphasis on the 1939–1945 conflict. Contends that, although strategic bombing made a significant contribution to Allied victory, it failed to fulfill its advocates’ expectations. 1204. Kiley, Eugene. “Twenty-Nine Missions Over Europe.” Air Classics XIX (April 1983): 40–41, 58–61; (May 1983): 16–22, 76–78. The personal diary of a 306th Bombardment Group (H) B-17 radio operator/gunner for the period from late 1943 to mid-1944; among the raids recalled is a January 1944 strike on Frankfurt. 1205. Koch, H. W. “The Strategic Air Offensive against Germany: The Early Phase, May-September 1940.” Historical Journal 34 (March 1991): 117–41. An examination of the effect of early RAF raids on German public opinion and the desire of German civilians for retaliatory attacks on Britain. 1206. Lay, Beirne, Jr. “Human Target over Germany.” Science Digest XV (March 1944): 7–11. Recollections of a 100th Bombardment Group pilot. 1207. ——. I’ve Had It: The Survival of a Bomb Group Commander. New York: Harper, 1946, 141 pp. Downed over France a month before D-Day, the author describes how he and his B-17 co-pilot escaped with the help of French civilian and resistance personnel. 1208. ——. “The Regensburg Mission.” In: Stanley M. Ulanoff, ed. Bombs Away! Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1971, pp. 217–223. Reprinted from the December 1943 issue of Air Force, this recollection has been called the best on any mission of the war.

The War in the Air

179

1209. Levine, Alan J. The Strategic Bombing of Germany, 1940–1945. New York: Praeger, 1992. 235 pp. A well-written summary of a controversial subject. Levine covers the doctrinal and technological aspects of the combined offensive. 1210. Lowe, Keith. Inferno: The Devastation of Hamburg, 1943. New York: Viking Press, 2007. 512 pp. Although he describes the preparation of the raid, the focus of this wellresearched and crafted work is the effects of the firestorm on the people and city of Hamburg. Lowe succeeds in bringing home the horror of the firestorm and challenges the morality of the strategic bombing campaign. 1211. Lukas, Richard C. Eagles East: The Army Air Forces and the Soviet Union, 1941–1945. Tallahassee: Florida State University Press, 1970. 256 pp. Like Julian above, Lukas reveals the little-known story of American attempts to collaborate with the Soviets on shuttle-bombing attacks on Germany, the difficulty of getting planes and supplies to Russia, and the cool reception received from Stalin and his followers; the only commercially published book on the subject except for Infield’s, cited above, Lukas’ work provides a fair and not overly Cold War-oriented account. 1212. ——. “The ‘Velvet’ Project: Hope and Frustration.” Military Affairs XVIII (Summer 1964): 145–162. VELVET was the codename for the Allied proposal, made late in 1942, to provide air assistance to strengthen the southern flank of the Soviets. This article recounts the protracted delay after which the Russians declined the offer. 1213. Lytton, Henry D. “Bombing Policy in the Rome and Pre-Normandy Invasion Aerial Campaigns of World War II.” Military Affairs XLVII (April 1983): 53–58. A study of aerial interdiction, the subtitle of which gives away the scope of the study: “Bridge-Bombing Strategy Vindicated—and Railyard Bombing Strategy Invalidated.” 1214. McCrary, John R., and David E. Scherman. First of Many: A Journal of Action with the Men of the Eighth Air Force. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1944. 241 pp. An illustrated history of the VIII Bomber Command from its 12-plane raid on Rouen in August 1942 to D-day; includes 128 pages of black and white photographs, 100 contributed by Life magazine, and colorful narratives of some of the airmen. Reprinted by Aviation Book Co. in 1981. 1215. MacIsaac, David. Strategic Bombing in World War II: The Story of the United States Bombing Survey. New York: Garland, 1976. An account of the operation and organization of the USSBS and a look at its extensive findings and conclusions, which serves as a helpful

180

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II introduction to the next citation; MacIsaac also reviews the concept and development of U.S. strategic bombing doctrine during the war.

1216. ——, ed. The United States Strategic Bombing Survey. 10 vols. New York: Garland, 1981. Reproduces, with illustrations, 30 of the 321 reports deemed to be the most important. The first six volumes contain the following studies relative to operations in the ETO; Nos. 1–4, 31, 40, 53, 59, 61–64, 92, 101, 109, 128, 134, 200, and 205. The original publications are for the most part noted below. 1217. McKee, Alexander. Dresden 1945: The Devil’s Tinderbox. New York: E.P. Dutton, Inc., 1984. 334 pp. Another volume in the ongoing debate over the controversial raid. Drawing upon recently declassified official records and interviews with survivors, McKee rejects the raids as politically motivated and militarily unjustified. 1218. Michie, Allan A. The Air Offensive Against Germany. New York: Henry Holt, 1943. 152 pp. A contemporary plea and indictment which caused a great stir in the American press; employing his knowledge of European air operations, Michie argued that the AAF was holding up the aerial destruction of Germany by its stubborn doctrinal rejection of RAF night bombing methods in favor of daylight strategic bombardment and suggests that if the AAF would join the British in a night blitz, a second front in Europe could be successful in 1943. 1219. ——. “Germany Was Bombed to Defeat.” Reader’s Digest XLVII (August 1945):77–81. The rejection of his proposal above did not halt Michie’s approval of bombing or his glorification of the results at war’s end. 1220. ——. “How Much Has Bombing Hurt Germany?” Reader’s Digest XLII (January 1943): 3–8. While the potential for destruction was great, the author finds that its effect in early 1943 was not great. 1221. ——. “What’s Holding Up the Air Offensive Against Germany?” Reader’s Digest XLII (February 1943): 21–28. Offers the same thesis as in his book noted above—the AAF commitment to daylight strategic bombing. 1222. Middlebrook, Martin. The Bomber Command War Diaries: An Operational Reference Book, 1939–1945. London/New York: Penguin Books, 1990. 804 pp. A superb source of information for students of the strategic air war. Middlebrook summarizes and analyses all major raids and provides a wealth of statistical data, including sorties flown, aircraft and aircrew casualties.

The War in the Air

181

1223. ——. The Berlin Raids: R.A.F. Bomber Command, Winter 1943–44. London/New York: Viking Press, 1988. 407 pp. Describes the 19 raids of the campaign against Berlin and the defeat of Bomber Command. Middlebrook incorporates first-hand recollections of the raids gained through interviews with aircrew. 1224. ——. The Battle of Hamburg: Allied Bomber Forces Against a German City, 1943. New York: Scribners, 1981. 424 pp. Employing documents and interviews, British historian Middlebrook, who has also written on the Nuremberg and Peenemünde raids, describes RAF Bomber Command’s concentrated assault on Hamburg in the summer of 1943; four chapters and other references are given over to the relatively minor involvement (250 sorties) of Eighth Air Force B-17s. 1225. Miller, Donald L. Masters of the Air: America’s Bomber Boys Who Fought the Air War Against Nazi Germany. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2006. 688 pp. Well-researched and judicious tribute to the young men who waged the Eighth Air Force’s “war of attrition” in European skies. Miller also views the air campaign from the German side of the hill. 1226. Morrison, Wilbur H. Fortress Without a Roof: The Allied Bombing of the Third Reich. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1982. 322 pp. This is the second of the author’s three-volume history of the World War II air war, in which he reveals himself to be a strong advocate of the decisiveness of air forces (and strategic bombing in particular); Morrison argues in his introduction that D-Day would not have been necessary if the CBO had been pushed to its fullest potential and details in his text the vivid history of the bombing campaign, largely through the eyes of the bomber crews. 1227. Murphy, Charles J. B. “The Unknown Battle: Five Great Sky Battles, Fought During the ‘Big Week’ of February, Cleared Europe’s Skies for the Invasion.” Life, October 16, 1944, 97–102+. A competent journalistic treatment; illustrated, this article, with the Infield book noted above, is about the extent of “Big Week” coverage commercially available. 1228. ——. “The War of the Bombers.” Fortune, January 1945, 114–120+. A report on attacks on the German ball-bearing and oil facilities based on a month-long visit to AAF headquarters in England and France. 1229. Neillands, Robin. The Bomber War: The Allied Air Offensive Against Nazi Germany. New York: Overlook Press, 2001. 448 pp. Balanced review of the strategic air campaign against Germany, including its strengths and weaknesses, technical aspects, and the personal experiences of Allied airmen. Neillands also explores the moral dimensions of the air war, and the case against Air Chief Marshal Harris.

182

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1230. Newby, Leroy. Target Ploesti: View from a Bombsight. San Rafael, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1983. 326 pp. Basing his work in part on a diary kept during his tour, the author recalls the 50 missions he flew as a 460th Bombardment Group (H) B-24 bombardier with the Fifteenth Air Force in 1944 to Ploesti and other targets from bases in Italy. Newby reflects on the terror he felt when his formation was met by flak or Luftwaffe interceptors and on the nerve needed to keep his eye glued to the bombsight as violence whirled around him. 1231. Norris, Joe L. The Combined Bomber Offensive, 1 January to 6 June 1944. USAAF Historical Study, no. 122. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1947. 310 pp. The official study of the U.S. bomber assault during the first six months of 1944, including those raids made directly in support of the preinvasion game plan, “Big Week,” and the strikes against Berlin. 1232. O’Doherty, John K. “A Feather for Yankee Doodle.” Airman VIII (August 1964): 39–42. A brief but useful account of the first VIII Bomber Command raid in which Gen. Eaker, in his B-17 “Yankee Doodle,” led a dozen Fortresses against Rouen, France, in summer 1942. 1233. Olson, Maneur, Jr. “The Economics of Strategic Bombing in World War II.” Airpower Historian IX (April 1962): 121–127. Examines reasons why strategic bombing failed to stifle the German economy. 1234. ——. “The Economics of Target Selection for the Combined Bomber Offensive.” Journal of the Royal United Service Institute CVII (November 1962): 308–314. Essentially the same as the last citation with attention to the methods and reasons behind the Allied planners’ choice of certain targets. 1235. Palm, John. “A Texan in King Michael’s Court.” Collier’s, November 25, 1944, 16–17+. Recollections of the August 1, 1943, raid on Ploesti; Leon W. Johnson, who won the Medal of Honor for his participation, asks “Why Ploesti?” in the August 1971 issue of Air Force Magazine. 1236. Parks, W. Hays. “ ‘Precision’ and ‘Area’ Bombing: Who did Which, and When?” Journal of Strategic Studies 18 (March 1995): 145–74. A look at the debate over of U.S. precision versus British area bombing. 1237. Peaslee, Budd J. “Blood in the Sky.” Aerospace Historian XVI (Summer 1969): 16–18+. The mission commander of the 384th Bombardment Group vividly recalls the October 14, 1943, attack on Schweinfurt. 1238. ——. “The Devastation Bombing of Heroya, 24 July 1943.” Aerospace Historian XXIX (December 1982): 260–266.

The War in the Air

183

The attack on Norwegian aluminum targets at Heroya by the author’s group of B-17s resulted in the fewest losses to any major VIII Bomber Command mission in the war. 1239. “Picking the Target.” Popular Mechanics LXXXII (September 1944): 28–31+. Reveals the process of selecting targets for bombing, including aerial recon and economic analysis. 1240. “Precision Bombing: A Sample Mission Shows the Details That Make It Work.” Life, August 30, 1943, 97–105. An illustrated account of the March 18, 1943, raid on Vegesak. 1241. Price, Alfred. Battle over the Third Reich. New York: Scribners, 1973. 208 pp. A pictorial history of the Allied CBO and corresponding German defensive tactics. 1242. Pringle, Henry F. “What Happened at Ploesti.” Saturday Evening Post, January 6, 1945, 14–15+. The full extent of American losses and the tragic navigational errors on the August 1, 1943, raid were a long time coming into public view. 1243. Rajninec, Juraj L. “Target Pardubice.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XX (Winter 1975): 226–235. Reviews the 55th Bomb Wing’s August 24, 1944, raid on the Fanto oil refineries at Pardubice, Czechoslovakia. 1244. Redding, John M., and Harold I. Leyshon. Skyways to Berlin: With the American Flyers in England. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1943. 290 pp. Two former journalists working for the AAF Washington press office were sent to England in October 1942 to record the story of VIII Bomber Command; the volume contains not only “PR syrup,” but non-specific personal accounts and anecdotes by the airmen on their missions and life in England. 1245. Rostow, Walt W. Pre-Invasion Bombing Strategy. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1981. 166 pp. The former White House official examines the options—and politics— of Eisenhower’s decisions on how best to use strategic bombing in support of D-Day; suggests the British plan for concentration against transportation targets was a mistake and shows how attention to oil and bridges would have paid greater dividends if adopted earlier than they were. 1246. Rumpf, Hans. The Bombing of Germany. Translated from the German. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1963. 256 pp. The wartime German Inspector of Fire Prevention examines Allied bombing strategy and raids against German cities and offers much

184

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II criticism, including the arguments that bombing only strengthens the victims’ will and does not remove the necessity of ground action.

1247. Rust, Kenn C. “Black Night at Poltava.” RAF Flying Review XIV (September 1959): 16–17+. On the Luftwaffe’s destruction of the bombers of the first U.S. shuttle raid to Russia. 1248. ——. “Extreme Danger Mission.” RAF Flying Review XVII (July 1962): 24–26. A capsule review of the May 17, 1943, attack on the power stations at Ijmuiden, Holland, by 322nd Bombardment Group (M) B-26s. 1249. Schaffer, Ronald. “American Military Ethics in World War II: The Bombing of German Civilians.” Journal of American History LXVII (Spring 1980): 318–334. Despite AAF policy against the indiscriminate bombing of civilians, restraints were effected not because of ethical objections, but because of concern over image and the known inefficiency of such operations. 1250. Seese, R. J. “Ground Level Air War.” Air Classics XIX (March 1983): 62–73, 78–82. This illustrated piece is the most recent telling of the Ploesti raid (August 1, 1943) story. 1251. Shaw, S. R. “Wrong Target: A Study of the Use of Strategic Air Power in World War II.” Ordnance XXXV (March-April 1951): 471–478. Basing this article on his study of the USSBS, the author contends that the major Allied employment of strategic air power supplied only an incidental contribution to the actual victory; this view was not popular at the time it was written. 1252. Sights, A. P., Jr. “The Day the Forts Hit Hüls.” Air Force Magazine, September 1971, 92–96+. A detailed account of the August 1943 attack. 1253. Siler, Tom. “Berlin Post Mortem.” Air Force XXVIII (October 1945): 58–62. An overview of the 19 VIII Bomber Command missions to the German capital in 1944–1945. 1254. Simpson, Albert F. “The Attack on Ploesti.” Anti-aircraft Journal XCIII (January-February 1950): 45–46. A quick review of the August 1, 1943, raid, with attention to the effectiveness of German anti-aircraft fire. 1255. Smith, Dale O. “Not So Fond Memories of Oberpfaffenhafen.” Aerospace Historian XXVII (Fall 1981): 193–197. An account of the April 24, 1944, B-17 raid on the Messerschmitt aircraft plants in that city.

The War in the Air

185

1256. ——. “The Target Was Marienburg.” Air Force Magazine, September 1982, 122–124+. Recollections of the October 9, 1943, attack on the Focke Wulf plants in that city. 1257. ——, and Stephen E. Ambrose. “Was the Bombing of Germany Worth the Cost?” American History Illustrated V (April 1970): 4–9. Smith argues that World War II in Europe could not have been won without the bombing of Germany, while Ambrose suggests that the money invested and the effort were wasted and should have been employed to build critically needed landing craft. 1258. Smith, Jacob E. “The Casablanca Conference, January 1943.” Air Power History 46 (Fall 1999): 36–43. A review of the directive for the Combined Bomber Offensive that emerged from the conference. 1259. Smith, Malcolm. “The Allied Air Offensive.” Journal of Strategic Studies 13 (March 1990): 67–83. A balanced review of the evolution of air power doctrine. Smith argues that experience and technological innovation stimulated doctrinal refinements both in the RAF and AAF to the point where strategic and tactical “air power was very effective” against Germany. 1260. Smith, Melden E., Jr. “The Bombing of Dresden Reconsidered: A Study in Wartime Decisionmaking.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Boston University, 1971. An examination of reasons for the controversial Dresden raid. 1261. ——. “The Dresden Raid, the Climax of the Strategic Air Offensive Against Germany.” Unpublished MA Thesis, Brown University, 1963. The author exhausts the subject in two detailed analyses of the reasons for the raid and the damages and deaths caused by it. 1262. ——. “The Strategic Bombing Debate: The Second World War and Vietnam.” Journal of Contemporary History XII (January 1977): 175–191. Drawing on his own studies and those of others, the author looks to the effectiveness of World War II bombing to analyze contrary views on bombing in the Vietnamese conflict. 1263. Spaatz, Carl A. “Strategic Air Power: Fulfillment of a Concept.” Foreign Affairs XXIV (April 1946): 385–396. A discussion of the role of strategic bombing in World War II and a statement of lessons learned from and about it. 1264. Spaight, James M. “The Fire Bombing of Cities.” Ordnance XL (September-October) 1955): 222–226. Includes a review of Allied World War II attacks on German cities like Hamburg and Dresden.

186

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1265. ——. “War on Logistics.” Air Power I (Spring 1954): 237–243. A review of strategic air interdiction against lines of communication. 1266. ——. “The War on Oil.” Military Affairs XIII (Fall 1949): 138–141. Recalls the delay in the decision to attack oil installations and the devastating effectiveness of the raids once undertaken in earnest. 1267. Steinbeck, John. Bombs Away!: The Story of a Bomber Team, Written for the Army Air Forces. New York: Viking Press, 1942. 185 pp. The famed novelist follows six “boys” from civilian life, through training, and into a team as a bomber crew en route to England. A well-written piece of recruiting propaganda, condensed as “Our Best, Our Fliers” in New York Times Magazine, November 22, 1942, 16–17+. 1268. Stiles, Bert. Serenade to the Big Bird. New York: W. W. Norton, 1952. 216 pp. The author was a 23-year-old VIII Bomber Command B-17 pilot who completed this account of his missions, hopes, and fears before his combat death in 1944; the expression of his sensitive and youthfully idealistic thoughts have made this a classic of strategic bombing literature. 1269. Stormont, John W. The Combined Bomber Offensive, April–December 1943. USAAF Historical Study, no. 119. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1946. 219 pp. A history of the buildup and coordination of the Anglo-American strategic air forces and the costly raids of fall 1943 (e.g., Schweinfurt) which almost put the VIII Bomber Command out of business. 1270. The Strategic Air War Against Germany, 1939–1945: The Official Report of the British Bombing Survey Unit. Portland, Or.: Frank Cass, 1998. 198 pp. The Report of the British Bombing Survey Unit (BBSU) deals with the bombing policy of the British and American governments, scope of the combined bombing effort, the impact of strategic bombing, and the achievements and prospects of future strategic air war. Although the authors argue “that Allied strategic air attacks against German transportation targets had the greatest and most decisive effect on the German war economy,” not area attacks, readers would be well advised to read the introductory essay by Sebastian Cox in which he explores how the biases of Solly Zuckerman and others affected the writing of the BSSUs Report. 1271. Sullivan, John J. “The Botched Air Support of Operation Cobra.” Parameters XVIII (March 1988): 97–110. Informative account of the employment of heavy bombers in support of the VII Corps breakout from Normandy. The author emphasizes personality conflicts between Allied commanders, the effects of the carpet bombing on German forces, and the slackening of resistance that preceded the breakout.

The War in the Air

187

1272. Sweetman, John. “Oil Interdiction: The Relevance of Past Experience in Romania.” Royal Air Forces Quarterly XVIII (Autumn 1978): 287–291+. An account of the August 1, 1943, and later attacks on German refineries at Ploesti. 1273. ——. Ploesti: Oil Strike. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1974. 160 pp. A useful illustrated introduction written in a popular style. 1274. ——. Schweinfurt: Disaster in the Skies. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1974. 160 pp. Similar to the previous citation; the aerial massacres of August 17 and October 14, 1943, are detailed in text and pictures. 1275. Taylor, Frederick. Dresden, 13 February 1945. New York: Harper Collins, 2004. 544 pp. Well-researched and robust defense of the Dresden raids. Presents personal accounts of the impact of the bombing on the civilian population of the city. 1276. Torrey, Volta. “The Nine Lives of Leuna.” Popular Science CXLVIII (November 1945): 126–128+. 1277. ——. “The Rise and Fall of a Chemical Empire.” Popular Science CXLVIII (January 1946): 66–69+. Torrey’s first article concerns the repeated bombing of the German synthetic oil plant at Leuna while the second details not only strikes against oil facilities, but chemical plants as well. 1278. United States. Army Air Forces. Target: Germany. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1943. 121 pp. A well-regarded account of the VIII Bomber Command’s first year in Europe which records not only heroism, missions, and perceived accomplishments, but the command’s team effort on the ground and in the air. Says little about losses and failures; uses fictitious mission and group numbers. 1279. ——. Strategic Bombing Survey. European War. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1945–1947. The basis for most assessments of the effectiveness of the U.S. bombing of Germany is the material collected by the USSBS, which employed AAF data, location studies, interrogations of German officials and German documents. The most convenient review of these data is David Maclsaac’s work, cited above. The following numbers in the European War series are important, with the first and second almost “must” reading for their authoritative view: 1. 2. 3.

Summary Report. 18 pp. Over-All Report. 109 pp. The Effects of Strategic Bombing on the German War Economy. 286 pp.

188

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II 4. 20. 31. 32.

Aircraft Division Industry Report. 2nd ed. Various paging. Light Metals Industry of Germany. Various paging. Area Studies Division Report. 2nd ed. 69 pp. A Detailed Study of the Effects of Area Bombing on Hamburg. Various paging. 33. A Detailed Study of the Effects of Area Bombing on Wuppertal. 2nd ed. 105 pp. 34. A Detailed Study of the Effects of Area Bombing on Düsseldorf. 2nd ed. 75 pp. 37. A Detailed Study of the Effects of Area Bombing on Darmstadt. 2nd ed. 35 pp. 39. A Brief Study of the Effects of Area Bombing on Berlin, Augsburg, Bochum, Leipzig, Hagen, Dortmund, Oberhausen, Schweinfurt, and Bremen. 2nd ed. Various paging. 40. Civilian Defense Division Final Report. 2nd ed. Various paging. 48. German Electrical Equipment Industry Report. 2nd ed. Various paging. 50. Optical and Precision Instrument Industry Report. 2nd ed. Various paging. 51. The German Abrasive Industry. 2nd ed. 95 pp. 53. The German Anti-Friction Bearing Industry. 2nd ed. Various paging. 55. Machine Tool Industry in Germany. 2nd ed. 113 pp. 59. The Defeat of the German Air Force. 44 pp. 60. V-Weapons (Crossbow) Campaign. 42 pp. 63. A Study of the Bombing Accuracy of the USAAF Heavy and Medium Bombers in the ETO. 15 pp. 64a. The Impact of the Allied Air Effort on German Logistics. 158 pp. 64b. The Impact of Strategic Bombing on German Morale. 2 vols. 66. The Coking Industry, Report on Germany. 29 pp. 77. German Motor Vehicles Industry Report. 2nd ed. 79 pp. 78. Tank Industry Report. 2nd ed. 33 pp. 101. Ordnance Industry Report. 2nd ed. 104 pp. 109. Oil Division Final Report. 2nd ed. 152 pp. 112. Underground and Dispersal Plants in Greater Germany. 176 pp. 113. The German Oil Industry, Ministerial Report Team 78. 89 pp. 200. The Effects of Strategic Bombing on German Transportation. Various paging. 201. Rail Operations over the Brenner Pass. 2nd ed. 58 pp. 202. Effects of Bombing on Railroad Installations in Regensburg, Nuremberg, and Munich Divisions. 2nd ed. 80 pp. 203. German Locomotive Industry During the War. 2nd ed. 32 pp. 205. German Electric Utilities Industry Report. 2nd ed. Various paging. 1280. Verrier, Anthony. The Bomber Offensive. New York: Macmillan, 1969. 373 pp. A general review of the bomber offensive told by a British journalist who rates RAF bombers better than American, but acknowledges the P-51 Mustang as a deciding factor in turning the tide after the VIII Bomber Command losses in late 1943; although the author praises the courage of the air crews, he questions the effectiveness of strategic bombing.

The War in the Air

189

1281. Walker, Wayne T. “Operation Ball Bearing.” World War II Magazine, July 1973, 6–17. A pictorial account of the August 17 and October 14, 1943, daylight raids on Schweinfurt. 1282. Warren, Kenneth P. “The Strategic Bombing of Germany in World War II: Costs and Accomplishments.” Journal of American History 73 (December 1986): 702–13. A weighing up of the effectiveness of the strategic air offensive against the Third Reich. 1283. Webster, Charles K., and Noble Frankland. The Strategic Air Offensive Against Germany. 4 vols. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1961. These books form the official British history of the bomber war, including the CBO which is covered in the second and third volumes: Endeavor, 1943–44 and Victory, 1944–45. The set discusses, frankly, the disagreements between U.S. and RAF leaders and high-level command arrangements, preparations for D-Day, and the effectiveness of the bombing campaign as a whole. The last volume, Annexes and Appendices, includes technical information, statistics, and documents. 1284. Werrell, Kenneth P. “The Strategic Bombing of Germany in World War II: Costs and Accomplishments.” Journal of American History 73 (December 1986): 702–12. A survey and assessment of the effectiveness of the Combined Bomber offensive against Germany. While Werrell maintains that the “offensive resembled the struggle on the Western Front during World War I” and the death of approximately 600,000 German civilians, it achieved three objectives: defeat of the Luftwaffe, absorption of German war material, and “destruction of key elements of the German economy,” namely oil and transportation targets. 1285. Williams, R. M. “Why Wasn’t Auschwitz Bombed?” Commonweal CV (November 24, 1978): 746–751. Examines Allied reasons for not knocking out the infamous German concentration camp, including disbelief of the extermination stories and the military necessity of employing strategic bombers elsewhere. 1286. Wilson, Kevin. Men of Air: Doomed Youth of Bomber Command. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 2007. 448 pp. Wilson tells his readers at the outset that only 1 in 5 Bomber Command crew members survived their operational tours. How they dealt with that knowledge and the potential of death, wounding, or imprisonment is the theme of this provocative book. 1287. Wolf, William. American Fighter-Bombers in World War II: USAAF Jabos in the MTO and ETO. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2003. 391 pp. Informative account of the evolution and application of tactical air

190

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II doctrine in North Africa, Italy, and northwest Europe. Demonstrates application of doctrine through descriptions of actual operations.

1288. Wolff, Leon. Low Level Mission. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1957. 240 pp. A well-written account of the August 1, 1943, raid on the Ploesti oil refineries as recorded by a non-flying AAF public relations official. 1289. ——. “The Raid That Failed.” RAF Flying Review XIII (August 1958): 23–25+. A brief overview of the Ploesti raid and its results. 1290. Wouk, Herman S. “Prelude to D-Day: The Bomber Offensive—The ‘Overload’ Air Dispute.” Air University Review LVII (June 1974): 60–67. The noted novelist reviews the British-American controversy over which targets, oil or transportation, to attack in the months before the Normandy invasion. 1291. Wyman, D. S. “Why Auschwitz Was Never Bombed.” Commentary LXV (May 1978): 37–46. A review of the Allied reasons; less accusatory than the piece by R. M. Williams cited above. 1292. Young, John S. “Attack on Ploesti.” In: Stanley M. Ulanoff, ed. Bombs Away! Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1971, pp. 205–211. A view of the August 1, 1943, mission reprinted from the August 1943 issue of Air Force.

D. Unit Histories Introduction: Many AAF and Allied air units which fought in World War II produced college-yearbook type commemorative books afterwards; in addition, aviation writers and enthusiasts have, since 1945, written many titles on the men and actions of specific units. Both of these sources combine to form a valuable body of literature which is often much more specific than any of the more general citations listed in the parts above. Although the number of unit histories produced by the AAF is nowhere near that of those available on the U.S. Army as a whole, the number is considerable. For that reason, the entries in this part are restricted to numbered air forces, wings, divisions, and groups. The references are also selective, due not only to space requirements, but also to the compiler’s judgment as to which are most easily accessible for the average user. A fairly complete list of unit histories will be found in Myron J. Smith, Jr., Air War Bibliography, 1939–1945: English Language Sources, Volume III, Part V, The Air Forces (Manhattan, Kans.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1977), pp. 178–217. The order of arrangement here is: General Works; Air Forces Fighter Units; Bomber Units; Other Units.

The War in the Air

191

1. General Works Introduction: The citations immediately following are general, but may be used in connection with those references of a more specific nature below. Users are cautioned that additional general information on AAF units will be found in the works cited in Parts A–C and E of this section. 1293. Britton, Tom. “Combat Cargo Groups—World War II.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XXVI (Summer 1981): 175–177. Lists the units with their numbers and symbols. 1294. Francillon, René J. USAAF Fighter Units, Europe, 1942–1945. Aircam Airwar Series, No. 8. New York: Arco, 1979. 48 pp. A profusely illustrated review of the planes, units, men, missions, and markings. 1295. ——. USAAF Medium Bomber Units, ETO and MTO, 1942–1945. Aircam Airwar Series, No. 7. New York: Arco, 1979. 48 pp. A well-illustrated guide to the units, men, planes, missions, and markings. Both of these titles were originally published by the London firm of Osprey in 1977. 1296. Friedheim, Eric, and Samuel Taylor. Fighters Up: The Story of American Fighter Pilots in the Battle of Europe. Edited by Arthur Gordon. New York: Macrae Smith, 1945. 275 pp. Two AAF authors familiar with the tactics and engineering of American warplanes provide an account of Eighth and Ninth Air Force fighter units from November 1943 through D-Day, concentrating on action, aircraft, and pilots, including some mentioned in a list of aces. 1297. Mauer, Mauer. Air Force Combat Units of World War II. New York: Arno Press, 1979. 506 pp. First published by the GPO in 1961, this reference lists each combat group, together with its insignia, squadrons assigned, commanders, stations, aircraft flown, and campaigns and awards. 1298. ——. Combat Squadrons of the Air Force in World War II. New York: Arno Press, 1979. 841 pp. First published by the GPO in 1963, this companion to the last citation covers all USAAF/USAF combat squadrons, providing the same sort of data provided for groups in the previous entry. 1299. Morris, Danny. Aces and Wingmen: The Men and Machines of the USAAF Eighth Fighter Command, 1943–1945. London: Spearman, 1972. 488 pp. Provides group histories for the VIII Fighter Command, airfield codes, and a list of aces; the text is backed by 511 photos. 1300. Scutts, Jerry. USAAF Heavy Bomber Units, ETO and MTO, 1942–1945. Aircam Airwar Series, No. 4. New York: Arco, 1977. 48 pp.

192

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A profusely illustrated guide to units, men, planes, missions, and markings.

1301. Shores, Christopher F. USAAF Fighter Units, MTO, 1942–1945. Aircam Airwar Series, no. 12. New York: Arco, 1980. 48 pp. A well-illustrated account of units, planes, men, missions, and markings. 1302. United States. Army Air Forces. Personal Narrative Division. Combat Air Forces of World War II, Army of the United States. Washington, D.C.: Army Times, 1945. 95 pp. A brief history is provided here for each of the numbered U.S. air forces. 1303. Weatherhill, David. Aces, Pilots, and Aircraft of the Ninth, Twelfth, and Fifteenth U.S. Army Air Forces. Newark, Del.: Kookaburra Technical Publications, 1978. 144 pp. Although the Eighth Air Force received most of the glory for the air war in Europe, this book points out that units of the other three deployed U.S. air forces accounted for 1,100 aerial victories and many tons of bombs dropped over the Middle East and Europe. The text is complemented by 237 black and white photos, 21 rare color photos, and 32 color aircraft profiles. 2. Air Forces Introduction: The following citations deal with the major Army Air Forces deployed in the European and Mediterranean Theaters and are entered under the command number. Readers are reminded that additional information on these forces can be found in other parts of this section. Eighth Air Force 1304. Bailey, Mike. B-24 Liberator Groups of the Eighth Air Force in Focus. Walton on Thames, U.K.: Red Kite, 2007. 96 pp. An illustrated review of bombardment groups equipped with B-24 aircraft. 1305. Cate, James L. Origins of the Eighth Air Force: Plans, Organization, Doctrines to 17 August 1942. USAAF Historical Study, No. 102. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1944. 143 pp. Not an action-oriented study, but one of setting up the command and moving it to Great Britain. 1306. “The Eighth Air Force in England.” National Geographic Magazine CXXXVII (March 1945): 297–304. An overview remarkable for its wartime color photographs. 1307. Freeman, Roger A. The Mighty Eighth: A History of the Units, Men and Machines of the U.S. 8th Air Force. Rev. ed. New York: Cassell, 2000. 336 pp. Revised edition of popular history of the growth of the Eighth Air Force

The War in the Air

193

from its arrival in England in 1942 to VE-Day. Exhaustively researched and highly detailed, the author reviews bomber and fighter sorties, explores the Eighth’s supply system, and presents brief unit histories. Contains over 700 photos of aircraft and 159 full-color illustrations of aircraft markings. For serious aviation history buffs. 1308. ——. The Mighty Eighth War Diary. London and New York: Jane’s, 1981. 240 pp. A day-to-day operational record of the largest air striking force ever committed to battle and a sequel to the previous citation; covers in great detail the more than 1,000 missions flown between June 1942 and May 1945 with information on units involved, bomb tonnages, claims and losses. Some 150 narratives of incidents and events are included with over 400 illustrations. 1309. Lambert, John W. The 8th Air Force: Victory and Sacrifice: A World War II Photo History. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2006. 160 pp. A photographic history designed for readers addicted to photos of aircraft. 1310. McLaughlin, J. Kemp. The Mighty Eighth in WWII: A Memoir. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2000. 208 pp. A pictorial memoir of service with the Eighth Air Force. 1311. Miller, Kent D. Fighter Units & Pilots of the 8th Air Force: September 1942-May 1945. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2001. 2 vols. 833 pp. Not a history of air-to-air combat, but rather a statistical account of 8th Air Force fighter operations, units, victories, and losses. 1312. Peaslee, Budd J. Heritage of Valor. Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1966. 228 pp. The boss of the 394th Bombardment Group on the Schweinfurt mission follows the Eighth’s history from June 1942 through VE-Day. 1313. Rust, Kenn C. Eighth Air Force Story: In World War II. Glendale, Ca.: Aviation Book Co., 1978. 72 pp. A concise picture is given of the Eighth’s 55 fighter and bomber groups, their men, machines, and missions; includes 17 tables, 12 pages of profile line drawings, and 110 photographs. 1314. Werrell, Kenneth P. “The Tactical Development of the Eighth Air Force in World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Duke University, 1969. A scholarly treatment worthy of commercial publication; compare with Cate’s study, cited above. 1315. Woolnough, John H. The 8th Air Force Album: The Story of the Mighty 8th Air Force in World War II. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1978. 224 pp. Designed for those who “have any relationship to the epic air war over

194

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II England and Germany in 1942 through 1945,” this work tells the story with over 1,000 captioned photographs which cover every aspect of the Eighth’s men, planes, missions, airfields, etc.

Ninth Air Force 1316. Freeman, Roger A. The Ninth Air Force in Color: U.K. And the Continent —World War Two. London: Arms and Armour, 1995. 160 pp. Photographs of Ninth Air Force aircraft and markings. 1317. George, Robert H. Ninth Air Force, April–November 1944. USAAF Historical Study, no. 36. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1944. 376 pp. An almost contemporary report of operations rather than a historical analysis, this work details the Ninth, moved to England from Africa as a tactical air force, and its medium bombers, fighters, and transports in support of the Allied invasion and race across France. 1318. Gerdy, Robert S. From the Letters of Robert S. Gerdy, 1942–1945: A Personal Record of World War II. Philadelphia, Pa.: Dorrance, 1969. 355 pp. The author served as a public relations officer for the Ninth and here recalls his unit’s service in the Middle East and Europe. 1319. “Ninth Air Force Defensive Measures Against German Flak.” Antiaircraft Journal XCII (January 1948): 33–37; (February 1948): 68–72. 1320. Reed, William D., et al. Condensed Analysis of the Ninth Air Force in the European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1946. 148 pp. An official study covering the effectiveness of the command from October 1943 to May 1945. 1321. Rust, Kenn C. The Ninth Air Force in World War II. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1974. 250 pp. Regarded as “standard” for the Ninth as Freeman, above, is for the Eighth, this volume puts its subject into the context of the war, describing its deployment in the Middle East and then in Europe as the American tactical air force in the battle of northwest Europe. Details include anecdotes and narratives of units, men, machines, and missions, with the text supplemented by 18 pages of drawings and 270 photographs. 1322. ——. The Ninth Air Force Story: In World War II. Glendale, Ca.: Aviation Book Co., 1983. 64 pp. Providing basically the same information as the previous entry, this paperback provides a concise view of the Ninth’s 54 fighter and bomber groups, their men, machines, and missions. Includes maps, tables, and 108 photographs. 1323. United States Army Air Forces and Robert H. George. Ninth Air Force,

The War in the Air

195

April to November 1944. Washington, D.C.: Army Air Forces Historical Office, 1945. 376 pp. Covers tactical air operations preparatory to OVERLORD and in support of U.S. ground forces up to the Battle of the Bulge. Twelfth Air Force 1324. Rust, Kenn C. The Twelfth Air Force Story: In World War II. Glendale, Ca.: Aviation Book Company, 1975. 64 pp. A concise review of the Twelfth’s combat history from North Africa to Italy, this paperback includes information on men, units, and aircraft as well as missions and accomplishments. The text is supplemented by aircraft profiles and 107 photographs. Readers should note that other references to the Twelfth can be found in Part C:l of this section, above. Fifteenth Air Force 1325. Bozung, Jack H., ed. The Fifteenth over Italy. Los Angeles, Ca.: AAF Publications, 1947. 40 pp. A brief review of the last major aerial command created by the U.S. in Europe. 1326. Rice, Randall. “Bombing Auschiwtz: U.S. 15th Air Force and the Military Aspects of Possible Attack.” War in History 6 (April 1999): 205–29. A thoughtful analysis of the military realities involved in mounting and executing a mission against the Auschwitz crematoria. 1327. Rust, Kenn C. The Fifteenth Air Force Story: In World War II. Glendale, Ca.: Aviation Book Company, 1976. 64 pp. Follows the story of this command from its activation in November 1943 to VE-Day, including the shuttle raids to Russia and raids on the oil refineries at Ploesti. Information is provided on units, combat, and aircraft and is backed by 98 photographs. 3. Fighter Units Introduction: The following citations deal with the various fighter units deployed by the AAF in the European and Mediterranean Theaters. All are entered by unit number, regardless of whether the outfit concerned was a command, a group, or a wing, and are then arranged alphabetically by author. Readers should note that additional information on these forces are to be found in other parts of this section. 4th Fighter Group 1328. “Eagles Switch to the U.S. Army.” Life, November 2, 1942, 37–38+. A pictorial account of the transfer of the RAF Eagle Squadrons, which fought for Britain before Pearl Harbor, to the AAF, where they became the 4th FG.

196

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1329. Fry, Garry L. The Debden Eagles: The 4th Fighter Group in World War II. Canoga Park, Ca.: Grenadier Books, 1972. Unpaged. A pictorial tracing the Eagle Squadrons, RAF, later turned over to the AAF and made into the 4th FG, as well as an account of the achievements of the U.S. group from 1942 to 1945. 1330. ——, and Jeffrey L. Ethell. Escort to Berlin: The 4th Fighter Group in World War II. New York: Arco, 1980. 226 pp. A complete history built around the group’s operational diary; profusely illustrated with more than 300 photos, 12 in color, this book contains 11 appendices with information on the group’s aces, victories, pilots, aircraft, codes and markings, and losses. 1331. Hall, Grover C. 1,000 Destroyed: The Life and Times of the 4th Fighter Group. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1978. 384 pp. First published by the Montgomery, Ala., firm of Brown Printing in 1946, this record tells of how the 4th scored 1,016 serial victories during the war, more than any of the other 14 VIII Fighter Command groups. A personal account drawn from the author’s war diaries and official reports, the work emphasizes the exploits of the individual pilots as seen by a staff officer who knew them all. 1332. Haugland, Vern. The Eagles’ War: The Saga of the Eagle Squadron Pilots, 1940–1945. New York: Ziff-Davis, 1982. 234 pp. An account of those Americans who served with RAF Nos. 71, 121, and 133 until taken into the 4th Fighter Group in 1942—men like Blakeslee, Beeson, Goodson, and Gentile, who formed the combat-proven core of the Eighth’s highest-scoring group. Includes appendices and 16 pages of photographs. 1333. Merrill, Sandra D. Donald’s Story: Captain Donald R. Emerson, A 4th Fighter Group Pilot Remembered. Berlin, Md.: Tebidine, 1996. 225 pp. See entry no. 966. IX Tactical Air Command 1334. Stars and Stripes, Editors of. Achtung Jabos: The Story of IX TAC. Paris, France: Curial-Archereau, 1945. 32 pp. IX TAC was one of three Ninth Air Force commands established especially to provide close-air support to the First Army ground troops in Europe. This booklet reviews its service concisely; “Jabo” was the German term for fighter bombers, much employed by IX TAC. XIX Tactical Air Command 1335. Stars and Stripes, Editors of. Fly, Seek, and Destroy: The Story of XIX TAC. Paris, France: Desfosses-Neogravure, 1945. 32 pp. XIX TAC was one of the other Ninth Air Force commands set up to assist the soldiers on the ground; this story is just as concise as that presented in the previous citation.

The War in the Air

197

20th Fighter Group 1336. King’s Cliffe: The 20th Fighter Group and the 446th Air Service Group in the ETO. Long Island City, N.Y., 1947. 273 pp. A pictorial yearbook-type publication detailing the history of this VIII Fighter Command unit, which was equipped with P-38s. XXIX Tactical Air Command 1337. Stars and Stripes, Editors of. Mission Accomplished: The Story of XXIX TAC. Paris, France: Desfosses-Neogravure, 1945. 32 pp. XXIX TAC was the third Ninth Air Force command established to provide close-air support for the troops; this account is just as brief as those of IX and XIX TAC already cited. 31st Fighter Group 1338. Lamensdorf, Roland G. History of the 31st Fighter Group. Washington, D.C.: Kaufman Press, 1952. 79 pp. A pictorial review of the 12th/15th Air Force group; a unit roster can be found on pp. 64–79. 56th Fighter Group 1339. Davis, Albert H., et al. The 56th Fighter Group in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1948. 222 pp. The P-47 equipped 56th was an VIII Fighter Command group which saw much action and was a close rival of the 4th FG in victories and achievements. This work contains rosters of men and lists of awards, as well as a history of the group from 1943 to 1945. 1340. Stafford, Gene B. “D-Day with the 56th Fighter Group.” Air Classics IX (January 1973): 10–13, 51–53. How the group’s P-47s, with special invasion stripes painted on their wings, patrolled the Normandy beaches looking for the Luftwaffe. 66th Fighter Wing 1341. The 66th Fighter Wing in Europe: One Story, Two Worlds, Three Enemies, Four Freedoms, May 27, 1943–September 15, 1945. Cambridge, U.K.: W. Haffer and Sons, Ltd., 1945. 24 pp. An extremely brief review of this unit’s contribution. 78th Fighter Group 1342. Duxford Diary, 1942–1945. Cambridge, U.K..: W. Haffer and Sons, 1945. 151 pp. A review of the P-47 equipped group’s service on bomber escort and in ground attack; includes a roster and list of aces, many photos. 1343. Rust, Kenn C. “Above the Foe.” Airpower Historian VIII (April 1961): 101–106. A concise account of the group’s history from 1943 to 1945.

198

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

79th Fighter Group 1344. Woerpel, Don. A Hostile Sky: The Mediterranean Air War of the 79th Fighter Group. Marshall, Wi.: The Andon Press, 1977. 260 pp. Woerpel remembers the epic missions and gallant friends of this unit from 1943 to 1945 and illustrates his work with 220 black and white photographs. 1345. ——. The 79th Fighter Group over Tunisia, Sicily and Italy in World War II. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2001. 264 pp. Pictorial history of the unit supplemented with stories of dogfights. 82nd Fighter Group 1346. Abberger, Thomas J. “The Freedom Fighters.” Air Classics XV (October 1979): 57–61; (November 1979): 14–21; XVI (January 1980): 22–29. Reproduces the diary of a P-38 pilot in this unit and illustrates the story with many black and white photographs. 325th Fighter Group 1347. McDowell, Ernest R., and William N. Hess. The Checkertail Clan: The 325th Fighter Group in North Africa and Italy. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1972. 96 pp. This group flew P-40s into North Africa from the carrier Ranger and went on to fly P-47s and P-51s in action over Tunisia, Sardinia, Italy, and on to Berlin; includes a full mission list and 77 photographs. Based on the next entry. 1348. ——. “Checkertails: History of the 325th Fighter Group.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal X (Fall 1965): 155–171; (Winter 1965): 254–265. An illustrated history covering the period from November 1942 to May 1945; forms the basis of the previous citation. 332nd Fighter Group 1349. “The All Black 332nd Fighter Group.” Air Aces I (October 1976): 48–56. A review of the segregated but effective all-Negro unit formed in North Africa which saw action over the Mediterranean. 1350. Bucholtz, Chris. 332nd Fighter Group—Tuskegee Airmen. Oxford, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2007. 128 pp. Heavily illustrated introductory history of the celebrated pioneer Afro American unit of World War II. 1351. Francis, Charles E. The Tuskegee Airmen: The Story of the Negro in the U.S. Air Force. Boston, Ma.: Bruce Humphries, 1956. 225 pp. Includes information on the 332nd’s actions over the Mediterranean and Europe, 1942–1949. 1352. Osur, Alan M. Blacks in the Army Air Forces During World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1977. 227 pp.

The War in the Air

199

Like the previous citation, this work is a general history of Black affairs in the air arm, which includes much information on the formation and deployment of the 332nd. 1353. Paszek, Lawrence J. “Separate but Equal: The Story of the 99th Fighter Squadron.” Aerospace Historian XXIV (Fall 1977): 135–145. On the formation and achievements of this major Black element of the 332nd. 1354. Rose, Robert A. Lonely Eagles: The Story of America’s Black Air Force in World War II. Glendale, Ca.: Aviation Book Company, 1980. 160 pp. An illustrated history of not only the Black elements of the 332nd Fighter Group, but also of the 477th Bombardment Group as well. 350th Fighter Group 1355. Schiffman, Charles. An Unofficial and Historical History of the 347th Fighter Squadron, 350th Fighter Group, 12th Air Force, September 1942– October 1945. Stockton, Ca.: Atwood Printing Co., 1951. 159 pp. The 350th, like the 325th and 332nd, saw action in North Africa and across the Mediterranean to Italy; a picture reminiscence. 1356. The 350th Fighter Group in the Mediterranean Campaign, 2 November 1942 to 2 May 1945. Milan, It.: Pizzi a Pizio, 1945. 41 pp. A brief, heavily illustrated souvenir book for the men of the unit; includes a roster. 352nd Fighter Group 1357. Mayer, Charles B. “Mustang Pilot: The 352nd Fighter Group.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal X (Spring 1965): 18–23. An account of this group which flew its missions from England, as seen by First Lieutenant Harry Barnes. 353rd Fighter Group 1358. Rust, Kenn C., and William N. Hess. The Slybird Group: The 353rd Fighter Group on Escort and Ground Attack Operations. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1971. 96 pp. A history of “Bill’s Buzz Boys,” a noted P-47 equipped VIII Fighter Command unit; includes a full mission list and 53 photos. 354th Fighter Group 1359. History in the Sky: The 354th Pioneer Mustang Fighter Group. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 166 pp. A photo-illustrated souvenir book for the men of the P-51 equipped XIX TAC unit. 356th Fighter Group 1360. Miller, Kent D. 356th Fighter Group in World War II: In Action over Europe with the P-47 and P-51. Atglen Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2003. 332 pp.

200

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A well-illustrated history of the group emphasizing aircraft and personnel.

357th Fighter Group 1361. Olmstead, Merle C. The Yoxford Boys: The 357th Fighter Group on Escort over Europe and Russia. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1972. 96 pp. The first VIII Fighter Command unit equipped with the P-51, the 357th flew on bomber escorts over Germany and in the shuttle raids to Russia in 1944. Includes many photos and a full mission list. 359th Fighter Group 1362. The 359th Fighter Group. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1979. 68 pp. First published by the Norwich, Ct., firm of Soman-Wherry Press in 1946, this is a 334-photo view of the VIII Fighter Command group originally designed as a souvenir book for its men. 363rd Fighter Group 1363. Miller, Kent D. The 363rd Fighter Group in World War II in Action over Germany with the P-51 Mustang. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2002. 192 pp. A day-by-day chronology of the combat activities of the group’s squadrons to end of August 1944. Appendix contains details of pilots, aircraft, group markings. 365th Fighter Group 1364. Johnson, Charles R. The History of the Hell Hawks. Anaheim, Ca.: Southwest Typesetting, 1975. 623 pp. A limited edition of 2,000 volumes covering the history of this fighter bomber group from February 1944 to May 1945. Many photos. 365th Fighter Squadron 1365. Miller, Kent D. 365th Fighter Squadron in World War II: In Action Over Europe with the P-47. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2006. 199 pp. A well-illustrated history of the squadron. 367th Fighter Group 1366. Groth, Richard. The Dynamite Gang: The 367th Fighter Group in World War II. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1983. 192 pp. A detailed history of this P-38 equipped unit’s history over the ETO with data on operations, planes, pilots, ground support, insignia and markings; illustrated with over 350 photographs and drawings. 1367. Moody, Peter R. The 367th Fighter Group in World War II. Manhattan, Ks.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1979. 75 pp. A history of this fighter bomber group in the northwest Europe campaign in 1944–45 reproduced by Xerography.

The War in the Air

201

371st Fighter Group 1368. The Story of the 371st Fighter Group in the ETO. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1946. 198 pp. A photo-illustrated souvenir booklet for the men of this P-47 equipped TAC unit. 406th Fighter Group 1369. Matthews, W. L., Jr. “The Stardusters: A History of the 406th Fighter Group.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XXVIII (Spring 1983): 41–50. Covers the operations of this P-47 equipped unit in Europe from June 1, 1944, to April 30, 1945. 422nd Night Fighter Squadron 1370. Pape, Gary, and Ronald Harrison. “Dark Lady: The Ninth by Night.” Wings VI (December 1976): 24–40. A photo-article detailing the history of the P-61 equipped 422nd in the skies over northwest Europe, 1944–1945. 4. Bomber Units Introduction: The following citations deal with the various bomber units deployed by the AAF in the European and Mediterranean Theaters. All are entered by their unit number, regardless of whether the outfit concerned was a wing, division, or group, and are then arranged alphabetically. Users will find additional information on certain of these forces in other parts of this section, especially C:3 above. Second Air Division 1371. Bowman, Martin W. Fields of Little America. Norwich, U.K.: Wensum, 1977. The Eighth’s Second Air Division was, for the most part, equipped with B-24 Liberators. This illustrated work examines the unit’s missions, men, and airfields. Third Air Division 1372. Whelan, Paul A. “History of the 3rd Air Division in World War II, 1943–1945.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, St. Louis University, 1968. A scholarly examination of the organization, doctrine and tactics, and missions of the Eighth’s B-17 and B-24 equipped division. 12th Bombardment Group (M) 1373. Wilson, Robert E. The Earthquakers: Overseas History of the 12th Bomb Group. Tacoma, Wa.: Dammeier Printing Co., 1947. 147 pp. A pictorial which tells of this medium bomber unit’s campaigns in Egypt, Libya, Tunisia, Sicily, and Italy.

202

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

14th Bombardment Wing (H) 1374. Taylor, William B., ed. 14th Combat Bombardment Wing (H). San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1945. 66 pp. A souvenir pictorial describing the operations of this VIII Bomber Command subdivision. 36th Bombardment Squadron 1375. Hutton, Stephen. Squadron of Deception: The 36th Bomb Squadron in World War II. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 1999. 215 pp. A photographic history of the squadron. 44th Bombardment Group (H) 1376. Mackay, Ron. The 44th Bomb Group in World War II: The “Flying Eight Balls” Over Europe in the B-24. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2003. 272 pp. A well-illustrated history of the unit. 1377. Marcell, Ursel P. Liberators over Europe: The 44th Bomb Group. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 91 pp. Describes the operations of this VIII Bomber Command B-24 unit which took part in numerous raids, including the August 1, 1943, Ploesti strike; many photographs. 47th Bombardment Wing (H) 1378. Cerra, Frank R., and Herbert L. Stoolman. 47th Bombardment Wing History. Sioux City, Ia.: Perkins Brothers, 1946. 94 pp. A record of this Fifteenth Air Force division’s operations from June 1942 to October 1945; many photographs of the wing’s men and B-24 Liberators in action. 91st Bombardment Group (H) 1379. Freeman, Roger A. “The Ragged Irregulars: A History of the U.S. 91st Bombardment Group.” Air Pictorial XXIII (May 1971): 178–180. A photo-look at this VIII Bomber Command B-17 unit. 92nd Bombardment Group (H) 1380. Sloan, John S. The Route as Briefed. Cleveland, Ohio: Argus Press, 1946. 320 pp. Covers the history of this VIII Bomber Command B-17 group from 1942 through 1945; list of those killed in action, pp. 311–320. 93rd Bombardment Group (H) 1381. The Story of the 93rd Bomb Group. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 46 pp. A pictorial souvenir book for the men of this VIII Bomber Command B-24 unit.

The War in the Air

203

95th Bombardment Group (H) 1382. Henderson, David B. The 95th Bombardment Group (H), United States Army Air Forces. Cincinnati, Oh.: A.H. Printing Co., 1945. 125 pp. A pictorial souvenir book produced for the survivors of this VIII Bomber Command B-17 outfit. 97th Bombardment Group (H) 1383. Hicks, Walter E. “The 97th Bombardment Group, World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Kentucky, 1961. A scholarly review of this pioneer VIII Bomber Command group’s B-17 operations over Africa and Europe. This unit was the first in the AAF to complete 400 combat missions. 100th Bombardment Group (H) 1384. Bennett, John H., Jr. Letters from England. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1945. 142 pp. The author commanded the 349th squadron of this group and here provides a recollection of its famous actions. 1385. One Hundred Missions. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 38 pp. A brief pictorial devoted to this VIII Bomber Command B-17 outfit. For additional information on the 100th, readers should note Beirne Lay’s citations noted in part C:3 above. 1386. Sheridan, Jack W. They Never Had It So Good. San Francisco, Ca.: Stark-Rath, 1946. 165 pp. A pictorial devoted to the exploits of this group’s 350th Bombardment Squadron. 303rd Bombardment Group (H) 1387. The First 300—“Hell’s Angels”: The 303rd Bombardment Group (H), United States Army Air Forces. London: Batsford, 1944. 31 pp. An overview of this VIII Bomber Command B-17 outfit through D-Day. 305th Bombardment Group (H) 1388. Morrison, Wilbur H. The Incredible 305th: The “Can Do” Bombers of World War II. New York: Duell, Sloane and Pearce, 1962. 181 pp. Examines this important VIII Bomber Command B-17 unit which Curtis LeMay commanded and employed for the trial of new tactics. See also the references to LeMay in B above. 306th Bombardment Group (H) 1389. Bove, Arthur P. First Over Germany: The Story of the 306th Bombardment Group. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 148 pp. A pictorial published for the men of this VIII Bomber Command B-17 group.

204

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

319th Bombardment Group (M) 1390. Oyster, H. E. and E. M., comps. The 319th in Action. Akron, Oh.: The Burch Directory Co., 1976. 296 pp. Records the missions of this Twelfth Air Force group’s B-26 missions over Italy and southern France, 1943–1944. 376th Bombardment Wing (H) 1391. Rust, Kenn C. “First in Combat: The History of the 376th Bombardment Wing.” Airpower Historian VIII (July 1961): 161–171. A look at this Ninth Air Force B-24 unit in Africa. 379th Bombardment Group (H) 1392. Robb, Derwyn D. Shades of Kimbolton. San Angelo, Tx.: News-foto Yearbooks, 1946. 93 pp. A pictorial souvenir book concerning an VIII Bomber Command B-17 group. 381st Bombardment Group (H) 1393. Mackay, Ron. Ridgeway’s Flying Fortresses: The 381st Bombardment Group (H) in World War II. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2000. 256 pp. A history of the group from training to VE-Day. Provides details of missions in context of strategic bombing campaign. Well-captioned illustrations. 384th Bombardment Group (H) 1394. Owens, Walter E. Briefed: A Family History of the 384th Bombardment Group. New York: Edward Stern, 1946. 210 pp. An account of the missions and men of this VIII Bomber Command B-17 group. 388th Bombardment Group (H) 1395. History of the 388th Bomb Group. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 121 pp. An illustrated souvenir history of this VIII Bomber Command B-17 group. 389th Bombardment Group (H) 1396. The 389th Bombardment Group: A Pictorial Review of Operations in the ETO. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 133 pp. A pictorial history of this VIII Bomber Command B-24 group. 1397. Wilson, Paul, and Ron Mackay. The Sky Scorpions: The Story of the 389th Bombardment Group in World War II. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2006. 270 pp. A pictorial history of an Eighth Air Force unit from North Africa to the end of the war.

The War in the Air

205

390th Bombardment Group (H) 1398. The Story of the 390th Bombardment Group (H). New York: Eilert Printing Co., 1947. 472 pp. An extremely detailed souvenir history of this VIII Bomber Command B-17 outfit. 391st Bombardment Group (M) 1399. Charlton, Fred. “The 391st Bomb Group: The ‘Black Death’ Group.” Military Journal, I (May–June 1977), 17–20; (July–August 1977), 26–29. An account of this B-26 outfit’s northwest Europe campaign. 392nd Bombardment Group (H) 1400. Vickers, Robert E., Jr. The Liberators from Wendling. Manhattan, Ks.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1981. 286 pp. A member of the group provides a day-by-day account of the action of this VIII Bomber Command unit nicknamed “The Crusaders.” 394th Bombardment Group (M) 1401. Ziegler, J. Guy. The Bridge Busters. New York: Ganis and Harris, 1949. 213 pp. A look at the northwest Europe actions of this IX Bomber Command B-26 group. 397th Bombardment Group (M) 1402. Beck, Henry C. The 397th Bomb Group (M): A Pictorial History. Cleveland, Oh.: Crane Howard, 1946. 61 pp. A souvenir history prepared for the men of this IX Bomber Command B-26 unit. 1403. Stovall, Jack D. “Marauder Men.” Air Classics XV (June 1979): 48–55. A photo-illustrated look at the men and machines of this group in action over northwest Europe. 445th Bombardment Group (H) 1404. Birsic, Rudolph J. The History of the 445th Bombardment Group (H), (Unofficial). Glendale, Ca.: Griffin-Patterson, 1948. 81 pp. This pictorial reveals the story of this Second Air Division B-24 group which was stationed at Tibenham, England. 446th Bombardment Group (H) 1405. Archer, John W. “Prelude to a Mission.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XVIII (Fall 1973): 163–165. Preparations for a mission by this VIII Bomber Command B-24 unit. 1406. Castens, Edward H., ed. The Story of the 446th Bomb Group. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 105 pp. A pictorial review for surviving crewmen; includes a roster.

206

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1407. Woolnough, John H. Attlebridge Diaries: The History of the 446th Bombardment Group (H). Hollywood, Fl.: 8th Air Force News, 1979. 218 pp. A heavily illustrated account of the group’s men, machines, and missions. 451st Bombardment Group (H) 1408. Hill, Michael. The 451st Bomb Group in World War II: A Pictorial History. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2001. 160 pp. A photographic history integrated with an outline of the unit’s history. 454th Bombardment Group (H) 1409. The Flight of the Liberators. Rochester, N.Y.: The DuBois Press, 1946. 172 pp. A photo-illustrated history of this XV Bomber Command B-24 unit. 457th Bombardment Group (H) 1410. Blakebrough, Ken. The Fireball Outfit: The 457th Bomb Group in the Skies over Europe. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1972. 96 pp. A former group pilot recalls missions such as Merseburg and Politz with this unit’s B-17s; photos and mission list. 458th Bombardment Group (H) 1411. Reynolds, George A. The 458th Bombardment Group (Heavy). Birmingham, Al., 1974. 64 pp. A pictorial which recalls the missions of this VIII Bomber Command B-24 outfit in 1944 and 1945. 464th Bombardment Group (H) 1412. Hill, Michael, and Betty Karle. The 464th Bombardment Group in World War II: In Action over the Third Reich with the B-24 Liberator. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2001. 262 pp. Well-illustrated history of the group from organization to combat. 467th Bombardment Group (H) 1413. The 467th Bombardment Group, September 1943–June 1945. Brattleboro, Vt.: W. L. Hildreth, 1947. 155 pp. A photo-illustrated history of this VIII Bomber Command B-24 group; includes a roster. 483rd Bombardment Group (H) 1414. 483rd Bomb Group (H), Italy, 1944–1945. Rome, It.: Novissima, 1945. 80 pp. A pictorial souvenir book for the men of this XV Bomber Command B-24 group. 1415. Grimm, Jacob L. Heroes of the 483rd: Crew Histories of a Much-Decorated

The War in the Air

207

B-17 Bomber Group During World War II. Georgia: 843rd Bombardment Group (H) Association, 1997. 306 pp. Survey of a group that participated in shuttle missions and lost 81 aircraft from when it entered combat in April 1944 to VE-Day. Includes biographies of flight crews. 487th Bombardment Group (H) 1416. History of the 487th Bombardment Group, 22 September 1943–7 November 1945. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1945. 109 pp. Another B-24 group’s souvenir book, this one for an VIII Bomber Command unit. 490th Bombardment Group (H) 1417. Lightener, Laurence S., and Fred R. Holland, eds. 100 Missions. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1945. 234 pp. A detailed photo-illustrated history of an VIII Bomber Command B-24 unit; includes mission list and roster of crewmen. 491st Bombardment Group (H) 1418. Blue, Allan G. “ ‘The Ringmasters’: A History of the 491st Bomb Group (H).” American Aviation Historical Society Journal IX (Spring 1964): 79–95; (Summer 1964): 207–218. Follows the history of this VIII Bomber Command B-24 group from June 1944 to April 1945. 492nd Bombardment Group (H) 1419. Blue, Allan G. The Fortunes of War: The 492nd Bomb Group on Daylight Operations. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1967. 96 pp. Details the story of this 2nd Bomb Division B-24 group in 1944–1945; includes a full mission list and 57 photographs. 5. Other Units Introduction: The following citations deal with other AAF units deployed by the AAF in the European and Mediterranean Theaters, including troop carriers and photo reconnaissance. All are entered by unit number, regardless of whether the outfit concerned was transport or spy, group or wing, and are then arranged alphabetically. Users will find additional information on certain of these forces in other parts of this section and in Section IV, “The War on Land,” following. 1st Air Division 1420. McKay, Ron. First in the Field: The 1st Air Division Over Europe in World War II. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2007. 240 pp. Lavishly illustrated survey of B-17s and commanders who participated in the strategic air campaign against Nazi Germany.

208

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

10th Photographic Reconnaissance Group 1421. Ivie, Tom. Patton’s Eyes in the Sky: USAAF Combat Reconnaissance Missions, North-west Europe 1944–45. Hersham, U.K. Classic Publications, 2003. 176 pp. Based on letters, diaries, and official papers, this history recalls the group’s work in mapping the Normandy beach area prior to D-Day and subsequent recon flights and tactical missions over France and Germany in 1944 and 1945. The text is supplemented by over 90 photographs. 50th Troop Carrier Wing 1422. “Flying Mules of the Army: The 50th Transport Wing, a Freight and Passenger Carrying Section.” Popular Mechanics LXXVII (June 1942): 40–43. 1423. Stars and Stripes, Editors of. Invaders: The Story of the 50th Troop Carrier Wing. Paris, Fr.: Desfosses-Neogravure, 1945. 32 pp. Both of these brief references concern an outfit involved in the transport of supplies and troops during the northwest Europe campaign. 53rd Troop Carrier Wing 1424. Stars and Stripes, Editors of. Ever First: The 53rd Troop Carrier Wing. Paris, Fr.: Desfosses-Neogravure, 1945. 32 pp. Another small paperback pamphlet which tells the story of the airborne exploits of this Ninth Air Force unit. 316th Troop Carrier Group 1425. History. San Angelo, Tx.: Newsfoto Yearbooks, 1946. 68 pp. A souvenir pictorial describing a group which participated in the delivery of airborne troops for D-Day, Arnhem, and the Rhine. 437th Troop Carrier Group 1426. Guild, Frank H. Action of the Tiger: The Saga of the 437th Troop Carrier Group. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 177 pp. First published by Newsfoto Yearbooks in 1950, this book is almost all text with only 13 photographs (not a common event in unit-history publishing) and tells the story of a group which delivered both paratroops and gliders in the Normandy, southern France, Arnhem, and Rhine crossing campaigns. 440th Troop Carrier Group 1427. DZ Europe. Indianapolis, In.: Hollenbeck Press, 1946. 203 pp. The 440th was involved in the same campaigns as the 437th. 441st Troop Carrier Group 1428. History, August 1, 1943-August 1, 1944. Taunton, U.K.: E. Goodman, 1944. 48 pp.

The War in the Air

209

A souvenir book covering the group’s history through D-Day. 442nd Troop Carrier Group 1429. Beeson, Colin R. The Glider Pilot at Home and Overseas. Manhattan, Ks.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1978. 257 pp. The author’s reminiscences of service with the 303rd Troop Carrier Squadron of this group which delivered gliders during the four major northwest Europe airborne operations. 1430. The 442nd Troop Carrier Group in Pictures. Paris, Fr.: Curial Archerea, 1945. 52 pp. A pictorial souvenir book for the men of the group; includes a roster. 1431. Entry deleted.

E. Air Weapons, Uniforms, and Markings Introduction: The amount of information available in English about World War II aircraft employed in the European and Mediterranean Theaters is staggering, as are data concerning uniforms, insignia, and aircraft markings. Given that consideration and the need to employ space for references to other sources on the conflict, the citations noted below are selective and, for the most part, concern items made available in the last decade or so. The literature on topics covered in this part has been noted in several of the bibliographies cited in Section I:A above; users will forgive this compiler for pointing out his own as the most comprehensive. Air War Bibliography, 1939–1945: English-Language Sources, Vol. IV—The Aircraft (Manhattan, Kans.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1978) contains 2,329 citations on World War II aircraft while Air War Bibliography, 1939–1945: English-Language Sources, Vol. V: Part VII—Aerial Support (Manhattan, Kans.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1982) includes a section on “Awards and Decorations, Insignia and Markings,” pp. 89–98. The order of arrangement here is: General Works; Individual Aircraft; Awards, Personal Equipment, Insignia, and Markings. 1. General Works Introduction: The works cited below concern the aircraft and their armament. Readers should note that additional data on aircraft are available in the operational parts of this section noted under III:C above. 1432. Airview, Editors of. Airview’s Seventy Fighters of World War II. Tokyo: Kantosha, 1965. 152 pp.

210

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Covers both Allied and Axis aircraft, including American bombers and fighters. While the text is in Japanese, the photo captions in this pictorial are in English.

1433. Anderton, David. American Fighters of World War II. New York: Crescent Books, 1981. An oversize British import which provides a survey of the most noteworthy U.S. aircraft backed by 120 full-color illustrations and cutaway illustrations of the Lockheed P-38 Lightning, North American P-51 Mustang, Curtiss P-40 Kittyhawk, and Republic P-47 Thunderbolt. 1434. Andrews, John A. C. “The Forty, the Spit, and the Jug.” Aerospace Historian XXVI (December 1979): 202–207. Recollections of flying the P-40, Spitfire, and P-47 by a former pilot of the 315th Fighter Squadron, 324th Fighter Group, Twelfth Air Force. 1435. Angelucci, Enzo, ed. Rand McNally Encyclopedia of Military Aircraft, 1914–1980. Translated from the Italian. Chicago, Il.: Rand McNally, 1981. 546 pp. A massive guide to the warplanes of all nations, including AAF/USN models of World War II; includes numerous photographs, drawings, and color illustrations. 1436. Bavousett, Glenn B. World War II Aircraft in Combat. New York: Arco, 1976. 128 pp. 1437. ——. More World War II Aircraft in Combat. New York: Arco, 1981. 144 pp. These two volumes, which might be considered as a set, provide a wellresearched text and a variety of black and white and excellent color illustrations which tell the story of 83 Allied and Axis warplanes in combat around the globe, including all of the major AAF machines employed in Europe and the Mediterranean. 1438. Block, Geoffrey D. M. Allied Aircraft Versus Axis Aircraft. Old Greenwich, Ct.: WE, Inc., 1970. 133 pp. First published by the London firm of Hutchinson in 1945 as The Wings of Warfare, this introduction is aimed at acquainting readers with those Axis and Allied warplanes which specifically fought in the European/ Mediterranean Theaters. 1439. Bowman, Martin W. The Encyclopedia of U.S. Military Aircraft. New York: Bison Books, 1982. 224 pp. As with the Anderton and Bavousett titles, this is an oversize British import; describes the development of U.S. warplanes from World War II to the present with over 400 photos, specifications, and drawings. 1440. Brown, K. S., and E. F. Heyn. United States Army and Air Force Fighters, 1916–1961. A Harleyford Book. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1972. 256 pp.

The War in the Air

211

This British import provides complete technical details on the aircraft mentioned in the title, including specifications and photographs for those employed in the European and Mediterranean Theaters. 1441. Cooper, Bryan, and John Batchelor. Fighter: A History of Fighter Aircraft. New York: Scribners, 1974. 153 pp. 1442. ——. The Story of the Bomber, 1914–1945. London: Octopus Books, 1974. 124 pp. Both of these volumes contain an engaging text highlighted by Batchelor’s noteworthy drawings and color illustrations. 1443. Cooper, Herbert J., and Owen G. Thetford. Aircraft of the Fighting Powers. Edited by D. A. Russell. 7 vols. London: Harborough, 1940–1946. Illustrations and text are provided for 542 Axis and Allied aircraft, with at least one photograph and one 3-view drawing of each; covers all of the operational aircraft employed in the war, including those used by Americans in the European and Mediterranean Theaters. 1444. Cross, Roy. Military Aircraft, 1939–1945. Greenwich, Ct.: New York Graphic Society, 1971. 48 pp. A pictorial which notes the most important models, both Axis and Allied, and employs many color illustrations. 1445. Freeman, Roger A. British Aircraft in USAAF Service, 1942–1945. London: Ducimus Books, 1973. 24 pp. A brief guide to those aircraft employed by the AAF, including the Spitfire, Beaufighter, and Horsa. One of the few studies available on the subject. 1446. Green, William. War Planes of the Second World War. 10 vols. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1968. Perhaps the most comprehensive illustrated history of the various Allied and Axis aircraft available. Vols. 1–4 concern Fighters; Vol. 5, Flying Boats; Vol. 6, Floatplanes; and Vols. 7–10, Bombers. 1447. ——, and F. Gordon Swanborough. U.S. Army Air Force Fighters. World War II Aircraft Fact Files. 2 vols. New York: Arco, 1977. Specifications of each aircraft type, with variants and subtypes, detailed outline of service use, and comparison are provided in these 64-page pamphlets which are illustrated with drawings and cutaway drawings. 1448. Groth, Richard. Fifty Famous Fighter Aircraft. New York: Arco, 1968. 96 pp. Mostly from our period, each aircraft is covered in brief text with a photograph; includes the U.S. P-38, P-40, P-47, and P-51. 1449. Gunston, William T. (“Bill”). The Encyclopedia of the World’s Combat Aircraft. New York: Chartwell Books, 1976. 229 pp.

212

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A technical directory of major warplanes from World War I to the present; each aircraft is illustrated by a color drawing, camouflage and markings, and brief technical details.

1450. ——. The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Combat Aircraft of World War II. New York: Chartwell Books, 1979. 256 pp. One of the most beautiful Allied/Axis aircraft directories available; the 150,000 words of text are backed by 200 color profile works, over 100 color action photos, 25 detailed cutaway drawings, and a number of 4-page foldouts with color airbrush work 30 inches long. 1451. ——. The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the World’s Rockets and Missiles. New York: Chartwell Books, 1980. 245 pp. Like the last two entries, this oversize British import is an illustrated technical directory, this time of the missiles and rockets of the 20th century, including those developed in America during the war. Each nation’s entry is presented chronologically with photos, cutaway drawings, and text. 1452. ——. An Illustrated Guide to Allied Fighters of World War II. New York: Arco, 1981. 160 pp. In 40,000 words of text with more than 120 detailed line drawings, 110 action photos (many in color), and 60 color drawings, Gunston describes some 40 aircraft types plus their variants, including all of the U.S. machines employed in the ETO and MTO. 1453. ——. An Illustrated Guide to Bombers of World War II. New York: Arco, 1980. 160 pp. In 40,000 words of text with more than 140 detailed line drawings, 90 action photos (many in color), and 40 color drawings, Gunston describes some 50 Allied and Axis bomber types plus their variants, including the major U.S. machines employed in the MTO and ETO. 1454. Halvorsen, Dick. Steeds in the Sky: The Fabulous Fighting Planes of World War II. Photobook History of World War II, no. 1. New York: Lancer Books, 1971. 176 pp. This paperback shows a variety of aircraft types, including the P-40, P-38, P-47, and P-51; marred by many caption errors. 1455. Hatfield, David D. North American Aviation Product History. 2 vols. Inglewood, Ca.: Northrop University, 1977. Presents detailed data on this firm’s entire line, including the B-25 Mitchell and P-51 Mustang. 1456. Higham, Robin, Abigail T. Siddall, and Carol Williams. Flying Aircraft of the U.S.A.A.F.-U.S.A.F. 3 vols. Ames, Iowa, and Manhattan, Ks.: Iowa State University and Sunflower Books, 1975–1981. The first two volumes were published by ISUP and the last by Sunflower; each chapter is by a seasoned pilot expert in flying the type of aircraft described, who discusses the technical details of his warbird and its

The War in the Air

213

combat effectiveness. Each volume is illustrated with about 100 photographs. All of the major AAP/USN types employed in the European and Mediterranean Theaters are covered. 1457. Jane’s All the World’s Aircraft. London: Various publishers, 1909–. Still in existence, this “bible” of the world’s military aircraft is by far the most useful of all the aircraft compilations cited in this part. Includes full technical details and design, production, and operational histories with photos and illustrations. The wartime volumes, edited by Leonard Bridgman, have been reprinted by the New York firm of Johnson Reprint. 1458. Jane’s Fighting Aircraft of World War II. London: Random House Group, 2001. 318 pp. Well-illustrated comprehensive guide to aircraft of all belligerents. Provides brief history and technical details of each aircraft described. 1459. Jones, Lloyd. U.S. Bombers: B-1 1928 to B-1 1980s. 3rd ed. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1980. 272 pp. An anthology of all bomber-type aircraft ever assigned “B” designations in this country; the detailed descriptions include specifications, performance, and design features and each is illustrated by one or more photos. 1460. Mendenhall, Charles. Deadly Duo. New York: Specialty Press, 1981. 160 pp. Supplemented by 20 pages of line drawings, a data directory, and many photographs, this work details the operations and production history of the North American B-25 and Martin B-26 medium bombers. 1461. Mondey, David. Concise Guide to American Aircraft of World War II. London and New York: Hamlyn, 1981. 160 pp. This British import details all of the major types employed in the MTO/ ETO (133 types) and illustrates them with 84 diagrams, 170 color drawings, and 117 photographs. 1462. Munson, Kenneth. Aircraft of World War II. 2nd ed. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1972. 272 pp. An alphabetically arranged technical guide to the warplanes of all the major and minor powers, each aircraft illustrated with at least one photograph. 1463. ——. American Aircraft of World War II in Color. New York: Sterling, 1982. 160 pp. This British import reproduces 68 paintings and 11 color and 150 black and white photographs to tell the story of the major U.S. aircraft types, including those prominent in the ETO and MTO. 1464. ——. Fighters and Bombers of World War II. London: Burke’s Peerage, 1981. 400 pp. A single-volume edition of two works on the fighters, attack and training

214

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II aircraft, bombers, patrol and transport planes of the Allies and Axis; the text is backed by over 300 color illustrations.

1465. Pimlott, John, and H. P. Willmott. Classic Aircraft of the World. London and New York: Bison Books, 1982. 400 pp. Provides comprehensive coverage of six noted wartime aircraft, including the B-17 and P-51 from the ETO/MTO; the text is backed by full-color cutaway diagrams (one for each plane), and over 60 illustrations, 150 in color. 1466. Profile Publications, Editors of. American Bombers. Men and Machines Series, no. 12. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1974. 72 pp. Profile Publications has long been synonymous with the best in illustrated technical detail on aircraft; this work, which features color drawings and cutaways, and black and white photos, presents information on the B-17, A-20, and B-26. 1467. ——. American Fighters. Men and Machine Series, nos. 1 and 10. 2 vols. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1974. Those aircraft covered in No. 1 include the P-39, P-38, and P-61, while of those in No. 10 only the P-40 is relevant to our subject. 1468. Robinson, Anthony, ed. In the Cockpit: Flying the World’s Great Aircraft. New York: Ziff-Davis, 1979. 304 pp. Somewhat similar to the Higham work noted above, this volume gives one expert’s opinions on the flying qualities of various aircraft, including several major AAF types employed in the ETO/MTO. Illustrations are both black and white and color. 1469. Sun, Jack K. “Fighter Armament of World War II.” Aerospace Historian XXVIII (June 1981): 74–82. A detailed presentation of the types employed aboard AAF fighters, including an analysis of their effectiveness. 1470. Tallman, Frank. Flying the Old Planes. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1973. 255 pp. Tallman, one of aviation’s greatest flyers, takes the reader “into the cockpit” as he describes the flying qualities of 25 historic aircraft, including several relative to this guide. 1471. Taylor, John W. R. Aircraft of World War II. London: Longacre Press, 1963. 124 pp. Jane’s editor Taylor here presents capsule histories of some of the more important Allied and Axis fighters, bombers, transports, and trainers of the war years, including all of the major U.S. types. 1472. ——. Milestones of the Air: Jane’s 100 Significant Aircraft. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1969. 158 pp. Looks at history’s most famous aircraft with text and illustrations and features several AAF models, including the P-40, P-51, and B-17.

The War in the Air

215

1473. Wagner, Ray. American Combat Planes. Rev. ed. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1982. 565 pp. Describes all American military aircraft—experimental, operational, seaor land-based—from 1908 to the present in detailed text backed by 1,400 photographs. 1474. Warplanes, 1939–1945. Purnell’s History of the World Wars Special. London: Phoebus Books, 1973. 64 pp. A full-color guide to the major aircraft of both the Allied and Axis powers which employs cutaway drawings and other illustrations to show the craft, including the major American types employed in Europe. 1475. Waters, Andrew W. All the U.S. Air Force Airplanes, 1907–1983. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1983. 413 pp. A somewhat-difficult-to-use reference to 622 aircraft; includes photographs and information on designers, commanded organizations (e.g., Eighth Air Force), bases, and enemy war-birds. 1476. Weal, Elke C., comp. Combat Aircraft of World War II. New York: Macmillan, 1977. 238 pp. Some 890 aircraft from 25 nations are listed alphabetically under manufacturer and then chronologically; includes 426 scale line drawings or reproductions of paintings. 2. Individual Aircraft Introduction: The citations which follow are to those major American types employed in the European and Mediterranean Theaters. They are arranged by type (bomber, fighter, etc.), then by designation (e.g. A-20), and then alphabetically by author. Users will find additional data on these warplanes not only above but in other parts of this section, especially C, “Campaigns and Battles.” a. BOMBERS A-20 Havoc/A-26 Invader 1477. Gann, Harry. Douglas A-20. Aircraft in Profile, no. 202. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1971. 15 pp. A brief technical guide to the Havoc which includes drawings, specifications, and photographs. 1478. Gault, Owen. “The Amazing ‘Coconut Bomber.’ ” Air Classics IX (July 1973): 26–37. An illustrated overview of the Havoc’s worldwide service. 1479. Hess, William N. A-20 Havoc at War. New York: Scribners, 1980. 128 pp. The story of the Havoc, first used operationally by the British as the “Boston,” from 1940 to 1945, told largely in the words of the crews that flew it. Includes a 30-page section on the A-20’s descendant, the A-26, and more than 150 photographs.

216

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1480. Mesko, Jim. The A-20 in Action. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1981. 50 pp. A pictorial history which features 101 photos, 4-views, and color art. 1481. ——. A-26 Invader in Action. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1982. 50 pp. Concise text traces the plane’s use from late World War II through Vietnam; illustrations include 120 photographs, 20 detailed line drawings, and 12 color profiles. 1482. Powell, Hickman. “Porcupine Squadron: The A-20 Attack Bomber, Famous Abroad as the Boston and Havoc.” Popular Science CXL (May 1942): 82–87. An early account of the Havoc’s operations and characteristics. B-17 Flying Fortress 1483. Andrews, Paul M. “Seventeen Bits and Pieces—Boeing B-17Fs and Cs Assigned to the Eighth U.S. Army Air Force, August 1942–May 1945.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XXIV (Fall 1979): 202–213; (Winter 1979): 303–312. An examination of the Forts assigned to the Eighth’s 1st and 3rd Air Divisions; includes illustrations. 1484. Beall, Wellwood E. “The Boeing B-17 Flying Fortress.” Aviation XLIV (January 1945): 121–144. 1485. ——. “Design Analysis of the Boeing B-17 Flying Fortress.” Aviation XLIV (January 1945): 233–243. These two articles by a prominent designer at Boeing familiar with the Fortress describe the plane’s creation and offer one of the better design analyses. 1486. Birdsall, Steve. B-17 Flying Fortress. New York: Arco, 1965. 56 pp. Follows the aircraft’s 29-year career in text and illustration, the latter including 170 illustrations, photographs, side- and 3-views. Reprints the pilot-training manual and looks at nose art. 1487. ——. B-17 in Action. Warren, Mi.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1973. 50 pp. A concise text traces the plane’s design, deployment history, and World War II feats; illustrations include over 100 photographs and various line drawings and color profiles. 1488. ——, et al. Winged Majesty: The Boeing B-17 Flying Fortress in War and Peace. Glendale, Ca.: Aviation Book Co., 1980. 41 pp. Similar to the titles above in that a text is complemented by 177 photographs and illustrations; includes narratives from pilots and crewmen as well as notes on missions flown.

The War in the Air

217

1489. Bowers, Peter H. Fortress in the Sky. Granada Hills, Ca.: Sentry Books, 1976. 275 pp. A large pictorial on the history of the B-17 backed by many illustrations, photographs, anecdotes; includes famous pilots and missions flown. Compare with the Caidin and Jablonski works noted below. 1490. ——. “A Fortress Is Forever.” Wings VII (March 1977): 24–50. An illustrated history of the B-17 based on the previous citation. 1491. Caidin, Martin. Flying Forts. New York: Meredith Books, 1972. 516 pp. A well-written journalistic account of the B-17’s World War II history, with emphasis on missions flown and results obtained; includes several pages of photographs. 1492. Coker, William S. “America’s Most Famous Bomber.” Air University Review XVII (July–August 1966): 80–86. A pictorial salute to the B-17 Flying Fortress. 1493. Collison, Thomas. Flying Fortress: The Story of the Boeing Bomber. New York: Scribners, 1943. 168 pp. Useful for the development of the B-17 and U.S. bombing plans, this wartime book unfortunately does not give a complete history due to its early publication date. 1494. Freeman, Roger A. B-17 Fortress at War. New York: Scribners, 1977. 191 pp. Takes the interesting approach of discussing the bomber crew station by crew station as well as providing an overall look at its developmental and operational career; the text is backed by 259 photos, many full- or double-page size. 1495. ——. Boeing B-17G Flying Fortress. Aircraft in Profile, no. 205. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1971. 20 pp. A detailed technical and design history illustrated with many color illustrations and black and white photographs. The “G” was a very late model and featured the best in armament. 1496. Glines, C. V. “The Fabulous Fortress.” Air Force Magazine January 1985, 118–21. A testimonial to the B-17. 1497. Holder, William G. “That Tough Old Bird.” Air Classics XVIII (July 1972): 42–51. A technical survey built around the plane’s ability to take lots of flak punishment; illustrated. 1498. Jablonski, Edward. Flying Fortress. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1965. 362 pp. Traces the evolution of the plane, describes the concept of strategic bombing, and looks at the operational history of the famous bomber;

218

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II includes statistical data, over 400 photos, and excerpts from the Pilot Training Manual.

1499. Lloyd, Alwyn T., and Terry D. Moore. B-17 Flying Fortress in Detail and Scale. 2 vols. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1981–1982. Designed for modelers, this book shows the B-17 in a way not seen before, in dozens of detail photos and drawings, many of cockpit interiors, turrets, gear details, fuselage interior, etc. 1500. Munson, Kenneth, and F. Gordon Swanborough. Boeing. Aircraft Album, no. 4. New York: Arco, 1972. 144 pp. A substantial history of the Boeing firm which built the Fortress; this paperback includes over 180 photos. 1501. Ness, William H., Frederick A. Johnson, and Chester Marshall. Great American Bombers of World War II: B-17 Flying Fortress. Osceola, Wi.: MBI Publishing, 1998. 431 pp. Detailed photographic history of the B-17; for enthusiasts and modelers. 1502. Schreier, Konrad, Jr. “The Boeing B-17E.” Air Classics VIII (February 1972): 22–29. An illustrated look at this early-model Fortress which saw action over Europe and the Mediterranean in 1942–1943. 1503. Shacklady, Edward. Consolidated B-24 Liberator. Cheltenham, U.K.: Cereberus Publishing, 2005. 176 pp. Produced in greater quantity than the B-17, Schacklady chronicles the use of B-24 bomber by Allied air forces. 1504. Thompson, Charles D. Boeing B-17E & F Flying Fortress. Aircraft in Profile, no. 77. Windsor, Eng.: Profile Publications, 1966. 15 pp. A brief illustrated technical guide to these two early-model B-17s; includes color side-views and black and white photographs. 1505. Willmott, H. P. B-17 Flying Fortress. War Planes in Colour, No. 4. London: Leventhal, 1980. 64 pp. A brief history noteworthy in that all of the illustrations are in color, including reproductions of wartime photographs. B-24 Liberator 1506. Birdsall, Steve. The B-24 Liberator. New York: Arco, 1968. 64 pp. Examines the developments, modifications, and operations of this B-17 rival (1,498 more B-24s than Fortresses were built during the war), including several famous aircraft and missions, such as the August 1, 1943, Ploesti attack; includes 160 photographs. 1507. ——. B-24 Liberator in Action. Warren, Mi.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1976. 50 pp. This story of the Liberator details its modifications and operations with the help of 18 line and detail drawings, several 3-views, and 64 photos.

The War in the Air

219

1508. ——. Log of the Liberators. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1973. 340 pp. A design, modification, and especially good operational history enhanced by 250 photographs. 1509. Blue, Allan G. The B-24 Liberator: A Pictorial History. New York: Scribners, 1977. 223 pp. The story of the AAF/USN Liberators told largely in the words of the crews that flew them; examines both modifications and operations with the help of over 150 photographs. 1510. ——. “Fortress vs. Liberator.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal VIII (Summer 1963): 126–128. A brief “which was best” survey which concludes the latter was. 1511. Bowman, Martin. B-24 Liberator, 1939–1945. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1980. 128 pp. Similar to Blue’s study above, this work examines the plane’s design, modification, and operational history with the aid of a variety of illustrations. 1512. Carigan, William. “The B-24 Liberator—A Man’s Airplane.” Aerospace Historian 35 (Spring 1988): 11–24. A memoir of flying the B-24. 1513. Dorr, Robert. “B-24 Liberator: The Mostest.” Air Power History 37 (Spring 1990): 27–36. 1514. Eaker, Ira C. “The Flying Fortress and the Liberator.” Aerospace Historian XXVI (June 1979): 66–68. The former VIII Bomber Command chief compares the two aircraft. 1515. Famme, J. H. “Design Analysis of the Consolidated B-24 Liberator.” Aviation XLIV (July 1945): 121–143. An excellent technical discussion helped along by detail illustrations, including cutaways. 1516. Freeman, Roger A. Consolidated B-24J Liberator. Aircraft in Profile, no. 19. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1965. 12 pp. An extremely brief technical history strengthened by color drawings and black and white photographs. The “J” was an extremely late-model Liberator. 1517. Holder, William G., and Clifford Glassmeyer. “B-24: The Liberator.” Aviation Quarterly V (Fall 1979): 288–304. An illustrated history of the plane’s development and modifications, operational career, and flying characteristics.

220

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

B-25 Mitchell 1518. Gault, Owen. “Anatomy of a Killer: The Mitchell.” Air Classics VIII (December 1972): 32–59. An illustrated design and operational history of the twin-tailed Mitchell medium bomber employed by the AAF in Europe, almost exclusively in the Mediterranean Theater. 1519. Hansen, Charles J. “Design Analysis of the North American B-25 Mitchell.” Aviation XLIV (March 1945): 119–142. Still one of the best examinations available, this work is aided by sideviews and black and white photographs. 1520. McDowell, Ernest R. B-25 Mitchell in Action. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/ Signal Publications, 1978. 49 pp. Like all of the S/S pictorials, this one contains little text; the Mitchell’s story is told almost exclusively through 28 captioned drawings and 3-views, reproductions of 13 paintings, and 97 photos. 1521. Mizrahi, J. V. The North American B-25. North Hollywood, Ca.: Challenge Publications, 1965. 48 pp. An illustrated pamphlet which discusses the flying characteristics and wartime history of the B-25, including the one owned by the publisher. 1522. Wagner, Ray. North American B-25A-G Mitchell. Aircraft in Profile, No. 59. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1966. 12 pp. A brief technical history told through the help of black and white photos and color drawings. B-26 Marauder 1523. Allen, Franklin. The Martin Marauder and the Franklin Aliens. Manhattan, Ks.: Military Affairs/Aerospace Historian, 1980. 480 pp. A collection of letters between a B-26 pilot and his wife which describe what it was like to test fly and operationally fly the so-called widow maker. Introduction by Donald J. Mrozek; illustrated. 1524. Birdsall, Steve. B-26 Marauder in Action. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/ Signal Publications, 1979. 50 pp. This little-text history covers the war’s most widely employed medium bomber in line drawings, 100 photos, some 4-view and reproductions of 13 paintings. 1525. Francis, Devon E. Flak Bait: The Story of the Men Who Flew the Martin Marauder. New York: Duell, Sloane, and Pearce, 1948. 331 pp. Based on previously published newspaper, periodical, and army reports, this anthology presents an anecdotal account of the B-26 bombers, its specifications, crewmen, and operations. 1526. Freeman, Roger A. B-26 Marauder at War. New York: Scribners, 1978. 192 pp.

The War in the Air

221

Freeman’s effort now supersedes Francis as the most useful Marauder account; told from the viewpoint of the flyers, this work stresses the plane’s operational characteristics and missions. Illustrated with over 150 photographs. 1527. Moore, Carl H. Flying the B-26 Marauder over Europe. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: TAB Books, 1980. 176 pp. A realistic study based on the recollections of men who flew this muchmaligned aircraft; illustrated with 76 photographs, the work also reproduces the Marauder flight manual. 1528. Mundey, Eric. “B-26 Marauder.” Military Journal II (Winter 1978–1979): 26–30. A brief operational history illustrated by drawings. 1529. Wagner, Ray. Martin B-26B & C Marauder. Aircraft in Profile, no. 112. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1967. 12 pp. A brief technical history helped along by black and white photographs and color drawings and illustrations. b. FIGHTERS P-38 Lightning 1530. Caidin, Martin. Fork-Tailed Devil: The P-38. New York: Ballantine Books, 1971. 369 pp. Provides operational and design information on the long-range, twinengine Lightning, which saw better service in the Pacific than in Europe, but which was nevertheless well regarded in the Mediterranean. Includes several pages of photographs. 1531. Christy, Joe, and Jeffrey L. Ethell. P-38 Lightning at War. New York: Scribners, 1978. 144 pp. Told from the viewpoint of the pilots, this work stresses the plane’s operational characteristics and missions, including its use as a bomber against the Ploesti oil refineries. Illustrated with over 210 photographs. 1532. Gurney, Gene. P-38 Lightning. New York: Arco, 1969. 60 pp. Differs from Edward T. Maloney’s similar title, cited below, by placing more emphasis upon the pilots who flew the aircraft; includes photo recreations of combat maneuvers/fighter tactics and contains 82 photographs. 1533. Maloney, Edward T. Lockheed P-38 Lightning. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1968. 52 pp. Examines the development and deployment of this versatile long-range fighter; includes 4 pages of color profiles and 80 photos. 1534. Rust, Kenn C. “Lightnings at War.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal VIII (Summer 1963): 128–131. Presents a selection of photographs showing the plane in general.

222

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1535. Entry deleted. 1536. Stafford, Gene B. P-38 Lightning in Action. Warren, Mi.: Squadron/ Signal Publications, 1976. 50 pp. This little-text history covers the famous “fork-tailed devil” in line drawings, over 100 photos, some 4-views, and reproductions of paintings. 1537. “Three Bullets on a Knife.” Air University Review XVIII (January– February 1967): 46–59. A pictorial salute subtitled “Saga of the P-38.” 1538. Ward, Richard, and Ernest R. McDowell. Lockheed P-38 Lightning. New York: Arco, 1969. 48 pp. Using over 200 illustrations, the authors show the noted fighter as it appeared in the AAF and three other Allied air fleets. P-39 Airacobra 1539. Davidson, Robert S. “Killer Cobra.” Air Classics VIII (December 1971): 10–13, 58–60. Examines the “failure” of the P-39, a radically-engined fighter which was preferred more by Soviet pilots than by American, but which, nevertheless, saw limited service in Europe. 1540. Dial, Jay F. Bell P-39 Airacobra. Aircraft in Profile, no. 165. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1967. 12 pp. A brief technical history built around black and white photographs and color illustrations. 1541. Hudson, James J. “The P-39 in Europe.” Aerospace Historian XXIV (September 1977): 129–134. Perhaps the most useful P-39 piece for users of this volume; examines why the Airacobra did not do very well and was quickly phased out. 1542. McDowell, Ernest R. P-39 Airacobra in Action. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1980. 46 pp. This little-text history covers the poorly received fighter in over 100 photos, line drawings, some 4-views, and reproductions of paintings. 1543. Miller, Edward E. “Design Analysis of the Bell Airacobra from Cannon to Tail.” Aviation XLII (May 1943): 126–155. A comprehensive analysis available at this early date largely because the plane had been phased out of frontline AAF units. Curtiss P-40 Kittyhawk 1544. Bowers, Peter M. Curtiss Aircraft, 1907–1947. London: Putnam, 1979. 604 pp. A detailed company history of the firm begun by Glenn Curtiss early in this century; includes an examination of the P-40, one of the most successful Curtiss products.

The War in the Air

223

1545. Christy, Joe, and Jeffrey L. Ethell. P-40 Hawks at War. New York: Scribners, 1980. 128 pp. Little used in northwest Europe, the P-40 was extensively employed by Allied air forces, including the AAF, in the Mediterranean; this work is told from the viewpoint of the pilots and stresses the plane’s operational characteristics and missions. Illustrated with 210 photographs. 1546. Hart, Eric H. “A Study in Longevity: The Curtiss P-40 in World War II.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XIV (Spring 1969): 26–29; (Summer 1969): 130–131. An illustrated look at the upgrading of this fighter during the progress of the conflict. 1547. Holloway, Bruce K. “The P-40.” Aerospace Historian XXV (Fall 1978): 136–140. The author’s personal recollection and appreciation of this well-traveled machine. 1548. McDowell, Ernest R. Curtiss P-40 in Action. Warren, Mi.: Squadron/ Signal Publications, 1976. 58 pp. Follows the aircraft’s progress through the Q model with illustrations, including 12 scolor profiles, 29 detail- and 3-view drawings, and over 100 photographs. 1549. ——. The P-40 Kittyhawk. New York: Arco, 1968. 64 pp. Outclassed by almost every enemy fighter it met during the war, the P-40, in the hands of Allied airmen, acquitted itself well; this title examines Allied use of the aircraft; illustrated with 80 photos. 1550. Milch, Robert J. “The P-40: Workhorse of the Skies.” American History Illustrated II (June 1967): 22–28, 30. A pictorial covering the aircraft’s Allied use, especially in the Mediterranean and China. 1551. Wagner, Ray. Curtiss P-40. Aircraft in Profile, No. 35. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1965. 12 pp. 1552. ——. Curtiss P-40F-N Kittyhawk. Aircraft in Profile, No. 136. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1967. 12 pp. These two brief technical histories are enhanced by color illustrations and a variety of black and white photographs. P-47 Thunderbolt 1553. Dunn, William R. “P-47: The Beautiful Beast.” Air Force Magazine, September 1975, 91–94+. America’s first European ace recalls his service aboard the large and effective P-47, which was, from its shape, nicknamed “the Jug.” 1554. Freeman, Roger A. Thunderbolt: A Documentary History of the Republic P-47. New York: Scribners, 1979. 152 pp.

224

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A documentary (but poorly documented) account which includes not only descriptions and statistics of the aircraft, but extensive comments by wartime pilots and a large number of comparison charts, illustrations, and a list of squadrons equipped with the conflict’s largest single-engine propellor-driven fighter.

1555. Hess, William N. P-47 Thunderbolt at War. New York: Scribners, 1977. 160 pp. The story of the successful large aircraft told from the viewpoint of the pilots; stresses the plane’s operational characteristics and missions. Illustrated with 212 combat photos. 1556. McDowell, Ernest R., and Richard Ward. Republic P-47 Thunderbolt. New York: Arco, 1968. 46 pp. Follows the “Jug” as it served in the following Allied air forces: AAF, RAF, Free French, Mexican, Brazilian, etc. Illustrated with 200 photos and drawings. 1557. Maloney, Edward T. Republic P-47 Thunderbolt. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1966. 50 pp. Examines and describes the development and deployment of this versatile and powerful bomber escort and fighter bomber; includes 4 pages of color and some 80 photographs. 1558. Morgan, Len. The P-47 Thunderbolt. New York: Arco, 1963. 52 pp. Similar to the McDowell and Ward work cited above; includes pilot comments and 87 illustrations. 1559. Rabbets, John B. Republic P-47D Thunderbolt. Oxford, U.K.: Aerodata International, 1978. 20 pp. A brief overview of this American fighter using 20 photographs and 40 line drawings. 1560. Shacklady, E. G. The Republic P-47 Thunderbolt. Aircraft in Profile, No. 7. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1965. 11 pp. A small but detailed technical history enhanced by black and white photographs and color illustrations. 1561. Stafford, Gene B. P-47 Thunderbolt in Action. Warren, Mi.: Squadron/ Signal Publications, 1975. 50 pp. Follows the aircraft’s introduction and successful employment as bomber escort and fighter bomber with a series of illustrations, including color profiles, detail- and 3-view drawings, and over 100 photos. 1562. Ward, Richard. Republic P-47 Thunderbolt. New York: Arco, 1970. 64 pp. Includes photos and illustrations showing the “Jug’s” many color schemes and squadron insignia. 1563. Winchester, James. “Republic’s P-47: The Unbreakable Jug.” Air Force XL (December 1957): 100–102+.

The War in the Air

225

A tribute to the huge fighter’s exploits in the European Theater with comments from former pilots. P-51 Mustang 1564. Atkins, Richard. North American P-51B & C Mustang. Aircraft in Profile, No. 100. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1969. 12 pp. A brief design history enhanced by the use of black and white photographs and color illustrations. 1565. Boylan, Bernard L. “The Development of the American Long Range Escort Fighter.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Columbia University, 1955. Presents the story of the need for and development of the Mustang, first ordered by the British, but with the substitution of an underpowered engine for a better one, held by the Americans to become the war’s best strategic fighter. 1566. Davis, Larry. P-51 Mustang in Action. Warren, Mi.: Squadron/Signal, 1975. 58 pp. Like all S/S publications, this work is short on text and long on illustrations, including 80+ line drawings, 12 color profiles, and 124 action photographs. 1567. ——. P-51 Mustang in Color. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1982. 36 pp. Emphasis is on markings and detail with dozens of color illustrations showing engines, cockpits, gun bays, and fuselages; includes 37 side-view and 3 color 4-view paintings and 45 black and white photos. Both Davis titles mention the A-36 dive-bombing Mustang. 1568. Ethell, Jeffrey L. “The Marvelous Mustang.” Air Force Magazine, September 1981, 144–146+. A history of and tribute to this most photogenic of AAF fighters, the one which has created a fanatic band of followers and which to many is the one aircraft believed (incorrectly) to have defeated the Luftwaffe. 1569. ——. Mustang: A Documentary History. New York and London: Jane’s, 1981. 176 pp. Based on pilot accounts and recently uncovered documents, Ethell’s work is one of the best of many Mustang books, one which expands the accepted aircraft biography and refutes the myths that grew during the war. Illustrated with nearly 200 photographs. 1570. Freeman, Roger A. Mustang at War. London: Ian Allan, 1974. 160 pp. The story of the sleek escort fighter and sometimes fighter bomber told from the viewpoint of its pilots; stresses the plane’s operational characteristics and missions. Illustrated with 210 photos. 1571. Gruenhagen, Robert W. The Mustang: The Story of the P-51 Fighter. Rev. ed. New York: Arco, 1980. 252 pp.

226

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Utilizing archival research, interviews, and secondary sources, the author covers every aspect of this famous fighter from development through combat use in a work only Ethell rivals. Includes a special section on specification and production data and 323 photos and 19 drawings.

1572. Hardy, M. J. North American Mustang: The Story of the Perfect Pursuit Plane, P-51. New York: Arco, 1979. 128 pp. Presents the fighter’s familiar story with a variety of illustrations and photographs; not quite in the same league with Ethell or Gruenhagen. 1573. Hegg, William. P-51: Bomber Escort. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1971. 160 pp. A combat pictorial which discusses development but puts most of its emphasis on combat in the skies of Europe. 1574. Hess, William N. Fighting Mustang: The Chronicle of the P-51. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1970. 198 pp. One of the better pre-Ethell/Gruenhagen chronicles, Hess’s book follows the aircraft’s development and combat career from 1942 to the late 1960s; includes a few pages of photographs and an appendix containing comments by Mustang aces like the 354th Fighter Group’s Richard E. Turner. 1575. Hillman, Bradford H. “Mustang Roundup: Saga of the P-51.” Air Classics VIII (June 1972): 16–25, 64–65; (July 1972): 52–63. An illustrated history of and tribute to this fine fighter, used today in air racing. 1576. Holder, William G. “The A-36 Dive-Bombing Mustang.” TAC Attack XIV (August 1974): 24–27. One of the few studies devoted exclusively to this subtype of the P-51, which was employed not too successfully in Italy. 1577. Holmes, Harry. North American P-51D Mustang. Oxford, U.K.: Aerodata International, 1978. 20 pp. A brief overview dominated by 26 black and white photographs and 19 line drawings. 1578. McCorkle, Charles M. “The Number 1 Fighter of World War II?: Spitfire or Mustang?” Aerospace Historian XX (December 1973): 170–177. Following analysis, the author concludes that both planes were the best—for different reasons! 1579. “Military Mustangs: A Sword Through Freedom’s Enemies.” Air Classics Quarterly Review I (Spring 1975): 1–116. In what amounts to a small book, the editors of this journal present the plane’s basic biography and list of missions and pilot comments with ample illustration. 1580. Morgan, Len. The P-51 Mustang. New York: Arco, 1963. 52 pp.

The War in the Air

227

A detailed pilot’s report on this fighter—its development, uses, and eventual fall from military inventory in the U.S.; illustrated with 78 photographs. 1581. Shacklady, E. G. North American P-51D Mustang. Aircraft In Profile, No. 8. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1965. 13 pp. A brief technical history enhanced by the use of black and white photographs and color illustrations. 1582. Wagner, Ray. Mustang Designer: Edgar Schmued and the P-51. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2000. 253 pp. A biography of the designer of the legendary Mustang integrated with a history of the aviation industry and the development of fighter aircraft. Well illustrated, but lacking in understanding of Schmued. 1583. Ward, Richard, and Ernest R. McDowell. North American P-51B/C Mustang. New York: Arco, 1969. 46 pp. A pictorial survey containing over 200 photographs and color illustrations. c. OTHER AIRCRAFT 1584. Conley, Manuel. “Silent Squadrons.” American History Illustrated XVIII (June 1983): 12–21. A pictorial review of the kinds of gliders employed by U.S. airborne forces, including those deployed in the MTO/ETO, and such major glider-borne assaults as the landings in Sicily, Normandy, and Arnhem. 1585. Davis, Paul M., and Amy C. Fenwick. Development and Procurement of Gliders in the Army Air Forces, 1941–1944. USAAF Historical Study, No. 47. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1946. 208 pp. A detailed account of the design and development of such gliders as the Waco for use by American airborne troops, particularly in the European and Mediterranean Theaters. Discusses setbacks as well as successful tests. 1586. Gault, Owen. “Cubs at War.” Air Classics IX (March 1973): 18–27. Examines the use of the L-4 Piper as a liaison aircraft by the U.S. Army, especially in the northwest Europe campaigns of 1944–45. 1587. Glines, Carroll V., and Wendell F. Mosley. The Grand Old Lady: Story of the DC-3. Cleveland, Ohio: Pennington Press, 1960. 250 pp. An enthusiastic account of the noted airliner which went into AAF service as the C-47 Skytrain, told as a series of anecdotes concerning important missions and pilots. Includes photographs. 1588. Hutton, C. I. “Cubs in Combat.” U.S. Army Aviation Digest III (June 1957): 31–38. Examines the exploits of the L-4 Piper during World War II.

228

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1589. Ingells, Douglas J. The Plane That Changed the World: A Biography of the DC-3. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1963. 250 pp. Similar to the Glines and Mosley entry; includes details of the C-47’s use in the major airborne operations in the European and Mediterranean Theaters and many more photos than the Glines outing. 1590. Johnson, Frederick A. Darkly Dangerous: The P-61 Black Widow Night Fighter. Glendale, Ca.: Aviation Book Company, 1981. 29 pp. A brief history of the development and European combat of the first U.S. aircraft designed solely as a night fighter; includes 177 photos. 1591. McQuillen, John A., Jr. “American Military Gliders in World War II in Europe.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, St. Louis University, 1975. Examines the use of Waco and Horsa gliders by the AAF in Europe in support of major airborne operations. Scholarly. 1592. Morgan, Len. The Douglas DC-3. New York: Arco, 1964. 56 pp. A former pilot tells the story of a great airliner and troop transport; includes 81 photographs and 23 drawings. 1593. Mrazek, James E. Fighting Gliders of World War II. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1977. 207 pp. This work examines the history of those gliders used by Allied and Axis forces in the European and Mediterranean; heavy on aircraft specifications and data, light on operational use. Photos. 1594. Nicholas, William H. “Gliders—Silent Weapon of the Sky.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXVI (August 1944): 149–160. An illustrated look at training, testing, and use of glider pilots and their aircraft. 1595. Pearcy, Arthur. The DC-3 Dakota. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1975. 160 pp. A pictorial which describes the C-47 (called “Dakota” by the British) with regard to both specifications and operations. 1596. ——. Douglas Dakota Marks I–IV. Aircraft in Profile, No. 220. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1971. 24 pp. A brief, detailed technical history enhanced by the use of color illustrations and black and white photographs. 1597. Redman, Rodney. “Observation and Liaison Aircraft: A Pictorial Review of Observation, Reconnaissance, and Liaison Aircraft of the U.S. Army and Air Force, Part II: 1925–1946.” Air Classics VIII (November 1971): 53–58. A pictorial which describes various aircraft in interesting captions.

The War in the Air

229

3. Awards, Personal Equipment, Insignia, and Markings 1598. Andrade, John M. U.S. Military Aircraft Designations and Serials Since 1909. London: Midland Counties Publications, 1980. 254 pp. A small British import paperback, filled with numbers and facts, covers the aircraft of all the U.S. services; one of the best sources of serial and construction number information. 1599. Bell, Dana. Air Force Colors, Vol. II: ETO and MTO, 1942–1945. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1980. 96 pp. Based on documentary research, this photo history details the camouflage and markings employed on AAF aircraft; includes a large number of color illustrations. 1600. Birdsall, Steve. Hell’s Angels. Canoga Park, Ca.: Grenadier Books, 1969. 48 pp. An illustrated guide to the imaginative and wide-ranging variety of names and markings placed by AAF crews upon their B-17s. 1601. Bowyer, Michael J. F. Wartime Military Airfields of East Anglia, 1939– 1945. London: Patrick Stephens, 1979. 232 pp. A complete look at the RAF/AAF bases in this British county; describes base-building, security, personnel, aircraft housed, and operations from East Anglian air bases. Illustrated with photographs. 1602. Campbell, J. Duncan. Aviation Badges and Insignia of the United States Army, 1913–946. Tulsa, Ok.: Military Collectors News Press, 1979. 88 pp. Covers the origin and development of hundreds of different wing badges and cap, collar, and sleeve insignia; particularly useful for the wartime AAF, this work contains 375 illustrations. 1603. DeSeversky, Alexander P. “Walt Disney: An Airman in His Heart.” Aerospace Historian XIV (April 1967): 5–8, 17–19. Describes the work of the Disney studio in creating aircraft and unit insignia during the war. 1604. Dial, Jay F. United States Aircraft Camouflage, World War II. Arlington, Tx.: Scale, 1964. 20 pp. A brief study of the camouflage applied to AAF/USN aircraft during the war, including interesting shades of pink employed in Africa. Illustrated with photos and drawings. 1605. Freeman, Roger A. Airfields of the Eighth: Then and Now. London: Battle of Britain International, 1967. 240 pp. Revisits 69 bases and provides a brief history of each; presents over 400 “then-and-now” comparison photographs and vertical photographs and aerial obliques taken from the Ministry of Defence archives and modern aircraft.

230

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1606. ——. Camouflage and Markings: United States Army Air Forces. London: Ducimus Books, 1974. 240 pp. A detailed look at the camouflage painting applied to AAF warplanes as well as squadron markings, personal insignia, etc.; illustrated with a considerable number of color drawings and plates. 1607. ——. “U.S. Eighth and Ninth Air Force Aircraft Paintwork.” Air Pictorial XXVIII (May 1966): 182–184; (June 1966): 214–216; (July 1966): 254–255. Black and white photographs described with captions; covers national, unit, and personal markings. 1608. “A History of American Aircraft Insignia.” Aerospace Historian XVI (Spring 1969): 21–26. A brief review of the evolution in national and unit markings; illustrated with black and white photographs. 1609. Hubbard, Gerard. “Aircraft Insignia: Spirit of Youth.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXIII (June 1943): 710–722. A look at the personal insignia applied to aircraft by pilots and crews; highly illustrated. 1610. Jones, Robert C. “Marauder Decor.” Scale Modeler VIII (May 1973): 337–338. A quick overview of the kinds of markings employed by wartime B-26 crews. 1611. Maguire, Jon A. Silver Wings, Pinks & Greens: Uniforms, Wings & Insignia of USAAF Airmen in World War II. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 1994. 191 pp. A comprehensive study of AAF uniforms and of metal and cloth insignia worn by AAF personnel. Well-researched and lavishly illustrated with both color and black and white photos of insignia. 1612. Marso, Richard. “Those Garish, Gaudy Liberators.” Air Classics IX (February 1973): 24–31, 48. A look at the markings placed on B-24s by their crews; illustrated, this piece places particular emphasis on those liberators employed to lead formations. 1613. Massaro, Joseph M. Distinctive Insignia of the U.S. Army Air Forces, 1924–1947. Austin, Tx.: International Publishing Co., 1987. 158 pp. Comprehensive catalog of distinctive unit insignia worn by Army Air Force units. Black and white photographs. 1614. Nield, Henry, and Ian Logan. Classy Chassy. New York: A. & W. Visual Library, 1977. Examines the art—nude and otherwise—which pilots and aircrew painted upon their aircraft; illustrated with a variety of color plates.

The War in the Air

231

1615. Robertson, Bruce. Aircraft Camouflage and Markings, 1907–1954. Edited by D. A. Russell. Letchworth, U.K.: Harleyford Publications, 1957. 212 pp. A detailed review of camouflage and national, unit, and personal markings applied to various aircraft in the inventories of the world’s air forces from the beginning through the Korean conflict. Illustrated with black and white photographs, drawings, and many color plates. 1616. Rosignoli, Guido. Air Force Badges and Insignia of World War II. Arco Color Series. New York: Arco, 1977. 200 pp. A survey of the badges and insignia worn by the airmen of the war’s principal belligerents; heavily illustrated, including 80 color plates. 1617. Scutts, Jerry. U.S.A.A.F. Camouflage of World War II. Airfax Magazine Guide, no. 18. London: Patrick Stephens, 1964. 64 pp. Designed for modelers, this review is heavily illustrated with color plates and drawings, as well as black and white photographs. 1618. Sweeting, C. G. Combat Flying Equipment. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution, 1994. 250 pp. Well-illustrated history of the development, testing, and combat use of personal equipment used by AAF pilots from World War I through World War II. 1619. Tannehill, Victor G. “Mediterranean Marauder Markings.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XXIV (Winter 1979): 55–67. A detailed look at those worn by the B-26s of the 42nd Bombardment Wing (M). 1620. Trimble, Robert. “Military Markings of the World: ETO Mustangs.” Air Combat, III (January 1975), 11–19. Reviews the national, unit, and personal insignia and markings placed on the P-51s of the Eighth and Ninth Air Forces, 1944–1945, including D-Day stripes. 1621. Watkins, Robert A. Battle Colors: Insignia and Aircraft Markings of the Eighth Air Force in World War II. Vol. 1, VIII Bomber Command. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2006. 128 pp. Color diagrams and photographs of insignia and markings of all 48 Eighth Air Force bomb groups. For aficionados. 1622. ——. Battle Colors: Insignia and Aircraft of the Eighth Air Force in World War Vol. 2, VIII Fighter Command. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, Companion volume of entry no. 1621.

IV The War on Land

Introduction: The references in this section are focused on the operations of U.S. Army and Allied forces in the Central Mediterranean and Northwest European Theaters during World War II. Here will be found information on officers and men, campaigns and battles, accounts of specific units, and information on land weapons, uniforms, equipment, and insignia. Readers should note that additional information on facets of the ground war are available in the encyclopedias and handbooks and general war histories cited in Section I above, as well as in some of the diplomatic studies noted in II:A.

A. General Works Introduction: As the result of politics and planning, the U.S. and Allied ground forces were first deployed in combat against the Wehrmacht on a large scale in North Africa late in 1942; subsequently American forces participated in the Sicilian and Italian campaigns, landed in northern and southern France in 1944, and advanced into Germany in 1945. The citations in this section reflect those works which deal with the ground war phase of World War II as a whole. While almost all contain information on the American effort, all frequently bear on the operations of other Allied and Axis combatants as well. While here are found also general works dealing with airborne operations, readers should be aware that additional data on these actions are also covered in the general works part of Section III above. A review of these overviews can be useful for comparison as well as for an understanding of the worldwide commitment of the U.S. Army and how its deployment to Europe and the Mediterranean made a difference in the final victory over the Third Reich. 1623. Airborne Invasions. Purnell’s History of the World Wars Special. London: Phoebus Books, 1976. 64 pp. A pictorial which describes the missions and equipment of Allied and 232

The War on Land

233

Axis (mainly U.S., British, and German) airborne groups during the war; illustrated with drawings and photographs. 1624. Andidora, Ronald. Home by Christmas: The Illusion of Victory in 1944. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2002. 206 pp. Critical examination of the “single thrust” strategies advocated by Patton and Montgomery in 1944 and assessment of the prospects of ending the war in Europe in 1944. 1625. Ayling, Keith. They Fly to Fight: The Story of the Airborne Divisions. New York: Appleton, 1944. 191 pp. A contemporary overview of the U.S. airborne forces, their training and jumping techniques, with information on operations in North Africa and Sicily of a general nature. 1626. Bellafaire, Judith L., ed. The U.S. Army and World War II: Selected Papers from the Army’s Commemorative Conferences. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Army Center of Military History 1998. 422 pp. A collection of papers from the international conferences sponsored by the Center of Military History commemorating the 50th anniversary of World War II. The articles cover all theaters, including North Africa, Italy, and northwest Europe. 1627. Bidwell, Shelford. The Mechanics of War: Artillery Tactics, 1939–1945. Warren, Mi.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1976. 72 pp. A pictorial which describes the various artillery pieces and the manner of their use by Allied and Axis forces in the various theaters; illustrated with color plates and black and white photographs. 1628. Bimberg, Edward L. “Guillaume’s Goums.” MHQ: Quarterly Journal of Military History 19 (Winter 2007): 84–92. A popular history of the Moroccan goums, which are largely unknown to American readers, and their part in the battles of Sicily, Corsica, and the opening of the Liri Valley in Italy for the advance on Rome. 1629. Blair, Clay. Ridgway’s Paratroopers: The American Airborne in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2002. 588 pp. Exciting account of the evolution, organization and deployment of U.S. airborne forces in both the European and Pacific theaters. 1630. Blumenson, Martin, ed. Breakout and Pursuit. World War II 50th Anniversary Commemorative Edition. Washington, D.C.: Center of Military History. U.S. Army, 1993. 748 pp. This volume by one of the senior American historians of World War II covers the period from the securing of the Normandy beachhead in June 1944 through the sweep across France to the western border of Germany in September 1944. 1631. Bonds, Ray, ed. The Encyclopedia of Land Warfare in the 20th Century. New York: Crowell, 1977. 248 pp.

234

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II This oversize British volume, published under an American imprint, covers ground combat from World War I through Vietnam, with the largest section devoted to World War II. Illustrated with color and black and white photographs and color drawings.

1632. Bradford, George. Great Tank Battles of World War II. New York: Arco, 1970. 96 pp. Illustrated with over 120 action photos, maps, and battle diagrams, this work reviews 40 armored battles in various theaters, including those involving Americans in North Africa and Europe. 1633. Brown, John S. “Col. Trevor N. Dupuy and the Mythos of Wehrmacht Superiority: A Reconsideration.” Military Affairs 50 (January 1986): 16–20. Intended as a corrective to the “pervasive adulation of the Wehrmacht” that permeates popular accounts of World War II in the Mediterranean and Europe, Brown challenges the “Quantitative Judgment Model” employed by Trevor N. Dupuy in Numbers, Prediction, and War (BobbsMerrill, 1979) to demonstrate that German divisions were more effective than their American counterparts. Brown concludes that Dupuy’s model requires further refinement to make it a reliable instrument for measuring American combat effectiveness. 1634. Brucer, Marshall, ed. A History of Airborne Command and Airborne Center. Williamstown, N.J.: J. M. Phillips, 1978. 58 pp. Originally published in 1946 by the Command Club, this pictorial includes a listing of all U.S. airborne division actions during the war; illustrated with 149 black and white photographs. 1635. Buchanan, A. Russell. Black Americans in World War II. Santa Barbara, Ca.: Clio Books, 1977. 148 pp. This popular survey examines the role of Blacks in the military through a balanced approach which acknowledges accomplishments and setbacks. 1636. Callahan, Raymond. Churchill and His Generals. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2007. 400 pp. Comprehensive and incisive examination of the performance of leading British commanders—Wavell, Auchinleck, Montgomery, Dill and Alanbrooke—and their relationship with Churchill. Callahan carefully considers Churchill’s political concerns and goals in terms of the capabilities of an army that transformed itself from an imperial police force into a highly efficient and victorious force by 1944–1945. 1637. Cowley, Robert, ed. No End Save Victory: Perspectives on World War II. New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 2001. 688 pp. Forty-five essays offering an American perspective on the war in Europe and the Pacific. The essays in Part V, “The War in Europe in 1944–1945”, examine the airborne invasion of Normandy, the leadership of Montgomery, Rommel, and Rundstedt, the failure to close the Falaise trap, the

The War on Land

235

strategic bombing campaign, the Rhine crossing at Remagen, and the fall of Berlin to the Red Army. 1638. Crookenden, Napier. Airborne At War. New York: Scribners, 1978. 160 pp. A noted British airborne commander examines the role of airborne troops, Allied and Axis, in the war, their units, equipment, and missions, including Operation VARSITY, the crossing of the Rhine. Illustrated with over 200 black and white photographs. 1639. Culp, Dennis K. A Comparative Analysis of River Crossing Operations in the Twentieth Century. Student Essay. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: U.S. Army War College, 1982. 29 pp. An analysis of German, Soviet, and U.S. river-crossing operations in World War II, including the Rapido and the Rhine, which includes organization, equipment, tactics, planning considerations and results. 1640. Dahlen, Chester A. “Defense of a River Line.” Military Review XXIX (February 1950): 30–41. Reviews the crossing of the Meurthe, the Rhine, and the Rapido by the 3rd, 45th, and 36th Divisions respectively. 1641. Detzer, Karl. The Mightiest Army. Pleasantville, N.Y.: Reader’s Digest Association, 1945. 168 pp. An overview of U.S. Army operations around the world, including those relative to this guide; features information on generals, missions, and equipment. 1642. ——, ed. The Army Reader. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1943. 469 pp. An anthology of excerpts from previously published articles which show the activities of the U.S. Army in camp and combat around the world during the early years of the war. 1643. Devlin, Gerard. Paratrooper: The Saga of U.S. Army and Marine Parachute and Glider Combat Troops During World War II. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1979. 734 pp. Filled with anecdotes and personal stories, this mammoth history presents, for the first time in one volume, detailed accounts of every air assault or land battle fought during the war by American airborne troops; based on personal interviews, documents, and the author’s own service recollections, the work is illustrated with 20 maps and over 200 action photographs. 1644. Doubler, Michael D. Closing with the Enemy: How the G.I.s Fought the War in Europe, 1944–1945. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1994. 354 pp. Well-written and thoroughly researched study of how the U.S. Army fared in action against the German Army. Doubler argues that one of the great strengths of the American Army as an institution was its

236

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II willingness and ability to modify tactics and policies to meet circumstances. It was this, the ability to adapt, that enabled American G.I.s to master the hedgerows of Normandy and overcome the Wehrmacht.

1645. Ellis, John. Brute Force: Allied Strategy and Tactics in the Second World War. New York: Viking Press, 1990. 643 pp. A provocative and passionate review of Allied strategy by an accomplished military historian. Ellis argues that the Allies defeated the Axis enemy by “slowly and persistently battering him to death with a blunt instrument.” He indicts Field Marshal Montgomery for his cautious strategy and Air Marshal Harris—“Bomber Harris”—for waging “a brutish offensive in a brutish war.” Ellis is also critical of American strategy in the Pacific theater. 1646. ——. The Sharp Edge: The Fighting Man in World War II. New York: Scribners, 1980. 396 pp. Drawing on a host of secondary sources, this British military historian attempts to show how U.S./U.K. ground soldiers reacted to wartime stimuli, such as battle and weather; suggests that G.I. infantrymen fared poorly in the northwest Europe campaigns. 1647. Farrar-Hockley, Anthony H. The Mechanics of War: Infantry Tactics, 1939–1945. Warren, Mi.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1976. 72 pp. A pictorial which describes the various infantry weapons and the manner of their use by Allied and Axis forces in the various theaters; illustrated with black and white photographs and color plates. 1648. Fussell, Paul. The Boys’ Crusade: The American Infantry in Northwest Europe, 1944–1945. New York: Modern Library, 2003. 208 pp. Author of The Great War and Modern Memory, Fussell focuses on the realities of combat for the 17-, 18-, and 19-year-old boy soldiers—the reluctant draftees—who bore the brunt of battle in the last months of the war in Europe. Fussell demythologizes the brutality of war in this unsentimental chronicle of combat in the ETO. 1649. Galvin, John R. Air Assault: The Development of Airmobile Warfare. New York: Hawthorn Books, 1970. 356 pp. A review of airborne operations in World War II and after revealed, according to this author, that vertical envelopment, even with complete control of the air space, failed to produce the expected shock action. The later use of helicopters overcame the major weakness of parachute delivery: unit organizational control during and after the jump. 1650. Garrett, Richard. Clash of Arms: The World’s Great Land Battles. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1976. 160 pp. History’s greatest land battles, including several from the northwest Europe campaign, are here covered in text and an array of photographs, drawings, and color plates. 1651. Gavin, James M. Airborne Warfare. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1979. 186 pp.

The War on Land

237

First published by Infantry Journal Press in 1947, this work details a commander’s view of his division (82nd) as well as other airborne operations of the war in the Mediterranean and northwest Europe. Includes a section of predictions on the airborne as seen from the perspective of the late 1940s. Illustrated with 9 photographs and 23 maps. 1652. Gilbert, Adrian. POW: Allied Prisoners in Europe, 1939–1945. London: John Murray, 2006. 416 pp. This scholarly account of the grim realities of life in German prison camps serves as a needed corrective to the image created by popular movies such as “The Great Escape” and “Stalag 17.” Gilbert describes the constant hunger experienced by Allied POWs and the sense of despair many of them experienced. He also uses first-person accounts to contrast the physical condition of American and British prisoners with Jews and other less fortunate prisoners of the Germans. 1653. Gilbert, Martin. The Day the War Ended, May 8, 1945. New York: H. Holt, 1995. 473 pp. Gilbert presents a fascinating picture of Europe on the eve of peace. From London to Budapest, to Moscow and Paris, he recounts the reactions of ordinary people on VE-Day and weaves diplomatic, military, and political events into the picture. 1654. Gregory, Barry, and John Batchelor. Airborne Warfare, 1918–1945. London: Phoebus Books, 1979. 128 pp. A brief overview of the men, equipment, and missions of airborne troops from the end of World War I through World War II; illustrated with black and white photographs and co-author Batchelor’s noteworthy color drawings. 1655. Griffith, Paddy. Forward into Battle: Fighting Tactics from Waterloo to Vietnam. Chichester, U.K.: A. Bird, 1981. 156 pp. An overview of the manner in which generals marched their men into battle from 1815 through 1972, including the use of airborne, artillery, armor, infantry, cavalry, mechanized, and foot soldiers. A useful work if you want to know how to send forward an armored thrust or clean out a town with a squad of infantry. 1656. Guard, Julie, ed. Airborne World War II Paratroopers in Combat. Oxford, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2001. 304 pp. Well-illustrated account of the origins, equipment, organization, and operations of German, American, and British airborne forces in Crete, Normandy, Holland, and at Wesel in the spring of 1945. 1657. Gurney, Gene. A Pictorial History of the United States Army in War and Peace from Colonial Times to Vietnam. New York: Crown, 1978. 815 pp. A mammoth account of the wars, battles, generals, uniforms, medals, weapons, insignia, posters, services, etc., which is encyclopedic in scope and contains a large section on World War II in the Mediterranean and

238

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II northwest Europe; illustrated with 3,000 black and white reproductions of photographs, art, drawings.

1658. Hickey, Michael. Out of the Sky: A History of Airborne Warfare. New York: Scribners, 1979. 288 pp. A comprehensive history of the various aspects of airborne warfare which begins in the 19th century, features a large section on World War II, and concludes with a study of postwar airborne and airmobile operations; illustrated with 16 pages of photos and 18 maps. 1659. Hogg, Ian V. Fortress: A History of Military Defense. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1977. 160 pp. A look at the use of fortifications in modern war and the ease or difficulty in overcoming them, e.g., Battle of Metz. Illustrated with maps, drawings, and photos. 1660. Holmes, Richard. Epic Land Battles. London and New York: Octopus Books, 1976. 256 pp. Provides descriptive and critical analysis of the decisive battles of modern military history from Yorktown through the Ardennes; oversize, this British import is illustrated with dozens of photographs, maps, diagrams, and technical drawings. 1661. Hottelet, Richard C. “Orphans of Battle: Replacements.” Saturday Evening Post, March 17, 1945, 23–28+. One of the few studies on the subject of how replacement or “fresh” troops were fed into the battle, particularly in northwest Europe, so that tired veterans could get rest and relief. 1662. Hoyt, Edwin P. The G.I.s’ War: American Soldiers in Europe During World War II. New York: McGraw Hill, 1988. 620 pp. A World War II veteran, Hoyt merges traditional narrative with oral histories to recount the experiences of American G.I.s from North Africa to Germany. Although focused on Sgt. John Moglia, the stories of other soldiers are recounted. 1663. ——. Airborne: The History of American Parachute Forces. New York: Stein and Day, 1979. 228 pp. The author, more famous for his naval books, here discusses the development, organization, units, men, equipment, and missions of the Army’s airborne troops, especially in the Mediterranean and European Theaters of World War II. The book is written in a popular style and illustrated with a few photographs. 1664. Huston, James A. Out of the Blue: U.S. Army Airborne Operations in World War II. West Lafayette, In.: Purdue University Studies, 1972. 327 pp. An examination of the development and use of U.S. airborne forces during the war, including aircraft and equipment and the training of troops; provides detailed accounts of major airborne battles, including a lengthy study of the 1944 Arnhem drop.

The War on Land

239

1665. ——. “Thoughts on the American Airborne Effort in World War II.” Military Review XXXI (April 1951): 3–14; (May 1951): 18–30. An examination of the doctrine behind the use of airborne troops, particularly in northwest Europe. 1666. Jacobsen, Hans Adolf, and Jürgen Rohwer, eds. Decisive Battles of World War II: The German View. New York: G.P. Putnam, 1965. 509 pp. An anthology of ten essays on campaigns and battles of the European war from the German viewpoint, emphasizing Nazi strategy and tactics and Hitler’s role in their formulation. All of the authors are German, all are critical of Hitler’s influence, but not all of the studies concern ground warfare—several, like co-editor Rohwer’s, are on the air and sea efforts. 1667. Jones, Philip D. “U.S. Antitank Doctrine in World War II.” Military Review LX (March 1980): 57–67. From Kasserine to the Bulge, this study examines the ways in which American G.I.s countered German tanks, with small arms, artillery, and a variety of armored vehicles. 1668. Kaufmann, J. E., and H. W. Kaufmann, with Robert M. Jurga. Fortress Third Reich: German Fortifications and Defense Systems in World War II. Cambridge, Ma.: Da Capo, 2003. 369 pp. An interesting history of the development of German fortification systems throughout Europe, but primarily the Atlantic Wall in France, the Netherlands, and Norway. Contains photographs and line drawings of installations and a glossary of German terms. 1669. Kershaw, Andrew, ed. Infantry at War, 1939–1945. Purnell’s History of the World Wars Special. London: Phoebus Books, 1975. 64 pp. A pictorial which describes the missions and equipment of Allied and Axis infantrymen during the war; illustrated with a variety of black and white photographs, drawings, and color plates. 1670. ——. Tanks at War, 1939–1945. Purnell’s History of the World Wars Special. London: Phoebus Books, 1975. 64 pp. A pictorial similar to that described in the last entry which provides information on Allied and Axis armored troops, equipment, and missions; illustrated similarly to other Purnell titles cited in this part. 1671. Kleber, Brooks E., and Dale Birdsell. Chemicals in Combat. U.S. Army in World War II: The Chemical Warfare Service. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965. 673 pp. Describes the use of chemical weapons (e.g., smoke) in combat and the CWS’s administrative and supply problems overseas; illustrated with photographs, maps, charts, and tables. 1672. Land Power: A Modern Illustrated Military History. London: Phoebus Books, 1979. 352 pp. Traces the evolution of infantry and artillery forces during the two world

240

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II wars, emphasizing the shifts in tactics and the equipment employed. Illustrated with 620 photographs and drawings, including 350 in color.

1673. Lee, David. Up Close and Personal: The Reality of Close-Quarter Fighting in World War II. London: Greenhill Books, 2006. 272 pp. Although focused on the actions of British commandos, the author includes a chapter dealing with the 16th Infantry Regiment on Omaha Beach on D-Day. 1674. Lee, Ulysses. The Employment of Negro Troops. U.S. Army in World War II: Special Studies. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1966. 740 pp. Scholarly study of how the Army employed Black troops before and during the War and describes the combat experiences of black units in all the theaters, particularly the Mediterranean and northwest Europe. 1675. Lehman, Milton. “ ‘Nothing Ahead But Krauts’: The Front Line Infantryman.” Saturday Evening Post, March 10, 1945, 34+. A look at the qualities needed to be an effective infantryman in northwest Europe late in the war; it may be recalled that General Patton, for one, did not think highly of Post accounts. 1676. MacDonald, Charles B. Airborne. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. Emphasizing the German landing on Crete and the Allied Arnhem drop, the author briefly describes all of the war’s major airborne operations in this pictorial. 1677. ——. The Mighty Endeavor: American Armed Forces in the European Theater in World War II. New York and London: Oxford University Press, 1969. 564 pp. In what many regard as a synthesis of the Army’s official histories (“the green books”) and one of the finest one-volume accounts of the European Theater available, the author, a historian who saw much of the action firsthand, reviews the circumstances behind the U.S. decision to defeat Germany first and then follows the MTO/ETO campaign and its strategy from the Casablanca landings of 1942 through VE-Day; covering ground (mainly), air, and naval aspects of the “endeavor,” MacDonald refutes some of the assertions made in Wilmot’s pro-British The Struggle for Europe, item 1685, and offers forthright judgments upon U.S. and Allied conduct of the war. Illustrated with 20 maps and 75 photographs, this is an excellent starting place for the uninitiated. 1678. ——. Three Battles: Arnaville, Altuzzo, and Schmidt. U.S. Army in World War II: Special Studies. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1952. 443 pp. “River Crossing at Arnaville” is the story of a battle that started badly and ended in victory; “Objective Schmidt,” of a battle that began with easy success and turned into tragic defeat; “Breakthrough at Monte Altuzzo” is an account of how, after a succession of misguided efforts, a

The War on Land

241

small number of men penetrated the formidable Gothic Line in Italy. Arnaville was fought in France; Altuzzo in Italy; and Schmidt in Germany. 1679. McManus, John. The Deadly Brotherhood: The American Combat Soldier in World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 2003. Review of the combat experiences of American G.I.s, with the emphasis on the European theater. Explores the attitudes and feelings of American soldiers about food, wounds, and the enemy. 1680. Macksey, Kenneth J. The History of Land Warfare. New York: Two Continents, 1974. 248 pp. A noted British expert in armored warfare here presents a brief overview of history’s great campaigns, showing the development of tactics and equipment along the way. 1681. Marshall, Samuel L. A. Battle at Best. New York: William Morrow, 1964. 257 pp. Eight actions from World War II are well retold, including four from the ETO: a platoon action in the Battle of Best; the self-sacrifice of Pfc. Joe Mann; the fate of the 29th Infantry Division on Omaha Beach; and a surprising memoir of the author’s participation with Ernest Hemingway in the Liberation of Paris. 1682. Mayo, Lida, et al. The War Against Germany. U.S. Army in World War II: The Corps of Engineers. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1981. This volume covers Army engineer operations during the campaigns in North Africa, Sicily, Italy, and northwest Europe, placing emphasis on engineering problems and solutions. 1683. Messenger, Charles. “The Anglo-American Version and Final German Fling.” In: his The Blitzkrieg Story. New York: Scribners, 1976, pp. 220–245. A brief analysis of U.S./U.K. armored and mechanized warfare tactics in the battles in northwest Europe and the German counteroffensive in the Ardennes, winter 1944. 1684. Mosier, John. The Blitzkrieg Myth: How Hitler and the Allies Misread the Strategic Realities of World War II. New York: HarperCollins, 2003. 320 pp. Revisionist account of World War II in which the author strives to demonstrate that the Allies did not achieve a Blitzkrieg victory in Normandy. 1685. Motley, Mary P. The Invisible Soldier: The Experiences of the Black Soldier, World War II. Detroit, Mi.: Wayne State University Press, 1975. 364 pp. More valuable, from a strictly military viewpoint, than the Buchanan source cited above, this work is based on extensive interviews with veterans of Black units, combat and support.

242

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1686. Mrazek, James E. “Our Silent Ones: The Combat Gliders.” Aerospace Historian X (June 1963): 69–73. A rather sketchy overview of some aspects of glider employment by airborne forces in the MTO/ETO. 1687. Mudd, J. L. “Development of the American Tank-Infantry Team During World War II in Africa and Europe.” Armor 108 (September–October 1999): 15–22. A brief account of the evolution of combined tank-armored or mechanized infantry forces that became a hallmark of American armored forces in northwest Europe. 1688. Murray, Williamson, and Millet, Allan R. A War to be Won: Fighting the Second World War. Cambridge, Ma.: Harvard University Press, 2000. 656 pp. A comprehensive analysis of World War II by two outstanding military historians, who examine not only military operations, but also the interaction of the politics of coalition warfare, strategy, military doctrine and leadership, weapons, science, and tactics. Provides candid evaluations of Allied commanders. 1689. O’Donnell, Patrick K. Beyond Valor: World War II’s Rangers and Airborne Veterans Reveal the Heart of Combat. New York: Touchstone Books, 2002. 366 pp. Excellent synthesis of oral history-based stories of rangers and paratroopers who endured and survived combat in the Hürtgen Forest and the Battle of the Bulge. 1690. Palmer, Annette. “The Politics of Race and War: Black American Soldiers in the Caribbean Theater During the Second World War.” Military Affairs XLVII (April 1983): 59–62. Problems between the comparatively “rich” Black U.S. G.I.s and the poverty-stricken local Blacks on the island of Trinidad. 1691. Palmer, Robert R. “Manpower for the Army: Procurement [of Enlisted Men] for World War II.” Infantry Journal LXI (July 1947): 6–12; (August 1947): 27–32; (September 1947): 39–43; (October 1947): 40–43; (November 1947): 39–45; (December 1947): 38–45. Largely a recapitulation of the following citation. 1692. ——. Bell I. Wiley, and William R. Keast. The Procurement and Training of Ground Combat Troops. U.S. Army in World War II: Army Ground Forces Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1948. 696 pp. The first three studies deal with the procurement of enlisted men and officers, the next three discuss the policies and problems involved in training individuals (commissioned and enlisted) for their special functions in ground combat, and the last four cover the training of units. 1693. Perret, Geoffrey. There’s a War to be Won. New York: Random House, 1991. 623 pp.

The War on Land

243

A well-researched, popular account of the U.S. Army in World War II. Perret examines how the Army was raised, organized, trained, armed, and led. 1694. Perrett, Bryan. Through Mud and Blood: Infantry/Tank Operations in World War II. London: Hale, 1975. 272 pp. This British study examines the coordination between infantrymen and armored units of the major belligerents during the war, including—but certainly not limited to—those of the U.S. Army in the Mediterranean and northwest Europe Theaters. 1695. Pritchard, Paul W. “Large-Area Screening in the MTO and ETO.” Military Review XXX (January 1951): 3–16. Army Chemical Corps smoke screens in Italy and Normandy, 1943–1944. 1696. Pyle, Ernest T. Brave Men. New York: Henry Holt, 1944. 474 pp. America’s most famous World War II correspondent here offers a series of G.I. sketches told from the infantryman’s viewpoint; based on the author’s newspaper dispatches from the U.S. fronts in Sicily and France, this work begins with the “Husky” invasion of June 1943 and continues through the Liberation of Paris in September 1944. 1697. Read, Anthony, and David Fisher. The Fall of Berlin. New York: W.W. Norton, 1992. 513 pp. Readable and dramatic picture of the Battle of Berlin told from the perspective of soldiers and civilians. Also takes into account Soviet strategy and decisionmaking. 1698. Revie, Alastair. The Pictorial History of Land Battles. London: Marshall Cavendish, 1974. 128 pp. This title is somewhat misleading in that the major emphasis is on the land engagements of World War II, although several from earlier conflicts are briefly covered. Illustrated with black and white photographs, color plates, maps, and charts. 1699. Roberts, Kent, Robert R. Greenfield, and Bell I. Wiley. The Organization of Ground Combat Troops. U.S. Army in World War II: Army Ground Forces. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947. 540 pp. Contains six essays, five of which are relevant to this guide. The first concerns the antecedents of the Army ground forces, covering the years 1940–1942; the next four studies relate the main problems and decisions regarding the size, internal organization, and armament of the ground troops deployed in the war. 1700. Schrijvers, Peter. The Crash of Ruin: American Combat Soldiers in Europe During World War II. London: Macmillan, 1998. 325 pp. Well-researched analytical study of the experiences and attitudes of American combat soldiers in the ETO. The author contends that American veterans supported a “get tough” policy toward the Soviet Union when they discovered it mirrored Nazi practices.

244

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1701. Strawson, John. Hitler’s Battles for Europe. New York: Scribners, 1971. 256 pp. Based on secondary sources, this study by a British historian examines those engagements Hitler directly influenced in either concept or execution and explains how the Führer’s influence contributed to victory or loss. 1702. Tugwell, Maurice A. J. Airborne to Battle. London: Kimber, 1971. 367 pp. A British historian looks at the development and use of airborne troops during World War II, including those of Germany, Britain, and the United States; assessments are made of the reasons behind victories and defeats. Illustrated. 1703. ——. “Day of the Paratroops.” Military Review XLVII (March 1977): 40–53. An overview of the use of airborne forces in World War II. 1704. United States. War Department. Small Unit Actions. American Forces in Action Series. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1946. 212 pp. From the Italian front, this study looks at the exploits of the 351st Infantry at Santa Maria Infanto; from France, accounts of the 2nd Ranger Battalion at Pointe du Hoc and the 4th Armored Division at Singling are provided. 1705. Van Creveld, Martin. Fighting Power: German and U.S. Army Performance, 1939–1945. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1982. 198 pp. Provocative comparison of the combat efficiency of the German and American armies. The author systemically analyzes the factors, including social status, structure, doctrine and principles, rewards and punishments, the role of NCOs and officers, that made the Wehrmacht such a formidable force. Van Creveld concludes that both offensively and defensively—even in defeat—the Wehrmacht was clearly superior to the U.S. Army in Europe. This controversial thesis is documented with a number of charts and diagrams. 1706. Von Mellenthin, Friedrich W. Panzer Battles, 1939–1945: A Study of the Emergence of Armor in the Second World War. Translated from the German. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1956. 371 pp. The former general and chief-of-staff of the Fourth Panzer Army provides a detailed study of the use of armor in the ETO, including—and most important for users of this volume—the final “Campaign in the West.” The battle and strategy analyses are sound. Excellent maps. 1707. Weeks, John. The Airborne Soldier. New York: Sterling, 1982. 192 pp. This oversize British import provides an overall view of the use of paratroops in World War II and a review of units, men, leaders, equipment, and specific battles.

The War on Land

245

1708. Wilbur, W. H. “Infantrymen, the Fighters of War.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXVI (November 1944) 513–538. A pictorial appreciation of U.S. Army ground forces with much on camp life and daily routine. 1709. Wiley, Bell I. “The Building and Training of Infantry Divisions [1942– 1945].” Infantry Journal LXII (February 1948): 6–10; (March 1948): 26–30; (April 1948): 41–45; (May 1948): 30–36. Covers activation procedures, training, obstacles to effective training, and the effects of overseas requirements on training; much of Wiley’s material was absorbed into the Palmer/Wiley/Keast “green book” cited above. 1710. Entry deleted. 1711. Wilmot, Ned. The Strategy and Tactics of Land Warfare. London: Marshall Cavendish, 1979. 80 pp. Strictly a study of World War II, Wilmot’s work concentrates on the use of infantry, armor, and artillery by the major European belligerents and the U.S. Army; illustrated with maps, black and white photographs, and various color material.

B. Biographies and Memoirs Introduction: An interesting way to look at the ground war in the MTO/ETO is through the biographies of its participants. The citations in this section are arranged in two parts. Part a is a collection of general biographies which concern two or more individuals; Part b concerns individuals and is arranged alphabetically by the last name of the biographee. It should be noted that additional biographical information is available in the handbooks, encyclopedias, biographical sources, and general war histories cited in Section I, the general land histories cited in Part A above, and in the campaign and unit histories noted in Parts C and D below. a. COLLECTIVE BIOGRAPHIES 1712. Ambrose, Stephen. Citizen Soldiers: The U.S. Army from the Normandy Beaches to the Bulge to the Surrender of Germany, June 7, 1944 to May 7, 1945. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1997. 528 pp. Draws on oral histories to present compelling vignettes of the combat experiences of ordinary G.I.s, doctors, nurses, and others. The underlying thesis of this volume is that the citizen soldiers of the U.S. Army steadily learned from D-Day onward and outclassed and outfought the vaunted German army in Normandy, the Battle of the Bulge, and in the invasion of Germany.

246

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1713. Baldwin, Hanson W. “Our Generals in the Battle of Germany.” New York Times Magazine, October 22, 1944, 10–11+. Presents concise portraits of eight field commanders, including Bradley, Simpson, Hodges, Patton, Devers, Patch, Collins, and Walker. 1714. Barnett, Correlli, ed. Hitler’s Generals. New York: Grove Widenfeld, 1989. 497 pp. Informative portraits of Hitler and his field marshals and generals by established historians. The military abilities and professional background of the generals examined, who are grouped into anti-Nazi and desk generals, battlefront generals, and innovators, are assessed and described. A valuable source. 1715. Berlin, Robert H. “United States Army World War II Corps Commanders: A Composite Biography.” The Journal of Military History 53 (April 1989): 147–67. This study describes and assesses the background, skills, and abilities of 34 corps commanders, as well as how they were selected. 1716. Blaxland, Gregory. Alexander’s Generals: The Italian Campaign, 1944–45. London: William Kimber, 1979. 220 pp. A first-rate study of the character and interaction of the principal Allied commanders—Mark Clark, Oliver Leese, John Lucas, Richard McCreery, Lucian Truscott—who led the armies and corps of Field Marshal Sir Harold Alexander’s polyglot army group in Italy. The effects of personalities and biases, as well as strategic mistakes and successes, are thoughtfully analyzed. 1717. Blumenson, Martin. Heroes Never Die: Warriors and Warfare in World War II. New York: Cooper Square Press, 2001. 641 pp. A compendium of Blumenson’s essays, anecdotes, and opinion pieces on leadership and American military leaders. Nine of the essays deal with Patton, others with Clark, Eisenhower, and Marshall, and 14 U.S. corps commanders. 1718. ——. “Bradley-Patton: World War II’s Odd Couple.” Army XXXV (1985): 64–65. An appropriately titled and insightful comparison of the two generals and their reversal of roles in the northwest European campaign. 1719. ——. “Ike and His Indispensable Lieutenants.” Army XXX (June 1980): 50–54+. Examines the relationship between Eisenhower, Montgomery, Bradley, Patton, and others. 1720. Clayton, Anthony. Three Marshals of France: Leadership after Trauma. London: Brassey’s, 1992. 220 pp. A thoughtful comparison of Alphonse Juin, Jean de Lattre de Tassigny, and Philippe Leclerc de Hauteclocque, the dynamic commanders of the

The War on Land

247

French Expeditionary Corps in Italy, the French First Army, and the 2nd Armored Division respectively. 1721. Egger, Bruce E., and Lee Macmillan Otts. G Company’s War: Two Personal Accounts of the Campaigns in Europe, 1944–1945. Tuscaloosa, Al.: University of Alabama Press, 1992. 293 pp. The authors, who served with the 26th “Yankee” Division in France and Germany, draw upon the diaries they kept to create a picture of the mental attitude and life of frontline soldiers. Egger views the war through the eyes of an officer, Otts those of an enlisted sergeant. 1722. Elting, John R. The Superstrategists: Great Captains, Theorists, and Fighting Men who Shaped the History of Warfare. New York: Scribners, 1985. 368 pp. A fascinating and scintillating study of great strategists over 2,500 years of history. Elting concentrates on what one reviewer termed “the cerebral side of warfare” and the qualities that make for good generalship. Rates Patton more highly than the cautious and more conventional Eisenhower and Bradley. 1723. Fromkin, David. In the Time of the Americans: FDR, Truman, Eisenhower, Marshall, MacArthur—The Generation that Changed the World. New York: A. A. Knopf, 1995. 618 pp. A collective biography that celebrates the political and military leaders who led the United States to victory in World War II and guided the nation from isolationism to internationalism in the early years of the Cold War. Well researched and readable. 1724. Granatstein, J. L. The Generals: The Canadian Army’s Senior Commanders in the Second World War. Toronto, Ont.: Stoddart, 1993. 370 pp. A scholarly analysis of the leadership offered by Generals Andrew McNaughton, Harry Crerar, Bert Hoffmeister, Guy Simonds, Maurice Pope, E. L. M. Burns, A. B. Matthews, Kenneth Stuart, and Chris Vokes. 1725. Guarnere, William, and Edward Heffron, with Robyn Post. Brothers in Battle, Best of Friends: Two WWII Paratroopers from the Original Band of Brothers Tell Their Story. New York: Berkley Caliber, 2007. 320 pp. Candid memoirs of two of the original members of Easy Company, 506th Parachute Infantry. See entry nos. 3053, 3075, and 3076. 1726. Honeywell, Roy J. Chaplains of the United States Army. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1958. 376 pp. An overall history of Army chaplains from the Revolutionary through the Korean War; includes a large section on those who served in the MTO/ETO in World War II. 1727. Entry deleted. 1728. James, D. Clayton. A Time for Giants: Politics of the American High Command in World War II. New York: Watts, 1987. 317 pp. A non-interpretative account of 18 senior American military leaders,

248

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II including the four members of the Joint Chiefs of Staff—Leahy, Marshall, King, and Arnold—and of the evolution of high command in World War II. The author emphasizes differences of opinion concerning strategy, not politics. For undergraduates.

1729. Keegan, John, ed. Churchill’s Generals. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991. 368 pp. Authoritative biographical essays of senior British Army commanders by recognized experts. Keegan sets the tone of the book in his introductory essay focused on Churchill, who Keegan rightly observes “relished the military life, revelled in action, . . . [and] thought of himself as a soldier.” Alex Danchev, David Fraser, Brian Holden Reid, Michael Carver, Michael Dewar, Michael Craster, and Barrie Pitt address the question of what sort of men were Churchill’s generals: Dill, Alanbrooke, Alexander, Wilson, Montgomery, O’Connor, Ritchie, and Leese. Ironside, Gort, Wavell, Auchinleck, Horrocks, Percival, Wingate, Slim, de Wiart, and Spears are examined in other essays. 1730. Kennett, Lee. G. I.: The American Soldier in World War II. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1997. 265 pp. Kennett vividly recounts the transformation of American youth from the camaraderie of stateside training camps to soldiers, and explores their sense of loss experienced when friends died in action. 1731. Kershaw, Alex. The Longest Winter: The Battle of the Bulge and the Epic Story of the Most Decorated Platoon. Cambridge, Ma.: Da Capo Press, 2004. 326 pp. The story of the men of the Reconnaissance Platoon, 394th Regiment, 99th Division, in the opening days of the Battle of the Bulge and their subsequent survival in German captivity. 1732. ——. The Bedford Boys: One American Town’s Ultimate D-Day Sacrifice. Cambridge, Ma.: Da Capo, 2003. 279 pp. Moving story of the death of 22 men and boys from Bedford, Virginia, who lost their lives on Omaha beach as members of Company A, 116th Infantry. Kershaw explores their pre-war lives and the meaning of their loss for their families and a small rural community. 1733. Kingseed, Cole C. Old Glory Stories: American Combat Leadership in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2006. 356 pp. Brief biographies of 24 U.S. generals ranging from theater to corps and division commanders, including Eisenhower, Bradley, Clark, Devers, Hodges, Patton, Patch, Collins, Corlett. Gerow, Harmon, Truscott, Ridgway, Gavin, and Miley. Also includes biographies of Audie Murphy and others. 1734. Larabee, Eric. Commander in Chief: Franklin D. Roosevelt, His Lieutenants and Their War. New York: Harper, 1987. 723 pp. A readable, balanced, and stimulating examination of President Roosevelt’s leadership and his relations with his principal military commanders.

The War on Land

249

Larabee portrays Roosevelt as an active commander in chief and attempts to come to grips with the intangible qualities of his leadership and the development of American strategy in conjunction with George C. Marshall, Ernest J. King, Hap Arnold, Chester Nimitz, Douglas MacArthur, Joseph Stilwell, Curtis LeMay, and A. A. Vandegrift. 1735. Leinbaugh, Harold P., and John D. Campbell. The Men of Company K: The Autobiography of a World War II Rifle Company. New York: William Morrow, 1985. 318 pp. The story of the men of K Company, 333rd Infantry, 84th Division, which entered combat for the first time in the Battle of the Bulge. 1736. Linderman, Gerald F. The World Within War: American Combat Experiences in World War II. New York: Free Press, 1997. 408 pp. Although this volume does not fall neatly into the category of collective biography, the author does present a social history of American soldiers from training through combat. Letters, diaries, and an Army survey are used to describe the relationship of G.I.s to one another and their psychological mechanisms for coping with boredom, isolation, and combat. 1737. Meacham, John. Franklin and Winston: An Intimate Portrait of an Epic Friendship. New York: Random House, 2003. 490 pp. An analytic and balanced study of the Roosevelt-Churchill relationship. Meacham carefully compares the similarities and differences of the two leaders to fashion a fascinating account of one of the most complex and fruitful personal and political relationships of the 20th century. A readable and well-researched source. 1738. Moore, Christopher. Fighting for America: Black Soldiers, The Unsung Heroes of World War II. New York: One World, 2005. 367 pp. An account of the African American experience as reflected in letters, oral histories, and photographs of black soldiers. Includes Dorie Miller, Jackie Robinson, and others. 1739. O’Donnell, Patrick K. Beyond Valor: World War II’s Ranger and Airborne Veterans Reveal the Heart of Combat. New York: Free Press, 2001. 366 pp. Accounts of combat by two veterans of the 504th and 506th Parachute Infantry. 1740. Parker, William. Above and Beyond the Call of Duty: Commemorating the 100th Anniversary of the Medal of Honor, 1863–1865. New York: Macfadden Books, 1963. 176 pp. Biographies relative to this guide include those of Captain Bobbie Brown of the 1st Division (Aachen) and 9th Division’s Sgt. Pete D’Alessandro (Ardennes). 1741. Parrish, Thomas. Roosevelt and Marshall: Partners in Politics and War. New York: William Morrow, 1989. 608 pp. An admiring introduction to Roosevelt and Marshall, and to American

250

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II grand strategy. Parrish maintains that Roosevelt’s reliance on Marshall led to undue military influence in policy making.

1742. Perry, Mark. Partners in Command: George Marshall and Dwight Eisenhower in War and Peace. New York: Penguin, 2007. 320 pp. Enlightening examination of the relationship, or “fateful partnership,” of two outstanding American soldier-statesmen of the wartime and postwar eras. Perry notes that Marshall and Eisenhower complemented one another and highlights the evolution of their relationship continually from the North African to Normandy landings and on through the inauguration of the Marshall Plan and Eisenhower’s command of NATO forces. 1743. Pitt, Barrie. Churchill and the Generals. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2004. 196 pp. Reprint of BBC dramatization focused on Churchill’s relationship with senior British and American generals. Starting with the threat of invasion in the summer of 1940 through El Alamein and invasion of French North Africa in the autumn of 1942, Churchill was intimately involved with the planning of strategy and conduct of operations. His relationships with Edmund Ironside, Archibald Wavell, John Dill, Claude Auchinleck, Alan Brooke, Bernard Montgomery, Harold Alexander, George Marshall, and Dwight Eisenhower are examined. 1744. Pogue, Forrest C. “George C. Marshall and His Commanders, 1942– 1945.” In: U.S. Military History Institute. Essays in Some Dimensions of Military History, IV (February 1976), 80–90. Examines the relationship between Marshall and several of his top commanders, e.g., Eisenhower, Clark. 1745. Reynolds, Michael. Monty and Patton: Two Paths to Victory. London: Spellmont, 2005. 356 pp. An even-handed treatment of the two outstanding commanders with giant egos. Reynolds examines their characters, careers, and professional accomplishments, and concludes that Patton was nastier than Montgomery. 1746. Spiller, Harry, ed. Prisoners of Nazis: Accounts by American POWs in World War II. Jefferson, N. C.: McFarland, 1998. 218 pp. Stories of German treatment of American POWs and of forced marches from 19 Americans captured in the ETO. 1747. Entry deleted. 1748. Weintraub, Stanley. 15 Stars, Eisenhower, MacArthur, Marshall: Three Generals Who Saved the American Century. New York: Free Press, 2007. 560 pp. Although Weintraub breaks no new ground in this examination of three five-star generals who played key roles in World War II and the Cold War, he does remind us of the centrality of civil–military relations in modern

The War on Land

251

American history. Whether it was George Marshall candidly disagreeing with Franklin Roosevelt or Harry Truman relieving Douglas MacArthur, presidents and generals have enjoyed fruitful and complicated relationships since Lincoln waited on McClellan. 1749. Whitlock, Flint. Given Up for Dead: American G.I.s in the Nazi Concentration Camp at Berga. New York: Basic Books, 2006. 283 pp. Story of the imprisonment of Jewish and other American POWs considered “undesirable” by the Nazis in the slave-labor camp at Berga in contravention of the Geneva Convention. Based on interviews with survivors. 1750. Yenne, Bill. “Black ’41”: The West Point Class of 1941 and the American Triumph in World War II. Toronto, Ont.: John Wiley, 1991. 388 pp. Yenne traces the careers of the 424 men of the class of 1941 from their entry into the U.S. Military Academy in 1937 until their 50th reunion in 1991. American wars in the 20th century are viewed through the eyes of the graduates. b. INDIVIDUAL BIOGRAPHIES AND MEMOIRS Creighton W. Abrams, Jr. 1751. Lang, Will. “Colonel Abe of the 4th Armored Division, Spearhead of Patton’s Advances,” Life, April 23, 1945, 47–50+. Abrams commanded the 37th Tank Battalion, the unit which broke through the German siege of Bastogne in December 1944. 1752. Sorley, Lewis. Thunderbolt: General Creighton Abrams and the Army of His Times. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1992. 429 pp. Known for his competence and uncompromising integrity, Sorley tells the story of the man who broke through to Bastogne in this biography. 1753. ——. “On Knowing When to Disobey Orders: Creighton Abrams and the Relief of Bastogne.” Armor 51 (September-October 1992): 6–9. Allan H. S. Adair 1754. Lindsay, Oliver, ed. A Guards General: The Memoirs of Sir Allan Adair. London: Hamish Hamilton, 1986. 214 pp. A Grenadier Guardsman and major general, Adair commanded the Guards Armored Division throughout the northwest European campaign. Montgomery tried unsuccessfully to replace him. Andrew Z. Adkins 1755. Adkins, A. Z., Jr., and Andrew Z. Adkins, III. You Can’t Get Much Closer Than This: Combat with H Company, 317th Infantry, 80th Division. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2005, 258 pp. Memoirs of a Citadel graduate who commanded a mortar platoon in Normandy, France, and Germany, and remained “cool under fire.”

252

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

Harold Alexander 1756. Alexander, Harold. The Alexander Memoirs, 1940–1945. Edited by John North. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1962. 210 pp. A somewhat thin and disjointed edited collection of the Field Marshal’s reflections; Alexander, one of Britain’s top commanders, is remembered for his role as commander of the Fifteenth Army Group in the Mediterranean. 1757. Clarke, Rupert. With Alex at War: From the Irrawaddy to the Po, 1941–1945. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2000. 242 pp. Insightful and well-written account of Field Marshal Alexander, “Alex,” by his admiring wartime aide and personal assistant. Clarke is particularly good in describing Alexander’s character, ability to handle difficult subordinates, and style of leadership. 1758. Hillson, Norman. Alexander of Tunis. London: W. H. Allen, 1952. 252 pp. An early reminiscence of the Field Marshal which places much emphasis on his leadership qualities and ability to work well with men as diverse as Montgomery and Clark. 1759. Jackson, William G. F. Alexander of Tunis as Military Commander. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1972. 344 pp. A study of this much-respected British general who led Allied forces in Tunisia, Sicily, and Italy in 1942–1945; Alexander is praised within these pages which, nevertheless, study fairly his contribution to Mediterranean victory. The author was a former member of Alexander’s staff. 1760. Nicolson, Nigel. Alexander: The Life of Field Marshal Earl Alexander of Tunis. New York: Atheneum, 1973. 346 pp. The only real difference between this biography and, say, Jackson’s is Nicolson’s heavier detail on Alexander’s family life and the qualities and limitations of a self-effacing and personally elusive subject. Terry de la Messa Allen 1761. Astor, Gerald. Terrible Terry Allen: Combat General of World War II—The Life of an American Soldier. New York: Ballantine Books, 2003. 374 pp. Even-handed biography of the hard-bitten commander of the 1st and 104th Divisions in World War II. Astor paints a vivid picture of Allen, including his fondness for alcohol, and explores Allen’s relations with Eisenhower, Bradley, and Patton, and the circumstances of his relief as commander of the 1st Division in Sicily. Edward C. Arn 1762. Arn, Edward C. Arn’s War: Memoirs of a World War II Infantryman, 1940–1946. Akron, Oh.: University of Akron Press, 2006. 270 pp. Clear and concise account of the daily life of a combat infantryman who survived from Normandy to Germany.

The War on Land

253

John B. Babcock 1763. Babcock, John B. Taught to Kill: American Boy’s War from the Ardennes to Berlin. Dulles, Va.: Potomac Books, 2005. 282 pp. Reminiscences and reflections of an ASTP student who found himself in combat with “coarse, uneducated, and sometimes brutal draftees” in the Battle of the Bulge. Presents a different perspective of the “greatest generation.” Richard Baldridge 1764. Baldridge, Richard. Victory Road: The World War II Memoir of an Artilleryman in the ETO. Bennington, Vt.: Merriam Press, 2006. 350 pp. Personal recollections of the war in North Africa, Sicily, Normandy, and the Hürtgen Forest by a 9th Division artilleryman. Fritz Bayerlein 1765. Spayd, P. A. Bayerlein: From Afrika Korps to Panzer Lehr: The Life of Rommel’s Chief-of-Staff, Generalleutant Fritz Bayerlein. Atgen, Pa.: Schiffer Military Publishing, 2003. 301 pp. Readable, well researched, and lavishly illustrated biography of Bayerlein’s service in North Africa and as commander of the redoubtable Panzer Lehr Division in Normandy and the Battle of the Bulge. The author was granted access to Bayerlein’s personal correspondence files. Bob Bearden 1766. Bearden, Bob. To D-Day and Back: Adventures with the 507th Parachute Infantry Regiment and Life as a World War II POW. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2007. 302 pp. Memoirs of a paratrooper captured in Normandy and of captivity in Germany. The author recounts his escape and subsequent return to freedom via the USSR. Donald V. Bennett 1767. Bennett, Donald V., and William R. Forstchen. Honor Untarnished: A West Point Graduate’s Memoir of World War II. New York: Forge, 2003. 304 pp. Candid memoirs of an armored artillery battalion commander of war at the tactical level in North Africa, Sicily, France, Belgium, and Germany. Bennett was an indirect witness to the slapping incident that jeopardized Patton’s career. George G. Blackburn 1768. Blackburn, George. The Guns of Victory: A Soldier’s View of Belgium, Holland, and Germany, 1944–45. Toronto, Ont.: McClelland & Stewart, 2007. 520 pp. Concluding volume of the autobiography of a Canadian forward artillery observation officer. The volume records the author’s experiences

254

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II during the clearing of the Scheldt Estuary, the Battle of the Reichswald, and subsequent campaign in Germany.

1769. ——. The Guns of War. London: Constable and Robinson, 2000. 1056 pp. A compendium of The Guns of Normandy and The Guns of Victory. 1770. ——. Where the Hell are the Guns?: A Soldier’s View of the Anxious Years, 1939–1944. Toronto, Ont.: McClelland & Stewart, 1997. 439 pp. The author relates his experiences of training in Canada and England in preparation for D-Day, and of his courtship of his future wife. 1771. ——. The Guns of Normandy: A Soldier’s View, France 1944. Toronto, Ont.: McClelland & Stewart, 1995. 511 pp. First volume of an autobiographical trilogy of the experiences of a Canadian forward artillery observation officer. The author blends personal anecdotes into his narrative of combat, especially the fighting around Caen, to create a vivid picture of humanity and brutality in combat. Roscoe C. Blunt, Jr. 1772. Blunt, Roscoe C., Jr. Foot Soldier: A Combat Infantryman’s War in Europe. New York: Sarpedon, 2001. 296 pp. An American soldier’s recollections of the war in northwest Europe. Leo Bogart 1773. Bogart, Leo. How I Earned the Ruptured Duck: From Brooklyn to Berchtesgaden in World War II. College Station: Texas A&M University Press, 2003. 149 pp. Memoir based on letters of service intercepting Luftwaffe communications in the ETO. Provides interesting observations about life in occupied Germany. Omar N. Bradley 1774. Army Times, Editors of. “Gen. Omar Bradley.” In their Famous American Military Leaders of World War II. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1962, pp. 85–92. A concise appreciation of the noted general who, in 1981, became the last of America’s five-star officers to die. 1775. Axelrod, Alan. Bradley. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007. 224 pp. A brief biography of the “G.I. General.” Axelrod emphasizes Bradley’s humility and relationships with Eisenhower and Patton. 1776. Bradley, Omar N. “Leadership.” Parameters I (Winter 1972): 2–8. An address to officers at the U.S. Army War College given in October 1971, an edited version of which was reprinted in the same journal, XI (September 1981), 2–7, under the title “On Leadership.”

The War on Land

255

1777. ——. A Soldier’s Story. New York: Henry Holt, 1951. 618 pp. The memoirs, modest, unpretentious, not overly critical, and insightful, of one of the Army’s most consistently successful officers—written largely by Bradley’s wartime aide, Chester B. Hansen. Bradley was involved in all of America’s major operations in North Africa, Sicily, and northwest Europe and here speaks of some of the other officers with whom he worked, including Eisenhower, Patton, Alexander, Collins, Hodges, and the detested Montgomery. 1778. ——, and Clay Blair. A General’s Life. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982. 752 pp. Although written in the first person, this is, in fact, a biography by Blair, who worked closely with Bradley on it, the latter seeing some 200 pages of the manuscript before his death. The work covers the subject’s entire life with the section on the World War II years based on Bradley’s personal papers, official documents, interviews, and other sources. A brief excerpt with the same title was published in the Washington Post Magazine, February 6, 1983, pp. 12–14. 1779. Garland, Albert N. “A Study in Leadership—One of the Greatest.” Military Review XLIX (December 1969): 18–27. Bradley’s leadership qualities as gleaned from the papers of Lt. Gen. Raymond S. McLain, who commanded the U.S. XIX Corps under Bradley in northwest Europe. 1780. “General of the Army Omar N. Bradley, 1893–1981.” Army XXXI (May 1981): 16–19. An obituary-biography written in tribute. 1781. Hansen, Chester B. “General Bradley as Seen Close-up.” New York Times Magazine, November 30, 1947, 14+. Recollections of Bradley’s wartime service by his wartime aide—and the ghostwriter of his memoirs. 1782. Mansfield, Stephanie. “A General’s Wife.” Washington Post Magazine, February 6, 1983, 15–17. Covers the married life of Omar and Kitty Bradley, including their separation during World War II. 1783. Middleton, Drew. “The General Who Outblitzed the Nazis.” New York Times Magazine, September 10, 1944, 5+. Concerns Bradley’s service as commander of the U.S. First Army in the Normandy invasion and breakout. Middleton exaggerates Bradley’s mastery of mobile warfare. 1784. Pogue, Forrest C. “General of the Army Omar N. Bradley.” In: Michael Carver, ed. War Lords: Military Commanders of the 20th Century. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1976, pp. 538–553. A concise, fair, and insightful look at Bradley’s leadership qualities from North Africa to VE-Day, including his relationship with Eisenhower.

256

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1785. Pratt, Fletcher. “Bradley.” In his Eleven Generals: Studies in American Command. New York: William Sloane Associates, 1949, pp. 297–355. Essentially a reprinting of the next entry. 1786. ——. “Infantry Specialist” [and] “The Tactician of the West.” Infantry Journal LXI (December 1947): 4–14; LXII (January 1948): 52–56; (February 1948): 19–25. Almost without criticism, Pratt follows Bradley’s wartime career from North Africa through Sicily and especially across northwest Europe, remarking upon those personal qualities that made him the “G.I.s’ General.” 1787. Reeder, Russell. Omar Nelson Bradley: The Soldier’s General. Champaign, Il.: Garrard Publishing Co., 1969. 112 pp. A brief overview of the general’s life, suitable for younger readers. 1788. Robinson, Donald. “General Bradley.” American Mercury, December 1948, 671–78. Comments on the soldier’s career, and, more important, on his elevation to the position of Army Chief of Staff. 1789. Shoemaker, Robert H., and Leonard A. Paris. “General Omar N. Bradley.” In their Famous American Generals. New York: Crowell, 1946, pp. 138–151. A scant overview of Bradley’s wartime accomplishments. 1790. “A Soldier’s Story.” Soldiers XXXVI (May 1981): 2–3. A capsule obituary-biography. 1791. Whiting, Charles. Bradley. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II: War Leaders Book. New York: Ballantine Books, 1971. 160 pp. A pictorial which examines not only Bradley’s contributions but also the battles and campaigns in which he was a participant. Alan F. Brooke 1792. Bryant, Arthur. The Turn of the Tide: A History of the War Years Based on the Diaries of Field Marshal Lord Alanbrooke, Chief of the Imperial General Staff. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1957. 264 pp. An uneven and tendentious biography of Churchill’s principal military adviser. Surpassed by the Danchev and Todman volume below. 1793. ——. Triumph in the West: A History of the War Years Based on the Diaries of Field Marshal Lord Alanbrooke, Chief of the Imperial General Staff. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1959. 438 pp. Presents a British view of the war which stresses Anglo-American strategy and shows the increasing dominance of the U.S. after 1942. Brooke, known for his self-discipline, had a great deal to do with running Britain’s daily war effort, in addition to his service within the Combined

The War on Land

257

Chiefs of Staff, where he developed an antipathy (mutually shared) for General Marshall which lasted throughout the war. Brooke was extremely disappointed at not becoming Supreme Commander, and perhaps as a result, these memoirs are extremely anti-Churchill and antiEisenhower. 1794. Danchev, Alex, and Daniel Todman. War Diaries 1939–1945: Field Marshal Lord Alanbrooke. London: Weidenfeld & Nicholson, 2001. 763 pp. Complete and unexpurgated diaries of the wartime Chief of Imperial General Staff. The editors present Alanbrooke as a man of great selfcontrol working under great stress. Donald R. Burgett 1795. Burgett, Donald R. Seven Roads to Hell: A Screaming Eagle at Bastogne. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1999. 225 pp. Vivid memoir by a paratrooper of combat at Bastogne during the Battle of the Bulge. E.L.M. Burns 1796. Burns, E. L. M. General Mud: Memoirs of Two World Wars. Toronto: Clarke and Irwin, 1970. 254 pp. Memoirs of Canadian regular force officer who led the 5th Canadian Armored Division and I Canadian Corps in Italy. Jack Capell 1797. Capell, Jack. Surviving the Odds: From D-Day to VE Day with the 4th Division in Europe. Claremont, Ca.: Regina Books, 2007. 257 pp. Compelling memoir of one soldier’s experiences of heroic and unheroic aspects of military life, including crossing the Atlantic in an overloaded troopship and “the daily grind of extended battle where hot food and water, [and] a warm place to sleep” were nearly always lacking. Cecil Carnes 1798. Carnes, Cecil. Green Patch: D-Day and Beyond: A War Correspondent’s Story. West Conshohocken, Pa.: Infinity Publishing, 2004. 194 pp. The title of this memoir is based on the green shoulder patch worn by combat correspondents. The author covered the war in the ETO from Normandy to Germany. Charles R. Cawthon 1799. Cawthon, Charles R. Other Clay: A Remembrance of the World War II Infantry. Niwot: The University of Colorado Press, 1990. 180 pp. Candid and revealing memoir of a Virginia National Guardsman who survived the assault on OMAHA beach and the fighting at St. Lô and Brest only to be wounded at Aachen. Conveys the state of mind of combat infantry.

258

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

Mark W. Clark 1800. Blumenson, Martin. Mark Clark. New York: Congdon & Weed, 1984. 306 pp. An uncritical portrait of the commander of the Fifth Army. Blumenson argues that circumstances and German decisions, not Clark, were responsible for the failures that marked the Allied advance up the Italian peninsula. 1801. ——, and James L. Stokesbury. “Mark Clark and the War in Italy.” Army XXI (May 1971): 49–52. Dubbed the “American Eagle” by Winston Churchill, Clark was Eisenhower’s deputy in the invasion of North Africa and later boss of American forces in the Italian campaign. This piece examines the controversies which surfaced surrounding certain of his decisions in the latter operation. 1802. Bracker, Milton. “Gen. Mark Clark Gets the Tough Jobs.” New York Times Magazine, September 19, 1943, 9+. Reviews Clark’s North African service and command of the Fifth Army in the Salerno invasion of Italy. 1803. Clark, Mark W. Calculated Risk: A Personal Story of the Campaign in North Africa and Italy. New York: Harper, 1950. 500 pp. A forthright appraisal of the author’s service which, although containing some material on North Africa, concentrates mainly on the Italian campaign. Clark saw Italy as a magnet with which to draw German forces from east and northwest Europe, agreed with Churchill’s desire for a Balkan campaign, and comments on the controversies, e.g., Monte Cassino, Rapido River crossing, which arose during his push toward Rome. 1804. Clark, Maurine. Captain’s Bride, General’s Lady: Memoirs. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1956. 278 pp. Mrs. Clark relates the story of her life with the noted officer and comments on their time apart during World War II. 1805. Cook, Don. “ ‘I’m Sticking to My Guns’: Gen. Mark Wayne Clark.” In his Fighting Americans of Today. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1944, pp. 24–41. An uncritical overview of Clark’s Italian command role. 1806. McCardle, M. C. “Lt. Gen. Mark Wayne Clark.” In These Are the Generals. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1943, pp. 84–97. A contemporary view of Clark which relates his North African service but, because of its publication date, has little to say about his handling of the Italian Theater. 1807. Shoemaker, Robert H., and Leonard A. Paris. “Gen. Mark W. Clark.” In their Famous American Generals. New York: Crowell, 1946, pp. 125–137. A brief, uncritical report on Clark’s wartime service.

The War on Land

259

Bruce C. Clarke 1808. Antal, John F. “Decisive Leadership: Brigadier General Bruce C. Clarke and the Battle of St. Vith.” Armor 102 (November-December 1993): 26–31. An examination of Clarke’s principles of command during the critical delaying action fought at St. Vith in the opening phase of the Battle of the Bulge. Antal stresses Clarke’s emphasis on a “quick decision cycle” and “mission-type orders.” 1809. Ellis, William D., and Thomas J. Cunningham, Jr. Clarke of St. Vith: The Sergeant’s General. Cleveland, Oh.: Dillon/Liederbach, 1974. 344 pp. Recalls the subject’s wartime service with the 4th and 7th Armored Divisions, particularly his delaying action at St. Vith, Belgium, in December 1944 during the Battle of the Bulge. J. Lawton Collins 1810. Collins, J. Lawton. Lightning Joe: An Autobiography. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1979. 449 pp. The author reviews his wartime service when, after service on Guadalcanal where he earned his nickname, he was shifted to Europe to command VII Corps, U.S. First Army from Utah Beach to the Elbe River; includes a number of vivid battle recollections, including the drive to Cherbourg and the 2nd Armored Division counterattack in the Ardennes, December 1944. 1811. Hines, William. “Gen. J. Lawton Collins: Army Chief-of-Staff.” American Mercury, September 1950, 266–273. A postwar biography with emphasis on the subject’s World War II service. 1812. Whitehead, Don. “He Shook Patton Loose: Gen. Collins.” Saturday Evening Post, November 4, 1944, 18–19+. How the subject and his corps led the American breakout from the Normandy beachhead in Operation COBRA. Michael Connelly 1813. Connelly, Michael. The Mortarman. Crewe, U.K.: Trafford Publishing, 2005. 292 pp. Poorly written autobiography of combat with a mortar battalion from Normandy to Germany. Norman D. Cota 1814. Miller, Robert A. Division Commander: A Biography of Major General Norman D. Cota. Spartanburg, S.C.: Reprint Co., 1989. 202 pp. As assistant commander of the 29th Division, Cota organized and led the D-day surge off OMAHA beach, and later commanded the 28th Division. Miller recounts his life and activities in detail.

260

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

Henry D.G. Crerar 1815. Dickson, Paul Douglas. “The Limits of Professionalism: General H.D.G. Crerar and the Canadian Army, 1914–1944.” Unpublished Ph.D. Disseration, University of Guelph (Canada), 1993. 1816. ——. “The Politics of Army Expansion: General H.D.G. Crerar and the Creation of the First Canadian Army, 1940–41.” The Journal of Military History 60 (April 1996): 271–98. The author’s thesis is that skillful lobbying by Crerar played an essential role in the Canadian government’s decision to create a large field army. 1817. ——. “The Hand That Wields the Dagger: Harry Crerar, First Canadian Army and National Autonomy.” War and Society 13 (Spring 1995): 113–41. An account of Crerar’s protection of Canadian autonomy in the face of British encroachments. William O. Darby 1818. King, Michael J. William Orlando Darby: A Military Biography. Hamden, Ct.: Archon Books, 1981. 224 pp. Based on the author’s 1977 Northern Illinois University Ph.D. dissertation of the same title; explains how this officer formed a special group of shock troops called Rangers which were employed in both the MTO and ETO. Darby was killed in action in Italy shortly before VE-Day. 1819. Templeton, Kenneth S., Jr. “The Last Days of Colonel William O. Darby: An Eye-Witness Account.” Army History (Spring 1998): 1–6. An account of Darby’s death at Lake Garda in the final days of the war. Francois Darlan 1820. Melton, George E. Darlan: Admiral and Statesman of France. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1998. 250 pp. A well-researched biography of the French admiral who Eisenhower negotiated a ceasefire with during Operation TORCH. Melton portrays Darlan as a pragmatic opportunist, not a fascist, who sought to protect the French empire. Benjamin O. Davis, Sr. 1821. Fletcher, Marvin E. America’s First Black General: General Benjamin O. Davis, Sr. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1989. 226 pp. An admiring and balanced biography of Brig. Gen. Benjamin O. Davis, Sr., who utilized diplomacy and tact in his role as liaison between the Army high command and units during World War II. Francis W. DeGuingand 1822. DeGuingand, Francis W. Operation Victory. New York: Scribners, 1947. 488 pp. Presents a headquarters view of the war in North Africa, Sicily, and

The War on Land

261

Northwest Europe as seen by General Montgomery’s chief of staff, who relates only incidents of which he had first-hand knowledge. The work is pro-Monty, even though the diplomatic DeGuingand was well liked by Eisenhower and was often able to resolve misunderstandings between his boss and the Supreme Commander. Jacob L. Devers 1823. Markey, Michael A. Jake: The General from West York Avenue. York, Pa.: Historical Society of York County, 1998. 122 pp. A biography of the neglected commander of the Sixth Army Group. 1824. Shoemaker, Robert H., and Leonard A. Paris. “Gen. Jacob L. Devers.” In their Famous American Generals. New York: Crowell, 1946, pp. 152–159. This is the first account of Devers, who served briefly as Commanding General of both the ETO and North Africa Theater, Deputy Supreme Allied Commander, Mediterranean, and after September 1944, boss of the Franco-American Sixth Army Group. Josef Sepp Dietrich 1825. Messenger, Charles. Hitler’s Gladiator: The Life and Times of Oberstgruppenführer and Panzergeneral Oberst de Waffen-SS Sepp Dietrich. London: Brassey’s, 1988. 245 pp. Biography of the charismatic commander of Waffen-SS units which fought in the Normandy campaign and Battle of the Bulge. Robert Dole 1826. Dole, Robert. One Soldier’s Story: A Memoir. New York: HarperCollins, 2005. 287 pp. Autobiographical account of an infantry lieutenant wounded in Italy and his courageous struggle to survive. Manton S. Eddy 1827. Phillips, Henry G. The Making of a Professional: Manton S. Eddy, USA. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood, 2000. 266 pp. Biography of the wartime commander of the 9th Division in North Africa and the XII Corps of Patton’s Third Army. Denis Edwards 1828. Edwards, Denis. Devil’s Own Luck: Pegasus Bridge to the Baltic, 1944–45. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 1999. 246 pp. Memoirs of an airborne soldier of the British 6th Airborne Division. Dwight D. Eisenhower 1829. Altman, Frances. Dwight D. Eisenhower, Crusader for Peace. New York: Denison, 1970. 223 pp. A tribute to the former President and Supreme Commander written for younger readers.

262

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1830. Ambrose, Stephen E. “Eisenhower’s Legacy.” Military Review 70 (October 1990): 4–14. Ambrose maintains that Eisenhower’s principal legacies were his commitments to freedom and abhorrence of war. 1831. ——. “Dwight D. Eisenhower.” In: Peter Dennis and Adrian Preston, eds. Soldiers as Statesmen. New York: Barnes and Noble, 1976, pp. 113–133. A study of the former President and Supreme Commander that analyzes his leadership and diplomatic roles both as chief executive and chief Allied soldier. 1832. ——. Eisenhower: Soldier, General of the Army, President-Elect, 1890– 1952. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1983. 640 pp. This is the first volume of what promises to be one of the best Eisenhower biographies, based on original sources, many not employed before. Covers the subject’s career from Abilene to the White House, and through a combination of anecdotes, quotations, and text, relates not only incidents of international importance, but also those affecting Eisenhower and those closest to him, including wife, Mamie, son John, and driveraide Kay Summersby. Ambrose’s prose, only occasionally critical of its subject, reveals the general’s concerns and feelings toward other leaders and the events in which he participated. 1833. ——. “Fateful Friendship.” American Heritage XX (April 1969): 41+. Eisenhower’s career-long relationship with flashy General Patton. 1834. ——. “How Ike Became Supreme Commander.” American History Illustrated III (November 1968): 20–26, 30. A pictorial which relates the story of how Roosevelt and Marshall settled on Eisenhower’s appointment. 1835. ——. Ike: Abilene to Berlin. New York: Harper & Row, 1973. 220 pp. A military biography which concentrates on Eisenhower’s wartime career as Supreme Commander; surpassed by the author’s multi-volume biography noted above and the next citation. 1836. ——. The Supreme Commander: The War Years of General Dwight D. Eisenhower. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1970. 732 pp. Based primarily on The Papers of Dwight David Eisenhower, which the author helped to edit, this work is a scholarly analysis of the subject’s 1941–1945 military career which places emphasis on Eisenhower’s command decisions relating to North Africa, OVERLORD, the Ardennes, and other operations. While defending Eisenhower’s numerous politicalmilitary choices, the author also studies the Supreme Commander’s relations with a variety of leaders, including FDR, Churchill, de Gaulle, Brooke, Marshall, Montgomery, and Patton. 1837. American Heritage, Editors of. Eisenhower: American Hero. New York: American Heritage Publishing Co., 1969. 144 pp.

The War on Land

263

With a narrative by Kenneth S. Davis, this memorial pictorial features an anthology of recollections by some of the general’s famous associates, including Montgomery, Bradley, and Clark. 1838. Archer, Jules. Battlefield President: Dwight D. Eisenhower. New York: Julian Messner, 1967. 191 pp. Covers the subject’s entire military-political career; suitable for younger readers. 1839. Army Times, Editors of. The Challenge and the Triumph: The Story of Dwight D. Eisenhower. New York: G.P. Putnam, 1966. 192 pp. A concise biography which concentrates on the military aspects of its subject’s career; suitable for younger readers. 1840. ——. “Gen. Dwight D. Eisenhower.” In: Famous American Military Leaders of World War II. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1962, pp. 42–50. A concise account which concentrates on Eisenhower’s role as Supreme Commander and his relations with Allied and U.S. Army leaders. 1841. Axelrod, Alan. Eisenhower on Leadership: Ike’s Enduring Lessons in Total Victory Management. San Francisco, Ca.: Jossey-Bassy, 2006. 296 pp. Axelrod views Eisenhower as a “military CEO” and explores his principles of leadership. 1842. Berlin, Robert H. “Dwight David Eisenhower and the Duties of Generalship.” Military Review 70 (October 1990): 15–25. Berlin maintains that Eisenhower’s highly developed sense of duty led him to drive himself and his subordinates to excel. His strong-willed parents instilled in him a commitment to duty that military service reinforced. 1843. Bigelow, Michael E. “Eisenhower and Intelligence.” Military Intelligence 17 (January–March 1991): 19–25. A brief study of Eisenhower’s use of ULTRA and other intelligence. 1844. Blumenson, Martin. Eisenhower. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II: War Leader Book. New York: Ballantine Books, 1972. 160 pp. A concise pictorial war biography of the Allied Supreme Commander with some appraisal of his effectiveness as both a diplomat and a military chieftain. 1845. ——. “Eisenhower: Great General or Chairman of the Board?” Army XVI (June 1966): 34–45. Discusses the merits of the subtitle positions, both of which were ascribed to Eisenhower’s leadership pattern. 1846. Butcher, Harry C. My Three Years with Eisenhower. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1946. 911 pp. Eisenhower’s wartime naval aide was directed to keep a diary of his boss’s activities, here published in part (the complete diary is in the Eisenhower Library in Kansas); this is a warm and friendly portrait filled

264

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II with opinions on military operations, strategy, and personalities, some of whom and which the author knew little about.

1847. Carter, Donald Alan. “Eisenhower Versus the Generals.” The Journal of Military History 71 (October 2007): 1169–99. A study of civil–military relations during the Eisenhower presidency. 1848. Churchill, Winston L. S. “General Eisenhower.” In: Victory: War Speeches. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1946, pp. 199–201. The British Prime Minister’s public appreciation of the Supreme Commander is here expressed. 1849. Cook, Blanche W. Declassified Eisenhower: A Divided Legacy. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1981. 432 pp. This biography, like Ambrose’s Eisenhower noted above, relies to a large extent upon access to then newly available documents, particularly concerning the subject’s presidency. Using these and other sources, Cook attempts to point out the successes and failures, good and evil, of the general as Supreme Commander and President. 1850. Cook, Dan. “Fighting Kansan: Dwight D. Eisenhower.” In: Fighting Americans of Today. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1944, pp. 11–23. A brief, uncritical overview of Eisenhower’s wartime career through D-Day. 1851. ——. “General of the Army Dwight D. Eisenhower.” In: Michael Carver, ed. War Lords: Military Commanders of the 20th Century. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1976, pp. 509–537. A much more balanced view of Eisenhower’s Supreme Commander role than the previous entry, here Cook presents an analysis of his subject’s military and political successes and failures. 1852. Cradell, William F. “Eisenhower the Strategist: The Battle of the Bulge and the Censure of Joe McCarthy.” Presidential Quarterly 17 (Summer 1987): 478–501. A study of Eisenhower’s strategic grasp of the situation in the Battle of the Bulge and and his handling of the McCarthy situation in 1953–54. 1853. Davis, Kenneth S. Soldier of Democracy: A Biography of Dwight D. Eisenhower. New ed. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1952. 577 pp. Davis, who wrote the American Heritage tribute cited above, presents a detailed summary of Eisenhower’s wartime career and his postwar service with NATO, based largely on interviews. This book was read widely during the 1952 presidential campaign. 1854. D’Este, Carlo. Eisenhower: A Soldier’s Life. New York: Henry Holt, 2002. 848 pp. A well-researched and balanced biography that portrays Eisenhower as an able, ambitious, intelligent, and politically astute staff officer who advanced his career by cultivating important personalities and echoing

The War on Land

265

their views. D’Este rejects the notion of the Eisenhower-Summersby affair (see entry nos. 1874 and 1888), dismisses criticism of Eisenhower’s deal with the Vichy Admiral Darlan, but faults him for neglecting logistics and for failing to control the ground war in Sicily and Normandy. 1855. DeWeerd, Harvey A. “Eisenhower.” In: Great Soldiers of World War II. New York: W. W. Norton, 1944, pp. 264–298. A noted wartime author follows Eisenhower’s assignment as Supreme Commander in North Africa, Sicily, and northwest Europe, offering almost no criticism at all. 1856. ——. “General Eisenhower.” American Mercury, July 1945, 16–25. Completes the story begun in the previous citation. 1857. Eisenhower, David. Eisenhower at War, 1939–1945. New York: Random House, 1986. 977 pp. A well-researched and admiring portrait of the supreme commander of Allied forces in Europe by his grandson. Eisenhower covers the background of Operation OVERLORD and other facets of the campaign from Normandy to the Rhine, including his grandfather’s relations with Churchill and Montgomery as well as the “broad versus narrow front” controversy. Well written and balanced. 1858. “Dwight D. Eisenhower, 1890–1969.” Newsweek, April 7, 1969, 18–21. A pictorial obituary and tribute. 1859. Eisenhower, Dwight D. At Ease: Stories I Tell My Friends. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1967. 400 pp. A volume of informal recollections, mostly from the subject’s military days, which are of little historical significance, but do reveal something of the man’s inner feelings and character. 1860. ——. Crusade in Europe. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1948. 559 pp. The author’s recollections of wartime service as U.S. Army planner and Supreme Commander of SHAEF cover both military and political developments; easily read or quoted (some have said to the point of blandness), Eisenhower’s comments are fair, diplomatic, and charitable, and offer some important insights on the special problems of coalition warfare. 1861. ——. In Review: Pictures I’ve Kept—A Concise Pictorial Autobiography. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1969. 237 pp. The captioned photographs are intermixed with quotations from Eisenhower’s other memoirs, including the two noted above. 1862. ——. Letters to Mamie. Edited by John S.D. Eisenhower. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1978. 282 pp. An edited collection of Eisenhower’s letters to his wife written before and during the course of the war; the letters reveal a warm but pressured individual devoted to his family and profession. Excerpted in Ladies Home Journal, June 1977, 185–187+.

266

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1863. ——. The Papers of Dwight David Eisenhower: The War Years. Edited by Alfred D. Chandler. 5 vols. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1970. A huge collection of well-selected and edited, previously classified notes, telegrams, memos, and letters written or dictated by Eisenhower between 1941 and 1945; including no “routine documents,” this primary source is chronologically arranged and definitely not intended for “light reading.” The subject’s letters to his wife, not included here, are available in the previous citation. 1864. Eisenhower, John S. D. General Ike: A Personal Reminiscence. New York: The Free Press, 2003. 277 pp. General Eisenhower’s son presents a fascinating portrait of his father in this carefully written memoir-history. Eisenhower maintains that his father’s military career was more important to him than his subsequent political career. He also discusses the men who had the greatest impact on his father, namely John J. Pershing, Fox Connor, George Patton, Douglas MacArthur, George Marshall, Winston Churchill, and Charles de Gaulle. 1865. Eisenhower, Mamie D. “My Memories of Ike.” Reader’s Digest, February 1970, 69–74. Written less than a year after the general’s death, these recollections record something of the hardship the couple endured during the war and before. 1866. Ferrell, Robert H., ed. The Eisenhower Diaries. New York: W.W. Norton, 1981. 445 pp. Drawn from the subject’s intermittently kept 1935–1967 diary with entries linked by commentary; World War II events noted include Eisenhower’s assumption of the Supreme Allied Commandership, D-Day, and the Rhine River crossing. 1867. Field, Rudolph. Ike: Man of the Hour. New York: Universal, 1952. 142 pp. An extremely pro-Eisenhower campaign biography which deals almost exclusively with the subject’s military career, especially during World War II. 1868. Fowler, John G., Jr. “Command Decision.” Military Review LIX (June 1979): 2–6. Explores FDR’s decision to give the Supreme Command to Eisenhower rather than Marshall. 1869. Gunther, John. Eisenhower: The Man and the Symbol. New York: Harper, 1952. 180 pp. A well-respected journalist and wartime correspondent’s uncritical biography of the general, widely used by Republicans as a campaign biography. 1870. Hobbs, Joseph P., ed. Dear General: Eisenhower’s Wartime Letters to

The War on Land

267

Marshall. Baltimore, Md.: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1971. 255 pp. A selection of 75 of the 108 letters sent from the Supreme Commander to the Chief of Staff, all of which appeared in Eisenhower’s Papers, noted above, but which are here treated separately with more analytical detail and fitted logically and chronologically into context. In sum, they show Eisenhower’s growth in confidence, his review of Allied relations, and comments on other leading generals and political figures. 1871. Holland, Matthew F. Eisenhower Between the Wars: The Making of a General and a Statesman. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2001. 272 pp. A well-researched account of the neglected but seminal years between the wars that readied Eisenhower for high command. Holland examines not only Eisenhower’s family life, but also his intellectual development, military education, mentors, view of politics, and service on MacArthur’s staff in Washington and the Philippines. 1872. Kingseed, Cole C. “Eisenhower’s Prewar Anonymity: Myth or Reality?” Parameters 21 (Autumn 1991): 87–98. The author argues that Eisenhower was not unknown within the Regular Army. 1873. Kinnard, Douglas. Eisenhower: Soldier-Statesman of the American Century. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s 2002. 112 pp. A concise and accurate profile of Eisenhower’s life, his rise under the tutelage of Fox Conner, Douglas MacArthur, and George Marshall, his service as commander of SHAEF and SHAPE forces, and his presidency. 1874. Korda, Michael. Ike: An American Hero. New York: Harper, 2007. 779 pp. Admiring and readable biography of Eisenhower, which includes rich character sketches of MacArthur and Patton. Korda protrays a selfeffacing Eisenhower who was a skilled coalition builder. He also casts doubt on Summersby’s account (see entry no. 1888) of a romance with her boss, but acknowledges jealousy on the part of Mamie. 1875. LaFay, H. “The Eisenhower Story.” National Geographic Magazine CXXXVI (July 1969): 1–38. A pictorial review which is also a tribute; good use of color photographs. 1876. Longgood, William F. Ike: A Pictorial Biography. New York: Time-Life, 1969. 144 pp. A pictorial history of Eisenhower’s life which is similar to the American Heritage tribute noted above. 1877. Lyon, Peter. Eisenhower: Portrait of a Hero. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1974. 937 pp. This full biography is the largest pre-Ambrose study available, the first two-thirds of which deal with its subject’s pre-presidential career. Most

268

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II of the criticism in this work is reserved for the presidential years; Lyon agrees with the manner in which Eisenhower handled his assignment as Allied Supreme Commander.

1878. Madden, Robert W. “The Making of a General of the Army.” Army 40 (December 1990): 52–57. Brief account of Eisenhower’s formative experiences. 1879. McKeogh, Michael J., and Richard Lockridge. Sergeant Mickey and General Ike. New York: C.P. Putnam, 1946. 185 pp. An extremely admiring portrait which describes the war and Eisenhower as both appeared to the young New Yorker who served as the Supreme Commander’s personal orderly. 1880. Michie, Allan A. “Great Decisions: Behind the Scenes with Eisenhower.” Reader’s Digest XLV (August 1944): 112–118. More atmosphere than substance; Michie was a SHAEF correspondent. 1881. Middleton, Drew. “With Eisenhower at Headquarters.” New York Times Magazine, October 1, 1944, 9+. Similar to the Michie piece. 1882. Miller, Merle. Ike the Soldier: As They Knew Him. New York: G.P. Putnam, 1987. 432 pp. Based on interviews with those who knew and worked with Eisenhower, Miller portrays a man of precise intellect whose strength and character were molded by the Kansas environment of his youth, and who enjoyed substantial managerial skills and an innate ability to deal with people. 1883. Perret, Geoffrey. Eisenhower. New York: Random House, 1999. 685 pp. A well-written biography that stresses Eisenhower’s intellect, writing abilities, and skills for strategic leadership. Perret also examines Eisenhower’s views of such luminaries as Montgomery and MacArthur, and his relationship with Kay Summersby (see entry nos. 1854, 1874, 1888). 1884. Pogue, Forrest C. “Political Problems of a Coalition Command.” In: Harry L. Coles, ed. Total War and Cold War: Problems in Civilian Control of the Military. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 1962, pp. 108–128. General Marshall’s biographer suggests that Eisenhower’s contribution as Supreme Commander has been underestimated as his job was complicated by Allied political interests and national prides. 1885. Shoemaker, Robert H., and Leonard A. Paris. “General Dwight D. Eisenhower.” In their Famous American Generals. New York: Crowell, 1946, pp. 68–82. An uncritical overview of the subject’s wartime career and responsibilities. 1886. Sixsmith, Eric K. G. Eisenhower as Military Commander. New York: Stein and Day, 1972. 248 pp.

The War on Land

269

A British general assesses Eisenhower’s wartime career from North Africa through D-Day, with some discussion of the post-Normandy strategy for the defeat of the Reich; the assessment is generally favorable and concludes that Eisenhower’s “special genius was his skill at management.” 1887. Summersby, Kathleen (“Kay”). Eisenhower Was My Boss. Edited by Michael Kearns. New York: Prentice-Hall, 1948. 302 pp. An adulatory account by a young British W.A.C. who advanced from the position of Eisenhower’s driver to secretary/aide; presents a picture of the strains, jealousies, and hardships the Supreme Commander worked under and with during the MTO/ETO campaigns. 1888. ——. Past Forgetting: My Love Affair with Dwight D. Eisenhower. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1976. 285 pp. Amplifies the above citation and adds to the allegation that the author and Eisenhower were more than professionally related; excerpted in Ladies Home Journal XCIII (December 1976): 121–128+. See entry nos. 1854, 1874, and 1975. 1889. Vexler, Robert I., ed. Dwight D. Eisenhower, 1890–1969: Chronology— Documents—Bibliographical Aids. New York: Oceana, 1970. 150 pp. A useful guide to sources and a helpful chronology are presented here in a convenient reference. 1890. Whitney, David C. Picture Life of Dwight D. Eisenhower. New York: Watts, 1968. 56 pp. This brief pictorial weaves together images and text for a helpful introduction for younger readers. 1891. Wukovits, John. Eisenhower: A Biography. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2006. 216 pp. A readable quasi-biography focused on Eisenhower’s leadership qualities. Based on secondary sources, the author’s purpose is to highlight lessons for future leaders. Richard Engler 1892. Engler, Richard E., Jr. The Final Crisis: Combat in Northern Alsace, January 1945. Hampton, Va.: Aegis Group, 1999. 356 pp. In this deeply researched and well-written book, Engler, a combat infantryman, recounts the fighting in the Vosges Mountains of eastern France during the German NORDWIND offensive of January 1945. The experiences of other veterans of the fighting are integrated with descriptions of battalion and company tactics. The value of this book is enriched by Engler’s observations about the U.S. home front in the autumn of 1944 and the performance of under-strength American units. Charles R. Felix 1893. Felix, Charles Reis. Crossing the Sauer: A Memoir of World War II. Short Hills, N.J.: Burford Books, 2002. 189 pp.

270

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II First-person experiences of a radioman in the ETO.

Harry A. “Paddy” Flint 1894. Anderson, Robert A. “Anything, Anytime, Anywhere, Bar Nothing: Remembering ‘Paddy’ Flint.” Periodical Journal of America’s Military Past 24 (Spring 1997): 52–66. Admiring portrait of the much-decorated “Paddy” Flint who led by example and was killed near St. Lô in July 1944. William Foley 1895. Foley, William. Visions from a Foxhole: A Rifleman in Patton’s Ghost Corps. New York: Ballantine Books, 2003. 257 pp. This is not a history of the XX “Ghost” Corps, but rather a G.I.’s vivid memories of combat in the Saar, along the Siegfried Line, and in crossing the Rhine River. Includes pencil drawings made at the time. Robert T. Frederick 1896. Hicks, Anne. The Last Fighting General: The Biography of Robert Tyron Frederick. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2006. 320 pp. Biography of the dynamic combat leader and founder of the 1st Special Service Force. Frederick, who subsequently commanded the 45th Infantry Division, oversaw the desegregation and integration of the U.S. Army following World War II. Bernard C. Freyberg 1897. Barber, Laurie. Freyberg: Churchill’s Salamander. Auckland, N.Z.: Century Hutchinson, 1989. 310 pp. Biography of the commander of the New Zealand Corps which assaulted Monte Cassino, the linchpin of the Gustav Line. Barber assesses the command capability of Freyberg in light of his use of ULTRA information. Kurt Gabel 1898. Gabel, Kurt. The Making of a Paratrooper: Airborne Training and Combat in World War II. Edited by William C. Mitchell. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1990. 282 pp. An autobiographical account of training and combat with the 513th Parachute Infantry Regiment. Gabel’s regiment, which suffered over 80 percent casualties, saw action in the Ardennes and Rhineland campaigns. Highly recommended for those interested in unit cohesion and elite units. Raymond Gantter 1899. Gantter, Raymond. Roll Me Over: An Infantryman’s World War II. New York: Ivy Books, 1997. 397 pp. Morally sensitive and intelligent view of daily life of an infantryman related from the perspective of a college graduate and fluent Germanspeaker. Reflective and poignant descriptions of the anguish of German

The War on Land

271

civilians and the actions of some ignorant officers bring to life a dimension of the war in northwest Europe often hidden from public view. James M. Gavin 1900. Biggs, Bradley. Gavin. Hamden, Ct.: Archon Books, 1980. 182 pp. An admirer’s short biography which portrays the high points of the general’s career during World War II, but which emphasizes his postwar disagreements with U.S. civilian and military leaders, particularly over Vietnam. 1901. Booth, T. Michael, and Duncan Spencer. Paratrooper: The Life of General James M. Gavin. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1994. 495 pp. A comprehensive and well-written biography of an important American general officer. The authors deftly describe Gavin’s handling of the 82nd Airborne Division in Holland and during the Battle of the Bulge, as well as his complex relations with Matthew Ridgway and Maxwell Taylor. 1902. Gavin, James M. On to Berlin: Battles of an Airborne Commander 1943–1946. New York: Viking Press, 1978. 336 pp. This analysis of ETO commanders, strategy, and operations, especially as they applied to airborne activities, by the wartime boss of the 82nd Airborne Division, is critical of the leadership of both Eisenhower and Montgomery and of the Allied failure to move in on Berlin. 1903. Wurst, Gayle, ed. The General and His Daughter: The War Time Letters of General James M. Gavin to his Daughter Barbara. Bronx, N.Y.: Fordham University Press, 2007. 224 pp. The 200 letters General Gavin wrote to his daughter between 1943 and 1945 provide unique insight into the personal life of a private man and also shed light on historical events and stories of courage. Harold J. Gordon, Jr. 1904. Gordon, Harold J., Jr. Edited by Nancy M. Gordon. One Man’s War: A Memoir War of World War II. New York: Apex Press, 1999. 147 pp. A candid and sometimes humorous account of the life of a 29th Division infantryman who acknowledged his fear and “the feeling of imminent death.” Ernest N. Harmon 1905. Harmon, Ernest N. Combat Commander: Autobiography of a Soldier. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1970. 352 pp. Harmon led the 2nd Armored Division in the Tunisian operation and in 1943–44, the 1st Armored Division in Italy; later he returned to the 2nd Armored Division and finished the war as boss of the XXII Corps; the former leader provides interesting details on a number of campaigns, including that at Anzio. 1906. ——, and Milton MacKaye. “A Fighting General Tells His Story.”

272

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Saturday Evening Post, September 19, 1948, 10, 15–17+; September 25, 1948, 38–39+; October 2, 1948, 34–35+; October 9, 1948, 28+. Emphasis here is on the Italian campaign and the Battle of the Bulge.

James E. Hildebrand 1907. Hildebrand, James E. Cannon Fodder: From Basic to Purple Heart: Letters Home. Las Cruces, N.M.: Yucca Tree Press, 1999. 352 pp. A collection of wartime letters written by a 19-year-old G.I. Percy C.S. Hobart 1908. Macksey, Kenneth. Armoured Crusader: The Biography of Major-General Sir Percy ‘Hobo’ Hobart. London: Grub Street, 2004. 348 pp. An account of the demanding and dedicated apostle of mobile warfare who supervised development of specialized armored vehicles, such as the Duplex Drive or “D.D.” tank, that “swam” ashore in Normandy on D-Day. “Hobart’s Funnies” supported British and Canadian infantry to great effect from Normandy to the Baltic. Courtney H. Hodges 1909. Hottelet, Richard C. “Victor of Aachen: Lt. Gen. Courtney H. Hodges.” Collier’s, December 30, 1944, 17+. A journalistic profile of the then little-known leader who followed Bradley as chief of the U.S. First Army. 1910. Murray, G. Patrick. “Courtney Hodges: Modest Star of World War II.” American History Illustrated, September 1973, 12–25. While Hodges’ achievements were not modest, his personal reputation was so slim and lacking in eccentricity that the Supreme Commander at one point had to ask his public relations people to focus on the general in order to obtain recognition for the First Army. 1911. Wishnevsky, Stephen T. Courtney Hicks Hodges: From Private to FourStar General in the United States Army. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2006. 238 pp. Biography of the unpretentious commander of the First U.S. Army, who enlisted as a private and rose to four-star general. Bert M. Hoffmeister 1912. Delaney, Douglas E. The Soldier’s General: Bert Hoffmeister at War. Vancouver/Ottawa: University of British Columbia Press/Canadian War Museum, 2005. 305 pp. Readable biography of “Canada’s best combat general” of the war. Delaney tells the remarkable story of a militia officer who rose from company commander to leadership of the Canadian 5th Armored Division in Italy and northwest Europe. 1913. Granatstein, J. L. “Hoffmeister in Italy.” Canadian Military History 2 (Autumn 1993): 57–64.

The War on Land

273

A summary of Hoffmeister’s rise to division command in Italy and his role in breaking the Gothic Line in August 1944. Brian Horrocks 1914. Horrocks, Brian, with Eversley Belfield and H. Essame. Corps Commander. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1977. 256 pp. One of the few accounts of wartime service to emerge from a corps commander. Reportedly Montgomery’s favorite corps commander, Horrocks commanded the XIII and IX Corps in North Africa and then the XXX Corps in northwest Europe. This volume is valuable for the light it sheds on Montgomery, the Battle of Arnhem, and the failure to follow up the capture of Antwerp by sealing off the Beveland peninsula. 1915. Horrocks, Brian. A Full Life. London: Leo Cooper, 1974. 342 pp. Autobiography of Lt. Gen. Sir Brian Horrocks, who concluded his public career as Gentlemen Usher of the Black Rod in the House of Lords. The former commander of XXX Corps and the British Army of the Rhine traces his military service and accepts responsibility for the failure to exploit the capture of the port of Antwerp. Reprinted as Escape to Action (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1961). 1916. Warner, Philip. Horrocks, The General Who Led from the Front. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 208 pp. A balanced biography of a distinguished general officer and commander. Franklyn A. Johnson 1917. Johnson, Franklyn A. One More Hill. New York: Funk and Wagnalls, 1949. 181 pp. Reminiscences of service with the 18th Infantry Regiment, U.S. 1st Division, in North Africa, Sicily, and France, September 1942–October 1944. Dean Joy 1918. Joy, Dean. Sixty Days in Combat: An Infantryman’s Memoir of World War II in Europe. New York: Ballantine Books, 2004. 265 pp. Memoirs of a reluctant 71st Division mortarman who wanted to fly fighters. Charles E. Kelly 1919. Kelly, Charles E., with Pete Martin. One Man’s War. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1944. 182 pp. Also published in the Saturday Evening Post, July 1, 1944, 9–11+; July 8, 1944, 20–21+; July 15, 1944, 24–25+; July 22, 1944, 20+; July [?], 1944, 18+. How this 146th Infantry Regiment, 36th Division sergeant, nicknamed “Commando Kelly,” distinguished himself in action around Altavilla, Italy, in September 1943, killing 40 Nazis and winning the Medal of Honor.

274

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1920. Mayo, Andrew. No Time for Glory. New York: Pageant Press, 1955. 69 pp. A brief interview and reminiscence with the subject which, like Kelly’s book cited above, reflects on North African and Italian service. John Kennedy 1921. Kennedy, John. The Business of War: The War Narrative of John Kennedy. Edited by Bernard Fergusson. New York: William Morrow, 1958. 370 pp. These memoirs, resulting from a narrative based on notes taken during the war, portray the work of Brooke’s director of military operations and a chief British strategic planner. In addition to reflecting on the strategy of coalition warfare, Kennedy offers insights into the personal relationships between the Allied leaders, including Churchill, Brooke, Eisenhower, and Marshall. Albert Kesselring 1922. Kesselring, Albert. Kesselring: A Soldier’s Record. Translated from the German. New New York: William Morrow, 1954. 381 pp. Kesselring, who led air forces in the French and Russian campaigns, as well as the Battle of Britain, took over as Commander-in-Chief, South, in late 1941. It was he who led the Nazi defense of Sicily and Italy against the Allies until an injury put him out of action in October 1944. In this memoir, the author explains how he utilized terrain and his own resourcefulness, plus Allied caution, to conduct the long, slow retreat up the peninsula that denied the Allies Rome and a quick victory. His memoirs, republished as The Memoirs of Field Marshal Kesselring (1970 and 2007) are especially valuable for the light they shed on the field marshal’s understanding of politics and view of Allied strategy in Italy. 1923. ——. “Interview with Former Field Marshal Kesselring.” U.S. News and World Report, September 2, 1955, pp. 62–66. A wide-ranging interview in which the former field marshal attributes German mistakes to Hitler. According to Kesselring, because “it broke the backbone of the Luftwaffe,” the air war in Europe was the decisive factor in Allied victory. Also offers critical reviews of Allied, especially British, commanders in Italy. 1924. Macksey, Kenneth. Kesselring: German Master Strategist of the Second World War. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2000. 262 pp. A reprint of the 1976 hagiographic account of the Luftwaffe air marshal who led German forces in the western Mediterranean and Italy. Macksey’s likening of Kesselring to von Moltke and Scharnhorst is debatable. George Kitching 1925. Kitching, George. Mud and Green Fields: The Memoirs of Major General George Kitching. Langley, B.C.: Battleline Books, 1986. 329 pp. Memoirs of the commander of the Canadian 4th Armored Division, who was fired by General Simonds in Normandy.

The War on Land

275

Robert Kotlowitz 1926. Kotlowitz, Robert. Before Their Time: A Memoir. New York: Anchor Books, 1989. 195 pp. Engaging memoirs of a premed student inducted into the Army in 1943 and transformed into an infantryman. Kotlowitz recounts the shattering experience of the destruction of his platoon. Donald E. Lavender 1927. Lavender, Donald E. Nudge Blue: A Chronicle of World War II Experience. N.p. 82 pp. Unadorned memories of a young man introduced to combat in the Hürtgen Forest in 1944. William C. Lee 1928. Autry, Jerry. General William C. Lee: Father of the Airborne. Raleigh, N.C.: Airborne Press, 1995. 203 pp. Autry tells the story of Bill Lee who, as commander of Provisional Parachute Group, pioneered airborne warfare in the U.S. Army. A heart condition prevented Lee from leading the 101st Airborne Division into Normandy. Lyman L. Lemnitzer 1929. Binder, James L. Lemnitzer: A Soldier for His Time. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s, 1997. 386 pp. Biography of Field Marshal Alexander’s deputy chief of staff and future NATO commander and U.S. Army chief of staff. Noted as intelligent and a “team player,” Lemnitzer accompanied Mark Clark to North Africa in 1942 and helped negotiate the surrender of German forces in Italy. William A. Lessa 1930. Lessa, William A. Spearhead Governatore: Remembrances of the Campaign in Italy. Malibu, Ca.: Undena Publications, 1985. Personal biography of a civil affairs officer attached to the British Eighth Army. Hans von Luck 1931. Luck, Hans von. Panzer Commander: The Memoirs of Colonel Hans von Luck. New York: Praeger, 1989. 282 pp. Introspective memoirs and accounts of battlefield experiences of an armored officer who served in Poland and Russia, as well as with Rommel in North Africa and in Normandy. Lesley J. McNair 1932. Cook, Don. “The Chief’s Right Hand: Lesley J. McNair.” In: his Fighting Americans of Today. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1944, pp. 42–54. Remembered as the man who “trained the Army,” McNair moved to

276

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II England to command the phantom U.S. First Army Group established as part of the misinformation plot aimed at the Germans before D-Day; on July 25, the head of Army Ground Forces was killed by a bomb which fell short of its target during the carpet bombing of Operation COBRA.

1933. Kahn, Ely J. McNair, Educator of an Army. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1945. 64 pp. A brief overview of the general’s career with emphasis on his service as head of Army Ground Forces, the man responsible for the entire training cycle. 1934. Whitaker, John T. “Lt. Gen. Lesley James McNair.” In: These Are the Generals. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1943, pp. 123–135. A career summary through 1942. Andrew G. L. McNaughton 1935. Swettenham, John A. McNaughton. 3 vols. Toronto, Ont.: Ryerson Press, 1969. In this uncritical biography, Swettenham explores McNaughton’s public career from his childhood in Saskatchewan and militia service to command of the First Canadian Army and postwar service as Canadian ambassador to the United Nations. Swettenham’s view of McNaughton tenure as First Army commander has been superseded by others. James R. Major 1936. Major, James Russell. The Memoirs of an Artillery Forward Observer, 1944–1945. Manhattan, Ks.: Sunflower University Press, 1999. 171 pp. A readable account of combat in Europe by a Virginia Military Institute graduate. As with so many memoirs, the author’s sympathies lie with frontline soldiers of both sides. Charles F. Marshall 1937. Marshall, Charles F. A Ramble Through My War: Anzio and Other Joys. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1998. 300 pp. Memories of an intelligence officer who served with the VI Corps from Anzio to Germany. Marshall was one of the first Allied officials to interview Frau Rommel and to learn of Rommel’s forced suicide (see entry no. 2057) George C. Marshall 1938. Ambrose, Stephen E. “George C. Marshall.” American History Illustrated III (November 1968): 20–25, 27–30. An overview of the wartime career of the Army’s top-ranking officer and perhaps the most important Allied strategist. 1939. Barber, James. George C. Marshall, Soldier of Peace. Baltimore, Md.: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1997. 104 pp.

The War on Land

277

A guide to an interesting exhibit of Marshall portraiture and memorabilia displayed at the National Gallery in November 1997. 1940. Bausum, Henry S., ed. The John Biggs Cincinnati Lectures in Military Leadership and Command, 1986. Lexington, Va.: Virginia Military Institute Foundation, 1986. 147 pp. An overview of the leadership qualities and abilities exhibited by Marshall. 1941. Bland, Larry L., Joellen K. Bland, and Sharon Ritenour Stevens, eds. George C. Marshall: Interviews and Reminiscences for Forrest C. Pogue. Lexington, Va.: George C. Marshall Foundation, 1991. 698 pp. Wide-ranging typescripts of 23 interviews conducted by Forrest C. Pogue for the official biography of the close-mouthed Marshall. An important oral history that includes introductions by Pogue to the questions. 1942. ——. “George C. Marshall and the Education of Army Leaders.” Military Review 118 (October 1988): 27–37. Long noted for his organizational skills and strategic vision, General George Marshall was also “one of the Army’s greatest teacher-leaders.” Bland suggests that Marshall’s service with National Guard troops left him with an appreciation for the dissonance and disorganization of a a democratic society that shaped his view of the training required of officers who led citizen soldiers. 1943. Carter, M. S. “The Unforgettable George C. Marshall.” Reader’s Digest CI (July 1972): 71–76. An anecdotal reminiscence and tribute. 1944. Cray, Edward. General of the Army: George C. Marshall, Soldier and Statesman, New York: W. W. Norton, 1990. 847 pp. Well balanced and readable biography of the wartime Army Chief of Staff and subsequently postwar Secretary of State and Defense. Cray highlights Marshall’s selflessness, his relationship with General John J. Pershing, which advanced his career, his skill in mobilizing and organizing the U.S. Army in World War II, and sponsorship of the European recovery plan that bore his name. Cray ranks Marshall as a truly great American. 1945. DeWeerd, Harvey A. “Marshall, Organizer of Victory.” Infantry Journal LIX (December 1946): 8–14; LX (January 1947): 12–18. An overview of the wartime career of the man Churchill dubbed the “Organizer of Victory,” stressing the general’s role in coalition diplomacy and in the buildup of the Army prior to Pearl Harbor. 1946. Marshall, George C. George C. Marshall: Interviews and Reminiscences for Forrest Pogue, 3rd ed. Lexington, Va.: George C. Marshall Research Foundation, 1997. 650 pp. An invaluable collection of oral histories covering a wide range of subjects. Among the topics discussed are wartime conferences, the ULTRA leaks to presidential candidate Thomas E. Dewey, the U.S. mobilization

278

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II effort, African American soldiers, intelligence failures, and American commanders.

1947. ——. Selected Speeches and Statements of General of the Army George C. Marshall. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1945. 263 pp. These comments are, in some cases, detailed expositions of the military policies and needs for global victory and represent their author’s thinking on his great responsibilities in the years from 1938 to 1945. 1948. Mosley, Leonard. Marshall: Hero for Our Time. San Francisco, Ca.: Hearst Books, 1982. 608 pp. A sympathetic biography of the wartime Army Chief of Staff, based on original research into a variety of sources, the work stresses Marshall’s interaction with military-political leaders. The last part of the volume concerns its biographee’s Secretary of State years. 1949. Pogue, Forrest C. George C. Marshall: Education of a General, 1880–1939. New York: Viking Press, 1963. 421 pp. The first volume in an as-yet unfinished set, this work covers the general’s early career, including his service under and friendship with World War I hero Gen. John J. Pershing. 1950. ——. George C. Marshall: Global Commander. Harmon Memorial Lectures in Military History. Colorado Springs, Co.: U.S. Air Force Academy, 1968. 20 pp. A brief overview of Marshall’s relations with his chief field subordinates during the course of the conflict. 1951. ——. George C. Marshall: Ordeal and Hope, 1939–1942. New York: Viking Press, 1966. 491 pp. The definitive account of Marshall’s career from his installation as Army Chief of Staff in mid-1939 through the North African invasion; coverage includes the development of coalition strategy with the British, the Germany-first decision, and the successful TORCH landings. Readers will find additional data on Marshall’s work in inter-Allied strategy in Section II:A above on wartime diplomacy. 1952. ——. George C. Marshall: Organizer of Victory, 1943–1945. New York: Viking Press, 1973. 683 pp. Looks at the central role of its subject in shaping Allied strategy, U.S. civil-military relations, the great international conferences, and the military command chain, especially with regard to Eisenhower and MacArthur. As Marshall wrote no memoirs (feeling it improper for a military leader to be so self-serving), Pogue’s biographies will be perhaps the most important work on the general that we are likely to have for some time to come. 1953. Pujo, Bernard. Le General George C. Marshall (1880–1959). Par Deux Fois Il a Sauvé l’Europe [General George C. Marshall (1880–1959): He Saved Europe Twice]. Paris: Economica Press, 2003. 258 pp.

The War on Land

279

Admiring view of Marshall by the late General Pujo. Although the author leans heavily on Pogue’s and Edward’s volumes, this biography is one of the few volumes published in France focused on the life of one of the primary architects of the liberation of France and of the Marshall Plan. 1954. Raugh, Harold E., Jr. “Pershing and Marshall: A Study in Mentorship.” Army 37 (June 1987): 52–63. A brief study of the relationship between Marshall and his mentor, General of the Armies John C. Pershing. 1955. Stoler, Mark A. George C. Marshall: Soldier-Statesman of the American Century. Boston, Ma.: Twayne Publishers, 1989. 251 pp. A concise and admiring one-volume overview of the wartime Army Chief of Staff. A commanding figure, an appreciation of General Marshall is essential to understanding U.S. strategy in World War II and the army he created to fight it. A valuable introduction to an extraordinary man and dedicated public servant. 1956. Weintraub, Stanley. “Marshall & MacArthur: The Tortoise and the Hare.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 12 (Winter 2000): 102–111. An interesting study of the rivalry between George C. Marshall and Douglas MacArthur. 1957. Wilson, Rose P. General Marshall Remembered. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1968. 399 pp. An uncritical overview of Marshall’s wartime and postwar careers, with emphasis on his ability to stand up under pressure and his soft-spoken but firm manner. William H. (“Bill”) Mauldin 1958. “Bill, Willie and Joe.” Time, June 18, 1945, 16–18. A salute to the pre-eminent U.S. Army artist-cartoonist of the war who saw service in the Mediterranean (mainly) and northwest Europe and whose cartoons, featuring the G.I.s “Willie and Joe,” in Stars and Stripes reflected the grim humor of the infantryman’s lot. 1959. Lang, Will, and Tom Durrance. “Mauldin.” Life, February 5, 1945, 49–53. A salute which reprints many of its subject’s cartoon pieces. 1960. Mauldin, William H. (“Bill”). Bill Mauldin’s Army. New York: Sloane Associates, 1951. 383 pp. A collection of cartoons showing U.S. Army forces in the U.S., Mediterranean, and northwest Europe between 1942 and 1946. 1961. ——. The Brass Ring. New York: W. W. Norton, 1972. 275 pp. The author’s anecdote-filled autobiography concerns his early life and army experience to the end of the war when he received the Pulitzer

280

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Prize at age 23 for his cartoon book Up Front, cited below. Mauldin’s narrative on the war is one presented in human terms which forsake both politics and passion.

Troy H. Middleton 1962. Price, Frank J. Troy H. Middleton: A Biography. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1974. 416 pp. General Middleton commanded the 45th Division in Sicily and later the First Army’s VIII Corps, from the Normandy breakout through VE-Day. Highly regarded for his tactical acumen, Middleton retired just after the war and became a university president. Walther Model 1963. Newton, Steven N. Hitler’s Command: Field Marshal Walther Model— Hitler’s Favorite General. Cambridge, Ma.: DaCapo, 2006. 416 pp. A well-researched account of the demanding commander of Army Group B who committed suicide near the end of the war. Newton portrays Model as a tactical genius and professional soldier who eschewed politics. Bernard Law Montgomery 1964. Chalfont, Alun. Montgomery of Alamein. New York: Atheneum, 1976. 365 pp. A former British army officer seeks to reveal the man behind the legend of “Monty.” Perhaps the most famous and certainly the most controversial and difficult to work with of Britain’s wartime generals, Montgomery took over the British Eighth Army in 1942 and won the Battle of El Alamein; thereafter he commanded Commonwealth troops in the Tunisian, Sicilian, and Italian campaigns, moving to England for the northwest Europe campaign in late 1943. Eisenhower, Bradley, Patton, and other U.S. field commanders argued constantly with the outspoken general over strategy following the breakout from Normandy. His plan to outflank the West Wall at Arnhem, though an operational failure, was a bold concept. 1965. Craig, David. “Bernard Law Montgomery: A Question of Competence.” Armor 51 (May–June 1992): 26–31. A brief consideration of Montgomery’s generalship from an American perspective. 1966. Hamilton, Nigel. Montgomery: D-Day Commander. Dulles, Va.: Potomac Books, 2007. 142 pp. A brief but provocative account of Montgomery as commander of the D-Day invasion forces. The author explores his subject’s personality and professional career, as well as his conduct of the Normandy campaign and Eisenhower’s responsibility for subsequent developments. 1967. ——. Monty: The Battles of Field Marshal Bernard Montgomery. New York: Random House, 1994, 653 pp.

The War on Land

281

Condensation of the 3-volume official biography for general readers. The author views his subject sympathetically as an outstanding battlefield commander and accurately asserts that Bradley circulated self-serving myths about Montgomery. 1968. ——. Monty: Final Years of the Field Marshal, 1944–1976. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1986. 996 pp. Final volume of the official biography of the controversial field marshal, Hamilton portrays Montgomery as his own worst enemy and examines the broad versus narrow front dispute that strained his relationship with Eisenhower after the Normandy breakout. An incisive biography. 1969. ——. Master of the Battlefield: Monty’s War Years, 1942–1944. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1983. 863 pp. Although Hamilton depicts an extremely egocentric Montgomery who was difficult to get along with, he also makes clear that his genuine concern for the lives and welfare of his men earned him their loyalty and respect. Also analyzes Montgomery’s victories in North Africa, Sicily, and Italy. 1970. ——. Monty: The Making of General, 1887–1942. New York: McGrawHill, 1987. 871 pp. Drawing on his private papers, Hamilton reviews Montgomery’s childhood, First World War service, and professional rise up to the time of his appointment to command of the Eighth Army in this, the first volume of his biography of a field marshal who occupies center stage in the ongoing debate among historians over Allied strategy in northwest Europe. 1971. Horne, Alistair, and David Montgomery. Monty: The Lonely Leader, 1944–1945: A Biography of Field Marshal Bernard Law Montgomery. London/New York: HarperCollins, 1994. 381 pp. Balanced study of Montgomery by a noted historian and the field marshal’s son. The authors put a human face on Montgomery while also acknowledging him to have been an egotistical leader who was his own worst enemy. An excellent source that should not be ignored. 1972. Lamb, Richard. Montgomery in Europe, 1943–1945: Success or Failure? New York: Franklin Watts, 1984. 472 pp. A critical study of the field marshal’s campaigns from Sicily to the surrender on Lunebrg Heath and of his troubled relationship with Eisenhower and other Allied commanders. Lamb faults Montgomery for not recognizing the importance of opening the port of Antwerp and provides a balanced assessment of the ill-fated airborne invasion of Holland. 1973. Lewin, Ronald. Montgomery as Military Commander. New York: Stein and Day, 1972. 288 pp. An analysis of the British general’s military career and leadership characteristics which suggests that “Monty’s” methods prior to the German Ardennes counterattack were sound but turned faulty thereafter. Lewin is

282

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II almost unique among British commentators in supporting Eisenhower’s strategy (vs. Montgomery’s) after the Normandy breakout.

1974. Montgomery, Bernard L. El Alamein to the River Sangro. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1948. 192 pp. An “operational report” rather than a memoir in which Monty details the campaigns of the British Eighth Army in North Africa, Sicily, and Italy from August 1942 to December 1943. Avoiding personal sentiment, the general does, nevertheless, provide an account of planning and coalition cooperation. 1975. ——. The Memoirs of Field-Marshal the Viscount Montgomery of Alamein. Cleveland, Oh., and New York: World Publishing Co., 1958. 508 pp. Employing speeches, messages, etc., Montgomery strongly argues for the strategy of a single thrust into Germany which he maintained was superior to American planning for a broad-front push. Providing less detail and analysis of operations than in his works cited above and below, the general uses this work to criticize his opponents, especially Eisenhower and Bradley. Readers will soon find that this work, instead of supporting Monty’s case, turns out to be what one reviewer called “a testimonial to the magnificent forbearance of General Eisenhower.” 1976. ——. Normandy to the Baltic. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1948. 351 pp. An “operational report” rather than a memoir in which Monty details the campaigns of the Twenty-First Army Group in northwest Europe from June 1944 to March 1945; this somewhat muddy narrative, intended to be a straightforward account, does, unfortunately, allow some antiAmerican sentiment to slip in. 1977. Thompson, Reginald W. The Montgomery Legend. London: Allen and Unwin, 1967. 276 pp. Published in America the following year by the New York firm of Evans under the title Churchill and the Montgomery Myth. The first book-length attack on the achievements of the field marshal by a British writer, this work suggests that Churchill created the legend at a time when British morale needed it, but that other generals such as Auchinleck actually had the North African situation in hand. Similar comments are offered with regard to Monty’s role in the Tunisian and Sicilian campaigns, a line of thinking continued into northwest Europe by the following citation. 1978. ——. Montgomery, The Field Marshal: The Campaign in North–west Europe, 1944/1945. New York: Scribners, 1970. 344 pp. Although primarily a study of the British/Commonwealth military in the northwest Europe campaign, this work is in fact a critical study of Montgomery’s leadership. 1979. Whiting, Charles. The Field Marshal’s Revenge: The Breakdown of a Special Relationship. London: Spellmount, 2004. 241 pp.

The War on Land

283

An inadequately researched and wildly misleading account of strained relations in the Anglo-American alliance by a partisan of Montgomery. Whiting trivializes the dispute over the broad front strategy and leaves readers with the preposterous notion that Patton knew about the Ardennes counteroffensive beforehand but withheld knowledge of it for his own personal glorification. James Montgomery 1980. Montgomery, James. B Company, 776th Tank Destroyer Battalion in Combat. Baltimore, Md.: Gateway, 1983. 118 pp. A well-illustrated chronicle of one man’s experiences of war in North Africa, Italy, France, and Germany from shipment overseas in January 1943 to return home in September 1945. Frederick E. Morgan 1981. Morgan, Frederick E. Peace and War: A Soldier’s Life. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1961. 320 pp. The autobiography of the British general who became Deputy Chief of Staff under Eisenhower in SHAEF in 1944 and who headed the AngloAmerican staff (COSSAC) which developed the original OVERLORD invasion plan. Audie Murphy 1982. Boersema, Jim. “Audie Murphy: The Most Decorated Soldier of World War II.” Soldiers XXXV (February 1980): 18–21. Murphy, who died in 1971, won the Medal of Honor for his heroism during an encounter with the Germans in France in 1945 and, in addition, received 27 other decorations. 1983. Hardin, Stephen L. “Audie Murphy.” Military Illustrated Past and Present 37 (June 1991): 49–51. A “then and now” portrait of Audie Murphy. 1984. Murphy, Audie. To Hell and Back. New York: Henry Holt, 1949. 274 pp. In one of the better soldier memoirs, Murphy describes his service at Salerno, Anzio, southern France, and in the final drive into Germany. After the war, Murphy became an actor and played the lead in the film version of this book. 1985. Simpson, Harold B. Audie Murphy: American Soldier. Hillsboro, Tx.: Hill Junior College Press, 1975. 466 pp. The most scholarly look at Murphy’s wartime career and also the most detailed; based on interviews, documents, and secondary sources, the work catches the essentials, but not really the flavor, of the man as expressed in his autobiography above. 1986. Whiting, Charles. Hero: The Life and Death of Audie Murphy. Chelsea, Mi.: Scarborough House, 1990. 295 pp. A popular biography of Murphy; based on secondary sources.

284

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

George W. Neill 1987. Neill, George W. Infantry Soldier: Holding the Line at the Battle of the Bulge. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 2000. 356 pp. Memoirs of a 99th Division infantryman who entered combat at age 18 on Elsenborn Ridge on the northern shoulder of the German breakthrough. Neill recreates a grim picture of fear, frostbite, and trench foot in the Ardennes. Lawrence R. Nickell 1988. Nickell, Lawrence R. Red Devil: Able Company Double Dynamite: An Old Man’s Memories of World War Two. Nashville, Tn.: Eggman Publishing, 1996. 173 pp. Memories of a 5th Division rifleman who survived Normandy and marched to the Rhine with the Third Army. Richard N. O’Connor 1989. Baynes, John. The Forgotten Victor—General Sir Richard O’Connor. London/Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s, 1989. 320 pp. Biography of the architect of the British Army’s first victory in World War II, the extraordinarily successful offensive that defeated a vastly superior Italian force in the Western Desert in December 1940. O’Connor later commanded the VIII British Corps in the Normandy and northwest European campaigns until eased out by Montgomery. Emiel W. Owens 1990. Owens, Emiel W. Blood on German Snow: An African American Artilleryman in World War II. College Station: Texas A&M University Press, 2006. 160 pp. Unusual memoir by an African American who served in the segregated 777th Field Artillery Battalion. Alexander M. Patch, Jr. 1991. Wyant, William K. Sandy Patch: A Biography of Lt. Gen. Alexander M. Patch. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1991. 264 pp. Patch, an astute strategist who shunned the limelight, led the U.S. Seventh Army in the invasions of southern France and Germany. Wyant, one of his staff officers, provides a glimpse of the general’s life, personality, and method of command. George S. Patton, Jr. 1992. Ambrose, Stephen E. “George Patton: A Personality Profile.” American History Illustrated I (July 1966): 1–13. Ambrose, who also profiled the Patton-Eisenhower relationship above, examines the qualities of drama, discipline, and outspokenness which were Patton’s hallmark. 1993. Army Times, Editors of. “Gen. George S. Patton.” In: Famous American

The War on Land

285

Military Leaders of World War II. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1962, pp. 68–76. An overview of Patton’s wartime career which deals with (mainly) the general’s leadership qualities and campaigns. 1994. ——. Warrior: The Story of Gen. George S. Patton. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1967. 223 pp. Covers the entire career of the cavalryman-turned-armor-genius from West Point to his death in 1945, with emphasis on the flamboyant World War II years. 1995. Ayer, Frederick. Before the Colors Fade—Portrait of a Soldier: George S. Patton, Jr. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1964. 266 pp. A general biography of the sometimes controversial, but always mobile and interesting general; emphasis, as in the last entry, is on the color of the wartime years. 1996. Axelrod, Alan. Patton: A Biography. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2006. 205 pp. A balanced portrait of a complex man and talented commander. Axelrod points out that Patton’s successes were the result of both careful planning and adaptability. 1997. ——. Patton on Leadership: Strategic Lessons for Corporate Warfare. Paramus, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 1999. 279 pp. An examination of Patton’s leadership principles applied to the corporate world. Axelrod maintains that Patton’s concern with image, team building, prioritizing of objectives, loyalty to subordinates and superiors, talent for inspiring others, and self-discipline should be adopted by business leaders. 1998. Bell, William G., and Martin Blumenson. “Patton the Soldier.” Ordnance XLIII (January–February 1959): 589–596. Demonstrates insights into Patton’s character as revealed by 16 articles he published in the Cavalry Journal from 1913 to 1943. 1999. Blumenson, Martin. Patton: The Man Behind the Legend. New York: W. W. Norton, 1985. 320 pp. Although he was assigned to the Third Army as a staff historian, Blumenson never met Patton, whom he regarded as “the greatest combat general of modern times.” The value of this thoughtful study lies in the author’s portrayal of the “private Patton,” which is based on access to his subject’s letters and personal papers, plus the diary of Everett Hughes. 2000. ——. “Gen. George S. Patton.” In: Michael Carver, ed. War Lords: Military Commanders of the 20th Century. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1976, pp. 554–567. The single most useful concise piece on Patton available, Blumenson

286

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II follows not only his campaigns, but also explores his leadership qualities and flare for the dramatic which periodically got him into trouble.

2001. ——. The Many Faces of George S. Patton, Jr. Harmon Memorial Lecture in Military History. Colorado Springs, Co.: U.S. Air Force Academy, 1972. 27 pp. A brief transcript of a talk which says much the same as the piece in Carver’s work, cited above. Explains how, in North Africa for example, the general, when called upon to be a diplomat, could display strength, charm, and understanding. 2002. ——. “Patton and Montgomery: Alike or Different?” Army XXII (June 1972): 16–22. Concludes that the two men were very different, with Patton being much the bolder, and the two men about equal in colorfulness. 2003. ——. “Patton as Diplomat.” Army XXIII (July 1973): 26–30. Patton fared well as a diplomat in Morocco after the TORCH landings. 2004. ——, ed. The Patton Papers, 1940–1945. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1974. Drawing upon and quoting from Patton’s diary and correspondence written during the period from the North African invasion through the Third Army advance in France, the author assesses the general’s strengths and explains his weaknesses. 2005. Bowen, Vernon. The Emperor’s White Horses. New York: David McKay, 1956. 147 pp. Written for younger readers, this work tells how Patton’s men saved the “White Stallions of Vienna” which were trapped in the Soviet zone in Czechoslovakia at war’s end. 2006. Carson, Kevin. “Patton: Master of War.” Strategy & Tactics 213 (November/December 2002): 21–23. Uncritical and admiring portrait of Patton. 2007. Clark, Mark W. “Background: ‘Patton.’ ” TV Guide, November 11, 1972, 40–42. Clark, who knew Patton in North Africa and elsewhere, profiles the man and comments on the film then about to be shown on U.S. television. 2008. Codman, Charles R. Drive. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1957. 335 pp. After serving as a translator, Codman entered service as Patton’s aide-decamp, a position he held from 1943 to 1945; based on war letters to his wife, the author provides a behind-the-scenes and anecdotal look at the general and his headquarters. 2009. D’Este, Carlo. Patton: A Genius for War. New York: HarperCollins, 1995. 978 pp. D’Este presents a powerful picture of an extraordinary warrior in this

The War on Land

287

impressive and extremely well-researched biography of the complex Patton. D’Este devotes over 400 pages to Patton’s personal life and 100 to his sources. The slapping incident on Sicily, which nearly ended Patton’s career and his relationship with Omar Bradley, who D’Este brands “no friend of Patton’s,” are fully explored. In a surprising judgment, D’Este rates Patton as “superb to average” as a tactician in situations beyond his immediate control. 2009a. ——. “Patton’s Finest Hour.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 13 (Spring 2001): 16–25. A popular account of Patton’s preparation for reorienting the axis of the Third Army from east to north to counterattack during the Battle of the Bulge. 2009b. Dietrich, Steve E. “The Professional Reading of General George S. Patton, Jr.” The Journal of Military History 53 (October 1989): 387–418. An interesting analysis of Patton’s lifelong program of reading to sharpen his mind and refine his ideas of leadership. Dietrich used Patton’s library, which is still extant, and notes entered in the books to form a balanced picture of the centrality of self-improvement to Patton’s understanding of tactics and war. 2009c. Essame, Hubert. Patton: A Study in Command. New York: Scribners, 1974. 280 pp. Not so much a biography of the general as a study of his leadership qualities; after careful analysis, this British author renders a very favorable report. 2009d. Evans, Medford. “General Patton: Why They Didn’t Let George Do It.” American Opinion, September 1975, 11–18+. Comments on the reasons why Patton did not command the Normandy invasion. 2009e. Farago, Ladislas. Patton: Ordeal and Triumph. New York: Oblensky, 1964. 885 pp. This lengthy biography is supplanted by D’Este and the Blumensonedited Patton Papers, cited above. Following the general’s entire career, but focusing on the war years, Farago tells of Patton’s service in Morocco, with the II Corps in Tunisia, as head of the Seventh Army in Sicily, and commander of the Third Army in northwest Europe. Although addressing both weaknesses and strengths, the author’s interpretation of the general is favorable and came to serve as the basis of the George C. Scott movie “Patton.” 2009f. Fisher, George J. B. “The Boss of ‘Lucky Forward.’ ” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal I (May 1951): 20–26. Reminiscences of Patton’s personal habits while in command at Bad Tolz, Bavaria, in 1945. 2009g. Gavin, James M. “Two Fighting Generals: Patton and MacArthur.” Atlantic CCXV (February 1965): 55–58.

288

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An acquaintance of both generals, the wartime commander of the 82nd Airborne Division provides an informative contrast of the leadership styles of the two.

2010. Hatch, Alden. George Patton: General in Spurs. New York: Julian Messner, 1950. 184 pp. A sympathetic view of the life of the controversial general; Hatch considers both Patton’s personal and military life, especially the former. 2011. Hirshon, Stanley P. General Patton: A Soldier’s Life. New York: HarperCollins, 2002. 826 pp. Highly critical, but well-researched and readable, portrait of Patton. Hirshon finds Patton’s character flawed and condemns his racism, but fails to appreciate his masterful conduct of the 1944 campaign in France or vital role in the Battle of the Bulge. This volume should be viewed as a counterbalance to the many worshipful accounts of the iconic Patton, but should be read with a critical eye. 2012. Hymel, Kevin M. Patton’s Photographs: War as He Saw It. Washington, D.C.: Potomac Books, 2006. 137. A collection of photographs of battlefields and troops taken by Patton. 2013. Mauldin, William H. (“Bill”). “My Confrontation with General Patton.” Life, August 6, 1971), 50–52+. Willie and Joe’s creator remembers a time Patton was not too pleased with his humor. 2014. Mellor, William B. General Patton, the Last Cavalier. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1971. 191 pp. A romantic overview of the general’s life and career written for younger readers. 2015. ——. Patton, Fighting Man. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1946. 245 pp. One of the first book-length biographies of Patton, Mellor’s work relates the familiar story of the general’s boldness in an adulatory fashion. 2016. Nye, Roger H. The Patton Mind: The Professional Development of an Extraordinary Leader. Garden City Park, N.Y.: Avery Publishing, 1993. 212 pp. Famous as an exponent of mobile warfare, Patton “spent years meticulously preparing himself to fulfill . . . his destiny as a great military leader.” Nye offers a fresh perspective on Patton and the subject of military leadership. A superb addition to the literature on an exceptional leader. 2017. ——. “Whence Patton’s Military Genius?” Parameters 21 (Winter 1991–92): 60–73. A thoughtful study of the sources of Patton’s talent for mobile warfare. 2018. Patton, George S., Jr. “Draughts of Old Bourbon.” American Mercury LXXII (January 1951): 127–128.

The War on Land

289

An address to the men of his Third Army, some of which George C. Scott repeats before a huge U.S. flag at the beginning of the movie “Patton.” 2019. ——. War as I Knew It. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1947. 425 pp. Consists of personal memories, diary entries, and letters to his wife and to military colleagues, some of which are very critical of those with whom he disagrees; also published, as “General Patton’s War Letters,” in Atlantic CLXXX (November 1947): 57–61; (December 1947): 33–37; CLXXXI (January 1948): 53–57. 2020. ——. “World War II Diary: Excerpts.” Saturday Evening Post, July 1976, 72–73. Includes a few entries not printed in the previous citation. 2021. Patton, Robert H. The Pattons: The Personal History of an American Family. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s. 1996. 320 pp. A history of the Patton family that nurtured General George S. Patton, Jr. The grandson views his grandfather perhaps unfairly as an egocentric warrior-knight. 2022. Pearl, Jack. Blood-and-Guts Patton: The Swashbuckling Life Story of America’s Most Daring and Controversial General. Derby, Ct.: Monarch books, 1961. 142 pp. This paperback concentrates on the more “swashbuckling” aspects of the general’s wartime service and adds nothing not considered in most of the other citations covered here. 2023. Perry, Milton F., and Barbara W. Parke. Patton and His Pistols: The Favorite Side Arms of Gen. George S. Patton, Jr. Harrisburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 1957. 138 pp. This work presents an overview of the general’s career, but concentrates mainly on the pearl-handled revolvers he often wore in public. 2024. Randle, Edwin H. “The General and the Movie.” Army XXI (September 1971): 17–22. There was quite a bit of controversy over the portrait of the general presented by George C. Scott in the film “Patton,” and this article examines both the man and the film, pointing out differences. 2025. Royle, Trevor. Patton: Old Blood and Guts. New York: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 2005. 224 pp. A readable and balanced portrait of Patton as an inspirational battlefield commander and well-read student of military history. Boyle also suggests that his subject possessed an unstable personality and subscribed to a Bolshevik-Zionist conspiracy. 2026. Semmes, Harry H. “Gen. George S. Patton, Jr.’s Psychology of Leadership.” Armor LXIV (May–June 1955): 1A–11A. Semmes examines those points of hardness, toughness, and discipline

290

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II which Patton considered as his concept of what a good soldier should be. Drawn from the next entry.

2027. ——. Portrait of Patton. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1955, 308 pp. The author, who knew the general, presents an overview of his Army career from 1909 to 1945, which stresses not only his color, but his skill as a commander. Still a valuable study. 2028. Sheean, Victor. “The Patton Legend and Patton as He Is.” Saturday Evening Post, June 23, 1945, 9–10+. The noted war correspondent suggests that a more thoughtful, scholarly, and gentle man lay beneath Patton’s dramatic and colorful exterior. 2029. Shoemaker, Robert H., and Leonard A. Paris. “Gen. George Patton.” In their Famous American Generals. New York: Crowell, 1946, pp. 113–124. A short overview of Patton’s wartime service. 2030. Sorrel, Nancy Caldwell. “First Encounters: George S. Patton and Bill Mauldin.” Atlantic 261 (March 1988): p. 61. Recounts the “encounters” between the general and cartoonist. 2031. South, Betty. “We Called Him ‘Uncle Georgie.’ ” Quartermaster Review XXXIII (January 1954): 28–29; (February 1954): 122–125. Personal memories of Patton, especially his profanity. 2032. Taylor, Henry J. “General Patton’s Version of the Sicilian Slapping Incident.” In: Overseas Press Club of America. Deadline Delayed. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1947, pp. 149–158. The general’s version of why he slapped two battle-fatigued men in the hospital in August 1943, an action which created a furor when revealed to the public. 2033. Weintraub, Stanley. “Patton’s Last Christmas.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 19 (Winter 2007): 6–15. Colorful story of Patton’s plan to turn the Third Army north to counterattack the German flank during the Battle of Bulge and of Eisenhower’s cautious response. Also describes the circumstances behind the famous weather prayer. 2034. Whiting, Charles. Patton. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II: War Leader Book. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. Information distilled from a limited number of sources is, nevertheless, woven into an effective analytical and pictorial war biography. See entry nos. 2034, and 2035. 2035. ——. Patton’s Last Battle. Philadelphia: Casemate, 2002. 328 pp. Record of Patton’s last year until his death from injuries sustained in an automobile accident.

The War on Land

291

David E. Pergin 2036. Pergin, David E. First Across the Rhine: The Story of the 291st Engineer Combat Battalion in France, Belgium, and Germany. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2006. 337 pp. A history of the unit that bridged the Rhine at Remagen interspersed with personal anecdotes. Jochen Peiper 2037. Agte, Patrick. Jochen Peiper: Commander Panzerregiment Leibstandarte. Winnipeg, Man.: J. J. Fedorowicz Publishing, 1999. 670 pp. A biography of the controversial Waffen SS commander whose battle group got closer to the Meuse than any other German until during the Battle of the Bulge. Peiper is considered by many as responsible for the Malmedy Massacre. Largely based on German sources. 2038. Reynolds, Michael. The Devil’s Adjutant: Jochen Peiper, Panzer Leader. New York: Sarpendon, 1995. 300 pp. A balanced treatment of Peiper focused on detailed accounts of his combat actions, trial for war crimes, and subsequent murder. 2039. Whiting, Charles. Jochen Peiper: Battle Commander, SS Leibstandarte Adolf Hitler. Rev. ed. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 1991. 194 pp. A popular account of Joshen Peiper and the Malmedy Massacre. Whiting concludes that Peiper was innocent of the crime. Herbert Peppard 2040. Peppard, Herb. The Light Hearted Soldier: A Canadian’s Exploits with the Black Devils in WWII. Halifax, N.S.: Nimbus Publishing, 1994. 196 pp. Memoirs of a decorated member of the First Special Service Force who went AWOL five times. Peppard tells the reader more about his exploits, including sightseeing in Rome, than he does of combat with the force or its men. Forrest C. Pogue 2041. Pogue, Forrest C. Pogue’s War: Diaries of a WWII Combat Historian. Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 2001. 411 pp. A notable military historian, Pogue recorded his personal experiences and observations in a journal he kept from D-Day to May 1945. The journal contains sometimes terse comments on the weather and Army life, but also verbatim reports of interviews Pogue conducted with participants of combat engagements and essays on German civilian life under American occupation. Ernest T. Pyle 2042. Lancaster, Paul. “Ernie Pyle.” American Heritage XXXII (February– March 1981): 30–36+. This Scripps-Howard correspondent was the best-known journalist of

292

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II the war and a man who told of the tribulations of the common enlisted man while professing his own personal fears. Pyle was killed in the Pacific late in 1945.

2043. Tobin, James. Ernie Pyle’s War: America’s Eyewitness to World War II. New York: Free Press, 2006. 319 pp. Sensitive but candid portrait of a complex man whose frontline reports made him a folk hero for the World War II generation. Tobin reveals a deeply troubled Pyle with a knack for putting words together. His popular articles concealed the realities of war for the sake of building home-front morale. Matthew B. Ridgway 2044. “Airborne Grenadier.” Time, March 5, 1951, 26–29. Written upon Ridgway’s assumption of the UN command in Korea, this piece also describes his war service in the MTO and ETO. 2045. Alberts, Robert C. “Profile of a Soldier: Matthew B. Ridgway.” American Heritage XXVII (February 1976): 4–7, 73–82. Commander of the 82nd Airborne Division in Sicily and Normandy jumps, Ridgway was succeeded in command of that unit by General Gavin, whose biography is noted above. Just before the liberation of the Netherlands, Ridgway was promoted to command the XVIII Airborne Corps. In 1950, this man succeeded MacArthur as commander of all UN troops in Korea. 2046. Michener, James A. “Tough Man for a Tough Job.” Life, May 12, 1952, 103–106+. Penned in connection with Ridgway’s UN assignment, Michener’s piece also considers his wartime airborne career. 2047. Mitchell, George C. Matthew B. Ridgway: Soldier, Statesman, Scholar. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2002. 230 pp. Biographical account which emphasizes command of the 82nd Airborne Division and XVIII Airborne Corps in World War II and the Eighth Army in Korea. 2048. Ridgway, Matthew B. “Memories of a Simpler War.” Time, October 20, 1967, 102. Comparison of World War II and Vietnam. 2049. ——. Soldier: The Memoirs of Matthew B. Ridgway. New York: Harper, 1956. 371 pp. The airborne general’s memoirs recall not only his wartime service and the parachute drops into Sicily and Normandy, but serve as a political treatise which rejects the mid-1950s’ concerns with limited and massive nuclear war in favor of versatile conventional force preparedness. 2050. Soffer, Jonathan M. General Matthew B. Ridgway: From Progressivism to Reaganism, 1895–1993. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1998. 246 pp.

The War on Land

293

A brief and provocative biography of the dynamic commander of airborne units in World War II and the Eighth Army in Korea. The author presents Ridgway as both a highly skilled professional soldier and a militarist. In the latter role, he fostered the military-industrial complex. A thoughtful and valuable source. G. P. B. Roberts 2051. Roberts, G. P. B. From the Desert to the Baltic. London: William Kimber, 1987. 256 pp. Personal memoir of service in the Western Desert and northwest Europe by the commander of the British 11th Armored Division. The account of the capture of the Antwerp docks is relevant to those interested in the delay in opening that harbor. Charles P. Roland 2052. Roland, Charles P. My Odyssey through History: Memoirs of War and Academe. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 2003. 132 pp. Memoirs of a Vanderbilt University graduate of combat at Elsenborn Ridge, the Remagen bridgehead, and the Ruhr Pocket. Erwin Rommel 2053. Forty, George. The Armies of Rommel. London: Arms and Armour, 1997. 254 pp. A “fact book” of Rommel’s campaigns and battles. 2054. Fraser, David. Knight’s Cross: A Life of Field Marshal Erwin Rommel. New York: HarperCollins, 1993. 601 pp. Perhaps the definitive account of Rommel by a master biographer, who stresses his subject’s instinctive feel for the battlefield and eventual disillusionment with the Nazi regime. Well researched and thoughtful. 2055. David Irving. The Trail of the Fox: The Search for the True Field Marshal Rommel. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1997. 496 pp. Critical biography which paints the “Desert Fox” in human terms. The author makes extensive use of primary sources. 2056. Margry, Karel. “The Death of Rommel.” After the Battle No. 50 (1986): 38–53. A photographic tour of sites connected to Rommel’s suicide and funeral. 2057. Marshall, Charles F. Discovering the Rommel Murder: The Life and Death of the Desert Fox. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 1994. 267 pp. Personal account by an intelligence officer written shortly after the end of the war of the techniques he used to persuade Frau Rommel to discuss the forced suicide of her husband. See entry no. 1937. 2058. Mitcham, Samuel W. The Desert Fox in Normandy: Rommel’s Defense of Fortress Europe. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1997. 229 pp.

294

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Well-balanced account of Field Marshal’s Rommel’s preparations to repulse the Allied invasion. Mitcham views the Normandy campaign from the German perspective.

2059. Richards, P. “Rommel—‘fingerspitzen gefuhl’ or Common Eavesdropper.” British Army Review (Spring 2003): 61–69. Insightful examination of Rommel’s “feel” for the battlefield and the role of communications intelligence in his conduct of operations. 2060. Ruge, Friedrich. Rommel in Normandy: Reminiscences by Friedrich Ruge. Translated from the German. San Rafael, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1979. 266 pp. Admiral Ruge offers excellent insight into Rommel’s effort to strengthen the defenses of Festung Europa and his dispute with Rundstedt and the German High Command over the positioning of mobile reserve forces. Andy Rooney 2061. Rooney, Andy. My War. Holbrook, Ma.: Adams Publishing, 1995. 318 pp. Irreverent memoirs of the wartime Stars and Stripes correspondent and to 60 Minutes commentator. Theodore Roosevelt, Jr. 2062. Jeffers, Paul H. Theodore Roosevelt, Jr.: The Story of a War Hero. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 2002. 270 pp. Son of the 26th president, young Roosevelt fought in North Africa and Sicily with the 1st Division, went ashore with the 4th Division on Utah Beach, and succumbed to a heart condition before he could take command of the 90th Division in Normandy. Jeffers brings a remarkable combat leader to life. Maurice Rose 2063. Greene, Ralph C. “The Triumph and Tragedy of Major General Maurice Rose.” Armor 50 (March–April 1991): 21–29. The story of a victorious commander who met a tragic death in the Ruhr Pocket. 2064. Ossad, Steven L. and Don R. Marsh. Major General Maurice Rose: World War II’s Greatest Forgotten Commander. Lanham, Md.: Taylor Trade Publishing, 2003. 436 pp. Sensitive and balanced biography of the aggressive commander of the 2nd “Hell on Wheels” Armored Division. The authors underscore Rose’s abilities and provides insight into the man. Karl Rudolf Gerd von Rundstedt 2065. Blumentritt, Günther. Von Runstedt: The Soldier and the Man. Translated from the German. London: Odhams, 1952. 288 pp. Former General der Infanterie Blumentritt was his subject’s chief of staff in OB West and knew von Rundstedt very well. This study examines

The War on Land

295

the Field Marshal’s career and personal life, adding insights on his command of German forces which opposed the Allies from D-Day until March 1945. 2066. Keegan, John. Rundstedt. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II: War Leader Book. New York: Ballantine Books, 1974. 160 pp. This pictorial details the Field Marshal’s wartime career from Poland to the Bulge, including his leadership of the Wehrmacht during the Normandy campaign and in the battles in the Rhineland in the autumn of 1944. Fridolin R. von Senger und Etterlin 2067. Von Senger, Fridolin R. Neither Fear Nor Hope: The Wartime Career of General Fridolin R. von Senger und Etterlin. Translated from the German. London: Macdonald, 1963. 368 pp. Elegant memoirs of the German cavalry general who commanded units in Russia Sicily and later the XIV Panzer Corps in Italy. Von Senger provides insight into German and Allied strategy in Italy and decisionmaking on the German side. William H. Shelfer 2068. Morgan, Elizabeth Shelfer, ed. Uncertain Seasons. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1994. 151 pp. Letters home of a 9th Infantry Division officer killed in Normandy. John Shirley 2069. Shirley, John. I Remember: Stories of a Combat Infantryman in World War II. Livermore, Ca.: Privately Printed, ca. 1993. N.p. Well-written first-hand account of combat from Anzio to Germany. Avis D. Shorer 2070. Shorer, Avis D. A Half Acre of Hell: A Combat Nurse in WW II. Lakeville, Mn.: Galde Press, 2000. Moving memoirs of nurse who treated the wounded in Italy and served at Anzio. James B. Simms 2071. Simms, James B. A Soldier’s Armageddon. Manhattan, Ks.: Sunflower University Press, 1999. 176 pp. A memoir of the Battle of Bastogne. Guy C. Simonds 2072. Graham, Dominck. The Price of Command: A Biography of General Guy Simonds. Toronto: Stoddart, 1993. 345 pp. Biography of Canadian Permanent Force soldier and outstanding commander of the Canadian II Corps in northwest Europe. According to the British, Simonds was the most capable of the Canadian commanders.

296

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

William H. Simpson 2073. Shoemaker, Robert H., and Leonard A. Paris. “Gen. William Hood Simpson.” In their Famous American Generals. New York: Crowell, 1946, pp. 93–101. An overview of the service of this Texan as commander of the U.S. Ninth Army from September 1944 through VE-Day, Simpson and his command were occasionally under General Montgomery, with whom he could work perhaps better than any other U.S. army field commander. Of him, Eisenhower later wrote: “If Simpson ever made a mistake as an army commander, it never came to my attention.” 2074. Stone, Thomas R. Never Send an Infantryman Where You Can Send an Artillery Shell. Study Project. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: U.S. Army War College, 1980. 61 pp. This biographical paper deals with the leadership of Lt. Gen. William H. Simpson, commander of the U.S. Ninth Army, with emphasis on his disagreements with Field Marshal Montgomery as to the Ninth’s role in the Rhine River crossing in March 1945; although Simpson’s men served as part of the Britisher’s Twenty-First Army Group, their tactical differences were, on occasion, great, but nevertheless, the American was better able to work with the temperamental field marshal than most U.S. generals. Otto Skorzeny 2075. Craig, W. H., and Hugh Page Taylor, eds. For Germany: The Otto Skorzeny Memoirs. San Jose, Ca.: R. James Bender Publishing, 2005. 528 pp. Although most of his missions, save for the rescue of Mussolini, ended in failure, Otto Skorzeny continues to mesmerize aficionados of special operations. This heavily illustrated volume conveys a sense of the man who was wounded in the Battle of the Bulge. 2076. Skorzeny, Otto. Secret Missions: The Memoirs of the Most Dangerous Man in Europe. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1951. 256 pp. Reminiscences of Hitler’s Austrian chief of “Special Troops” of Mussolini’s rescue, the kidnapping of Admiral Horthy’s son, Operation GREIF and rumor-mongering of an assassination plot against Eisenhower during the Battle of the Bulge. Should be used with caution; correct dates and places names suffer in the author’s storytelling. Reprinted as Skorzeny’s Special Missions: The Memoirs of the Most Dangerous Man in Europe (Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 1997). 2077. ——. My Commando Operations: The Memoirs of Hitler’s Most Daring Commando. Translated from the Germany. Atglen, Pa.: Shiffer Publishing, 1995. 468 pp. Skorzeny’s account of his rescue of Mussolini at Gran Sasso and infiltration of Germans dressed as Americans (Operation GREIF) in the Battle of the Bulge. Also includes Skorzeny’s speculations about Rudolf Hess’s flight and recollections of Admiral Canaris and General Gehlen.

The War on Land

297

2078. Whiting, Charles. Skorzeny: The Most Dangerous Man in Europe. Rev. ed. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 1998. 145 pp. A brief and prolix recounting of tales of daring-do by Hitler’s favorite commando. Edward D. Slovik 2079. Avins, Alfred. “The Execution of Private Slovik and the Punishment for Short Desertion.” George Washington Law Review, XX (June 1962), 785–805. The author finds that courts-martial usually imposed harsh punishments on deserters, but that these sentences were almost always subsequently reduced. 2080. “The Execution of Eddie Slovik.” After the Battle 32 (1981): 28–43. One of only two sources I have seen which detail the private’s decision to desert, his trial, and execution. 2081. Huie, William B. The Execution of Private Slovik. New York: Duell, Sloane, and Pearce, 1954. 247 pp. Slovik was a member of the 109th Infantry, 28th Division, before he deserted, was tried, and executed in 1945. The significance of the unheroic Slovik lies in the fact that, while others also deserted, he was the only one to pay the supreme price, in fact, the only American soldier so killed since 1864. Walter Bedell Smith 2082. Crosswell, Daniel K. R. The Chief of Staff: The Military Career of General Walter Bedell Smith. New York: Greenwood Press, 1991. 437 pp. The only biography of Smith to have appeared to date. 2083. Wertenbacker, Charles C. “Invasion Plan: Bedell-Smith Worked Out the Secret, Closely-Guarded Moves.” Life, June 12, 1944, 94–96+. Attributes much of the D-Day planning to Eisenhower’s Chief of Staff, an extremely effective officer about whom surprisingly little has been written. Hollis D. Stabler 2084. Stabler, Hollis D. No One Ever Asked Me: The World War II Memoirs of an Omaha Indian. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2005. 183 pp. Unusual memoirs of a Native American who came of age on the plains in the 1920s and 1930s and enlisted in the horse cavalry on the outbreak of war. Poignantly recounts his experiences in North Africa, Italy and France as well as his relationships with American and foreign soldiers, but does not recount his experience of racism in the army. Leon C. Standifer 2085. Standifer, Leon C. Not in Vain: A Rifleman Remembers World War II. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1992. 273 pp.

298

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Unlike many other examples of the genre, Standifer explores his motivations as combat infantrymen for fighting in this thoughtful narrative account of his experiences of war and occupation duty in German. The experiences of a young Mississippian in Bavaria after the war are particularly enlightening and sometimes poignant.

Maxwell D. Taylor 2086. Taylor, John M. General Maxwell Taylor: The Sword and the Pen. New York: Doubleday, 1989. 457 pp. A son’s tribute to his father. This comprehensive biography covers Taylor’s life from his command of the 101st Airborne Division through his service as U.S. ambassador to Vietnam. 2087. Taylor, Maxwell D. Swords and Plowshares. New York: W. W. Norton, 1972. 434 pp. One of the U.S. Army’s earlier airborne commanders, the author commanded the 82nd’s artillery in Sicily and Italy in 1943 and the 101st Airborne Division during the assaults on Normandy and Arnhem. His postwar career was one of military and diplomatic assignments lasting into the Vietnam era. John Toland 2088. Toland, John. Captured by History: One Man’s Vision of Our Tumultuous Century. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1997. 415 pp. Autobiography of the author of Battle: The Story of the Bulge (entry no. 2934) and The Last 100 Days (entry no. 2935). Contains informative accounts of interviews with American and German participants in the Ardennes campaign, the advance into Germany, and Operation SUNRISE (see entry nos. 2237, 2249, 2252, 2266, 2345, and 2346). William S. Triplet 2089. Ferrell, Robert H., ed. A Colonel in the Armored Divisions, 1941–1945. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2000. 320 pp. Candid memoir of a World War I veteran who recorded the realities of battle and the deficiencies of American equipment and training. Lucian K. Truscott, Jr. 2090. Lang, Will. “Lucian King Truscott, Jr.” Life, October 2, 1944, 96–98+. A close associate of Eisenhower, Truscott commanded the VI Corps at Anzio and in the invasion of southern France and later the Fifth Army; this brief piece profiles his service in the Mediterranean in 1942–1944. 2091. Truscott, Lucian K., Jr. Command Decisions: A Personal Story. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1954. 570 pp. “Luck plays a part in the life of every man,” begins this honest and straightforward reminiscence by the Eisenhower deputy who saw much combat in North Africa, Sicily, Italy, and southern France. Here the

The War on Land

299

subject explains strategy, logistics, tactics, leadership, and command relations, including comments on individuals and the problems of reaching decisions during critical battle situations. R. E. Urquhart 2092. Baynes, John C. M. Urquhart of Arnhem: The Life of Major General R. E. Urquhart, CB, DSO. London/New York: Brassey’s. 1993. 272 pp. Biography of the commander of the British 1st Airborne Division at Arnhem. James A. Van Fleet 2093. Braim, Paul F. The Will to Win: The Life of General James A. Van Fleet. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2001. 419 pp. The self-effacing Van Fleet, who saw combat in World War I, rose from regimental command in Normandy to command of the faltering 90th Division. He ended the war in Europe in command of the III Corps. He was handpicked to oversee the training of the Greek army in the early postwar period and then commanded the Eighth Army in Korea in succession to Ridgway. Braim portrays Van Fleet as “a combat leader who reached heroic status . . . [because] of [his] dedication to duty, military prowness,” battlefield leadership skills, and “will to win.” Christopher Vokes 2094. Vokes, C., and John P. Maclean. Vokes, My Story. Ottawa, Ont.: Gallery Books, 1985. 233 pp. Memoirs of Major General Chris Vokes who commanded Canadian 4th Armored Division in succession of George Kitching (see entry no. 1925). Walton H. Walker 2095. Heefner, Wilson A. Patton’s Bulldog: The Life and Service of General William H. Walker. Shippensbburg, Pa.: White Main Publishing Co., 2002. 348 pp. Biography of the Pattonesque commander of the XX Corps in World War II and the Eighth Army in the early stages of the Korean War. The author emphasizes Walker’s performance in Korea. June Wandrey 2096. Wandrey, June. Bedpan Commando: The Story of a Combat Nurse During World War II. Elmore, Oh.: Elmore Publishing Co., 1989. 234 pp. Account of an Army surgical nurse from North Africa to the end of World War II. William Weaver 2097. Weaver, William. Yankee Doodle Dandy. Ann Arbor, Mi.: Edwards Brothers, 1958. 370 pp. This major general’s memoirs highlight his service as chief of staff of ETO Services of Supply and commander of the 8th Infantry Division.

300

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

Floyd M. Wells 2098. Wells, Floyd M. From Anzio to the Alps: An American Soldier’s Story. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2004. 272 pp. Drawing on his illicit journal and letters home, a decorated infantry lieutenant recounts his experience of combat in Italy with an armored infantry unit. Aimé Wertenberg 2099. Wertenberg, Aimé. In the Service of France. New York: Vantage Press, 1999. 101 pp. Memoirs of a resistance fighter. Don Whitehead 2100. Romeiser, John B., ed. Combat Reporter: Don Whitehead’s World War II Diary and Memoirs. New York: Fordham University Press, 2006. 236 pp. Biography of a young journalist who reported the war from the Middle East to Germany. Whitehead twice received the Pulitzer Prize. 2101. Whitehead, Don, with John Romeiser. Beachhead Don: Reporting the War from the European Theater: 1942–1945. New York: Fordham University Press, 2004. 380 pp. Whitehead’s sometimes elegiac dispatches convey a sense of the war in North Africa and in the Sicily, Salerno, Anzio, and D-Day landings to the American public. Whitehead was an acute observer and wrote knowingly of the human costs of war and of American G.I.s. George Wilson 2102. Wilson, George. If You Survive. New York: Ivy Books, 1987. 276 pp. Memoirs of combat by an officer who fought his way across Europe from Normandy to Germany via the Battle of the Bulge. The book takes its title from a remark made by Wilson’s commanding officer: “If you survive, I’ll promote you.” Henry M. Wilson 2103. Wilson, Henry M. Eight Years Overseas, 1939–1947. London: Hutchinson, 1950. 285 pp. Nicknamed “Jumbo,” this British officer became Supreme Allied Commander, Mediterranean Theater, in 1944 and the following year was named to head the British Joint Staff Mission in Washington. The field marshal’s memoirs contain a good deal of analysis on strategy and much information on the invasion of southern France. One of Churchill’s favorite generals, this is the only autobiography of the little-known Wilson to have appeared to date. Hobert Winebrenner 2104. Winebrenner, Hobert, and Michael McCoy. Bootprints: An Infantryman’s Walk Through World War II. Albion, In.: Camp Comamajo Press, 2005. 308 pp.

The War on Land

301

Reminiscences of a combat veteran that evoke a sense of the time and of combat in Normandy, France, and Germany. Michael Wittmann 2105. Agte, Patrick. Michael Wittmann and the Tiger Commanders of the Leibstandarte. Winnipeg, Man.: J. J. Fedorowicz Publishing, 1996. 568 pp. A heavily illustrated and detailed semi-autobiographic account of Michael Wittmann’s career as an armored officer. The wearer of the Iron Cross with Oak Leaves and Swords, Wittmann is credited with destruction of over 130 enemy tanks and armored vehicles on the Eastern and Western Fronts. Agte focuses on operational and personal accounts of the actions in which he was engaged, including that at Villers-Bocage. John S. (“Tiger Jack”) Wood 2106. Baldwin, Hanson W. Tiger Jack. Fort Collins, Co.: Old Army Press, 1979. 195 pp. An aggressive commander and student of tank tactics, Wood served with the 5th Armored Division until 1942 and was then promoted to lead the 4th Armored Division across France in the summer of 1944, earning the praise of General Patton. Wood was relieved for reasons of health in fall 1944 and died in 1966. 2107. Carr, Caleb. “The American Rommel.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 4 (Summer 1992): 76–85. According to Carr, the tactically skilled but outspoken Wood was relieved of his command by Patton not only for reasons of health, but for too frequently challenging strategic decisions of his superiors. An informative article that complements Baldwin’s work above. 2108. Ganz, A. Harding. “Patton’s Relief of General Wood.” The Journal of Military History 53 (July 1989): 257–73. A balanced account of the circumstances surrounding the relief of John S. Wood, Patton’s favorite armored commander, shortly before the Battle of the Bulge. Ganz quotes Patton as stating that the outspoken Wood was “too hard to handle.” 2109. Vandergriff, Donald E. “Before There Was Digitization: How MG J. S. Wood’s 4th Armored Division Stormed Across France without Written Orders.” Armor 109 (September–October 2000): 20–27. The commander of the 4th Armored Division, Major General J. S. “Professor” Woods often acted on his own and did not always abide by verbal orders following the breakout from Normandy. Bruce C. Zorns 2110. Zorns, Bruce C. I Walk Through the Valley: A World War II Infantryman’s Memoir of War. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 1991. 222 pp. Recollections of an infantryman.

302

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

C. Campaigns and Battles Introduction: The citations below reveal details on some of the great campaigns and most intensive ground combat of World War II. Here is the soldier’s war divided into two major parts: Mediterranean Theater and European Theater. Each of these parts is further subdivided. General works, citations to North Africa, and references to the Sicilian, Italian, and southern France campaigns are set out under the Mediterranean Theater while, under the European Theater, parts direct readers to citations on general works, the battle across France, and the Allied drive into Holland, Belgium, and Germany. Users should be aware that many of the handbooks/encyclopedias and general war histories noted in Section I, certain of the aerial citations in Section III, and a number of the sea forces references in Section V also provide information relative to the U.S. Army’s offensives in the MTO/ETO. 1. Mediterranean Theater Introduction: For purposes of this guide, the Mediterranean Theater of Operations encompasses North Africa, the islands of the Mediterranean, Italy, the Balkans, and southern France. During the early part of the Allies’ coalition war, considerable debate existed as to the direction the fighting should take in this theater. Citations to those strategic-political differences are covered for the most part in Section II:A on diplomacy, above. a. GENERAL WORKS Introduction: Comparatively few studies address the military (i.e., land) campaigns in the Mediterranean as a whole; as users will see, the majority of studies available consider specific campaigns, such as North Africa, Sicily, Italy, or southern France. The citations noted below should be employed in conjunction with those on aerial operations and sea warfare covered in Section III:C:1 above and V:C:1 below. Additionally, many of the memoirs and biographies of U.S. and British officers cited in Part IV:B just above contain information on their Mediterranean service. 2111. D’Este, Carlo. World War II in the Mediterranean, 1942–1945. Chapel Hill, N.C.: Algonquin Books, 1991. 218 pp. A superficial introduction to the war in North Africa, Sicily, and Italy that fails to address the subject of the diversionary nature of the Italian campaign. 2112. Doherty, Richard. A Noble Crusade: The History of the Eighth Army, 1941–45. Staplehurst, U.K.: Spellmount, 1999. 368 pp. Apart from Patton’s Third Army, the Desert or Eighth Army, which fought its way from the Libyan desert to Austria via Tunisia, Sicily, and Italy, is perhaps the most famous Allied formation to emerge from World War II. Doherty is to be complimented for distilling its rich history into a single volume. 2113. Goda, Norman J. W. “The Riddle of the Rock: A Reassessment of

The War on Land

303

German Motives for the Capture of Gibraltar in the Second World War.” Journal of Contemporary History 28 (April 1993): 297–314. See entry no. 299. 2114. Gunther, John. D-Day. New York: Harper, 1943. 276 pp. This title should not mislead readers into believing it concerns the Normandy invasion covered in C:2:b below; rather, this work represents the author’s experiences in covering the American ground effort in North Africa and Sicily during the spring and summer of 1943. 2115. Knox, MacGregor. Hitler’s Italian Allies: Royal Armed Forces, Fascist Regime, and the War of 1940–1943. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2000. 207 pp. A first-rate study of the reasons for military ineffectiveness of the Italian armed forces and the Mussolini government. Knox offers an analysis of Italian performance from social, cultural, and political perspectives, and demonstrates that Italian military culture paved the way for defeat. Essential for serious students of the war in the Mediterranean. 2116. Levine, Alan J. The War Against Rommel’s Supply Lines, 1942–1943. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1999. 219 pp. See entry no. 1032. 2117. Playfair, Ian S. O., et al. The Mediterranean and the Middle East. History of the Second World War: United Kingdom Military Series. 6 vols. London: H. M. Stationery Office, 1954–1988. A comprehensive official history of sea, air, and land (mainly) operations in the Mediterranean and Middle East Theaters from 1940 to 1945; each volume is a scholarly and detailed treatment, valuable for an examination not only of British but also of American operations, especially after November 1942. Volumes IV, V, and VI cover the campaigns in North Africa, Sicily and Italy. 2118. Porch, Douglas. The Path to Victory: The Mediterranean Theater in World War II. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2004. 800 pp. Balanced and thoughtful reexamination of the Mediterranean theater. Porch convincingly argues that “the Mediterranean was the European war’s pivotal theater, the critical link without which it would have been impossible for the western alliance to go from Dunkirk to OVERLORD.” 2119. The War Against Germany and Italy: Mediterranean and Adjacent Areas. Compiled by John C. Hatlem and Kenneth E. Hunter. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1951. 465 pp. Part of the Army’s “green book” series, this work contains some 450 pages of photographs with explanatory text which portray various aspects of the Mediterranean war as a whole and specific campaigns such as those in North Africa, Sicily, Italy, and Southern France. Available online from the Center of Military History.

304

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2120. Warren, John C. Airborne Missions in the Mediterranean, 1942–1945. USAF Historical Study, No. 74. Washington, D.C.: Office of Air Force History, Department of the Air Force, 1955. 137 pp. This documented study is presented as a series of case studies on the background, planning, training for, execution, and impact on doctrine of U.S. airborne operations in the MTO. 2121. Young, Ford E., Jr. To the Regiment. Washington, D.C.: National Capitol Publishing Co., 1970. 145 pp. A history of the ground war in North Africa and Italy as recalled by men who served in the U.S. Army’s 306th Cavalry Regiment and its tank-equipped successor. b. NORTH AFRICA Introduction: Although U.S. Marines had invaded Guadalcanal nearly three months earlier, the U.S. Army landing in French Morocco and Algeria represented the first major commitment of American ground forces in the war against Germany and Italy. This landing, the product of a political compromise at the highest level (noted in certain of the citations in Section II:A above), led to the testing of thousands of “green” U.S. troops in a campaign lasting until the surrender of German-Italian troops in Tunisia in May 1943. The citations in this section follow the various aspects of the U.S. and Allied land campaign in North Africa in whole and in part; for citations to the air and sea aspects of the six-month operation, readers should see Sections III:C:1 above and V:C:1 below. Certain of the biographies and memoirs noted in IV:B above and unit histories covered in IV:D below may also prove helpful. 2122. Akers, Russell F. “Tunisia—Springboard to Victory.” Fellowship, January 1948, 49–58. A summary of U.S. land operations in the Tunisian campaign from late 1942 through May 1943 with emphasis on the “blooding” of American troops. 2123. Atkinson, Rick. An Army at Dawn: The War in North Africa, 1942–1943. New York: Henry Holt, 2002. 681 pp. Popular account of the North Africa campaign from TORCH to the surrender of the Axis forces in Tunisia in May 1943. Although the author focuses on U.S. forces, he also brings the British, French, and German forces and their commanders to life. See entry no. 2204. 2124. Baldridge, Robert C. “How Artillery Beat Rommel after Kasserine.” Field Artillery Journal XCII (May–August 2002): 48–51. Employment of American artillery against Rommel in the Tunisian campaign. 2125. Bennett, Lowell. Assignment to Nowhere: The Battle for Tunisia. New York: Vanguard, 1943. 316 pp. The author’s adventures as a war correspondent with American forces in Tunisia are breezily recalled with some comments on the diplomatic

The War on Land

305

background of the campaign and a description of civilian life in Algiers and elsewhere. 2126. Benson, C. C. “Some Tunisian Details.” Field Artillery Journal XXXIV (January 1944): 2–7. Recollections of service with the U.S. 1st Armored Division in the latter stages of the 1943 Battle of Tunisia. 2127. Betson, William R. “Sidi Bou Zid: A Case History of Failure. Armor XCI (November–December 1982): 38–44. Located 12 miles west of Faid, Tunisia, this place was the site of victory by German panzers over American troops during the opening of the Nazi Kasserine Pass counter-offensive on February 14, 1943. 2128. Bidwell, Shelford. “Tunisia, 1943.” In: Philip de Ste. Croix, ed. Airborne Operations: An Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Great Battles of Airborne Forces. New York: Crescent Books, 1978, pp. 76–83. Reviews the first use of Allied airborne forces on any scale in wasted, casualty-producing operations which did, however, provide invaluable tactical information. 2129. Bingham, James K. W., and Werner Haupt. The North African Campaign, 1940–1943. London: Macdonald, 1969. 160 pp. An overview of the Western Desert-French North Africa-Tunisia campaigns illustrated with a number of photographs and drawings. 2130. Blaxland, Gregory. The Plain Cook and the Great Showman—The First and Eighth Armies in North Africa. London: William Kimber, 1977. 303 pp. A rare account of Lt. Gen. Sir Kenneth Anderson’s command of the British First Army in the Tunisian campaign. The title is based on Montgomery’s remark that Anderson was “a plain cook,” not a competent army commander. 2131. Blumenson, Martin. “The Agony and the Glory.” Infantry LVII (July– August 1967): 47–52. A concise history of the German Kasserine Pass offensive of February 1943 and, after initial setbacks, the U.S. response to it. 2132. ——. “Command at Kasserine Pass.” Army XVII (January 1967): 32–44. An examination primarily of the perceived failure of Maj. Gen. Lloyd R. Fredendall and his commanders to hold off the German offensive; Fredendall was replaced by Maj. Gen. George S. Patton, Jr. 2133. ——. Kasserine Pass. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1967. 341 pp. One of the premier book-length accounts of the first major clash between German and American soldiers; the work shows the failures in American command as well as the steps taken to reverse the humiliating if shortlived defeat through a still defense at Thala. Blumenson points out the lessons learned and changes made after the battle was over.

306

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2134. Breuer, William B. Operation Torch: The Allied Gamble to Invade North Africa. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1986. 272 pp. A poorly researched, but entertaining, popular survey of the first Allied landings of World War II in Morocco and Algeria. 2135. Burba, E. H. “Sidi Bou Zid to Sbeitla, February 14–17, 1943.” Field Artillery Journal XXXIV (January 1944): 8–13. Memories of an artillery battalion during the German counteroffensive near Kasserine in February 1943. 2136. Cairns, Bogardus S. “The Employment of Armor in the Invasion of Oran.” Military Review XXVIII (September 1948): 46–56. Recalls the work of the U.S. 1st Armored Division in the November 8–10, 1942, capture of this vital Algerian port. 2137. Carvey, James B. “Faid Pass.” Infantry Journal LV (November 1944): 8–13. Records the actions of 509th Parachute Infantry Battalion troops at this North African hot spot. 2138. Ceva, Lucio. “The North African Campaign 1940–43: A Reconsideration.” Journal of Strategic Studies 13 (March 1990): 84–104. 2139. Coggins, Jack. The Campaign for North Africa. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1980. 208 pp. Traces the see-saw battles back and forth across this area from fall 1940 to spring 1943 in an introductory text backed by 250 superb maps and hand-drawn illustrations. 2140. Cole, John D. “Situation: Normally Abnormal.” Military Review XXIX (September 1949): 34–40. Traces the route and actions of the U.S. 9th Division in northern Tunisia during April and May 1943. 2141. Collier, Paul. “The Capture of Tripoli in 1941: ‘Open Sesame’ or Tactical Folly?” War and Society 20 (May 2002): 81–97. A consideration of whether the capture of Tripoli in 1941, which might have ended the North African campaign, was a practical proposition. 2142. Crawford, Kenneth G. Report on North Africa. New York: Farrar, 1943. 206 pp. This work is a journalist’s view of the North African situation based on an April–June 1943 tour of the battle fronts; provides a wealth of economic details in addition to some battle accounts and contends that the Anglo-American decision on prosecuting the war here was correct, despite displeasure over the deals with Darlan. 2143. Dunivan, James. “Kasserine Pass and the Necessity of Training.” Armor 110 (September–October 2001): 25–28. Stresses the lack of training in the defeat of American forces at the Kasserine Pass.

The War on Land

307

2144. Funk, Arthur L. “Eisenhower, Giraud, and the Command of ‘Torch.” ’ Military Affairs XXXV (October 1971): 103–108. Examines the dispute, which developed almost at the last minute, as to who should call the shots in the North African invasion—Eisenhower or the noted French general. 2145. ——. The Politics of TORCH: The Allied Landings and the Algiers Putsch, 1942. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1974. 322 pp. Although some account of the landings is made, this work is, in fact, the first study to examine the political aspects of the Anglo-American invasion, including the Giraud flap cited above, from the French, British, and U.S. viewpoints; contains much on the military necessity of the Darlan affair. 2146. Gallagher, Wesley. Back Door to Berlin: The Full Story of the American Coup in North Africa. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1943. 242 pp. An AP correspondent attached to Eisenhower’s staff provides a readable contemporary account of the U.S. North African campaign from the beaches to final victory which explains, en route, Allied dealings with Darlan and the Vichy French. 2147. Gardiner, Henry E. “Kasserine Pass.” Armor LXXXVIII (September– October 1979): 12–17. Essentially a repeat of the next entry. 2148. ——. “ ‘We Fought at Kasserine Pass.’ ” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (March–April 1948): 8–17. Relates the experiences of the commander of the 2nd Battalion, 13th Armored Regiment, before and during the Battle of Kasserine Pass, December 1942–February 1943. 2149. Gelb, Norman. Desperate Venture: The Story of Torch, The Allied Invasion of North Africa. New York: William Morrow, 1992. 366 pp. A narrative of the North African campaign from the inception of TORCH to the surrender of Axis forces in Tunisia. Gelb maintains that the North African venture delayed the cross-Channel invasion and thereby prolonged the war. 2150. Harouni, Brahim. “How the Anglo-American Invasion of North Africa in November 1942 was Prepared and Realized.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Reading (U.K.), 1987. 2151. Hines, Paul S. “Gen. Mark Clark’s Secret Landing.” In: Phil Hirsch, ed. Fighting Generals. New York: Pyramid Books, 1960, pp. 7–28. Reprinted from Man’s Magazine, this piece recalls how Eisenhower’s deputy secretly landed at Algiers prior to the invasion to confer with the French. Clark himself recalled this over-emphasized incident in his memoirs cited in Part IV:B above. 2152. Holmes, Julius C. “Eisenhower’s African Gamble.” Collier’s, January 13, 1946, 14–15+; January 19, 1946, 27–30.

308

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An account of the pre-invasion negotiations with French leaders which resulted in the Darlan affair.

2153. Howe, George F. Northwest Africa: Seizing the Initiative in the West. U.S. Army in World War II: The Mediterranean Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1957. 748 pp. This official history follows the Allied assault on North Africa from the TORCH landings to victory in Tunisia, describing battles in detail from both Axis and Allied perspectives. The work points out that campaigning in northwest Africa was, for the U.S. Army, a school of coalition warfare and a graduate school of Axis tactics. 2154. Ingersoll, Ralph M. Battle Is the Pay-Off. New York: Harcourt, 1943. 217 pp. A journalist’s attempt to describe a battle from the G.I.’s viewpoint; the fight was that at El Guettar, a village some 12 miles below Gafsa, taken by U.S. troops on March 17, 1943. 2155. ——. “ ‘We Take El Guettar.’ ” Infantry Journal LIII (November 1943): 16–34. Based on the last citation. 2156. Jackson, William G. F. The Battle for North Africa, 1940–1943. New York: Mason/Charter, 1976. 402 pp. Covers the campaign from the British-Italian duels of 1940 through to victory in Tunisia in 1943, with emphasis on Anglo-German operations; this British author agrees that U.S. aid was important to the victory, but chides the green Americans for mistakes such as Kasserine Pass. 2157. Jones, Vincent. Operation Torch. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1972. 160 pp. A pictorial review of the Anglo-American landings of November 1942 which covers not only the military action but Allied-French political dealing as well. 2158. Kellett, Donald T. “The Action at Robaa.” Infantry Journal LXIII (September 1948): 12–16. Reminiscences of 36th Brigade operations at this tiny Tunisian outpost on January 31, 1943. 2159. ——. “El Guettar: Victory or Stalemate?” Military Review XXXI (July 1951): 18–25. A thorough examination of U.S. tactics in the contest won in late March 1943. 2160. Kelly, Orr. Meeting the Fox. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 2002. 225 pp. Survey of the North African campaign from the launching of Operation TORCH to victory in Tunisia.

The War on Land

309

2161. Lange, Herman W. W. “The Battle of Thala: A Study of the Factors Which Resulted in a Defeat for Rommel.” Unpublished M.A. Thesis, George Washington University, 1966. Held by U.S. soldiers and reinforced by the British 6th Armored Division, Thala was successfully held against the German 10th Panzer Division. 2162. Larson, William B. “Hill 223.” Infantry Journal LV (September 1944): 23–27. The battle in April–May 1943 for one of a series of hills overlooking a strategic Tunisian valley. 2163. Lunn-Rockliffe, W. P. “The Tunisian Campaign.” Army Quarterly and Defence Journal XCVIII (April–May 1969): 109–118; (June–July 1969): 228–235. An overview of the campaign, especially the role of the British in backing up the relatively untested Americans. 2164. McBride, Lauren E. “The Battle of Sened Station.” Infantry Journal LVI (April 1943): 30–33; (May 1943): 54–55. The station, located on a rail line between Gafsa and Maknassy, Tunisia, was overrun by Rommel’s forces in the opening phase of the Kasserine Pass offensive. 2165. McGuirk, Dal. Rommel’s Army in Africa. Osceola, Wi: Motorbooks, 1993. 192 pp. Heavily illustrated account of uniforms, dress, and equipment of the Afrika Korps, with general narrative on the Desert Fox’s campaigns. 2166. Mackesy, Piers. “Overlord and the Mediterranean Strategy: A Note on the Anglo-American Debate, Autumn 1943.” War in History 3 (January 1996): 102–106. Examination of the Anglo-American dispute over OVERLORD in context of the expectation on the part of Alan Brooke and other British leaders of a swift German collapse in 1944. 2167. Macksey, Kenneth J. Crucible of Power: The Fight for Tunisia, 1942–1943. London: Hutchinson, 1969. 325 pp. A British tank expert focuses on the Allied attempts to squeeze the Germans into the sea, which finally happened in May 1943; includes material on such battles as Kasserine Pass and the Mareth Line as well as the interaction of political and military goals and their impact on the campaign. 2168. Meyers, Edward H. “The Fragrance of Spring Was Heavy in the Air.” Trail Tales No. 35 (1979): 1–82. A detailed look at the operations of the 185th Field Artillery Battalion in the Tunisian campaign, April–May 1943; this journal is published by the Boone County (Iowa) Historical Society.

310

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2169. Middleton, Drew. “The Battle for North Africa.” New York Times Magazine, November 7, 1982, 48+. A 40th anniversary overview of the political and military aspects of the campaign by a noted military analyst. 2170. ——. “They Called It Hill 609.” In: Frank Brookhouser, ed. This Was Your War: An Anthology of Great Writings from World War II. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1960, pp. 309–317. The May 1, 1943, capture of a strategic hill overlooking the wide Tunisian plain. 2171. Moorehead, Alan. The March to Tunis: The North African War, 1940– 1943. New York: Harper & Row, 1965. 592 pp. A trilogy comprising three works first published in 1942–1943: Mediterranean Front, Don’t Blame the Generals, and The End in Africa. A journalistic account of merit which offers a contemporary view of the frustrations involved in driving the Germans out of North Africa. 2172. North, John. “Lessons of the North African Campaign.” Military Affairs VIII (Fall 1944): 161–168. Examines the command and logistical lessons of the campaign as well as the tactics employed by the Germans. 2173. Pack, Stanley W. C. Invasion North Africa, 1942. New York: Scribners, 1978. 112 pp. Examines the Allied landings on the North African coast in November 1942, an operation based on a gamble which turned out to be successful; looks at a variety of lessons learned, both in the tricky techniques of opposed landings and problems of inter-Allied cooperation. Illustrated with 157 photographs. 2174. Page, Douglas J. “El Guettar: March 25–April 8, 1943.” Field Artillery Journal XXXIII (September 1943): 645–647. An examination of a tough battle against hardened German troops. 2175. Painton, Frederick C. “Comeback at Kasserine Pass.” Saturday Evening Post, May 29, 1943, 20–21+. A journalistic view of the eventual U.S. recovery from the shock of Rommel’s offensive. 2176. Philipsborn, Martin, Jr., and Milton Lehman. “The Untold Story of Kasserine Pass.” Saturday Evening Post, February 14, 1948, 23+. Two well-known war correspondents point out the command and defensive arrangements which allowed Rommel’s surprise to be so devastating. 2177. Pyle, Ernest T. (“Ernie”). Here Is Your War. New York: Henry Holt, 1943. 304 pp. One of the war’s best-known books, this is a human-interest account of the North African campaign told from the G.I. viewpoint; in fact, Pyle’s

The War on Land

311

narrative is a collection of his newspaper columns in expanded form with pen and ink drawings added. 2178. ——. “They Were Just Guys from Broadway and Main Street.” In: Louis L. Snyder, ed. Treasury of Great Reporting. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1949, pp. 619–623. Pyle’s tribute to the common soldiers who fought in North Africa, most of whom were recent civilians thrown into their first fight. 2179. Raff, Edson D. We Jumped to Fight. New York: Duell, Sloane, and Pearce, 1944. 207 pp. Reminiscences of the U.S. lieutenant colonel who led elements of the 509th Parachute Infantry in a drop on Oran and on several targets in Tunisia in November 1942; written in a soldierly manner, the account describes the bluff and skill needed to hold airfields and communication centers against superior German might. 2180. Ramsey, Guy H. One Continent Redeemed. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran, 1943. 280 pp. A journalistic account of the U.S. role in the North African campaign from Operation TORCH in November 1942 to victory in Tunisia in May 1943. Military operations are covered in overview. 2181. Raymond, Edward A. “Slugging It Out.” Field Artillery Journal XXXIV (January 1944): 14–20. Recollections of service with an unnamed U.S. artillery battalion during the German 10th Panzer Division’s assault on the U.S. 1st Infantry Division at El Guettar, late March 1943. 2182. Rolf, David. The Bloody Road to Tunis: Destruction of the Axis Forces in North Africa, November 1942–May 1943. London: Greenhill Books, 2001. 320 pp. A readable and well-researched account of the strategically and operationally important Tunisian campaign from both the Allied and German perspective. Rolf cites timid Allied planning, the quick German response to the TORCH landings, the weakness of French resistance, and deficient Allied generalship as the reasons for the prolongation of the campaign. 2183. Rutherford, Ward. Kasserine: Baptism of Fire. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. A pictorial review of the battle which shattered American complacency and led to Patton’s receiving an active field command. 2184. Schmider, Klaus. “The Mediterranean in 1940–1941: Crossroads of Lost Opportunities.” War and Society 15 (October 1997): 19–41. Schmider examines the factors that could have turned the Mediterranean into a decisive arena for the Germans in 1942 had Hitler exploited Rommel’s victories in Egypt and Libya.

312

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2185. Schmidt, Paul K. The Foxes of the Desert. By Paul Carell, pseud. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1961. 370 pp. A popular account of the German Afrika Korps from a German viewpoint; covers not only the Western Desert campaigns, but the North African landings, the Battle of Kasserine Pass, and the final Nazi defeat in Tunisia in May 1943. Well written, with insight into the difficulties faced by the Axis leaders as they tried to stem defeat. 2186. Strawson, John. The Battle for North Africa. New York: Scribners, 1969. 226 pp. A British author’s brief account of the war which places emphasis rather more on the ordinary soldier’s efforts than on his commander’s; includes insight into strategy and useful battle descriptions. 2187. Thornton, M. M. “Try the Reverse Slope.” Infantry Journal LIV (February 1944): 8–11. One platoon’s experiences in the Battle of El Guettar. 2188. Tute, Warren. The North African War. New York: Two Continents 1976. 220 pp. This British writer follows the North African struggle from February 1941 to May 1943, describing Allied strategy in the Mediterranean, the general planning for TORCH, the Darlan affair, and some of the major battles including those in the Western Desert and Tunisia. Heavily illustrated and loaded with eyewitness commentary, this work is similar to Tute’s earlier D-Day effort cited below. 2189. United States. War Department. Lessons from the Tunisian Campaign. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1943. 70 pp. A pamphlet filled with tactical, logistical, and command experiences and passed to officers fighting Germans on other fronts. 2190. ——.——. To Bizerte with the II Corps (23 April 1943–13 May 1943). American Forces in Action Series. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1946. 80 pp. An action-packed pamphlet which describes the actions of the corps in the final weeks of the Tunisian campaign. Available online from the Center of Military History. 2191. Watson, Bruce Allen. Exit Rommel: The Tunisian Campaign, 1942–1943. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1999. 248 pp. A study of the retreat of the Axis forces from El Alamein and analysis of Rommel’s generalship in Tunisia in the context of logistical difficulties, command relationships and weapons technology. 2192. Westrate, Edwin V. Forward Observer. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1944. 179 pp. Using disguised names, the author describes the feats of each man in an unamed U.S. Army forward observer team operating somewhere in Tunisia; useful for flavor and tactics, but not on battle detail.

The War on Land

313

2193. Whiting, Charles. Disaster at Kasserine: Ike and the 1st (US) Army in North Africa, 1943. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 2003. 208 pp. A lurid and inadequately researched account of the defeat inflicted on inexperienced American forces at Kasserine Pass. Originally published in 1984 as Kasserine: First Blood (New York: Stein and Day). 2194. Yarborough, William P. Bail out Over North Africa: America’s First Combat Parachute Missions, 1942. Williamstown, N.J.: Phillips Publications, 1979. 220 pp. Drawing on his 1943 after-action report, General Yarborough, airborne advisor to Gen. Mark Clark, describes the long flight from England and the drop of the 509th Parachute Infantry Battalion near Oran in November 1942. 2195. ——. “House Party in Jerryland.” Infantry Journal LV (July 1944): 8–15. Another look at the 509th’s long flight from England and descent near Oran. 2196. Zanuck, Darryl F. Tunis Expedition. New York: Random House, 1943. 160 pp. An account of U.S. North African operations in November–December 1942, by the Army Signal Corps colonel and noted film producer who directed cameramen in making the documentary film “At the Front.” c. SICILY, ITALY, AND SOUTHERN FRANCE Introduction: The Allied campaigns in the Mediterranean islands, on the Italian mainland, and into southern France were all conducted as the result of political decisions covered in certain of the citations in Section II:A above. None of the campaigns was simple and all involved tough fighting against capable German opponents. If anything, the fall of Mussolini’s government in Italy made the campaign there all the more difficult for Allied troops, who found the conduct of operations against the stubborn Nazis under Kesselring extremely difficult due to terrain and other factors. The citations in this part follow land campaigns involving U.S. and Allied forces in the Mediterranean Theater outside of North Africa, with emphasis on those conducted in Italy. For references to the air and sea aspects of these operations, users should consult Sections III:C:1 above and V:C:1 below. Certain of the biographies and memoirs noted in IV:B above and the unit histories covered in IV:D below may also prove useful. 2197. Adams, Henry M. “Allied Military Government in Sicily, 1943.” Military Affairs XV (Fall 1951): 157–165. Once taken, Sicily provided the Allies with their first sizable laboratory for the conduct of military government; this piece discusses the various aspects of the process and differences in philosophy and direction between the British and Americans. 2198. Adleman, Robert H., and George Walton. The Champagne Campaign. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1969. 298 pp.

314

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Adleman and Walton provide a look at Operation ANVIL/DRAGOON, the Allied invasion of southern France, which was designed to contain German forces and secure ports; the authors examine the lengthy and divisive debates in command circles over the wisdom and purpose of the undertaking, including Churchill’s desire to have the resources of this committed to the undertaking employed in Italy.

2199. ——. Rome Fell Today. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1968. 336 pp. Examines the twists and turns of the Allied military campaign in Italy from the Salerno landings in September 1943 through the liberation of Rome in June 1944, centering attention on the greater and lesser personages on both sides, especially Gen. Mark Clark, whose generalship of the controversial operation is defended. 2200. Agarossi, Elena. A Nation Collapses: The Italian Surrender of September 1943. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2000. 198 pp. Well-researched examination of the question whether or not determined Italian action in September 1943 could have led to a German evacuation of Rome, thereby obviating the bloodletting of Cassino and Anzio. 2201. Allen, William L. Anzio: Edge of Disaster. New York: Dial Press, 1978. 181 pp. Illustrated, and based on documents and eyewitness accounts, this work tells of the planning and execution of these January 22, 1944, landings on the Italian west coast near Rome; the author scores Mr. Gen. John Lucas’s decision to have his troops dig in and await reinforcements and supplies rather than advancing. 2202. Allied Forces. Supreme Allied Commander. Report of the Supreme Allied Commander, Mediterranean, to the Combined Chiefs of Staff on the Italian Campaign. 2 vols. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1946–1948. Field Marshal Alexander’s account stresses Allied unity while describing battles, terrain, and logistical difficulties. 2203. “Anzio and Its Lessons.” Military Review XXXI (July 1951): 97–102. Examines the difficulties which resulted from Lucas’s decision to proceed cautiously at Anzio. 2204. Atkinson, Rick. The Day of Battle: The War in Sicily and Italy, 1943–1944. New York: Holt, 2007. 816 pp. In the second volume of his “Liberation Trilogy,” Atkinson characterizes the leading personalities and analyzes the fierce Anglo-American strategic disputes and the course of the campaigns in Sicily and Italy up to the launching of the invasion of France. See entry 2123. 2205. Badoglio, Pietro. Italy in the Second World War: Memories and Documents. Translated from the Italian. London/New York: Oxford University Press, 1948. 234 pp. Marshal Badoglio had opposed Italy’s entry into the war and resigned as

The War on Land

315

chief of staff in late 1940. In July 1943 when Mussolini was deposed, Badoglio was called to head the government, which he surrendered to the Allies on September 3 and which declared war on Germany on October 13, achieving “co-belligerent” status for his country. The Germans simply moved in and took over control of the territory which the Allies did not hold. This memoir describes its author’s role in the maneuvers described in this annotation. 2206. Baldwin, Hanson W. “The Sicilian Campaign—Strategic Compromise: July 10–August 17, 1943.” In his Battles Lost and Won: Great Campaigns of World War II. New York: Harper & Row, 1966, pp. 188–235. Agreed to at Casablanca, the Sicilian operation, codenamed HUSKY, was a short, 38-day effort which cleared the Mediterranean for Allied use and provided the impetus needed to force Mussolini’s resignation. Baldwin’s account is concise and notes both strategy and battles. 2207. Ball, Edmond F. Staff Officer with the Fifth Army. Hicksville, N.Y.: Exposition Press, 1958. 365 pp. An officer on Mark Clark’s Fifth Army staff recalls the Salerno and Anzio invasions and the hard fighting which lay between; valuable for insights into command operations at times of crisis. 2208. Barker, M. E. “Heavy Mortars in Direct Support.” Infantry Journal LV (December 1944): 20–23. A brief piece describing mortar operations in Italy. 2209. Battillo, Anthony. “Thunder in the Po Valley.” American History Illustrated X (February 1976): 22–30. Breaking the Gustav Line, Allied forces broke through to the Po Valley in northern Italy in late April 1945 and mopped up what remained of the once stubborn German army. 2210. Beckman, Morris. The Jewish Brigade: An Army with Two Masters. New York: Sarpedon, 1998. 159p A history of the British-organized Jewish Brigade Group in the Battle for the Gothic Line and its postwar role as a defacto relief agency for Holocaust survivors. 2211. Bernstein, Walter S. Keep Your Head Down. New York: Viking Press, 1946. 213 pp. A series of articles first published in the New Yorker which cover the author’s career in the U.S. Army, 1941–1944; four pieces relate his experiences as a sergeant in Sicily/Italy and dwell on the human interest side of the war à la Ernie Pyle and Bill Mauldin. 2212. Bidwell, Shelford. “The Airborne Assault on Sicily.” In: Philip de Ste. Croix, ed. Airborne Operations: An Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Great Battles of Airborne Forces. New York: Crescent Books, 1978, pp. 84–91. Sicily was the scene of the first major Allied airborne operation of the

316

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II war, but lack of experience and forethought resulted in a near disaster redeemed only by the flexibility and courage of the troops and the lack of serious Axis power in the southern part of the island.

2213. Bimberg, Edward L. The Moroccan Goums: Tribal Warriors in Modern Warfare. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 152 pp. An excellent survey of the origins and organization of highly mobile Moroccan mountain units that played a key role in breaking the Gustav Line in Italy. 2214. Blackwell, Ian. Anzio; Italy, 1944. Barnsley, U.K. Pen and Sword Books, 2006. 188 pp. Well-illustrated examination of the controversial aspects of the Anzio and subsequent operations. Also includes detailed descriptions of actions derived from a staff ride led by the author. 2215. Blum, Howard. The Brigade: An Epic Story of Vengeance, Salvation, and World War II. New York: HarperCollins, 2001. 326 pp. Dramatic account of the volunteers who served with the Jewish Brigade in Italy in the closing months of World War II. Based on first-person interviews, Blum devotes considerable space to the assassination of war criminals and rescue of refugees from the concentration camps. 2216. Blumenson, Martin. “Anzio: Dilemma on the Beachhead.” Army XXXIII (March 1983): 38–41+. An analysis of General Lucas’s decision to dig in and await reinforcement and the difficulties met by his successor, General Truscott, in advancing from the beachhead once German forces had pinned the Americans down. 2217. ——. Anzio: The Gamble That Failed. Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1963. 212 pp. Designed to break a stalemate and lead to Rome’s capture, Anzio was a nearly disastrous amphibious operation in January 1944, brought on by misunderstanding and a strong German defense. The author examines the political and military reasons for the failure and the men like Alexander, Clark, and Lucas who were responsible. 2218. ——. Bloody River: The Real Tragedy of the Rapido. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1970. 150 pp. Told from a command level with little emphasis on actual combat, this work discusses the plan to cross this river in conjunction with the Anzio landings and smash the Gustav Line and the disaster which occurred when the Texas Thirty-Sixth Infantry Division failed, incurring 1,600 casualties and opening a leadership controversy which still lingers. With slightly different conclusions, this work is based on the author’s “green book,” Salerno to Cassino, cited below. 2219. ——. “General Lucas at Anzio.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Office of the Chief of Military History, Department of the Army, 1960, pp. 323–350.

The War on Land

317

Another look at Lucas’s decision to dig in after landing. 2220. ——. Salerno to Cassino. U.S. Army in World War II: The Mediterranean Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1969. 491 pp. The story of U.S. Army operations in Italy from the invasion of the mainland near Salerno in September 1943 through the winter fighting and up to the stalemate in the battles for Monte Cassino (including the Rapido River crossing) and in the Anzio beachhead to May 1944. Includes discussion of terrain, weather, and logistics, along with the Fifth Army’s difficulties in fighting German and Italian troops. 2221. ——. “Sicily and Italy: Why and What For?” Military Review XLVI (February 1966): 61–68. An examination of the political and military reasons for the two campaigns which, like the last citation, generally defends the decision to attack via the so-called soft underbelly. 2222. ——. Sicily: Whose Victory? Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1969. 160 pp. A balanced pictorial retelling of the Sicily story which concludes that the battle was a strategic Allied victory and a tactical German gain which prolonged the Italian campaign. The last two pages cover the famous Patton slapping incident. 2223. ——. “The Struggle for Rome.” American History Illustrated XVIII (June 1983): 22–31. An illustrated overview of the spring 1944 Allied effort to move through entrenched German defenses to the liberation of Rome with attention to the generalships of Alexander, Clark, and Kesselring. 2224. ——. “Why Southern France?” Army XIX (September 1969): 37–41. Analysis of the decision for ANVIL-DRAGOON, sought by General Eisenhower as a coordinated effort with the Normandy invasion. 2225. Bohmler, Rudolf. Monte Cassino. Translated from the German. London: Cassell, 1964. 314 pp. A German author examines the Allied attack on Monte Cassino, a key outpost in the Gustav Line, which held a Benedictine abbey which was bombed as a Nazi observatory; describes the intense fighting which followed the February 15, 1944, air assault and the monastery’s capture by Polish troops on May 18. 2226. Bond, Harold L. Return to Cassino: A Memoir of the Fight for Rome. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1964. 207 pp. A U.S. 36th Infantry Division veteran recalls the battles for Cassino (including the Rapido River crossing) with sorrow after a return visit made 18 years later. 2227. Botjer, George F. Sideshow War: The Italian Campaign, 1943–1945. College Station: Texas A&M University Press, 1996. 226 pp.

318

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Botjer not only explores the Italian campaign from Sicily to the Po Valley in terms of military events, but also examines its economic, political, and social aspects. His central thesis is that the campaign was militarily a “sideshow” in which both the Allies and Germans achieved their minimum objectives.

2228. Bowlby, Alex. Countdown to Cassino: The Battle of the Mignano Gap, 1943. New York: Sarpedon, 1995. 210 pp. A speculative examination of the preliminary battles fought on the approaches to Monte Cassino. The author contends that if the Allies had struck harder at the Mignano Gap they would have penetrated the Gustav Line before German preparations were completed. 2229. Brager, Bruce L. “Rapido and Velletri: Problem Solving in World War II.” Military History of the West 31 (Fall 2001): 93–115. An examination of the tactical problems involved in the Rapido River crossing and the capture of Velletri. 2230. Breuer, William B. Agony at Anzio: The Allies Most Controversial Operation of World War II. London: Robert Hale, 1989. 272 pp. A popular survey of the battles for the Anzio beachhead. 2231. Brooks, Thomas R. The War North of Rome. New York: Sarpendon, 1996. 272 pp. A narrative of the difficulties faced by the Allied forces that attempted to break through the Apennines and destroy Army Group C following the fall of Rome. 2232. Butler, Frederic B. “Southern France Exploits of Task Force Butler.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (January–February 1948): 12–18; (March– April 1948): 30–38. The story of a provisional armored unit organized by Truscott of the VI Corps to cut off the withdrawing German Nineteenth Army in the Rhone Valley in August 1944. The author commanded the force. See entry nos. 2239 and 2503. 2233. Cairns, Bogardus S. “The Breakout at Anzio: A Lesson in Tank–Infantry Cooperation.” Military Review XXVIII (January 1949): 23–32. On the coordination between French Expeditionary Corps troops and Fifth Army men in May 1944. 2234. Carver, Michael. The Imperial War Museum Book of the War in Italy, 1943–1945: The Campaign that Tipped the Balance in Europe. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 2001. 350 pp. The author ignores questions of strategy in favor of using letters and diaries to present a picture of the Italian campaign from the perspective of frontline soldiers. 2235. ——. “The War in Italy, 1943–1945.” RUSI [Royal United Services Institute] Journal for Defence Studies 146 (October 2001): 62–66.

The War on Land

319

A thoughtful article in which Carver explains his purpose in writing entry no. 2334 and explores the strategic options open to the Allied and German commands in Italy. He concludes that Hitler was correct to stand south of Rome in order to inflict as many casualties as possible on Anglo-American forces. 2236. “Cassino: The Fifth Army Finds It a Hard Nut to Crack.” Infantry Journal LIV (May 1944): 20–23. A brief report on the battles for the town and monastery south of Rome in early 1944. 2237. Chandler, Harriette L. “Another View of ‘Operation Crossword.’ ” Military Affairs XLII (April 1978): 68–75. A critical examination of Gabriel Kolko’s claim that Operation SUNRISE which brought about the surrender of German troops in Italy was politically motivated. Contrary to Kolko, Chandler concludes that the motivation for the secret negotiations that led to the capitulation Army Group C was inspired by the Anglo-American interest in securing an unconditional military surrender, not the desire to contain the Italian left. See entry nos. 1929, 2249, 2252, 2266, 2345, and 2346. 2238. Clark, Lloyd. Anzio and the Battle for Rome—1944. New York: Atlantic Monthly Press, 2006. 392 pp. Evocative account of the origins of Anzio landing and the attempt to turn the flank of the German forces at Cassino. The author is particularly good at exploring the sometimes troubled relationship between Allied commanders and presents vivid accounts of the fighting within the bridgehead. Clark concludes that the Allies “attempted too much with too little” at Anzio and suffered frustration as a result. 2239. Clarke, Jeffrey L. and Smith, Robert R. Riviera to the Rhine. U.S. Army in World War II: The European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: Center of Military History, 1993. 605 pp. Covers the landings in southern France, the thrust up the Rhone Valley and drive into the Vosges Mountains and the defense of Alsace. The authors take into account the influence of ULTRA intercepts on Allied operations. 2240. Clifton, C. V. “A Gun and a Company.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal I (August 1950): 8–10. Operations of the U.S. 698th Field Artillery Battalion near Ponsacco, Italy, in July 1944. 2241. Connell, Charles. Monte Cassino: The Historic Battle. London: Elek Books, 1963. 206 pp. A British author examines the famous operation in which U.S., French, Polish, and British troops fought for the ruins of the bombed-out Benedictine abbey in May 1944. 2242. Connor, A. O. “On the Defensive.” Infantry Journal LV (July 1944): 35–39.

320

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II These notes from the Anzio beachhead concentrate on U.S. underground defenses.

2243. Cookley, Peter. “Reflections on Anzio.” Military Review XXXIII (October 1953): 96–100. An overview of the difficulties faced by the defenders once the decision had been taken to dig in. 2244. Curtis, Claire E. “From the Arno to the Winter Line.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (May–June 1948): 46–49. Recalls the operations of elements of the U.S. 760th Tank Battalion in Italy between September 1–November 9, 1944. 2245. Dancocks, Daniel. The D-Day Dodgers: The Canadians in Italy, 1943– 1945. Toronto, Ont.: McClelland & Stewart, 1991. 505 pp. Imaginatively titled popular account of the operations of the Canadian 1st Division in Sicily and the Canadian I Corps in the Rome and Gothic Line campaigns. Based on secondary sources and oral history interviews. 2246. Darby, William O., with William H. Baumer. We Led the Way: Darby’s Rangers. San Rafael, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1980. 198 pp. Dictated to his friend General Baumer just a few months before his death in 1944, Darby’s memoirs tell of the creation of the Rangers in 1942, training in Scotland, and operations in North Africa, Sicily, and at Salerno and Anzio in Italy. Baumer adds background facts on the war, Darby’s life, and a summary of the action of other Ranger units. 2247. Davis, Forrest. “Secret History of a Surrender: German Armies in Northern Italy.” Saturday Evening Post, September 22, 1945, 9–11+; September 29, 1945, 17+. Davis describes Operation CROSSWORD/SUNRISE which Allen W. Dulles coordinated and which led to the surrender of German troops in north Italy in May 1945. See entry nos. 2088, 2237, 2252, 2266, 2345, and 2346. 2248. D’Este, Carlo W. Fatal Decision: Anzio and the Battle for Rome. New York: HarperCollins, 1991. 566. A well-researched analysis of the genesis, planning, and execution of the plan to outflank the Gustav Line by a landing at Anzio. D’Este emphasizes the complexities of coalition warfare, not the fighting within the Anzio beachhead, and is highly critical of General Mark Clark. 2249. ——. Bitter Victory: The Battle for Sicily, 1943. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1988. 666 pp. Deeply researched and well-written study of Operation HUSKY, the Anglo-American campaign for Sicily. D’Este emphasizes the muddled planning process, the difficulties of coalition warfare, and the nature of the fighting on Sicily. 2250. Devers, Jacob L. “Operation Dragoon: The Invasion of Southern France.” Military Affairs X (Summer 1946): 3–41.

The War on Land

321

Devers was Deputy Supreme Allied Commander, Mediterranean, when U.S. and French forces went ashore in southern France in August 1944, an operation here described from firsthand knowledge. 2251. DeVore, Robert. “Paratroops Behind Nazi Lines.” Collier’s, September 18, 1943, 18–19+. Avoiding criticism of the drop, the author concentrates on the successful aspects of the U.S. airborne operation in Sicily. 2252. Dulles, Allen W. The Secret Surrender. New York: Harper & Row, 1966. 268 pp. The author, a leading negotiator/director in Operation SUNRISE, describes the attempts of the SS to speed up the surrender and the unexpected factors on the German side which, in fact, caused the capitulation to be made quicker than Americans anticipated. See entry nos. 2088, 2237, 2249, 2252, 2266, 2443, and 2444. 2253. Dziubau, Stanley W. “When Engineers Fight as Infantry.” Army XIII (September 1962): 68–71. The story of the amphibious assault on Gela, Sicily, in July 1943 made by the 1st Battalion, 39th Engineers, and the 1st and 4th Ranger Battalions. 2254. Edmonson, Edward M. “Anzio Analysis.” Marine Corps Gazette XXIX (January 1945): 22–26. An almost-contemporary examination of the American decision to halt at the beachhead instead of advancing inland; Martin Blumenson in his “Italy—Operations, 1943–1945” (p. 309) in Thomas Parrish, ed. The Simon and Schuster Encyclopedia of World War II (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1978) presents a view of General Lucas’s decision not available even when he wrote of Anzio in the citations noted above: “Learning through the ULTRA intelligence reports of Hitler’s intention, Clark advised Lucas not to head for the Alban Hills but to dig in and prepare to meet a German counterattack.” Edmonson argues that massed artillery fire defeated the German attacks directed against the beachhead. 2255. Eisenhower, John S. D. They Fought at Anzio. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2007. 306 pp. Eisenhower reviews the Italian campaign, and the battle of Anzio in particular, from the perspective of Allied commanders and the foot soldiers who executed their decisions. 2256. Ellis, John. Cassino: The Hollow Victory: The Battle for Rome, January– June 1944. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1984. 587 pp. Well-researched. Including use of oral histories, account of the four separate battles fought by Allied forces for possession of Monte Cassino. Except for General Juin, the French commander, Ellis paints a picture of uninspired Allied generalship in a campaign that he views as a strategic failure. 2257. Essame, Hubert. “A Controversial Campaign: Italy, 1943–1945.” Army Quarterly and Defence Journal XCV (1968): 219–224.

322

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Defends the British push for the operation on the basis of its impact on the total ETO war effort.

2258. Featherstone, Donald. A Wargamers’ Guide to the Mediterranean Campaigns, 1943–1945. Tank Battles in Miniature, No. 4. Cambridge, U.K.: Patrick Stephens, 1977. 152 pp. Examines the strategy, operations, men, equipment, and vehicles employed by Allied and Axis forces in the battles for Sicily and Italy; contains 12 illustrations, 12 maps, and a variety of diagrams. The work is equally useful for historians and board gamers. 2259. Fehrenbach, T. R. Anzio: The Soldiers’ Stories from the Front Lines. New York: IBooks, Inc., 2007. 176 pp. Vivid recreation of the battle for Anzio; based on interviews with survivors, after action reports, and official histories. 2260. ——. The Battle of Anzio: The Dramatic Story of the Major Engagement of World War II. Derby, Ct.: Monarch Books, 1962. 160 pp. An overview of the campaign from the January 1944 landing to the final breakout in May, with emphasis on the defense of the beachhead by besieged American G.I.s. Also published as The Battle of Anzio: The Bloody Beachhead that Turned the Tide of World War II, 2004. 2261. Finch, J. R. G. “The Second Battle of Cassino: ‘Operation Revenge.’ ” Journal of the Royal United Service Institute CX (February 1965): 68–72. Discussion of the mid-March 1944 bombing of the town of Cassino and the failure of Allied troops to take this point on the Gustav Line. 2262. Fiore, Uldric L., Jr. “Sicily: An Essential Exercise in Futility.” Military Review 73 (July 1993): 62–64. The author argues that militarily the invasion and capture of Sicily was “an exercise in futility,” but that the Allies absorbed “invaluable lessons in planning and executing joint and combined operations, amphibious assaults, airborne operations, and their logistical requirements—all of which would prove essential at Normandy.” 2263. Fisher, Ernest F., Jr. Cassino to the Alps. U.S. Army in World War II: The Mediterranean Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1977. 584 pp. Continues the account of operations in Italy begun by Blumenson above; covers Operation DIADEM, the capture of Rome plus the pursuit of the Germans to the Arno, the Gothic Line battles, the last offensive, the pursuit across the Po Valley, and the negotiations for the surrender of German armies in Italy. 2264. Follain, John. Mussolini’s Island: The Battle for Sicily 1943 by the People Who Were There. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 2007. 420 pp. A survey of the 1943 Allied conquest of Sicily and the impact of the campaign on the collapse of Mussolini’s regime.

The War on Land

323

2265. Ford, Corey. “Cloak-and-Dagger—Espionage and Secret Intelligence Service of the O.S.S.: Germans in Italy.” Collier’s, October 27, 1945, 30+. A superficial account of the O.S.S. role in the negotiations for the German surrender. See entry nos. 2088, 2237, 2249, 2252, 2443, and 2444. 2266. Forty, George. Battle for Monte Cassino. Hersham, U.K.: Ian Allan, 2004. 160 pp. A brief and well-written account of the four battles fought for possession of Monte Cassino. Includes orders of battle for each action and high quality photographs. 2267. French-Blake, R.L.V. “Armor in Italy.” In: Bernard Fitzsimons, ed. Tanks and Weapons of World War II. New York: Beekman House, 1973, pp. 101–105. First published in the multi-part Purnell’s History of the Second World War, this overview comments on the difficulties of operating tanks in Italy’s mountainous terrain. 2268. Gaujac, Paul. Corps expeditionnaire francais en italie: 1943–1944. Paris: Histoire et Collections, 2003. 175 pp. A brief history of the French Expeditionary Corps that unhinged Gustav Line defenses and opened the way to Rome. 2269. Graham, Dominick, and Shelford Bidwell. Tug of War: The Battle for Italy, 1943–1945. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1986. 445 pp. Well-researched analytical study of the difficulties faced by the Allied coalition in Italy. Contains insightful portraits of Allied commanders. Regarded by some as “the best single-volume history of the Italian campaign.” 2270. Green, J. H. “Anzio.” After the Battle 52 (1986): 1–40. A “then and now” pictorial review of scenes of the battlefield. 2271. Hapgood, David, and David Richardson. Monte Cassino: The Story of the Most Controversial Battle of World War II. New York: Congdon & Weed, 1984. 269 pp. The authors draw on interviews with survivors to recreate a vivid sense of the brutality of the four battles fought for possession of Cassino. Includes accounts of the preservation of historic documents and art removed from the abbey before it was bombed. 2272. Entry deleted. 2273. Hibbert, Christopher. Anzio—The Bid for Rome. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. Summarizes the nearly disastrous Allied amphibious attempt to outflank German forces on the Italian boot below Rome; in words and pictures, portrays the bitter fighting and missed opportunities.

324

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2274. Hills, Robert F. “What a Beating Our Gliders Took.” Saturday Evening Post, November 5, 1949, 36–37+. Discusses the high winds and American AA fire which caused so many casualties among gliderborne troops at Sicily. 2275. Hoffman, Jon T. “The Legacy and Lessons of the Campaign in Italy.” Marine Corps Gazette 78 (January 1994): 76–81. A provocative critique of the Italian campaign. Hoffman faults Allied commanders for pursuing unimaginative strategic objectives in Italy and Mark Clark for ignoring the value of naval fire support at Salerno. He charges that the Allies did not exploit their amphibious capabilities in Italy deserves consideration, he neglects to take into account the priority assigned to OVERLORD. 2276. Holt, Robert, and Daniele Gugliekmi. “The Battle of Cecina.” After the Battle, No. 114 (2001), 30–37. 2277. Hooker, Terry D. “The Brazilian Expeditionary Force of World War II.” Military and Naval History Journal, July 1997, 33–35. A succinct history of the Brazilian troops that served in Italy with the Fifth Army. 2278. Hoyt, Edwin P. Backwater War: The Allied Campaign in Italy, 1943–1945. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2002. 224 pp. Hoyt, a prolific author, portrays the Italian campaign as lacking strategic value and as the product of British ambition and American indecision. Anglo-American discord and unimaginative leadership marked its course. Mark Clark is portrayed as a “glory hound” who was willing to sacrifice the lives of his men for fame. 2279. Hunter, S. J. “The Capture of Mount Frassino.” Infantry Journal LVIII (April 1946): 27–30. Recalls the taking of a hill near Cassino in spring 1944. 2280. Hussa, Norman. “Action at Salerno.” Infantry Journal LIII (December 1943): 23–29. Details the Allied landing in September 1943 and the breakout toward Naples. 2281. “The Invasion of Italy.” Military Review XXXI (April 1951): 80–85. Recalls the politics and military operations surrounding Salerno. 2282. “The Italian Campaign.” Military Review XXXI (May 1951): 101–105; (June 1951): 103–105. A brief overview of the bitter fighting between 1943 and 1945. 2283. Jackson, William G. F. The Battle for Italy. New York: Harper & Row, 1967. 372 pp. A clear and fairly comprehensive retelling of the Italian campaign story as a whole, with particular attention to the origins of and differences in

The War on Land

325

Allied strategy; with useful maps, Jackson explains the various battles, often finding fault with the policies of such leaders as Alexander and Clark. Illustrated with maps and photographs. 2284. ——. The Battle for Rome. New York: Scribners, 1969. 224 pp. A senior British officer in Italy reviews the Allied effort in Italy to tie down as many German divisions as possible before the Normandy invasion, Operation DIADEM, which led to the capture of Rome; although generally fair, Jackson reserves most of his praise for Field Marshal Alexander and his chief of staff, General Harding. Includes over 40 maps and photographs. 2285. Katz, Robert. The Battle for Rome: The Germans, the Allies, the Partisans, and the Pope, September 1943–June 1944. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2004. Katz recounts the story of Rome under German occupation in context of the stalled Allied offensive in Italy and the Ardeatine Cave massacre in retaliation for the Via Rasella bombing. A well-researched and readable volume. 2286. Komer, R. W. “Assault Along the Ridges.” Infantry Journal LVII (July 1945): 16–20. An overview of fighting conditions in the areas overlooking the Po River plain. 2287. Lamb, Richard. War in Italy, 1943–1945: A Brutal Story. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994. 335 pp. Lamb presents the war in Italy from the Italian perspective. He emphasizes German atrocities, the actions of Italian Royalist and partisan forces, the effects of the war on Italian civilians, plus the ineptness of the Badoglio government and the popular reaction to the peace treaty imposed by the Allies. 2288. Lewis, Norman. Naples ’44: An Intelligence Officer in the Italian Labyrinth. London: Collins, 1978. 206 pp. An informative and entertaining account of life in Naples under Allied occupation. Lewis paints a vivid picture of Italian men, women, and children, corruption, a thriving black market, and the struggle for existence. 2289. Liddell-Hart, Basil H. “How the Allies Got Back into Europe—Through Sicily.” Marine Corps Gazette XLI (February 1957): 24–29. An overview of the July–August 1943 HUSKY campaign told by a noted British military historian. 2290. ——. “Italy—The Fumbled Opportunity.” Marine Corps Gazette XLI (August 1975): 40–49. The author utilizes interrogations of Albert Kesselring and his able chief of staff, Westphal, to support the argument that “the Allied commanders’ reluctance to venture outside of the limits of air cover” cost them the chance to seize Rome and advance to the Apennines in 1943.

326

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2291. Linklater, Eric. The Campaign in Italy. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1951. 480 pp. A semi-official British history which covers Allied operations from Salerno to the German surrender at Caserta in May 1945; largely superseded by the British and American official histories cited elsewhere in this section. 2292. Madeja, Witold, ed. The Polish 2nd Corps and the Italian Campaign, 1939–45. Allentown, Pa.: Game Publishing Co., 1984. 186 pp. This volume is more than an outline history of the II Corps. Madeja also examines the motivations and aspirations of the Poles evacuated from the Soviet Union who formed it and their view of themselves as cadres of a reborn Poland. 2293. McAndrew, Bill. Canadians and the Italian Campaign. Montreal, Que.: Art Global, 1996. 162 pp. Canadian forces played a major role in the Italian campaign from the invasion of Calabria to the breakthrough of the Gothic Line. McAndrew recreates the battles of the I Canadian Corps. 2294. ——. “Fifth Canadian Armoured Division: Introduction to Battle.” Canadian Military History 2 (Autumn 1993): 43–56. The story of the division’s initial engagement in the Liri Valley in the spring of 1944. 2295. McAndrew, William J. “Eighth Army at the Gothic Line: Commanders and Plans.” Journal of the Royal United Service Institute 131 (June 1986): 55–62. A thoughtful analysis of the origins of General Oliver Leese’s plan to shift the weight of Eighth Army operations to Adriatic coastal plain after the fall of Rome. The author examines Leese’s concerns about the abilities of Canadian and other commanders. 2296. ——. “Eighth Army at the Gothic Line: The Dog Fight.” Journal of the Royal United Service Institute 131 (July 1986): 55–62. In this continuation of entry no. 2295, the author describes Kesselring’s slow reaction to penetration of the Gothic Line and subsequent actions. 2297. McBee, Frederick. “The Invasion of Italy.” World War II Magazine, February 1972, 34–44. A pictorial piece on the Salerno undertaking. 2298. McBride, Lauren E. “Crossing the Volturno.” Infantry Journal LV (September 1944): 14–17. Examines the assault crossing made by Fifth Army troops of the stream above Naples in mid-October 1943. 2299. McCann, Frank D. “The Forca Expedicionaria Brasileria in the Italian Campaign, 1944–45.” Army History 26 (Spring 1993): 1–11.

The War on Land

327

The contribution of the Brazilian Expeditionary Force to the final battles of the war in Italy. 2300. Macksey, Kenneth. Kesselring: The Making of the Luftwaffe. New York: David McKay, 1978. 262 pp. The title is misleading as this is a full biography of the Luftwaffe general and field marshal turned Nazi defender of Italy; the work is extremely flattering to its subject. Dr. Rainer Kess, Kesselring’s son, cooperated with Macksey in the completion of the work. 2301. Majdalany, Fred. Cassino: Portrait of a Battle. London: Cassell, 1999. 270 pp. A readable account of the fighting for Cassino by a veteran of the second battle. 2302. ——. The Battle of Cassino. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1957. 309 pp. A detailed study of the four months in early 1944 when the Allies attempted to capture Monte Cassino, break the Gustav Line, relieve the Anzio beachhead, and open the road to Rome; analyzes the various battles, the destruction of the Benedictine abbey, and the commanders on both sides, including Kesselring and Clark. 2303. ——. The Monastery. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1946. 148 pp. An early review of the wisdom of destroying the ancient abbey atop Monte Cassino. 2304. Margry, Karel. “The Invasion of Sicily.” After the Battle 77 (August 1992): 1–25. A pictorial account of the campaign. 2305. Mason, David. Salerno—Foothold in Europe. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1972. 160 pp. The beachhead battle of September 1943, which was nearly won by the defending Germans, is recalled in this pictorial, but sometimes repetitious, account. 2306. Mathews, Sidney T. “General Clark’s Decision to Drive on Rome.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Office of the Chief of Military History, Department of the Army, 1960, pp. 351–363. An analysis of the two options facing Clark at the end of May 1944: to attempt to block retreating German troops or take the Italian capital. Doubting his ability to perform the former task, Clark attempted both but succeeded only at the latter. 2307. Matloff, Maurice. “The ANVIL Decision: Crossroads of Strategy.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Office of the Chief of Military History, Department of the Army, 1960, pp. 383–400.

328

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Churchill, wanting resources for Italy and the Balkans, opposed the invasion of southern France, but Eisenhower saw it as a way of drawing German pressure away from Normandy.

2308. ——. “Was the Invasion of Southern France a Blunder?” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXIV (July 1958): 35–45. Suggests that given the scope of the Normandy victory, German forces in southern France would probably have withdrawn without a second invasion and posed little threat to Allied forces in the north; nevertheless, Eisenhower and his planners did not know this before the second D-Day was unleashed. 2309. Mauldin, William (“Bill”). Up Front. Cleveland, Ohio, and New York: World Publishing Co., 1945. 228 pp. One of the classic books of the war, in which “Willie and Joe,” the author’s cartoon G.I.s, offer commentary on the lives of common U.S. soldiers in Italy. 2310. Mitcham, Samuel W., Jr., and Friedrich von Stauffenberg. The Battle for Sicily: How the Allies Lost their Chance for Total Victory. New York: Orion Books, 1991. 366 pp. A critical account of Allied conduct of the Sicilian campaign. 2311. Mitchell, Donald W. “Triumph in Sicily.” Current History V (September 1943): 13–17. A day-to-day chronicle of the Allied July–August 1943 campaign. 2312. Morison, Samuel E. “Elba Interlude.” Military Affairs XXI (Winter 1957): 182–187. Recaptured from the Germans in an amphibious landing by Free French troops, June 17–19, 1944. 2313. Morris, Eric. Circles of Hell: The War in Italy, 1943–1945. New York: Crown, 1993. 498 pp. An account of the Italian campaign focused on Italian political and military contributions, and the suffering of the populace. Morris is critical of Allied generalship, but maintains that the campaign made an important contribution to Germany’s defeat. 2314. Morrow, Norman P. “The Employment of Artillery in Italy.” Field Artillery Journal XXXIV (August 1944): 499–505. Army cannon played a major role in the Italian campaign, especially in the early months of 1944 at Anzio and Cassino. 2315. Nicholson, G. W. L. Official History of the Canadian Army in the Second World War. Vol. 2, The Canadians in Italy, 1943–1945. Ottawa, Ont.: Queen’s Printer, 1966. 807 pp. Official history of operations of the 1st Canadian Division in Sicily and Italy and of the I Canadian Corps in the battles for the Hitler and Gustav Lines.

The War on Land

329

2316. Nofi, Albert A. “The Race for Messina, 10 July–17 August 1943.” Strategy and Tactics (November–December 1981), 9–17. Recounts the distorted “contest” between Generals Montgomery and Patton on Sicily. 2317. O’Reilly, Charles T. Forgotten Battles: Italy’s War of Liberation, 1943– 1945. Lanham, Md.: Lexington Books, 2001. 364 pp. Passionate and deeply researched, if seriously flawed, survey of Italian military assistance to the Anglo-American forces in the period following the September 1943 armistice. 2318. Orgill, Douglas. The Gothic Line: The Italian Campaign, Autumn 1944. New York: W. W. Norton, 1967. 257 pp. After examining the conflict between Anglo-American planners, this British journalist, who served as a tank commander, narrates accounts of the various ground efforts to break the Gothic Line; although concentrating on British actions, the author relates some of the American experiences, including the flanking of Futa Pass and the taking of Mount Altuzzo. 2319. Pack, Stanley W. G. Operation Husky: The Allied Invasion of Sicily. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1977. 186 pp. Using pictures and research based on documents and interviews, the author reconstructs the Anglo-American invasion of the island in July– August 1943, including the difficulties of the paratroops, naval support, and the unofficial “race for Messina.” 2320. Painton, Frederick C. “Dirty Work on the Road to Rome.” Saturday Evening Post, February 19, 1944, 12–13+. Reviews the work of U.S. Army combat engineers in lifting German land mines, building bridges and roads, and firing their guns when necessary. 2321. Parker, Matthew. Monte Cassino: The Hardest Fought Battle of World War II. New York: Doubleday, 2004. 414 pp. Well-written and researched history of the battle for the abbey of Monte Cassino and fighting at Anzio. Parker is critical of Mark Clark, the commander of the American 5th Army, and presents absorbing accounts, based on interviews with veterans of the campaign, of the intensity of combat in Italy. 2322. Perry, George S. “Beachhead.” New Yorker, August 14, 1943, 46+. An eyewitness report on the establishment of the Allied invasion in Sicily, including naval support. 2323. ——. “First Wave Touchdown.” Saturday Evening Post, September 30, 1944, 20+. Reconstructs the landing of the U.S. Seventh Army in southern France on August 15, 1944. 2324. Piekalkiewicz, Janusz. The Battle for Cassino. Indianapolis, In.: BobbsMerrill, 1981. 192 pp.

330

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Using documentary evidence, a detailed day-to-day narrative, and over 150 photographs and maps, the noted documentary film-maker illuminates the savage, controversial, and frustrating Allied campaign.

2325. “Planning the Assault in Sicily.” Military Review XXX (February 1951): 73–79; (March 1951): 87–94. A detailed examination of the factors considered by Allied planners preparing for Operation HUSKY. 2326. Pond, Hugh. Salerno. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1962. 269 pp. A chronological account of the first large-scale landing in Europe which gives details on battles and command strategy. 2327. ——. Sicily. London: Kimber, 1962. 224 pp. A somewhat briefer entry than the last, but arranged similarly, i.e., a chronological day-by-day account interspersed with battle narrative and command analysis. 2328. Powers, John L. “Crossing the Rapido.” Infantry Journal LVI (May 1945): 50–53. A brief discussion of the costly 36th Division failure on January 20, and the successful, but not followed-up, crossing by a regiment of the 34th Division on January 25. 2329. Pyle, Ernest T. (“Ernie”). “Fifth Army Fights It Out on the Winter Line.” In: Henry S. Commager and Alan Nevins, eds. Heritage of America. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1949, pp. 1170–1174. 2330. ——. “Sicily Landing.” In: Karl Detzer, ed. The Army Reader. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1943, pp. 439–441. Two previously published pieces describing the lot of the common soldier in the two undertakings described. 2331. Raymond, Edward A. “A Fight.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (March 1945): 156–160. Stresses the role of 45th Division artillery in repulsing German attacks at Salerno. 2332. Reid, Brian Holden. “The Italian Campaign, 1943–45: A Reappraisal of Allied Generalship.” Journal of Strategic Studies 13 (March 1990): 128–61. A thoughtful study of the leadership and decisions of the principal Allied commanders in Italy. Reid maintains that the lack of strategic purpose and resources prevented Allied armies from achieving victory before May 1945. 2333. Reynolds, Quentin. “Bloody Salerno.” Collier’s, October 16, 1943, 13+; (October 23, 1943), 20+. The famed correspondent watched the landings from a USN ship and comments on the confusion which almost led to tragedy.

The War on Land

331

2334. ——. “Sicily Wasn’t Easy.” Collier’s, September 11, 1943, 20–21+. An overview of Operation HUSKY which stresses the opposition to and danger of the undertaking. 2335. Robbins, Charles. “The Nazis Loved Monte Cassino.” Saturday Evening Post, January 19, 1946, 36–37+. An attempt to justify the abbey based on the use made of the ruins of the place after its destruction. 2336. Robichon, Jacques. The Second D-Day. Translated from the French. New York: Walker, 1969. 314 pp. A French journalist carefully examines the planning, development, and tactical operations of the invasion of southern France in August 1944 detailing the activities of German and Allied forces in a style reminiscent of Cornelius Ryan. 2337. Ryder, William T. “Action on Biazza Ridge.” Saturday Evening Post, December 22, 1943: 14, 49–54. Airborne operations in Sicily, September 9/10, 1943. 2338. “Salerno.” After the Battle 95 (1997): 1–45. A pictorial account of the opening engagement of the Italian campaign. 2339. Sarner, Harvey. General Anders and the Soldiers of the Second Polish Corps. Cathedral City, Ca.: Brunswick Press, 1997. 313 pp. A history of the II Polish Corps based on secondary sources and interviews. One reviewer faults Sarner for failing “to weave the voices of junior officers and NCOs, the enlisted” men into his narrative. 2340. Seymour, William. “Anzio.” In: his Yours to Reason Why: Decision in Battle. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1982, Chap. 10. In a book of battles designed to give readers a chance to experience the problems facing generals in battle, Anzio is the only engagement of World War II chosen. Setting the battle in its historical context, with details on terrain and the forces involved, the author looks at the German and Allied commanders, their personal qualities of leadership and their weaknesses. The battle is then developed, pausing at decisive stages to provide the options open to the generals and a chance for the reader to decide for himself which option to choose. A highly original approach—could you have won Anzio? 2341. Shadel, W. F. “Street Fighting in Cassino.” Infantry Journal LIV (June 1944): 24+. Describes the inconclusive March 1944 house-to-house combat. 2342. Sheehan, Fred. Anzio, Epic of Bravery. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1964. 239 pp. Another retelling of the familiar story of invasion, missed opportunity, and stiff German defense. The subtitle is derived from Kesselring’s description of Anzio “as an epic of bravery.”

332

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2343. Shepperd, Gilbert A. The Italian Campaign, 1943–1945: A Political and Military Re-Assessment. New York: Praeger, 1968. 450 pp. A retired British army officer presents a good review of the Italian campaign from Salerno to May 1945, including a critical analysis of political decisions and an even stronger look at military strategy and tactics. Military operations are covered from unit level, omitting individual exploits, stressing the international composition of the Allied forces and the stiff German defense. 2344. Shoemaker, John J. “Breaking Through of the Gothic Line.” Military Review XXX (September 1950): 9–18. How the renewed Fifteenth Army Group broke the line in spring 1945 and rapidly captured Bologna. 2345. Smith, Bradley F., and Elena Agrossi. Operation Sunrise: The Secret Surrender. New York: Basic Books, 1979. 192 pp. Employing declassified O.S.S. documents, the authors debunk revisionist claims that the Bern negotiations for the surrender of German troops in Italy were an act of perfidy, showing, instead, that the American participants were concerned more with the military situation than politics. See entry nos. 2088, 2237, 2249, 2252, 2266, and 2346. 2346. Smith, Charles W. “SS General Karl Wolff and the Surrender of the German Troops in Italy, 1945.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Southern Mississippi University, 1970. Wolff, an SS general in northern Italy and military governor, was a close friend of Heinrich Himmler; seeing the war was lost, he opened negotiations with the Americans in spring 1945, leading to the surrender of his troops in May. Smith comments on the general’s motives as well as the political-military situation in Italy at the end of the conflict. See entry nos. 2088, 2237, 2249, 2252, 2266, and 2345. 2347. Smith, E. D. The Battles for Cassino. New York: Scribners, 1976. 192 pp. A then-young Gurkha officer recalls and analyzes the four major operations which made up the Cassino battle, commenting on difficulties encountered, leadership, German defense, etc. 2348. ——. “The Rapido Fiasco.” Army Quarterly and Defence Journal CII (Fall 1972): 483–495. “The verdict of history must be that the Rapido fiasco was an unnecessary attack, that the conditions made it impossible for the 36th Division to succeed, and that the result was not only tragic and inevitable but contributed nothing.” 2349. ——. “Why Was the Monastery at Cassino Bombed?” Army Quarterly and Defense Journal XCVIII (July 1969): 220–224. Because Allied general Bernard Freyberg considered it a key to German defenses and because British and American air force chiefs elected to use it as a way of showing the effectiveness of air power.

The War on Land

333

2350. Smith, Leo Carraway. A River Swift and Deadly: The 36th “Texas” Infantry Division at the Rapido River. Austin, Tx.: Eakin Press, 1989. 200 pp. A detailed and dramatic account of the failed attempt to cross the Rapido in the initial attempt to open the road to Rome. The controversy stirred by the Rapido debacle lingered and sparked a rare congressional inquiry in the action. See entry no. 3158. 2351. Smyth, Howard M. “The Armistice of Cassibile.” Military Review XII (Spring 1948): 12–35. Discusses operations near this Sicilian town, August 19–September 9, 1943. 2352. Stokesbury, James L. “1943 Invasion of Italy.” American History Illustrated XII (August 1977): 26–37. Reviews the political reasons for the invasion and the extremely active defense at the Salerno beachhead by Kesselring’s troops. 2353. Strawson, John. The Italian Campaign. London: Secker and Warburg, 1987. 221 pp. A judicious study of a controversial campaign. Strawson contends that the strategic objective of the campaign was to contain German forces, but that the indifferent operational technique of the principal commanders made its achievement more costly in terms of Allied blood than necessary. 2354. Stuart, James. “Attack by Glider.” Flying XXXIII (November 1943): 26–27+. Recalls the airborne landings in Sicily and the high casualties among Allied gliderborne troops. 2355. Taylor, John M. “Flawed Plan to Liberate Rome.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 12 (Autumn 1999): 38–43. An informative account of the canceled Allied plan to exploit the surrender of Italy by seizing Rome. Taylor argues that the plan was doomed to failure by lack of resources and Italian fecklessness. 2356. “They Stopped Us at Cassino.” Life, April 10, 1944, 27–33. A still useful pictorial piece. 2357. Tidyman, Ernest. The Anzio Death Trap. New York: Belmont Books, 1968. 155 pp. An overview of the Allied defense of the Anzio beachhead against a strong and determined German enemy working to crush it; retells the familiar story without adding anything new. 2358. Toczek, David M. “The Rapido River Crossing: A Battle Analysis.” Infantry 83 (November–December 1993): 18–22. A well-reasoned examination of the causes of the failure of 36th Division’s

334

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II assault crossing of the Rapido in December 1943. Toczek emphasizes the tactical factors that contributed to the defeat of the 3rd Battalion, 143rd Infantry’s attack.

2359. Tregaskis, Richard W. Invasion Diary. New York: Random House, 1944. 245 pp. The author of Guadalcanal Diary provides an account of the invasions of Sicily and Italy which examines both from the heights of strategy to the depths of actions by common soldiers; the last portion of the book describes his experiences as a casualty after receiving a head wound in November 1943, relating it to the experiences of other G.I.s. 2360. Trevelyan, Raleigh. The Fortress: A Diary of Anzio and After. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1957. 221 pp. A participant recalls the landings and defense of the Anzio beachhead, the breakout, and the push to Rome in a chronologically arranged sequence of thoughts and details. 2361. ——. Rome ’44: The Battle for the Eternal City. New York: Viking Press, 1982. 366 pp. Follows the military operations from Anzio to the Eternal City’s liberation in June as well as the maneuvering of Italy’s political factions and other interested parties, including the Germans, the Vatican, and the Resistance. The military coverage concentrates on Anzio (including the removal of General Lucas), the battles for Cassino and the bombing of the abbey, and the German evacuation of Rome. 2362. United States Army. Rome–Arno. United States Army in World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1994. Unpaged. A brochure summarizing the offensive to take Rome, the Cassino battles, and the Anzio landings. 2363. United States, Congress. Committee on Military Affairs. The Rapido River Crossing: Hearings. 79th Cong., 2nd Sess. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1946. 46 pp. The commander of the U.S. 36th Division charged General Clark with recklessness and bad judgment concerning the crossing and these inconclusive hearings looked into who was to blame for the Rapido disaster. 2364. ——. War Department. Historical Division. Anzio Beachhead (22 January–25 May 1944). American Forces in Action. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947. 122 pp. A popularly written account of the besieged beachhead, illustrated with maps and photographs. 2365. ——.——.——. Fifth Army at the Winter Line (15 November 1943– January 1944). American Forces in Action Series. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1945. 117 pp. A popularly written account of the stalemate at the Bernhard and Gustav Lines, illustrated with maps and photographs.

The War on Land

335

2366. ——. From the Volturno to the Winter Line (6 October–15 November 1943). American Forces in Action. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1944. 119 pp. Actions of the U.S. Fifth Army in fall 1943 are covered in this popularly written account, illustrated with photographs and maps. 2367. ——. Salerno: American Operations from the Beaches to the Volturno (9 September–6 October 1943). American Forces in Action. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1944. 95 pp. The invasion of Italy and capture of Naples are reviewed in this popularly written work, illustrated with maps and photographs. 2368. Von Senger and Fridolin R. Etterlin. “The Battles of Cassino.” Journal of the Royal United Service Institute CIII (May 1958): 208–214. Insightful recollections of the commander of the XIV Panzer Corps in the Cassino battles. 2369. Wagner, Robert L. The Texas Army: A History of the 36th Division in the Italian Campaign. Austin, Tx., 1972. 285 pp. This privately printed work is a combat record of the 36th Division from Salerno to its relief north of Rome in June 1944; the bulk of the work is taken up with a challenge to official reports and interpretations of the Rapido River crossing as a diversion to Anzio and a military necessity. 2370. Walker, Fred L. From Texas to Rome: A General’s Journal. Dallas, Tx.: Taylor Publishing Co., 1969. 448 pp. The author commanded the 36th Division from Salerno to Rome and it was he who raised charges of foul play against Mark Clark after his unit suffered 1,000 casualties in the Rapido River crossing in 1943. This work examines not only those charges but the unit’s participation in the long fight up the Italian boot to the liberation of the Eternal City. 2371. ——. “My Story of the Rapido Crossing.” Army XIII (September 1962): 52–60. An in-depth examination of the reasons for the crossing and the failure of the author’s division to obtain a foothold. 2372. Wallace, Robert. The Italian Campaign. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1978. 208 pp. This pictorial presents a clear and concise overview of the difficulties of the campaign and the military-political strategy and leadership behind it. Many of the photographs were taken by Life magazine reporters and cameramen during the actions described. 2373. Walters, James W. “Artillery and Air Support of a Ground Attack: Cassino, March 1944.” Military Review XXVI (January 1947): 52–58. Despite air and cannon bombardment, the ground assault of mid-March was inconclusive. 2374. Werstein, Irving. The Battle of Salerno. New York: Crowell, 1965. 152 pp.

336

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II This is a concise overview of the September 1943 landings and the German near-victory, suitable for younger readers.

2375. White, Margaret Bourke. They Called It Purple Heart Valley: A Combat Chronicle of the War in Italy. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1944. 182 pp. The noted Life correspondent provides, in text and pictures, a closeup view of the Italian front from the Salerno invasion through the liberation and restoration of Naples. 2376. White, William L. “Some Affairs of Honor: Operatives of the O.S.S. Hastened the German Collapse in Italy.” Reader’s Digest XLVII (December 1945): 136–154. Describes the negotiations between Dulles’ and Wolff’s people for the surrender of German forces in Italy in May 1945. 2377. Whiting, Charles. Slaughter Over Sicily. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword, 2006. 179 pp. Sensational account of the airborne assault on Sicily, which marked the first large-scale employment of paratroops by the Allies. The “slaughter” of Whiting’s title refers to the troop carrying aircraft of the 82nd Airborne Division lost to “friendly” naval anti-aircraft fire. 2378. Wilt, Alan F. The French Riviera Campaign of August 1944. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1981. 208 pp. Primarily a background study of the concept, planning, Anglo-American debate over, and execution of Operation ANVIL/DRAGOON, which concludes that the invasion did not detract from either the Normandy or Italian campaigns. 2379. Worth, Alexander M., Jr. “Supporting Weapons and High Ground: The Rangers at Salerno.” Infantry Journal LVI (May 1945): 33–34. A brief overview of the work of Colonel Darby’s people in helping to secure the Salerno beachhead. 2380. Young, A. A. “The Italian Resistance Movement in Piedmont 1943–1945 and its Relations with the British.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Reading (U.K.), 1987. A study of the sometimes strained relations between the British and Italian partisans. 2381. Zuehlke, Mark. The Gothic Line: Canada’s Climactic World War II Triumph in Italy. Vancouver, B. C.: Douglas and McIntyre, 2003. 551 pp. Based on both archival sources and interviews with veterans, Zuehlke presents a dramatic account of the battles of the I Canadian Corps to breach the Gothic Line in the autumn of 1944, which was the corps final action in Italy before it was reunited with the First Canadian Army in northwest Europe. 2382. ——. The Liri Valley: Canada’s World War II Breakthrough to Rome. Toronto, Ont.: Stoddart Publishing, 2001. 492 pp.

The War on Land

337

Readable account of the actions of the 1st and 5th Canadian Division to open the road to Rome in May 1944. 2383. ——. Ortona: Canada’s Epic World War II Battle. Toronto, Ont.: Stoddart Publishing, 1999. 443 pp. Chronicle of the hard-fought battle waged by the 1st Canadian Division for Ortona, Italy, in late 1943. The author integrates documentary sources with first-person accounts of the fighting from Canadian, German, and Italian witnesses. 2. European Theater Introduction: For purposes of this guide, the European Theater of Operations encompasses the nations of northwest Europe, including Britain, France, Holland, Belgium, Denmark, and Germany proper. During the early part of the Allies’ coalition war, considerable debate existed as to the direction fighting should take in this theater. Citations to those strategic-political differences and the call for a “Second Front Now” are covered for the most part in Section II:A on diplomacy, above. a. GENERAL WORKS Introduction: A few studies address the military, i.e., land, campaign in northwest Europe as a whole; as users will see, however, the majority of works available consider specific campaigns such as the Normandy invasion and the Battle of the Bulge. The citations noted below should be employed in conjunction with those on aerial operations and sea warfare covered in Section III:C:2 and 3 above and V:C:2 below. Additionally, many of the memoirs and biographies of U.S. and British officers cited in Part IV:B above contain information on their northwest Europe service. 2384. Allied Forces. SHAEF. Report by the Supreme Commander to the Combined Chiefs of Staff on the Operation in Europe of the Allied Expeditionary Force, 6 June 1944 to 8 May 1945. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1946. 122 pp. General Eisenhower’s report on Allied campaign in northwest Europe from the Normandy invasion to VE-Day. 2385. Ambrose, Stephen E. Citizen Soldiers: The U.S. Army from the Normandy Beaches to the Surrender of Germany, June 7, 1944–May 7, 1945. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1997. 512 pp. Drawing on diaries, letters, and interviews, Ambrose paints vignettes of frontline soldiers, doctors, and nurses from field hospitals and Norman hedgerows to the streets of Aachen and Cologne. Ambrose was an unabashed admirer of what the World War II generation achieved. He accordingly presents the civilian, or amateur “citizen soldiers” of the wartime U.S. Army as epitomizing democratic values in a war against totalitarian militarism and intolerance. 2386. Ansisora, Ronald. Home by Christmas: The Illusion of Victory in 1944. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 2001. 206 pp.

338

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An interesting study of why the liberation of France did not signal, as many in the West expected, the collapse of Germany in 1944. The success in Normandy, logistical difficulties, attributed largely to Montgomery’s neglect of the approaches to Antwerp, the lack of adequate replacements, and the fact that conditions within Hitler’s Germany were vastly different from those of the kaiser’s Germany in 1918, are thoughtfully explored as major reasons for the Third Reich’s survival into 1945.

2387. Baldwin, Hanson W. Battles Lost and Won: Great Campaigns of World War II. New York: Harper & Row, 1966. 532 pp. An analysis of 11 major campaigns considered decisive with explanations as to what happened, why, and the effects. Those of the ETO considered are D-Day and the Battle of the Bulge. 2388. CBS, Inc. From D-Day Through Victory in Europe. New York, 1945. 314 pp. Reprints accounts of the battles and campaigns in Europe as told by CBS News correspondents on the air. 2389. Colley, David P. Blood for Dignity: The Story of the First Integrated Combat Unit in the U.S. Army. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2003. 224 pp. The shortage of infantry replacements in the ETO led the Army to form rifle platoons composed of African American volunteers. Colley tells the story of the “5th Platoon,” K Company, 294th Infantry, 99th Division, in the closing months of the war in this tautly written narrative. 2390. ——. The Road to Victory: The Untold Story of Race and World War II’s Red Ball Express. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s, 2000. 247 pp. Story of the Red Ball Express and the African American drivers who drove the trucks to keep the American forces supplied. Based in part on oral histories. 2391. de Gaulle, Charles. War Memoirs. 5 vols. New York: Viking Press, 1955–1960. The wartime leader of the Free French describes his services from 1940 to 1946, including his relations with Allied leaders and the liberation of his country from the Germans. 2392. DeLattre de Tassigny, Jean. The History of the First French Army. Translated from the French. London: Allen and Unwin, 1952. An operational history of the Free French Army’s campaigns in France and Germany, including the southern France landings, the Rhone Valley campaign, the battles in the Vosges, the Rhine crossing, and the drive into Germany. 2393. Dupuy, R. Ernest, and Herbert L. Bregstein, comps. Soldiers’ Album. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1946. 173 pp. A pictorial history of the ETO from D-Day through VE-Day.

The War on Land

339

2394. Eisenhower, Dwight D. Eisenhower’s Own Story of the War. New York: Arco, 1946. 122 pp. The Supreme Commander’s report (the GPO version is identical and cited above, item no. 2384) written in simple and concise language, but, as one might expect in such a document, it glosses over the differences between the British and Americans on points of strategy. Eisenhower’s Crusade in Europe is cited in IV:B above. 2395. Ellis, Lionel F., et al. Victory in the West. History of the Second World War: United Kingdom Military Series. 2 vols. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1962–1968. The two volumes in this official British history are: The Battle for Normandy and The Defeat of Germany. The former surveys the planning and landing in Normandy and operations through the liberation of Paris in September 1944 while the second covers the campaign to May 1945. The works are relatively unbiased and provide information on U.S. Army operations. 2396. Forty, George. Fortress Europe: Hitler’s Atlantic Wall. Hersham, U.K.: Ian Allan, 2002. 160 pp. A well-illustrated history based on secondary literature of the origins of the fixed fortifications erected to defeat an Allied invasion of the continent. Forty gives undue emphasis to fortifications of the Channel Islands, but does cover the reduction of the Cherbourg and Scheldt defenses. 2397. Freidin, Seymour, and William Richardson, eds. The Fatal Decisions. New York: Sloane Associates, 1956. 302 pp. A collection of essays by former German officers on six major campaigns in the ETO, including the Battle of France and the Ardennes counteroffensive. Lack of troops, supplies, and effective leadership (including Hitler’s) are given most often as the reasons for defeat. 2398. Giles, Henry. The G.I. Journal of Sergeant Giles. Compiled and edited by Janice H. Giles. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1965. 399 pp. Comprised of the diary and letters home of Weapons Sgt. Giles of the 291st Combat Engineer Battalion, who helped the U.S. Army build its way from France to the heart of Germany; the human element is high as Giles reveals his emotional and intellectual responses to war, death, and his fellow soldiers. 2399. Graham, Dominick, and Shelford Bidwell. Coalitions, Politicians and Generals: Some Aspects of Command in Two World Wars. New York: Brassey’s (U.K.), 1993. 323 pp. The authors of this intriguing volume examine coalition command, staff work, and logistics in World Wars I and II. They consider American, British, and French commanders and staffs in World War I before comparing the British and American experiences in World War II. They attribute the failure of the U.S. Twelfth Army Group’s drive to the Rhine in 1944 to poor organization of logistics, a condition which Eisenhower’s

340

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II broad-front strategy exacerbated. Graham and Bidwell also evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of Eisenhower, Montgomery, and Bradley, as well as J. C. H. Lee, the chief of U.S. Army Supply Services in Europe.

2400. Hart, Stephen Ashley. Colossal Cracks: Montgomery’s 21st Army Group in Northwest Europe, 1944–1945. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2007. 256 pp. Balanced and incisive reinterpretation of Montgomery’s operational techniques and his relationship with his army and corps commanders, especially Dempsey and Crerar, that goes far to advancing understanding of the strengths and limitations of the British and Canadian armies. Hart emphasizes the importance of morale and casualties to an informed understanding of 21st Army Group operations. Montgomery’s “colossal cracks” were essential to sustaining the morale of the manpower-short British and Canadian forces. 2401. Hartcup, Guy. Code Name Mulberry: The Planning, Building and Operation of the Normandy Harbors. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2006. 224 pp. Reprinting of 1983 Hippocrene history of the planning, design, construction, and installation of the artificial harbors essential to the success of the Allied armies in Normandy. 2402. Henderson, Ian. “The G.I.s in Ireland.” After the Battle 34 (1981): 1–41. One of the few studies available on the U.S. soldiers who landed in Northern Ireland en route to England in 1943. 2403. Houston, Robert J. D-Day to Bastogne: A Paratrooper Recalls World War II. Hicksville, New York: Exposition Press, 1980. 182 pp. The author, a sergeant in the One Hundred First Airborne Division, recalls his service in the D-Day and Arnhem paradrops and the defense of Bastogne; a human interest account, Houston’s book tells of gallant actions by men whose names are unknown to history. 2404. Hunter, Kenneth E. The War Against Germany: Europe and Adjacent Areas. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1951. 448 pp. The “green book” pictorial history of the Army in ETO, including the buildup in England and the campaigns from D-Day to VE-Day; each of the photographs receives an explanatory caption. 2405. Ingersoll, Ralph. Top Secret. New York: Harcourt, 1946. 373 pp. A controversial book at the time of its publication. After Africa, the author was assigned to the SHAEF staff and performed liaison work between the staffs of Eisenhower, Bradley, and Montgomery. The author presents a story of secret planning, military politics, and personality conflicts which, although detailed by Irving and Weigley, both below, were generally condemned as impossible in the light of Allied unity in 1946. This work, which is partisan, laudatory of Bradley and critical of Montgomery, provides accounts of the Normandy landing, the race across France and Germany, and the liberation of the concentration camps.

The War on Land

341

2406. Irving, David. The War Between the Generals. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1981. 446 pp. This British historian places his emphasis on the major Allied military personalities of the ETO, particularly Eisenhower, Montgomery, and Patton. He suggests that a bitter personal and ideological rivalry existed between Eisenhower and Montgomery, providing details on “Monty’s” irritation with the Supreme Commander’s vacillation and caution. Woven throughout are details on the supposed Eisenhower-Summersby and Patton-Jean Gordon romances. Compare with Weigley’s Eisenhower’s Lieutenants, cited below. 2407. Isby, David, ed. Fighting the Invasion: The German Army at D-Day. Mechanicsburg Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2000. 256 pp. Isby draws on 40 reports prepared by former German commanders concerning construction of the Atlantic Wall, muddled command relationships, the German reaction to the landings, the impact of Allied air power on operations, and the quality of German formations. An invaluable source for understanding the invasion of France from the German perspective. 2408. Jensen, Marvin. “An Independent Tank Battalion in World War II: How It was Used and Sometimes Misused.” Armor 108 (May–June 1999): 27–28. A view of the independent armored units that provided tank support to infantry divisions. 2409. Kays, Marvin D. Weather Effects During the Battle of the Bulge and the Normandy Invasion. Report, No. ERADCOM/ASL-TR-0115. White Sands Missile Range, N.M.: Atmospheric Sciences Lab, Army Electronics Research and Development Command, 1982. 34 pp. Examines how the adverse weather and lack of timely surface observation caused the German generals not to suspect D-Day on June 6 while adverse weather played into their hands during the Ardennes counteroffensive in December 1944. Weather-related instances on the battlefield are noted. 2410. LeTissier, Tony. The Battle of Berlin. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1988. 290 pp. An account of German and Soviet operations in and around Berlin between 16 April and 2 May 1945. The author moderates his earlier emphasis on the idea of a competition between Zhukov and Konev for Berlin. Chapters 7–13 of his earlier book on the fall of Berlin (see entry below) are reprinted as 6–10 of this volume. 2411. ——. Race for the Reichstag: The 1945 Battle for Berlin. Portland, Or.: Frank Cass, 1999. 265 pp. Symbolically, the capture of the Reichstag marked the defeat of the Nazi regime by the Soviet Red Army. The author tells the well-known story of Stalin’s playing two ambitious marshals, Zhukov and Konev, off against one another and describes the climactic battle of the European war.

342

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2412. Levine, Alan J. From the Normandy Beaches to the Baltic Sea: The Northwest European Campaign, 1944–1945. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2000. 223 pp. An overview that covers the preliminary preparations and execution of the Normandy invasion, the liberation of Western Europe, the Rhineland battles, the Battle of the Bulge, and the victory campaign of spring 1945. 2413. Lewis, Adrian R. Omaha Beach: A Flawed Victory. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2001. 381 pp. A review of planning for the D-Day landings at Omaha in which the author critiques the inadequate fire and air support programs, and suggests that SHAEF planners could have profited from studying Pacific island assaults. A shortened version of the author’s thesis can be found in “The Failure of Allied Planning and Doctrine for Operation Overlord: The Case of Minefield and Obstacle Clearance,” The Journal of Military History 62 (October 1998): 788–807. 2414. Lucas, James. The Last Year of the German Army, May 1944–May 1945. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1994. 224 pp. A survey of the deterioration of the German Army in context of events on the Western and Eastern Fronts. Lucas also examines changes in the Army’s organization, the attempt to assassinate Hitler, and special weapons projects. 2415. MacDonald, Charles B. “Slapton Sands: The Cover-up that Never Was.” Army 38 (June 1988): 64–67. Rebuttal of the popular notion that there was a conspiracy to conceal the damage inflicted by German E-boats in the Slapton Sands exercise in early 1944. 2416. Maginnis, John J. Military Government Journal: Normandy to Berlin. Edited by Robert A. Hart. Boston: University of Massachusetts Press, 1981. 351 pp. A day-to-day record of the Civil Affairs/Military Government (CA/MG) function of the U.S. Army in those places in northwest Europe liberated by the Americans. 2417. Mansoor, Peter R. The G.I. Offensive in Europe: The Triumph of American Infantry Divisions, 1941–1945. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2002. 260 pp. A thoroughly researched and refreshing challenge to the view that Allied victory over the Wehrmacht resulted from material superiority. Mansoor credits the American infantryman with achieving victory over a determined German enemy and analyzes how the army raised, trained, deployed, and maintained 69 infantry divisions in World War II. 2418. Martin, Robert G. “The G.I.s: Their War in Europe.” Look, February 26, 1963, 72–76. Examines the lot of enlisted soldiers and junior officers in the U.S. Army during the campaign in northwest Europe.

The War on Land

343

2419. Miller, Edward G. Nothing Less Than Full Victory: Americans at War in Europe, 1944–1945. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2007. 346 pp. A comparison of American and German performance during the campaign on the Western Front. Miller analyzes American performance in context of logistics, organization, and training. 2420. Millis, Walter. The Last Phase: The Allied Victory in Western Europe. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1946. 130 pp. A concise review of the D-Day to VE-Day military campaign of the Western Allies prepared for the Bureau of Overseas Publications of the U.S. Office of War Information and intended for distribution, in translation, in conquered Germany. 2421. Montgomery’s Scientists: Operational Research in Northwest Europe. Waterloo, Ont., Can.: Laurier Centre for Military Strategic and Disarmament Studies, Wilfried Laurier University, 2001. 480 pp. Reproduces detailed studies prepared by No. 2 Operational Research Section of Twenty-first Army Group from June 1944 to July 1945. Allied and German operations, tactics and weapons systems. Topics covered included heavy and tactical air support, the morale effects of artillery, tank and infantry casualties. 2422. Moorehead, Alan. “Montgomery’s Quarrel with Eisenhower.” Collier’s, October 5, 1946, 12–13+. Their conflict was officially over the strategy of a narrow thrust into Germany (Monty) vs. a broad-front strategy (Eisenhower). 2423. Murray, G. E. Patrick. Victory in Western Europe: From D-Day to the Nazi Surrender. New York: Metro Books, 1999. 128 pp. Well written and illustrated timeline of the Western Front from the “eye of the camera.” 2424. ——. Eisenhower versus Montgomery: The Continuing Debate. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1996. 224 pp. A scholarly study of the debate over strategy that roiled the Allied command and threatened Anglo-American relations. Murray portrays Montgomery as lacking in understanding of coalition politics and analyzes the work of the principal contributors to the controversy. 2425. Pogue, Forrest C. “The Supreme Allied Command in Northwest Europe, 1944–1945.” In: Dwight E. Lee and George. E. McReynolds, eds. Essays in History and International Relations in Honor of George Hubbard Blakeslee. Boston, Ma.: Clark University Press, 1949, pp. 171–192. The noted biographer of General Marshall discusses the difficulties faced by Eisenhower and his staff in running a coalition war; for further information, see Pogue’s other writings on the Supreme Command in Section II:A above. 2426. Rooney, Andrew A. The Fortunes of War: Four Great Battles of World War II. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1962. 236 pp.

344

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Based on episodes of the CBS television series “The 20th Century”; two of the four engagements took place in the ETO: Normandy and the Bulge. Straightforward text, no criticism.

2427. Smith, Walter B. Eisenhower’s Six Great Decisions: Europe, 1944–1945. New York: Longmans, Green, 1956. 237 pp. Eisenhower’s wartime chief of staff analyzes and sympathetically reviews the following decisions made by his boss: (1) the date for the Normandy invasion; (2) the encirclement of German forces in Normandy; (3) the Battle of the Bulge; (4) the destruction of German forces west of the Rhine; (5) the encirclement of the Ruhr; and (6) the pursuit of German forces far into Germany, and the decision not to capture Berlin. Smith’s assertions are based on first-hand knowledge and experience. 2428. Snell, J. M. “From D-Day to VE-Day with the First Canadian Army.” Army Quarterly and Defence Journal 125 (Spring 1995): 158–62. An overview of the Canadian part in the liberation of France and the Low Countries. 2429. “Symposium: Who Was Right?—Monty or Ike?” U.S. News and World Report, June 22, 1959, 78–84. A dated account of the strategic concepts of both leaders that continues to reverberate among historians on both sides of the Atlantic. 2430. Wardlaw, Frederick C., ed. Missing in Action: Letters of a Medic. Raleigh, N. C.: Sparks Press, 1979. 111 pp. Letters home of T5 Charles W. Wardlaw, Jr., a medic with the U.S. 1st Division in the campaigns across northwest Europe; captured by German troops in November 1944, Wardlaw was released from his POW camp with the collapse of the Reich, only to die in a French hospital in June 1945 as the result of his wounds and pneumonia. 2431. Ware, Pat. Red Ball Express: Supply Line from the D-Day Beaches. Hersham, U.K.: Ian Allan, 2007. 208 pp. A detailed and well-illustrated examination of the truck-borne logistical operation developed to supply American armies after the Normandy breakout. 2432. Warren, John C. Airborne Operations in World War II: European Theater. USAF Historical Study, No. 97. Washington, D.C.: Office of Air Force History, Department of the Air Force, 1956. 239 pp. A documented study of the planning and execution of the U.S. airborne operations in northwest Europe from 1944 to 1945, including the Normandy, Arnhem, and Rhine River missions; provides insight concerning the impact of these operations on airborne doctrine. 2433. Weigley, Russell F. Eisenhower’s Lieutenants: The Campaigns of France and Germany, 1944–1945. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1981. 800 pp.

The War on Land

345

This significant study of the American-led campaign in northwest Europe from D-Day through VE-Day provides an analysis of command at both the strategic and tactical levels. Weigley asserts that the U.S. Army and its leaders entered the ETO campaign with a small-war heritage and came of age in northwest Europe, often as the result of mistakes and hard lessons learned at great cost. He also observes that Eisenhower’s resources were limited due to the decision to only field a 90-division army. Weigley also pens the first portraits of Bradley, Devers, Hodges, Patton, Patch, Simpson, Collins, Corlett, Haislip, Middleton, and Ridgway at the operational level. 2434. Wilmot, Chester. The Struggle for Europe. New York: Harper, 1952. 766 pp. Written from a British viewpoint, this work was long considered the best single-volume history of the military aspects of the northwest Europe campaign, 1944–1945; eclipsed to some degree by Kenneth Davis’ Experience of War, cited above (item 312), and other most recent studies; Wilmot, however, remains valuable. 2435. Wilson, Theodore A., ed. D-Day 1944. Abilene: University Press of Kansas, 1994. 420 pp. A first-rate collection of essays by leading historians examining all aspects of OVERLORD, including the myths and realities of Anglo-American strategy, the logistics of the Second Front, ULTRA and deception, Allied and German naval operations, air support for OVERLORD, the fate of civilians in the lodgment area, covert operations and subversive warfare, Allied leadership, and the costs and benefits of D-Day. An essential source. 2436. Wilt, Alan F. The Atlantic Wall: Hitler’s Defenses in the West, 1941–1944. Ames: University of Iowa Press, 1976. 244 pp. A study of the planning, building, operation, and significance of the German fortifications along the French coast, which includes not only architectural information, but detail on how the Allies learned the secrets of the wall and prepared to defeat it in the “Second Front” landings. 2437. Wood, James A., ed. Army of the West: The Weekly Reports of German Army Group B from Normandy to the West Wall. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2007. 288 pp. A valuable source that affords insight into German anti-invasion preparations, responses to D-Day, the loss of Caen, the COBRA breakout and Mortain counterattack, the retreat to the Seine and the West Wall. Contains brief biographies of German commanders and orders of battle of Army Group B. 2438. Wright, Gordon. The Ordeal of Total War, 1939–1945. New York: Harper & Row, 1968. 315 pp. A comprehensive synthesis of Europe during the war years; includes information on the political, social, scientific, military and psychological

346

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II aspects of the conflict which make the study a useful introduction for beginning students.

b. D-DAY THROUGH FRANCE Introduction: The Allied campaign in France was conducted at least partially as the result of political decisions covered in certain of the citations noted in Section II:A above. The citations in this part follow the Allied land campaign in northern France from June 6, 1944, into the fall, including the D-Day landings, the breakout from Normandy, Patton’s dash across France, the liberation of Paris, and the landings in southern France. For references to the air and sea aspects of these operations, users should consult Sections III:C:2 and 3 above and V:C:2 below. Certain of the biographies and memoirs cited in IV:B above and the unit histories covered in IV:D below may also prove helpful. 2439. Ahearn, J. L. “D-Day, June 6, 1944.” Look, June 16, 1964, 21–23. A pictorial 20th anniversary look back. 2440. Alden, Robert. “The Silence of Omaha Beach.” New York Times Magazine, May 27, 1962, 15+. A retrospective look back at the difficulties faced by U.S. troops in assaulting this heavily fortified position on D-Day. 2441. Ambrose, Stephen E. D-Day, June 6, 1944: The Climactic Battle of World War II. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2002. 655 pp. Comprehensive popular account from the American perspective of the Normandy landings. Courage fascinated Ambrose; he emphasized the struggle and triumph of American citizen soldiers over experienced German soldiers. 2442. ——. Pegasus Bridge. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988. 208 pp. Illuminating account of seizure of a strategically important bridge by a gliderborne British assault party on D-Day. Based on interviews with the commander of the unit and other participants of the action. 2443. ——. “Ike’s Decision to Go.” American History Illustrated IV (May 1969): 4–11. After considering the weather and impact of not attacking, Eisenhower made the decision to proceed with the Normandy invasion. 2444. ——. “They Were There: D-Day, 1944.” American History Illustrated IV (June 1969): 4–7. A 25th anniversary account of the bravery, daring, and resourcefulness which marked the Normandy invasion. 2445. Anderson, Henry H., Jr. “The 920th Field Artillery Battalion in Action at Metz, November, 1944.” Military Collector and Historian XXX (Fall 1978): 148–157. Traces the actions of one Third Army unit in the November 19–23 attack on a group of old forts surrounding the old capital of Lorraine.

The War on Land

347

2446. Army Times, Editors of. D-Day: The Greatest Invasion. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1969. 192 pp. A casual history of the D-Day undertaking, more than half of which is a collection of photographs, many previously published. 2447. Aron, Robert. France Reborn: The History of the Liberation, June 1944–May 1945. Translated from the French. New York: Scribners, 1964. 490 pp. Based on documents and interviews and first published in France in 1959, this pro-de Gaulle story of the Battle of France covers the period from D-Day through the clearing of the last pockets of German resistance within the country; critical of both Montgomery and the Americans, Aron concentrates on the operations of the Resistance and the Free French Army. 2448. Assmann, Kurt. “Normandy, 1944.” Military Review XXXIV (February 1955): 86–93. A recollection of the Allied landing and the June–July 1944 battle in Normandy by a former German officer. 2449. Baldwin, Hanson W. “As Eisenhower Sees It Two Years After.” New York Times Magazine, June 2, 1946, 7–9+. A distinguished correspondent portrays the views of the wartime Supreme Commander on the problems of the Normandy invasion. 2450. ——. “D-Day: This Is the Way It Was.” New York Times Magazine, May 31, 1959, 7–9+. Baldwin retells the familiar story of the landings 15 years after the invasion. 2451. “The Greatest Martial Drama in History: D-Day Remembered.” Army XXX (June 1980): 18–25. An updated version of the piece done for the New York Times Magazine in 1959 and cited above. 2452. ——. “The Invasion and Battle of France.” Foreign Affairs XXII (July 1944): 521–531; XXIII (October 1944): 1–15. The first article details as much as was known about the Normandy invasion while the second provides information on the breakout and Patton’s drive deep into France. Gives away no military secrets. 2453. ——. “Normandy: The Beginning of the End.” In his Battles Lost and Won: Great Campaigns of World War II. New York: Harper & Row, 1966, pp. 256–284. A concise retelling of the planning for and execution of the D-Day invasion. 2454. Balish, Harry. “The Battle of Nancy.” Military Review XXIX (January 1950): 16–23.

348

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Recalls the virtually unopposed occupation of this town in eastern Lorraine by Patton’s Third Army on September 15, 1944.

2455. Balkoski, Joseph. Omaha Beach: D-Day, June 6, 1944. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2004. 416 pp. First released in 1989, Balkoski draws on interviews conducted by Army historians with survivors of the initial landing waves to paint a highly detailed picture of the horror and chaos of the assault on Omaha. 2456. ——. “Patton’s Third Army: The Lorraine Campaign, 8 November to 1 December 1944.” Strategy and Tactics (January–February 1980): 4–15. Follows the Third Army into eastern France where logistical difficulties slowed the advance. 2457. ——. Beyond the Beachhead: The 29th Infantry Division in Normandy. Harrisburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 1989. 304 pp. This book is more than a history of the division’s actions from D-Day through the capture of St. Lô. Balkoski also compares the organizational differences between German and American infantry and the limitations of their weapons systems. 2458. Barris, Ted. Juno: The Canadians at D-Day. Toronto, Ont.: Thomas Allen Publishers, 2004. 311 pp. A detailed account of the recollections and experiences of Canadian soldiers, sailors, and airmen on D-Day. 2459. Bastable, Jonathan. Voices from D-Day. Newton Abbot, U.K.: David & Charles, 2004. 320 pp. Graphic recollections of D-Day by British, American, Canadian, French, and German participants. 2460. “Battle of the Hedgerows: New U.S. Offensive in Normandy.” Life, August 7, 1944, 17–23. Still a useful pictorial piece. 2461. “Battlefields Revisited: Normandy’s Beaches 25 Years After D-Day.” Time, May 30, 1969, 30–37. A pictorial “then-and-now” presentation with excerpts from the reminiscences of veterans. 2462. “Beachheads of Normandy: The Fateful Battle for Europe Is Joined by Sea and Air.” Life, June 19, 1944, 25–37. A useful contemporary pictorial piece. 2463. Belchem, David. Victory in Normandy. London: Chatto and Windus, 1981. 192 pp. The former head of Montgomery’s operations and planning staff details the Allied invasion from the formulation of the master plan through the route of the German Seventh Army at Falaise; the author occasionally indulges in a defense of his chief’s tactical decisions and opinions.

The War on Land

349

2464. Belfield, Eversley M. G., and Hubert Essame. The Battle for Normandy. Philadelphia, Pa.: Dufour, 1965. 239 pp. Two Englishmen who fought in the actions described cover the British battle for Normandy from June 7 to August 22, 1944, including the battle for Caen and the Falaise Gap and excluding the D-Day landings. The work contains an analysis of the differences in Anglo-American strategy, and the effects those differences had on the outcome of the campaign. 2465. Bennett, G. H. Destination Normandy: Three American Regiments on D-Day. Westport, Ct.: Praeger Security International, 2007. 222 pp. Vivid accounts of the 22nd, 116th, and 507th Parachute Infantry Regiments on D-Day. 2466. Berger, Sid. Breaching Fortress Europe: The Story of U.S. Engineers in Europe on D-Day. Dubuque, Ia.: Kendall/Hunt Publishing, 1994. 270 pp. This book is more than an account of U.S. engineer units on Omaha and Utah beaches. The author traces the development of U.S. amphibious doctrine, the origins of the cross-Channel invasion and describes preparation of the original COSSAC plan and its subsequent modification by SHAEF. Berger also recounts the landings and German preparations to repulse the assault forces, as well as giving a vivid account of the actual landings. 2467. Bickell, Craig. “Operation FORTITUDE SOUTH: An Analysis of its Influence Upon German Dispositions and Conduct of Operations in 1944.” War and Society 18 (May 2000): 91–121. A critical assessment of the effectiveness of the FORTITUDE SOUTH deception plan that supported the Normandy campaign. 2468. Bidwell, Shelford. “The Airborne Assault in France.” In: Philip de Ste. Croix, ed. Airborne Operations: An Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Great Battles of Airborne Forces. New York: Crescent Books, 1978, pp. 92–105. This operation made daring and large-scale use of paratroops and gliders which, despite the serious handicaps of a night drop and considerable dispersion, mostly achieved the goals of their mission. 2469. Blakeley, H. W. “Artillery in Normandy.” Field Artillery Journal XXXIX (March–April 1945): 52–54. Asserts that U.S. Army field artillery was not useful during the Normandy operation. 2470. Bliven, Bruce. The Story of D-Day, June 6, 1944. Landmark Books. New York: Random House, 1956. 180 pp. A brief introduction to the planning and execution of the Allied invasion suitable for younger readers. 2471. Blumenson, Martin. Battle of the Generals: The Untold Story of the Falaise Pocket—The Campaign that Should Have Won World War II. New York: William Morrow, 1993. 288 pp.

350

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Fascinating study by a master military historian of the personal and command relationships that caused Allied commanders to “let the chance for an overwhelming victory slip through their fingers” at Falaise. The complexities of coalition warfare, nationalism, and personal characteristics, Blumenson argues, were largely responsible for the failure of Montgomery and Bradley to fashion “a truly cohesive effort” at Falaise that might have concluded the war in Europe in 1944.

2472. ——. Liberation. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1978. 208 pp. A pictorial account of the battle for France and the liberation of Paris; many of the photographs are from the archives of Life magazine. 2473. ——. “Normandy, 1944.” In: Noble Frankland and Christopher Dowling, eds. Decisive Battles of the 20th Century. New York: David McKay, 1976, pp. 265–276. A concise account of the Normandy campaign, including the fighting from D-Day through the breakout. Assigns significance to it. 2474. ——. “Mortain.” American History Illustrated V (February 1970): 12–21. Describes the German counterattack of August 7, 1944, undertaken against the U.S. First Army in an effort to cut off its armored spearheads and retake Avranches; the effort was a failure. 2475. ——. The Duel for France, 1944. Boston, Ma.: Houghton Mifflin, 1963. 432 pp. A popular history based on the author’s “green book,” Breakout and Pursuit, cited above; presents a month-by-month chronicle of the fighting. 2476. ——. Breakout and Pursuit. U.S. Army in World War II: The European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961. 748 pp. The operations of the U.S. First Army from July 1–September 10, 1944, and of the U.S. Third Army from August 1 to 21, 1944, are recounted in a work which is critical of both German and Allied strategy and which is especially hostile to General Montgomery. The action covers the hedgerow fighting, the Mortain counterattack, the reduction of Brest, and the liberation of Paris, ending at the Siegfried Line and the Meuse River. Includes maps and photographs. 2477. ——. “General Bradley’s Decision at Argentan (13 August 1944).” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Office of the Chief of Military History, Department of the Army, 1960, pp. 401–417. Concerns the failure to close the Falaise–Argentan “gap” before more than 35,000 German troops had escaped it. 2478. ——. “The Genesis of Monty’s Master Plan.” Army IX (January 1959): 29–33.

The War on Land

351

Discusses the differences between Montgomery and Eisenhower over plans and their execution for D-Day and the Normandy fight, June 1–July 31, 1944. 2479. ——. “The Mortain Counterattack: Future Portent?” Army VIII (July 1958): 30–32+. Retells the story of the Mortain counterattack and suggests that a similar operation coud be undertaken in any future conflict. 2480. ——. “Coordination and Muscular Movement in the Hedgerows.” Army VII (May 1957): 42–47. A discussion of the difficulty of Allied movement in Normandy and Brittany caused by the dense fencelike rows of tree-covered mounds which offered protection to the defending Germans. 2481. Bonn, Keith E. When the Odds Were Even: The Vosges Mountain Campaign, October 1944–January 1945. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1994. 250 pp. Thoughtful analysis and comparison of the performance of American and German infantry units in the often overlooked Vosges Mountains campaign of 1944. Bonn concludes that green U.S. troops, even when unsupported by tactical air power, were more than a match for the Wehrmacht. He also contends that the penetration of the German line in the Vosges jeopardized preparations for the Ardennes offensive. 2482. Booth, T. Michael, and Duncan Spencer. “The Airborne’s Watery Triumph.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 6 (Spring 1994): 22–33. An exciting account of the landing of the 82nd Airborne Division in flooded terrain and its costly struggle to gain control of the exits from Utah beach. The division lost 46 percent of its men on D-Day and during the Normandy campaign. 2483. Boussel, Patrice. D-Day Beaches Pocket Guide. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1966. 218 pp. Extremely valuable for the tourist wanting to revisit or see for the first time the actual scene of the D-Day invasion; includes pictures, maps, accounts of the landing, and information on the countryside in the area. 2484. Bovee, D. E. “Hedgerow Fighting.” Infantry Journal LV (October 1944): 8–18. Describes the difficulties encountered in the hedgerow country of Normandy and Brittany before the July 1944 breakout. 2485. Breuer, William B. Operation Dragoon: The Allied Invasion of the South of France. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1987. 261 pp. A dramatic account of Operation DRAGOON focused on the exploits of Allied parachute and commando forces. 2486. ——. Death of a Nazi Army: The Falaise Pocket. New York: Stein and Day, 1985. 312 pp.

352

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Readable survey of the defeat of the German Fifth Panzer and Seventh Armies in the Falaise Pocket and the American breakout at Avranches. Rich in anecdotes and accounts of small unit actions.

2487. ——. Hitler’s Fortress Cherbourg: The Conquest of a Bastion. New York: Stein and Day, 1984. 274 pp. A popular account of the capture of Cherbourg that offers nothing new. 2488. Brinkley, Douglas. The Boys of Pointe du Hoc: Ronald Reagan, D-Day, and the U.S. Army 2nd Ranger Battalion. New York: Harper, 2006. 288 pp. A brief and insightful account of how President Ronald Reagan used the assault on Pointe du Hoc by the Rangers to celebrate the 40th anniversary of D-Day and resurrect pride in what has been called the “Greatest Generation.” 2489. Brooks, Victor. The Normandy Campaign: From D-Day to the Liberation of Paris. Cambridge, Ma.: Da Capo Press, 2002. 288 pp. Indifferent synthesis of American, British and Canadian operations in Normandy based largely on secondary sources. Brooks fails to take account of more recent historiography. 2490. Burdt, John D. “The U.S. Third Army From Normandy Through Lorraine, 1944.” Strategy and Tactics 213 (November/December 2003): 4–21. Reviews the Third Army’s push to the German frontier. 2491. Burgett, Donald. Currahee! We Stand Alone: A Paratrooper’s Account of the Normandy Invasion. London: Hutchinson, 1967. 192 pp. Recollections of the June 5/6 mission by a member of the 506th Parachute Infantry Regiment, 101st Airborne Division. 2492. Burrer, Douglas. “Juno Beach: The Canadians Avenge Dieppe.” Military Review 74 (June 1994): 70–74. A succinct account of the Canadian 3rd Infantry Division at Juno beach. Burrer emphasizes the application of lessons learned at Dieppe to highlight the Canadians’ success on D-Day. 2493. Carafano, James Jay. After D-Day: Operation Cobra and the Normandy Breakout. Boulder, Co.: Lynne Rienner, 2000, 295. A first-class account of the origins and execution of Operation COBRA, the American-led breakout from Normandy, which set the stage for the subsequent campaign and the Allied seizure of the western approaches to Germany. Carafano’s focus on the decisions of field grade officers not only sheds light on a neglected aspect of the Normandy campaign, but also highlights the adaptability of the U.S. Army. 2494. Carlson, Robert H. “Surprise Opportunity Applied.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal I (December 1950): 18–20. A brief overview of the Normandy operations of the 38th Infantry Regiment, 2nd Division, on July 11, 1944.

The War on Land

353

2495. Carrell, Paul. Invasion! They’re Coming! Translated from the German. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 1995. 300 pp. Dramatic account of the Normandy landings from the German perspective. Portrays Hitler and the German High Command as expecting the invasion in the Pas de Calais and as victims of Allied deception operations. 2496. Cawthon, Charles. “D-Day: What It Meant.” American Heritage 45 (May/June 1994): 48–58. The author addresses the matter of the meaning of the Normandy landings, which he presents as a “decisive turning point in America’s long, hesitant march to the peak of power.” 2497. ——. “July 1944: St. Lô.” American Heritage XXV (April 1974): 4–11, 82–88. A discussion of the campaign leading to the July 18, 1944, capture of this fortress town on the Vire River in northwestern France. 2498. ——. “The Plan Beyond the Assault.” Army VII (December 1958): 28–34. Examines Allied plans for the Normandy campaign after the initial landings. 2499. ——. “Pursuit: Normandy, 1944—An Infantryman Remembers.” American Heritage XXIX (February 1978): 80–91. A former sergeant who joined the battle on July 28, 1944, recalls how Patton’s Third Army poured through a gap at Avranches. 2500. Chandler, Stedman. “The Fire Power of Company J.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal I (December 1950): 22–24. Recalls the service of a unit of the 359th Regiment, 90th Infantry Division, on the Moselle River front, November 9–13, 1944. 2501. Chaplin, William W. 52 Days: An NBC Reporter’s Story of the Battle That Freed France. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1944. 215 pp. Records events during the 52 days after D-Day as seen by a radio reporter who broadcast to the U.S. from J.E.S.Q., a mobile radio truck in Normandy; includes reprints of actual communiques and anecdotes on the difficulties encountered in keeping the station operational. 2502. Cherniss, Ruth. “St. Lô: The Resurrection of a Dead City.” Saturday Review of Literature LII (July 5, 1969): 11–15+. Comments on the great battle which took place 25 years earlier as well as the city’s postwar rebuilding. 2503. Clarke, Jeffrey J., and Robert Ross Smith. Riviera to the Rhine. U.S. Army in World War II: The European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1993. 605 pp. A scholarly examination of the drive of the Sixth Army Group up the Rhone Valley from the Riviera coast across the Rhine and into Germany.

354

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II The authors relate Ultra intercepts of German communications to operational decisions, which enhances the value of this volume to historians. See entry nos. 2392, 2485, and 2638.

2504. Cole, Hugh M. The Lorraine Campaign. U.S. Army in World War II: The European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1950. 657 pp. The campaign waged in this part of France during the period September 1–December 18, 1944, is detailed, with the story of command decision at higher headquarters told only when it has a direct bearing on the campaign. The focus is on the tactical operations of Patton’s Third Army and its subordinate units. The maps help the reader through a somewhat complex narrative. Also available online from the Center of Military History. 2505. ——. “The Tank Battles in Lorraine.” Military Review XXIX (November 1949): 3–16. Focuses on engagements between German tanks and Patton’s armor during the operations of the Third Army in this part of France. 2506. Collins, Larry, and Dominique Lapierre. Is Paris Burning? New York: Simon and Schuster, 1965. 376 pp. A Cornelius Ryan-like telling of the liberation of Paris in August 1944 with emphasis on the German failure to follow Hitler’s order to destroy the city, the role of the French Resistance and Free French Army and the decisions and diversions of the U.S. Army and its leaders. 2507. ——. “The Story Behind the Liberation of Paris, A Quarter Century Ago.” New York Times Magazine, September 7, 1969, 46–47+. A succinct presentation of the information presented in the last entry. 2508. Copp, Terry. Fields of Fire: The Canadians in Normandy. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2003. 344 pp. A readable study of the performance of Canadian formations in the Normandy campaign. Copp examines Canadian accomplishments in light of the accusation that the Canadians and British were ineffective in battle in comparison to the American and German armies. 2509. Cotey, Robert. “The Battle for Verrieres Ridge.” Unpublished MA Thesis, Wilfrid Laurier University, 2000. A detailed examination of the battle for a key obstacle in the Canadian drive for Falaise. 2510. Cottingham, L. B. “Smoke over the Moselle.” Infantry Journal LXIII (August 1948): 14–19. Follows the operations of the 84th Chemical Smoke Generator Company, U.S. Army, on the Moselle River, September 9–21, 1944, in the first ETO employment of smoke generators by the Allies in support of an assault river crossing.

The War on Land

355

2511. Courtney, William B. “Breakthrough for Paris.” Collier’s, September 16, 1944, 14+. A contemporary telling of the story so well done by Collins and Lapierre above. 2512. Critchell, Laurence. “Air Drop in Normandy.” In: Frank Brookhauser, ed. This Was Your War: An Anthology of Great Writings from World War II. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1960, pp. 107–112. An account of the airborne drop behind German lines on the night of June 5/6, 1944. 2513. Crookenden, Napier. Dropzone Normandy: The Story of the American and British Airborne Assault on D-Day, 1944. New York: Scribners, 1976. 304 pp. After a brief pre-Normandy history of U.S./U.K. parachute forces, this British general-participant analyzes the controversy surrounding the use of the airborne forces in Normandy and follows the actions of the major Allied and gliderborne and paratroop units in France on D-Day in a factual, if anecdotal, style. 2514. “D-Day.” After the Battle Special Issue 84 (1994). A “then and now” commemoration of the June 6, 1994, Normandy invasion. 2515. “D-Day in Europe.” Time, June 8, 1959, 22–26. A pictorial 15th anniversary tribute. 2516. D-Day: The Normandy Invasion in Retrospect. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1971. 254 pp. A collection of essays by former commanders and scholars, such as Omar Bradley and Martin Blumenson, which consider and evaluate such factors in the landings as planning, weather, logistics, equipment, gunfire support, air support, etc. 2517. Daglish, Ian. Goodwood Over the Battlefield. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2006. 224 pp. A survey of the British attempt to breakout of Normandy in Operation GOODWOOD. The author makes use of aerial photos to trace the course of the battle. 2518. Davies, Arthur. “Geographical Factors in the Invasion and Battle of Normandy.” Geographical Journal XXXVI (October 1946): 613–631. Examines such natural obstacles as beaches, tides, currents, hedgerows, etc. 2519. D’Este, Carlo. Decision in Normandy. Old Saybrook, Ct: Konecky & Konecky, 1983. 555 pp. Well-researched and judicious account of the Normandy campaign from the D-Day landings through the breakout (Operation COBRA). D’Este

356

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II explores the controversy revolving around Montgomery’s leadership and conduct of operations, relations between Allied commanders, and the debate over the failure to seal off the Argentan-Falaise gap.

2520. Delaforce, Patrick. Smashing the Atlantic Wall: The Destruction of Hitler’s Coastal Fortresses. London: Cassell, 2001. 240 pp. A history of the reduction and capture of the fortified ports of Cherbourg, Brest, Dieppe, Boulogne, and the clearing of the Scheldt Estuary by American, British, and Canadian forces. 2521. Deveikis, Casey. “The ‘Eager Beavers’ Come to War.” Military Engineer XLI (September–October 1949): 373–377. Recalls the work of the U.S. 1303rd Engineer Regiment in France between July and September 1944. 2522. Doherty, Richard. Normandy 1944: The Road to Victory. Staplehurst, U.K.: Spellmount, 2004. 335 pp. A balanced survey of the preparation and execution of the D-Day landings and subsequent Normandy campaign. 2523. ——. Busting the Bocage: American Combined Arms Operations in France, 6 June–31 July 1944. Fort Leavenworth, Ks.: U.S. Army Combat Studies Institute, 1988. 75 pp. An interesting study of how the U.S. Army adapted to overcome the hedgerows that gave the Germans a defensive advantage in Normandy. Technical and tactical innovations enhanced American effectiveness. 2524. Dunphie, Christopher, and Garry Johnson. Gold Beach: Inland from King —June 1944. Conshohecken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 1999. 166 pp. A pictorial account of the D-Day landings on Gold Beach. 2525. Dupuy, R. Ernest. “A Morning to Remember.” Army VIII (June 1957): 42–45. A reprinting of Eisenhower’s famous D-Day broadcast. 2526. Dupuy, Trevor N., et al. “ ‘Operation Cobra’: The Allied Breakthrough in Normandy, 1944.” In their A study of Breakthrough Operations. Dun Loring, Va.: Historical Evaluation and Research Organization, 1976, Chap. 8. A narrative covering the background, plans, and execution of the Normandy breakout with conclusions on the effectiveness of the operation. 2527. Eisenhower, Dwight D. “General Eisenhower Describes the Great Invasion.” In: Henry S. Commager and Alan Nevins, eds. Heritage of America. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1949, pp. 1174–1178. A concise review by the Supreme Commander which is general and rather lacking in detail. 2528. ——. “The Significance of the Allied Landing in Normandy: Statement, June 5, 1954.” Department of State Bulletin XXX (June 21, 1954): 959.

The War on Land

357

The American President speaks of the freedom brought by the operation. 2529. Elliott, DeRonda. “D-Day: What It Cost.” American Heritage 45 (May/ June 1994): 61–81. The daughter of a soldier killed on D-Day uses letters between her mother and father to reflect on the human cost of “the longest day.” 2530. English, John A. The Canadian Army and the Normandy Campaign: A Study of Failure in High Command. New York: Praeger, 1991. 347 pp. English traces the alleged poor performance of the Canadian First Army in Normandy to political and military neglect in the inner war years. He paints a bleak picture of senior Canadian leaders. 2531. Essame, Hubert. Normandy Bridgehead. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. A pictorial review of the fighting in Normandy from D-Day, through the hedgerow combat, and onto the breakout for Paris. 2532. Field, Eugene J. “The 4th Cavalry Group in Combat.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (January–February 1948): 62–63. In Normandy from D-Day through D-Day + 7. 2533. Finley, Max. “A Uthan at Utah Beach—June 6, 1944.” Utah Historical Quarterly 73 (Spring 2005): 150–59. Recollections of the assault on Utah Beach. 2534. “The First Week in the Battle for France.” Military Review XXIX (October 1949): 95–104. Consolidation of the Normandy beachhead and the beginning of the push inland. 2535. Florentin, Eddy. The Battle of the Falaise. Translated from the French. New York: Hawthorn Books, 1967. 362 pp. First published in France in 1966, this account of the August 1944 destruction of German troops and equipment in the Argentan–Falaise Gap is based on war diaries, official histories, and the testimony of 700 battle participants. 2536. Foley, Cederic J. Battle of the Falaise Gap. Translated from the French. London: Elek Books, 1965. 336 pp. Similar in certain respects to the preceding citation; describes the AngloAmerican attacks on the German Seventh Army’s escape route and wonders how so many Nazis managed to escape the trap. 2537. Fowler, John G., Jr. “Command Decision.” Military Review LIX (June 1979): 2–6. Concerns Eisenhower’s decision to “go” with the D-Day invasion. See entry nos. 2443, 2553, 2612, 2663, and 2675. 2538. Fussell, Paul. “My War.” Harpers CCLXIV (January 1982): 40–48.

358

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II The author’s recollections of service with the 103rd Infantry Division in France in 1944.

2539. Gaskill, Gordon. “Bloody Beach: The Assault on Normandy.” American Magazine, September 1944, 26–29+. An eyewitness description of the difficulties on Omaha Beach on D-Day. 2540. ——. “The Day We Saved Chartres Cathedral.” Reader’s Digest LXXXVII (August 1965): 102–107. U.S. 7th Armored Division action on August 16, 1944. 2541. Gaujac, Paul. Provence, August 15, 1944: DRAGOON, The Other Invasion of France. Translated from the French. Paris: Histoire et Collections, 2004. 191 pp. The French perspective on the invasion of southern France and the subsequent capture of Toulon and Marseille. 2542. Gawne, Jonathan. Americans in Brittany, 1944: The Battle for Brest. Paris: Histoire et Collections, 2001. 160 pp. A “coffee table” photographic account of the capture of Brest. 2543. Giangreco, D. M. Eyewitness D-Day: Firsthand Accounts from the Landing at Normandy to the Liberation of Paris. New York: Barnes and Noble Books, 2004. 260 pp. A well-illustrated “coffee table” book of personal reminiscences of men and women who participated in the liberation of France in the summer of 1944. 2544. Gilbert, Martin. D-Day. Hoboken, N. J.: J. Wiley & Sons, 2004. 220 pp. An overview of the Normandy landings from the British perspective. The author summarizes the genesis and preparation of OVERLORD. He also assesses Montgomery’s generalship and the impact of the bombardment and landings on French civilians. 2545. Goldstein, Donald M., Katherine V. Dillon, and J. Michael Winger. D-Day Normandy: The Story and Photographs. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s 1994. 180 pp. An informative photographic history of the Allied landings in France. 2546. ——. Bloody Victory: Canadians and the D-Day Campaign, 1944. Toronto, Ont.: Lester Publishing, 1994. 240 pp. An overview of First Canadian Army operations in Normandy. 2547. Grodzinski, John. “Kangaroos at War.” Canadian Military History 4 (Autumn 1995): 43–50. A brief account of the introduction of armored personnel carriers during the Normandy campaign. “Defrocked Priests,” self-propelled guns with the howitzer removed, were used to carry Canadian infantry into battle.

The War on Land

359

2548. Grow, Robert W. “Mobility Unused.” Military Review XXXII (February 1953): 18–24. Activities of the XX Corps of the Third Army during the Lorraine campaign. 2549. Guderian, Heinz G.. From Normandy to the Ruhr: With the 116th Panzer Division in WWII. Bedford, Pa.: Aberjona Press, 2001. 608 pp. The chief of staff and operations officer of the 116th Panzer Division, General Heinz Guderian, son of the creator of the panzer arm, offers a unique perspective on the formation of his division and its performance in actions against British, Canadian, and American forces. This book is valuable for the light it sheds on German morale and unit cohesion in the face of great adversity in Normandy, the Battle of the Bulge, and the Ruhr Pocket. 2550. Hall, Tony, ed. D-Day: Operation Overlord From Its Planning to the Liberation of Paris. New York: Smithmark Publishers, 1993. 208 pp. A well-organized survey of the planning and execution of OVERLORD, including its air, naval, and intelligence aspects, the campaign and breakout from Normandy, and the invasion of southern France. Profusely illustrated with color and black and white photographs of personalities, equipment, weapons, aircraft, ships, uniforms, decorations, and insignia. Intended for generalists and undergraduates. 2551. Hall, William C. “Bridging at Thionville.” Military Engineer XL (April 1948): 169–173. Activities of the 1306th Engineer General Service Regiment on the Moselle Rover, November 10–14, 1944. 2552. Hallinan, Ulick Martin. “From Operation COBRA to the Liberation of Paris: American Offensive Operations in Northern France, 25 July–25 August 1944.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Temple University, 1988. 2553. Hand, Roger. “ ‘Okay, We’ll Go’—An Analysis of Eisenhower’s Decisions Launching Overlord.” Army History, Spring 1997, 22–32. An informative summary of the effect of weather forecasts on Eisenhower’s decisions to first postpone and then launch the OVERLORD invasion forces. See entry nos. 2612, 2663, and 2675. 2554. Harding, Thomas C., Jr. “The Shortest Way Home.” Armor LXXIII (January–February 1964): 46–47. On the capture of Nancy by the XII Corps, Third Army. 2555. Hargreaves, Richard. The Germans in Normandy. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2006. 271 pp. An account of the D-Day landings and the subsequent campaign in France told from the German perspective. Based on primary sources. 2556. Harrison, Gordon A. “Airborne Assault in Normandy.” Military Review XXIX (July 1949): 8–22.

360

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Digested from Chapters 5 and 7 of the next entry’s manuscript.

2557. ——. Cross Channel Attack. U.S. Army in World War II: The European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1951. 519 pp. An introduction to the tactical volumes in the “green book” series on the ETO, this volume covers in seven chapters the prelude to the June 6 assault—the preparations and discussions of strategy on both the Allied and German sides from 1941 to 1944—and describes in three chapters the combat operations of the First Army in Normandy from D-Day to July 1, 1944. The work is concerned primarily with the role of American forces, and Allied activities are covered only insofar as they relate to U.S. participation. Although new information has come to light on the political and intelligence backgrounds of D-Day, this work remains one of the most objective studies of OVERLORD. Also available on line from the Center of Military History. 2558. ——. “Hitting the Beaches.” Armor LX (January–February 1951): 14–21. Digested from the above entry; describes the assault landings on Omaha and Utah Beaches on D-Day. 2559. ——. “Was D-Day a Mistake?” Harpers CCIII (August 1951): 77–81. Examines the political–military–strategical background of OVERLORD. 2560. Hart, Russell A. Clash of Arms: How the Allies Won in Normandy. Boulder, Co.: Lynne Rienner, 2001. 469 pp. Hart examines the development of the German, British, Canadian, and American armies in the period between the wars and measures their respective performances in Normandy. He rates the Wehrmacht second to the U.S. Army in its ability to learn and adapt to battlefield conditions, and ranks the British and Canadian still lower. A well-researched and insightful addition to the literature on the war. 2561. Hastings, Max. Overlord: D-Day and the Battle for Normandy. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1984. 368 pp. A well-researched and well-written narrative of D-Day and the ensuing campaign. Hastings explores Allied strategy, tactics, weapons, and reflects on the human dimension of war. One reviewer remarked that “this may well be the best single-volume survey of the Normandy campaign.” 2562. ——. Das Reich: The March of the 2nd SS Panzer Division Through France. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1982. 264 pp. Based on documentary research and interviews, this work follows the movement of an elite SS panzer unit from southwest France to Normandy in June 1944; delayed by the French Resistance and Allied fighter bombers, Das Reich’s attempt to save the Nazi position in Normandy was a failure. 2563. Haupt, Werner, and Uwe Feist. Invasion D-Day, June 6, 1944. Buena Park, Ca.: Feist Publications, 1968. 50 pp.

The War on Land

361

A pictorial which covers the first 24 hours of the Allied assault. 2564. Havers, R. P. W. Battle Zone Normandy: Battle for Cherbourg. Stroud, U.K.: Sutton Publishing, 2004. 191 pp. A guide to the battlefields of the Cotentin peninsula and Cherbourg. 2565. Heysek, Thomas R. “The Battle of Metz, France, 1944.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Georgia, 1980. Records the encirclement of the old capital of Lorraine in mid-November 1944 by the U.S. XII Corps (Third Army), the reduction of the old forts on the city’s outskirts, and the town’s capture on November 23. 2566. Hine, Al. D-Day: The Invasion of Europe. American Heritage Junior Library. New York: American Heritage, 1962. 153 pp. A pictorial review of the planning for and execution of the Normandy invasion which may be the best starting place for young readers interested in the topic. 2567. Hoffman, Jon T. “The Legacy and Lessons of Operation OVERLORD.” Marine Corps Gazette 78 (June 1994): 68–72. In provocatively arguing that lack of adequate logistical support prevented U.S. forces from realizing tactical opportunities, Hoffman reminds historians of the impact of supply on the Normandy battles. Not surprisingly, he contends that “the major lesson to take away from OVERLORD is the mutual interaction of logistics and combat planning.” 2568. Hogan, Pendleton. “Incident in Lorraine.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal I (May 1951): 31–33. How Lt. Frederick D. Titterington cleared German mines from a bridge over the Nied Française River on November 11, 1944. 2569. Holderfield, Randal, and Michael J. Varhola. D-Day: The Invasion of Normandy. Mason City, Ia.: Savas Publishing, 2000. 240 pp. An informative fact book focused on the planning and aftermath of the Normandy landings, which includes detailed comparisons of opposing forces, commanders, and weaponry. 2570. How, J. J. Hill 112: Cornerstone of the Normandy Campaign. London: William Kimber, 1984. 223 pp. A balanced and well-researched account of Operations EPSOM and GOODWOOD and of the Canadians’ struggles against the I and II SS Panzer Corps. 2571. Howard, John, and Penny Bates. The Pegasus Diaries: The Private Papers of Major John Howard, DSO. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2007. 240 pp. Recounts the gliderborne assault on the Orne River bridge anchoring the left flank of the Normandy beachhead on D-day. 2572. Howarth, David A. D-Day, the 6th of June. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959. 255 pp.

362

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Basing his work on 30 interviews and other sources, the British journalist covers the invasion from the human interest viewpoint of junior officers and common soldiers who tell what it was like to be in the assault waves or the German defenses. Surprisingly, no mention is made of Omaha Beach. Compare with Cornelius Ryan below (entry no. 2652).

2573. ——. “D-Day, the Sixth of June.” Saturday Evening Post, March 14, 1959, 19–21+; March 21, 1959, 42–43+; March 28, 1959, 28–29+; April 4, 1959, 32–33+; April 11 1959, 36+. Serialized version of the last entry. 2574. Hunt, Robert, and David Mason. The Normandy Campaign. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1976. 158 pp. A review of Allied landings and operations in Normandy, June–July 1944, with emphasis on the British effort to capture Caen; illustrated with 161 photographs. 2575. “Invasion, June 6, 1944.” Life, June 12, 1944, 27–37. Still a useful pictorial piece. 2576. Isby, David C., ed. Fighting in Normandy: The German Army from D-Day to Villers-Bocage. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2001. 256 pp. A collection of first-person accounts of the fighting in Normandy between June 7–13, 1944, by German commanders, including Heinz Guderian, the son of the founder of the panzer arm, Edgar Feuchtinger, Freiherr von Lüttwitz, and others. The reader gains an excellent insight into German decision-making as well as a sense of what German troops experienced during the stages of the Normandy campaign. 2577. Ishyed, David C., ed. The German Army at D-Day: Fighting the Invasion. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2004. 256 pp. Reproduces reports by key German commanders, including Blumentritt, Speidel, Geyr von Schweppenburg, Warlimont, and others on German plans and preparations for repulsing the expected Allied invasion. 2578. Jackson, William G. F. “Overlord”: Normandy, 1944. Cranbury, N.J.: University of Delaware Press, 1981. 256 pp. Part of the “Politics and Strategy of the Second World War” series edited by Noble Frankland and Christopher Dowling. Portrays the intense Anglo-American debates on invasion strategy alongside the equally bitter struggles within the German High Command as to how OVERLORD should be met and defeated. Examines the military factors governing the debates and looks at the Allied campaign of June 6 in detail. 2579. Jarymowycz, Roman J. Tank Tactics from Normandy to Lorraine. Boulder, Co.: Lynn Rienner, 2001. 361 pp. A thoughtful evaluation of British, Canadian and U.S. armor doctrine and Allied commanders’ efforts to demonstrate that armor was operationally and strategically the decisive arm. The author observes that

The War on Land

363

Allied armor doctrine was neither well developed nor uniformly applied, and that few commanders displayed a high level of doctrinal perception. 2580. Johns, Glover S. The Clay Pigeons of St. Lô. Harrisburg, Pa.: Military Service Publishing Company, 1958. 256 pp. Recollections of the commander of the 1st Battalion, 115th Infantry Regiment, 29th Infantry Division in the Normandy campaign from D-Day to the capture of St. Lô. Reprinted in 1979. 2581. Keegan, John. Six Armies in Normandy. New York: Viking Press, 1982. 365 pp. Probing to discover a sense of the common infantryman’s experience, the author analyzes the impact of the battle for Normandy on the participating armies of Germany and five Allied nations, including the U.S. 2582. Kemp, Anthony. The Unknown Battle: Metz, 1944. New York: Stein and Day, 1980. 250 pp. Relying to a large extent on Cole’s The Lorraine Campaign, cited above, this British fortifications expert examines Patton’s drive to cross the Moselle River and capture the old capital of Lorraine, which was defended by a series of forts impervious to air and artillery bombardment; first-hand accounts liven the author’s criticism of the many U.S. tactical errors which sent men on futile attacks against the dug-in Germans and of the Nazis for not conducting a more “active defense.” 2583. Kilvert-Jones, Tim. Omaha Beach: V Corps Battle for the Normandy Beachhead. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 1999. 192 pp. A popular and well-illustrated account of the assault on OMAHA Beach by the 1st and 29th Divisions of the V Corps. 2584. Kingseed, Cole C. “Operation Cobra: Prelude to Breakout.” Military Review 74 (July 1994): 64–66. A description of the origins, implementation, and results of Operation COBRA, which led to the American breakout from Normandy. Kingseed credits Omar Bradley with conceiving the plan—“his finest hour” in Kingseed’s mind, and “Lightning Joe” Collins with recognizing that the opportunity to break out had come. 2585. Koskimaki, George E. D-Day with the Screaming Eagles. Kalamazoo, Mi.: 101st Airborne Division Association, 1977. 431 pp. First published in 1970, this work is a collection of eyewitness narratives by 518 participants in the 101st Airborne Division’s night attack, ranging from division-command personnel to the troopers themselves; chronicles the series of events leading up to the loading of the planes, the emotions of the paratroopers en route, and the reactions of the individuals during the period shortly after landing. Acclaimed by “SLAM” Marshall as the best, most detailed account of D-Day ever written from the airborne soldier’s standpoint. 2586. Lambert, J. C. “Armored Rescue.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVIII (January–February 1949): 36–45.

364

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Follows the operations of the 14th Armored Division in the HattenRittershoffen area in Alsace, December 24, 1944, to January 20, 1945.

2587. Larrabee, Eric. “On the Far Shore: The Normandy Invasion.” American Heritage X (October 1959): 73–75. A brief pictorial on the D-Day landings. 2588. Lefevre, Eric. Panzers in Normandy Then and Now. Old Harlow, U.K.: After the Battle Magazine, 1983. 212 pp. Popular guide to the organization, equipment, and personnel of the 17 German panzer formations deployed in Normandy. Contrasts sites of 1944 actions with photographs of how they appear today. 2589. Levine, Alan J. From the Normandy Beaches to the Baltic Sea: The Northwest Europe Campaign, 1944–1945. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2000. 223 pp. A survey of Allied operations in Europe from the OVERLORD landings to the surrender of Germany. Based on secondary sources. 2590. Lewis, Adrian R. Omaha Beach: A Flawed Victory. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2001. 382 pp. The author, a veteran infantryman, argues that the landings on Omaha beach failed because of “dysfunctional inter-service and inter-Allied relationships” that led to a flawed naval fire-support plan. A significant study which enhances understanding of the difficulties surrounding the Omaha assault. 2591. Liebling, Abbott J. Normandy Revisited. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1958. 243 pp. A review of the planning for and execution of Operation OVERLORD, as seen by a noted correspondent aboard a Coast Guard-manned LCI and recalled many years later as the 15th anniversary approached. 2592. ——. The Road Back to Paris. London: Joseph, 1944. 260 pp. Liebling follows the U.S. and British campaigns in France from D-Day through the liberation of Paris with details on large battles and the work of common soldiers. 2593. Lord, John. “The Longest Wait: American Forces Before the Normandy Invasion.” American Heritage XX (June 1969): 4–15+. Describes the waiting and tension among U.S. forces in England preparing for the invasion, including those loaded on the ships during that first week in June. 2594. Lucas, James S., and James Barker. The Battle of Normandy: Falaise Gap. New York: Holmes and Meier, 1978. 176 pp. Making extensive use of German documents and diaries, the authors tell of the Allied trapping of 80,000 Wehrmacht soldiers in a large pocket in August 1944 and how nearly 35,000 escaped; the British authors’

The War on Land

365

anti-American bias displayed toward the actions of U.S. troops is persistent and undocumented. 2595. Lummis, E. T. “Caen and D-Day.” Journal of the Society for Army Historical Research 74 (Spring 1996): 39–49. The author, a lieutenant colonel, offers a lucid analysis of whether or not the British 3rd Division could have captured Caen on D-Day. He draws the reader’s attention to the effect of changes in the original COSSAC plan that “jeopardized [the possibility] of success in the Caen sector.” An enlightening examination of a controversial subject. 2596. McAdoo, Richard B. “Guns at Falaise Gap.” Harpers CCXVI (May 1958): 36–45. Recounts the story of the Falaise pocket and the efforts of Allied troops and aircraft to destroy the German forces trapped therein. 2597. McAndrew, Bill, Donald E. Graves, and Michael Whitby. Normandy 1944: The Canadian Summer. Montreal, Que.: Art Global, 1994. 162 pp. Popular history of the Canadian battle for Caen and drive to close the Falaise Gap. The authors combine recollections of veterans of the Normandy campaign with secondary sources to tell an exciting story. 2598. McKee, Alexander. Caen: Anvil of Victory. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1984. 368 pp. Originally published in 1964, McKee focuses on British and Canadian operations to capture Caen. He reminds American readers of the often overlooked fact that Caen was the anvil on which German armored forces were hammered. 2599. ——. Last Round Against Rommel: Battle of the Normandy Beachhead. New York: New American Library, 1966. 336 pp. The U.S. edition of the British title Caen: Anvil of Victory; reconstructs the British phase of Operation OVERLORD from June to mid-August 1944, including the Eisenhower–Montgomery debate on strategy and tactics. 2600. Macksey, Kenneth J. Anatomy of a Battle. New York: Stein and Day, 1974. 205 pp. British author and tank expert Macksey analyzes the Normandy fighting from all sides, catching mistakes and missed opportunities as well as opportunities made and exploited. 2601. Majdalany, Fred. The Fall of Fortress Europe. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1968. 442 pp. An overview of the German development of and attempt to defend “Fortress Europe” between 1941 and the end of the Normandy campaign in 1944; includes a large number of biographical sketches of German officers ordered to hold the Atlantic Wall against the Allies. 2602. Margolian, Howard. Conduct Unbecoming: The Story of the Murder of

366

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Canadian Prisoners of War in Normandy. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1998. 279 pp. Well-researched account of the murder of Canadian prisoners by the 12th SS Panzer Division and its aftermath. Margolian recreates the scene of each atrocity and recounts the failure to bring justice to the guilty.

2603. Marrin, Albert. Overlord: D-Day and the Invasion of Europe. New York: Atheneum, 1982. 177 pp. This slim volume is the latest retelling of the D-Day story; describes events and strategy on both sides prior to, during, and after the landings. A useful introduction for beginning students. 2604. Marshall, Samuel L. A. “Affair at Hill 30.” Marine Corps Gazette XXXII (February 1948): 8–15; (March 1948): 20–25. Recalls the experiences of the 3rd Battalion, 508th Parachute Infantry Regiment, during the Normandy invasion, June 5/6–9, 1944. 2605. ——. “The First Wave at Omaha Beach.” Atlantic CCLXV (November 1960): 67–72. Describes the stiff German resistance met on this Normandy beach by elements of V Corps, U.S. First Army, on D-Day. 2606. ——. “How ‘Papa’ Liberated Paris.” American Heritage XIII (April 1962): 4–7, 92–101. The author’s experiences with Ernest Hemingway during the Liberation of Paris are recalled. For many, this will be Marshall’s most interesting war story. 2607. ——. Night Drop: The American Airborne Invasion of Normandy. Boston, Ma.: Little. Brown, 1962. 425 pp. Employing many interviews and other sources, Marshall recreated the story of the 82nd and 101st Airborne Division drops behind the German lines in Normandy just hours before the invasion, and their efforts to establish a foothold. 2608. ——. “The 111th Field Artillery Battalion on D-Day.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (January 1945): 13–16. Discusses the unit’s difficulties in offloading and setting up. 2609. Mason, David. Breakout: Drive to the Seine. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1969. 160 pp. A pictorial survey detailing the breakout of Allied forces from the stalemated Normandy beachhead through the hedgerows to victory over the retreating Germans in the Falaise pocket. 2610. Masters, Charles J. Glidermen of Neptune: The American D-Day Glider Attack. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1995. 96 pp. One of the few accounts of the experiences encountered by those who flew and rode gliders into combat. Based on interviews with glider pilots and troops.

The War on Land

367

2611. Maurey, Eugene. “Close Support at Kaltenhouse.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (April 1945): 205–207. Artillery aspects of the capture of Kaltenhouse, Alsace, by the 79th Infantry Division in December 1944. 2612. Michie, Allan A. “Great Decision: Behind the Scenes with Eisenhower.” In: Reader’s Digest, Editors of. Thirtieth Anniversary Reader’s Digest Reader. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1951, pp. 19–25. Drawn from the next entry; Eisenhower’s decision to “go” with the invasion. 2613. ——. The Invasion of Europe: The Story Behind D-Day. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1964. 203 pp. Michie, a correspondent attached to SHAEF headquarters, reconstructs the strategy and problems behind the Allied invasion of Normandy in the summer of 1944; in addition to coverage of the landings, the author provides details on the pre-invasion reconnaissance, bombing, and deception efforts. 2614. Middlebrook, Martin. Arnhem 1944: The Airborne Battle, 17–26 September. Boulder, Co.: Westview Press, 1994. A history of the Battle of Arnhem based in part on interviews with British and Dutch survivors. 2615. Middleton, Drew. “Normandy Beachhead, One Year After.” New York Times Magazine, June 3, 1945, 8+. The author returns to the scene of the great landings and tells not only of the invasion but of the general backwater which Normandy had become. 2616. Miller, Robert A. August 1944: The Campaign for France. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1988. 280 pp. A survey of Allied operations and the liberation of France in the wake of the breakout from Normandy and the landings in southern France. 2617. Milner, Marc. “Reflections on the Bocage and the Gap: A Naval Historian’s Critique of the Normandy Campaign.” Canadian Military History 7 (Spring 1998): 7–18. An interesting consideration of the effect of the Normandy hedgerows on the campaign and the Canadian effort to seal the Falaise Pocket. 2618. Mitcham, Samuel W. Jr. Retreat to the Reich: The German Defeat in France, 1944. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2000. 277 pp. A general account of Operation COBRA and the retreat of the German armies in France following the Normandy breakout. Mitcham stresses the failure of the Allies to close the trap at Argentan-Falaise and the remarkable ability of the Germans to improvise. 2619. Mitcham, Samuel W. The Desert Fox in Normandy: Rommel’s Defense of Fortress Europe. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1997. 264 pp.

368

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A valuable account of the Normandy campaign from the German perspective. Mitcham describes Rommel’s preparations to defeat the invasion, responses to it, and the difficulties he experienced with Hitler, Keitel, and von Rundstedt.

2620. Moore, Perry. Kursk in Normandy: Operation Goodwood—July 1944. West Conshohocken, Pa.: Infinity Publishing, 2007. 263 pp. Intended for war gamers, this heavily illustrated review of British tactics and equipment attempts to draw a parallel between the British effort to break out of Normandy and the clash of German panzers and Soviet defenses at Kursk. 2621. Morawetz, Francis E. “The Accuracy of the 8-inch Howitzer.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal I (May 1951): 36–37. A brief look at the use of this huge cannon by the 997th Field Artillery Battalion in Normandy during July 1944. 2622. Murray, Williamson. “Needless D-Day Slaughter” MHQ: Quarterly Journal of Military History 15 (Spring 2003): 26–31. A noted historian maintains in this intriguing article that U.S. casualties would have been reduced on Omaha beach had American commanders in Europe been willing to learn from fire-support plans during amphibious assaults in the Pacific. Unfortunately, OVERLORD commanders ignored Pacific experiences as “bush league.” 2623. ——. “OVERLORD.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 6 (Spring 1994): 6–21. A thoughtful overview of the Normandy landings, which the author treats as “the most important effort of the war that Anglo-American military forces executed, . . . for they secured Anglo-American political and economic interests . . . until the collapse of the Soviet Union.” Murray traces the genesis of OVERLORD and describes the course of the Normandy campaign through the breakout at St. Lô. 2624. The Nancy Bridgehead. Fort Knox, Ky.: U.S. Army Armor School, 1946. 29 pp. A brief review of the role of the U.S. 4th Armored Division in opening this key position. 2625. Neillands, Robin. The Battle for Normandy. New York: Sterling Publishing, 2002. 456 pp. Ever since Chester Wilmot’s The Struggle for Europe (see no. 2434) appeared, controversy has raged over Montgomery’s conduct of the battle, especially Operation GOODWOOD and the failure to close the Falaise pocket. Neillands’ contribution to this debate addresses the denigration of the British role in Normandy by American authors and argues with passion that British and Canadian troops bore their fair share of combat and casualties. 2626. Nichols, W. J. “Where Is the Enemy?” Military Review XXX (May 1950): 55–62.

The War on Land

369

Operations of the 745th Tank Battalion when it was attached to the U.S. 1st Infantry Division in September 1944. 2627. Norris, Frank W. “In France with the Mediums.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (March 1945): 171–176. The actions of the U.S. 90th Division’s artillery from Utah Beach to Metz, 1944. 2628. Nye, Robert O. “The Falaise–Argentan Pocket.” Army Quarterly and Defence Journal XCIII (January 1967): 168–176. Examines the controversy engendered among Allied officers over the escape of 35,000 Germans from this gap in August 1944. 2629. Pallud, Jean-Paul. Ruckmarsch: The German Retreat in Normandy: Then and Now. London: After the Battle, 2006. 370 pp. A heavily illustrated “then and now” comparison of sites from the German retreat from France. 2630. ——. “The Riviera Landings.” After the Battle 110 (2001): 3–29. A photographic review of the August 1944 Franco-American landings on the Riviera coast and subsequent advance up the Rhone Valley and operations to capture Marseille and Toulon. See entry nos. 2616 and 2638. 2631. Penrose, June, ed. The D-Day Companion. New York: Osprey Publishing, 2004. 288 pp. Essays by Dennis Showalter, Carlo d’Este, Allan Millett, and Williamson Murray present an outstanding overview of the planning, preparation, execution, and results of operations in Normandy. The value of this work is enhanced by inclusion of a personal account of the German experience of D-Day. 2632. Perrun, Jim. “The Best Laid Plans: Guy Simonds and Operation Totalize, 7–10 August 1944.” The Journal of Military History 67 (January 2003): 137–73. Recounts the neglected story of the II Canadian Corps’ efforts to capture Falaise and bring the Normandy campaign to a close. 2633. Persons, Howard P., Jr. “St. Lô Breakthrough.” Military Review XXX (December 1950): 13–23. Describes Operation COBRA by the U.S. VII Corps following the carpet bombing of July 25, 1944, which led to the breakout from Normandy. 2634. Powers, Stephen T. “The Battle of Normandy: The Lingering Controversy.” The Journal of Military History 56 (July 1992): 4355–71. A review of the main themes of the debate between historians over Montgomery’s conduct of the Normandy campaign. 2635. Prados, John. “ ‘Cobra’ and Patton’s 1944 Summer Offensive in France.” Strategy and Tactics No. 65 (November–December 1977): 4–14.

370

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Examines the Normandy breakout and the rush of the U.S. Third Army across France.

2636. Pyle, Ernest T. (“Ernie”). “Ernie Pyle Describes Hedgerow Fighting in Normandy.” In: Henry S. Commager and Alan Nevins, eds. Heritage of America. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1949, pp. 1178–1182. Still one of the most interesting portraits of the difficulties of combat in Normandy prior to the breakout; told from the G.I. standpoint. 2637. ——. “The Toughest Beachhead in the World.” Science Digest XVI (September 1944): 13–14. A brief review of the invasion at Omaha Beach. 2638. Randall, Willard Sterne. “The Other D-Day.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 70 (Spring 1994): 70–79. A popular account of Operation DRAGOON. Although the landings succeeded and southern French ports were secured, the effort to trap the withdrawing German Nineteenth Army at Montélimar failed. 2639. Rawson, Andrew. Cherbourg. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2004. 192 pp. A well-illustrated guidebook emphasizing the opposing forces and principal engagements of the capture of Cherbourg. 2640. Reardon, Mark J. Victory at Mortain: Stopping Hitler’s Panzer Counteroffensive. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2003. 392 pp. Highly detailed account of the defeat of the German effort to stave off defeat in Normandy and prevent the breakout of the U.S. Third Army into France. 2641. Reid, Brian A. No Holding Back: Operation Totalize, Normandy, August 1944. Toronto, Ont.: Robin Bass Studio, 2005. 491 pp. A clearly written scholarly study of the first operation by the First Canadian Army to close the Falaise Gap and trap two German armies in Normandy. 2642. Renaud, Alexandre. Saint-Mère Eglise: First American Bridge-head in France, 6th June 1944. Translated from the French. Monaco: Pathé, 1964. 198 pp. A tribute by the people in this Normandy crossroads town inland of Utah Beach; when captured by the men of the 82nd Airborne Division early on D-Day, the town became the first in France to be liberated by the U.S. 2643. Reynolds, Michael. Eagles and Bulldogs in Normandy: The American 29th Infantry Division from Omaha Beach to St. Lô and the British 3rd Infantry Division from Sword Beach to Caen. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2003. 230 pp. A well-researched and well-written account of two combat divisions in the Normandy campaign.

The War on Land

371

2644. ——. Sons of the Reich: II SS Panzer Corps: Normandy, Arnhem, Ardennes, Eastern Front. Stapleurst, U.K.: Spellmount, 2002. 360 pp. Well-researched and balanced history of a Waffen SS formation that saw action in some of the toughest battles fought on the Western Front and ended up in Vienna at the end of the war. 2645. ——. Steel Inferno: I SS Panzer Corps in Normandy. New York: Sarpedon, 1997. 314 pp. Vivid account of the defense of Caen and the Normandy campaign from the perspective of men of the Hitlerjugend and Leibstandarte SS Panzer divisions. The author recounts the actions of small units on a daily basis. 2646. Robert, John. Omaha Beach and Beyond: The Long March of Sergeant Bob Slaughter. St. Paul Mn.: Zenith Press, 2001. 288 pp. First-person memoir of service with 116th and Infantry and provisional 29th Rangers. 2647. Roberts, Palmer W. “D-Day: Europe, 1944.” Civilian Engineer XX (Summer-Fall 1979): 15–18. A brief account of the actions of U.S. Navy Seabee construction teams on Omaha and Utah Beaches during and just after the landings. 2648. Rohmer, Richard. Patton’s Gap: An Account of the Battle of Normandy, 1944. New York: Beaufort Books, 1981. 240 pp. Canadian General Rohmer, who flew a P-51 over the D-Day beaches, examines not only the role of air reconnaissance in the campaign, but also the far larger and more controversial question of who was responsible for allowing over a third of the Germans trapped in the Falaise Gap to escape. After considering the evidence, responsibility for this costly command blunder, which left open an avenue of escape, is not laid, as the title suggests, upon George Patton, but, rather, upon the British general Montgomery. 2649. Roy, Reginald H. 1944: The Canadians in Normandy. Ottawa, Ont.: Macmillan of Canada, 1984. 368 pp. The Canadian Army played a prominent role in the D-Day landings and the Normandy campaign. Roy skilfully integrates entries from war diaries with official reports to tell the story of the Canadians from Juno beach through the fall of Caen to the closing of the Falaise Pocket at Chambois. 2650. Ruggero, Ed. The First Men In: U.S. Paratroopers and the Fight to Save D-Day. New York: HarperCollins, 2006. 352 pp. Dramatic first-person account of the American airborne assault on the right flank of the Normandy landings. Ruggero focuses on how the widely scattered paratroopers regrouped to seize key positions that eased the way for the seaborne forces. 2651. Ryan, Cornelius. “Background: The Longest Day.” TV Guide, November 13, 1970, 20–23.

372

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A concise telling of the D-Day story as preparation for viewers of the television presentation of the film made from the next entry.

2652. ——. The Longest Day, June 6, 1944. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1959. 350 pp. Far and away the most popular “popular” history cited in this part, this work by a wartime correspondent is based on research in primary sources and, more important, hundreds of interviews with participants from both the Allied and German sides. The story is told not only from the viewpoint of leaders and generals, but also from the human interest angles of common German, British, and American soldiers. This anecdotal work, which was serialized in Reader’s Digest and made into a popular film, was published the same year and in competition with David Howarth’s record, cited above (entry no. 2572). 2653. ——. “Untold Stories from the Longest Day.” Reader’s Digest CIV (June 1974): 73–79. Includes additional anecdotes on D-Day not published in the last entry. 2654. Samuels, Martin. “Operation Goodwood. ‘The Caen Carve-Up.’ ” British Army Review 96 (December 1990): 4–11. Brief account of the attempted breakthrough by massed British armor near Caen. 2655. Sauer, Robert John. “Germany’s I SS Panzer Corps: Defensive Armored Operations in France, June–September 1944.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Boston College, 1992. Scholarly examination of the effectiveness of the defensive tactics used so effectively by German panzer formations in Normandy. 2656. Saunders, Anthony. Hitler’s Atlantic Wall. Stroud, U.K.: Sutton Publishing, 2001. 224 pp. A richly illustrated overview of the design and construction of the major fortifications of the 1500-mile long Atlantic Wall developed by the Germans between 1941 and 1944. 2657. Schmidt, Paul K. Invasion—They’re Coming!: The German Account of the Allied Landings and the 80 Days’ Battle for France. By Paul Carrel, pseud. Translated from the German. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1963. 288 pp. Acting as something of a natural follow-up to Ryan and employing the same technique of anecdotal presentation based on hundreds of interviews, Schmidt tells the story of D-Day from the German viewpoint and recounts the unsuccessful efforts to contain the Normandy breakout and escape, among other traps, the one created by the Falaise Gap. 2658. Seaman, Jonathan O. “The Reduction of the Colmar Pocket.” Military Review XXXI (October 1951): 37–40. The Colmar Pocket, held by German Nineteenth Army on the west bank of the Rhine, was beyond French strength to reduce. The French First

The War on Land

373

Army, assisted by the U.S. XXI Corps, eliminated the pocket in early 1945. 2659. Shilleto, Carl. Pegasus Bridge & Merville Battery: British 6th Airborne Division Landings in Normandy. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper/Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 1999. 208 pp. A brief history of the division’s operations in support of the British D-Day landings. The 6th Airborne Division secured the left or eastern flank of the assault forces by seizing the bridge over the Orne in a spectacular coup de main and neutralizing the Merville battery. 2660. Soffer, Lewis R. “An M-12 Battalion in Combat.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (January 1945): 29–31. Reviews the service of the U.S. 991st Field Artillery Battalion, which employed self-propelled 155mm guns in France from the Normandy landing through the Battle of Falaise. 2661. Speidel, Hans. Invasion 1944: Rommel and the Normandy Campaign. Translated from the German. Chicago: Regnery, 1950. 176 pp. The author was chief of staff to, successively, German field marshals Rommel, Kluge, and Model and relates the surprise caused by the Allied landings and the vain German effort to contain them, including Hitler’s refusal to release for action nearby reserve panzer divisions. 2662. Stafford, David. Ten Days to D-Day: Citizens and Soldiers on the Eve of the Invasion. New York: Little, Brown and Co., 2004. 377 pp. An interesting book that enhances perspective on the invasion by viewing it through the eyes of four leaders, Churchill, Eisenhower, Hitler, and Rommel, and eight ordinary citizens, a Norwegian political prisoner, a Wren, a Parisian Jew, a Canadian officer, a member of the French resistance, a German soldier, and Juan Pujol, an Allied double agent. 2663. Stagg, James M. Forecast for Overlord, June 6, 1944. New York: W.W. Norton, 1972. 128 pp. Written by the (British) chief meteorologist to SHAEF and based on his diary, this story describes the plans, preparations, and bureaucratic infighting surrounding weather forecasting for D-Day; also includes an assessment of the impact of weather on the invasion, both with regard to Eisenhower’s decision to “go” and to the great storm which nearly destroyed the artificial harbor supporting the invasion beaches. 2664. Stanton, W. I. “Could WW2 Have Ended in 1944: Was Anvil a Big Mistake?” Army Quarterly and Defense Journal 122 (July 1992): 347–59. Another salvo in the ANVIL versus Italian campaign–Ljubljana Gap plan. Stanton suggests that the misguided southern France landing was undertaken for “political” reasons, e.g., appeasement of Stalin, and prevented an Allied breakthrough into the Po Valley in 1944. 2665. Thompson, P. W. “D-Day on Omaha Beach.” Infantry Journal LVI (June 1945): 34–48.

374

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A first anniversary review of the difficulties faced by U.S. troops in capturing this heavily defended Normandy coastline.

2666. ——. “Why Normandy?” Infantry Journal LVIII (February 1946): 8–14. The choice of Normandy was based on a deception laid on to convince the Germans the invasion would be made elsewhere. 2667. Thompson, Reginald W. D-Day: Spearhead of Invasion. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1968. 160 pp. The first battle book in this popular series offers a pictorial review of the Allied invasion on June 6 and the German defense. 2668. Thornton, Willis. The Liberation of Paris. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World, 1962. 231 pp. Describes the August 1944 rising of the French Resistance within the city, the limited defense and evacuation of the Germans, Eisenhower’s initial decision to bypass the city, and his change of heart which allowed the French 2nd Armored and U.S. 4th Infantry Divisions to enter the city on August 25; finishing with an account of de Gaulle’s triumphant entry, this work should be compared to the account by Collins and Lapierre cited above. 2669. Tobin, Richard L. Invasion Journal. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1944. 223 pp. An anecdotal human interest account of this reporter’s passage to England aboard a U.S. transport, the D-Day invasion as seen from H.M. battleship Warspite, and his exploits ashore covering American troops in the hedgerow fighting and COBRA breakout. 2670. Toole, John H. Battle Diary. N.p., 1978. 177 pp. Recollections of a company commander in the U.S. 15th Infantry Regiment during the U.S. 3rd Division’s battles in France in 1944; includes anecdotes about the lives and exploits of enlisted G.I.s. 2671. Tout, Ken. Roads to Falaise: “Cobra” and “Goodwood” Reassessed. Stroud, U.K.: Sutton Publishing, 2002. 238 pp. The author examines the effort to trap the German Seventh Army in Operations GOODWOOD and COBRA in Normandy in a largely unsuccessful effort to reassess the campaign and refute Montgomery’s critics. Based on personal recollections and secondary sources. 2672. ——. The Bloody Battle for Tilly: Normandy 1944. Stroud, U.K.: Sutton Publishing, 2000. 246 pp. Tout’s objective in this book is to present the Canadian side of the Normandy campaign, which he believes historians have neglected. He does this in recounting the night attack of II Canadian Corps in Operation TOTALIZE and the hard fighting that occurred in and around Tilly-la-Campagne.

The War on Land

375

2673. ——. A Fine Night for Tanks: The Road to Falaise. Stroud, U.K.: Sutton Publishing, 1998. 186 pp. A veteran of the Northamptonshire Yeomanry and Normandy campaign, Tout recounts the innovations—a night attack by tanks and “Kangaroo” armored personnel carriers—implemented by Guy Simonds for Operation TOTALIZE. 2674. ——. Tank! London: R. Hale, 1985. 208 pp. In what has been judged as “one of the most remarkable pieces of literature to come out of the war,” a veteran tanker describes his experience of battle in Normandy in what the Germans dubbed “Tommy cookers”— M3 Sherman tanks. Tout provides professional historians and laypeople with a “compassionate, perceptive, and sometimes humorous” glimpse of armored warfare. 2675. Tozer, Elizabeth. “How Eisenhower Gambled on History’s Most Fateful Weather Forecast.” Popular Science CLXX (June 1957): 72–76+. Explains the importance of weather to a successful D-Day invasion and Eisenhower’s decision to “go” based on weather data he obtained from Stagg, cited above, on probable weather patterns for June 6. See entry nos. 2612 and 2653. 2676. Turner, John F. Invasion ’44: The First Full Story of D-Day in Normandy. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1959. 248 pp. Published the same year as Howarth and Ryan (entry nos. 2572 and 2653), to which this work should be compared, this undocumented popular account considers the plans, preparations, and events of the invasion; told with a pro-British bias which concentrates on the massiveness of the operation (few G.I./Tommy anecdotes), the work concludes with information on such special projects as Operation PLUTO and the MULBERRY harbors. 2677. Tute, Warren, John Costello, and Terry Hughes. D-Day. New York: Macmillan, 1974. 256 pp. Employing extracts from diaries and memoirs as well as a number of rare photographs (some in color), the authors reconstruct the planning for and execution of the Normandy invasion as seen from both the Allied and German viewpoints. 2678. United States. War Department. Historical Division. Omaha Beachhead (6 June–13 June 1944). American Forces in Action. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1945. 167 pp. Employing maps, photographs, and annexes, this paperback reconstructs the assault on and consolidation of Omaha Beach by units of the U.S. First Army. 2679. ——.——.——. St. Lô (7 July–19 July 1944). American Forces in Action. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947. 128 pp.

376

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Employing photographs, maps, and annexes, this popularly written account tells of the battle for and capture of this communications center in July 1944.

2680. ——.——.——. Utah Beach to Cherbourg (6 June–27 June 1944). American Forces in Action. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947. 213 pp. This popular paperback, using maps, photographs, and annexes, describes the First Army campaign and capture of this Cotentin Peninsula port city in the weeks immediately after D-Day. 2681. Van der Vat, Dan. D-Day: The Greatest Invasion, A People’s History. New York: Bloomsburg, 2003. 176 pp. An unimaginative photo album integrated with quotes from veterans. 2682. Vickers, Philip. Das Reich: 2nd SS Panzer Division Das Reich—Drive to Normandy, June 1944. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 2000. 192 pp. A brief history and battlefield guide from the Battleground Europe series. 2683. Waddell, Steve R. United States Army Logistics: The Normandy Campaign, 1944. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1994. 190 pp. A valuable scholarly analysis of a neglected aspect of the Normandy campaign. The author explores the deficiencies of U.S. Army logistical planning and services. Includes tables of the capacities of the invasion beaches. 2684. Weigley, Russell F. “From the Normandy Beaches to the Falaise–Argentan Pocket.” Military Review 70 (September 1990): 45–64. Weigley argues that the Allies failed to defeat Germany in 1944 because of “controversial command decisions on the operational level” that extended from the OVERLORD landings through the failure of American commanders “to develop the operational possibilities of their own tactical success with COBRA.” He attributes this failure to the AngloAmerican neglect of the intermediate area between strategy and tactics in the interwar period in both the United States and Great Britain. 2685. Weingartner, Steven, ed. The Greatest Thing We Have Ever Attempted: Historical Perspectives on the Normandy Campaign. Wheaton, Il.: Cantigny First Division Association, 1998. 213 pp. A compilation of the proceedings from the 1994 Conference on “Normandy” sponsored by the First Division Foundation and the U.S. Naval Institute. Participants included Stephen Ambrose, Joseph M. Balkoski, Clay Blair, Martin Blumenson, Vitali Bogdanov, KlausRichard Bohme, Thomas Buell, D’Ann Campbell, James L. Collins, John A. English, John B. Hattendorf, John W. Huston, Bruce Menning, Geoffrey Perrett, Werner Rahn, Andy Rooney, and H. P. Willmott. The international character of the conference produces a diversity of views and enhances the value of this source for historians and students alike.

The War on Land

377

2686. Wertenbaker, Charles C. “D-Day.” In: Margaret C. Scoggin, ed. Battle Stations: True Stories of Men in War. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1953, pp. 187–210. An account of the landings drawn from the next entry. 2687. ——.——.——. Invasion. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1944. 168 pp. A reporter’s chronicle of the D-Day invasion from its planning stages to the occupation of Cherbourg on June 27, 1944; illustrated with a number of interesting photographs taken by Robert Capa of Life magazine. 2688. West, Arthur L., Jr., and Crosby P. Miller. “Troyes—An Armored Attack.” Armor LXXII (November–December 1963): 4–9. Concerns the capture of this French town by the Third Army on August 25–26, 1944. 2689. Whitaker, W. Denis, and Shelagh Whitaker with Terry Copp. Normandy: The Real Story: How Ordinary Allied Soldiers Defeated Hitler. New York: Presidio Press/Ballantine Books, 2004. The authors trace the course of the Normandy campaign from the initial landings through the fighting in the hedgerows. Allied soldiers are presented as superior to their German opponents. 2690. ——;. Victory at Falaise: The Soldiers’ Story. Toronto, Ont.: Harper Collins, 2000. 371 pp. An “anti-revisionist” account of the actions of Canadian and Polish units to seal the Falaise Pocket. The authors draw on interviews to analyze the conditions under which the fighting actually took place, and conclude that troops were more innovative, determined, and successful at Falaise than their critics allow. 2691. Whiting, Charles. 44: In Combat from Normandy to the Ardennes. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 2000. 219 pp. A view of the ground war in northwest Europe from the perspective of an infantryman. 2692. Wolfert, Ira. “Beachhead Panorama: Going Ashore with the Troops.” Reader’s Digest XLV (August 1944): 122–128. 2693. ——.“The Invasion: A Great Event in History.” Reader’s Digest XLV (August 1944): 112–121. Two accounts of the D-Day landings (the first eyewitness) which describe for the home folks the planning and execution of history’s largest amphibious undertaking. 2694. Wright, Charles E. “Moselle River Crossing at Cattenom.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (May–June 1948): 50–53+. A study in coordination, October 15-November 19, 1944. 2695. Young, Peter. Great Battles of World War II: D-Day. Northbrook, Il.: Quality Books International, 1981. 160 pp.

378

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A reconstruction of the landings and beachhead securement, including the author’s recollections of service as a British commander; includes some 100 photographs and maps, over half of which are in color.

2696. Zaloga, Steven J., with H. Johnson, L. Ray, and C. Taylor. The Atlantic Wall. Oxford, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2007. 64 pp. A brief history of the fortifications constructed to defeat an Allied invasion. Contains illustrations and informative cutaways of bunkers. 2697. Zetterling, Niklas. Normandy, 1944: German Military Organization, Combat Power and Organizational Effectiveness. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2000. 250 pp. Scholarly review of the organization of German field forces employed during the Normandy campaign and their losses. Includes capsule histories of every formation and debunks a number of common myths about German and Waffen SS forces. 2698. Zuehlke, Mark. Holding Juno, Canada’s Heroic Defence of the D-Day Beaches: June 7–12, 1944. Vancouver, B.C.: Douglas and McIntyre, 2005. 424 pp. A readable account of the Canadian 3rd Division’s defense of Juno Beach against determined German counterattacks. Zuehlke makes extensive use of first-person interviews with participants of the engagements. 2699. ——. Juno Beach: Canada’s D-Day Victory: June 6, 1944. Vancouver, B.C.: Douglas and McIntyre, 2004. 415 pp. A narrative of the assault on and seizure of Juno Beach by the 3rd Canadian Division on D-Day. c. HOLLAND, BELGIUM, AND GERMANY Introduction: The Allied campaign to liberate the Low Countries and move to victory on the ground inside Germany was nowhere near as mobile as the dash across France. Not only did the weather and terrain stiffen as the AngloAmericans approached and entered the Fatherland, but so too did Nazi resistance, stiffened, some believe, by Joseph Goebbels’ skillful use of propaganda concerning Allied war aims and unconditional surrender, topics covered in Section II:A above. The citations in this part follow the U.S. land campaign in Holland, Belgium, and Germany from the late fall of 1944 through VE-Day in May 1945. Here readers will find references to two of the most controversial battles of the war: the Ardennes counterattack (popularly called the Battle of the Bulge) and the preceding Allied airborne effort to capture a bridgehead across the Rhine at Arnhem. For references to the air and sea aspects of these operations, users should consult Sections III:C:2 and 3 above and V:C:2 below. Certain of the biographies and memoirs cited in IV:B above and the unit histories in IV:D below may also prove helpful. 2700. Allen, Peter. One More River: The Rhine Crossings of 1945. New York: Scribners, 1980. 318 pp. The great natural German defense barrier and largest water obstacle in

The War on Land

379

the Western Theater, the Rhine was first crossed by the 9th Armored Division at Remagen on March 7, 1945. Later in the month, U.S. airborne forces joined those of Great Britain in a paradrop behind German lines on the eastern bank while ground troops were ferried across. Allen provides information on the difficulties faced by the Allies in overcoming this water barrier as well as maps and photographs to complement the text. 2701. “Allied Armies Vault the Rhine.” Life, April 2, 1945, 21–27. A useful pictorial piece. 2702. Ambrose, Stephen E. Eisenhower and Berlin, 1945: The Decision to Halt at the Elbe. New York: W. W. Norton, 1967. 119 pp. The British believed it important for postwar dealings with the Soviets that the Western Allies reach the German capital first and the U.S. Chiefs of Staff left the decision to the Supreme Commander; Eisenhower, in turn, elected not to attempt the Berlin capture on the basis that the casualties taken could not justify the act, which he knew would be nullified by a withdrawal to previously agreed upon occupation zones. 2703. ——. “The Bulge.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 1 (Spring 1989): 22–33. Ambrose argues that Eisenhower was the first Allied commander to sense the scale of the German assault and to “readjust his thinking.” His decision to reinforce St. Vith and Echternach won the battle, but his decision to shift command for the northern part of the battle to Montgomery was a “great mistake,” for the British field marshal was too slow to mount a counterattack 2704. Arnold, James R. The Battle of the Bulge: Hitler’s Last Gamble. Oxford, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2004. 94 pp. Succinct and well-illustrated account of origins and execution of Hitler’s attempt to regain the strategic initiative on the Western Front. 2705. Arthur, Billy A., and Bruce H. Siemon. “The Bridge at Remagen: A German–American Staff Ride to Study Its Capture.” Army Historian II (Summer 1985): 1, 4–5. An informative examination of a famous action that clarifies events at the tactical level that led to the capture of the Ludendorff bridge. 2706. Astor, Gerald. The Bloody Forest: The Battle for the Huertgen, September 1944–January 1945. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 2000. 403 pp. A graphic account of the Battle of the Hürtgen Forest based primarily on the recollections of participants. The title of this flawed book is misleading, for the author’s real focus is to charge Generals Omar Bradley and Courtney Hodges with “malfeasance” for their conduct of the battle. 2707. ——. A Blood Dimmed Tide: The Battle of the Bulge by the Men Who Fought It. New York: Donald I. Fine, 1992. 532 pp.

380

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Astor melds interviews, diaries, and correspondence together to create a readable and vivid sense of battle from the perspective of both American and German soldiers. Although Astor emphasizes the human face of war, he also suggests that complacency on the part of American commanders contributed to German success in the early stages of the Ardennes offensive.

2708. Baldwin, Hanson W. “Our Greatest Battle.” New York Times Magazine, December 15, 1946, 7–9+; December 29, 1946, 18+. A full report on the Battle of the Bulge written a year after the event by a leading military analyst. 2709. Balkoski, Joseph. “ ‘Operation Grenade’: The Battle for the Rhineland, 23 February–5 March 1945.” Strategy and Tactics (January–February 1981): 4–15. An overview of the American battles along the approaches to the Rhine River in early 1945. 2710. Baron, Richard, Abe Baum, and Richard Goldhurst. Raid: The Untold Story of Patton’s Secret Mission. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1981. 283 pp. During the last weeks of the war, General Patton authorized a task force under co-author Baum to liberate the POW camp at Hammelburg to ostensibly liberate U.S. captives. Reaching the camp, they found 1,500 Americans, including co-author Baron and Patton’s son-in-law. The mission ended in failure and the liberators became captives. Well written and dramatic. See entry nos. 2818 and 2819. 2711. “Battle of Huertgen Forest.” Life, January 1, 1945, 33–36. Still a useful pictorial piece on the bitter fighting in the dense terrain which covered roughly the triangle of Aachen–Dueren–Monschau. 2712. The Battle of St. Vith, Belgium, 17–23 November 1944. Fort Knox, Ky.: The U.S. Army Armor School, 1965. 33 pp. The activities of the U.S. 7th Armored Division in the contest for this town waged against the Wehrmacht from December 16 to 21, 1944, the group’s withdrawal, and later recapture of the Belgian village on January 23, 1945. 2713. “The Battle of the Bulge.” After the Battle 3 (1974), 1–56. A pictorial review of the great December 1944 German counter-offensive in the Ardennes. 2714. Bauserman, John M. The Malmedy Massacre. Shippensburg, Pa.: White Mane Publishing, 1995. 156 pp. A thoroughly researched and detailed reconstruction of events at the Malmedy crossroads. Contains extensive appendices, including autopsy reports and a diagram of the location of each body on the killing field. See entry no. 2788. 2715. Beevor, Antony. The Fall of Berlin, 1945. New York: Viking Press, 2002. 489 pp.

The War on Land

381

A detailed account of the fall of Berlin from the German and Russian perspectives. The author makes good use of first-hand accounts of the fighting. 2716. Bell, Paul B. “Tank Destroyers in the Roer River Crossing.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (August 1945): 497–499. Actions of the 2nd Tank Destroyer Group with the U.S. 29th and 30th Divisions beginning on February 23, 1945. 2717. Blumenson, Martin. “The Hammelburg Affair.” Army XV (October 1965): 16–18+. A judicious assessment of Patton’s efforts to liberate his son-in-law. See nos. 2818 and 2980. 2718. ——. “The Hammelburg Mission.” Military Review XXXV (May 1955): 26–31. Blumenson’s second piece outlining Patton’s controversial, or perhaps more accurately reckless, decision to send a task force to rescue his sonin-law covered by Baron and company in entry no. 2710. 2719. Blumentritt, Günther. “The Battle of the Bulge.” Collier’s, January 3, 1945, 16–25. The former commander the German Fifteenth Army during the Ardennes offensive recalls the mistakes made on both sides. 2720. Boesch, Paul. Road to Huertgen: Forest in Hell. Houston, Tx.: Gulf, 1962. 254 pp. A U.S. infantryman recalls the horror of fighting in the dense, dark forest just inside the German border; the account is told from the viewpoint of a common soldier without a large amount of attention to the activities of generals or strategy behind the campaign. 2721. Bonn, Keith E. When the Odds Were Even: The Vosges Mountains Campaign, October 1944–January 1945. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1994. 294 pp. A scholarly study of the campaign to breach German defenses in the Vosges Mountains. Bonn refutes the claim that the training, doctrine, and performance of U.S. forces was inferior to that of the Wehrmacht, and seeks to demonstrate that American G.I.s defeated German divisions in the Vosges without the aid of tactical air power. 2722. Bortz, Abe. “The First Army Jumps the Rhine.” Military Engineer LIV (September–October 1962): 342–347. Describes Operation VARSITY, the dropping of the British 6th and U.S. 17th Airborne Divisions of the First Allied Airborne Army east of the river in the most successful parachute operation of the Allies’ northwest Europe campaign. 2723. Breesler, Dean M. “Airborne ’44: Allied Forces Breach the Rhine.” Assembly: Register of Graduates, United States Military Academy, West Point 53 (March 1995): 21–26.

382

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II The airborne assault in support of the Rhine crossing as related by members of the class of 1944.

2724. Breuer, William B. Bloody Clash at Sadzot: Hitler’s Final Strike for Antwerp. St. Louis, Mo.: Zeus Publishers, 1981. 240 pp. Tells how on December 17–18 during the Battle of the Bulge, Major Paul J. Solis with a small detachment denied a crucial fuel depot to the spearhead of the German Sixth Panzer Army by pouring gasoline into a road cut near this small Belgian town on the Amblève River. 2725. ——. Storming Hitler’s Rhine: The Allied Assault: February–March 1945. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1985. 308 pp. Colorful account of the Allied crossing of the Rhine and the advance into Germany. Based on secondary sources. 2726. Briggs, Richard A. The Battle of the Ruhr Pocket. West Point, N.Y.: Tioga Book Press, 1957. 84 pp. A brief recollection of how the U.S. First and Ninth Armies met on the east side of the Ruhr industrial area on April 1, 1945, trapping German Army Group B and part of Army Group H. 2727. Brownlow, Donald C. Panzer Baron: The Military Exploits of General Hasso von Manteuffel. West Hanover, Ma.: Christopher Publishing House, 1975. 176 pp. This dynamic General der Panzertruppen saw service not only in Tunisia and on the Eastern Front, but commanded the Fifth Panzer Army during the Ardennes counteroffensive in December 1944. This work follows his entire wartime career with emphasis on his use of mobility, ending with his surrender to U.S. forces in May 1945. 2728. “The Capture of Burgelin.” Armored Cavalry Journal LIII (September– October 1949): 34–39. Provides details on how this city in the Ruhr was taken by the U.S. 7th Armored Division in spring 1945. 2729. Cavanagh, William. Battle East of Elsenborn. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2005. 256 pp. A well-written account of individual and small unit actions that slowed the German Ardennes offensive. Based heavily on interviews with 2nd and 99th Division veterans, including six Medal of Honor recipients, who defended Elsenborn Ridge. 2730. ——. A Tour of the Bulge Battlefield. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2001. 224 pp. A guide book intended for tourists who wish to understand and visit the principal locales of the Battle of the Bulge, including Stavelot in the north, Bastogne, and Dreikirchen in the south. 2731. ——. Krinkelt-Rocherath: The Battle for the Twin Villages. Norwell, Ma.: Christopher Publishing House, 1986. 193 pp.

The War on Land

383

An examination of the significant action for control of KrinkeltRocherath in the opening phase of the Battle of the Bulge. Possession of the villages was essential to the withdrawal of the 2nd and 99th Divisions to Elsenborn Ridge. 2732. Chandler, David G. “The Bridge at Remagen, March 7, 1945.” History Today XXIX (March 1979): 194–197. A pictorial outline piece explaining how men of the U.S. 9th Armored Division captured this strategic Rhine River bridge and the subsequent impact of the capture on German forces east of the barrier. 2733. Chang, Ronnie C. “Bridge at Remagen.” Engineer IX (Winter 1979): 8–11. Describes not only the bridge’s capture, but the efforts of U.S. Army engineers to keep it standing after it was damaged by German sappers; the bridge collapsed ten days after its capture, but not before other bridges had been built across the Rhine and many men had crossed. 2734. Chant, Christopher. “The Defense of Bastogne.” In: Philip de Ste. Croix, ed. Airborne Operations: An Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Great Battles of Airborne Forces. New York: Crescent Books, 1978, pp. 128–133. Resting after the rigors of the Arnhem operation, the U.S. 101st Airborne Division acquired an enviable reputation for dour defensive fighting during the Battle of the Bulge. 2735. ——. “The Rhine Crossings.” In: Philip de Ste. Croix, ed. Airborne Operations: An Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Great Battles of Airborne Forces. New York: Crescent Books, 1978, pp. 134–140. An overview of the Allies’ most successful ETO airborne mission, Operation VARSITY. 2736. Chase, Francis, Jr. “The Rhine Was 1,000 Miles Wide.” Saturday Evening Post, May 5, 1945, 20+. On the ferrying of U.S. troops from the west to east banks of the Rhine River in March 1945. 2737. Cholewczynski, George F. Poles Apart: The Polish Airborne at the Battle of Arnhem. New York: Sarpedon, 1993. 318 pp. Well-written story of the men of the 1st Polish Parachute Brigade on both the south and north banks of the Rhine at Arnhem and the clashes of its commander with British generals. Based on first-person interviews and extensive archival research. 2738. Chuikov, Vasilii I. The Fall of Berlin. Translated from the Russian. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1968. 261 pp. Mixing in only a limited amount of propaganda, Marshal Chuikov, hero of the Soviet defense of Stalingrad, provides a candid personal account, filled with detail and analysis, of the last great battle in the ETO as conducted by his Eighth Guards Army. The author plays down the contributions of the Western Allies. His account, written under the Khrushchev

384

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II regime when the marshal’s star was at its height, was later attacked by Russian historians as a falsification.

2739. Clark, Lloyd. Arnhem: Operation Market Garden, September 1944. Stroud, U.K.: Sutton Press, 2002. 240 pp. Photographic history of the controversial attempt to outflank the West Wall and cross the Rhine in 1944. 2740. Clarke, Bruce C. “The Battle for St. Vith: Armor in the Defense and Delay.” Armor LXXXIII (November–December 1974): 39–40. The wartime commander of the U.S. 7th Armored Division describes his use of tanks in a delaying action which upset the German advance during the Battle of the Bulge. 2741. Cole, Hugh M. The Ardennes: Battle of the Bulge. U.S. Army in World War II: The European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965. 720 pp. The official Army history of the German winter counteroffensive from its jump-off on December 16, 1944, until Allied armies were ready to eliminate the bulge in their lines in early January 1945, is recounted. German plans and Allied counter actions are described in detail. The coverage of the battle action is based on official sources and numerous interviews with German and Allied participants, especially U.S. commanders and troops. Also available online from the Center of Military History. 2742. ——. “The Origins of the Battle of the Bulge.” Army XV (December 1964): 22–30. A discussion of German aims and strategy and the Allied failure to uncover them before the attack started. 2743. Colon, William. “Crossing the Rhine.” Infantry LXXII (July–August 1982): 30–33. A brief outline piece on how the U.S. armies overcame the largest and final barrier to the heartland of the Reich. 2744. Cooper, P. W. Rhine Crossing. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1968. 160 pp. In addition to Operation VARSITY, the airborne mission, this pictorial describes the lift-over of more than 50,000 troops and thousands of vehicles and pieces of ordnance in one 72-hour period in late March 1945. 2745. Copp, Terry. Cinderella Army: The Canadians in Northwest Europe 1944–1945. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2006. 407 pp. A well-researched narrative of the operations of the smallest army under Eisenhower’s command, the often overlooked First Canadian, following the Normandy breakout to the end of the war. The battles to clear the Channel ports, the Breskens Pocket and the Scheldt by often understrength Canadian formations, as well as the climactic battles in the Rhineland, and the liberation of Holland are detailed, often in graphic terms.

The War on Land

385

2746. Cortesi, Lawrence. Valor in the Bulge. New York: Zebra Books, 1986. 270 pp. An account of the Battle of the Bulge stressing the resistance of small units to the initial German drive. Photographs and maps. 2747. Creel, George. “Patton at the Pay-Off.” Collier’s, January 13, 1945, 24–25+. Describes how the U.S. Third Army was taken out of line and rushed to the defense of Americans caught in the Ardennes counteroffensive. 2748. Cress, J. B. “Bridging the Rhine at Wesel.” Military Engineer XXVIII (November–December 1949): 433–436. Follows the work of the 1056th Engineer Group, a U.S. Ninth Army outfit, at a town on the Rhine directly above Duisburg. 2749. Crookenden, Napier. The Battle of the Bulge, 1944. New York: Scribners, 1980. 160 pp. A British airborne expert describes the concept and execution of the German Ardennes counteroffensive and the defense put up by the U.S. One Hundred First Airborne Division in Bastogne; illustrated with maps and a large number of photographs. 2750. Currey, Cecil B. Follow Me and Die: The Destruction of an American Division in World War II. New York: Stein and Day, 1984. 320 pp. The story of the grueling battle for the Hürtgen Forest and the crippling of the 28th Division. 2751. Dalrymple, John C. “Engineer Combat Group in the Rhine Crossing.” Military Review XXVIII (August 1945): 42–52. Describes the actions of the 1117th Engineer Group at Wesel in March 1945; compare with Cress’s article, cited above. 2752. David, Lester. “Christmas in Bastogne.” American Legion Magazine, December 1981, 16–17, 44–48. Recalls in detail the defense of the 101st Airborne Division in the besieged Belgian town, especially how its members spent Christmas in combat. 2753. Davis, Franklin M., Jr. Across the Rhine. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1980. 208 pp. A description of the Allied effort in March–April 1945 to cross the last great barrier cutting them off from an invasion of the central Reich; includes discussion of the Remagen bridge, Operation VARSITY, and the manner in which troops were ferried over. Includes a large number of photographs, many taken by Life magazine cameramen. 2754. ——. Breakthrough, the Epic Story of the Battle of the Bulge—The Greatest Pitched Battle in American History. Derby, Ct.: Monarch Books, 1961. 159 pp.

386

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Davis tells the familiar story of the German counteroffensive and the stout defense thrown up by scattered American units with emphasis on the greater fighting quality of U.S. troops.

2755. Dawley, Jay P. “Combat Across the Roer.” Military Engineer XLVII (January–February 1955): 32–39. Follows U.S. First Army (VII Corps) bridge building operations during its February 1945 crossing of the Roer River. 2756. The Defense of St. Vith, Belgium. Fort Knox, Ky.: Army Armored School, 1949. 47 pp. An overview of the role of the 7th Armored Division at this town during the Battle of the Bulge. 2757. De Lee, Nigel. Voices from the Battle of the Bulge. New York: David & Charles, 2004. 288 pp. A narrative of the battle based on oral histories and letters of American, German, and British veterans. 2758. Deveikis, Casey. “Building Patton’s Rhine River Bridge.” Military Engineer XL (February 1948): 71–74. Its March 27–April 16, 1945, construction by the 1303rd Engineers at Mainz, Germany. 2759. “Did Eisenhower Lose the War?” Collier’s, August 3, 1946, 74. A critical account of the Supreme Commander’s decision not to take Berlin. 2760. Dollinger, Hans. The Decline and Fall of Nazi Germany and Imperial Japan: A Pictorial History of the Final Days of World War II. Translated from the German. New York: Crown, 1968. 432 pp. Over half of this excellent pictorial is devoted to the Allied conquest of the Reich from January through May 1945; detail is particularly strong as to the impact of the Allied advance on German troops and civilians. Includes photostats of official orders and pages from the Allied Germanlanguage propaganda newspaper “News for the Troops.” 2761. Doubler, Micahel D. Closing with the Enemy: How G.I.s Fought the War in Europe, 1944–1945. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1994. 393 pp. A thoughtful and important study of the U.S. performance in the combined arms environment of the European campaign. Doubler persuasively argues that “the American army was successful because it proved itself capable of quickly adapting to new and sometimes unexpected circumstances.” 2762. Draper, Theodore. “The Battle of the Bulge: Classic Offensive Campaign in the Ardennes.” Infantry Journal LVI (May 1945): 8–17. One of the first accounts in a military journal of the full extent of the German planning for and execution of their Ardennes counteroffensive as well as the initial confusion caused in Allied circles.

The War on Land

387

2763. ——. The 84th Infantry Division in the Battle of Germany, November 1944–May 1945. New York: Viking Press, 1946. 260 pp. Based on official records and personal interviews with men during the fighting or just returned from the front, this work follows a U.S. Army division from France, through the Ardennes, to the Ruhr and central Germany in text accompanied by useful photographs and maps. 2764. ——. The 84th Infantry Division in the Battle of the Ardennes, December 1944–January 1945. New York: Viking Press, 1945. 260 pp. Follows this unit during the VIII Corps counterattack from the western edge of the Bulge toward Bastogne. 2765. Duncan, W. D. “Tanks and Infantry in Night Attacks.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (January–February 1948): 56–61. Action of the U.S. 30th Infantry Division and two attached units in the vicinity of Lich, Oberembt, and Kirchtroisdorf from February 25 to 27, 1945. 2766. Dupuy, R. Ernest. “The Incredible Valor of Eric Wood in the Battle of St. Vith.” Saturday Evening Post, December 29, 1947, 26+. Examines the actions of one U.S. infantryman in the defense against the German Ardennes counteroffensive. 2767. Dupuy, Trevor N., David L. Bongard, and Richard C. Anderson, Jr. Hitler’s Last Gamble: The Battle of the Bulge, December 1944–January 1945. New York: Harper Collins, 1994. 565 pp. A well-researched and detailed narrative of the Battle of the Bulge. The authors emphasize the fighting around St. Vith as key to the defeat of the German offensive. 2768. ——. “Parker’s Crossroads.” Infantry Journal LXII (April 1948): 14–16. Activities of the 589th Field Artillery Battalion of the 106th Infantry Division in the Ardennes, December 19–23, 1944. 2769. Edmonson, Ross. “He Waited His Turn to Die.” Military Journal II (Winter 1978–1979): 20–21, 49. Recollections of a 285th Field Artillery Observation Battalion survivor of the December 17, 1944, Malmedy Massacre. 2770. Eisenhower, David. “The Race for Berlin: Why the Allies Held Back.” U.S. News and World Report, September 1, 1986, 32–41. The grandson of the former Supreme Commander defends his grandfather’s decision not to drive on Berlin. 2771. Eisenhower, Dwight D. “Americans Seize a Bridge at Remagen and Cross the Rhine.” In: Henry S. Commager and Alan Nevins, eds. Heritage of America. Boston, Mass.: Little, Brown, 1949, pp. 1182–1185. The Supreme Commander recalls his reactions to news of the bridge’s capture and records the crossing which followed.

388

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2772. ——. “My Views on Berlin.” Saturday Evening Post, December 9, 1961, 19–29. The former President and Supreme Commander defends his decision not to capture the German capital. 2773. Eisenhower, John S. D. The Bitter Woods: The Dramatic Story, Told at All Echelons, from Supreme Command to Squad Leader, of the Crisis That Shook the Western Coalition—Hitler’s Surprise Ardennes Offensive. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1969. 506 pp. The Supreme Commander’s son, who saw service with the U.S. First Army in World War II, tells the whole story of the ETO campaign after D-Day with particular emphasis on the strategy and tactics of the Battle of the Bulge; basing his work on interviews, visits to the battlefields, and primary and secondary sources, Eisenhower covers command decisions and small unit actions. Includes useful photographs, but the map work is inadequate to guide readers through the textual detail. 2774. Ellison, Marvin C. “Landing Craft in River Crossings.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXII (January 1946): 121–123. A brief review of the role of U.S. Navy landing craft in the ferrying of men across the Rhine in spring 1945. 2775. Elstob, Peter. Bastogne: The Road Block. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1968. 160 pp. Examines the importance of the Belgian town to the Germans during their counteroffensive and the stubborn defense and famous relief of the place by U.S. forces. Part of a noted pictorial series. 2776. ——. “The Battle of the Bulge: The Last Gasp, Belgium, 1944.” In: Bernard Fitzsimons, ed. Tanks and Weapons of World War II. New York: Beekman House, 1973, pp. 126–131. An account of the role of German and American armor in the Ardennes contest, first published in Purnell’s History of the Second World War. 2777. ——. Hitler’s Last Offensive. New York: Macmillan, 1971. 413 pp. First published in England, this detailed survey of the Battle of the Bulge is well organized and written, covering the story from both the German and Allied standpoints from command to small unit, but is devoid of new information. Compare with John Eisenhower’s effort noted above. 2778. Essame, Hubert. The Battle for Germany. New York: Scribners, 1969. 228 pp. A former member of Montgomery’s staff views the conquest of northwest Europe, especially Germany, in 1944–1945; attempting fairness, the author nevertheless sides with his former boss in his discussions of those strategic and tactical arguments between Monty, Eisenhower, and Bradley. 2779. Exton, Hugh M. “The Guards Armored Division in ‘Operation Market Garden.’ ” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (May–June 1948): 2–8.

The War on Land

389

The September 17–25, 1944, Holland operations of the British tank unit of XXX Corps, Second Army, in relation to its effort to relieve the U.S. 82nd Airborne Division at Nijmegen. 2780. Featherstone, Donald. Wargaming Airborne Operations. New York: International Publications Service, 1977. 250 pp. Designed for students of board wargames, this work presents a detailed analysis of the Allied airborne attempt to capture the bridges at ArnhemNijmegen, Holland, in September 1944 and the German countermoves which denied the Allies success in MARKET-GARDEN. 2781. Ferrell, Bruce K. “The Battle of Aachen.” Armor 109 (November– December 2000): 30–36. The role of tank support of infantry in the reduction of Aachen. 2782. Ford, Ken. The Rhineland 1945: The Final Push into Germany. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2004. 96 pp. A succinct survey of the Rhineland campaign preparatory to crossing the Rhine River. 2783. Fox, Frederic. “The Battle of the Bulge as Seen from Headquarters.” New York Times Magazine, December 12, 1954, 14–15+. A recollection of the confusion existing at Allied HQ during the initial phase of the German counteroffensive and the gradual reaction of the “brass” designed to contain it. 2784. Frank, Stanley B. “The Glorious Collapse of the 106th: The Battle of the Bulge.” Saturday Evening Post, November 9, 1946, 32–33+. In the most serious reverse to American arms in the MTO/ETO, the German Fifth Panzer Army surrounded the 106th near St. Vith and captured two of its regiments—8,000 men. 2785. Friedheim, Eric. “Rhineland Rendezvous.” Air Force XXVIII (May 1945): 4–7. An overview of Operation VARSITY, the paradrop of the First Allied Airborne Army beyond the Rhine in March 1945. 2786. Frost, John. A Drop Too Many. London: Cassell, 1980. 254 pp. The British commander who tried to hold Arnhem bridge during the MARKET-GARDEN operation reviews the great airdrops and battles of that campaign, including the descent of the U.S. 82nd Airborne on Nijmegen. 2787. Fuller, John F. “ ‘Market Garden’—The Operation That Failed.” Airlift Operations Review II (October–December 1980): 24–28. An overview of the disastrous Allied airborne attempt to capture bridges over the Rhine River in Holland in September 1944. 2788. Gallagher, Richard. The Malmedy Massacre. New York: Paperback Library, 1964. 158 pp.

390

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II In the worst atrocity of the ETO involving U.S. troops, some 86 men of the 285th Field Artillery Observation Battalion prisoners executed by SS men near this Belgian town during the Battle of the Bulge. See entry no. 2769.

2789. Ganz, A. Harding. “Breakthrough to Bastogne.” Armor XC (November– December 1981): 12–18. After briefly describing the siege of the 101st Airborne Division in the city during the German Ardennes counteroffensive, this work concentrates on the relief mission of the U.S. 4th Armored Division, which broke through to the defenders on December 26. 2790. Gavin, James M. “The Airborne Army’s First Test.” Infantry Journal LXII (January 1948): 22–30; (February 1948): 39–46. A detailed look at operations by the U.S. 82nd and 101st Airborne Divisions in Operation MARKET-GARDEN in Holland, September 10–26, 1944. 2791. ——. “Bloody Huertgen: The Battle That Should Never Have Been Fought.” American Heritage XXXI (December 1979): 32–44. Examines the nightmare of fighting in this dark forest just inside the German border and criticizes U.S. leaders for sending their troops into it. 2792. “German Press Comments on the Ardennes Breakthrough.” Military Review XXV (October 1945): 87–92. Examines Joseph Goebbels’ account of the Allied campaign in the Ardennes in late autumn 1944, before the German offensive. 2793. Goldstein, Donald M., Katherine V. Dillon, and J. Michael Winger. Nuts!: The Battle of the Bulge: The Story and Photographs. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s. 1994. 191 pp. A balanced photographic history of the battle that conveys a sense of the men and conditions. 2794. Goolrick, William K., and Ogden Tanner. The Battle of the Bulge. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1979. 208 pp. The text, with accompanying photographs, many taken by Life magazine reporters during the events described, provides information on the planning and execution of the German Ardennes counteroffensive and the Allied reaction to it. A useful introduction. 2795. Gorman, James B. “Narrow Is the Way.” Armor LXXIV (September– October 1965): 13–16. On the difficulties of crossing over the newly captured Ludendorf bridge over the Rhine at Remagen. 2796. Greene, Michael J. L. “Contact at Houffalize.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVIII (May–June 1949): 36–44. Follows the operations of the 41st Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadron of the 11th Armored Division in the Bastogne area, January 15–16, 1945.

The War on Land

391

2797. Gun, Nerin E. The Day of the Americans. New York: Fleet, 1966. 317 pp. Recollections of the Nazi concentration camps liberated by U.S. troops in early 1945, including the overrunning of Dachau by the 42nd and 45th Infantry Divisions. 2798. Gurley, Franklin Louis. “Policy Versus Strategy: The Defense of Strasbourg in Winter 1994–1945.” The Journal of Military History 58 (July 1994): 481–514. An interesting study of Allied high command relationships, particularly Eisenhower’s with Jacob Devers of the Sixth Army Group, and General de Gaulle’s opposition to plans for a withdrawal in Alsace that would jeopardize Strasbourg. A balanced account of the political and strategic debates stirred by Hitler’s offensives in the Ardennes and Alsace. 2799. Hamel, George F. “The Crailsheim Operation of the 10th Armored Division.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVIII (March–April 1949): 34–45. Operations in south-central Germany, April 1–10, 1945. 2800. Hanlon, John. “The Bell Rings in Hemroulle.” Reader’s Digest XLVII (December 1962): 102–106. Records a touching moment during the Battle of the Bulge. 2801. Harclerode, Pater. Arnhem: A Tragedy of Errors. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1994. 192 pp. A professional soldier’s analysis of the factors that shaped the genesis, planning, and misreading of German reactions to MARKET-GARDEN. 2802. Harmon, Ernest N., and Milton McKay. “We Gambled in the Battle of the Bulge.” Saturday Evening Post, October 2, 1948, 34–35+. The former 2nd Armored Division chief recalls the thin defense available at the start of the German counteroffensive and the dash by armored forces to contain the Nazi breakthrough. 2803. Hartman, Ted J. Tank Driver with the 11th Armored from the Battle of the Bulge to VE Day. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2003. 163 pp. An account of combat by a teenage American tank driver during the Battle of the Bulge and in the final advance into Germany. 2804. Harvey, A. D. Arnhem. London: Cassell, 2001. 217 pp. A comprehensive examination of the battle and analysis of the factors that led to its outcome. 2805. Hastings, Max. Armageddon: The Battle for Germany, 1944–1945. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2004. 584 pp. A readable chronicle of the major actions of the final eight months of the war on both the Western and Eastern Fronts. Hastings explores the reasons for the prolongation of the war in Europe and the continuation of the combined bomber offensive against German cities.

392

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2806. Heckler, Kenneth W. The Bridge at Remagen. New York: Ballantine Books, 1957. 238 pp. The definitive account of the U.S. 9th Armored Division’s capture of this Rhine River crossing point on March 7, 1945, the efforts made by U.S. engineers to keep the bridge standing under constant German air and artillery fire, and the collapse of the structure ten days after its capture. 2807. ——. “Some Men Who Were at Remagen.” In: Frank Brookhauser, ed. This Was Your War: An Anthology of Great Writings from World War II. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1960, pp. 402–408. An extract from the last citation. 2808. Heiberg, Harrison H. D. “12th Army Group Plans and Operations for the Rhine Crossing and the Closing of the Ruhr Pocket.” Military Review XXXI (September 1951): 26–37. A detailed review of General Bradley’s plans and operations during late March and early April 1945. 2809. Heinz, Wilfred C. “After 20 Years: The G.I.’s War Fades Away.” Saturday Evening Post, December 12, 1964, 22–30+. On the dimming remembrances of the Battle of the Bulge and the cold, hard fighting by U.S. troops against Hitler’s last offensive. 2810. Hibbert, Christopher. The Battle of Arnhem. New York: Macmillan, 1962. 224 pp. An analysis of Montgomery’s plan, the failed execution of the plan during the ground phase of MARKET-GARDEN, and a speculation upon ways in which the tragedy might have been avoided. 2811. Hottelet, Richard C. “Bastogne: How We Stopped Von Rundstedt.” Collier’s, February 10, 1945, 16–17+. Describes the stubborn Christmas-week defense of the Belgian town by the U.S. 101st Airborne Division. 2812. ——. “The Big Jump into Germany.” Collier’s, May 5, 1945, 13+. An eyewitness account of Operation VARSITY, and the part played in this Rhine River paratroop operation by the 17th U.S. Airborne Division. 2813. “How Berlin Got Behind the [Iron] Curtain.” Time, September 29, 1961, 18–19. At the height of the Berlin Crisis, the news magazine examines General Eisenhower’s decision in 1945 not to capture the German capital. 2814. Huston, James A. “The Air Invasion of Holland.” Military Review XXXII (August 1952): 37–57; (September 1952): 13–27. A detailed overview of the Allied attempt to capture the Rhine River bridges and the German counterattack which stopped the effort.

The War on Land

393

2815. Hutchinson, K. G. “Cracking the Nut: Clearing the Maas Pocket— September to December 1944.” British Army Review (August 1996): 39–50. Covers the hard fighting involved in clearing German forces from the Maas Pocket in the aftermath of MARKET-GARDEN. 2816. Hyde, John F. “Armored Bridgehead Operation.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVIII (July–August 1949): 34–42, 48. The U.S. 9th Armored Division in the capture and maintenance of the Ludendorff Bridge at Remagen, March 7–17, 1945. 2817. Infield, Glenn B. Skorzeny: Hitler’s Commando. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1981. 266 pp. A biography of “Hitler’s favorite commando” and the man who, during the Battle of the Bulge, organized Operation GREIF to infiltrate Englishspeaking Germans in U.S. uniforms behind Allied lines. 2818. Irwin, Theodore. “The Combat Snafu of ‘Blood-and-Guts’ Patton.” In: Phil Hirsch, ed. Fighting Generals. New York: Pyramid Books, 1960, pp. 47–58. Reprinted from Man’s Magazine; an account of the Hammelburg mission. 2819. Jesse, William R. “Bastogne: An Artillery Classic.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (December 1945): 718–720. A brief accounting of the role of artillery in the U.S. defense and the German offensive at Bastogne, Belgium, 1944. 2820. Johnson, Gerald K. “The Black Soldier in the Ardennes.” Soldiers, February 1981, 16–19. Many of the troops taken on by German panzers during the Bulge offensive were African Americans, who were pressed into service as riflemen and gave a good account of themselves. 2821. Kane, Steve. The 1st SS Panzer Division “Leibstandarte Adolf Hitler” in the Battle of the Bulge. Military Journal Special No. 2. Bennington, Vt.: International Graphics Corp., 1982. 36 pp. Includes an account of the 2,000-man taskforce led by Lt. Col. Joachim Peiper that committed the Malmedy Massacre. 2822. Karig, Walter. “One More River to Cross.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXI (October 1945): 1193–1201. Outside of Morison’s account (item 3582) cited in Section V: C: 2 below, this is the best account of the role of U.S. Navy landing craft in the March–April 1945 Rhine River crossing. 2823. Keasey, Charles B. “The Roer River Crossing at Linnich, Germany.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (May–June 1948): 54–56. A study of coordination, February 21–24, 1945. 2824. Keegan, John. “Berlin.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 2 (Winter 1990): 82–83.

394

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An informative overview of the Battle of Berlin. Keegan recounts Hitler’s decision to defend the city, Eisenhower’s “halt at the Elbe” order, and paints a vivid picture of Stalin pitting Zhukov and Konev against each other in the race for Berlin to capture the symbolic heart of Hitler’s Third Reich.

2825. Kershaw, Robert J. ‘It Never Snows in September’: The German View of MARKET-GARDEN and the Battle of Arnhem, September 1944. New York: Sarpedon, 1996. 364 pp. Examination of why the Allied attempt to cross the lower Rhine and outflank the West Wall failed from the German perspective. Kerhsaw suggests that the quick German response to the airborne landings and the check of the American forces at Nijmegen had as much to do with the outcome of the operation as misplaced drop zones. 2826. Kessler, Leo. The Battle of the Ruhr Pocket, April 1945. Chelsea, Mi.: Scarborough House, 1990. 224 pp. Well-illustrated account of the destruction of Army Group B in the Ruhr. 2827. Knowlton, W. A. “Your Mission Is to Contact the Russians.” Reader’s Digest XLVII (August 1945): 116–128. An account of the meeting of Soviet and American troops on the Elbe River. 2828. Kohutka, George A. “Schmidt, 1944.” Armor LXXIV (September– October 1965): 17–22. The costly and vain effort by the U.S. 28th Infantry Division to capture this town opposite the Hürtgen Forest in October 1944. 2829. Korthals, A., and N. K. C. A. in’t Veld. Translated from the Dutch. The Forgotten Battle: Overloon and the Maas Salient, 1944–45. New York: Sarpedon, 1995. 226 pp. An account of the fighting that took place around Overloon in the autumn of 1944 and the elimination of the Maas salient in early 1945. Based in part on the recollections of Dutch civilians. 2830. Kosnett, Phil. “Highway to the Reich: ‘Operation Market-Garden,’ 17–26 September 1944.” Strategy and Tactics. March–April 1977, 25–35. A summary of the First Allied Airborne Army’s effort to capture the Rhine River bridges in Holland accompanied by useful maps. 2831. Koyen, Kenneth. “General Patton’s Mistake: Third Army’s 4th Armored Division and the Hammelburg Affair.” Saturday Evening Post, May 1, 1948, 18–19+. An early account of the attempt to liberate the POW camp which held the general’s son-in-law. 2832. Krivitsky, Alexander I. “Handshake on the Elbe.” Soviet Literature 4 (April 1980): 110–120.

The War on Land

395

Recounts from a Russian standpoint the meeting of U.S. and Red Army troops on the Elbe River in May 1945. 2833. Kuzell, Ralph E. “Command and Communication.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (November–December 1948): 32–40. Suggests reasons for the defeat suffered by the 106th Division in the Battle of the Bulge, December 16, 1944. 2834. Langston, Joe V. “Night Crossing.” Infantry Journal LXIV (June 1949): 21–25. Subtitled “How the 6th Armored Division Crossed the Our River into Germany in February 1945.” 2835. “Last Round: Airborne Landings East of the Rhine.” Life, April 9, 1945, 27–37. Still a useful pictorial of Operation VARSITY. 2836. MacDonald, Charles B. The Battle of Huertgen Forest. Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1963. 215 pp. A review of the terrible fighting just inside the German border which occupied much of the U.S. First Army from September to December 1944; the author is critical of American leadership and maintains that the battle was both unnecessary and avoidable. 2837. ——. A Time for Trumpets: The Untold Story of the Battle of the Bulge. New York: William Morrow, 1984. 712 pp. A definitive study employing much unpublished material to provide a detailed treatment; focuses on the intelligence failure during the initial phase of the battle. 2838. ——. “Bridgehead to Victory.” Army Digest XXV (March 1970): 30–31. A repetition of the Remagen bridge story. 2839. ——. Company Commander. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1948. 278 pp. In something of a classic, a junior officer recalls his challenges and opportunities in leading Company I, 23rd Regiment, 2nd Infantry Division in northwest Europe from October 1944 through July 1945; this candid view recalls not only the trials of combat but also the difficulties in the lives of combat soldiers. 2840. ——. Three Battles: Arnaville, Altuzzo, and Schmidt. World War II 50th Anniversary Commemorative ed. Washington, D.C.: Center of Military History, U.S. Army. 1993, 443 pp. Detailed descriptions of three engagements illustrative of the nature of battle in the Hürtgen Forest in the autumn of 1944. 2841. ——. “The Decision to Launch ‘Operation Market-Garden.’ ” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Office of the Chief of Military History, Department of the Army, 1960, pp. 429–442.

396

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Ike’s decision to proceed with the airborne operation was something of a sop given to Montgomery after the rejection of the field marshal’s call for the concentration of all resources on a single thrust to Berlin.

2842. ——. “Horror in the Huertgen Forest.” American History Illustrated VII (February 1972): 12–22. Based on item 2836; concentrates on the enormous casualties suffered by the U.S. 28th Infantry Division. Illustrated. 2843. ——. The Last Offensive. U.S. Army in World War II: The European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1973. 532 pp. Chronologically the last of the ETO “green books,” this work follows Allied thrusts into Germany from the Rhine crossing through VE-Day, including the battle of the Ruhr and the linkup with the Russians on the Elbe River. Illustrated with good maps and interesting photographs. 2844. ——. “The Man Who Did Not Capture Leipzig.” Infantry Journal LX (June 1947): 47–51. The author’s experiences with the 2nd Infantry Division during the Third Army’s invasion of southern Germany. 2845. ——. The Siegfried Line Campaign. U.S. Army in World War II: The European Theater of Operations. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1963. 670 pp. Relates the story of the U.S. First and Ninth Armies from the initial crossing of the German border on September 11, 1944, to the German counteroffensive in the Ardennes on December 16; describes the reduction of Aachen, the costly fighting in the Hürtgen Forest, and the efforts of the First Allied Airborne Army to capture the Rhine bridges in Holland during the MARKET-GARDEN operation. Available online from the Center of Military History. 2846. MacKenzie, Fred. The Men of Bastogne. New York: David McKay, 1968. 265 pp. A day-to-day narrative of the defense of the Belgian town by the 101st Airborne Division during the Battle of the Bulge by the only newsman actually on the scene. 2847. McKee, Alexander. The Race for the Rhine Bridges. New York: Stein and Day, 1971. 490 pp. Recounts three wartime drives on that barrier: the German in 1940, the Allied push into the Ruhr in 1944, and the crossing of British–American forces in 1945; based on interviews with participants from both sides and published sources. 2848. McManus, John C. Alamo in the Ardennes: The Untold Story of the American Soldiers Who Made the Defense of Bastogne Possible. New York: John Wiley, 2007. 336 pp. An original account of the genesis of Hitler’s plan to attack in the

The War on Land

397

Ardennes and the part played by the often neglected small units, such as the 110th Infantry, that battled to stem the tide in the initial phase of the German offensive until the 101st Airborne Division reached Bastogne. 2849. Margry, Karel. “The Hammelburg Raid.” After the Battle 91 (1996): 1–39. A photographic account of Patton’s unwise attempt to liberate American prisoners at Hammelburg. 2850. ——. “The Battle of the Huertgen Forest.” After the Battle 71 (1990): 1–11. A well-illustrated “then and now” review of Hürtgen Forest battle sites. 2851. Marshall, Samuel L. A. Bastogne: The Story of the First Eight Days in Which the 101st Airborne Division Was Closed within the Ring of German Forces. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1946. 261 pp. A classic of World War II literature describes the assembly of diverse ground and airborne units to defend a key communications center. The narrative, a product of the Army’s ETO postwar historical program, is based on the author’s interviews with American soldiers who participated in the defense of the Belgian town. Available online from the Center of Military History. 2852. ——. “Christmas Eve at Bastogne.” Infantry Journal LVII (December 1945): 8–15. Examines the manner in which the besieged G.I.s spent their holiday as the encircling XLVII Panzer Corps prepared to attack. 2853. ——. “The Christmas Tree Defeat: General Bruce Clarke’s Blackest Yuletide.” Army IX (December 1958): 22–24. Concerns the unsuccessful push of the 7th Armored Division against Manhay, Belgium, on December 25, 1944. 2854. ——. “The Fight at Best.” Marine Corps Gazette XXXII (October 1948): 10–17; (November 1948), 14–19; (December 1948), 27–32. Details the operations of the U.S. 502nd Parachute Infantry Regiment near Veghel, Holland, September 17–19, 1944, during Operation MARKET-GARDEN. 2855. ——. “Men Against Armor.” Armored Cavalry Journal LIX (May–June 1950): 4–9. The gallant operations of the 327th Glider Infantry Regiment at Bastogne on December 25, 1944. 2856. Mattera, James P. “Murder at Malmedy.” Army XXXI (December 1981): 32–35+. Reconstructs the massacre of American prisoners near this Belgian town by troopers of Lt. Col. Joachim Peiper’s SS battle group on December 17, 1944.

398

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2857. Merriam, Robert E. Dark December: The Full Account of the Battle of the Bulge. New York: Ziff-Davis, 1947. 234 pp. Writing from official records and interviews with U.S. and German participants, the author, in this now classic book, describes the Ardennes counteroffensive from both the Nazi and American viewpoints; parts of this work have been superseded by later accounts. 2858. ——. The Battle of the Ardennes. London: Souvenir Press, 1958. 223 pp. 2859. Middlebrook, Martin. Arnhem 1944: The Airborne Battle. Boulder, Co.: Westview Press, 1994. 501 pp. Middlebrook paints a vivid portrait of the operation of gliders, parachutes, and weapons of the airborne, as well as the personal feelings, fears, and loyalties of the British paratroopers dropped at Arnhem. He is dismissive of “Boy” Browning as a commander and rates MARKETGARDEN as a poorly conceived and planned gamble. 2860. Middleton, Drew. “Into Germany with the First Army”. New York Times Magazine, October 8, 1944, 5+. A noted correspondent describes the exploits of patrols which crossed the frontier on September 11, 1944. 2861. Miller, Edward G. A Dark and Bloody Ground: The Hürtgen Forest and the Roer River Dams, 1944–1945. College Station: Texas A&M University Press, 2003. 250 pp. A reissue of the 1995 study of the battles along the German frontier in the autumn of 1944 that preceded the Ardennes offensive. Miller analyzes the movements and actions of both sides and also reviews the historiography of the Hürtgen Forest battle. 2862. Minott, Rodney G. The Fortress That Never Was: The Myth of Hitler’s Bavarian Stronghold. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1964. 208 pp. An examination of the basis of 1945 rumors of a last-ditch Nazi stand to be made in a National Redoubt or Alpine Redoubt located in the Bavarian-Austrian mountains and the impact of this incorrect intelligence on Eisenhower’s planners, who believed it. This redoubt affair caused the Supreme Commander to divert troops to the Alps and, according to the author, thereby allowed the Soviets to liberate Prague and Berlin. 2863. Mitcham, Samuel W. Jr. Panzers in Winter: Hitler’s Army in the Battle of the Bulge. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 2006. 211 pp. A popular account of the Battle of the Bulge from the German perspective. The author emphasizes the hard fighting at Elsenborn Ridge, St. Vith, and Bastogne. 2864. Montgomery, John H., Jr. “The Remagen Bridgehead.” Military Review XXIX (July 1950): 3–7. A retelling of how the U.S. 9th Armored Division captured this Rhine River crossing and the exploitation made of it by the Americans.

The War on Land

399

2865. Morelock, J. D. Generals of the Ardennes: American Leadership in the Battle of the Bulge. Washington, D.C.: National Defense University, 1994. 425 pp. An examination of leadership from Eisenhower’s level to that of regimental and battalion commanders. Morelock makes clear, as does Winton in Corps Commanders of the Bulge (entry no. 2984), that small units blunted the initial German assault and bought time to prepare the defense of Bastogne. 2866. Muller, Edwin. “How the Rhine Battle Was Planned.” Reader’s Digest XLVI (June 1945): 27–31. Discusses Eisenhower’s decision to mount a thrust in the north and his assignment of First and Third Army units to the Ninth Army and how the latter, under Montgomery’s command, would join the Canadian First Army in making the main drive in February 1945. 2867. Munch, Paul G. “Patton’s Staff and the Battle of the Bulge.” Military Review 70 (May 1990): 46–54. The role of Patton’s staff in reorienting the Third Army’s eastward axis to turn the III and XII Corps north toward Belgium and Luxemburg. 2868. Murphy, Timothy G. “The Case of the Ludendorff Bridge.” Military Review 71 (October 1991): 45–57. The story of the crossing of the Rhine on the Ludendorff rail bridge at Remagen. 2869. Myer, Samuel C. “ ‘Varsity’s’ Organic Artillery.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (November 1945): 673–677. How the 17th Airborne Division’s artillery was flown into action across the Rhine by gliders. 2870. “The Navy’s Watch on the Rhine.” Popular Mechanics LXXXIII (June 1945): 1–5+. The use of USN landing craft to ferry soldiers across the Rhine in March–April 1945 is related. 2871. Neff, J. C. “The Race to the Elbe.” Infantry Journal LXI (August 1947): 36–40. Recounts the April 25, 1945, link-up between the U.S. 69th Infantry and the Soviet 58th Guards Rifle Divisions at Torgau. 2872. Neillands, Robin. The Battle for the Rhine, Arnhem and the Ardennes: The Campaign in Europe, 1944. Woodstock, N.Y.: Overlook Press, 2007. 355 pp. A well-researched examination of the campaign in northwest Europe following the liberation of France, including the failure of the airborne invasion of Holland, the battles for Aachen and the Huertgen Forest, as well as the German counteroffensive in the Ardennes. Neillands attempts to present a balanced account of the troubled Eisenhower–Montgomery relationship and their debate over Allied strategy.

400

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2873. Nobécourt, Jacques. Hitler’s Last Gamble: The Battle of the Bulge. Translated from the French. New York: Schocken, 1967. 302 pp. First published in France, this account tells the story of the Ardennes counteroffensive from both the German and American viewpoints. 2874. Oldinsky, Frederick E. “Patton and the Hammelburg Mission.” Armor LXXXV (July–August 1976): 13–18. Examines reasons why the Third Army commander ordered the mission for the rescue of POWs held here and the difficulties of the troopers involved in the mission. 2875. O’Neill, James H. “The True Story of the Patton Prayer.” Military Chaplain XIX (October 1948): 1–3; (November 1948): 13. Recollections by the former chief Third Army chaplain of the circumstances surrounding Patton’s ordering a prayer for “fair weather for battle” in December 1944. The incident was played up in the film “Patton.” 2876. O’Steen, James E. “Artillery Targets Across the Rhine.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (August 1945): 471–479. Army artillery firing in support of the March–April 1945 Rhine crossings. 2877. Pallud, Jean Paul. Battle of the Bulge: Then and Now. London: Battle of Britain International Limited, 1984. 532 pp. A “then and now” photographic history of the principal events of a famous battle. Contains an account of the origins, plans, orders of battle, and operational chronology, plus first-hand recollections of civilians caught up in the action. Pallud attributes the initial success achieved by “Hitler’s gamble” to Allied overconfidence. 2878. ——. “The Battle of the Alps.” After the Battle 97 (1998): 1–25. A well-illustrated survey of the activities of the American and French forces that guarded the southern flank of the Sixth Army Group along the Franco-Italian frontier. 2879. ——. “Panzer Attack in Lorraine.” After the Battle 83 (1994): 30–49. German attack to halt the U.S. Third Army in Lorraine in the autumn of 1944. 2880. ——. “The Battle of the Bulge—Then and Now.” After the Battle 37 (1982): 17–22. A look at the battlefields in the Ardennes as they appeared in 1944 and 1982. 2881. Parker, Danny S., ed. The Battle of the Bulge – the German View: Perspectives from Hitler’s High Command. London: Greenhill Books. 1999. 237 pp. A collection of documents, including Hiter’s speech to his generals of December 12, 1944, and interviews with General Alfred Jodl and Field Marshals Gerd von Rundstedt and Walther Model. Also contains a

The War on Land

401

chapter by Percy Ernst Schramm dealing with the preparations for the offensive in the Ardennes. Not for general audiences. Originally published in 1997 as Hitler’s Ardennes Offensive: The German View of the Battle of the Bulge (Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 264 pp.). 2882. ——. The Battle of the Bulge: Hitler’s Ardennes Offensive, 1944–1945. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Books, 1991. 316 pp. A survey of the Ardennes offensive from its inception to its conclusion. Contains situation maps from December 16, 1944 through January 28, 1945. 2883. Parrish, Monte M. “The Battle of Aachen: City Fighting Tactics.” Field Artillery Journal XLIV (September–October 1976): 25–30. Describes the house-to-house fighting by units of the U.S. 1st Infantry and 3rd Armored Divisions in October 1944. 2884. Patrick, Stephen B. “AAA Protection of a River Crossing.” Antiaircraft Journal XCIII (March–April 1950): 29–31. Explains the defense measures adopted against German planes which were attempting to knock down the newly captured Remagen bridge. 2885. ——. “The Ardennes Offensive: The Battle of the Bulge, December 1944.” Strategy and Tactics 37 (March–April 1973): 4–21. An overview of the last great German offensive in the West; includes helpful maps and orders of battle. 2886. ——. “The Battle for Germany: The Destruction of the Reich, December 1944–May 1945.” Strategy and Tactics 50 (May–June 1975): 4–16. A summary of the fighting on both the eastern and western fronts, which is greatly helped by battle maps and orders of battle. 2887. ——. “Westwall: Four Battles to Germany.” Strategy and Tactics 54 (January–February 1976): 3–14. Helped by good maps, the author explains the 1944 battles of Arnhem, Hürtgen Forest, and Bastogne and the 1945 capture of the Remagen bridge. 2888. Peterman, Ivan H. “They Took the Nazis’ Sunday Punch.” Saturday Evening Post, September 28, 1946, 20+. Describes the casualties taken by the U.S. 28th Infantry Division in the Battle of Hürtgen Forest. 2889. Phillips, Robert F. To Save Bastogne. New York: Stein & Day, 1983. 283 pp. An account of the actions in front of the Belgian city in December 1944 during the German Ardennes counteroffensive; concentrates on the efforts of the soldiers of the U.S. 110th Infantry, 28th Division. Includes photos. 2890. Pickert, Wilhelm. “The Battle of Arnhem-Nijmegen.” Interavia VIII (April 1953): 179–183.

402

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A German view of the Allied airborne assault which shows the errors in the U.S./U.K. planning and execution of MARKET-GARDEN.

2891. Pickett, George B., Jr. “The Reinforced Tank Battalion in Exploitation.” Armored Cavalry Journal LIX (March–April 1950): 34–39. Recalls the work of the 52nd Tank Battalion, 11th Armored Division, in the drive from the Moselle to the Rhine, March 17–20, 1945. 2892. ——, and Edgar N. Millington. “The Pilsen Story.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal I (April 1951): 33–36. Examines the failure of the subunits of the Third Army’s 16th Armored Division to cooperate with the Czech partisans who were already holding the town when the American tanks arrived on May 4. 2893. Piekalkiewicz, Janusz. Arnhem, 1944. Translated from the German. New York: Scribners, 1978. 111 pp. Enhanced by a liberal collection of battlefield photos, maps, and source material, including reprints of official announcements and articles from the London Times, Piekalkiewicz evokes the ten dramatic days of Germany’s last victory against the western Allies. 2894. Pogue, Forrest C. “The Decision to Halt at the Elbe.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Office of the Chief of Military History, Department of the Army, 1960, pp. 479–492. Presents evidence that Eisenhower’s decision was dictated by “military reasons alone.” 2895. ——. “Why Eisenhower’s Forces Stopped at the Elbe.” World Politics IV (April 1952): 356–368. An earlier version of the preceding entry. 2896. Pritchard, Tattnall R., Jr. “Crossing the Meuse.” Field Artillery Journal XXXVIII (May–June 1948): 128–130. A quick look at the experiences of Company K, 60th Infantry Regiment, in Belgium, September 3–5, 1944. 2897. Randall, Howard M. Dirt and Doughfeet: Combat Experiences of a Rifle Platoon Leader. Hicksville, N.Y.: Exposition Press, 1955. 113 pp. In the same vein as MacDonald’s Company Commander cited above, the author explores the everyday life of G.I.s from the Eighty-Seventh Infantry Division as they fought their way from Luxembourg to Germany, February–May 1945. 2898. Rawson, Andrew. Walcheren: Operation Infatuate. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 2003. 192 pp. A detailed account of the battle for Walcheren Island guarding the approaches to the port of Antwerp. Rawson emphasizes the breaching of the dikes to “sink” the island and the amphibious assault, but neglects the Canadian role in clearing the Scheldt.

The War on Land

403

2899. Raymond, Allen D., III. “The Battle of St. Vith.” Armor LXXIII (November–December 1964): 5–11. How the men of the 7th Armored Division joined with regiments from the 106th and 28th Infantry Divisions and a combat command from the 9th Armored Division to defend this Belgian town during the opening phases of the Battle of the Bulge. 2900. Reeves, Joseph R. “Artillery in the Ardennes.” Field Artillery Journal XXXVI (March 1946): 138–142, 173–184. Except in the Normandy campaign, U.S. First Army artillery units fired more ammunition between December 16–27 than at any other time during the war; an average of 800 weapons fired over 750,000 rounds. 2901. Reitan, E. A. “Infantry in Action: Crossing the Meurthe.” Infantry (September–October 1986): 29–33. Covers the successful crossing of the Meurthe River by the XV Corps in autumn 1944. 2902. Reynolds, Michael. Men of Steel: I SS Panzer Corps: The Ardennes and Eastern Front, 1944–45. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2006. 322 pp. An account of the retreat of the formation from Normandy, its role in the Battle of the Bulge, including the Malmedy Massacre, and the failed attempt to relieve Budapest. Well illustrated. 2903. Richard, Duke. “Bastogne Revisited.” Army Digest XXIV (December 1969): 15–21. Briefly describes the impact of the battle on the Belgian town and shows how it recovered during the postwar years. 2904. Rickard, John Nelson. Patton at Bay: The Lorraine Campaign, 1944. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1999. 295 pp. A well-researched re-evaluation of Patton’s conduct of the Lorraine campaign. A master of mobile warfare, the Third Army’s offensive bogged down in the hard fighting around Metz in the autumn of 1944. Rickard believes that the master of mobile warfare failed to adjust his “battle philosophy” to Lorraine conditions. 2905. Rush, Robert S. Hell in the Hürtgen Forest: The Ordeal and Triumph of an American Infantry Regiment. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2001. 403 pp. Well-researched examination of the personnel replacement system and performance of the 22nd Infantry Regiment during “some of the most brutally intense infantry combat in World War II.” 2906. Rusiecki, Stephen M. The Key to the Bulge: The Battle for the Losheimergraben. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1996. 195 pp. Highly detailed and well-written account of the actions fought by the inexperienced 99th Infantry Division for the Losheim Gap in the opening days of the Battle of the Bulge. Based on first-hand information.

404

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2907. Russell, John, and R. de Normann. No Triumphant Procession: The Forgotten Battles of April 1945. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1994. 256 pp. An informative account of the 21st Army Group operations between the end of the Ardennes offensive and the fall of Berlin. 2908. Ryan, Cornelius. A Bridge Too Far. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1974. 670 pp. Written while the author was dying of cancer, this acclaimed account details the concept and execution of Montgomery’s MARKETGARDEN plan to end the ETO war in fall 1944 through a massive U.S./ U.K. airborne operation in Holland designed to capture five bridges and open a small corridor to the Rhine for an armored push. Written in the same fashion as the successful and popular The Longest Day, cited above (item 2652), Ryan’s account relies on primary and secondary sources and, most important, interviews with hundreds of German and Allied participants of both high and low rank. Made into a successful motion picture directed by Richard Attenborough. 2909. ——. “A Bridge Too Far.” Reader’s Digest CV (October 1974): 258–311; (November 1974): 236–89. Serialized version of preceding entry. 2910. ——. The Last Battle. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1966. 571 pp. This popular and readable account of the final three weeks of the war on the eastern front and the Battle of Berlin is somewhat shaky in its analysis of the German-Soviet encounter, and should be compared to the many citations on the Berlin fighting cited in my The Soviet Army: A Guide to Sources in English (Santa Barbara, Ca.: Clio Books, 1982), pp. 141–146; Ryan does consider the U.S. decision not to tackle the German capital and the meeting of American and Soviet troops on the Elbe River. Based on primary and secondary sources and interviews with hundreds of survivors from all involved sides. 2911. Saunders, Tim. Nijmegen, Grave, and Groesbeck. Battleground Europe Series. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 2001. 208 pp. Popular account of the 82nd Airborne Division in Operation MARKETGARDEN. The author is critical of General James M. Gavin’s conduct of the Nijmegen action. 2912. Schorr, David P., Jr. “Airborne Assault Crossing of the Rhine.” Military Review XXVIII (June 1948): 48–55. An overview of the First Allied Airborne Army’s parachute and glider Operation VARSITY of March 1945. 2913. Schrijvers, Peter. The Unknown Dead: Civilians in the Battle of the Bulge. Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 2005. 430 pp. A well-researched and readable social history in which the author incorporates civilians into the larger story of the Battle of the Bulge.

The War on Land

405

The author reveals the brutal German search for deserters, Jews, and resistance fighters, as well as the effects of weather, hunger, and air strikes on civilians, and the execution of German prisoners by American forces. 2914. Sears, Stephen W. The Battle of the Bulge. American Heritage Junior Library. New York: American Heritage Publishing Co., 1969. 148 pp. Explaining the important points of the German Ardennes counteroffensive and the Allied reaction to it, Sears’s pictorial is suitable as an introduction for the uninitiated or younger readers. 2915. ——. “Hell’s Highway to Arnhem.” American Heritage XXII (June 1971): 60–63, 94–99. A pictorial retelling of the story of Operation MARKET-GARDEN, the Allied airborne attempt to reach the Rhine via bridges in Holland. 2916. Shepardson, Donald E. “The Fall of Berlin and the Rise of a Myth.” The Journal of Military History 62 (January 1998): 135–53. A balanced consideration of the debate surrounding the question of why Eisenhower decided not to drive for Berlin in April 1945. Shepardson argues that the decision did not result from political naiveté on Eisenhower’s part, but was an outgrowth of the goal of “defeating Germany quickly with minimum casualties before deploying forces to the Pacific.” 2917. Simons, Gerald. Victory in Europe. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1983. 208 pp. This pictorial is chronologically the last ETO volume in this series and describes the fighting by the western Allies and the Soviets during late March to May 1945, including the Battle of Berlin, the Allied meeting on the Elbe, and the flight west of German civilians and surrendering troops. Many of the photographs were taken by Life magazine cameramen on the scene of the events described. 2918. Simpson, Louis. “The Way It Was in the Bulge.” New York Times Magazine, December 6, 1964, 27–29+. A 20th anniversary look back at the difficult fight of American G.I.s caught up in the German Ardennes counteroffensive, December 1944. 2919. Small, Collie. “Bastogne: American Epic.” Saturday Evening Post, February 17, 1945, 18–19+. Details the defense of this Belgian town by the U.S. 101st Airborne Division during the Battle of the Bulge in December 1944. 2920. ——. “How Antwerp Was Saved.” Saturday Evening Post, July 21, 1945, 18–19+. The story of the American counterattack against the Germans, which smashed the bulge in January 1945. 2921. Smith, Helena H. “A Few Men in Soldier Suits.” American Heritage VIII 1957: 29–31, 104–105.

406

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Highlights the roles of ordinarily noncombatant U.S. troops (e.g., cooks, bakers, stenographers) in the Battle of the Bulge.

2922. Stacey, Charles P. The Victory Campaign: The Operations in Northwest Europe, 1944–1945. Ottawa, Canada: Queen’s Printer, 1960. 770 pp. A volume from the official Canadian war history which provides insight into and analysis of the role of the First Canadian Army in the battle for Germany; placed in the context of the overall Allied push, this work is basically unbiased and provides much information on the role of the Americans, especially the Ninth Army, with whom the Canadians fought. 2923. Steinert, Marlis G. 23 Days: The Final Collapse of Nazi Germany. New York: Walker, 1969. 326 pp. A history of the Dönitz government which followed Hitler’s death and attempted to get as many Germans to the west as possible before the end; provides information on the politics of this government and its peace feelers to the Western Allies, its collapse, and the arrest of its members. 2924. Stevenson, Frank E. “Third Army’s Planning for the Crossing of the Rhine River.” Military Review XXX (March 1951): 33–42. Notes Patton’s desire to cross the river as quickly as possible after the completion of Operation VARSITY. 2925. Stock, James W. Rhine Crossing. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1973. 160 pp. A pictorial which describes not only the airborne crossing, Operation VARSITY, but also the ferrying across of the British, Canadian, and American field armies during the last week of March 1945. 2926. Stone, Thomas R. “1630 Comes Early on the Roer.” Military Review LIII (October 1973): 3–21. Why high water forced General William Simpson to postpone the Ninth Army’s crossing until the flood waters receded. 2927. Strawson, John. The Battle for Berlin. New York: Scribners, 1974. 182 pp. Beginning in January 1945, this British author describes the battles and political moves which led to the final German collapse, including the Yalta conference, the Rhine River crossings, and Eisenhower’s decision not to capture the German capital. 2928. ——. The Battle for the Ardennes. New York: Scribners, 1972. 212 pp. Pointing out the strategic value of the area, Strawson describes the German counteroffensive and Allied reaction from high command and troop levels, noting errors made by both sides during this Battle of the Bulge. 2929. Sullivan, Mike. “Armor Against the Hurtgen Forest: The Kall Trail and the Battle of Kommerscheidt.” Armor 111 (May–June 2002): 25–29. The limited role of armor in the Battle of the Hürtgen Forest.

The War on Land

407

2930. Sweetser, Warren E. “Dustpan and Broom.” Marine Corps Gazette XXXI (August 1947): 8–15. Life for the men of the 502nd Parachute Infantry Regiment, 101st Airborne Division, in Bastogne during the German Christmas 1944 siege. 2931. Tanks Illustrated: The Battle of the Bulge. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1983. 68 pp. Describes the use of armor by German and U.S. forces during the Ardennes counteroffensive of December 1944–January 1945; illustrated with over 100 rare and unusual photographs and four pages of color plates. 2932. Thompson, Reginald W. The Battle for the Rhineland. London: Hutchinson, 1958. 242 pp. Follows the exploits of the British Twenty-First Army Group, including the U.S. Ninth Army, from the Rhine River crossing through the capture of Cologne; includes analysis of leaders and tactics employed on both sides, German and Allied. 2933. Thompson, W. F. K. “ ‘Operation Market Garden.’ ” In: Philip de Ste. Croix, ed. Airborne Operations: An Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Great Battles of Airborne Forces. New York: Crescent Books, 1978, pp. 106–127. The airborne part of this gamble was the largest paratroop effort made by the Allies during the war and the only attempt at a semi-strategic operation, but failed in its efforts to secure a Rhine bridge because of poor planning and intelligence. 2934. Toland, John. Battle: The Story of the Bulge. New York: Random House, 1959. 400 pp. Not a definitive study, Toland’s work, like Ryan’s and Marshall’s cited above, is valuable for the insights it provides into the feelings and emotions of the G.I.s caught up in the engagement; based on primary and secondary sources and a large number of interviews, the work is short on strategic analysis but delightful and dramatic in its readability. 2935. ——. The Last 100 Days. New York: Random House, 1966. 622 pp. A massive account of the final three months of the ETO conflict, based on a variety of sources including hundreds of interviews with participants from command to troop level; includes much information on the eastern as well as the western fronts, including the Rhine crossing, the battle for Berlin, the U.S.–Soviet meeting on the Elbe, and the surrender ceremonies. 2936. ——. “The Reluctant Warriors.” Look, October 13, 1959, 106+. Based on item 2934; looks at those ordinarily noncombatant U.S. soldiers (e.g., cooks and bakers) who were pressed into frontline service during the Battle of the Bulge. 2937. Tompkins, Rathvon McC. “The Bridge.” Marine Corps Gazette XXXV (April 1951): 36–47; (May 1951): 38–46.

408

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A detailed account of the planning and execution of Operation MARKET-GARDEN, the allied airborne effort in Holland, September 1944.

2938. Tooley, I. P. “Artillery Support at Arnhem.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (April 1945): 202–204. A brief analysis of the impact of airborne artillery pieces on the outcome of the MARKET-GARDEN adventure. 2939. Tout, Ken. In the Shadow of Arnhem: The Battle for the Lower Maas, September–November 1944. Stroud, U.K.: Sutton Publishing, 2003. 242 pp. An account of the grueling campaign waged by Canadian and British forces in the wake of the defeat suffered at Arnhem to open the Scheldt and clear German forces from the south bank of the Maas. 2940. ——. Tanks, Advance! Normandy to the Netherlands 1944. London: Grafton Books, 1987. 272 pp. Tout recounts the drive by Anglo-Canadian armored divisions from the Seine through Belgium to the Maas River in the Netherlands. 2941. Trahan, E. A. “Armor in the Bulge.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVII (January–February): 1948): 2–11; (March–April 1948): 39–43. Examines the actions of the U.S. 2nd Division in the Allied Ardennes counteroffensive from December 16, 1944, to January 16, 1945. 2942. “The Truth About the Berlin Problem.” U.S. News and World Report, May 18, 1959, 63–66+. A discussion of Eisenhower’s decision not to capture the German capital is included in this political piece. 2943. Tumey, Benjamin. A G.I.’s View of World War II. Hicksville, N.Y.: Exposition Press, 1959. 64 pp. Reprints a private’s diary of service as a rifleman with the U.S. 79th Infantry Division in the campaigns in Belgium and Germany in 1945. 2944. United States. Army. Armor School. “The Deliberate River Crossing.” Armor LIX (July–August 1950): 34–39. A study of the U.S. 6th Armored Division’s crossing of the Our River in February 1945. 2945. ——. Army Air Forces. Assault on Holland. Wings at War, No. 4. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 57 pp. Examines the preparations, execution, and aftermath of Operation MARKET-GARDEN, the Allied airborne effort in Holland, September 1944, with emphasis on the U.S. aspects of the campaign. 2946. ——. National Archives and Records Service. Germany Surrenders Unconditionally. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1945. 41 pp.

The War on Land

409

A collection of facsimiles of the various documents of the German surrender. 2947. Urquhart, Brian. “The Last Disaster of the War.” The New York Review of Books, September 1987, 27–40. The author, senior intelligence officer of the British Airborne Corps, recounts the futility of his efforts to warn British commanders of the danger posed by the presence of SS armored units near Arnhem. 2948. Urquhart, Robert E. Arnhem: Britain’s Infamous Airborne Assault of World War II. Los Angeles, Ca.: Royal Publishing Co., 1995. 218 pp. An illustrated history of the Arnhem battle. 2949. ——. Arnhem. London: Cassell, 1958. 238 pp. The author’s recollections of Operation MARKET-GARDEN in which he served as commander of the British 1st Airborne Division; includes an analysis of the Allied planning and discussion of reasons for the failure of the operation at Arnhem. 2950. Van Bibber, E. M. “Objective: Perfection.” Infantry Journal LVIII (April 1946): 36–41. Reconstructs the planning and execution of the Allied crossing of the Rhine in late March 1945. 2951. Van Horne, Richard W. “Short-Range Firing Against the Siegfried Line.” Field Artillery Journal XXXV (February 1945): 75–77. Action of the self-propelled 155s of the 991st Field Artillery Battalion (attached to the 9th Infantry Division), September 14–October 12, 1944. 2952. Von Luttichau, Charles V. P. “The German Counteroffensive in the Ardennes.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Office of the Chief of Military History, Department of the Army, 1960, pp. 443–459. Provides details on German planning and operations during their counteroffensive of December 1944 (Battle of the Bulge), an analysis of initial Allied indecision concerning the purpose of the thrust, and the reasons why the German effort collapsed in January 1945. 2953. Webster, David K. “We Drank Hitler’s Champagne.” Saturday Evening Post, May 3, 1952, 25+. A tale of the 101st Airborne Division during the defense of Bastogne in December 1944. 2954. Weingartner, James J. A Peculiar Crusade: Willis M. Everett and the Malmedy Massacre. New York: New York University Press, 2000. 257 pp. A well-researched and crafted examination of the politics of war crimes justice. Willis, a prominent Atlanta attorney, jeopardized his career defending the 74 SS men charged, tried, and convicted for the mass murder of American prisoners; all 74 were eventually released.

410

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2955. ——. Crossroads of Death: The Story of the Malmedy Massacre and Trial. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1979. 274 pp. Describes the execution of U.S. soldiers by Lieutenant Colonel Peiper’s task force on December 17, 1944, and the postwar trial which convicted the murderers, who were only lightly punished after the U.S. Senate Armed Services Committee questioned the trial procedures; the author suggests such immoral acts will continue whenever or wherever there is a war. 2956. Weintraub, Stanley. 11 Days in December: Christmas at the Bulge. New York: Free Press, 2006. 208 pp. Stories of ordinary soldiers caught up in the largest battle ever fought by the U.S. Army and the change in weather that allowed Allied air forces to pummel the German spearheads. 2957. Werstein, Irving. The Battle of Aachen. New York: Crowell, 1962. 146 pp. Concise telling of the October 1944 battle for this town which, when liberated on October 21, became the first German city to fall to the Western Allies; describes the stubborn German defense and the house-tohouse fighting that defense wrought. 2958. Wertenbaker, Charles G. “Americans Battle the German Big Push.” Life, January 8, 1945, 19–23. Still a useful pictorial piece on the Allied effort to crush the Nazi assault known as the Battle of the Bulge. 2959. Wesneski, Carl. “Name the Commander.” Armor LXXIII (March–April 1964): 10–12. On the failure of the Third Army task force to liberate the POWs at Hammelburg on March 26, 1945. 2960. Whitaker, W. Denis, and Shelagh Whitaker. Tug of War: The Canadian Victory that Opened Antwerp. Toronto: Stoddart Publishing, 1984. 461 pp. A provocative, if polemical, account of the campaign fought by the First Canadian Army to clear the Scheld. The authors are highly critical of Eisenhower and Montgomery for failing to exploit the capture of Antwerp and of Tedder for stating that “the army has been drugged with bombs.” As the commander of an infantry battalion during the campaign, Denis Whitaker has an appreciation for the difficult conditions under which infantry fought in the polders. 2961. ——. Rhineland: The Battle to End the War. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1989. 422 pp. A detailed history of the British, Canadian, and American battles in March 1945 to clear the Rhineland and close to the Rhine. The Whitakers are at their best when describing the grim realities of battle in the water-logged terrain west of the Rhine. 2962. Whiting, Charles. Monty’s Greatest Victory: The Drive for the Baltic, April–May 1945. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 2002. 302 pp.

The War on Land

411

An account of Twenty-first Army Group operations in northwest Germany after the crossing of the Rhine. The author emphasizes the race to seal off Denmark from the Russians and the battles for Bremen and Hamburg in the waning days of the war. 2963. ——. Operation Northwind: The Other Battle of the Bulge. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2002. 224 pp. A prolific author, Whiting contends that Hitler’s offensive in Alsace (NORDWIND) was potentially more dangerous than that in the Ardennes, because it threatened Franco-American relations. Whiting portrays Eisenhower as lacking confidence in Jacob Devers, commander of the Sixth Army Group, and provides an excellent description of rival Allied and German strategies. 2964. ——. Bounce the Rhine. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2002. 191 pp. A narrative of the Rhineland campaign and Allied efforts to cross the Rhine river from September 1944 to April 1945. 2965. ——. West Wall: The Battle for Hitler’s Siegfried Line, September 1944–March 1945. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 2000. 199 pp. An entertaining account of the battles fought by Allied armies to clear the Rhineland between September 1944 and February 1945. Whiting speculates that Eisenhower had prior knowledge of Hitler’s plan to attack in the Ardennes. Based on secondary sources; should be read with considerable skepticism and used with great caution. 2966. ——. ’44: In Combat from Normandy to the Ardennes. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 2000. 219 pp. A narrative of the Allied advance from the Seine to the Rhine. Whiting integrates first-person accounts to create a picture of declining morale among Allied troops and rivalry between field armies. 2967. ——. The Battle of the Bulge: Britain’s Untold Story. Stroud, U.K.: Sutton Publishing, 1999. 212 pp. A popular account of America’s “Gettysburg of the 20th Century,” Whiting’s grandiloquent term for the December 1944 battle in the Belgian Ardennes, plus the role of Field Marshal Montgomery and XXX British Corps in it. Based on secondary sources. 2968. ——. Bloody Bremen: Ike’s Last Battle. London: Leo Cooper, 1998. 212 pp. A readable account of the battle for Bremen and the British race to reach the Baltic ahead of the Red Army. Based on secondary sources; should be read with caution. 2969. ——. The Last Assault: 1944—The Battle of the Bulge Reassessed. New York: Sarpedon, 1994. 238 pp. First-hand accounts of combat in the Battle of the Bulge, especially in the St. Vith area. Whiting misleads his readers in propounding the

412

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II conspiracy thesis involving Eisenhower found in West Wall (see no. 2965) and offers an unbalanced view of the Allied high command.

2970. ——. Battle of the Hurtgen Forest: The Untold Story of a Disastrous Campaign. New York: Orion Books, 1989. 290 pp. An account of the controversial and costly battle for the Hürtegn Forest fought by troops of the First U.S. Army in the autumn of 1944. Whiting relates the story of this little-known campaign from the viewpoint of combat soldiers, but loses his way in describing Eisenhower’s lifestyle. 2971. ——. ’45: The Final Drive from the Rhine to the Baltic. London: Century Publishing, 1985. 192 pp. A month-by-month account of the final campaign by Twenty-first Army Group in the Netherlands and northwest Germany. 2972. ——. Siegfried: The Nazis’ Last Stand. New York: Stein and Day, 1982. 268 pp. Describes the Allied attacks against the German West Wall, which ran from near Duisburg in the north into Bavaria in the south protecting the Rhineland, as a cohesive campaign lasting from the end of the Ardennes counteroffensive in January 1945 through the seizure of the Remagen bridge in March. 2973. ——. Death of a Division. New York: Stein and Day, 1981. 176 pp. Successfully conveying the chaos of the fighting, the author describes the collapse of two regiments of the green U.S. 106th “Golden Lion” Division during the initial phase of the Battle of the Bulge. See entry no. 2981. 2974. ——. Bloody Aachen. New York: Stein and Day, 1976. 191 pp. The story of the first German city to fall to U.S. troops during the war and how, according to the author, its fierce defense extended the war and gave Hitler time to mobilize for the Battle of the Bulge. The old imperial town was taken in late October 1944 by the U.S. First Army after costly house-to-house fighting. 2975. ——. A Bridge at Arnhem. London: Future Publications, 1974. 264 pp. Whiting tells the familiar story of Operation MARKET-GARDEN, the Allied airborne effort to get to the Rhine through a plan to capture bridges in Holland; analyzes the planning, execution, and aftermath of the campaign and the reasons why it failed. 2976. ——. Finale at Flensburg: The Story of Field Marshal Montgomery’s Battle for the Baltic. London: Leo Cooper, 1973. 178 pp. Surveys the operations of the First Canadian and Second British Armies in spring 1945 and the German surrender to Montgomery at Flensburg. 2977. ——. The End of the War in Europe, April 15 to May 23, 1945. New York: Stein and Day, 1973. 178 pp. Examines the Anglo-American military-political debates during the final

The War on Land

413

39 days of the ETO war, including the British desire to drive east to Berlin and the American effort to push south into the so-called “National Redoubt,” as well as Eisenhower’s reasons for not driving on Berlin. 2978. ——. Massacre at Malmedy. New York: Stein and Day, 1971. 198 pp. Focuses on the activities of Battle Group Peiper, including its slaughter of 80 U.S. Army prisoners and its later destruction when caught in action by two U.S. divisions; condemned at Nuremberg, Peiper’s sentence was reduced due to political interference. 2979. ——. The Battle of the Ruhr Pocket. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. A pictorial which describes how the U.S. Ninth and First Armies raced to a juncture on the east side of the Ruhr manufacturing area on April 1, 1945, trapping over 325,000 German soldiers from Army Groups B and H. 2980. ——. 48 Hours to Hammelberg. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 199 pp. The late March 1945 raid by a task force of Patton’s Third Army to free POWs at Hammelberg and the failure of the mission are reconstructed in a somewhat wandering account. Compare with the Baron work cited above. 2981. ——. Decision at St. Vith. New York: Ballantine Books, 1969. 260 pp. A poorly written and glib account of this action during the Battle of the Bulge and the historical conflict engendered when the U.S. 106th Infantry Division was destroyed near St. Vith in the early days of the battle. See entry no. 2973. 2982. “Why Ike Didn’t Capture Berlin: An Untold Story.” U.S. News and World Report, April, 26, 1971, 70–73. Discusses the military reasons Eisenhower followed for not taking the German capital, as well as the political one of having to turn over captured territory in accordance with Big Power agreements. 2983. Williams, Jeffrey. The Long Left Flank: The Hard Fought Way to the Reich, 1944–1945. Hamden, Ct.: Shoe String Press, 1988. 348 pp. A conventional account of the capture of the Channel coast ports and the clearing of the Scheldt by First Canadian Army. Williams also explores the relationship between Harry Crerar and Guy Simonds. 2984. Winton, Harold R. Corps Commanders of the Bulge: Six American Generals and Victory in the Ardennes. Manhattan: University Press of Kansas, 2007. 504 pp. The theme of this readable volume is the intermediate level of leadership between an army headquarters and its subordinate divisions. The leadership of Leonard Gerow, Troy Middleton, J. Lawton Collins, Matthew Ridgway, John Millikin, and Manton Eddy who led the V, VIII, VII, XVIII, and XII Corps respectively during the Battle of the Bulge is

414

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II examined with sensitivity by Winton, who is careful to integrate the role of both strategic and tactical air power into the larger context of the performance of these neglected commanders during this seminal campaign.

2985. Yeide, Harry, and Mark Stout. First to the Rhine: The 6th Army Group in World War II. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2007. 416 pp. Readable history of the “forgotten” Sixth Army Group from the southern France landings to the crossing of the Rhine. The authors emphasize the achievements of the French forces and describe the difficult fighting in the High Vosges mountains, the Colmar Pocket, and during NORDWIND offensive of early 1945. See entry nos. 2798 and 2963. 2986. ——. The Longest Battle, September 1944 to February 1944: From Aachen to the Roer and Across. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2005. 304 pp. A history of the strategic decisions and hard-fought battles to secure Aachen, the Roer dams and Reichswald in preparation for the crossing of the Rhine. The author integrates personal accounts of small unit actions in tactical operations and stressed the losses suffered by frontline soldiers. . 2987. ——. Steel Victory: The Heroic Story of America’s Independent Tank Battalions at War in Europe. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 2003, 336 pp. Well-written and concise history of the operations conducted by independent tank battalions attached to U.S. infantry divisions from Normandy to Germany. Yeide analyzes tactical and control problems faced by the units and technical innovations that improved the effectiveness of M4 Sherman tanks as infantry-support weapons. 2988. Zarish, Joseph M. The Collapse of the Remagen Bridge. New York: Vantage, 1968. 137 pp. Amplifying Heckler’s work cited above, the author describes not only the capture of the bridge, but also the work of the U.S. 276th Combat Engineer Battalion during the second week of March 1945 in trying to keep it standing; due to battle damage and heavy weight loads, the engineers’ efforts were unsuccessful. 2989. Ziemke, Earl F. The U.S. Army in the Occupation of Germany, 1944–1946. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1975. 484 pp. An examination of the origin, definition, and execution of the Army’s military government role in captured German territory from Aachen to June 1946; includes maps, charts, and photographs. Also available online from the Center of Military History. 2990. Zoepf, Wolf T. Seven Days in January: With the Sixth SS-Mountain Division in Operation NORTHWIND. Bedford, Pa.: Aberjona Press, 2001. 291 pp. An excellent account of a little-known SS division’s participation in the southern adjunct of the Ardennes offensive against the U.S. Seventh Army. Includes a German assessment of U.S. tactics and weapons.

The War on Land

415

2991. Zuehlke, Mark. Terrible Victory: First Canadian Army and the Scheldt Estuary Campaign: September 3–November 6, 1944. Vancouver, B.C.: Douglas and McIntyre, 2007. 560 pp. Field Marshal Montgomery has come in for much criticism from American historians for failing to prevent the escape of the German Fifteenth Army across the Scheldt and to clear the approaches to the port of Antwerp. The difficulties faced by the Canadians in the often overlooked battles for the Breskens Pocket, the Beveland causeway, and Walcheren are examined in this well-researched volume. 2992. Zumbro, Derek S. Battle for the Ruhr: The German Army’s Final Defeat in the West. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2006. 464 pp. Informative and provocative view of the German perspective on the closing days of the war and the demise of German Army Group B in the Ruhr. Zumbro blends first-person recollections of German and American soldiers with official records to pre-sent dramatic vignettes of the fear, confusion, senseless resistance, and behavior of American G.I.s caught in the twilight between war and peace.

D. Unit Histories Introduction: Many of the U.S. Army units which fought in World War II later produced yearbook-type commemorative histories; in addition, military writers and enthusiasts have, since 1945, written many titles on the men and actions of specific units. These resources combine to form a valuable body of literature which is often much more specific than any of the more general citations listed in the parts above. Since there are hundreds of accounts of U.S. Army units, the entries in this part are restricted to larger organizations: numbered armies, corps, and divisions. The references are also selective, not only because of space requirements, but also based on the compiler’s judgment as to those which may be most easily accessible for the average user. More complete lists of unit histories can be found in Section I:A above. The order of arrangement here is: General Works; Armies and Corps; Airborne Divisions; Armored Divisions; Infantry Divisions; and Miscellaneous Units. 1. General Works Introduction: The citations immediately following are general, but may be used in connection with those references of a more specific nature below. Users are cautioned that additional general information on U.S. Army units will be found in the works cited in Parts A–C and E of this section. 2993. Army Times, Editors of. Combat Divisions of World War II: Army of the United States. Washington, D.C.: Army Times, 1946. 96 pp. A collection of brief divisional histories from all theaters providing information on activation, commanders, campaigns; arranged numerically.

416

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

2994. Dupuy, R. Ernest. “War Department Reorganization, August 1941– March 1942.” Military Affairs XVI (Spring 1952): 12–29; (Fall 1952): 97–114. A history of change under Gen. George Marshall which saw the creation of the Army Ground Forces, Army Air Forces, and Services of Supply (later Army Service Forces). 2995. Forty, George. U.S. Army Handbook, 1939–1945. New York: Scribners, 1981. A detailed examination of the wartime army which covers, with charts, diagrams, and illustrations, everything from ranks and formations to rations and rifles to units and overall organization. 2996. Greenwald, Robert J., ed. Order of Battle of the United States Army, World War II: European Theater of Operations—Divisions. Paris, France: Order of Battle Sub-Section, Office of the Theater Historian, 1945. 586 pp. An exceedingly rare typescript which presents data on the various Army organizations which fought in northwest Europe, including commanders, campaigns, mottos and slogans, etc.; arranged numerically by division number. A circulation copy is available from the U.S. Army Military History Institute, Carlisle Barracks, Pa. 2997. Jacobs, Bruce. Soldiers: The Fighting Divisions of the Regular Army. New York: W. W. Norton, 1958. 367 pp. Histories of the 1st through 10th, 24th, and 25th Infantry, 11th, 82nd, and 101st Airborne, 1st through 4th Armored, and 1st Cavalry Divisions through the Korean War. 2998. Kahn, Ely J., and Henry McLemore. Fighting Divisions: Histories of Each U.S. Army Combat Division in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Zenger Publications, 1979. 238 pp. First published by Infantry Journal Press in 1946, this dated work provides a thumbnail sketch of each division in numerical order; includes an 8-page color section of division insignia and appendices providing the order of battle by theater and dates of campaigns plus 18 maps of the various theater battle areas. 2999. Mahon, John K., and Romana Danysh. Infantry, Part I: Regular Army. U.S. Army Lineage Series. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1972. 938 pp. Opening with a narrative history of the Infantry Branch, this reference contains the lineages, honors, coats of arms, and distinctive insignia of infantry units of the active Army from the Revolution through Vietnam, concentrating on those of regimental size. 3000. Sawicki, James A., ed. Field Artillery Battalions of the U.S. Army. 2 vols. Dumfries, Va.: Wyvern, 1979. Documents the lineage (history), campaigns, decorations, coats of arms,

The War on Land

417

and unit crests of all Army field artillery battalions and includes a glossary. 3001. Infantry Regiments of the U.S. Army. Dumfries, Va.: Wyvern, 1981. 696 pp. Contains the lineage, heraldry, and honors of all 481 U.S. Army infantry regiments listed on the rolls since World War I; compare with the Mahon and Danysh work cited above. 3002. Stubbs, Mary Lee, and Stanley R. Connor. Armor-Cavalry: Regular Army and Army National Guard. U.S. Army Lineage Series. 2 vols. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1969–1972. Opening with a narrative history of the Armor Branch (Armor and Cavalry units), this work contains the lineages, honors, coats of arms, and distinctive insignia of the regular and guard units from the Revolution through Vietnam, concentrating on those of regimental size. 3003. Treadwell, Mattie E. The Women’s Army Corps. U.S. Army in World War II: Special Studies. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1954. 841 pp. A study of the advent of the women’s corps in the midst of a traditionally male service and the women’s experiences in the various theaters, including the MTO and ETO; includes charts and photographs. 3004. United States. War Department. Adjutant General’s Office. Units Cited for Battle Participation. Washington, D.C., 1945. 165 pp. Lists those units, division size and smaller, which received special honors for their participation in various World War II campaigns. 2. Armies and Corps Introduction: In May 1945, the United States had one field Army, the Fifth, in the Mediterranean, which was made up of two corps (Second and Fourth) and six divisions, the 34th, 85th, 88th, and 92nd Infantry Divisions, the 10th Mountain Division, and the 1st Armored Division. One infantry division, the 91st, was attached to the British Eighth Army. Both of these Allied armies came under the command of the Fifteenth Army Group, led by Gen. Mark W. Clark. To the north in May 1945, the American contingent of Gen. Dwight D. Eisenhower’s Allied Expeditionary Force comprised two groups, the Twelfth under General Omar N. Bradley (the Central Group of Armies) and the Sixth under General Jacob L. Devers (the Southern Group of Armies). The Commonwealth contingent of the A.E.F. was made up of the Twenty-first Group led by Field Marshal Sir Bernard L. Montgomery (the Northern Group of Armies) with the attached U.S. XVIII Airborne Corps under MG Matthew B. Ridgway, the 8th Infantry Division, the 82nd Airborne Division, and the 5th and 7th Armored Divisions. General Bradley’s central group consisted of four armies, north to south geographically, the Ninth, First, Third, and Fifteenth. The Ninth Army, led by LTG William H. Simpson, comprised three corps (XIII, XVI, and XIX) and

418

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

11 divisions: Second, 29th, 30th, 35th, 75th, 79th, 83rd, 84th, 95th, and 102nd Infantry Divisions, and 2nd Armored Division. The First Army, commanded by Gen. Courtney H. Hodges, comprised two corps (VII and VIII) and 9 divisions: 9th, 69th, 76th, 78th, 87th, 89th, and 104th Infantry Divisions, 3rd, 6th, and 8th Armored Divisions. The Third Army, led by the colorful Gen. George S. Patton, Jr., was at war’s end Bradley’s largest, comprising four corps (III, V, XII, and XX) and 18 divisions: 1st, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 26th, 65th, 70th, 71st, 80th, 90th, 97th, and 99th Infantry Divisions and 4th, 9th, 11th, 13th, 14th, and 16th Armored Divisions. The Fifteenth Army, under LTG Leonard T. Gerow, was Bradley’s smallest, comprising two corps (XXII and XXIII) and 5 divisions: 28th, 66th, 94th, and 106th Infantry Divisions and the 17th Airborne Division. Gen. Devers’ southern group consisted of the U.S. Seventh Army and Gen. Jean J. De Lattre de Tassigny’s First French Army. The Seventh Army, under LTG Alexander M. Patch, comprised three corps (Sixth, Fifteenth, and TwentyFirst) and 13 divisions: 3rd, 36th, 42nd, 44th, 45th, 63rd, 86th, 100th, and 103rd Infantry Divisions, the 101st Airborne Division, and the 10th, 12th, and 20th Armored Divisions. The citations in this section concern only the numbered field armies and corps within those armies; the arrangement is numerical by army. Only U.S. organizations are considered. First Army 3005. A Brief History of the First United States Army from 1918 to 1946. Fayetteville, N.C.: Worth Publishing Co., 1947. 47 pp. A concise review of the army’s World War I and II service, which, during the latter conflict, saw it the first ashore in Normandy, the first to break out of the beachhead, the first into Paris, the first across the Seine River, the first across the German frontier, the first across the Rhine River, and the first to contact the Soviets. 3006. Colby, Elbridge. The First Army in Europe, 1943–1945. Senate Document 91–25. 91st Cong., 1st sess. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1969. 189 pp. Although tough to follow in places, this is an excellent summary of First Army activities from Normandy to the Elbe, including the organization’s only temporary setback, the Battle of the Bulge. Illustrated with only one map. 3007. Exton, Hugh M. “Armored and Infantry Cooperation in the Pursuit.” Field Artillery Journal XXXIX (July–August 1949): 155–159. Follows the activities of the infantry and armored divisions of VII Corps in France and Belgium, August 25–September 11, 1944. 3008. Ferrell, Robert H., ed. A Colonel in the Armored Divisions: A Memoir, 1941–1945. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2001. 301 pp. Ferrell, who conducted tests of Amtracs, recounts his experiences as the aggressive and demanding commander of units of the 2nd and 7th Armored Divisions in 1944–1945. 3009. Hogan, David W., Jr. A Command Post at War: First Army Headquarters

The War on Land

419

in Europe, 1943–1945. Washington: U.S. Army Center of Military History, 2001. 360 pp. Hogan assesses the abilities of the army commanders, Bradley and Hodges, and the influence of the principal staff officers on decisionmaking and the conduct of operations. Indispensable for those interested in the organization and function of an army headquarters at the operational level. 3010. MacDonald, Charles B. “Why Didn’t They Let the First Army Win the War?” Army IX (April 1959): 48–52. A study of Eisenhower’s decision not to advance to Berlin. 3011. United States. War Department. First Army. First United States Army Combat Operations Data: Europe, 1944–1945. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1948. 283 pp. 3012. ——. Report of Operations, 1 August 1944 to 8 May 1945. 7 vols. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1946. Taken together, these eight volumes constitute the largest amount of published information available on any American field army in the MTO/ ETO; includes charts, tables, and lists. Third Army 3013. Allen, Robert S. Drive to Victory. New York: Berkley Publishers, 1947. 271 pp. Similar to the next title in coverage, although not as well known. 3014. ——. Lucky Forward: The History of Patton’s Third U.S. Army. New York: Vanguard, 1947. 424 pp. A detailed history of the Third Army and biography of its boss, written by the executive officer of the organization’s G-2 operations section. Extremely flattering in almost every instance. 3015. Dyer, George. XII Corps: Spearhead of Patton’s Third Army. Baton Rouge: Military Press of Louisiana, 1947. 560 pp. An extremely detailed look at one of the more important corps and how its armored units made the famous dash across France in 1944; includes charts, tables, graphs, and illustrations. 3016. Forty, George. Armies of George S. Patton. London: Arms and Armour, 1996. 268 pp. A “fact book” covering the staff organization, order of battle, and weapons of the Third Army. Includes brief biographies of senior commanders and a chronology of the army. 3017. ——. Patton’s Third Army at War. New York: Scribners, 1978. 192 pp. Although not the largest, this is one of the newest and most readily available histories, which tells the organization’s story as a pictorial emphasizing combat at the company level; the text loosely holds the army

420

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II and the 260 photographs together as the army forges across Europe in 1944–1945. A special section is given over to a biography of George S. Patton, Jr.

3018. Harkins, Paul D., with the Editors of Army Times. When the Third Cracked Europe: The Story of Patton’s Incredible Army. Harrisburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 1969. 95 pp. A brief pictorial with its photographs arranged in pairs contrasting the 1944–1945 scene with that of 1969; Harkins, who was Patton’s deputy chief of staff, writes a highly personal account of the organization’s commander and of its dash from the Channel to Czechoslovakia. 3019. Johnson, Danny M. “The Third Army: Past and Present.” Infantry LXXIII (March–April 1983): 7–9. A brief history of Patton’s organization of 1944–1945 is contrasted with the same organization nearly 40 years later. 3020. Metheny, E. A. History of the Third United States Army, 1918–1962. Fort McPherson, Ga.: Headquarters, Third Army, 1967. 230 pp. This command history, more detailed than most, was written to give new officers and men a feel for the organization’s illustrious past; illustrated with drawings and photographs. 3021. Province, Charles M. Patton’s Third Army: A Chronology of the Third Army Advance, August, 1944 to May, 1945. New York: Hippocrene, 1994. 336 pp. A day-by-day record of Third Army operations. All major actions are listed under corps, as are many divisional combats. This informative volume also includes sorties flown by the XIX TAC and reproduces important reports and operational orders. One of Province’s most interesting chapters is devoted to the activities of the Third Army staff. 3022. Small, Collie. “The Third: Tops in Honors, Casablanca to Nürenberg.” Saturday Evening Post, August 11, 1945, 28–29+. An overview of the organization’s campaigns in northwest Europe written for a home-front audience anxious for news of their “boys.” 3023. Smith, Francis C. History of the Third Army. Study, no. 17. Washington, D.C.: Historical Section, U.S. Army Ground Forces, 1946. 145 pp. Covers the organization’s history from its creation in France in late fall 1918 through World War II with emphasis not only on its combat but on its organization, logistics, command relationships, etc. Seeks to find and explain why it was such an effective force. 3024. Wallace, Brenton G. Patton and His Third Army. Harrisburg, Pa.: Military Service Publishing Co., 1946. 232 pp. An examination of the role of the Third Army in the liberation of Europe and a description of General Patton’s part in the actual fighting as recalled by a colonel on his staff.

The War on Land

421

Fifth Army 3025. Forty, George. Fifth Army at War. New York: Scribners, 1980. 144 pp. A pictorial history which attempts to describe the bitter fighting in Italy from the infantryman’s viewpoint; illustrated with 217 photographs and 14 maps plus a special section on Gen. Mark W. Clark. Readers should also note, in connection with the Fifth, General Clark’s memoirs, which are cited in IV: B:2 above. 3026. Starr, Chester G. From Salerno to the Alps: A History of the Fifth Army, 1943–1945. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1979. 530 pp. First published by the Infantry Journal Press in 1946, this is considered by many to be one of the finest field army histories and the best chronological and circumstantial account of the Italian campaign; illustrated with 32 photographs and 42 maps. Seventh Army 3027. Turner, John F., and Robert Jackson. Destination Berchtesgarden. New York: Scribners, 1977. 192 pp. This pictorial history of the Seventh, which attempts to tell its history from the infantryman’s viewpoint, is the only substantial account of the organization available and covers its campaigns from Sicily through southern France to the Rhine crossing and link-up with the Fifth Army; illustrated with some 200 photographs and maps. 3028. Whiting, Charles. America’s Forgotten Army: The True Story of the U.S. Seventh Army in World War II. New York: St. Martin’s, 2001. 272 pp. A poorly researched history of the neglected operations of the Seventh Army led by Lt. Gen. Alexander M. Patch, which drove from the French Riviera into Germany. Ninth Army 3029. Conquer: The Story of the Ninth Army, 1944–1945. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 406 pp. First published by Infantry Journal Press in 1948, this work details the organization’s history and campaigns in France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Holland, and in Germany to within 50 miles of Berlin; illustrated with 52 photographs and 18 maps. Corps 3030. Dean, Gardner A. One Hundred and Eighty Days: XIII Corps. Hanover, Pa.: Richard Petersen, 1945. 43 pp. An account of this subsection of the Ninth Army which, on May 7, 1945, comprised the 35th, 84th, and 102nd Infantry Divisions. 3031. History of the XVI Corps from Its Activation to the End of the War in Europe. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1947. 111 pp. A review of this subsection’s hard fighting in France, Belgium, Holland,

422

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II and Germany, where on May 7, 1945, it comprised four infantry divisions: the 29th, 75th, 78th, and 95th.

3032. Prefer, Nathan N. Patton’s Ghost Corps: Cracking the Siegfried Line. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 2000. 243 pp. An account of the XX Corps in the winter of 1944–1945. 3. Airborne Divisions Introduction: Following German successes with paratroops early in the war, both Great Britain and the United States developed plans to organize and employ airborne forces. The Allies saw the value of airlanded soldiers as shock troops, able to seize points behind the lines and to hold them until more powerful reinforcements arrived. Four U.S. airborne divisions were sent to the MTO and ETO, the 13th, 17th, 82nd, and 101st, plus a fifth in the form of the 1st Allied Airborne Task Force. The citations in this section examine the literature commonly available on those units. 13th Airborne Division 3033. Blythe, William J., ed. History and Pictorial Record of the 13th Airborne Division. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1946. 207 pp. This yearbook-like history recalls the men of the “Black Cat Division,” so-called because of its August 13, 1943 (Friday) activation, which arrived in the ETO in February 1945 but saw no combat. 17th Airborne Division 3034. Pay, Don. Thunder from Heaven: 17th Airborne Division in World War II. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 179 pp. First printed in Birmingham, Mi., in 1947, this volume relates how the unit arrived in the ETO in time to participate in the Battle of the Bulge and the airborne assault crossing of the Rhine in March 1945; includes brief histories of the regimental units and 22 illustrations. 82nd Airborne Division 3035. All American, the Story of the 82nd Airborne Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 32 pp. A brief overview of the history of the Army’s pioneer airborne division from Sicily to Arnhem. 3036. Anzuoni, Robert P. I’m the 82nd Airborne Division!: A History of the All American Division in World War II After Action Reports. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2005. 373 pp. 3037. ——. All American: An Illustrated History of the 82nd Airborne Division, 1917 to the Present. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2001. 175 pp. A photographic history of the division. Although each chapter contains a brief introduction, this volume is of limited value to students of World War II.

The War on Land

423

3038. Burns, Dwayne T., and Leland Burns. Jump Into the Valley of the Shadow: The World War II Memories of a Paratrooper in the 508th Parachute Infantry Regiment, 82nd Airborne Division. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2006. 233 pp. A father-son history of the father’s experiences with the 82nd Airborne Division in Normandy, Holland, the Battle of the Bulge, and Germany. 3039. Burriss, T. Moffatt. Strike and Hold: A Memoir of the 82nd Airborne in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s, 2000. 215 pp. Memoirs of a platoon and company commander of combat in Sicily, Italy, the Netherlands, which is emphasized, the Battle of the Bulge, and the advance into Germany. 3040. Carter, Ross S. Those Devils in Baggy Pants. New York: AppletonCentury, 1951. 299 pp. Recollections of the training and combat of one of the division’s 504th Parachute Infantry Regiment by one of the three survivors of the author’s original platoon; covers combat in Sicily, Italy, Normandy, and Arnhem. 3041. Dawson, W. Forrest, ed. Saga of the All American. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1946. 191 pp. A pictorial yearbook-like souvenir booklet put together for the officers and men of the division; includes scenes not only of combat, but of training and rest camps, in 850 photos and drawings. 3042. The Devils in Baggy Pants. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1982. 172 pp. A pictorial look at the 504th which complements Carter’s work, cited above; first published in Germany in 1945, this souvenir book contains over 300 photographs, some in color. Oversize format. 3043. Gellhorn, Martha. “The 82nd Airborne: Master of the Hot Spots.” Saturday Evening Post, February 23, 1946, 22–23+. An overview of the organization’s most significant campaigns from Sicily through Arnhem. 3044. ——. “Rough and Tumble: The 82nd Airborne Division.” Saturday Evening Post, December 2, 1944, 22+. A popular presentation of the unit’s campaigns in Sicily, Italy, and, particularly, Normandy. 3045. McKenzie, John D. On Time, On Target: The World War II Memoir of a Paratrooper in the Airborne. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 2000. 240 pp. McKenzie, who enlisted in the Army in 1943, volunteered to serve with the 456th Parachute Field Artillery Battalion. He participated in the 82nd Airborne’s campaigns from Normandy to Germany, and ended the war in occupied Berlin. His recollections of Red Army troops are particularly enlightening.

424

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3046. Megellas, James. All the Way to Berlin: A Paratrooper at War in Europe. New York: Ballantine Books, 2003. 309 pp. A candid memoir of men at war by the most decorated man in the 82nd Airborne. The author, who served as a sergeant and retired from the Army as a colonel, fought at Anzio, in the Netherlands, the Huertgen Forest, and the Battle of the Bulge, and ended the war on occupation duty in Berlin. 3047. Nordyke, Phil. The All Americans in World War II: A Photographic History of the 82nd Airborne Division at War. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2006, 192 pp. Photographic history of the famed division from North Africa and Sicily to Berlin and the march up Broadway in 1946. 3048. ——. All American, All the Way: The Combat History of the 82nd Airborne Division in World War II. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2005. 868 pp. A history of the division written from the perspective of common soldiers. Based on oral histories and official records. 3049. Ospital, John. We Wore Jump Boots and Baggy Pants. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1977. 118 pp. This is a slightly fictionalized reminiscence of the division, which, nevertheless, manages to capture the spirit of the soldiers who fought in it. 3050. Thomas, Charles R. Hell on Earth. New York: Vantage, 1980. 152 pp. These spicy memories of the leader of Company I, 504th Parachute Infantry, recall the 82nd’s dangerous drops in Sicily, Italy, Normandy, and especially Nijmegen during Operation MARKET-GARDEN. 3051. Thompson, Leroy. All Americans: The 82nd Airborne. London: David and Charles, 1988. 192 pp. A pictorial history. 3052. Wurst, Spencer F. Descending from the Clouds: A Memoir of Combat of the 505th Parachute Infantry Regiment, 82nd Airborne Division. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2004. 266 pp. Memoirs of combat by a veteran of F Company, 505th Parachute Infantry, who enlisted at the innocent age of 15 and matured in combat jumps in Italy, Normandy, and Holland. 101st Airborne Division 3053. Ambrose, Stephen E. Band of Brothers: The War Memoirs of Major Dick Winters. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1992. 335 pp. Story of the men of Easy Company, 506th Parachute Infantry, who trained together at Camp Tocca, who parachuted in Normandy and Holland, defended Bastogne, and captured Hitler’s alpine retreat. First-person recollections provide a compelling picture of the horrors and confusion of battle. See entry nos. 1725, 3075, and 3076.

The War on Land

425

3054. Bando, Mark. 101st Airborne: The Screaming Eagles in World War II. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2007. 256 pp. A narrative of the history of the division from its formation through combat in the ETO. Heavily illustrated. 3055. ——. Avenging Eagles: Forbidden Tales of the 101st Airborne Division in WW2. Detroit, Mi.: M. Bando Publishing, 2006. 183 pp. Well-written stories of brawls, parachuting animal mascots, execution of prisoners that never get into histories. Based on interviews with division veterans. 3056. ——. Vanguard of the Crusade: The 101st Airborne Division in WWII. Bedford, Pa.: Aberjona Press, 2002. 300 pp. Pictorial and anecdotal history of the division with sections on equipment, doctrine, and the German forces defeated by the 101st. 3057. ——. The 101st Airborne: From Holland to Hitler’s Eagle’s Nest. Osceola, Wi.: Motorbooks International, 1995. 159 pp. A pictorial history. 3058. ——. The 101st Airborne at Normandy. Osceola, Wi.: Motorbooks International, 2001. 156 pp. A pictorial history supplemented with eyewitness accounts. 3059. Bowen, Robert M. Fighting with the Screaming Eagles: With 101st Airborne from Normandy to Bastogne. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2001. 256 pp. First-hand account of combat in Normandy, Holland, and the Ardennes by a member of the 401st Glider Infantry, who was captured in December 1944 and spent the rest of the war as a prisoner. 3060. Bryant, Russ, and Susan Bryant. Screaming Eagles: The 101st Airborne Division. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2007. 128 pp. Illustrated history of the division. 3061. Burgett, Donald R. Currahee! A Screaming Eagle in Normandy. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1999. 256 pp. The author recounts his induction into the Army and training with the 1st Battalion, 506th Parachute Infantry, as well as presenting a realistic depiction of combat in Normandy in this, the first volume of his memoirs. 3062. ——. The Road to Arnhem: A Screaming Eagle in Holland. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1999. 208 pp. An account of Operation MARKET-GARDEN from the point of view of an infantryman who survived the battle. As in Currahee, Burgett presents graphic accounts of battle and the conditions under which infantry endured for 72 days. 3063. ——. Seven Roads to Hell: A Screaming Eagle at Bastogne. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1999. 225 pp.

426

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Compelling account of the life of an infantryman and the brutality of the fighting at Bastogne.

3064. ——. Beyond the Rhine: A Screaming Eagle in Germany. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 2001. 256 pp. In this, the final volume of his memoirs, Burgett, a young solider grown old before his time, describes the experiences of infantrymen trying to stay alive in the last days of the Third Reich and encounters with Germans in the aftermath of war. 3065. Critchell, Laurence. Four Stars of Hell. New York: Ballantine Books, 1968. 320 pp. First published by the New York firm of Declan X. McMullen Co. in 1947, these recollections of the 501st Parachute Infantry of the 101st relive the unit’s most famous operations: Normandy, Eindhoven in the MARKET-GARDEN defeat, and, of course, the Battle of the Bulge. 3066. Francois, Dominique. 101st Airborne in Normandy: A History in Period Photos. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2006. 190 pp. A mishmash of photos from the Normandy campaign. 3067. Katcher, Philip. U.S. 101st Airborne Division, 1942–1945. London: Osprey Publishing, 1979. 40 pp. A short, profusely illustrated review of the unit’s history with emphasis on its uniforms and equipment. 3068. Koskimaki, George S. Hell’s Highway: Chronicle of the 101st Airborne Division in the Holland Campaign, September–November 1944. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2003. 453 pp. Personal stories by over 600 contributors of the campaign in the Netherlands. 3069. McDonough, J. L., and K. S. Gardner. Skyriders. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 176 pp. A history of the 327th and 401st Glider Infantry of the 101st which entered combat in Normandy, fought at Eindhoven, and helped defend Bastogne; illustrated with 200 photographs. 3070. Mitchell, Ralph M. 101st Airborne Division’s Defense of Bastogne. Ft. Leavenworth, Ks.: Combat Studies Institute, U.S. Army Command and General Staff College, 1986. 50 pp. Analytical study of the defense of Bastogne by the division. 3071. The 101st Airborne Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. A quick overview of the division’s most memorable campaigns. 3072. Rapport, Leonard, and Arthur Northwood, Jr. Rendezvous with Destiny: A History of the 101st Airborne Division. 2nd enl. ed. Madelia, Mn.: House of Print, 1982. 860 pp.

The War on Land

427

The first edition was published in 1948 by the 101st Airborne Division Association. The operations of the division as a whole are set down and then broken down into their smallest possible parts—the operations of platoons, squads, and individuals. Includes almost three-quarters of “SLAM” Marshall’s Bastogne: The First Eight Days (cited in IV:C:2:c above), over 100 photographs and drawings, and 107 maps. 3073. Shapiro, Milton J. The Screaming Eagles: The 101st Airborne Division in World War II. New York: Julian Messner, 1976. 191 pp. Follows the combat of the division from Normandy through the Ardennes in a text suitable for younger readers; illustrated with photographs and maps. 3074. Thompson, Francis I. Look Out Below. Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America, 1975. 234 pp. Recollections of a Catholic priest who served as a chaplain with the 101st in Europe; includes the author’s thoughts on the morality of war as well as on the difficulties of being an airborne soldier. Includes a few photographs. 3075. Webster, David K. Parachute Infantry: An American Paratrooper’s Memoir of D-Day and the Fall of the Third Reich. New York: Delta, 2002. 400 pp. Superb memoir composed shortly after the end of the war. One of the Band of Brothers, Webster recreates the common suffering, and collective terror of the battlefield experienced by combat infantry, but also acknowledges the ties of brotherhood and mutual obligation that bind men in battle together. See nos. 3053, and 3076. 3076. Winters, Dick, and Cole C. Kingseed. Beyond Band of Brothers: The War Memoirs of Major Dick Winters. Pittston, Pa.: Berkley Publishing, 2007. 320 pp. Candid memoirs of the commander of Easy Company, 506th P.I.R., focused on frontline leadership and the behavior of men in battle. 4. Armored Divisions Introduction: Tanks and armored vehicles played an important role in the European war from the beginning; indeed, one can say that the drive by Patton’s Third across France in 1944 was simply a vast improvement on the air-supported blitzkrieg tactics unleashed by the Germans in 1939–1940. Speaking of the Third, one recalls the argument that it was “top-heavy” with armor. Interestingly, this was not the case. Blessed with armored divisions organized into an “old style,” which meant about 100 more tanks, the First Army almost always had more armor than any other U.S. field army, including Patton’s. The citations below examine the literature available on 14 of the 16 armored divisions which saw service in the MTO and ETO.

428

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

1st Armored Division 3077. Howe, George F. The Battle History of the First Armored Division. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1979. 471 pp. First published by the Combat Forces Press in 1954, this account tells of the 1st, organized in 1940 in answer to the Army’s demand for a mechanized unit suited to modern war; nicknamed “Old Ironsides,” the outfit pioneered U.S. tank gunnery and armored tactics and saw service in the MTO from 1942 to 1945. 2nd Armored Division 3078. Bando, Mark. Breakout at Normandy: The 2nd Armored Division in the Land of the Dead. St. Paul, Mn.: Motorbooks International, 2003. 160 pp. Chronicles the First Army’s breakout from Normandy led by the 2nd “Hell on Wheels” Armored Division. Based in part on interviews with American and German veterans; lavishly illustrated. 3079. Houston, Donald E. Hell on Wheels: The 2nd Armored Division. San Rafael, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1977. 492 pp. A well-written documentary study of this unit which was formed in mid1940 and landed at Normandy, June 7, 1944; spending most of its next year with the First Army. The division saw action in France, Belgium, Luxembourg, and Germany. Based on the author’s 1975 Oklahoma State University M.A. thesis, “The Second Armored Division’s Formative Era, 1940–1944.” 3080. Katcher, Philip. U.S. 2nd Armored Division, 1940–1945. London: Osprey Publishing, 1980. 40 pp. A profusely illustrated history of the unit which concentrates on the uniforms of its men and the camouflage/markings of its vehicles. 3081. Trahan, E. A., ed. A History of the 2nd United States Armored Division, 1940–1946. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1946. 89 pp. A pictorial yearbook-type souvenir book assembled for the men who served in the organization; includes a roster. 3rd Armored Division 3082. Berry, Edward S. “From the Seine to the Siegfried Line.” Armored Cavalry Journal LIX (January–February 1950): 35–41. The diary of a division officer, August 26–September 9, 1944, covering the fighting in the Oise and Aisne regions of France and the Hainaut, Namur, and Liège regions of Belgium. 3083. “Call Me Spearhead,” the Saga of the 3rd Armored “Spearhead” Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1944. 36 pp. An overview of this First Army unit from late June 1944 to its arrival at Hotton, Belgium, in December. 3084. Fowler, Murray H. Spearhead in the West, 1941–1945. The Third Armored Division. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 260 pp.

The War on Land

429

A history of the division from formation to combat in Europe. 3085. Henry, Thomas R. “Masters of Slash-and-Surprise; The Third Armored Division.” Saturday Evening Post, October 19, 1946, 30–31+. An overview of the unit’s combat with special attention to its service in Germany from February to May 1945. 3086. Rock, William R. Third Armored Division, “Spearhead”: A History of the Third Armored Division. Darmstadt, West Germany: Stars & Stripes, 1957. 69 pp. Follows the unit’s history from its activation in April 1941 through the war years in northwest Europe to occupation and Cold War duty in Germany; illustrated. 3087. Spearhead in the West: The Third Armored Division, 1941–1945. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 260 pp. This pictorial souvenir book was first published in Germany in 1945 and tells how the unit took the First Army out of Normandy and across France, closed the Falaise gap, and broke the Siegfried Line to capture Cologne; illustrated with 510 photographs and 53 maps. 4th Armored Division 3088. The Fourth Armored Division from the Beach to Bastogne. C.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of the unit which arrived in France in July 1944 and fought as part of Patton’s Third across northern France, relieved the 101st Airborne at Bastogne, and pushed on into Germany. 3089. Fox, Don M. Patton’s Vanguard: The United States Fourth Armored Division. Jefferson, N. C.: McFarland, 2007. 496 pp. Recollections of veterans of Patton’s favorite division from the Normandy campaign through the Battle of the Bulge. 3090. Small, Collie. “Rat Chase to the Rhine: The Fourth Armored Division.” Saturday Evening Post, April 28, 1945, 18–19+. Describes the division’s actions from Bastogne through the Rhineland and into Central Europe. 5th Armored Division 3091. Paths of Armor. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1950. 358 pp. A pictorial review of the “Victory” Division as it fought its way from Normandy through northern France, the Ardennes, Alsace, and the Rhineland into central Europe with the Third, First, and Ninth Armies. 3092. The Road to Germany. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1944. 32 pp. An overview which follows the unit from its landing at Utah Beach in July 1944 to the Rhineland in December.

430

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

6th Armored Division 3093. Brest to Bastogne, the Story of the Sixth Armored Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. Follows this Third Army tank outfit from the Normandy breakout through northern France to the Ardennes, Rhineland, and central Europe. 3094. Hofmann, George F. The Super Sixth: History of the Sixth Armored Division in World War II and Its Postwar Association. Louisville, Ky.: Sixth Armored Division Association, 1975. 512 pp. Hofmann’s detailed study, with illustrations, portrays the unit’s heavy combat across northern France, in the effort to stem the German counteroffensive in the Ardennes, the battles in the Rhineland, the Rhine crossing, and the march into Czechoslovakia. 8th Armored Division 3095. Leach, Charles R. In Tornado’s Wake: A History of the Eighth Armored Division. Chicago: Published for the Eighth Armored Division Association by Argus Press, 1956. 232 pp. The Eighth entered combat late, arriving in the Ardennes in January– February 1945. Thereafter it campaigned as a Ninth Army unit in the Rhineland-Westphalia area of Germany until VE-Day. 9th Armored Division 3096. The Ninth, the Story of the Ninth Armored Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of the campaigns of this unit which saw service with both the First and Third Armies and which is remembered best for its capture of the Remagen Bridge, a story well told by Ken Heckler in Section IV:C:2:c above. 3097. Rawson, Andrew. Remagen Bridge: 9th Armored Division. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 2004. 187 pp. Well-illustrated, concise tactical account of the seizure of the Remagen bridge. 3098. Reichelt, Walter E. Phantom Nine: The 9th Armored (Remagen) Division, 1942–1945. Austin, Tx.: Presidial Press, 1987. 327 pp. A history of the division. 10th Armored Division 3099. Nichols, Lester M. Impact: The Battle Story of the Tenth Armored Division. New York: Bradbury, Sayles, O’Neill Co., 1954. 325 pp. Transferred to the Third Army from the Ninth in October 1944, the “Tiger” Division saw action in the Ardennes, the Rhineland, BadenWurttemberg, and Bavaria, Germany. 3100. Terrify and Destroy, the Story of the 10th Armored Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp.

The War on Land

431

An overview of the unit’s history from the Ardennes to Bavaria. 3101. Tiger Tracks. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1944. 36 pp. A brief pictorial souvenir book which marks the unit’s August–September 1944 service with the U.S. Ninth Army. 11th Armored Division 3102. Steward, Hal D. Thunderbolts: The History of the Eleventh Armored Division. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 143 pp. This oversize book, first published for the division association in 1948, follows the unit’s service in central Germany as part of the Third Army during the last four months of the war; illustrated with 225 photographs and 4 maps. 3103. The Story of the 11th Armored Division, Thunderbolt. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 32 pp. An overview of the organization’s service in central Germany and its move into Austria beginning May 3, 1945. 12th Armored Division 3104. Ferguson, John C. Hellcats: The 12th Armored Division in World War II. Abilene, Tx.: State House Press, 2004. 160 pp. An informative history of the division, which contained more black combat soldiers than any other white division on the Western Front, from formation to deactivation. 3105. Hellcats, the Twelfth Armored Division. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1943. 60 pp. This souvenir book covers the unit’s activation and training. 3106. Speed Is the Password. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars and Stripes, 1945. 32 pp. This Seventh Army unit saw combat in eastern France, the Rhineland, and Bavaria between December 1944 and May 1945. 13th Armored Division 3107. The Thirteenth Armored Division: A History of the “Black Cats” from Texas to France, Germany, and Austria and Back to California. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1945. 145 pp. This Third Army unit entered combat in early April 1945 and fought through the Rhineland to Bavaria. This is a pictorial souvenir book for the unit’s officers and men. 14th Armored Division 3108. Carter, Joseph. The History of the Fourteenth Armored Division, World War II. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1946. 394 pp. An oversize pictorial souvenir book designed for the officers and men of this Seventh Army unit which entered combat in November 1944 and drove through eastern France to the Rhineland and Bavaria.

432

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

20th Armored Division 3109. Armor in the ETO. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1946. 85 pp. A brief pictorial souvenir title designed for the men of this Seventh Army unit which entered combat in late April 1945 in Bavaria, spending only eight days on the line and losing only nine dead. 5. Infantry Divisions Introduction: The “dogface” infantryman bore the brunt of the fighting in World War II, just as he had/has in every other war before and since. For that reason, more infantry divisions were formed by the U.S. Army in 1940–1945 than any other kind; everyone realized that it was the kid on the ground with the rifle who would, in the end, win the war. The citations below examine the literature available on infantry divisions which fought for America in the MTO and ETO, 1942–1945. 1st Infantry Division 3110. The First: The Story of the First Infantry Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars &, Stripes, 1945. 32 pp. An overview of the “Big Red One’s” service from North Africa to Czechoslovakia. 3111. Hurkala, John. The Fighting First Division: A True Story. New York: Greenwich Book Publishers, 1957. 201 pp. One of the organization’s many sergeants recalls the fighting in North Africa in 1942–1943, evoking scenes made familiar to moviegoers in writer-director Samuel Fuller’s 1980 film “The Big Red One,” which starred Lee Marvin and Mark Hamill. 3112. Kingseed, Cole C., ed. From Omaha Beach to Dawson’s Ridge: The Combat Journal of Captain Joe Dawson. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2005. 272 pp. Collection of letters written by the commander of Company G, 16th Infantry, which was the first 1st Division unit to get over the bluff at Omaha beach. Skillfully edited by the chief of military history at the U.S. Military Academy, the reflective Dawson’s letters stress small unit combat and the courage of his men. 3113. Knickerbocker, H. R. Danger Forward: The Story of the First Division in World War II. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 479 pp. First published in 1947, this account follows its subject from November 1942 when it entered combat in North Africa against the Vichy French, through Tunisia and the invasion of Sicily; withdrawn to England, the First landed on Omaha Beach on D-Day and fought through France, Belgium, central Germany, and into Czechoslovakia with the Third Army. Illustrated with 115 photographs and 19 maps. 3114. Nauss, Lovern. Troubleshooting All the Way: A Memoir of the 1st Signal Company and Combat Telephone Communications in the 1st Infantry

The War on Land

433

Division, 1944–1945. Wheaton, Il.: Cantigny First Division Foundation, 2005. 280 pp. Stimulating memoir of a man who served from Normandy to Czechoslovakia with a combat signal unit. Lovern includes the other members of the company and introduces the reader to the trying combat conditions that earned the 1st Signal Company a Presidential Unit Citation. 3115. Price, A. Preston. The Last Kilometer: Marching to Victory in Europe with the Big Red One, 1944–1945. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2002. 200 pp. Memoirs of a forward observer with the 1st Division from the Battle of the Bulge to VE-Day. 3116. Small, Collie. “Big Red One Wrote the Book.” Saturday Evening Post, February 2, 1946, 14–15+. An overview of the outfit’s service from North Africa to Czechoslovakia. 3117. Wheeler, James Scott. The Big Red One: America’s Legendary 1st Infantry Division from World War I to Desert Storm. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2007. 600 pp. A scholarly and well-written history of the famous 1st Division. Integrates first person accounts of combat into the narrative. 3118. Whitlock, Flint. Fighting First: The Untold Story of the Big Red One on D-Day. Boulder, Co.: Westview Press, 2004. 384 pp. A first-class survey of the division from Omaha Beach to the capture of Bonn. The author makes good use of first-person accounts of combat. 2nd Infantry Division 3119. Combat History of the 2nd Infantry Division in World War II. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1946. 202 pp. This pictorial souvenir book designed for the unit’s officers and men recalls the “Second-to-None” Division’s service with the First, Third, and Ninth Armies from Normandy through northern France, the Ardennes, and the Rhineland to Pilsen, Czechoslovakia, in May 1945. 3rd Infantry Division 3120. Blue and White Devils. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. The “Marne” Division’s history is followed with the Seventh Army from the invasion of southern France in August 1944 through its move into Salzburg, Austria, in May 1945. 3121. Pratt, Sherman W. Autobahn to Berchtesgaden: A Combat Soldier’s View of His Role in World War II. Baltimore, Md.: Gateway Press, 1992. 668 pp. A history of the division in World War II. 3122. Taggart, Donald G. History of the Third Infantry Division in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1947. 574 pp.

434

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A complete history of this veteran unit was activated in late 1917 for service in World War I, with emphasis on its service with the Seventh Army in the invasion of southern France, combat in eastern France and the Rhineland, and descent upon south-central Germany. Illustrated with maps and photographs.

4th Infantry Division 3123. The Famous Fourth, the Story of the Fourth Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. Another veteran World War I division, the “Ivy,” which landed at Normandy on D-Day and remained with the First Army until late December 1944 when it was attached to the Third Army; in 1945 the unit served with both the Third and Seventh Armies, ending the war in Amberg, Bavaria. 3124. Wilson, George. If You Survive: From Normandy to the Battle of the Bulge to the End of World War II: One America Officer’s Riveting True Story. New York: Ballantine Books, 1987. 288 pp. First-person account of combat and survival in the European theater. 5th Infantry Division 3125. Barta, Edward J. Red Diamond’s First Fifty: A History of the Fifth Infantry Division, 1917–1967. Fort Carson, Co.: Information Office, 1967. 67 pp. An overview of the history of this unit from World War I through the early part of the Vietnam era; illustrated with photographs. 3126. The Fifth Infantry Division in the ETO. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1981. 254 pp. First published by Albert Love in 1945 as the unit’s souvenir book, the work (oversize and illustrated with 307 photographs) details the division’s service with the Third Army in the dash across northern France, the battles at Metz and of the Bulge, and the operations in central Germany. 8th Infantry Division 3127. Griesbach, Marc F., ed. Combat History of the 8th Infantry Division in World War II. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1945. 98 pp. The pictorial souvenir book of the division known as both the “Pathfinder” and “Golden Arrow” Division; landing on Utah Beach in July 1944, the unit served with the Third, First, and Ninth Armies and participated in the campaigns in northern France, the Rhineland, and central Germany. 3128. “There Are My Credentials,” the Story of the 8th Infantry Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1944. 31 pp. An overview of the unit’s fighting in northern France taken from the division motto.

The War on Land

435

9th Infantry Division 3129. Henry, Thomas R. “Avenging Ghosts of the Ninth.” Saturday Evening Post, July 6, 1946, 24–25+. A review of the combat service of this First Army unit which landed at Normandy and fought from northern France through the Ardennes and Rhineland to Kothen in Saxony, Germany. 3130. “Hitler’s Nemesis,” the 9th Infantry Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1944. 32 pp. An overview of the unit’s service in the battles in northern France, based on the divisional nickname. 3131. Mittelman, Joseph B. Eight Stars to Victory: A History of the Veteran Ninth U.S. Infantry Division. Washington, D.C.: Ninth Infantry Division Association, 1948. 406 pp. A sanitized photo album of the division from its 1940 activation through its service in North Africa, Sicily, England, France, and Germany. 10th (Mountain) Infantry Division 3132. Burton, Hal. The Ski Troops. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1971. 192 pp. A history of the unique U.S. division trained especially for combat in the mountains of Italy; it was with this division that Col. William O. Darby met his death shortly before war’s end. 3133. Casewitt, Curtis W. The Saga of the Mountain Soldiers; The Story of the 10th Mountain Division. New York: Julian Messner, 1981. 159 pp. Based on primary and secondary sources plus interviews, this account follows the training of this organization and its deployment to Italy in late 1944 for combat in the northern mountain regions of that nation. 3134. Dusenbery, Harris, and Wilson P. Ware. North Apennines and Beyond: With the 10th Mountain Division. Portland, Or.: Bindford & Mort Publishing, 1998. 255 pp. First-person account of the capture of Riva Ridge by the division in early 1945. 3135. ——. Ski the High Trail: World War II Ski Troopers in the High Colorado Rockies. Portland, Or.: Bindford & Mort Publishing, 1991. 162 pp. Ski training of the 10th Mountain Division at Camp Hale, Colorado. 3136. Govan, Thomas P. History of the 10th (Alpine) Light Division. Historical Study, no. 28. Washington, D.C.: Historical Section, U.S. Army Ground Forces, 1946. 14 pp. A brief review of the unit’s organization, training, and deployment with special attention to unique techniques taught such as skiing. 3137. Harper, Frank. Night Climb. New York: Longmans, Green, 1946. 216 pp.

436

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II The first book-length study of the 10th Mountain Division and its role in the closing months of the conflict in northern Italy.

3138. Jenkins, McKay. The Last Ridge: The Epic Story of the U.S. Army’s 10th Mountain Division and the Assault on Hitler’s Europe. New York: Random House, 2003. 295 pp. A popular history of the genesis, organization, tribulations, and combat record of the only mountain-trained formation organized by the U.S. during World War II. Utilizing interviews and letters, Jenkins furnishes graphic descriptions of the battles for Riva Ridge and Mt. Belvedere. He also makes clear that the Army did not know how to employ this unique unit once it was fully trained. 3139. Thruelsen, Richard. “The 10th Caught It All at Once.” Saturday Evening Post, December 8, 1945, 26–27+. An overview of the division’s service during the last months of the war in northern Italy. 3140. Whitlock, Flint. Soldiers on Skis: A Pictorial Memoir of the 10th Mountain Division. Boulder, Co.: Westview Press, 1992. 233 pp. A “coffee table” pictorial history. 28th Infantry Division 3141. Colbaugh, Jack. The Bloody Patch: A True Story of the Daring 28th Infantry Division. New York: Vantage Press, 1973. 131 pp. An account of the First Army unit which landed in Normandy and fought its way across northern France, the Ardennes, and the Rhineland into central Germany, with emphasis on the fighting in Hürtgen Forest in fall 1944. 3142. 28 Roll On. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 32 pp. Follows the organization from Normandy to Kaiserslautern in the Rhineland. 29th Infantry Division 3143. Ewing, Joseph H. “29, Let’s Go!”: A History of the 29th Infantry Division in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1948. 315 pp. Nicknamed the “Blue and Gray Division,” this unit served with the First Army through September 1944 before transfer to the Ninth; after D-Day, the 29th served in the campaigns across northern France, into the Rhineland, to central Germany, finishing the war at Warendorf, in Hannover. 3144. Guttman, Jon S. “The 29th ‘Blue and Gray’ Infantry Division: Fighting through the Hedgerows to Saint-Lô,” National Guard 44 (September 1990): 48–51. The 29th Division in the Normandy campaign. 3145. “29 Let’s Go!” G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of the unit’s history from D-Day to central Germany.

The War on Land

437

30th Infantry Division 3146. Apter, Howard. “ ‘Old Hickory’: The Saga of the 30th Infantry Division.” Saga, May 1962, 37–41, 79–83. Follows the organization from D-Day to central Germany. 3147. Hewitt, Robert L. Workhorse of the Western Front: The Story of the 30th Infantry Division. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 404 pp. First published by Infantry Journal Press in 1946, this account recalls the unit’s formation in 1940 and its eleven months of ETO combat from Normandy, the battles in northern France, at the Siegfried Line and in the Ardennes, and on into central Germany. 34th Infantry Division 3148. Hougen, John H. The Story of the Famous 34th Infantry Division. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 196 pp. This reprint of the 1949 Arlington edition traces the unit’s history from Fondouk Gap in North Africa in March 1943 through the hard campaigning in Italy marked by such battles as Cassino. 3149. Lehman, Milton. “The Champion Hard-Luck Division.” Saturday Evening Post, October 13, 1945, 18–19+. An overview of the “Red Bull’s” service in Africa and Italy from 1943 to 1945. 3150. Stewart, Richard W. “The ‘Red Bull’ Division: The Training and Initial Engagements of the 34th Infantry Division, 1941–43.” Army History 25 (Winter 1993): 1–10. A brief description of the division’s training for battle and its performance in Tunisia. 35th Infantry Division 3151. Attack! G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of the “Santa Fe” Division, which fought with the Third Army until 1945 when it joined the Ninth. 3152. Faubus, Orval E. In This Faraway Land. N. p., 1971. 736 pp. A diary of service with the 35th Division’s 320th Infantry Regiment from Normandy to Magdeburg, Germany, with emphasis on the human interest elements of the conflict as seen from the foxhole. 3153. Huston, James A. Biography of a Battalion. Gering, Ne.: Courier Press, 1950. 306 pp. This noted military historian provides a detailed study of the 3rd Battalion, 134th Infantry of the 35th Division in the fighting at St. Lô, Nancy, the Ruhr, and meeting the Soviets on the Elbe. 3154. Presenting the 35th Infantry Division in World War II, 1941–1945. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1946. 122 pp.

438

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II An oversize souvenir book designed for the unit’s officers and men; illustrated with hundreds of photos. Contains a roster.

36th Infantry Division 3155. Huff, Richard A., ed. A Pictorial History of the 36th “Texas” Infantry Division. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1979. 108 pp. First published by Newsfoto in 1946, this oversize souvenir book, illustrated with hundreds of photographs, recalls the service of this unit in Italy (including the Rapido River affair) and later as part of the Seventh Army in the invasion of southern France and the drive through the Rhineland into central Germany. 3156. McDugal, Leila. Uphill and Down: A History of the Texas National Guard. Waco, Tx.: Texan Press, 1966. 162 pp. An overall account of the guard, including the part played by the “Texas Army” in Italy and France/Germany, 1943–1945. 3157. The Story of the 36th Infantry Division. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 32 pp. A brief review of this unit’s history with emphasis on its Seventh Army service in the ETO. 3158. Walker, Fred L. “The 36th Was a Great Fighting Division.” Southwestern Historical Quarterly LXXII (Spring 1968): 40–59. The unit’s one-time commanding officer recalls the organization’s service in Italy, including Salerno and the Rapido; for further references to the 36th in Italy, see Section IV:C:l:c above. 42nd Infantry Division 3159. Daly, Hugh C., ed. The 42nd “Rainbow” Infantry Division: A Combat History of World War II. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1946. 106 pp. Nicknamed the “rainbow” by the unit’s Great War chief of staff Col. Douglas MacArthur because it comprised men from 26 states, this unit was reactivated in 1943 and sent with the Seventh Army into the Rhineland and central Germany in early 1945. 44th Infantry Division 3160. Combat History of the 44th Infantry Division, September 4, 1944–July 20, 1945. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1946. 155 pp. Entering combat with the Seventh Army in late fall of 1944, the unit participated in the campaign in the Rhineland and central Germany, finishing the war in Austria. 45th Infantry Division 3161. Bishop, Leo V., ed. The Fighting 45th: The Combat Record of an Infantry Division. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1946. 200 pp.

The War on Land

439

Reprinted by Battery Press in 1979, this heavily illustrated souvenir book recalls the “Thunderbird Division’s” Seventh Army service from the invasion of southern France through the campaign in the Rhineland and on into central Germany. Earlier service in Italy is also covered. 3162. The 45th. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of the unit’s history from August 1944 through May 1945. 3163. Longmire, Carey. “The Beachhead Happy Thunderbirds: 45th Division Kept Kesselring’s Krauts Always Off Balance.” Saturday Evening Post, November 30, 1946, 26–27+. Includes a look at the unit’s participation in the Anzio struggle. 3164. Nelson, Guy. Thunderbird, a History of the 45th Infantry Division. Oklahoma City, Ok.: 45th Division Association, 1970. 144 pp. A well-written look at the unit’s service in Italy, including Anzio, and its participation in the invasion of southern France and drive into central Germany. 3165. Whitlock, Flint. The Rock of Anzio. Boulder, Co.: Westview Press, 1998. 479 pp. The author blends operations reports with personal anecdotes to produce an excellent narrative of a National Guard division that participated in four assault landings—Sicily, Salerno, Anzio, and Southern France—and was deeply engaged in the defeat of the NORDWIND offensive January 1945. Whitlock also recounts the Thunderbirds’ role in the liberation of the Dachau concentration camp. 66th Infantry Division 3166. The Black Panthers. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of the division’s campaigns against St. Nazaire and Lorient, France. 3167. Wessman, Sinto S. The 66th Infantry Division in World War II. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1978. 175 pp. First published by the Army and Navy Publishing Co. in 1946 as 66, a Story of World War II, this account tells of an American unit which spent its war service containing the German defenders of Lorient and St. Nazaire. Illustrated with 270 photographs. 70th Infantry Division 3168. Trailblazers. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of this Seventh Army unit which entered combat in early 1945 and participated in the battles for the Rhineland and central Germany. 75th Infantry Division 3169. Pictorial History of the 75th Infantry Division, 1944–1945. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1946. 224 pp.

440

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II This fresh but untested First Army division was rushed into the Ardennes fighting in December 1944 and, as this pictorial souvenir book recalls, later fought under the Seventh and Ninth Armies in the Rhineland and central Germany.

3170. The 75th. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 30 pp. Emphasizes the unit’s actions in the Ardennes, the Colmar Pocket, and the battle for the Ruhr. 3171. The 75th Infantry Division: The Battle for the Ardennes, 23 Dec 1944–27 Jan 1945; The Colmar Pocket, 30 Jan 1945–9 Feb 1945; The Battle for the Ruhr, 31 Mar–15 Apr 1945. N.p. A history of the division from its entrance into combat during the Battle of the Bulge to the collapse of Army Group B in the Ruhr Pocket. 78th Infantry Division 3172. Lightning, the History of the 78th Infantry Division. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1947. 301 pp. This Ninth Army unit entered combat in the Ardennes in December 1944 and was then transferred to the First Army for combat in the Rhineland and central Germany. 3173. Lightning, the Story of the 78th Infantry Division. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 30 pp. An overview of this unit’s service in the Ardennes and central Germany. 79th Infantry Division 3174. Campbell, Roger E. Teenage Soldier: Working Intelligence and Reconnaissance Missions from Hedgerow to Hedgerow, River to River, and Canal to Canal. Kingston Springs, Tn.: Teenage Soldier Trust, 1999. 189 pp. History of combat by a high school ROTC graduate who served as citizen soldier with the 315th Infantry, 79th Division, from Normandy to Czechoslovakia. 3175. The Cross of Lorraine, a Combat History of the 79th Infantry Division, June 1942–December 1945. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1946. 200 pp. This pictorial souvenir book designed for the officers and men of the unit details its service with the Third and Seventh Armies in Normandy, the battles across northern France, the battle of the Rhineland, and the drive into central Germany. 3176. The Cross of Lorraine Division, the Story of the 79th. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1944. 31 pp. An overview of the unit’s Third Army service in Normandy and northern France. 3177. McCardell, Lee. “They Wrote Their Story in Blood: The 79th Infantry Division.” Saturday Evening Post, December 21, 1946, 26–27+.

The War on Land

441

Perhaps the most easily accessible overview of the 79th’s campaigns in the European theatre. 80th Infantry Division 3178. Adkins, J., Jr. You Can’t Get Much Closer Than This: Combat with Company H, 317th Infantry Regiment, 80th Division. Philadelphia: Casemate, 2005. 256 pp. Memoirs of a graduate of the Citadel and Officer Candidate School graphically describes his entrance into combat at Argentan, where he first killed, the consequences of inept commanders, and experiences of service with a Third Army division. 3179. Forward 80th. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. A review of the “Blue Ridge Division’s” service with the Third Army from the Normandy breakout through the drive into Bavaria. 83rd Infantry Division 3180. Blumenson, Martin. “With the 83rd Division in Normandy.” American History Illustrated II (November 1967): 30–39. Known as the “Thunderbolt Division” and the “Ohio Division,” the 83rd came ashore with the U.S. First Army at Normandy, served under the Third Army for the breakout, and then was shifted back and forth between the First, Third, and Ninth Armies, seeing action in northern France, the Ardennes, the Rhineland, and central Germany. This account is limited to the unit’s First Army service on D-Day and just after. 84th Infantry Division 3181. Railsplitters. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. Entering combat in November 1944 with the Ninth Army, this unit saw action in the Ardennes, the Rhineland, and central Germany. 85th Infantry Division 3182. Schultz, Paul L. The 85th Infantry Division in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1949. 240 pp. A detailed review of this unit’s service in the U.S. and in Italy under the Fifth Army, April 1942–August 1945. 86th Infantry Division 3183. Briggs, Richard A. Black Hawks over the Danube: The History of the 86th Infantry Division in World War II. Louisville, Ky.: Western Recorder, 1945. 127 pp. Entering combat with the Third Army in late March 1945, this unit participated in the drive into Bavaria, serving on the line just 31 days. 87th Infantry Division 3184. Garrison, Gene. Unless Victory Comes: Combat with a Machine Gunner in Patton’s Third Army. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2004. 256p

442

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Memoirs of a 19-year-old college student who entered combat with the 87th Division during the Battle of the Bulge. A keen observer, Garrison relates the confusion of combat and degradation of war.

3185. Stalwart and Strong. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 30 pp. This Third Army unit entered combat in mid-December 1944, seeing action in the Ardennes, the Rhineland, and central Germany. 88th Infantry Division 3186. Brown, John Sloan. 88th Division in World War II: Factors Responsible for Its Excellence. Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 1986. 225 pp. A study of the “Blue Devils” Division, a selective service unit, from activation, through training, to deployment and action. The author analyzes the factors that led to the division’s outstanding performance in the Italian campaign. 3187. Delaney, John P. The Blue Devils in Italy: A History of the 88th Infantry Division. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1947. 359 pp. A detailed review of this unit’s service in the Italian campaign including much of the heavy fighting in and north of the region. 89th Infantry Division 3188. The 89th Division, 1942–1945. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 270 pp. First published by Infantry Journal Press in 1947, this account of a Third Army unit tells how it entered combat in mid-March 1945 and fought in the Rhineland and central Germany. Includes 287 photographs. 3189. Rolling Ahead. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of the 89th Division’s service in central Germany, March– May 1945. 90th Infantry Division 3190. Abrams, Joe I., ed. A History of the 90th Division in World War II, 6 June 1944 to 9 May 1945. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1946. 89 pp. This oversize pictorial souvenir book follows a Third Army unit from the Normandy landing (where it was attached to the First Army), through the breakout and battles across northern France, into the Ardennes, the Rhineland, and central Germany. 3191. Blumenson, Martin. “Re-Assessing a Reputation.” Military Affairs XXII (Summer 1958): 95–102. An analysis of the 90th Division’s operations, which at one time was considered for disbandment, in the European campaign. 3192. Colby, John. War from the Ground Up: The 90th Division in World War II. Austin, Tx.: Nortex Press, 1991. 561 pp. An account of the difficulties faced by frontline soldiers of the division in the march from Normandy to Germany.

The War on Land

443

3193. Weaver, William G. Yankee Doodle Went to Town. Ann Arbor, Mi.: Edwards Brothers, 1959. 432 pp. A detailed reminiscence of the author’s service with the 90th Infantry Division from the landings at Normandy to its entry into the Sudetenland of Czechoslovakia on May 7, 1945. Emphasis is laid on the period from late July through November when Weaver was the assistant division commander. 91st Infantry Division 3194. Robbins, Robert A. The 91st Infantry Division in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1947. 428 pp. Provides a complete review of this unit’s combat in Italy in 1944 and 1945 where it completed the war attached to the British Eighth Army. 92nd Infantry Division 3195. Arnold, Thomas Saint John. Buffalo Soldiers: 92nd Infantry Division and Reinforcements in World War II. Manhattan, Ks.: Sunflower University Press, 1990. 245 pp. A sanitized account of the troubled division’s history by its former plans and operations officer. The 92nd was “reinforced” or reconstituted with the 442nd and 475th Regiments in 1945. 3196. Gilbran, Daniel K. The 92nd Infantry Division and the Italian Campaign in World War II. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2001. 198 pp. A thoughtful study focused on the reasons for the division’s poor performance in Italy. 3197. Goodman, Paul. A Fragment of Victory in Italy during World War II, 1942–1945: A Special Study Concerned with the 92nd Infantry Division and its Principal Attachments. Carlisle Barracks, Pa.: U.S. Army War College, 1993. 219 pp. A study focused on the 92nd Division and its reorganization with the 442nd and 475th Infantry Regiments. 3198. Hargrove, Hondon B. Buffalo Soldiers in Italy. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 1985. 207 pp. A history of the only division comprised of African Americans to see combat in World War II. 3199. Wilson, Dale E. “Recipe for Failure: Major General Edward M. Almond and Preparation of the U.S. 92nd Infantry Division for Combat in World War II.” The Journal of Military History 56 (July 1992): 473–88. A stimulating study of what the author views as the failure of the Army to hold E.M. Almond, its commander, responsible for the failure of the 92nd Division in Italy. Wilson attributes Almond’s attitude toward black troops to racism.

444

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

94th Infantry Division 3200. Byrnes, Laurence G., ed. History of the 94th Infantry Division in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1948. 527 pp. Entering combat in September 1944, this Ninth Army unit saw action in northern France, the Ardennes, the Rhineland, and central Germany. 3201. Le Tissier, Tony. Patton’s Pawns: The 94th Infantry Division at the Siegfried Line. Tuscaloosa, Al.: University of Alabama Press, 2007. 384 pp. A detailed chronicle of the combat record of a selective service division, which first entered combat against the French Atlantic ports, and served with the Third Army in the Battle of the Bulge, Saar-Moselle triangle, and the Siegfired Line. Le Tissier emphasizes the heavy losses sustained by the division in hard fighting against the Germans. Largely based on secondary sources. 3202. On the Way. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of the division’s service in France, the Ardennes, and Germany. 95th Infantry Division 3203. Bravest of the Brave. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1944. 29 pp. An overview of the division’s service in northern France with the U.S. Ninth Army in late October–November 1944. 3204. Fuermann, George M., and F. Edward Dranz. 95th Infantry Division History, 1918–1946. Atlanta, Ga.: Albert Love, 1947. 211 pp. This pictorial souvenir book details the unit’s history from World War I through World War II, with emphasis on its combat in northern France, the Rhineland, and central Germany. 99th Infantry Division 3205. Battle Babies. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview of this unit’s service from the Ardennes to central Germany. 3206. Cavanagh, William C. C. Dauntless: A History of the 99th Infantry Division. Dallas, Tx.: Taylor Publishing, 1994. 424 pp. A comprehensive history of the division. 3207. Lauer, Walter E. Battle Babies: The Story of the 99th Infantry Division in World War II. Baton Rouge, La.: Army and Navy Publishing Co., 1951. 351 pp. This oversize pictorial souvenir book details this unit’s service with the First Army in the Ardennes, the Rhineland, and central Germany from November 1944 through May 1945. 3208. Wijers, Hans S. O. The Battle of the Bulge: The Losheim Gap—Doorway to the Meuse. [Netherlands: H. Wijers, ca. 2005?]

The War on Land

445

Covers the battle waged by the green 99th Division for the northern shoulder of the Bulge in the Losheim Gap region in December 1944. 100th Infantry Division 3209. Bass, Michael A. The Story of the Century. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1979. 413 pp. First published in 1946, this detailed account follows MG Withers A. Burress’ unit in Seventh Army action in the Rhineland and central Germany from early November 1944 through May 1945. 3210. Gurley, Franklin L. Into the Mountains Dark: A WWII Odyssey from Harvard Crimson to Infantry Blue. Bedford, Pa.: Aberjona Press, 2000. 251 pp. Vivid memoir of training and combat in the Vosges Mountains with the 399th Regiment of the 100th Division. An ASTP filler, Gurley recounts his story directly, even including his dislike of his platoon leader. 3211. The Story of the Century. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 30 pp. An overview of the division’s combat in the Rhineland and central Germany, 1944–1945. 102nd Infantry Division 3212. Mick, Allan H., ed. With the 102nd Infantry Division Through Germany. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1947. 541 pp. A detailed review of the “Ozark Division’s” service with the Ninth Army in the Rhineland and central Germany from late October 1944 through May 1945. 103rd Infantry Division 3213. Mueller, Ralph, and Jerry Turk. Report After Action: The Story of the 103rd Infantry Division in World War II. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1978. 166 pp. A reprint of the 1945 edition which details the actions of the “Cactus Division” with the Seventh Army in the Rhineland and central Germany from late November 1944 through May 1945; promoted after the defense of Bastogne, MG Anthony C. McAuliffe became this unit’s CO on January 11, 1945. 104th Infantry Division 3214. Downs, Kenneth T. “Nothing Stopped the Timberwolves.” Saturday Evening Post, August 17, 1946, 20+. An overview of this unit’s participation in the French and German campaigns from late 1944 through May 1945. 3215. Hoegh, Leo A., and Howard J. Doyle. Timberwolf Tracks: The History of the 104th Infantry Division, 1942–1945. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1946. 444 pp.

446

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A detailed recounting of this First Army unit’s service from northern France to Antwerp, the Rhineland, and central Germany, October 1944–May 1945.

3216. Timberwolves. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 20 pp. An overview of the division’s service with the First and Ninth Armies. 106th Infantry Division 3217. Dupuy, R. Ernest. St. Vith—Lion in the Way: The 106th Infantry Division in World War II. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1949. 252 pp. The saga of the “Golden Lion” division of the First Army which lost two regiments in the Ardennes fighting, but went on to participate in the fighting in the Rhineland and central Germany after April 1945. Further references to the 106th in the Ardennes will be found in IV:C:2:c above. 3218. The 106th. G.I. Stories. Paris, Fr.: Stars & Stripes, 1945. 31 pp. An overview which concentrates on the Ardennes battle of December 1944. 3219. Tolhurst, Michael. Saint Vith: 106th Infantry Division. Conshohocken, Pa.: Combined Publishing, 1999. 157 pp. Chronicle of the defense of St. Vith, Belgium, by the green 106th Division. 6. Miscellaneous Units Introduction: The many references below relate to U.S. Army special units, for example the Rangers and the joint Canadian-American 1st Special Service Force, independent airborne units, and Japanese American and African American units. The men of these overlooked units distinguished themselves in extensive combat. The 442nd Regimental Combat Team and its component 100th Infantry Battalion was the most decorated unit to emerge from the war. Five of the Ranger battalions organized during the war fought in Europe, including North Africa, Sicily, Italy, and northwest Europe. Additional references to the Rangers will be found within the combat sections of IV:C above while noted Ranger leader William I. Darby’s biographies are noted in IV:B:2 above. Other sources pertaining to other battalion and related units are also found in this section. 3220. Abdul-Jabbar, Kareem, and Anthony Walton. Brothers in Arms: The Epic Story of the 761st Tank Battalion, WWII’s Forgotten Heroes. New York: Broadway Books, 2004. 302 pp. Story of the all-black 761st Tank Battalion, whose battlefield accomplishments were “important in paving the way for integration of the military.” Provides first-person accounts of combat actions and the encounters of the men with racial bias within the Army both in the United States and overseas. 3221. Adleman, Robert H., and George Walton. The Devil’s Brigade. Philadelphia, Pa.: Chilton Books, 1966. 259 pp.

The War on Land

447

A history of the First Special Service Force and its American/Canadian volunteers who were trained to operate in snow behind enemy lines and provided useful service in France in 1944–1945. 3222. Altieri, James. The Spearheaders: A Personal History of Darby’s Rangers. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1981. 318 pp. First published by Bobbs-Merrill in 1960, this is a survivor’s affectionate recollection of the organization of the 4th Ranger Battalion in northern Ireland, its commando training in Scotland, and its role in bloody combat in North Africa, Sicily, and Italy. Illustrated with 19 photos. 3223. Astor, Gerald. Battling Buzzards: The Odyssey of the 517th Parachute Regiment. New York: Donald I. Fine, 1993. 323 pp. Chronicle of the combat actions of the 517th Parachute Infantry in Italy, southern France, the Battle of the Bulge, and its jump over the Rhine. 3224. Black, Robert W. The Battalion: The Dramatic Story of the 2nd Ranger Battalion in World War II. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2006. 354 pp. A history of the unit that assaulted Pointe du Hoc on D-Day to the end of the war in Europe. 3225. Brinkley, Douglas. The Boys of Pointe du Hoc: Ronald Reagan, D-Day, and the U.S. Army 2nd Ranger Battalion. New York: William Morrow, 2005. 274 pp. Brinkley blends together first-person stories of the 2nd Battalion’s assault on Pointe du Hoc with an account of the antecedents of President Reagan’s speech commemorating that event on the 40th anniversary of D-Day. The Reagan speech is credited with reviving interest in the Normandy invasion and World War II. 3226. Burhans, Robert D. The First Special Service Force: A War History of the North Americans. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1978. 376 pp. First published by Infantry Journal Press in 1947, this was the first major account of the American/Canadian special force which performed well in winter fighting in 1944–1945. 3227. Crost, Lyn. Honor by Fire: Japanese Americans at War in Europe and the Pacific. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1997. 368 pp. A comprehensive history focused on the military activities of Japanese Americans and the 442nd Regimental Combat Team in World War II. 3228. De Trez, Michel. First Airborne Task Force: A Pictorial History of Allied Paratroopers in the Invasion of Southern France. Wezembeek-Oppem, Bel.: D-Day Publishers, 1998. 506 pp. A photographic history of the largely American division-sized Allied unit that supported the August 1944 DRAGOON landings. 3229. Duus, Masayo. Unlikely Liberators: The Men of the 100th and 442nd. Translated from the Japanese. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1987. 259 pp.

448

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Well-researched story of the Japanese American boy-men who made up the 100th Battalion and 442nd RCT.

3230. Fanlayson, Kenneth, and Robert W. Jones, Jr. “Rangers in World War II: Part I – The Formation and the Early Days.” Veritas: Journal of Army Special Operations History 2, No. 3 (2006), 64–70. Organization and training of the first Rangers in Northern Ireland. 3231. First Special Service Force Association. The First Special Service Force: A Commemorative History, July 1942–January 1945. Moneta, Va.: First Special Service Force Association, 1995. 168 pp. A yearbook-type history of the Force focused on surviving members. 3232. Glassman, Henry S. “Lead the Way Rangers”: The Fifth Ranger Battalion. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 1980. 104 pp. Examines the training and operations of this unit which came ashore at Normandy on D-Day and soldiered on through the northern France campaign. 3233. Haggerty, Jerome J. “A History of the Ranger Battalions in World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Fordham University, 1982. The author considers the need for, the organization and training of, and the combat by the six U.S. Ranger battalions in World War II: based on a variety of sources both primary and secondary, this is the most scholarly treatment of the subject available. 3234. Jeffers, H. Paul. Onward We Charge: The Heroic Story of Darby’s Rangers in World War II. New York: New American Library, 2007. 320 pp. A brief review of the life of William O. Darby, the charismatic founder and leader of the original American ranger battalions who fought in North Africa, Sicily, and Italy, but which were annihilated at Anzio. Jeffers paints a colorful picture of Darby. 3235. Ladd, James. Commandos and Rangers of World War II. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1978. 288 pp. Ladd’s study concerns not only the British Commandos, but also the U.S. Rangers and shows how their special skills and weapons were employed in beach reconnaissance, sabotage raids, and spearhead invasions. Illustrated with 64 black and white photographs and 34 maps. 3236. Lane, Ronald I. Rudder’s Rangers. Manassas, Va.: Ranger Associates, 1979. 198 pp. A look at the organization and training of the Second Ranger Battalion, as well as its scaling of the cliffs at Normandy on D-Day and later combats in northwest Europe. 3237. Lehman, Milton. “The Rangers Fought Ahead of Everybody.” Saturday Evening Post, June 15, 1946, 28–29+.

The War on Land

449

An overview of the service of the Ranger battalions which fought in Sicily and Italy, 1943–1945. 3238. MacDonald, Jo Ann. The Liberation of Pointe du Hoc: The 2nd U.S. Rangers at Normandy. Redondo Beach, Ca.: Rank and File Publications, 2000. 185 pp. Recounts the heroic D-Day assault by the 2nd Battalion on the German gun position at Pointe du Hoc. The battalion suffered heavy casualties only to discover that the guns had not been installed in the casements. 3239. Mandle, William D., and David H. Whittier. Combat Record of the 504th Parachute Infantry Regiment, April 1943–July 1945. Nashville, Tn.: Battery Press, 2004. Unpaged. A photo album with some generic text of the regiment’s service from North Africa to Germany. 3240. Murphy, Thomas D. Ambassadors in Arms. Honolulu, Hi.: University of Hawaii Press, 1955. 315 pp. Murphy details the history of the separate Japanese-American (Nisei) 100th Infantry Battalion from its activation through its combat in the MTO, particularly from Salerno to the Arno River in Italy where the “Buddaheads” became one of the most decorated units in U.S. Army history. Based in part on over 300 interviews with members of the battalion. 3241. Nordyke, Phil. Four Stars of Valor: The Combat History of the 505th Parachute Infantry Regiment. St. Paul, Mn.: Zenith Press, 2006. 480 pp. A history of the regiment from North Africa to Germany based on interviews. 3242. Prince, Morris. The Road to Victory: The Story of WWII’s Elite 2nd Battalion Rangers. Elk River, Man.: Meadowlark Publishing, 2001. 235 pp. Reminiscences of members of “A” Company from D-Day to VE-Day. 3243. Ross, Robert Todd. The Supercommandos: First Special Service Force, 1942–1944: An Illustrated History. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2000. 319 pp. A pictorial record of uniforms, insignia, weapons, and equipment. Full color maps. 3244. Sasser, Charles W. Patton’s Panthers: The African-American 761st Tank Battalion in World War II. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2004. 354 pp. The author, a combat veteran, draws on interviews and official records to tell the story of this little-known black combat battalion that fought with the Third Army. Sasser notes that the 761st “paved the way for AfricanAmerican units” and demonstrated “what it meant to [black G.I.s] to be recognized as part of an American effort.” 3245. Sorvisto, Edwin M. Roughing It with Charlie: The World War II History of “C” Company, 2nd Ranger Battalion. Williamstown, N.J.: J. M. Phillips, 1978. 80 pp.

450

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A reprint of the 1945 pictorial souvenir book which briefly details this group’s service from Normandy to VE-Day.

3246. Springer, Joseph A. The Black Devil Brigade: The True Story of the First Special Service Force, an Oral History. Pacifica, Ca.: Pacifica Military History, 2001. 297 pp. Recollections of veterans of the unique Canadian-American light infantry volunteer force. 3247. Steidl, Franz. Lost Battalions: Going for Broke in the Vosges, Autumn 1944. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 2000. 256 pp. Story of the rescue of a trapped infantry unit by the 442nd RCT and the hard fighting in the Vosges Mountains of southeastern France in the autumn of 1944. 3248. Tanaka, Chester. Go for Broke: A Pictorial History of the 100/442nd Regimental Combat Team. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1997. 172 pp. A nostalgic look at the 100th Infantry Battalion and 442nd RCT in combat in Italy and France. 3249. Wilson, Joseph, Jr. The 784th Tank Battalion in World War II: History of an African American Armored Unit in Europe. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2007. 205 pp. Enlightening history of a black unit that entered combat along the Roer River in early 1945 and thereafter fought its way into Germany. The author explores the Army’s failure to provide trained replacements for the segregated battalion. Also contains chapters on the 758th and 761st Tank Battalions. 3250. Windsor, Joseph. “Rugged and Ready.” Infantry School Quarterly XLII (January 1953): 94–103. A brief history of the Army’s Ranger battalions with emphasis on their role in the MTO and ETO during World War II. 3251. Wood, James A. We Move Only Forward: Canada, the United States, and the First Special Service, 1942–1944. St. Catharines, Ont.: Vanwell Publishing, 2006. 239 pp. A welcome review of the celebrated force from the Canadian perspective.

E. Land Weapons, Uniforms, and Markings Introduction: The amount of information available in English about World War II land weaponry, uniforms, insignia, and camouflage/markings is staggering. Given that consideration and the need to employ space for references to other sources on the conflict, the citations noted below are selective and mainly concern items made available in the last decade or so. The literature on topics covered in this part has also been covered in several of the bibliographies cited in Section I:A above. The order of arrangement here is: General Works; Artillery; Tanks and Armored Vehicles; Infantry and Airborne Weapons; Military Vehicles; and Uniforms/Insignia/Markings.

The War on Land

451

1. General Works Introduction: The few works noted here are only a sample of the many weapons– uniform books of a general nature available. Readers should note that additional weapons data is provided in the operational parts of this work noted under III:C above. 3252. Hogg, Ian V., and J. B. King. German and Allied Secret Weapons of World War II. Secaucus, N.J.: Chartwell Books, 1976. 127 pp. A heavily illustrated account of the development of new weapons systems designed to obtain advantage in the air, on land, or at sea; includes land warfare weapons such as tanks and artillery. 3253. Sylvia, Steven W., and Michael J. O’Donnell. Uniforms, Weapons, and Equipment of World War II. Orange, Va.: Moss Publications, 1982. 223 pp. An in-depth pictorial study of the weapons, gear, and clothing of U.S. G.I.s based on research and interviews which reveal much about the soldiers’ daily lives; oversize and illustrated with hundreds of previously unpublished photographs. 2. Artillery Introduction: The citations which follow illuminate the major types of artillery employed by the U.S. Army in the European and Mediterranean Theaters. Users will find additional data on these guns not only above, but also in other parts of this chapter, especially Section C, Campaigns and Battles. 3254. Binder, Gary. “American Assault Guns of World War II.” World War II Journal I (May-June 1975): 84–89; II (July-August 1975): 20–21. A pictorial piece concerning those heavy American cannon employed in places like the siege of Metz, France, in 1944. 3255. Brown, Frederic J. “Spearhead Artillery.” Field Artillery Journal XXXVI (September 1946): 502–510. Examines the pieces employed by the artillery unit of the U.S. Third Armored Division. 3256. Chamberlain, Peter, and Terry Gander. Anti-Aircraft Guns. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1976. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated study supplemented by separate sections on the technical details of AA guns in use by various nations, including the U.S. 3257. ——. Heavy Artillery. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1975. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated narrative supplemented by separate sections which provide details on the logistics and cannon employed by various nations, including the U.S.

452

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3258. ——. Infantry, Mountain, and Airborne Guns. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1976. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated booklet supplemented by separate sections which provide details on the lightweight cannon employed by infantry, airborne, and mountain troops of the combatant countries, including the U.S. 3259. ——. Light and Medium Field Artillery. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1976. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated study supplemented by separate sections on the technical details and logistics of field guns of both sides, Allied and Axis. 3260. Franzi, Emil A. Artillery of the Second World War. Tucson, Az.: Weapons Research Institute, 1977. 63 pp. Contains brief descriptions and illustrations of cannon employed by both the Axis and the Allies. 3261. Hogg, Ian V. Twentieth Century: 300 of the World’s Greatest Artillery Pieces. New York: Friedman Publishing, 2000. 320 pp. Detailed descriptions and statistics of the principal artillery pieces developed from 1900 to 2000. Organized according to type, i.e., field, heavy, anti-tank, anti-aircraft, 3262. ——. Artillery in Color, 1923–1963. New York: Arco, 1980. The text takes second place to the many color photographs and illustrations of the world’s cannon, including those employed by the U.S. Army in the MTO/ETO during World War II. 3263. ——. British and American Artillery of World War II. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1979. 256 pp. Probably the best account of U.S. artillery is contained in this work, first published in England; the study is divided into eight sections corresponding to various cannon types, and for each piece there is a brief history and comments on its development and effectiveness. Illustrated with 350 photographs. 3264. ——. Barrage: The Guns in Action. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. A pictorial which describes not only the use of cannon, but also the various types employed by the combatants; written from the perspective of a wartime British artilleryman. 3265. ——, and John Batchelor. Artillery. New York: Scribners, 1972. 158 pp. This “coffee-table” British import combines a readable text with an array of photographs and drawings to provide a survey of the history of cannon, including those employed by the U.S. in the MTO/ETO during World War II. An expanded 240-page version was published as A History of Artillery by the London/New York firm of Hamlyn in 1974. 3266. Jobé, Joseph, ed. Guns. Greenwich, Ct.: New York Graphic Society, 1971. 216 pp.

The War on Land

453

This illustrated history of artillery is similar to the work by Hogg and Batchelor cited above and is noteworthy for its color prints. 3. Tanks and Armored Vehicles Introduction: The references below illustrate the various types of tanks and armored fighting vehicles employed by the U.S. Army in Europe during the war. Readers will find additional information on these vehicles not only in Part E:1 above, but also in the other parts of this chapter, especially Section C, Campaigns and Battles. 3267. Baily, Charles H. “Faint Praise: The Development of American Tanks and Tank Destroyers During World War II.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Duke University, 1977. Baily studies the development of U.S. armor from light to medium models as well as the disputes over what kind and how many should be manufactured. 3268. Bonds, Ray. Illustrated Guide to World War II Tanks and Fighting Vehicles. New York: Arco, 1981. 160 pp. Employs some 40,000 words of text and over 200 photographs, many in color, to show the major tanks and AFVs of both the Axis and Allies; includes line drawings and tables of specifications. 3269. Bradford, George, and Len Morgan. Fifty Famous Tanks. New York: Arco, 1967. 96 pp. A brief history of tanks employed by the major powers, including the M3 Lee, M4 Sherman, and M5 Stuart tanks of the United States. 3270. Cary, James. Tanks and Armor in Modern Warfare. New York: Watts, 1966. 267 pp. An overall assessment which focuses on World War II; the author was a wartime tank commander with the U.S. Army 712th Tank Battalion. Illustrated with 32 photographs and maps. 3271. Chamberlain, Peter, and Christopher Ellis. British and American Tanks of World War II: The Complete Illustrated History of British, American, and Commonwealth Tanks, Gun Motor Carriages, and Special Vehicles, 1939–1945. New York: Arco, 1970. 222 pp. With vehicles grouped by nation, the development and use of each is described in concise detail while appendices provide material on interior layout, guns, smoke devices, engines, and diagrams of U.S. and British vehicles; illustrated with more than 500 photographs and drawings. 3272. ——. Pictorial History of Tanks of the World, 1915–1945. Harrisburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 1972. 256 pp. A complete and profusely illustrated tank encyclopedia covering armor from World War I through World War II in chronological and

454

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II geographical order; over 1,000 photographs plus data and notes demonstrate design, production, and performance.

3273. ——. The Sherman. New York: Arco, 1969. 80 pp. The first but no longer the best book devoted exclusively to the history, development, and employment of the M4 Sherman tank and its variants; illustrated with over 90 photographs, scale drawings, and cutaways. 3274. ——, and John Milson. Self-Propelled Anti-Tank and Anti-Aircraft Guns. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1975. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated study supplemented by separate sections on the technical details on anti-tank and AA platforms mounted on the armored bodies of various mounts from different warring nations. 3275. Conger, Elizabeth M. American Tanks and Tank Destroyers. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1944. 159 pp. Provides a limited amount of detail, drawings, and photographs on wartime U.S. armor, including the M3, M4, and M5, as well as a discussion of their use in North Africa and Sicily. 3276. Cooper, Belton Y. Death Traps: The Survival of an American Armored Division in World War II. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1998. 324 pp. Recollections of the inadequacies of the American M4 Sherman tank in the face of superior German tanks by an ordnance officer who observed the American campaign in Europe from Normandy into Germany. According to Cooper, the Sherman was a “grossly inferior tank.” 3277. Crow, Duncan. American AFVs of World War II. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1973. 293 pp. Covers all non-tank U.S. Army armored vehicles from 1919 to the 1960s emphasizing production, developments in evolution, and operations; the final chapter is a comprehensive and valuable account of the history of U.S. armored organization from World War I to 1964. Illustrated with 700+ photographs and drawings. 3278. ——. U.S. Armor/Cavalry (1917–1967): A Short History. AFV/Weapons Series, no. 6. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1973. 63 pp. An overall survey of U.S. armored history from World War I to Vietnam which concentrates on vehicles and their markings; illustrated with black and white and color drawings and photographs of AFVs, unit crests, etc. 3279. ——, and Robert J. Icks. Encyclopedia of Armoured Cars and Halftracks. Secaucus, N.J.: Chartwell Books, 1976. 160 pp. Arranged by nation, this work describes the armored cars (not widely employed by the U.S. Army) and halftracks of the war’s major powers; illustrated with drawings and a large selection of photographs. 3280. ——. Encyclopedia of Tanks. London: Barrie and Jenkins, 1976. 300 pp. Combines a discussion of the particulars of AFVs and the different

The War on Land

455

kinds of tanks with a listing of summaries concerning the specifications for those used by different nations; illustrated with drawings and photographs. 3281. Culver, Bruce. Sherman in Action. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1977. 50 pp. The text is secondary in this pictorial which details the M4 tank with 85 captioned black and white photographs. 3282. Delaforce, Patrick. Churchill’s Secret Weapons: The Story of Hobart’s Funnies. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2006. 224 pp. Story of the Flail and other specialized armored vehicles developed by the British 79th Armored Division under Maj. Gen. Sir Percy Hobart that supported infantry in northwest Europe. 3283. Ellis, Christopher. Tanks of the World. New York: Macmillan, 1971. 177 pp This oversize study concentrates on 40 of the most important tanks and AFVs of the war years with each receiving a technical section and some of the 500 full-color scale drawings which fill this model-maker’s dream book. 3284. ——, and Peter Chamberlain. The Great Tanks. London and New York: Hamlyn, 1975. 176 pp. An oversize British import which highlights the best armored vehicles from World War I to the 1970s, including the U.S. M3, M4, and M5 of World War II; illustrated with hundreds of photos and drawings. 3285. Fletcher, David, with Tony Bryan. Sherman Firefly. Botley, U.K. Osprey Publishing, 2008. 48 pp. Detailed history of the development and use of the “most successful British tank” of World War II, a modified Sherman armed with a 17-pounder gun known as the Firefly. 3286. Forty, George. United States Tanks of World War II in Action. New York: Scribners, 1983. 160 pp. Provides an examination of the planning for and construction and operations of the major armored tanks and vehicles of the U.S., backed by 250 wartime photographs and tables of specifications. 3287. Forty, Jonathan. M3, M3A1, M3A3: Tanks in Detail. London: Ian Allan, 2003, 96 pp. Comprehensive and detailed account of the development of the M3 tank and its derivatives, including brief histories of the units they served with, markings, unit allocation and camouflage schemes. 3288. Forty, Simon. American Armor: 1939–1945 Portfolio. Harrisburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 1981. 96 pp. A data file provides specifications for each tank with detailed drawings of most, while the text describes the design, development, and use of

456

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II U.S. armor, including a table of organization for an armored division. Illustrated with 138 photographs.

3289. Green, Michael and James Brown. M4 Sherman at War. London: Virgin, 2007. 250 pp. Lavishly illustrated history of the design, construction and evolution of the famous Sherman medium tank during World War II. 3290. Grove, Eric. World War II Tanks. London: Orbis Books, 1976. 143 pp. Arranged by nation and providing technical detail on each major tank employed, including those of the U.S.; illustrated with a variety of drawings and photographs, some in color. 3291. Halle, Armin. Tanks. Greenwich, Ct.: New York Graphic Society, 1971. 175 pp. An illustrated history of fighting vehicles from World War I arranged by nation and featuring a large variety of drawings and photographs, a number of which are published in color for the first time. 3292. Hart, Stephen A. Sherman Fireflly vs Tiger, Normandy 1944. Oxford, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2007. 80 pp. History of the design and development of the feared German Tiger tank and the 17-pounder Sherman or Firefly. Hart compares the weaponry, training, and tactics of both vehicles. 3293. Hogg, Ian V., and John Batchelor. The Tank Story. London: Phoebus Books, 1977. 160 pp. Similar to the authors’ work on artillery cited in the last subsection; an oversize work which combines a readable historical text with an array of photographs and drawings covering the development of tanks from World War I to the 1970s. 3294. Hunnicutt, R. P. Pershing: A History of the Medium Tank T20 Series. San Rafael, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1980. 240 pp. A detailed history of the wide-tracked U.S. tank designed in 1942, which saw action in Europe during the closing months of the war; includes detailed data sheets for 23 vehicles and variants and 580 other photographic and artwork illustrations. 3295. ——. Sherman: A History of the American Medium Tank. San Rafael, Calif.: Presidio Press, 1978. 576 pp. Divided into six major parts designed to produce a complete technical and operational history, this oversize work covers all aspects of the M4 medium tank, which is still in service in some of the world’s armies; illustrated with hundreds of photographs and drawings. 3296. Infantry Journal, Staff of. The Armored Forces of the United States. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1943. 72 pp. Describes not only organization, but also the vehicles employed through the time of the landings in Italy. Illustrated with 35 drawings, some in color, and a few black and white photographs.

The War on Land

457

3297. Jarrett, George B. Portrait in Power. Forest Grove, Or.: Normount Technical Publications, 1971. 146 pp. A pictorial history of U.S. tanks and self-propelled artillery from World War I to the early 1970s, with emphasis on the World War II years; includes technical details for the major models and variants and a variety of illustrations. 3298. Louis, Murray A. “Seek, Strike, and Destroy: Tank Destroyers in the ETO.” Armor LXXIV (September–October 1965): 23–26. A brief history of the operations of these anti-tank armored vehicles, especially in northwest Europe. 3299. Macksey, Kenneth J. “Build-up for D-Day: The Balance of Armour.” In: Bernard Fitzsimons, ed. Tanks and Weapons of World War II. New York: Beekman House, 1973, pp. 106–118. First published in Purnell’s History of the Second World War, this is an analysis of German and Anglo-American armor available for use after the June 6, 1944, invasion. 3300. ——. Tank Force: Allied Armor in the Second World War. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1970. 160 pp. A pictorial history of Allied tanks which saw service, mostly in the MTO and ETO, including the M3, M4, and M5 American models; includes general details and several cutaway drawings. 3301. ——. Tank Warfare: A History of Tanks in Battle. New York: Stein and Day, 1972. 284 pp. With some little attention to technical details, this British armor expert describes the operational use of tanks in combat from World War I to the Six-Day War, with emphasis on German and Allied use during World War II. 3302. ——, et al. “The Era of Struggle, 1942–1945.” In: their The Guinness Book of Tank Facts and Feats: A Record of Armoured Fighting Vehicle Achievement. 3rd ed. London: Guinness Superlatives, 1981, Chap. 5. Covers the evolution of design and engineering, weapons and armor, tactics and doctrine, and famous commanders and battles; heavily illustrated. 3303. Nagl, John A. “Tank Destroyers in World War II.” Armor 50 (January– February 1991): 26–31. A brief review of the role of a controversial armored vehicle by the U.S. Army. 3304. Ogorkiewicz, Richard M. Armored Forces. New York: Praeger, 1970. 488 pp. First published as Armor: A History of Mechanized Forces in 1960, this edition contains a new introduction and 16 pages of photographs;

458

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II recognized as a classic work on the multitude of facets of armor development, arranged chronologically.

3305. Patrick, Stephen B. “Tank: A Weapon System Survey.” Strategy and Tactics 44 (March–April 1974), 3–15. A pictorial piece on the development of armored vehicles by the Germans and Allies during World War II; a useful survey for those who do not want too much information. 3306. Perrett, Bryan. Allied Tank Destroyers. London: Osprey Publishing, 1980. 40 pp. A lavishly illustrated guide to tank destroyers on both sides; concentrates on camouflage, markings, and other detail. 3307. ——. The [M-5] Stuart Light Tank Series. London: Osprey Publishing, 1980. 40 pp. Similar in layout and execution to the preceding entry; both are heavily illustrated, with much color. 3308. Pickett, George B., Jr. “Armored Personnel Carriers.” Armored Cavalry Journal LVIII (May–June 1949): 8–12. The use of the M2, M3, and M5 halftracks in the ETO during the war. 3309. Pugh, Stevenson, ed. Armour in Profile. 5 vols. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1968–1972. A series of pamphlets similar to the Aircraft in Profile series cited in Section III:E above are bound together into a single volume; each chapter is, in fact, a 12- to 20-page pamphlet describing one tank or AFV employed by one of the warring powers; illustrated with black and white photographs and color drawings. 3310. Rigg, Robert B. “A Pictorial History of Armor.” Armor LXVIII (September–October 1959): 42–53. Covers the period from World War I to the mid-1950s; limited to American types. 3311. Rogge, R. E. “A Jaundiced View of Tanks.” Armor XCI (September– October 1982): 15–17. A look at the post-Pearl Harbor debate over the building of heavy or lighter tanks. 3312. Steuard, James C., ed. The Best Articles and Illustrations from Volume One of AFV-G2: An Anthology. La Puente, Ca.: Baron Publishing Co., 1972. 102 pp. AFV-G2, to which we did not have access during the compilation of this guide, is an important tank-enthusiast publication; this work presents a number of articles and drawings of U.S. and foreign tanks employed during the war as seen by scholars, modelers, and buffs. 3313. ——, and Rick Fines. Halftracks. La Puente, Ca.: Baron Publishing Co., 1976. 30 pp.

The War on Land

459

An illustrated overview of the U.S. M2, M3, and M5, which were employed as armored personnel carriers, AA carriers, and mortar carriers in the MTO/ETO. 3314. Stout, Wesley W. Tanks Are Mighty Fine Things. Detroit, Mi.: Chrysler Motor Corp., 1946. 144 pp. An interesting and rare review of tank production in the U.S. and an appreciation of the use of tanks in battle around the world. 3315. Thiel, Troy D. The M26 Pershing and Variants. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2002. 88 pp. An account of the development of the best U.S. tank design of the war; limited numbers of M26s saw service in the ETO in the closing weeks of the war. 3316. Vanderveen, Burt H., ed. The Observer’s Fighting Vehicles Directory: World War II. Rev. ed. London: Warne, 1972. 370 pp. Arranged by nation, this study provides technical detail for each tank and AFV in use with at least one photograph or drawing of each. 3317. White, Brian T. Tanks and Other Armored Fighting Vehicles, 1942–1946. New York: Macmillan, 1976. 171 pp. An authoritative directory arranged by nation with complete technical details and 160 pages of color drawings; the London firm of Burke’s Peerage published a new edition of this work in 1981. 3318. Wright, Patrick. Tank: The Progress of a Monstrous War Machine. New York: Penguin, 2003. 512 pp. Exhaustively researched and sophisticated account of the development of one of the most powerful killing machines of the 20th century, the tank. Wright treats the tank as a cultural icon, as both a machine of battlefield liberation and political oppression, and skillfully weaves social and military history into a fascinating work of social history. 3319. Yeide, Harry. Tank Killers: A History of America’s World War II Tank Destroyer Force. Philadelphia, Pa.: Casemate, 2005. 357 pp. A well-researched history of the tank destroyer battalions and the lightly armored anti-tank vehicles with which they were equipped that saw service in all theaters during World War II. The author takes a jaundiced view of anti-tank halftracks and similar armored vehicles, terming them as “one of the most successful failures in American military history.” 3320. Zaloga, Steven J. M4 (76mm) Sherman Medium Tank, 1943–65. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2003. 48 pp. The story of the most ubiquitous tank in the Allied armies. 3321. ——. M24 Chaffee Light Tank, 1943–85. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2003. 48 pp. History of the development of the successor of the Stuart light tank.

460

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3322. ——. M8 Greyhound Armored Car, 1941–91. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2002. 48 pp. The story of the design and development of the vehicle that equipped U.S. armored cavalry units. 3323. ——. M18 Hellcat Tank Destroyer, 1943–97. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2002. 48 pp. Technical description and assessment of the “fastest tracked vehicle of World War II.” 3324. ——. M10 and M36 Tank Destroyers. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2002. 48 pp. Well-illustrated overview of history and technical development of the “motor gun carriage” M10 and the 90mm M36 used by U.S. tank destroyer forces. 3325. ——. M26/M46 Pershing Tank, 1943–53. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2000. 48 pp. History of the development of the first U.S. tank to mount a 90mm gun, but whose mass production was delayed in favor of the M4 Sherman. 3326. ——. M3 & M5 Stuart Light Tank, 1940–45. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 1999. 48 pp. The epitome of U.S. tank development in the 1930s, the Stuart was obsolescent by 1941, but remained the mainstay of U.S. reconnaissance units throughout the war. 3327. ——. M3 Infantry Half-Track, 1940–73. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 1995. 48 pp. An interesting account of the development of the personnel carrier that was used by U.S. and Allied armored infantry units. 3328. ——. Stuart: U.S. Light Tanks in Action. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/ Signal Publications, 1979. 49 pp. Text is slight in this pictorial which features over 80 captioned black and white photographs on the M5’s use around the world. 4. Infantry and Airborne Weapons Introduction: The citations here illustrate the various types of small arms employed by the U.S. Army in the ETO/MTO. Users will find more data on them not only in Part E:1 above, but in the other parts of this chapter, especially Section C, Campaigns and Battles. 3329. Barker, A. J. British and American Infantry Weapons of World War II. New York: Arco, 1969. 76 pp. Provides descriptions and technical details on the many different infantry weapons used by the Anglo-American forces; illustrated with photographs and line drawings.

The War on Land

461

3330. Bruce, Robert. M-1 Does My Talking: The U.S. Garand Rifle in Pictures. Mechanicsville, Va.: Robert Bruce, 1993. 80 pp. A pictorial record of the famous semi-automatic rifle that equipped U.S. infantry until the late 1950s. 3331. Burrell, Brian. Combat Weapons: Handguns and Shoulder Arms of World War II. New York: Transatlantic, 1974. 112 pp. A guide to the pistols, rifles, and submachine guns employed by Allied and Axis forces during the war; illustrated with drawings and photographs. 3332. Carter, J. Anthony. Allied Bayonets of World War II. New York: Arco, 1969. 80 pp. Complete technical details are provided for the principal bayonets employed by the Allies, including the U.S., from 1939 to 1946; illustrated with some 65 photos and drawings. 3333. Chamberlain, Peter, and Terry J. Gander. Allied Pistols, Rifles, and Grenades. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1976. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated narrative supplemented by separate sections on technical details of weaponry. 3334. ——. Anti-Tank Weapons. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1974. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated text supplemented by separate sections on technical details for such weapons as the U.S. bazooka. 3335. ——. Machine Guns. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1974. 64 pp. Each entry treats one of the types employed by one of the warring powers and includes brief history, specifications, and at least one photo. The emphasis is on heavy weapons such as the American .50 caliber. 3336. ——. Mortars and Rockets. World war II fact Files. New York: Arco, 1976. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated narrative supplemented by separate sections on technical details of weaponry. Includes mortars and rockets of both the Axis and Allies. 3337. ——. Submachine Guns and Automatic Rifles. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1982. 64 pp. A lavishly illustrated study supplemented by separate sections on technical details; includes the U.S. Thompson and BAR models. 3338. Cox, Roger A. Thompson Submachine Guns. Athens, Ga.: Law Enforcement Ordnance Co., 1982. 220 pp. The history and use of this famous weapon is covered by the reprinting, under one cover, of five uncut manuals, four from the U.S. Army and one from the British; illustrated with photographs and exploded-view illustrations.

462

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3339. Hatcher, Julian S. Hatcher’s Book of the Garand. Washington, D.C.: Infantry Journal Press, 1948. 292 pp. The most complete source of the M1 rifle; illustrated, this work tells the history of semiautomatic rifles through the M1, details the M1’s use in World War II, and provides instruction for use and care. 3340. Hobart, Frank W. A. Pictorial History of the Sub-Machine Gun. New York: Scribners, 1975. 224 pp. Illustrated with photographs and drawings, this study details the design, development, and use of “burp” guns by both Allied and Axis forces during World War II. 3341. Hoffschmidt, E. J. Know Your .45 Auto Pistols, Models 1911 and Al. Southport, Ct.: Blacksmith Corp., 1973. 58 pp. A booklet with data on and illustrations of the variations and different contracted pieces of these famous handguns with tables of quantities manufactured and delivered to the U.S. Army, with dates, serial numbers, etc. 3342. ——. Know Your M1 Garand Rifles. Southport, Ct.: Blacksmith Corp., 1976. 80 pp. A profusely illustrated paperback which details all models and variants with tables of quantities manufactured and delivered to the U.S. Army, with dates, serial numbers, etc. 3343. Hogg, Ian V. The Encyclopedia of Infantry Weapons of World War II. London: Bison Books, 1977. 192 pp. Illustrated with drawings and photographs, including some in color, this work provides information on rifles, pistols, mortars, machine guns, grenades, bayonets, etc., employed by both Allied and Axis forces. 3344. ——. Grenades and Mortars. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1974. 160 pp. Discusses the design, manufacture, and use of these weapons, including a short chapter on the U.S. bazooka; illustrated with photos. 3345. ——. Military Pistols and Revolvers: The Handguns of the Two World Wars. New York: Arco, 1970. 79 pp. Complete technical details are provided for the principal handguns employed by Allied and Axis forces during World War II, as well as Allied and Central Powers forces in World War I; illustrated with over 50 photographs. 3346. ——, and John Batchelor. The Complete Machine-Gun, 1885 to the Present. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1979. 128 pp. Traces the entire history of the machine gun and its use, including World War II, with a description of the various principles on which the guns operate and assessments of individual weapons. Illustrated with almost 300 illustrations, half in color.

The War on Land

463

3347. ——. The Machine Gun. Purnell’s History of the World Wars Special. London: Phoebus, 1976. 64 pp. A brief illustrated look at the major machine guns employed by the warring nations in World Wars I and II, including U.S. models. 3348. Hogg, Ian V., and John Weeks. Military Small Arms of the 20th Century. 4th ed. Northfield, Il.: DBI, 1981. 288 pp. Divided into sections covering handguns, submachine guns, machine guns, bolt-action rifles, automatic rifles, anti-tank rifles, and ammunition; oversize and profusely illustrated with drawings and photos. 3349. Kerne, S. Frederick. “The U.S. [Mk. III] ‘Pineapple’ Grenade.” World War II Journal II (September–December 1975): 50. A brief description with a single illustration. 3350. King, J. B., and John Batchelor. Infantry at War. Purnell’s History of the World Wars Special. London: Phoebus, 1974. 64 pp. Examines infantry weapons with 13 photographs and 106 black and white and color illustrations. Weapons from both the Allied and Axis sides are described with technical details. 3351. McKinney, Leonard L. “European Theater of Operations.” In his Portable Flame Thrower Operations in World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1949, Chap. 8. Examines the use of the portable one-man flame thrower, especially during the battles en route to Germany’s heart in 1945. 3352. ——. Mechanized Flame Thrower Operations in World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1951. 439 pp. Examines the use of flame throwers mounted on tank bodies in Europe and the Pacific from 1943 on. 3353. North, Peter. “Technical Section.” In: Philip de Ste. Croix, ed. Airborne Operations: An Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Great Battles of Airborne Forces. New York: Crescent Books, 1978, pp. 8–25. Illustrated with color drawings, this piece describes the weapons, uniforms, and equipment of Allied and Axis airborne troops. 3354. Schreier, Konrad F., Jr. Guide to United States Machine Guns. Forest Grove, Or.: Normount Technical Publications, 1971. 178 pp. Covers nearly 50 designs and variations over a 110-year period beginning with the Civil War; illustrated with photos and drawings. 3355. Stephens, Frederick J. Fighting Knives: An Illustrated Guide to Fighting Knives and Military Survival Weapons of the World. New York: Arco, 1980. 127 pp. Includes sections on American knives, World War II knives, the special knives employed by U.S. Rangers; illustrated with over 600 photographs. Ideal for collectors.

464

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3356. Wahl, Paul. Carbine Handbook. New York: Arco, 1964. 80 pp. A complete manual on the M1 Garand including its function, design, assembly, and repair; includes 115 illustrations. 3357. Weeks, John. Airborne Equipment: A History of Its Development. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1976. 192 pp. Explains the development of gliders, weapons, rifles, radios, and other gear used by paratroopers on both sides during the war. 3358. ——. Infantry Weapons. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1971. 160 pp. A pictorial review of the rifles, handguns, grenades, mortars, machine guns, etc., employed by Allied and Axis forces; illustrated with photographs and drawings. 5. Military Vehicles Introduction: The references below illustrate the various military vehicles employed by the U.S. Army in Europe. Readers will find more information on some of these in Section C, Campaigns and Battles, above. 3359. Auerbach, Bill. “The M-31 Tank Recovery Vehicle.” World War II Journal II (July–August 1975): 14–17. 3360. ——, and Peter Frandsen. “The M-25 Tank Transporter.” Military Journal I (September–October 1977): 16–21. Two vehicles used for the service of tanks when the latter were not operating under their own power. 3361. Bertin, F. Allied Operation Vehicles. Drexelhill, Pa.: Casemate, 2007. 128 pp. Illustrations of the principal American, British, and Canadian vehicles from paratrooper folding bicycles, assault tanks, with technical details on each. 3362. Church, John. Military Vehicles of World War II. New York: Sterling, 1982. 160 pp. Describes many of the non-armored vehicles employed by Allied and Axis forces during the war, including ambulances, staff cars, cargo carriers, radar trucks, mobile kitchens, bridging vehicles, and so forth. Illustrated with black and white and color photographs, the latter mainly of British vehicles. 3363. Conley, M. A. “The Legendary Jeep.” American History Illustrated XVI (June 1981): 18–28. Discusses the development and use of this U.S. Army quarter-ton 4 × 4 reconnaissance truck, or Jeep, which was produced by the thousands. 3364. Ellis, Christopher. Military Transport of World War II. New York: Macmillan, 1971. 177 pp.

The War on Land

465

An illustrated review of the various trucks, trailers, and other transport vehicles employed by Allied and Axis forces; illustrated with line drawings and black and white photographs. 3365. Hogg, Ian V., and John Weeks. An Illustrated History of Military Vehicles. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1980. 64 pp. Recalls military vehicles from the 1890s to the present with emphasis on the multitude of trucks, tractors, and specialized vehicles introduced by the Axis and Allies during World War II; illustrated with 120 photographs, 60 in color. Oversize. 3366. Huffschmidt, Edward J., and William H. Tantum. U.S. Military Vehicles, World War II. Boulder, Co.: Paladin Press, 1972. 160 pp. Describes the wide range of vehicles employed by the U.S. during the war —everything from bicycles to huge trucks; illustrated with 450 photographs and line drawings. 3367. Jeudy, J. G., and Marc Tararine. The Jeep. N.p.: Editions Vilo, 1981. 272 pp. An illustrated, adulatory history of the U.S. 4 × 4 reconnaissance vehicle with emphasis on its background, development, and use by the U.S. Army in World War II. 3368. Pool, Jim, and Bill Auerbach. “The M-19 Tank Transporter.” World War II Journal III (March–April 1976): 14–18. Another truck-trailer combination for hauling tanks. 3369. Vanderveen, Burt H., ed. Tanks and Transport Vehicles of World War II. London: Warne, 1974. 64 pp. Provides history and specifications for the AFVs and soft-skins of 13 nations; illustrated with black and white photographs and color plates. 3370. Willinger, Kurt, and Jean Guerney. The American Jeep: In War and Peace. New York: Crown, 1983. 224 pp. A military and civilian history of this Army-developed reconnaissance truck showing its background and use by U.S. forces during the war; illustrated with over 200 photographs. 6. Uniforms, Insignia, Markings Introduction: The citations in this subpart describe the various uniforms and shoulder and vehicle insignia and markings deployed by the U.S. Army in the ETO/MTO. Users will find more data on these in Section D, Unit Histories. 3371. American Military Camouflage and Markings, 1939–1945. London: Almark, 1975. 32 pp. A guide to the color schemes and markings used on U.S. military vehicles, including formation markings, tactical signs, etc.; profusely illustrated with color drawings and black and white photographs.

466

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3372. Baxter, Ian. German Panzer Markings from Wartime Photographs. St. Paul, Mn.: Motorbooks International, 2007. 136 pp. Photographic review of identification markings employed by German Panzer and mechanized units to distinguish vehicles and equipment. 3373. Bradford, George. Armor Camouflage and Markings: North Africa, 1940– 1943. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1979. 160 pp. Features 105 color profile paintings covering Allied and Axis vehicles used in the desert war, plus 12 color sections on marking systems and color swatches; includes 90 photographs. 3374. Bragg, R. J., and Roy Turner. Parachute Badges and Insignia of the World. New York: Sterling, 1979. 227 pp. Describing the development of airborne forces, this work is based on a set of over 1,000 parachutists’ qualification brevets. The appendix contains a chronological list of World War II drops; illustrated with 69 plates, 64 of which are in color. 3375. Britton, Jack, comp. Uniform Insignia of the United States Military Forces. Tulsa, Ok.: Military Collectors News Press, 1979. 59 pp. An identification guide to cap badges, rank insignia, branch of service, breast badges, I.S. badges, wings, etc., for all the U.S. services; each insignia in this oversize work is captioned and, where necessary, information is given as to coloration and usage. Illustrated with over 1,000 black and white illustrations. 3376. ——. United States Military Medals and Decorations. Tulsa, Ok.: Military Collectors News Press, 1978. 84 pp. An illustrated guide to U.S. medals and decorations, including those for campaigns, heroism, service; 182 awards are covered, with brief histories and notes on ribbon coloration. 3377. ——, and George Washington, Jr. U.S. Military Shoulder Patches of the United States Armed Forces. New, 3rd ed. Tulsa, Ok.: Military Collectors News Press, 1980. 80 pp. Covers the period from World War I to the present, identifying over 1,550 patches and 157 arcs-tabs in full color and another 150 in black and white from all the services. Useful for buffs and collectors. Much less Army bias than in the second edition, published in 1975. 3378. Brown, Christopher P. U.S. Military Patches of World War II. Paducah, Ky.: Turner Publishing, 2002. 168 pp. Full color illustrations of World War II Army Air Force and Army patches. 3379. Campbell, J. Duncan. “Hiding under the Enemy’s Nose.” Harpers CLXXXVII (August 1943): 254–259. A look at U.S. military camouflage as applied to vehicles, guns, soldiers, planes, etc., current through the North African campaign.

The War on Land

467

3380. ——. “Modern Military Buttons and Army Insignia.” Hobbies XLVIII (February 1944): 26–34. Examines clothing buttons and uniform insignia of the U.S. Army through 1943; illustrated with drawings and photographs. 3381. Chandler, Stedman. “Too Much ‘Fruit Salad.’ ” Army IX (November 1958): 68–70. A review of the system of awarding Army decorations, 1941–1945. 3382. Davies, Howard P. U.S. Infantry, Europe 1944–1945. New York: Arco, 1974. 48 pp. The uniforms of U.S. troops who participated in the northwest Europe campaign are described; in addition to basic uniform coverage, details are given of the soldiers’ equipment, and the color artwork illustrates the various corps and army badges as well as the standard rank and army insignia. 3383. Davis, Brian L. British Army Uniforms and Insignia of World War Two, rev. ed. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1992. 276 pp. A lavishly illustrated account of the wide range of uniforms worn by British and Empire troops. 3384. ——. U.S. Airborne Forces Europe, 1942–1945. London: Osprey Publishing, 1974. 32 pp. The uniforms of U.S. paratroops are described, as is their equipment; the color artwork illustrates the various army, division, and regiment insignia. 3385. Dilley, Roy. U.S. Army Uniforms, 1939–1945. London: Almark, 1972. 80 pp. A pictorial guide to the rank emblems, unit insignia, uniforms, and equipment of U.S. soldiers; illustrated with black and white photographs and six pages of color plates. 3386. Emerson, William K. Chevrons: Illustrated History and Catalog of U.S. Army Insignia. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1983. 298 pp. A useful identification guide to chevrons and service stripes worn by officers and enlisted personnel from the Revolution to date with general information and history of the design, material, and color of Army uniforms. Illustrated with black and white and color photographs of 637 individual chevrons. 3387. Insignia and Decorations of the U.S. Armed Forces, rev. ed. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic Society, 1945. 209 pp. An authoritative and well-illustrated source of information on insignia and decorations of each branch of the service. Especially valuable for documenting the myriad insignia of Army ground and air forces. 3388. Katcher, Philip. U.S. First Infantry Division, 1939–1945. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1978. 40 pp.

468

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II The text is brief and supportive of the 35 black and white and 5 color photographs which provide details on the soldiers’ uniforms, equipment, and insignia.

3389. Laframboise, Leon W. History of the Artillery, Cavalry, and Infantry Branch of Service Insignia. Tulsa, Ok.: Military Collectors News Press, 1982. 194 pp. Traces designs from inception to the present, including every basic design and its variety based on function and wearer, officer or enlisted man, with attention to detail shown by adherence to Army regulations and other publications; oversize and illustrated with hundreds of photographs. 3390. ——. History of the Combat Support Branches: Branch of Service Insignia. Tulsa, Ok.: Military Collectors News Press, 1982. 242 pp. Treats the Army Air Force, Engineer, Medical, Military Police, Ordnance, Quartermaster/Commissary, Signal, and Transportation branches in the same fashion as the Artillery, Cavalry, and Infantry, described in the preceding entry; illustrated with hundreds of photographs. Oversize. 3391. McDonnell, Leslie. Insignia of World War II. Edison, N.J.: Chartwell Books, 1999. 224 pp. Lavishly illustrated volume depicting rank insignia of all belligerents, and selected shoulder sleeve and regimental badges. 3392. Mollo, Andrew. Armed Forces of World War II: Uniforms, Insignia, and Organization. New York: Military Press, 1987. 312 pp. Examines these items for the various land, sea, and air forces of the combatants; oversize, the work is illustrated with 350 specially-commissioned drawings in color, 160 photographs of combatants in action, and 53 plates of insignia. 3393. ——, and Malcolm McGregor. Army Uniforms of World War II. New York: Sterling, 1980. 183 pp. Presents data on the uniforms of all land powers, 1939–1945, backed by color plates; similar to the World War II section in the next entry. 3394. Mollo, Andrew, and Digby Smith. World Army Uniforms Since 1939. New York: Sterling, 1981. 352 pp. This oversize British import covers the uniforms, weapons, and personal equipment of the two dozen nations that participated in World War II as well as postwar armies; shows 349 uniformed figures and 50 pieces of equipment, and 132 black and white drawings depicting badges, small arms, headdress, shoes, and other equipment. Includes 96 pages of color plates. 3395. Rentz, Bill. Geronimo! U.S. Airborne Uniforms, Insignia & Equipment in World War II. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 1999. 192 pp. Lavishly illustrated record of dress and combat uniforms, parachutes, weapons, wings, patches, and radios.

The War on Land

469

3396. Rosignoli, Guido. The Allied Forces in Italy 1943–45. Newton Abbot, U.K.: David & Charles Publishers, 1989. 160 pp. A well-organized and heavily illustrated volume depicting insignia worn by the various national contingents that served in Italy. 3397. ——. Army Badges and Insignia of World War 2. Book Two. New York: Macmillan, 1975. 198 pp. Covers the insignia of Canada, the British Commonwealth, France, and other European powers. 3398. ——. Army Badges and Insignia of World War II. New York: Macmillan, 1972. 228 pp. Depicts over 2,000 different insignia of the principal armed forces of the war (most illustrated in full color); a detailed text provides historical background, evolution, and a description of variant types. Illustrated with drawings and 80 pages of full-color artwork. 3399. Smith, Richard W., and Roy A. Pelz. Shoulder Sleeve Insignia of the U.S. Armed Forces, 1941–1945. Tulsa, Ok.: Military Collectors News Press, 1979. 250 pp. Covers combat detail and historical highlights of all U.S. units with authorized shoulder patches, including state guard units; illustrated with 32 full-color plates containing over 600 individual patches. 3400. Taylor, Peter. Allied Special Forces Insignia 1939–1948. Barnsely, U.K.: Pen & Sword Books, 2000. 220 pp. Illustrated survey of the insignia worn by American, British, Canadian, French, and Polish commando, ranger, and parachute forces. Many colored photographs. 3401. Thompson, Leroy. Badges & Insignia of the Elite Forces. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1991. 144 pp. An illustrated guide to the insignia of elite forces worldwide. 3402. Windrow, Martin. Tank and AFV Crew Uniforms Since 1916. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1979. 104 pp. The text is brief and supportive of the 50+ black and white and color photographs which provide details on the troopers’ uniforms, equipment, and insignia. 3403. ——. World War II Combat Uniforms and Insignia. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1977. 104 pp. Provides basic data for the infantry, armor, and airborne troops of six nations, including the U.S.; the limited text is backed by 125 black and white photographs and 40 color photos/illustrations. 3404. Wise, Terence. D-Day to Berlin: Armor Camouflage and Markings of the United States, British, and German Armies, June 1944–May 1945. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1979. 96 pp.

470

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Provides basic data on the coloring and marking of tanks and AFVs; the limited text is supported by 150 black and white and 65 color illustrations plus 51 line drawings.

3405. ——. Military Vehicle Markings of World War II. Tucson, Az.: Aztec, 1980. 160 pp. Describes the sophisticated marking systems employed by both Allied and Axis forces; each country’s insignia are described in detail and the work is illustrated with over 1,000 line drawings.

V The War at Sea

Introduction: The references in this section of our guide are devoted to the U.S. Navy and Coast Guard in the Atlantic, Mediterranean, and European Theaters during World War II. Here will be found information on officers and heroes, campaigns and battles, accounts of specific ships, and information on naval weapons, uniforms, aircraft, equipment, and insignia. Readers should note that additional information on segments of the sea war is available in the encyclopedias and handbooks and general war histories cited in Section I above, some of the diplomatic studies noted in II:A, and certain of the more general entries in Sections III and IV covering the war in the air and on land.

A. General Works Introduction: America’s military participation in World War II combat began not with Pearl Harbor, but with the actions of convoy escorts in the Atlantic several months earlier. After the Japanese attack of December 7, the naval war in the Atlantic, Mediterranean, and European waters became one of antisubmarine warfare, convoy escort, shore bombardment, and amphibious operations, with the great surface engagements between hostile fleets left to the Pacific. The citations in this part reflect those works written which deal with the naval war as a whole. While almost all contain information on the American effort, most contain information on the operations of other Allied and Axis combatants as well. A review of these overviews can be useful for comparison work as well as for understanding the worldwide commitment of the U.S. Navy and Coast Guard and how their deployment in the Atlantic, the Mediterranean, and Europe made a difference in the final victory over the Third Reich and Fascist Italy. For additional citations to the general aspects of the war at sea in the Atlantic and eastern hemisphere, users might profitably consult my The European Theater which is Volume I of World War II at Sea: A Bibliography of Sources in English (Metuchen, N.J.: The Scarecrow Press, 1976), pp. 21–37. 471

472

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3406. Barnett, Correlli, ed. Engage the Enemy More Closely: The Royal Navy in the Second World War. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1991. 1070 pp. A comprehensive overview of Royal Navy activities in all theaters. Barnett covers operations in Norwegian waters in 1940, the Malta convoys and Taranto raid, the Battle of the Atlantic, and support of Allied amphibious operations. He also offers a critical assessment of Churchill’s intervention in naval matters. 3407. Bennett, Geoffrey. “In the Atlantic and Mediterranean.” In his Naval Battles of World War II. New York: David McKay, 1957, Part II. This English author details the great convoy battles and Mediterranean battles of 1940 to 1943 with emphasis on the role of the Royal Navy. 3408. Berry, Erich. Underwater Warriors: The Story of American Frogmen. New York: David McKay, 1967. 152 pp. 3409. Best, Herbert. The Webfoot Warriors: The Story of UDT, the U.S. Navy’s Underwater Demolition Team. New York: John Day, 1962. 187 pp. Both Berry and Best provide information on the operations of U.S. frogmen in scouting and preparing the landing areas for several of the MTO/ETO invasions. 3410. Buchanan, Albert R., ed. The Navy’s Air War. New York: Harper, 1946. 432 pp. Although most of this important work is related to the air war in the Pacific, chapters are provided for the work of USN naval aviation in the Atlantic convoy battles and in support of landings in the Mediterranean and northwest Europe. 3411. Buckley, Robert J., Jr. At Close Quarters: PT Boats in the United States Navy. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1962. 574 pp. For operations, see especially Chapters 6 and 7, “The Mediterranean— Torpedo War” (pp. 277–348) and “The English Channel—D-Day and After” (pp. 349–367). 3412. Bunker, John. Heroes in Dungarees: The Story of the American Merchant Marine in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1885. 369 pp. Stories of merchant seamen who manned the Liberty and Victory ships, tankers, and Hog Islanders in the Atlantic, Mediterranean, and Caribbean, and on the Murmansk route. 3413. Butler, David A. Warrior Queens: The Queen Mary and Queen Elizabeth in World War II. Mechanicsburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 2002. 191 pp. Story of the two luxury liners converted to troopships which transported over 1,000,000 personnel during the war. 3414. Coles, Michael H. “Hitler’s Fleet in Being: Tirpitz and the Arctic Convoys.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 12 (Winter 2000): 60–69.

The War at Sea

473

Rarely has a single warship exerted as great an impact on its opponent as did the German battleship Tirpitz on the Royal Navy during World War II. Tirpitz claimed the attention of the Home Fleet and compelled the British to commit naval and air resources against her. 3415. Creswell, John. Sea Warfare, 1939–1945. Rev. and augm. ed. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1967. 343 pp. A general history which covers the doctrines and operations of six navies, including that of the United States; useful insights and some coverage of the Atlantic, Mediterranean, and northwest Europe theaters. 3416. Donahue, Joseph A. Tin Cans and Other Ships: A War Diary, 1941–1945. North Quincy, Ma.: Christopher Publishing House, 1979. 255 pp. The author’s day-to-day recollections of service aboard the destroyer U.S.S. Niblack in the Battle of the Atlantic and the invasions of North Africa, Sicily, Salerno, and Anzio. 3417. Elliott, Peter. Allied Minesweeping in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1979. 132 pp. Describes how the U.S./U.K. navies captured or neutralized German mines and provides details on minesweeping in advance of the invasions at Normandy and in the Mediterranean. 3418. Farrar, Arthur. “LCIs Are Veterans Now.” U.S. Coast Guard Academy Alumni Association Newsletter, December 1944. 1+. Describes the activities of Coast Guard-manned landing craft in the invasions of Sicily, Salerno, and Normandy. 3419. Fetridge, William H., ed. The Navy Reader. Indianapolis, In.: BobbsMerrill, 1943. 443 pp. An anthology of 50 previously published articles describing USN efforts around the world and designed to help new personnel understand the wartime fleet; illustrated with maps, diagrams, and black and white photos. 3420. ——. Second Navy Reader. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1944. 383 pp. Similar to the last entry, with another 50 previously published articles describing USN efforts around the world from the date of the first anthology to the publication date of this one; illustrated with black and white photos, maps, and diagrams, this volume also contains a chronology, “Diary of the War at Sea (December 7, 1941–February 20, 1944).” 3421. Gardner, W. J. R. Anti-Submarine Warfare. London/Washington: Brassey’s, 1996. 160 pp. A study of anti-submarine warfare strategies, tactics, and weapons throughout the 20th century. 3422. Hewitt, Henry K. “The Navy in the ETO in World War II.” Unpublished

474

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Paper, Individual Personnel File, U.S. Navy Operational Archives, Knox Historical Center, Navy Yard. Washington, D.C., 1947. 53 pp. An overview of USN operations and their significance first delivered as a talk to the Naval War College in January 1947. A useful summary by a leading participant.

3423. Hezlett, Arthur, Electronics and Sea Power. New York: Stein and Day, 1975. 318 pp. Traces the impact of electricity and electronics on naval warfare, following their accelerating value, particularly during World War II. 3424. Howse, Derek. Radar at Sea: The Royal Navy in World War 2. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1993. 383 pp. An informative and highly detailed account of the technical development of naval radar. Howse highlights the value of radar through examples of its use in action. 3425. Kemp, Paul. Convoy! Drama in Arctic Waters. London: Cassell, 2000. 256 pp. A detailed and somewhat polemical account of the Murmansk convoys based on official records and first-person interviews. The author is critical of the Russians for not showing greater gratitude for Anglo-American supplies. 3426. Kemp, Peter. Key to Victory: The Triumph of British Sea Power in World War II. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1957. 382 pp. A general history of the Royal Navy in World War II, including operations in the Atlantic, the North Sea, and in support of the OVERLORD invasion. 3427. Kingsley, F. A., ed. The Development of Radar Equipments for the Royal Navy, 1935–1945. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1995. 476 pp. A comprehensive examination of the evolution of radar devices that played such a vital role in all naval and air operations during World War II, but especially in antisubmarine warfare. 3428. Kurson, Robert. Shadow Divers: The True Adventures of Two Americans Who Risked Everything to Solve One of the Last Mysteries of World War II. New York: Random House, 2004. 400 pp. Story of the divers who discovered the U-809 off the New Jersey coast in 1991. 3429. Ladd, James D. Assault from the Sea, 1939–1945: The Craft, the Landings, the Men. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1976. 256 pp. A narrative on the various landings worldwide, including those by the Allies in the MTO/ETO, which is employed as the backdrop for a wellillustrated catalog on the various amphibious ships, boats, and craft employed. 3430. Lott, Arnold S. Most Dangerous Sea: A History of Mine Warfare and an

The War at Sea

475

Account of U.S. Navy Mine Warfare Operations in World War II and Korea. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1959. 322 pp. With more American emphasis than Elliott above, Lott describes the role of USN minesweepers and minelayers in the various U.S. theaters, including the MTO/ETO, in a dramatic narrative. 3431. Macintyre, Donald G. F. W. The Naval War Against Hitler. New York: Scribners, 1971. 376 pp. A history of Allied operations against the Kriegsmarine with discussion of both German and Allied strategy; includes coverage of the Battle of the Atlantic and the landings in the Mediterranean and at Normandy. Illustrated with maps, photographs, and diagrams. 3432. Milner, Marc. Canada’s Navy: The First Century. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1999. 356 pp. A well-documented history of the evolution of the Royal Canadian Navy from a fishery protection service to a blue water antisubmarine force. Details equipment and material deficiencies faced by the RCN during World War II. 3433. Morison, Samuel E. History of United States Naval Operations in World War II. 15 vols. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1947–1962. The unofficial USN official history, the appropriate volumes of which are noted in the various subparts of Part C below. 3434. ——. The Two-Ocean War: A Short History of the United States Navy in the Second World War. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1963. 611 pp. A highly readable popular history which is not a condensation but an independent work based on the official history cited above; includes adequate treatment of the Battle of the Atlantic and the various landings in the MTO/ETO. 3435. “The Navy’s Victory in Europe.” All Hands, May 1946, 11–14. A brief pictorial overview of the USN role in the MTO/ETO and Battle of the Atlantic written for serving sailors. 3436. Padfield, Peter. War Beneath the Sea: The Submarine Conflict 1939–1945. London: John Murray, 1995. 560 pp. A study of submarine campaigns in all theaters. Padfield examines the use of ULTRA and MAGIC in the Battle of the Atlantic and the Pacific. 3437. Parsons, Iain, ed. The Encyclopedia of Sea Warfare. New York: Crowell, 1975. 255 pp. A British oversize import which contains a few chapters on the sea war in 1939–1945 that are illustrated with ship profiles, maps, diagrams, and a variety of photographs, some in color. 3438. Potter, Elmer B., and Chester W. Nimitz, eds. The Great Sea War: The Story of Naval Action in World War II. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: PrenticeHall, 1960. 468 pp.

476

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Adapted from the editors’ Sea Power: A Naval History, this popular general history includes sections devoted to the role of the USN and other navies in the ETO/MTO, as well as the Battle of the Atlantic.

3439. Röhwer, Jurgen. Axis Submarine Success of World War Two: German, Italian and Japanese Submarine Success, 1939–1945. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 366 pp. A comprehensive digest of information on Axis submarine attacks in every theater of operations, including the Pacific and Northern theaters. Not only covers the navies of the principal Axis powers, but also Finland, Romania, and Vichy France. 3440. ——. War at Sea, 1939–1945. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1997. 192 pp. An attempt at a comprehensive survey of the naval war in 250 photographs. Röhwer combines photographs with a narrative to document the diverse character of naval operations in World War II. The photos range from sunken ships to amphibious landings. Twelve of 16 chapters are centered on European naval events. 3441. Roscoe, Theodore. United States Destroyer Operations in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1953. 581 pp. A detailed and spritely look at the exploits of USN “tin cans” around the world, including the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO; includes stories of ships which performed unusual tasks or scored noteworthy victories. 3442. ——. United States Submarine Operations in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1949. 577 pp. Similar to the above title which is also based on official USN histories and reports; although most of the emphasis is on the Pacific, submarine operations in the Atlantic are noted. 3443. Roskill, Stephen W. The War at Sea, 1939–1945. History of the Second World War: United Kingdom Military Series. 3 vols. in 4. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1954–1961. The comprehensive British official history of the sea war with emphasis on the role of the Royal Navy (and its support from and coordination with the USN) in the Atlantic, Mediterranean, and northwest Europe; insightful on high command, strategy, and combined operations. 3444. ——. White Ensign: The British Navy at War, 1939–1945. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1960. 480 pp. Based on the author’s official history cited immediately above, this survey remains perhaps the best single-volume history of the Royal Navy in the war; with emphasis on the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO, the study also points out the British fleet’s coordination with the American. 3445. Ruge, Friedrich. Der Seekrieg: The German Navy’s Story, 1939–1945. Translated from the German. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1957. 440 pp.

The War at Sea

477

A former Kriegsmarine admiral’s dispassionate account of German high seas operations in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO, with emphasis on the role of the Reich and Italian navies in the Mediterranean and North Africa and the U-boats in the Atlantic. 3446. Sadkovich, James J. The Italian Navy in World War II. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1994. 379 pp. A detailed, carefully researched, and thoughtful revisionist study of the much maligned Royal Italian Navy. Sadkovich debunks as myth the notion of Italian incompetence and German strategic and tactical brilliance. He suggests that “Anglocentric histories” substitute propaganda for reasoned analysis in assessing the navy’s performance in World War II. Essential reading for students of the naval war in the Mediterranean. 3447. ——, ed. Reevaluating Major Naval Combatants of World War II. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1989. 225 pp. A collection of eight essays by leading scholars assessing the effectiveness of the navies of Great Britain, the United States, Japan, France, Italy, Germany, and the Soviet Union. 3448. Sea Power. London: Phoebus, 1979. 392 pp. A history of navies and naval operations from the 19th century to the end of World War II with emphasis on the 1939–1945 conflict; this oversize title is illustrated with some 720 photographs and drawings, including over 350 in color. 3449. Showell, Jak P. Mallmann. The U-Boat Century: German Submarine Warfare, 1906–2006. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2006. 224 pp. An illustrated history of German U-boats from the turn of the century to the present. 3450. ——. Wolfpacks at War. Hersham, U.K.: Ian Allan, 2002. 128 pp. An illustrated survey of wolfpacks. 3451. ——. U-Boat Warfare: The Evolution of the Wolf Pack. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2002. 160 pp. Lavishly illustrated study of the planning of U-boat operations and the measures and countermeasures implemented by the British and Germans in response to one another. 3452. ——. U-Boat Commanders and Crew, 1935–1945. Ramsbury, U.K. Crowood Press, 1998. 144 pp. A useful general purpose reference on U-boats. 3453. ——. U-Boats Under the Swastika: An Introduction to German Submarines. 2nd ed. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1987. 144 pp. Comprehensive introduction to U-boats and their crews. 3454. ——. The German Navy in World War II: A Illustrated Reference Guide to

478

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II the Kriegsmarine, 1935–1945. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1979. 224 pp. Photographs, maps, drawings covering the organization of the German Navy. Provides biographical sketches of officers and a glossary of terms.

3455. Smith, Stanley E. The Destroyermen. New York: Belmont Books, 1966. 156 pp. Accounts of “tin can” action reprinted from Bluebook and Man’s Magazine; includes accounts of USN destroyer and USCG cutter actions in the Battle of the Atlantic and the North African landings. 3456. ——, ed. The United States Navy in World War II: The One-Volume History, from Pearl Harbor to Tokyo Bay. New York: William Morrow, 1966. l,049 pp. An anthology of carefully selected excerpts and articles which provide human-interest insight into the actions of the USN around the world and are tied together with the editor’s contextual commentary; illustrated with 18 maps and several pages of black and white photographs. 3457. Sweetman, John. Tirpitz: Hunting the Beast: Air Attacks on the German Battleship, 1940–1944. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2000. 180 pp. A well researched and comprehensive survey of attacks on the Tirpitz by X-craft, chariots, carrier-borne aircraft, and Bomber Command Lancasters employing 5-ton Tallyboy bombs. 3458. Tarrant, V. E. The U-Boat Offensive 1914–1945. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1989. 190 pp. A 30-year chronicle of the strategic and tactical evolution of the German submarine offensives in two world wars. Photographs and illustrations integrated with eyewitness accounts. 3459. Terraine, John, and Roy Westlake. Business in Great Waters: The U-Boat Wars, 1916–1945. London: Wordsworth Editions, 1999. 841 pp. A history of submarine and antisubmarine warfare in the Atlantic in two world wars. The authors consider the German failure to develop suitable tactics in World War I and the more formidable challenged posed by wolfpacks in World War II. The difficulties of intercepting convoys, the role of radio intelligence, radar, huff-duff, the Operational Intelligence Centre and ULTRA, plus the advent of the schnorkel are emphasized. 3460. United States. Navy Department. Office of Naval Operations. U.S. Navy at War, 1941–1945. Washington, D.C., 1946. 305 pp. This is the war report of Fleet Admiral Ernest J. King on the development, strategy, and worldwide operations of the USN during the war; illustrated with maps and charts. 3461. Weller, Donald W. “Salvo—Splash!: The Development of Naval Gunfire Support in World War II.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXX (August–September 1954): 839–849, 1011–1021.

The War at Sea

479

Describes the lessons learned in shore bombardment and how they were applied in succeeding invasions, including those of the MTO/ETO. 3462. Wilmot, Ned. The Strategy and Tactics of Sea Warfare. London: Marshall Cavendish, 1979. 80 pp. A brief guide to the use of navies by admirals during World War II as well as a study of such tactics as the stalking of U-boats by Allied antisubmarine warfare escorts; illustrated with a variety of photographs, maps, charts, and color drawings. 3463. Winton, John. Air Power at Sea, 1939–1945. New York: Crowell, 1977. 187 pp. A British author’s discussion of British, American, and Japanese naval aviation during the war, including the use of carrier planes in the Battle of the Atlantic and the MTO/ETO landings; illustrated with profiles, photographs, maps, charts, and drawings. 3464. Zimmerman, David. The Great Naval Battle of Ottawa. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1989. 209 pp. Provocative account of bureaucratic infighting in the highest levels of the Canadian naval command during the Battle of the Atlantic and of muddle in the Canadian scientific effort.

B. Biographies and Memoirs Introduction: An interesting way to look at the war at sea in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO, especially for younger readers, is through the biography of its participants. Unfortunately, one of the major deficiencies of the English-language literature on the war is biographical coverage of American naval leaders who did not fight in the Pacific. The citations in this section are arranged in two parts. Part 1 reveals the few guides available to the collective biography of USN/USCG officers and heroes. Part 2 concerns individuals and is arranged alphabetically by the last name of the individual. Certain important leaders cannot be listed as no individual biographical references are available, although some, such as Admiral Hewitt, have left accounts of their service which are scattered through the operational subparts of C below. It should be noted that additional biographical information is available in the handbooks, encyclopedias, biographical sources, and general war histories cited in Section I, the general sea histories cited in Part A above, and in the campaign histories noted in Part C below. 1. Collective Biographies 3465. Bennett, George Henry, and Roy Bennett, eds. Hitler’s Admirals. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2004. 240 pp. An informative volume based on extracts from essays written by German admirals in the immediate postwar period. German preparations for war and naval strategy, operations in the Mediterranean and Atlantic, and the Normandy invasion are examined. The essayists provide a German

480

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II perspective on the naval war and stress the honorable service of the Kriegsmarine.

3466. Howarth, Stephen, ed. Men of War: Great Naval Captains of World War II. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1993. 602 pp. A collection of 31 essays focused on the character and decisions of naval leaders of World War II. Among those examined are Ernest J. King, Dudley Pound, Viscount Cunningham, John Godfrey, Henry Hewitt, Erich Räder, and Karl Dönitz. 3467. Mulligan, Timothy P. Neither Sharks Nor Wolves: The Men of Nazi Germany’s U-Boat Arm. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 340 pp. Drawing on primary sources and a survey of 1,000 former U-boat officers and enlisted men, Mulligan has produced a composite picture of the U-boat arm. The first section of the book examines the organization and culture of the U-boat arm; the second considers the geographical origins, education, occupational, and socioeconomic backgrounds of officers and men; and the third section deals with morale and the influence of the Nazi party within the German Navy. An indispensable source for students of the Battle of the Atlantic and submarine warfare. 3468. Rust, Eric C. Naval Officers Under Hitler: The Story of Crew 34. New York: Praeger, 1991. 229 pp. Collective biography of the 318 members of naval officer crew or class that graduated from officer cadet school in 1934. Rust presents a picture of middle class, politically conservative, North German Protestant and nationalistic young men who were insulated from political influences. 3469. Schuon, Karl. U.S. Navy Biographical Dictionary. New York: Watts, 1964. 180 pp. Provides brief entries on 800 individuals, including most Medal of Honor winners and all of the important admirals of World War II. 3470. United States. Coast Guard. Register of Officers and Cadets of the United States Coast Guard in Order of Precedence. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1941–1946. Listed by ranks; begun in 1915 and continued today. 3471. ——. Naval Academy. Alumni Association. Register of Alumni, Graduates, and Former Naval Cadets and Midshipmen. Annapolis, Md.: The Association, 1941–1946. Begun in 1886, this became an annual in 1908 and is still published. 3472. ——. Navy Department. Bureau of Naval Personnel. Register of Commissioned and Warrant Officers of the United States Naval Reserve. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1941–1946. Begun in 1921 and still published, particularly helpful in finding data on the war’s so-called 90-Day Wonders.

The War at Sea

481

3473. ——.——. Register of Commissioned and Warrant Officers of the United States Navy and Marine Corps. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1941–1946. Begun in 1798 and still published today under a later title; especially useful for finding basic data on regular officers, including those who held significant posts in Europe. 3474. Wiggins, Melanie. U-Boat Adventures: Firsthand Accounts from World War II. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 250 pp. A well-illustrated collection of reminiscences of former U-boat officers and enlisted men of adventurous voyages. Includes the story of transportation of Indian nationalist Subhas Chandra Bose in U-810 and its rendezvous with a Japanese submarine in the Indian Ocean. 2. Individual Biographies and Memoirs Andrew B. Cunningham 3475. Cunningham, Andrew B. A Sailor’s Odyssey: The Autobiography of Admiral of the Fleet, Viscount Cunningham of Hyndhope. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1951. 715 pp. The autobiography of the admiral most consider the outstanding British naval leader of the war. The author explains not only his early life, but also his war service in the Mediterranean through 1941, his work with the Combined Chiefs of Staff in 1942, and his service as Allied naval commander in North Africa, where he met and became close to General Eisenhower. Cunningham became Britain’s First Sea Lord in 1943, a post he held through the remainder of the war. An essential work for both MTO/ETO naval operations and the study of Allied strategy. 3476. Hewitt, Henry K. “Admiral of the Fleet Viscount Cunningham.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXVIII (March 1952): 553–555. The author commanded U.S. naval forces in the North African invasion under Cunningham and here extends an appreciation of his British superior. 3477. Pack, Stanley W. C. Cunningham the Commander. London: Batsford, 1974. 323 pp. A sympathetic analysis of the admiral’s leadership qualities and his service not only in the great Mediterranean battles, but in the councils of high command. 3478. Simpson, Michael, ed. The Cunningham Papers: Vol. I, The Mediterranean Fleet, 1939–1942. London: The Navy Records Society, 1999. 634 pp. First of projected two volumes of the admiral’s papers. Contains extracts from 327 documents and selections from private correspondence. 3479. Warner, Oliver. Admiral of the Fleet: Cunningham of Hyndhope. Athens: Ohio University Press, 1967. 301 pp.

482

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A popular biography of the British leader which follows his career from before World War I through his command positions in World War II.

Karl Dönitz 3480. Dönitz, Karl. Memoirs: Ten Years and Twenty Days. Translated from the German. Cleveland, Oh.: World Publishing Co., 1959. 500 pp. The memoirs of the German admiral who built up and employed the U-boat arm during the war, became chief of the Kriegsmarine in 1943, and succeeded Hitler as head of the Reich during the last ten days of its existence; this frank memoir of an unrepentant leader considers the undeclared war with the U.S. in the North Atlantic as well as other aspects of German naval strategy and operations. 3481. Hadley, Michael L. “Grand Admiral Doenitz (1891–1986): A Dramatic Key to the Man Behind the Mask.” Northern Mariner 10, No. 2 (2006): 1–21. 3482. Padfield, Peter. Dönitz, The Last Führer: Portrait of a Nazi Leader. New York: Harper & Row, 1984. 523 pp. A well-researched biography of the man and final commander of the Kriegsmarine. Padfield is harsh in his assessment of Dönitz. 3483. Seagren, Leonard W. “The Last Fuehrer.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXX (March 1952): 522–537. Concentrates on Dönitz’s service as head of state and his subsequent arrest and trial as a war criminal. Daniel Gallery 3484. Gilliland, C. Herbert, and Robert Shenk. Admiral Dan Gallery: The Life and Wit of a Navy Original. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 343 pp. A well-researched biography of the captor of the U-505. Hans Jacob Goebeler 3485. Goebeler, Hans Jacob, and John Vanzo. Steel Boat, Iron Hearts: A Boat Crewman’s Life Abroad U-505. New York: Savas Beatie, 2005. 255 pp. Memoirs of a survivor of the crew of U-505 preserved at the Chicago Museum of Science and Technology. Peter Gretton 3486. Gretton, Peter. Convoy Escort Commander. London: Cassell, 1964. 223 pp. Autobiography of the air-minded Royal Navy officer who commanded HX-231 and other convoys during the Battle of the Atlantic.

The War at Sea

483

John L. Hall, Jr. 3487. Godson, Susan H. Viking of Assault: Admiral John Leslie Hall, Jr., and Amphibious Warfare. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America, 1982. 237 pp. A eulogistic biography of a pioneer USN logistics manager and expert trainer of assault forces who made his reputation as an innovative manager in the major MTO/ETO invasions, especially in training, combat loading, gunfire support, ship-to-shore movement, and beach offloading; by following Hall’s career, the author provides an appraisal of the strengths and weaknesses of joint- and combined-amphibious tactics and doctrine. This is only the second biography of a World War II USN amphibious specialist and the first to cover a European expert. Werner Henke 3488. Mulligan, Timothy P. Lone-Wolf: The Life and Death of U-Boat Ace Werner Henke. Westport, Cn.: Praeger, 1993. 247 pp. Well-researched account of the life of Werner Henke, commander of U-515 who died attempting to escape in June 1944, and his part in the Battle of the Atlantic. Mulligan supplements official documents with interviews with former U-boat crew members to produce an insightful account of the highly individualistic Henke and a view of the Battle of the Atlantic that looks beyond stereotypes and wartime propaganda. Henry Kent Hewitt 3489. Clagett, John. “Admiral H. Kent Hewitt, USN: High Command.” Naval War College Review XXVIII (February 1975): 60–86. Outside of Hewitt’s own writings, this is the most important source on the man who commanded USN forces in the North Africa, Sicily, Salerno, Anzio, and southern France landings. This piece examines his command of forces in Operation TORCH in November 1942. 3490. Perry, George S. “Why Don’t They Write About Hewitt?” Saturday Evening Post, December 16, 1944, 22+. A contemporary profile which is most flattering. Max Horton 3491. Chalmers, W. S. Max Horton and the Western Approaches: A Biography of Admiral Sir Max Horton. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1954. 301 pp. Biography of the dynamic and innovative commander of the Western Approaches Command. Ernest J. King 3492. Buell, Thomas B. Master of Sea Power: A Biography of Fleet Admiral Ernest J. King. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1980. 512 pp. In addition to running the USN as Commander in Chief, United States Fleet and Chief of Naval Operations, King was the blue water

484

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II representative to the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Allied Combined Chiefs of Staff; ambitious, ugly when crossed, and jealous of his perquisites, the admiral, a man who by his own admission was an “S.O.B.,” King receives an engrossing if not overly sympathetic biography.

3493. King, Ernest J., and Walter M. Whitehall. Fleet Admiral King: A Naval Record. New York: W. W. Norton, 1952. 674 pp. A combination memoir and biography which devotes less than half its length to King’s World War II service and reveals little about either his impact on the war or its operations which was not known before. 3494. Sanders, Harry. “King of the Oceans.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings C (August 1974): 52–59. King’s wartime War Plans officer recalls the personality and work ethic of the abrasive CINCUS/CNO. Wolfgang Lüth 3495. Vause, Jordan. U-Boat Ace: The Story of Wolfgang Lüth. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1990. 235 pp. Biographical account of the man who sank 200,000 tons of Allied shipping and was one of the few holders of the Knight’s Cross with Oak Leaves, Swords and Diamonds. Lüth commanded U-boats on cruises ranging from Norway to the Indian Ocean. Bertram Home Ramsay 3496. Chalmers, William S. Full Cycle: The Biography of Admiral Sir Bertram Home Ramsay. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1950. 288 pp. Brought out of retirement in 1938, Ramsay led the force which saved Allied troops at Dunkirk in 1940, planned the naval aspects of the North African invasion, led the British fleet at Sicily, and served as naval Commander in Chief of the Allied Expeditionary Force in the invasion of Normandy; Ramsay, who worked well with his U.S. subordinates in the D-Day effort, was killed in an air crash in January 1945. 3497. Gardner, W. J. R. “The Death of Admiral Ramsay.” Air Power History 42 (Summer 1995): 44–53. An account of the death of the commander of SHAEF naval forces. 3498. Love, Robert W., Jr., and John Major. The Year of D-Day: The 1944 Diary of Admiral Sir Bertram Ramsey. Hull, U.K.: University of Hull Press, 1994. 208 pp. Entries from the day-to-day diary kept by Ramsay portray him as an efficient and hardworking commander of SHAEF naval forces. Ramsay’s diary offers insights not only into disagreements within the Allied high command, but also surrounding D-Day and the opening of Antwerp. 3499. Woodward, David. Ramsay at War: The Fighting Life of Admiral Sir Bertram Ramsay. London: Kimber, 1957. 204 pp.

The War at Sea

485

A somewhat shorter book than the last entry which contains essentially the same information presented in a livelier narrative. Harold R. Stark 3500. Simpson, Mitchell B., III. Admiral Harold R. Stark: Architect of Victory, 1939–1945. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 1989. 326 pp. Admiring biography of the pre-Pearl Harbor Chief of Naval Operations and commander of U.S. Naval Forces in Europe during the Normandy and southern France landings. Stark was one of the primary architects of the pre-war planning discussions with the British. Tracy Sugarman 3501. Sugarman, Tracy. My War: A Love Story in Letters and Drawings. New York: Random House, 2000. 191 pp. Sugarman, a naval officer on a D-Day LST, uses letters and drawings sent to his wife to tell the story of an art student who volunteered shortly after Pearl Harbor. “Teddy” Suhren 3502. Suhren, Teddy, and Fritz Brustat. Teddy Suhren: Ace of Aces: Memoirs of a U-Boat Rebel. Trans. from the German. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2007. 238 pp. Originally published as Nasses Eichenlaub [Wet Oakleaves], the commander of U-564, Suhren, one of the youngest recipients of the Knight’s Cross with Oak Leafs and Swords, who was sunk and captured in the Mediterranean, relates his story. Robert Whinney 3503. Whinney, Bob. The U-Boat Peril: An Antisubmarine Commander’s War. Poole, U.K. Blandford Press, 1986. 160 pp. A look at antisubmarine operations by one of the hunters.

C. Campaigns and Battles Introduction: The citations below reveal details on some of the great naval and amphibious campaigns of the war. Here is the sailor’s war divided into three major parts: Mediterranean, English Channel, and Battle of the Atlantic. Users should be aware that many of the handbooks/encyclopedias and general war histories noted in Section I, many of the citations in the Campaigns and Battles parts of Sections III and IV, and data in the other parts of this section are relevant to the Navy-Coast Guard efforts in the Atlantic, the MTO, and the ETO. 1. Mediterranean Introduction: For purposes of this guide, the Mediterranean is defined as that area encompassing North Africa, the islands of the Mediterranean, Italy, the Balkans, and southern France. During the early part of the Allies’ coalition

486

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

war, considerable debate existed as to the direction the fighting should take in this theater, as noted in the citations in Section II:A above. The navies of Great Britain and the United States supported the great invasions in the Mediterranean from late 1942 through mid-1944, including those in North Africa, Sicily, Italy, and southern France, invasions which are also covered in the references in Section III:C:1 and IV:C:1 above. Comprehensive but unannotated bibliographic coverage for publications prior to 1976 is found in Myron J. Smith’s The European Theater, which is Volume I of World War II at Sea: A Bibliography of Sources in English (Metuchen, N.J.: The Scarecrow Press, 1976), pp. 136–210. 3504. Auphan, Gabriel A., and Hervé Cras. The French Navy in World War II. Translated from the French. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1959. 413 pp. Details the 1939–1940 and 1942–1945 actions of the French fleet, including the unhappy resistance put up by Vichy naval units to the Allied invasion of Casablanca in November 1942. 3505. Blumenson, Martin. “The Real Achievement at Anzio.” Navy IV (March 1961): 12–16. A noted Army historian pays tribute to the USN effort in the January 1944 landing and resupply of troops at this unhappy beachhead on Italy’s west coast near Rome. 3506. Bogart, Charles H. “German Remotely Piloted Bombs.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CII (November 1976): 62–68. Discusses the Luftwaffe’s use of HS-293 glide bombs against the Allied invasion fleet off Salerno in September 1943. 3507. Bradford, Ernle. Siege of Malta, 1940–1943. New York: William Morrow, 1986. 304 pp. Pedestrian account of life on the island during the siege and the difficulties faced by the Royal Navy in keeping it supplied by sea. Contains some discussion of the influence of ULTRA on naval operations, but neglects the German–Italian decision not to invade. 3508. Brown, John M. “From the Theater of War: Broadcast on Shipboard to Men Below Decks During the Sicilian Campaign.” Theater Arts XXVII (November 1943): 669–673. Drawn from the next entry. 3509. ——. To All Hands. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1943. 236 pp. The author was the bridge announcer on the U.S. flagship in the Sicilian invasion and wrote his text as a series of pieces to broadcast over his ship’s PA system to inform the crew of events on their vessel, in the convoy, and on the fighting front. 3510. Cafferky, Shawn. “ ‘A Useful Lot, These Canadian Ships:’ The Royal Canadian Navy and Operation TORCH, 1942–1943.” Northern Mariner 3, No. 4 (1993), 1–17.

The War at Sea

487

An informative account of the Canadian escort groups that protected convoys between North Africa and the United Kingdom during and after TORCH. The Canadians lost two corvettes, but sank several German and Italian submarines. 3511. Collier, Paul. The Second World War: The Mediterranean, 1940–1945. Essential Histories 4. Osprey Publishing, 2003. 96 pp. Popular, well-illustrated, and readable outline of the political, strategic, and technological aspects of the naval war in the Mediterranean. Collier treats the Mediterranean war as the “first truly modern war” because it involved mobility, logistics, and combined operations. 3512. Cope, Harley F. “Play Ball, Navy!” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXIX (October 1943): 1311–1318. An early analysis of the naval aspects of the North African invasion in November 1942. 3513. DeBelot, Raymond. The Struggle for the Mediterranean, 1939–1945. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1951. 287 pp. A French admiral provides a general history of the naval war in the “Med”, discussing both strategy and operations from a French standpoint. 3514. DiPhilip, John. Gunner’s Diary. Boston, Ma.: Meador, 1946. 111 pp. A brief recollection of the Mediterranean naval war by a USN enlisted man; high on human interest, low on command decision. 3515. Ellsberg, Edward. No Banners, No Bugles. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1949. 370 pp. An account of salvage work in the Mediterranean ports rendered useless by the scuttling of the French fleet and the maintenance of the TORCH beachheads in November 1942 by the chief USN salvage officer on the scene. 3516. Greene, Jack, and Alessandro Massignani. The Naval War in the Mediterranean, 1940–1943. London: Chatham, 2002. 352 pp. An interesting and well-researched narrative, which takes advantage of Italian language sources. In addition to integrating the Spanish Civil War into the background of the Mediterranean naval war, the authors describe the battles of Cape Spada, Taranto, and Matapan, and explore Italo-German relations and the frictions between the Italian navy and air force. 3517. Hendren, Paul, and Wesley Price. “Invasion Sunday Punch.” Saturday Evening Post, April 1, 1944, 16–17+. How two USN cruisers and eight destroyers prevented a German tank column from hitting the U.S. 1st Division on Sicily, July 11, 1943. 3518. Hewitt, Henry K. “The Allied Navies at Salerno: ‘Operation Avalanche,’ September 1943.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXIX (September 1953): 958–976.

488

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3519. ——. “Executing ‘Operation Anvil-Dragoon.’ ”U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings, LXXX (August 1954): 896–925. 3520. ——. “The Landing in Morocco, November 1942.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXVIII (November 1952): 1242–1253. 3521. ——. “Naval Aspects of the Sicilian Campaign.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXIX (July 1953): 704–723. Taken together, these four references constitute the recollections of the American admiral who commanded the USN components of these operations, Salerno, southern France, North Africa, and Sicily; includes insights into planning and strategy as well as operational aspects of naval support. 3522. Hunn, Max. “Saga of the ‘Lucky Ark.’ ” Ships and the Sea II (January 1953): 38–44. The author recalls his service aboard U.S.S. Arcturus during the invasion of Sicily in July 1943. 3523. Infield, Glenn B. Disaster at Bari. New York: Macmillan, 1972. 301 pp. Recounts the German bombing of the Allied supply port at Bari, Italy, on December 2, 1944, which resulted in the destruction of many vessels, including one cargo vessel holding a secret cargo of mustard gas bombs which detonated and caused significant casualties. 3524. Jellison, Charles A. Besieged: The World War II Ordeal of Malta, 1940–1942. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1984. 288 pp. A lucid history of how the people of Malta coped during the siege of their island. Jellison has blended social with military history to pen an incisive narrative of heroism under fire. 3525. Keating, John S. “Mission to Mecca: A Postscript.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CIV (April 1978): 74–77. Sequel to the next entry. 3526. ——. “Mission to Mecca: The Cruise of the Murphy.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CII (January 1976): 54–63. Recounts Arabian King Saud’s travels aboard DD-603 to meet with President Roosevelt in early 1945. 3527. Kerwin, Paschael E. Big Men in the Little Navy. Paterson, N.J.: St. Anthony Guild Press, 1946. 129 pp. A brief history of the USN amphibious force in the Mediterranean in 1943–1945, its composition, and participation in the Sicilian and Italian landings; based on the author’s recollections and other sources. 3528. Levin, Alan J. The War Against Rommel’s Supply Lines, 1942–1943. Westport, Ct.: Praeger, 1999. 219 pp. A valuable study of the Allied effort to sever Axis supply lines to Libya

The War at Sea

489

and Tunisia. Contains chapters reviewing British submarine operations and the importance of air interdiction from Malta. See entries nos. 2172 and 2191. 3529. Lowry, F. J. “The Naval Side of Anzio.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXX (January 1954): 22–31. Describes the USN participation in Operation SHINGLE, which, under Admiral Hewitt’s command, put the U.S. Sixth Corps ashore on the west side of Italy below Rome. 3530. Macintyre, Donald G. F. W. The Battle for the Mediterranean. New York: W. W. Norton, 1965. 216 pp. An “account of the struggle from June 1940–May 1943 for control of the supply routes to the opposing armies in North Africa” which is long on strategic/high command analysis and short on battle action; with emphasis on the duel between the Royal Navy and the Luftwaffe, this former British escort commander’s story includes some mention of the role of the USN in the Mediterranean. 3531. May, S. “Strangling Rommel: British Submarine Commanders in the Mediterranean, June 1940 to September 1943.” Mariner’s Mirror 88 (November 2002): 456–68. An account of Royal Navy operations against Axis maritime communications to North Africa. 3532. Mazzella, Donald P. “Seatrain to the War Zone.” Sea Classics IV (September 1973): 6–10, 60–61, 66. The author recollects his service aboard the merchantman SS Seatrain Texas, which transported Army tanks to North Africa in 1942–1943. 3533. Melanephy, James P., and John G. Robinson. “Savannah at Salerno.” Surface Warfare VI (March 1981): 2–11. Explains the role taken by this light cruiser in shore bombardment and the near fatal hit she took from a Luftwaffe glide bomb. 3534. Mersky, Peter. “Naval Aviation in Operation Torch.” Naval Aviation News 75 (November–December 1992): 24–28. Describes carrier-based air support of the North African landings. 3535. Morison, Samuel E. “The Landing at Fedhala, Morocco, November 8, 1942.” American Foreign Service Journal XX (March 1943): 113–116+. Describes the USN silencing of Vichy shore batteries and the landing of U.S. troops near Casablanca. 3536. ——. Operations in North African Waters, October 1942–June 1943. Vol. II of History of United States Naval Operations in World War II. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1950. 297 pp. Employing official reports, interviews, and eyewitness recollections, Morison recreates the USN/USCG participation in the TORCH landings as well as naval support for the campaign in Tunisia. Illustrated with maps, charts, and photographs.

490

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3537. ——. Sicily—Salerno—Anzio, January 1943 to June 1944. Vol. IX of History of United States Naval Operations in World War II. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1954. 413 pp. An examination of the preparations for and execution of these major Allied invasions, including support operations begun before the fall of Tunisia; based on official reports, the author’s eyewitness recollections, interviews, etc., and illustrated with charts, maps, and photographs. 3538. “The Navy’s Job: Sicily Invasion.” Life, August 23, 1943, 69–72. Still a useful pictorial piece. 3539. Nofi, Albert A. “North Africa: Sea War.” Strategy and Tactics (March– April 1971), 17–24. A concise overview covering the period 1940–1943, with emphasis on the USN/Vichy naval shootout at Casablanca in November 1942. 3540. Norris, John G. “Hellcats over France.” Flying XXXVI (January 1945): 53–54+. How F6Fs from four American escort carriers spotted naval gunfire and bombed retreating German troops during the August 1944 invasion of southern France. 3541. Pallud, Jean Paul. “The French Navy at Toulon.” After the Battle 76 (May 1992): 1–25. A “before and after” picture of the scuttled French fleet. 3542. Palmer, Fitzhugh L. “The old Indispensables.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CII (August 1976): 61–63. Operations of the escort carriers Sangamon, Suwanee, Chenango, and Santee in the TORCH invasion of North Africa in November 1942. 3543. Entry deleted. 3544. Perowne, Stewart. The Siege Within the Walls: Malta, 1940–1943. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1970. 192 pp. Using interviews, official reports, and documentary sources, the author explains the Luftwaffe siege of Malta from 1940 to 1943 as seen by the island’s inhabitants; includes the late May 1942 arrival of Spitfires flown off the deck of U.S.S. Wasp. 3545. Perry, George S. “Forty Hours off a Sicilian Beachhead: Unloading an Ammunition Ship as Axis Planes Bomb It.” Saturday Evening Post, August 14, 1943, 22+. Examines the Luftwaffe concentration on USN shipping off the beachhead with emphasis on the defense of one unnamed vessel. 3546. ——. “Sealed Ship: A Transport Loaded with United States Amphibious Troops and Anchored off the Coast of Algeria.” New Yorker, July 24, 1943, 50–53.

The War at Sea

491

A human interest story depicting the soldiers’ lot aboard ship awaiting the departure of the USN for the invasion of Sicily. 3547. Pitt. Barrie. “Italy’s Pearl Harbor.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 3 (Spring 1991): 50–57. A readable account of the November 1940 attack on Taranto that crippled the Italian battle fleet. Pitt emphasizes the tactical aspects of the raid, but also assesses its strategic impact. He also notes Japanese and American interest in the raid, and the connection between it and the subsequent attack on Pearl Harbor. 3548. Sadkovich, James J. The Italian Navy in World War II. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1994. 379 pp. A scholarly reassessment of the performance of the fleet. Sadkovich maintains the Italian Navy fought a gallant war. He attributes its defeat to technical weaknesses and British use of ULTRA intelligence. 3549. ——. “Aircraft Carriers and the Mediterranean, 1940–1943: Rethinking the Obvious.” Aerospace Historian 34 (Winter 1987): 263–71. The importance of aircraft carriers in the Mediterranean. 3550. Saunders, D. M. “The Bari Incident.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings XCIII (September 1967): 35–39. A brief account of the December 2, 1944, Luftwaffe attack on the Allied supply port at Bari, Italy, and the destruction of a ship carrying mustard gas bombs; more fully told in Infield’s Disaster at Bari, cited above. 3551. Sollie, Frederick E. “Convoy to Casablanca.” Sea Classics VI (July 1973): 42–51. Follows the U.S. Western Naval Task Force and its convoy from the U.S. to North Africa and discusses the naval battle of Casablanca in November 1942. 3552. ——. “Hottest Target in the Mediterranean.” Sea Classics VI (March 1973): 28–31, 65–66. Recalls the service of the U.S.S. Delta from March 1943 to April 1945. 3553. Spooner, Tony. Supreme Gallantry: Malta’s Role in the Allied Victory 1939–1945. London: John Murray, 1996. 345 pp. An air and naval history of Malta’s role in World War II. A veteran of the air battles over the island, Spooner recounts how ULTRA was safeguarded and Axis convoys were attacked only when sighted by aerial reconnaissance. 3554. Thomas, David Arthur. Malta Convoys 1940–1942: The Struggle at Sea. Barnsley, U.K.: Leo Cooper, 1999. 234 pp. The story of the convoys that braved Italian–German air attacks to keep Malta supplied. 3555. Tomblin, Barbara Brooks. With Utmost Spirit: Allied Naval Operations in

492

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II the Mediterranean, 1942–1945. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2004. 578 pp. Tomblin compliments Porch’s study of Allied strategy with an account of naval tactical actions, convoys to Malta, and amphibious operations from North Africa to southern France. One of the strengths of this volume is that vignettes from veterans are skilfully integrated into battle actions.

3556. United States. Coast Guard. Historical Section. The North African Landings. The Coast Guard at War. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Coast Guard, 1946. 183 pp. 3557. ——. Sicily–Italy Landings. The Coast Guard at War. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Coast Guard, 1946. 261 pp. These two volumes from the official Coast Guard history depict the role of that service in the Mediterranean, with emphasis on strategy and the operations of Coast Guard-manned cutters, escort vessels, transports, and landing craft. 3558. Van Vleet, Clarke. “ ‘Torch.’ ”Naval Aviation News 59 (November 1976): 34–37. A detailed summary of the operations of the U.S.S. Ranger and four escort carriers in the November 1942 invasion of North Africa. 3559. Whipple, A. B. C. The Mediterranean. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1981. 208 pp. An account of mainly Allied–Axis naval actions in the “Med” from 1940 to 1943 with a decidedly British emphasis which does, however, contain some mention of USN activities. Many of the photographs were taken by Life magazine cameramen on the scene. 3560. Williams, Robert C. “Operations Amphibious.” U.S. Army Combat Forces Journal I (August and October 1950): 30–33, 36–40. A useful comparison of Pacific amphibious operations with those conducted in Sicily and southern France. 3561. Woodman, Richard. Malta Convoys, 1940–1943. London: John Murray, 2000. 532 pp. An account by a veteran of the supply convoys and the merchant sailors that sailed the ships through to Malta. The author cites first-person interviews among his sources, but not German or Italian sources. 3562. Wordell, Malcolm T., and Edwin N. Seiler, as told to Keith Ayling. Wildcats over Casablanca. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1943. 309 pp. The story of one U.S.S. Ranger squadron of F4Fs which supported the USN attack at Fedhala and Casablanca in November 1942, told mostly in the words of the pilots who flew the missions; Wordell was shot down while on a bombing run, taken POW, and later released after the cease-fire. 3563. Wright, Jerauld M. P., Jr. “Harbor Clearance: Casablanca to Naples.” American Society of Naval Engineers Journal LXIX (May 1957): 319–329.

The War at Sea

493

A recollection of the work of the USN Naval Salvage Service in the Mediterranean from late 1942 through mid-1944. 2. English Channel Introduction: American naval activity in the Channel was undertaken for the most part in support of the Normandy invasion and the Allied campaign through France to the heart of Germany. The diplomacy behind the invasion and northwest Europe campaign is covered in Section II:A above, while the air and ground operations pursuant to them, which incidentally include many references to the naval role, are found in Sections III:C:2 and IV:C:2. Comprehensive but unannotated bibliographic coverage for publications prior to 1976 is found in Myron J. Smith’s The European Theater, which is Volume I of World War II at Sea: A Bibliography of Sources in English (Metuchen, N.J.: The Scarecrow Press, 1976), pp. 96–135. 3564. Arnold, James R. “N.O.I.C. Utah.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXIII (June 1947): 671–681. A recollection of the role of the USN beachmaster, or Naval Officer in Charge, on Utah Beach after the initial D-Day landings. 3565. Ashton, George. “Minesweeping Made Easy.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXVII (January 1961): 66–71. An account of USN minesweeping in the Channel preparatory to the Normandy invasion. 3566. Braynard, Frank O. “The Loss of the Santa Clara.” Steamboat Bill of Facts VII (March 1950): 5–6. Sunk en route to Normandy on June 6, 1944, without loss of life. 3567. Brown, John M. Many a Watchful Night. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1944. 219 pp. After reporting the Sicilian invasion as noted in the last subpart, Lieutenant Brown was assigned to duty aboard a naval vessel of Adm. A. G. Kirk’s Western Naval Task Force for the D-Day invasion, which he here reports. 3568. Edwards, Kenneth. Operation Neptune. London: Collins, 1946. 319 pp. NEPTUNE was the codename for the naval side of the D-Day invasion, and came under the direction of British admiral Sir Bertram Ramsay. Edwards details the organization of the great sea effort, including beach preparation (minesweeping, obstacle removal, etc.), escort of the intricately prepared invasion convoy, gunfire support, and the landings. 3569. Ellsberg, Edward. The Far Shore. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1960. 381 pp. After service in the Mediterranean described in the last subpart, Captain Ellsberg was assigned to NEPTUNE, which he here describes, giving over a large portion of his title to a description of the MULBERRY project for the creation and installation of artificial harbors off the

494

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Normandy beaches, including the one off Omaha Beach, which was severely damaged by the great June 19–21 Channel storm.

3570. Elsey, George M. “Naval Aspects of Normandy in Retrospect.” In: Eisenhower Foundation, ed. D-Day: The Normandy Invasion in Retrospect. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1971, pp. 170–197. An overview of Operation NEPTUNE which employs all of the latest information except ULTRA in its analysis. 3571. Forester, Cecil S. “History’s Biggest Gamble: The Invasion Strategists Staked Everything on the Largest Fleet Ever Assembled.” Saturday Evening Post, August 12, 1944, 18–19+. The author of Captain Horatio Hornblower and Sink the Bismarck here provides a contemporary view of the assembling of the D-Day armada. 3572. Fry, Michael. “Mulberry Harbors.” British History Illustrated I (October 1974): 2–15. Describes the planning for and operation of the Allied harbors which were towed over and sunk off the Normandy beaches following D-Day. 3573. Harrison, Michael. Mulberry: The Return in Triumph. London: W. H. Allen, 1965. 286 pp. The author explains the concept of the artificial harbors, their construction in Britain, their installation off Normandy, and the impact they made on the logistical support of the invasion. 3574. Hartcup, Guy. Code Name Mulberry: The Planning, Building, and Operation of the Normandy Harbours. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1977. 160 pp. Another British view of the artificial harbors based on official sources and recollections of those who worked on the project; as with the last two entries, this one is illustrated with photos and drawings. 3575. Hicks, George. “From an American Naval Flagship in the English Channel.” In: Louis L. Snyder, ed. Masterpieces of War Reporting. New York: Julian Messner, 1962, pp. 344–347. The transcript of this CBS reporter’s radio report on the D-Day landings made from the cruiser Augusta on June 6, 1944. 3576. Hill, Steven D. “Invasion! Fortress Europe: Naval Aviation in France, Summer 1944.” Naval Aviation News 76 (May–June 1994): 30–35. 3577. Karig, Walter, and C. L. Freeland. “Rhinos and Mulberries.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXI (December 1945): 1415–1425. A discussion of the Mulberry artificial harbors installed at Normandy as well as the Rhino self-propelled ferries designed to carry cargo and vehicles ashore from amphibious ships. 3578. Liebling, Abbott J. “Cross-Channel Trip.” New Yorker, July 1, 1944, 38+; July 8, 1944, 34+; July 15, 1944, 36+.

The War at Sea

495

The author’s detailed recollections of service aboard a Coast Guardmanned Landing Craft Infantry (LCI) during the Normandy invasion. 3579. Miller, Max. The Far Shore. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1945. 173 pp. A view of the Normandy invasion as seen by a USN Lieutenant Commander aboard an LCI; discusses NEPTUNE’s planning, weather problems, vessel formations in the invasion armada, the landing and gunfire support, and the beachhead lodgement. 3580. ——. “The Far Shore: The Navy at Omaha and Utah—The Normandy Landings.” Harpers CXC (January 1945): 116–125. Drawn from the previous entry, this piece concentrates on gunfire support and the actual landings. 3581. Moore, Rufus J. “ ‘Operation Pluto.’ ” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXX (May 1954): 647–653. A description of the planning, building, and operation of PLUTO (Pipe Line Under The Ocean) which took gasoline from England to Normandy after the invasion. 3582. Morison, Samuel E. The Invasion of France and Germany, 1944–1945. Vol. XI of History of United States Naval Operations in World War II. Boston, Ms.: Little, Brown, 1957. 360 pp. Morison, who was present at D-Day, tells of the planning and operation of NEPTUNE as well as USN/USCG support for forces ashore after June 6, examples of which include bombardment of the hold-out Nazi forts along the French coast and the ferrying of troops across the Rhine in March–April 1945, naval details of the latter also being covered in Section IV:C:2:c above. Based on official reports and interviews and illustrated with maps, charts, and photographs. 3583. “Normandy Beaches, 1944: The Coast Guard Was There.” U.S. Coast Guard Academy Alumni Association Bulletin XLII (May–June 1980): 20–25. An overview of the CG role in D-Day, including a summary of the participation of its transports and LCIs in the landing. 3584. “ ‘Operation Neptune.’ ” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXX (June 1954): 672–685. A tenth-anniversary pictorial which remains one of the better sources for pictures of the naval aspects of Normandy. 3585. Postus, Craig. “The Storm That Almost Wrecked D-Day.” Battles, Fall 1979, 32–37, 69. Describes the June 19–21 gale which destroyed the MULBERRY off Omaha Beach and created havoc with the invasion shipping and resupply effort. 3586. Prados, Edward F., ed. Neptunus Rex: Naval Stories of the Normandy Invasion, June 6, 1944: Voices of the Navy Memorial. Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press, 1998. 304 pp.

496

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Eyewitness accounts by U.S. Navy men, and one Coast Guard representative, of D-Day.

3587. Ramsay, Bertram H. “The Assault Phase of the Normandy Landings.” Supplement 38110, London Gazette, October 30, 1947. Reprints a dispatch from the naval Commander in Chief, Allied Expeditionary Force originally dated October 16, 1944. 3588. Schofield, Brian B. Operation Neptune. Sea Battles in Close-Up, No. 10. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1974. 168 pp. A British admiral discusses the naval side of OVERLORD and describes the multitude of tasks involved from beach reconnaissance to the landings to the installations of PLUTO and the MULBERRIES. Includes eleven appendices on specific phases of NEPTUNE; illustrated with maps and a large number of black and white photographs. 3589. Skinner, Ian W. “British Maritime Strategy and Operations in the Western Channel and South-Western Approaches, 1939–1945.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Exeter (U.K.), 1992. 3590. Somers, Martin. “The Longest Hour in History.” Saturday Evening Post, July 8, 1944, 22+. Describes the gunfire support mission of the destroyer McCook (DD-496) whose captain risked grounding in order to deliver close-in call fire to Omaha Beach. 3591. ——. “Right Hard Rudder! All Hands Below!”Saturday Evening Post, September 16, 1944, 18–19+. An account of the battleship Texas’ bombardment of Nazi artillery positions at Cherbourg. 3592. Sondern, Frederick, Jr. “Armada in Action.” Reader’s Digest XLV (August 1944): 118–122. An overview of the naval phase of the D-Day landings. 3593. Stanford, Alfred B. Force Mulberry: The Planning and Installation of the Artificial Harbor off U.S. Normandy Beaches in World War II. New York: William Morrow, 1951. 240 pp. Describes the process of building the artificial harbors, towing them to France, and installing them behind a breakwater of sunken ships; also includes a picture of the June 19–21 storm which damaged the U.S. Mulberry off Omaha Beach, forcing logistic support to come via the more conventional over-the-beach method. 3594. Strobridge, Truman R. “ ‘St. Bernards’ of Normandy.” Sea Classics VII (January 1974): 62–65. How 60 Coast Guard 83-foot cutters saved 1,438 men floundering in the water off the beaches on D-Day. 3595. Tent, James Foster. E-Boat Alert: Defending the Normandy Invasion Fleet. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1996. 289 pp.

The War at Sea

497

Recounts the destruction by the RAF of the E-boats responsible for sinking LSTs in the Slapton Sands exercise. The RAF mounted the attack after learning via ULTRA of the assembly of E-boats at Le Havre, which points up the tactical value of this type of intelligence. 3596. United States. Coast Guard. Historical Section. Landings in France. The Coast Guard at War. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Coast Guard, 1946. 310 pp. A detailed examination of the CG role in the D-Day invasion which includes not only information on the “St. Bernards,” as noted in the preceding entry, but also the work of Coast Guard-manned transports and LCIs. A valuable official history which includes more data on this service’s role than is provided in Morison’s account, cited above. 3597. Watkins, John. “Destroyer Action, Ile De Batz, 9 June 1944.” Mariner’s Mirror 78 (August 1992): 307–25. A vivid description of the lopsided clash which occurred near Ile de Batz when the German 8th Destroyer Flotilla, which was attempting to interrupt Allied shipping off Normandy, was defeated by an Allied force. Watkins makes clear the value of ULTRA in positioning the Allied destroyers to intercept the German force. 3598. Whitby, Michael. “Masters of the Channel Night: The 10th Destroyer Flotilla’s Victory off the Ile de Batz, 9 June 1944.” Canadian Military History 2 (Spring 1993): 5–21. The Canadian perspective on action described above. 3. Battle of the Atlantic Introduction: As noted in the introduction to this section, World War II action for the U.S. actually began in the Atlantic several months before Pearl Harbor. From the period of this undeclared U.S.–German naval war through early 1944, the conflict against the U-boat went from a period which can only be described as near-defeat to one of mastery over the U-boats by the Allied navies. The diplomacy behind the savage Atlantic battle, before and after December 7, 1941, is covered in Section II:A above, while a few references to the aerial phase of the contest as conducted by land-based warplanes can be found in Section III:C. Readers will note that certain of the encyclopedias and handbooks as well as general war histories referenced to in Section I above and the sea weapons part below, contain information on the most difficult nautical phase to be covered by this guide. Comprehensive but unannotated bibliographic coverage for publications prior to 1976 is found in M.J. Smith’s The European Theater, which is Volume I of World War II at Sea: A Bibliography of Sources in English (Metuchen, N.J.: The Scarecrow Press, 1976), pp. 211–272. 3599. Abbazia, Patrick. Mr. Roosevelt’s Navy. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1975. 520 pp. An exceptionally well-done and detailed view of the U.S. Navy in the undeclared naval war with Germany; examines not only the diplomatic

498

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II background and politics of the extension of U.S. protection to British convoys prior to America’s entry into the war, but also useful coverage of the close encounters and actual shooting between German submarines and Yankee escorts. The story is carried on into the dark period of 1942 when Allied shipping losses off the U.S. east coast and in the Caribbean were very high.

3600. ——. “When the Good Shepherds Were Blind.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CI (September 1975): 49–57. Portrays the hazards of the North Atlantic convoys of early 1942 in which U.S. escorts lacked basic ASW detection equipment. 3601. “Action in the North Atlantic: Subs vs. Convoy Escorts.” Sea Classics III (March 1970): 52+. A photo feature detailing U-boat attacks and depth-charging by convoy escorts. 3602. “The Atlantic Convoy: The Second Front Depends on It.” Life, July 27, 1942, 64–73. Still a useful pictorial piece showing ships in column and the work of escorts. 3603. Bailey, Thomas A., and Paul B. Ryan. Hitler vs. Roosevelt. New York: Free Press, 1979. 303 pp. The Dean of American diplomatic historians and a former USN captain cover the diplomatic and military aspects of the undeclared U.S.– German naval war of 1939–1941; compare with Abbazia above. The study is wide-ranging, but does include a look at the Greer and Reuben James episodes. 3604. “Battle of the Arctic Convoy.” Life, August 2, 1942, 19–23. Still a useful pictorial piece showing the effort to get a convoy through to Russia with Lend-Lease materials. 3605. “Battling the Subs—World War II.” All Hands, April 1958, 59–63. An overview on Atlantic anti-submarine operations written for serving sailors. 3606. Beecher, John. All Brave Sailors: The Story of the S. S. Booker T. Washington. New York: L. B. Fischer, 1945. 208 pp. The Booker T. was the first sizable U.S. ship captained by a Black with an integrated crew; this work details crew life aboard and the merchantman’s first convoy across the Atlantic. 3607. Bercuson, David J. and Holger H. Herwig. The Destruction of the Bismarck. Woodstock, N.Y.: Overlook Press, 2001. 385 pp. A vivid account of the hunt for and destruction of a near-legendary German battleship, including the participation of neutral U.S. personnel in air patrols that enabled the Royal Navy to bring the Bismarck to bay.

The War at Sea

499

The authors display a lack of understanding of British and German naval intelligence agencies. 3608. Berry, Robert B. Gunners Get Glory: The Story of the Navy’s Armed Guard. Indianapolis, In.: Bobbs-Merrill, 1943. 293 pp. A contemporary account of the USN sailors who shipped aboard merchantmen to man AAA and ASW defenses; the story, mostly human interest, describes the men’s duties and interaction with civilian crews in port and out, during convoy and battle. 3609. Billings, Richard N. Battleground Atlantic: How the Sinking of a Single Japanese Submarine Assured the Outcome of WWII. New York: New American Library, 2006. 320 pp. The Japanese submarine I-52 with its cargo of strategic materials, including uranium and possibly gold, was sunk in June 1944. In spite of the author’s suggestion, the I-52’s sinking did not assure the outcome of the war. 3610. Blackman, John L., Jr. “Carrier War in the Atlantic.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXIV (August 1948): 999–1003. A look at the 1943 cruise of the escort carrier U.S.S. Bogue and the sinking of three U-boats by the planes of her composite squadron VC-42. 3611. Blair, Clay. Hitler’s U-Boat War: The Hunted, 1942–1945. New York: Random House, 1998. 910 pp. The concluding volume of Blair’s comprehensive history of the Battle of the Atlantic. Blair provocatively challenges standard interpretations of the danger posed by U-boats, which he views as overblown, and convincingly argues that the Allies had technologically and operationally mastered the U-boats by 1943. 3612. ——. Hitler’s U-Boat War: The Hunters, 1939–1942. New York: Random House, 1996. 808 pp. Well-researched account of U-boat operations in the Atlantic, including the effect of communications intelligence, technological innovations— Fido and German difficulties with magnetic torpedoes—and the successes of B-Dienst against Allied codes on the battle. Essential reading for serious students of the Battle of the Atlantic. 3613. Blond, Georges. Ordeal Below Zero: The Heroic Story of the Arctic Convoys in World War II. London: Souvenir Press, 1956. 199 pp. A general history of the Allied convoys which departed England and fought their way through U-boats and Luftwaffe bombers up around Norway to the Soviet port of Murmansk; details the strategy behind the convoys, the tactics employed by German and Allied combatants, and the impact of the convoy battles on the men involved. 3614. Bond, Geoffrey. Laconia. London: Oldbourne, 1956. 200 pp. Tells how survivors of a torpedoed British merchantman were assisted by

500

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II German U-boats until an AAF B-24 Liberator drove them off; the incident gave Admiral Dönitz a reason for ordering his submarines not to provide aid to the survivors of sinking Allied vessels.

3615. Bowling, R. A. “Escort of Convoy—Still the Only Way.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings XCV (December 1969): 46–56. An overview of the success of the convoy system in the Atlantic during World War II with emphasis on lessons learned which are applicable today. 3616. Bowman, Richard C. “Organizational Fanaticism: A Case Study of Allied Air Operations Against the U-boat During World War II.” Air Power Historian X (April 1963): 50–53. A discussion of the drive behind AAF efforts to assist the USN in its war against submarines in 1942 and the resultant squabbles over turf this desire created. 3617. Brennecke, Jochen. The Hunters and the Hunted: German U-Boats, 1939–1945. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2003. 328 pp. Contains dramatic accounts of true episodes of the U-boat war as reported by German submarine aces. Also details the effectiveness of Allied countermeasures. 3618. Browning, Miles R. “Convoy Escorts.” Marine Corps Gazette XXXII (September 1948): 18–23. An overview of Atlantic convoy operations, 1942–1945, with emphasis on the work of USN escort vessels. 3619. Buchheim, Lothar-Günther. U-boat War. Translated from the German. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1978. Unpaged. Examines the German side of the Battle of the Atlantic through 205 black and white photographs and a supportive text by the author, a former Kriegsmarine combat artist. 3620. Buckley, John. “Air Power and the Battle of the Atlantic.” Journal of Contemporary History 28 (January 1993): 143–61. Buckley provocatively contends that technology and operational research “played little more than a peripheral role and merely provided the bonus of sinking U-boats” in the Battle of the Atlantic. Long-range and endurance aircraft that forced U-boats to submerge accounted for Coastal Command’s success in the battle. 3621. Bunker, John. “The Story of the Stephen Hopkins.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXX (November 1954): 1254–1257. A U.S. liberty ship defends herself against the German disguised merchant raider Stier in the South Atlantic in September 1942. 3622. Burn, Alan. The Fighting Commodores: Convoy Commanders in the Second World War. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 262 pp. This readable volume relates the story of the senior naval officers, some

The War at Sea

501

of whom were recalled from retirement, who commanded convoys of merchant ships. The author creates a vivid picture of what merchant seamen endured 3623. Busch, Harold. U-boats at War. Translated from the German. New York: Ballantine Books, 1955. 176 pp. A general history of the organization and operations of the German Navy’s U-boat arm during the war with some insight into perceived reasons why the Reich lost the Battle of the Atlantic. 3624. Campbell, Ian, and Donald G. Macintyre. The Kola Run: A Record of the Arctic Convoys, 1941–1945. London: Muller, 1958. 254 pp. Two former British naval officers examine in detail the Allied Arctic convoys and the dangers they encountered while making the passage from Scotland or northern Ireland to Murmansk; emphasis is on British action with some attention to the participation of U.S. merchantmen. 3625. Carr, Roland T. To Sea in Haste. Washington, D.C.: Acropolis Books, 1975. 260 pp. Basing his work on a supply officer’s diary, the author records the activities of the USN corvette Haste on ASW and convoy duty on the Eastern Sea Frontier in 1943–1944. 3626. Carse, Robert. A Cold Corner of Hell. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1969. 268 pp. An account of the 1941–1945 Murmansk convoys and the struggle by Allied sailors to get their vessels through the Arctic Ocean against the cold and the Germans, with emphasis on the period 1941–1942. The author served aboard convoy merchantmen as a seaman in 1942. 3627. ——. Lifeline: The Ships and Men of Our Merchant Marine at War. New York: William Morrow, 1944. 189 pp. Describes the ships and their crews, as well as deeds of heroism exhibited during the passage of pre-D-Day convoys; heavy on human interest, light on specific or geographical detail. 3628. ——. There Go the Ships. New York: William Morrow, 1942. 156 pp. Five months on the Murmansk run as experienced by a writer who enlisted as an able seaman in the U.S. Merchant Marine in order to witness first-hand the action he describes; about half of the book was published in the next entry. 3629. ——. “We Fought Through to Murmansk.” Saturday Evening Post, November 7, 1942, 9–11+; November 14, 1942, 16–17+; November 21, 1942, 28–29+. Excerpt from the previous citation’s most action-filled section. 3630. “Convoy HX-166.” U.S. Coast Guard Alumni Association Bulletin XXXIX (September–October 1977): 16–21.

502

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Describes the Coast Guard contribution to the defense of this February 1943 convoy.

3631. Cooke, Henry D. “The Atlantic Convoys.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXVI (August 1950): 862–869. A pictorial discussion of the formation and execution of the major Allied convoys from 1942 to 1944. 3632. Cope, Harley F. “ . . . and Sank Same.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXII (June 1946): 953–961. Examines the role of USN hunter-killer groups formed around escort carriers in the destruction of the U-boat menace in 1943. 3633. Cremer, Peter. U-Boat Commander: A Periscope View of the Battle of the Atlantic. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1986. 244 pp. Readable account of U-333 patrols by a former submarine commander. 3634. Dear, Wilfred P. “America’s Undeclared Naval War.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXVII (January 1961): 70–79. An overview of the naval incidents between the U.S. and Germany during the months before Pearl Harbor, including the Greer and Reuben James episodes. 3635. Douglas, W.A.B., R. Sarty, M. Whitby, et al. A Blue Water Navy: The Official Operational History of the Royal Canadian Navy in the Second World War, 1943–1945, Vol. II, Pt. II. St. Catharines, Ont.: Vanwell Publishing, 2007. 650 pp. Covers all RCN operations, beginning with the spring 1943 defeat of the U-boats, in the final two years of the war against Nazi Germany. Contains account of Canadian destroyers in the Arctic and support of amphibious operations in the Mediterranean and Normandy. 3636. ——. No Higher Purpose: The Official Operational History of the Royal Canadian Navy in the Second World War, Vol. II, Pt. 1. St. Catharines, Ont.: Vanwell Publishing, 2003. 664 pp. This well-written and researched volume covers planning and mobilization of the RCN for war, the Anglo-American convoy agreements as well as the early convoy battles, and the efforts of the RCN to secure the St. Lawrence against U-boats. Like Milner (see entry no. 3432), the authors examine both strategic decisions and tactical operations. 3637. Edwards, Bernard. Twilight of the U-Boats. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2004. 256 pp. Chronicles the declining fortunes of the U-boats by recounting the 14month career of U-233, which ended in the Mediterranean in early 1944. 3638. Evans, Mark L. Great World War II Battles in the Arctic. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press, 1999. 192 pp. A brief account of the hard-fought actions involving convoys to Murmansk.

The War at Sea

503

3639. Farago, Ladislas. The Tenth Fleet. New York: Obolensky, 1962. 366 pp. A poorly organized history of the Washington-based USN effort to coordinate the naval war against the U-boat, including the use of intelligence, wherein Ultra intelligence is inferred, survivor reports, convoy coordination, etc. Describes the development of processes and tactics, including hunter-killer groups, for the stalking of German submarines. 3640. Ferguson, Arthur B. The Antisubmarine Command. USAAF Historical Study, No. 107. Washington, D.C.: Headquarters, U.S. Army Air Forces, 1945. 315 pp. A detailed account of the AAF’s efforts to use some of its long-range bombers against German U-boats and to offer protection to Atlantic convoys. 3641. Fisher, Robert C. “The Impact of German Technology on the Royal Canadian Navy in the Battle of the Atlantic, 1942–43.” Northern Mariner 7, No. 4 (1997): 1–13. 3642. Frank, Wolfgang. The Sea Wolves: The Story of German U-Boats at War. Translated from the German. New York: Rinehart, 1955. 340 pp. A former PR man on Admiral Dönitz’s staff provides a chronological record of Kriegsmarine submarine operations in the Atlantic, including data on the development of the technical, scientific, and political aspects of the U-boat arm of the German Navy. 3643. Gallery, Daniel V. Clear the Decks! New York: William Morrow, 1952. 243 pp. A blunt, often humorous, memoir of the author’s wartime service as skipper of the escort carrier Guadalcanal during the Battle of the Atlantic. 3644. ——. “. . . nor Dark of Night.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings XCV (January 1969): 85–90. Describes flight operations from the Guadalcanal, often during adverse weather. 3645. ——. Twenty Million Tons Under the Sea. Chicago: Regnery, 1956. 344 pp. An eyewitness history of the USN Battle of the Atlantic, the formation of the hunter-killer groups and their impact, and the capture, by ships of the author’s group, of the Nazi submarine U-505. 3646. ——. “We Captured a German Submarine.” Saturday Evening Post, August 4, 1945, 9–11+. How the Guadalcanal hunter-killer group took the U-505. 3647. Gannon, Michael. Black May: The Epic Story of the Allies’ Defeat of the German U-Boats in May 1943. New York: HarperCollins, 1998. 492 pp A well-researched and generally balanced account of the convoy battles of May 1943, in particular that of ONS 5, which heralded the coming

504

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II defeat of the U-boats in the Battle of the Atlantic. Gannon makes clear that “the Allied triumphs in May came as the sum of processes that were gradual and cumulative,” including improved training of naval and air crews and the integration of technological developments, intelligence, modified tactics, and long-range aircraft.

3648. ——. Operation Drumbeat: The Dramatic True Story of Germany’s First U-boat Attacks Along the American Coast in World War II. New York: Harper & Row, 1990. 490 pp. Readable account of the “Atlantic Pearl Harbor,” the initial onslaught of U-boats against Allied shipping in American waters in early 1942. Emphasizes the sinking of 19 ships by Reinhard Hardegan in U-123; extremely, perhaps unfairly, critical of Admiral Ernest J. King. 3649. Gardner, W. J. R. Decoding History: The Battle of the Atlantic and Ultra. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 263 pp. An important analytical study of the Battle of the Atlantic in which the author endeavors to assess the sources of the Allied victory in terms of the concept of criticality, the availability of ULTRA and other forms of signal intelligence, resources, technological developments, and strategic decisions. 3650. Garzke, William H., Jr., and Robert O. Dulin, Jr. “Who Sank the Bismarck?” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings 117 (June 1991): 48–57. An account of the discovery and examination of the wreck of the battleship Bismarck in 1989. Analysis of the damage to the ship led the authors to conclude that the Bismarck was sinking before she was scuttled. 3651. Gibson, Charles D., 2nd. The Ordeal of Convoy N. Y. 119. New York: South Street Seaport Museum, 1973. 178 pp. A chronological record of the mid-1944 Atlantic crossing of nonseagoing Army tugboats, yard tankers, and barges (under USN escort) which were needed in Europe to clear crowded anchorages and keep the supply lines functioning smoothly. 3652. Gnaedinger, L. B. N. “Picket Patrol: Yachts Against Subs.” Motor Boating and Sailing, December 1972, 46–49+. A look at the Coast Guard’s Auxiliary Coastal Picket Service which was designed to guard against U-boats in the dark early days of 1942. 3653. Golovko, Arsenii G. With the Red Fleet: The War Memoirs of the Late Admiral Arsenii G. Golovko. Translated from the Russian. London: Putnam, 1965. 247 pp. The wartime Soviet Commander in Chief of the Northern Fleet recalls, in a work critical of the Western Allies, the operations of Russian destroyers, submarines, and convoys in the Arctic, the latter including those from Britain. Offers few statistics, but considerable Red propaganda and inaccuracies; nevertheless, interesting because this is one of the few Soviet items available on the naval war in the Atlantic and Arctic.

The War at Sea

505

3654. Great Britain. Ministry of Defence (Navy). The German U-Boat War in the Atlantic, 1939–1945: German Naval History. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1989. 528 pp. Official history commissioned by the Admiralty. Written by former German naval officers using primary sources, this work offers a detailed analysis of the U-boat offensive in the Atlantic. 3655. Greene, Laurence. “ ‘Away All Boarding Parties!’: The Flattop Guadalcanal.” Coronet, July 1953, 64–68. A summary of how the hunter-killer group led by Guadalcanal captured U-505. 3656. Gretton, Peter. Crisis Convoy: The Story of HX-231. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1975. 182 pp. HX-231 was a large convoy from Halifax bound for England that was heavily attacked in April 1943. The fact that only 6 out of 62 ships were lost represented a remarkable victory for the sea and air escort forces. Gretton, the commanding officer of HX-231, analyzes his actions during the battle with the U-boats. 3657. Grosvenor, Melville B. “Cruise on an Escort Carrier.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXIV (November 1943): 513–546. A still useful contemporary pictorial look at the Atlantic hunter-killer group built around the escort carrier U.S.S. Card. 3658. Grove, Eric J., ed. The Defeat of the Enemy Attack on Shipping, 1939–1945. 2 vols. Aldershot, U.K.: Ashgate Publishing, 1997. 400 pp. A reprint of a postwar two-volume Admiralty study of the contribution of convoy escorts in sinking U-boats and in protecting merchantmen. Volume 1 contains a narrative; volume 2 provides 70 tables, charts, and maps recording merchant ship construction, bomb tonnages dropped on submarine bases, and U-boats sunk by mines. 3659. Guerlac, Henry, and Marie Boas. “The Radar War Against the U-Boat.” Military Affairs XIV (Summer 1950): 99–111. Describes the use of radar by Allied escort ships in the Battle of the Atlantic. 3660. Hadley, Michael. U-Boats Against Canada: German Submarines in Canadian Waters. Kingston, Ont.: McGill University Press, 1985. 360 pp. Readable and well-researched account of the struggle against U-boats in the Gulf of the St. Lawrence. 3661. Hague, Arnold. The Allied Convoy System, 1939–1945: Its Organization, Defence, and Operation. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2000. 208 pp. The single most informative volume published to date on convoys in World War II. Concisely written, Hague explains convoy command and control methods, the role of intelligence, convoy codes, the development

506

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II of CAM ships, and provides a compilation of every North American convoy to sail.

3662. Harbron, John D. The Longest Battle: The RCN in the Atlantic, 1939–1945. St. Catharines, Ont.: Vanwell Publishing, 1993. 132 pp. A “coffee table” pictorial survey of the Royal Canadian Navy’s long struggle against the elements and German U-boats. 3663. Haskell, Winthrop A., and Jürgen Rohwer. Shadows on the Horizon: The Battle of Convoy HX-233. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 192 pp. Well-researched account of the early 1943 battle for Convoy HX-233. The authors integrate eyewitness accounts into their examination of the strategic and technical aspects of this critical naval action. 3664. Heckman, Hugh M. “The U.S.S. Block Island: One of a Kind.” Sea Classics XIV (January 1981): 42–45. Her service in the Battle of the Atlantic until May 29, 1944, when she was torpedoed and sunk by U-549. 3665. Herman, Frederick S. Dynamite Cargo: Convoy to Russia. New York: Vanguard Press, 1943. 158 pp. An American merchant sailor’s account of a convoy to Murmansk and its eight-day battle with Nazi planes and submarines; many passages convey the horror of battle during an Arctic passage. 3666. Herrick, John O. Subsurface Warfare: The History of Division 6, N.D.R.C. Washington, D.C.: Research and Development Board, Department of Defense, 1951. 135 pp. A report on the researches of the National Defense Research Committee on the use of acoustics in antisubmarine warfare, 1941–1945. 3667. Hersey, John. “The U.S.S. Borie’s Last Battle: Lt. [Charles H.] Hutchins Fights His Old Destroyer to a Gallant Finish in Ramming and Sinking a U-boat.” Life, December 13, 1943, 104–106+. The noted writer’s account, illustrated with drawings, of how DD-215 sank the surfaced U-405 on November 1, 1943; abridged in Reader’s Digest, March 1944, 58–62. 3668. Hessler, Günter. The U-Boat War in the Atlantic, 1939–1945. London: H.M. Stationery Office, 1989. 528 pp. Postwar study prepared for the Royal Navy by a member of Dönitz’s staff. 3669. Hickham, Homer H., Jr. Torpedo Junction: U-Boat War off America’s East Coast. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1989. 367 pp. Well documented and factual account of havoc wrought by U-boats following American entrance into the war. 3670. ——. “Day of Anger, Day of Pride.” American History Illustrated XVII, January, 1983: 30–39. The hunt for U-352 off the North Carolina coast.

The War at Sea

507

3671. Howarth, Stephen, and Derek Law, eds. The Battle of the Atlantic, 1939– 1945: The 50th Anniversary International Naval Conference. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1994. Collection of papers from a 1993 conference in Liverpool. 3672. Hoyt, Edwin P. The Sea Wolves: Germany’s Dreaded U-boats of World War II. New York: Lancer Books, 1973. 160 pp. A brief summary of the operations of Kriegsmarine submarines, particularly in the Atlantic, throughout the course of the war. 3673. ——. U-boats Offshore! Chicago, Ill.: Playboy Press, 1980. 288 pp. Superior to the last title in detail if not in style, this work concentrates on telling of the “happy hunting” enjoyed by German submarines off the U.S. east coast and in the Caribbean in 1942. 3674. Hughes, Terry, and John Costello. The Battle of the Atlantic. New York: Dial Press, 1977. 314 pp. The Allied naval struggle against the U-boats was the longest single sustained campaign of World War II and perhaps the most pivotal. Employing official reports, recently declassified documents (including ULTRA), interviews with top German leaders like Dönitz, and other sources, the authors sketch the submarine war and explain why it did not reach a successful Nazi conclusion; illustrated with drawings, maps, and 160 black and white photographs. 3675. Ingram, Jonas H. “The Battle of the Atlantic.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXI (August 1945): 854–859. The official report (reprinted from the June 1945 issue of All Hands) of the ASW effort as told by the American admiral who commanded the U.S. Fourth Fleet in the South Atlantic from 1942 to 1944 and the Atlantic Fleet until war’s end. 3676. Ireland, Bernard. Battle of the Atlantic. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2003. 232 pp. Ireland challenges the conventional view that the Allies won the Battle of the Atlantic by a narrow margin. He argues that Allied, especially American, resources were so great that the outcome of the battle was a “foregone conclusion.” 3677. Karig, Walter. The Atlantic War. Vol. II of Battle Report. New York: Farrar and Rinehart, 1946. 558 pp. A massive early official look at the U.S. Navy in the Battle of the Atlantic from before Pearl Harbor to VE-Day, which is based on Navy reports and illustrated with a variety of maps, drawings, and photos. 3678. ——, Earl Burton, and C. L. Freeland. “Murmansk Run.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXII (January 1946): 25–33. Drawn from the above citation; illustrates the hardships suffered by USN escorts assigned to convoys to Russia.

508

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3679. Kelshall, Gaylord T. M. The U-Boat War in the Caribbean. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1994. 514 pp. Informative account of the naval war in the Caribbean, which became the graveyard of 1.81 million tons of shipping in 1942. 3680. Kemp, Paul. U-Boats Destroyed: German Submarine Losses in the World Wars. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1997. 256 pp. Comprehensive listing of over 1,000 German submarines destroyed by means of sea and air attacks in both world wars. Kemp identifies the air or naval unit responsible for the destruction of each U-boat. This account includes the type of weapons used, casualties, and survivors of each sinking. 3681. ——. Convoy! Drama in Arctic Waters. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1993. 256 pp. Lively summary of the Royal Navy’s effort to escort convoys to northern Russia and to prevent German surface ships from breaking out into the Atlantic. The author unfortunately focuses on the sinking of the Scharnhorst rather than the story of the Arctic convoys. 3682. Kemp, Peter. Decision at Sea: The Convoy Escorts. New York: ElsevierDutton, 1978. 184 pp. A concise illustrated history of the Battle of the Atlantic, with emphasis on the role of the convoy escorts, as told by a noted British naval historian. 3683. Kershaw, Andrew, ed. The Battle of the Atlantic. Purnell’s History of the World Wars Special. London: Phoebus, 1975. 64 pp. A pictorial overview of the Atlantic naval war with major emphasis on the battle between the Allied convoys and the German submarines; illustrated with dozens of drawings and photographs, some in color. 3684. Klemmer, Harvey. “Convoys to Victory.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXIII (February 1943): 193–216. The text describes the purpose of convoys while the photographs show one assembled and under escort. 3685. Lawry, Nelson H., and Peter W. Benoit. “Investigation into the Alleged U-Boat Incident off Cape Small, Maine, June 22, 1942.” Journal of America’s Military Past 26 (Fall 1999): 48–62. 3686. Leighton, Richard M. “U.S. Merchant Shipping and the British Import Crisis.” In: Kent R. Greenfield, ed. Command Decisions. Washington, D.C.: Office of the Chief of Military History, Department of the Army, 1960, pp. 199–223. An analysis of how U.S. production responded to Britain’s urgent needs by constructing more ships than the German submarines could sink. 3687. Llewellyn-Jones, Malcolm. “Trials with HM Submarine Seraph and British Preparations to Defeat the Type XXI U-boat, September– October 1944.” Mariner’s Mirror 86 (November 2000): 434–51.

The War at Sea

509

Experiments with the Seraph in preparation for combating Type XXI U-boats. 3688. Lundeberg, Philip K. “American Anti-Submarine Operations in the Atlantic, May 1943-May 1945.” Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Harvard University, 1954. An early scholarly study of the subject which is concerned not only with convoy protection but with the development of and operations by hunter-killer groups composed of escort carriers and destroyer escorts. 3689. Macintyre, Donald G.F.W. U-Boat Killer: Fighting the U-Boats in the Battle of the Atlantic. London: Rigel Publications, 2004. 179 pp. First published in 1956, Captain Macintyre RN tells the story of destroyers and the men who manned them in antisubmarine actions. 3690. ——. The Battle of the Atlantic. New York: Macmillan, 1961. 208 pp. The author, a famous British escort commander, writes from experience, his own and that reported by others, Allied and German. His work follows the course of the campaign from 1939 to May 1943, when 40 German submarines were lost, ending the U-boat threat to Allied shipping. Consideration is given not only to operations, but also to U-boat strategy, the convoy system, and the coordination of air and naval forces, Allied and Nazi. 3691. Mason, David. U-boat: The Secret Menace. Ballantine’s Illustrated History of World War II. New York: Ballantine Books, 1968. 160 pp. A somewhat misleading title in that the German submarines were not secret, although the time of their appearance was; a pictorial history which traces the rise of this German menace and the manner by which the Allies ended it 3692. Mason, John T., Jr. The Atlantic War Remembered: An Oral History Collection. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1990. 480 pp. Twenty-eight oral histories from veterans of the Battle of the Atlantic. 3693. Mauer, Mauer, and Lawrence J. Paszek. “Origins of the Laconia Order.” Air University Review XV (March–April 1964): 26–37. Describes the AAF bombing of U-156 which was displaying a red cross and attempting to aid the survivors of the British merchantman Laconia; the act led Dönitz to forbid his submariners from saving victims of their attacks. Reprinted in the Journal of the Royal United Service Institute CIX (November 1964): 334–344. 3694. Entry deleted. 3695. McCormick, Ken, and H. Darby Perry. “The Murmansk Run.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 3 (Autumn 1990): 96–103. An account of the dangers faced by seamen in convoys bound for Murmansk.

510

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3696. McCue, Brian. U-Boats in the Bay of Biscay: An Essay in Operations Analysis. Washington, D.C.: National Defense University Press, 1990. 206 pp. Insightful account of anti-submarine operations in the Bay of Biscay. The author combines traditional history with operations analysis employing quantitative methods. 3697. McLean, Douglas M. “The Battle of Convoy BX-141.” Northern Mariner 3, No. 4 (1994): 19–35. A detailed examination of the little-known encounter between U-1232 and the Canadian escorts of BX-141, a Boston to Halifax convoy, in December 1944. McLean attributes the loss of three ships from the convoy to the state of training within the RCN and difficulties of conducting anti-submarine searches in Canadian coastal waters. 3698. ——. “Confronting Technology and Tactical Change: Allied Antisubmarine Warfare in the Last Year of the Battle of the Atlantic.” Naval War College Review 47 (Winter 1994): 87–104. 3699. Middlebrook, Martin. Convoy: The Battle for Convoy SC 122 and HX 229. New York: William Morrow, 1976. 378 pp. A blow-by-blow account of the critical March 1943 North Atlantic convoy battles based on published and unpublished sources, including interviews with 300 participants in the action. 3700. Middleton, Drew. “Killer Groups vs. Wolf Packs.” New York Times Magazine, October 31, 1943, 15+. On the antisubmarine successes of U.S. Navy hunter-killer groups composed of escort carriers and destroyer escorts. 3701. Milner, Marc. Battle of the Atlantic. St. Catharines, Ont.: Vanwell Publishing, 2003. 255 pp. A readable and detailed account of what some have termed the longest battle of World War II. Milner attributes Allied victory against the U-boats to superior industrial resources, intelligence, equipment, operational research, command and control procedures, plus the teamwork of the British, Canadian, and U.S. navies. He also provides vivid accounts of clashes at sea. 3702. ——. The U-Boat Hunters: The Royal Canadian Navy and the Offensive against Germany’s Submarines. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1994. 327 pp. Milner traces the course of antisubmarine operations from the convoy battles of May 1943 to the end of the war. The Allied use of long-range aircraft and support groups to hunt U-boats, as well as German development of high-speed submarines and other technical developments are emphasized. 3703. ——. North Atlantic Run: The Royal Canadian Navy and the Battle of the Convoys. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1985. 326 pp.

The War at Sea

511

Scholarly account of the critical convoy battles of March–May 1943 and antisubmarine operations in 1943–1945. 3704. Morison, Samuel E. The Atlantic Battle Won, May 1943-May 1945. Vol. X of History of United States Naval Operations in World War II. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1956. 399 pp. 3705. ——. The Battle of the Atlantic. Vol. I of History of United States Naval Operations in World War II. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1958. 432 pp. Separated by eight years in publication dates, these volumes nevertheless provide, with only the late revelations on signal intelligence to be added, the official and best history of American operations in the Atlantic (North Atlantic, South Atlantic, Caribbean, and U.S. east coast waters) during the war. The ebb and flow of the action and the search for advantage are masterfully told with sufficient charts, maps, and photographs to allow readers to follow the story easily. Definitely the starting spot for all students. 3706. ——. “Hunter-Killers in the Atlantic, October–December 1943.” Atlantic CXCVII (March1956): 42–47. Drawn from the first Morison title above, this piece recounts the toll of U-boats taken by U.S. escort carrier groups during the period covered. 3707. Mueller, William. “Liberty in the Kriegsmarine Sights.” Sea Classics X (March 1977): 6–15. The SS Stephen Hopkins vs. the German disguised merchant cruiser Stier in the South Atlantic in September 1942. 3708. Mulligan, Timothy P. “Bismarck Not Ready for Action.” Naval History, February 2001, 20–26. Examination of whether or not the German Bismarck was prepared for action when brought to bay by the Royal Navy. 3709. Museum of Science and Industry. The Story of the U-505. Chicago, 1955. 36 pp. A brief pamphlet which describes how Capt. Daniel V. Gallery’s Guadalcanal group caught the submarine in 1944 and how it later came to rest as a prize exhibit at the museum; illustrated. 3710. Niestle, Axel. German U-Boat Losses During World War II: Details of Destruction. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1998. 305 pp. Comprehensive and definitive compilation of data on every U-boat lost. Covers the same material as Kemp above (entry no. 3680). Based on Admiralty records; well organized and excellent appendices. An essential source for historians of the naval war against Germany. 3711. Noble, Dennis L., and Bernard Nalty. “The Hooligan Navy.” Sea Classics XV (March1982): 52–57. How the Coast Guard formed the Auxiliary Coastal Picket Service, employing volunteer yachts to guard against U-boats in early 1942.

512

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3712. Noli, Jean. The Admiral’s Wolfpack. Translated from the French. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1974. 396 pp. An episodic history of the U-boat campaign from 1939 to 1945 first published in France in 1970 as Les Loups de l’Amiral; based on research in German and British archives, this work adds nothing to Morison, but is illustrated with interesting photographs, and does provide good coverage of submarine strategy and tactics. 3713. Norton, Douglas. “The Open Secret: The U.S. Navy in the Battle of the Atlantic, April–December 1941.” Naval War College Review XXVI (April 1974): 63–83. Shows the undeclared naval war in the Atlantic as a possible infringement on the warmaking powers of Congress, but one which FDR took, despite the Greer and Reuben James incidents, as a way of helping to save Britain from defeat. 3714. O’Connell, James A. “Radar and the U-boat.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXIX (September 1963): 53–65. A detailed look at the use of radar in the Atlantic ASW campaign by the USN; as this author and Guerlac and Boas above contend, this weapon was considered to be one of the most important technical devices employed—and neither writer knew about ULTRA—by the Allies against the Germans in the Atlantic. 3715. Oliver, Edward F. “The Odenwald Incident.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXII (April 1956): 338–342. Describes the salvage of the abandoned German blockade runner Odenwald off the coast of Brazil in November 1941 by the U.S. cruiser Omaha and the destroyer Somers. 3716. Pallud, Jean Paul. “U-Boat Bases in France.” After the Battle 55 (1987): 1–46. A “then and now” look at the U-boat bunkers at St. Nazaire and other French ports. 3717. Paterson, Lawrence. U-Boats in the Mediterranean, 1941–1944. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2007. 208 pp. Study of German U-boat strategy in the Mediterranean and of the U-boats that navigated past Gibraltar and operated within the area. 3718. ——. U-Boat War Patrol: The Hidden Photographic Diary of U-564. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2006. 206 pp. Lavishly illustrated glimpse of daily routine of crewmen of U-564 commanded by “Teddy” Suhren in the Atlantic and Caribbean in the summer of 1942. 3719. ——. The Second U-Boat Flotilla. London: Leo Cooper, 2003. 224 pp. Personal reminiscences of veterans of the U-boat arm of service with a unit that lost two boats and their Enigma cipher machines due to capture.

The War at Sea

513

3720. ——. The First U-Boat Flotilla. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2002. 300 pp. Covers operations of U-boats of the flotilla in the Battle of the Atlantic. Based on the unit war diary. 3721. Peillard, Leonce. The Laconia Affair. Translated from the French. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1963. 270 pp. A French historian’s detailed study of the origin of Admiral Dönitz’s directive to his submarines not to rescue the victims of torpedoed Allied ships caused, so the Germans maintained, because an AAF B-24 Liberator bombed a German submarine attempting to help the survivors of the Laconia. Compare with the shorter Mauer and Paszek article cited above. 3722. Pitt, Barrie. The Battle of the Atlantic. World War II Series. Alexandria, Va.: Time-Life Books, 1977. 208 pp. A pictorial history of the Allied-German naval war from 1939 to 1945 which includes coverage not only of the U-boat campaign but also of the destruction of such Nazi surface units as the Bismarck; many of the photographs were taken by Life magazine cameramen on the scene. 3723. Polmar, Norman. “Protecting the Sea Lanes of Communication.” Sea Power CIII (September 1977): 11–16. A brief overview of the Battle of the Atlantic with emphasis on lessons applicable today. 3724. Pratt, Fletcher. “Caribbean Command.” Harpers CLXVIII (February 1944): 232–241. A contemporary look at the Caribbean Sea Frontier, the USN command responsible for patrolling and defense of the area from Cuba to French Guiana. 3725. ——. “The South Atlantic: A Diplomatic Campaign.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXIV (June 1948): 691–699. Considers the operations of Vice Admiral Jonas Ingram’s U.S. Fourth Fleet from its base at Recife, Brazil, March 1941–July 1945. 3726. Price, Alfred. Aircraft Versus Submarines. London: William Kimber, 1973. 268 pp. Based mostly on the British experience, this is an episodic account of the growth of aircraft employment in ASW since 1912; does cite a few instances of American use in the Atlantic war of 1941–1945. 3727. Pullen, T. C. “Convoy O.N. 127 and the Loss of HMCS Ottawa, 13 September 1942: A Personal Reminiscence.” The Northern Mariner 2, No. 2 (1992): 1–27. The author of this informative first-hand account survived the sinking of his ship, the destroyer Ottawa, during the one-sided battle to protect convoy ON 127. Pullen provides a dispassionate but moving account of the torpedoing and the tragic loss of naval and merchant seamen.

514

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3728. Raithel, Albert L., Jr. “Patrol Aviation in the Atlantic in World War II.” Naval Aviation News 76 (September–October 1994): 34–40. A factual account of the 30 U.S. Naval patrol squadrons deployed in the Caribbean, Brazil, and Morocco during the Battle of the Atlantic. Raithel describes the value of improved command, control, and communications procedures, and the advent of Fido, an Allied acoustic anti-submarine torpedo. 3729. Rohwer, Jürgen. The Critical Convoy Battles of March 1943: The Battle for HX 229/SC 122. Translated from the German. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1977. 256 pp. Based on declassified U.S. and British documents, including ULTRA intercepts, this detailed study follows the fate of two convoys from the perspectives of both the submarine and surface forces. Compare with Martin Middlebrook’s study, cited above. 3730. Rouse, Parke, Jr. “Under the Cloak of Night.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CVIII (June 1982): 74–75. How the U.S.S. Roper sank U-85 off Cape Hatteras on April 13, 1942. 3731. The Royal Navy and the Mediterranean. Volume I, September 1939– October 1940; The Royal Navy and the Mediterranean, Volume II, November 1940–December 1941. London: Whitehall History Publishing with Frank Cass, 2002. 178 pp and 318 pp. Reproduction of a highly detailed Naval Staff History of actions in the Mediterranean, including the passage of Malta convoys. Each volume contains a wealth of information on appreciations, plans, and signals in the appendices. (Please see Errata note on p 6 of the Introduction.) 3732. Runyan, Timothy, and John M. Copes, eds. To Die Gallantly: The Battle of the Atlantic. Boulder, Co.: Westview Press, 1994. 347 pp. Collection of essays divided into two parts from 1992 conference sponsored by the Naval Historical Center. Strategic planning and the U.S. concern with Brazil are covered in the first section, American naval operations off the east coast in early 1942 are dealt with in the second. 3733. Sanders, Jacquin. A Flight Before Christmas. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1963. 320 pp. Details the torpedoing of the Belgian liner Leopoldville on December 24, 1944, with great loss of life to the soldiers of the U.S. 66th Division. 3734. Sarty, Roger F. Canada and the Battle of the Atlantic. Montreal, Que.: Art Global, 1998. 167 pp. A brief account of the Battle of the Atlantic from the Canadian perspective. 3735. ——. “The Limits of Ultra: The Schnorkel U-Boat Offensive Against North America, November 1944-January 1945.” Intelligence and National Security 12 (April 1997): 44–68.

The War at Sea

515

Sarty demonstrates in this thoughtful article that the new tactics of schnorkel-equipped U-boats partially nullified the effectiveness of ULTRA and portended significant difficulties for Allied anti-submarine forces. 3736. Savas, Theodore P., ed. Hunt and Kill: U-505 and the U-Boat War in the Atlantic. New York: Savas Beatie, 2004. 320 pp. The story of the capture of U-505 and the information gained from examination of it. 3737. Schneph, Edward. “Alles Getoten! The Death of the U-Boat Service.” Sea Classics 19 (December 1986): 68–72. The defeat of Germany and the transmission of the surrender announcement by Dönitz. 3738. ——. “Not for Glory.” In: Alden Price, ed. Sea Raiders. North Hollywood, Ca.: Challenge Publications, [1965?], pp. 173–191. The SS Stephen Hopkins vs. the German raider Stier in the South Atlantic. 3739. ——. “The U.S. Navy Armed Guard in World War II.” Sea Classics XVI (January 1983): 44–47, 70–75. An illustrated piece concerning the USN sailors put aboard merchantmen to operate the AAA and ASW equipment. 3740. Schofield, Brian B. “The Defeat of the U-boats During World War II.” Journal of Contemporary History XVI (January 1981): 119–129. The first major article to detail the role of signals intelligence (ULTRA) in the Allied conquest of the German undersea menace. 3741. ——. The Russian Convoys. Philadelphia, Pa.: Dufour, 1964. 224 pp. A general history of the four-year battle to supply Russia by convoy from Britain to Murmansk, which explains both the German air-andsubmarine strategy and the countermeasures taken by the Allies; includes interesting episodes of action in this climactically most inhospitable of war theaters. 3742. Sea Classics, Editors of. Fighting Hitler’s U-boats. Canoga Park, Ca.: Challenge Publications, 1983. 64 pp. A pictorial history of the Allied–German war for the Atlantic with emphasis on the role of the convoy escorts; one of the better illustrated efforts. 3743. Seagrave, Sterling. “War at Sea Seared Americans Before Pearl Harbor.” Smithsonian XII (November 1981): 100–109. A pictorial account of the undeclared U.S.–German naval war which includes the Greer and Reuben James incidents. 3744. Seth, Ronald. The Fiercest Battle: The Story of North Atlantic Convoy ONS-5, 22nd April–7th May 1943. New York: W.W. Norton, 1962. 208 pp.

516

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II Tells of the successful passage of a large convoy which took fewer losses than those inflicted on the Germans and was considered as marking the final turning point in the Allied struggle with the U-boats; well written, with maps and illustrations.

3745. Showell, Jak P. Mallmann. 7th U-Boat Flotilla: Dönitz’s Atlantic Wolves. Hersham, U.K.: Ian Allan, 2003. 96 pp. A history of the flotilla from its organization in 1938 to the end of the war. 3746. ——. Hitler’s U-Boat Bases. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2002. 198 pp. A detailed, if somewhat personalized, history of the planning, construction, and utilization of each U-boat base built between Trondheim and Bordeaux for the Kriegsmarine. A prolific writer on U-boats, the author argues that the Allied bombing campaign against the bases was ineffective and did more harm to French civilians than it did to the steel-reinforced U-boat bunkers. 3747. ——. U-Boat Command and the Battle of the Atlantic. London: Conway Maritime Press, 1989. 224 pp. Covers technical details, e.g., weapons, radar, of U-boats; line drawings. 3748. Smith, C. Alphonso. “The Battle of the Caribbean.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXX (October 1954): 976–982. 3749. ——. “Martinique in World War II.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXI (February 1955): 168–174. Admiral Smith recalls the U-boat war in the Caribbean Sea Frontier as well as the guarding of elements of the Vichy Navy which had assembled at this French Caribbean island. 3750. Soeten, Harlan. “Caribbean Convoy.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings C (July 1973): 78–82. The author recalls his service on the freighter SS Kahuku, which was sunk out of a Caribbean convoy on June 15, 1942. 3751. Stern, Robert Cecil. Battle Beneath the Waves: The U-Boat War. London: Arms and Armour Press, 1999. 224 pp. Accounts of dramatic incidents in the antisubmarine campaigns of World Wars I and II. 3752. Sternhell, Charles M., and Alan M. Thorndike. Antisubmarine Warfare in World War II. OEG Report, No. 51. Washington, D.C.: Operations Evaluation Group, Office of the Chief of Naval Operations, Department of the Navy, 1946. 193 pp. Originally classified, this document describes, with charts and maps, the development of effective USN antisubmarine procedures after mid-1942, including information on the hunter-killer groups. 3753. ——. The Battle of the Atlantic and Signals Intelligence: U-Boat Tracking Papers, 1941–1947. Aldershot, U.K./Burlington, Vt., 2002. 464 pp.

The War at Sea

517

A selection of 175 documents issued by the Admiralty Operational Intelligence Centre that bear on the security of Allied communications, the functioning of the Secret Room on the COMINCH’s Combat Intelligence Center, German reactions to the possible compromise of the Enigma system, and more. A rich source for understanding the intelligence aspect of the Battle of the Atlantic. 3754. Steury, Donald P. “Naval Intelligence, the Atlantic Campaign and the Sinking of the Bismarck: A Study in the Integration of Intelligence into the Conduct of Naval Warfare.” Journal of Contemporary History 22 (April 1987): 209–33. An excellent account of the use of intelligence from diverse sources to shape the hunt for and destruction of the Bismarck. 3755. Swettenham, John A. Canada’s Atlantic War. Toronto, Ont.: Samuel Stevens, 1979. 154 pp. A concise history of the Royal Canadian Navy’s fight against U-boats. 3756. Syrett, David, ed. The Battle of the Atlantic and Signals Intelligence: U-Boat Situations and Trends, 1941–1945. Aldershot, U.K./Brookfield, Vt.: Ashgate, 1998. 628 pp. A selection of the wartime Admiralty U-boat Situation and Trends Reports that reported U-boat positions and developments. Contains an introduction by Commander Knowles of the USN’s U-boat tracking organization. One of the most authoritative sources of information on U-boats during World War II. 3757. ——. The Defeat of the German U-Boats: The Battle of the Atlantic. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 1994. 344 pp. An analytical study of “how and why the U-boats were defeated in the North Atlantic during the period April to December 1943.” Syrett, who treats the Battle of the Atlantic “as the longest, largest, and most complex naval battle in history,” credits the Allied victory to superior communications intelligence and electronic devices, tactical advances, and skill in applying superior resources. 3758. ——. “The Sinking of HMS Firedrake and the Battle for Convoy ON 153.” American Neptune 51 (Spring 1991): 105–111. An informative article that highlights that weather and delays in decrypting and forwarding intercepts compounded the difficulties faced by convoy escorts. Syrett stresses the effects of air power on the outcome of the battle for ON 153 in December 1942. 3759. ——. “The Safe and Timely Arrival of Convoy SC 130, 15–25 May 1943.” American Neptune 50 (Summer 1990): 219–27. An excellent examination of the importance of communications intelligence to both sides and the vital nature of air support for convoys in the Battle of the Atlantic. Syrett underscores the importance of all sources of sigint, including HF/DF, and of very long-range (VLR) B-24s in

518

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II protecting SC 130, one of the pivotal actions of the longest naval campaign of the war.

3760. Taylor, Theodore. Fire on the Beaches. New York: W. W. Norton, 1958. 248 pp. The story of the U-boat campaign off the U.S. east coast in the months immediately following Pearl Harbor and the USN development of effective inshore convoy and patrol operations to combat the German menace. 3761. Thomas, Charles W. Ice Is Where You Find It. Indianapolis, In.: BobbsMerrill, 1951. 378 pp. Memoirs of the wartime Greenland Patrol by the one-time captain of the Coast Guard icebreaker Northland who later commanded the entire operation. Includes insight into the seemingly endless hunt for Nazi weather stations and the impact of Arctic gales on the men under his command. 3762. Thompson, Lawrence R. The Navy Hunts the CGR-3070. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1944. 150 pp. Describes the epic of the converted yacht Zaida which was lost in the North Atlantic for 21 days in December 1942; based on the memories of the Coast Guard personnel who survived the ordeal. 3763. “Three Down and One to Go.” All Hands, May 1954, 2–5. The story of the noteworthy ASW performance turned in by the destroyer escort Bronstein between February and April 1944. 3764. Townsend, Thomas. “Armed Yacht.” Sea Classics XII (March 1979): 18–23. Recollections of the yacht Avanti, which served as a member of the Coast Guard’s Auxiliary Coastal Picket Service in early 1942. 3765. van der Vat, Dan, with Christine van der Vat. The Atlantic Campaign: World War II’s Great Struggle at Sea. New York: Harper & Row, 1988. 424 pp. An uneven account of the Battle of the Atlantic from the British perspective. The author omits discussion of the complexities of convoy strategy and errs in repeating the unfounded contention that the U.S. Navy neglected convoys. 3766. Walling, Michael G. Bloodstained Sea: The U.S. Coast Guard in the Battle of the Atlantic, 1941–1944. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2005. 320 pp. Walling makes good use of interviews and diaries to tell the story of the Secretary-class cutters manned by the Coast Guard in the Battle of the Atlantic. 3767. “War in the Caribbean Basin.” Surface Warfare VII (September 1982): 4–7. An overview of German U-boat attacks on Allied merchant shipping in the Caribbean in 1942 and the efforts initiated by the USN to establish effective countermeasures.

The War at Sea

519

3768. Waters, John M., Jr. Bloody Winter. Princeton, N. J.: Van Nostrand, 1967. 279 pp. An account of the ordeal of the North Atlantic convoys during the winter of 1942–1943 is provided by a Coast Guard captain who served with an escort; graphic accounts of the difficulties of serving and fighting in the awful weather conditions are described, as well as battles surrounding a number of convoys, including SC-118, 3769. ——. “The Saga of Convoy SC-118.” Sea Classics XVI (May 1983): 64–70, 83. Recollections of the March 1943 convoy battle in which eight Allied merchantmen and three German U-boats were sunk; compare with Rohwer and Middlebrook, cited above. 3770. ——. “Stay Tough.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings XCII (January 1966): 95–105. A concise remembrance of the ordeal of convoy SC-118 by a participant in its defense. 3771. Watts, Anthony. The U-boat Hunters. London: Macdonald and Janes, 1976. 192 pp. The Allied ASW war against Germany is retold in a well-illustrated account which pays particular attention to the development of the technology which finally drove Dönitz’s wolfpacks from the Atlantic. 3772. Wenzell, Ronald. “ ‘Mined.’ ” Sandlapper, November 1980, 64+. Coping with mines dropped by U-boats in the harbor of Charleston, S.C. 3773. Werner, Herbert A. Iron Coffins: A Personal Account of the German U-boat Battles of World War II. Translated from the German. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1969. 329 pp. A straightforward, unromanticized memoir of daily life aboard German submarines in the Battle of the Atlantic by one of the few surviving U-boat commanders; illustrated with interesting black and white photographs. 3774. West, Fred. “Invisible Convoys.” Sea Classics XIV (May 1981): 62–64. Follows the service of the U.S.S. Roe in the undeclared U.S. naval war with Germany in the Atlantic during the fall of 1941. 3775. White, David Fairbank. Bitter Ocean: The Battle of the Atlantic, 1939–1945. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2006. 352 pp. Survey of the Allied battle against German U-boats and the technological developments that shaped the course of the struggle that led to the defeat of the Kriegsmarine. 3776. Williams, Andrew. Battle of the Atlantic: Hitler’s Gray Wolves of the Sea and the Allies’ Desperate Struggle to Defeat Them. New York: Basic Books, 2003. 304 pp. An evocative account of the “decisive naval battle” of the war by

520

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II a historian and documentary film producer. Relies on interviews with participants from both sides.

3777. Williams, Kathleen Broome. Secret Weapons: U.S. High-Frequency Direction Finding in the Battle of the Atlantic. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1996. 290 pp. An insight account of the importance of HF-DF technology in the U.S. antisubmarine campaign. Williams asserts that Admiral Ernest J. King delayed the introduction of U.S.-developed “huff-duff” equipment and that the Germans failed to comprehend its importance. 3778. Williamson, Gordon. Wolf Pack: The Story of the U-Boats in World War II. London: Osprey Publishing, 2006. 272 pp. Illustrated and detailed descriptions of U-boat Types I–XXIII integrated with personal accounts of the experiences of U-boat crewmen. 3779. Willoughby, Malcolm F. The U.S. Coast Guard in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1957. 347 pp. A specific Coast Guard portrait of its role in the naval war, serving as part of the USN; describes CG domestic and combat operations, especially its work on inshore patrol and convoy escort in the Battle of the Atlantic. 3800. Wise, James E., Jr. “U-boats Off Our Coasts.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings XCI (October 1965): 84–101. A pictorial which clearly shows the depredations by German submarines against U.S. east coast shipping in early 1942. 3801. ——. “Victory of the Woolworth Brigade.” Sea Classics VIII (September 1975): 48–59. A description of the role, operations, and impact of USN escort carriers in the Battle of the Atlantic, 1942–1944. 3802. Wragg, David. Sacrifice for Stalin: The Cost and Value of the Arctic Reassessed. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2005. 230 pp. A reconsideration of whether or not the materials delivered to the Soviet Union via Murmansk and Archangel was worth the cost in lives and ships. Wragg suggests that the cost of the Arctic convoys was excessive. 3803. Y’Blood, William T. Hunter-Killer: U.S. Escort Carriers in the Battle of the Atlantic. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1983. 288 pp. Y’Blood offers a vivid you-are-there narrative and in-depth study of U.S. CVEs versus Nazi U-boats in the Atlantic, 1942–1945, with emphasis on the conflict in antisubmarine warfare as seen from the cockpit; illustrated with 50 photographs and drawings. 3804. Yeager, Philip B. “The Stormy Romance of the ‘Pickleboat.’ ” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings XC (January 1964): 66–75. Portrays the ASW career of the destroyer escort Fogg (DE-57), which was torpedoed and sunk in December 1944.

The War at Sea

521

D. Sea Weapons, Uniforms, and Markings Introduction: The amount of information available in English concerning World War II sea weapons, uniforms, insignia, and camouflage/markings is huge. Given that consideration and the need to employ space for references to other sources in the conflict, the citations noted below are selective and, for the most part, concern key items that have appeared within the last decade. The literature on topics treated in this part has also been covered in several of the bibliographies cited in Section I:A above, especially the three volumes of Myron J. Smith’s World War II at Sea. The order of arrangement here is: Warships; Warplanes; Sea Weapons; and Uniforms, Insignia, Markings. 1. Warships Introduction: Although the U.S. Navy and Coast Guard employed every major and minor class of warship in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO, a few stand out more than others: cruisers, destroyers and other escorts, and light carriers. The citations below for the most part reflect these ships. Readers should note that additional warship data is available in the other parts of this section. 3805. Alden, John D. Flush Decks and Four Pipes. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1965. 107 pp. An illustrated history of the famous “four-stack” destroyers built during World War I and which constituted over a third of the tin-cans available to the USN at the time of Pearl Harbor, even after 50 of them were transferred to Britain in 1940. 3806. Bailey, Chris Howard. The Royal Navy Museum Book of the Battle of the Atlantic: The Corvettes and Their Crews: An Oral History. Stroud, U.K.: Alan Sutton, 1994. 156 pp. A history of corvettes of Flower class; illustrated with line drawings and black and white photographs, 3807. Bellow, Steve. “Evolution of the Destroyer, 1904–1981.” All Hands, April 1982, 32–37. An overview of the different destroyer classes built for the USN, including those employed in World War II; illustrated with black and white photos and some color drawings. 3808. Beyer, Kenneth M. Q-Ships versus U-Boats: America’s Secret Fleet. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 236 pp. An uneven account of the largely unknown Q-ships commissioned by the U.S. Navy to trap U-boats. Although informative, the author errs in attempting to blend fiction and speculation with factual narrative. 3809. Bunker, John. Liberty Ships: The Ugly Ducklings of World War II. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1972. 304 pp. An exciting history of the design, development, and operations of

522

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II these cargo vessels which saw service in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO; illustrated with hull lines, deck plans, and photographs.

3810. Charles, Roland W. Troopships of World War II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Army Transportation Association, 1947. 374 pp. A detailed look at those merchant ships employed by the U.S. Army to carry troops to the MTO and ETO, many of which did not come under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Navy. 3811. Colledge, J. J., and Henry Trevor Lenton. British and Dominion Warships of World War II. New York: Doubleday, 1968. 638 pp. Illustrations and details of the ships of the Royal and Commonwealth navies. 3812. Cressman, Robert J. USS Ranger: The Navy’s First Carrier from Keel to Mast, 1934–1946. Herndon, Va.: Brassey’s, 2003. 451 pp. This detailed examination of the U.S. Navy’s first purpose-built aircraft carrier; serves as an introduction to evolution of carrier operations in the 1930s and the Ranger’s little-known wartime operations. 3813. Dater, Henry M. “The Development of the Escort Carrier.” Military Affairs XII (Summer 1948): 79–90. Describes the conversion of merchant ships into CVEs and the impact of these small vessels on the Battle of the Atlantic. 3814. Dickey, John L., II. Flush Deck Destroyers, 1917–1955. Waldoboro, Me.: Privately Printed, 2000. 279 pp. A heavily illustrated account of these vessels. 3815. Elliott, Peter. Allied Escort Ships of World War II: A Complete Survey. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1977. 575 pp. Describes the technical and operational history of all classes of Allied escort ships built between 1939 and 1945, including the famous American class called destroyer escorts (DE); illustrated with over 330 photographs and numerous plans. 3816. ——. American Destroyer Escorts of World War II. London: Almark, 1974. 128 pp. This detailed pictorial shows the evolution of the design and alterations made by the U.S. and British navies. 3817. Evans, Robert L., and Fitzhugh L. Palmer, Jr. “ ‘Cinderella Carriers’: A Pictorial.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CII (August 1976): 52–63. Shows CVEs at work in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO during the war. 3818. Friedman, Norman. Modern Warship Design and Development. London and New York: Mayflower Books, 1980. 192 pp. A technical study of the evolution of warship types illustrated with many drawings and photographs.

The War at Sea

523

3819. ——. U.S. Aircraft Carriers: An Illustrated Design History. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1983. 488 pp. A complete technical history of all American carriers from the Langley to the present, including those which fought during World War II; illustrated with hundreds of photos and drawings. 3820. ——. U.S. Destroyers: An Illustrated Design History. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1982. 481 pp. A complete technical history of all American destroyer designs from the turn of the century to the present, including those which fought in World War II; illustrated with hundreds of photos and drawings. Friedman’s three works cited here are the most detailed studies on carriers and “cans” available. 3821. Franklin, Bruce Hampton. Buckley-Class Destroyer Escorts. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1999. 210 pp. A pictorial history of the class. 3822. Gordon, Arthur. “Troopships Are Never Dull.” Infantry Journal LXV (August 1949): 9–12. A look at soldier life aboard the U.S.S. General A. E. Anderson (AP-111). 3823. Hague, Arnold. Destroyers for Great Britain: A History of the Town Class Ships Transferred from the United States to Great Britain in 1940. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1990. 112 pp. Well-illustrated and detailed study of the 50 flush-deck destroyers transferred to Great Britain in exchange for bases in British colonies. The author emphasizes the history and service of the USS Buchanan (DD131) sacrificed in the St. Nazaire raid as HMS Campbeltown. 3824. Haislip, Harvey. “A Memory of Ships.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CIII (September 1977): 48–59. A recollection of wartime American destroyers. 3825. Hannon, E. J., Jr. “Destroyers in Their 60th Year.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXVIII (November 1962): 138–142. A brief overview of the development of destroyers since 1902. 3826. Hoehling, A. A. The Fighting Liberty Ships: A Memoir. Kent, Oh.: Kent State University Press, 1990. 166 pp. Well-illustrated history of the storied class of merchant vessels. 3827. Hoyt, Edwin P. Destroyers: Foxes of the Sea. Boston, Ma.: Little, Brown, 1969. 151 pp. This destroyer history emphasizes operations by the little warships, with major emphasis on World War II and the Battle of the Atlantic. 3828. Jaffe, Walter. The Victory Ships from A to Z. Benicia, Ca.: The Glencannon Press, 2006. 402 pp.

524

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II A factual account of the origin and construction of the class, plus abbreviated history of every U.S.- and foreign-government owned and commercial Victory ship built.

3829. Kohl, Fritz, and Everhard Rössler. Type-XXI U-Boat Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press. 2002. 127 pp. A history of the genesis and development of the technologically advanced Type-XXI submarine that arrived too late to change the outcome of the Battle of the Atlantic. 3830. Land, Emory S. “The ‘Wheelhorse’ of World War II.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXIV (August 1958): 119–122. A tribute to the effectiveness of the common-design Liberty ship. 3831. Lavery, Brian. Churchill’s Navy: The Ships, Men and Organisation 1939–1945. London: Conway Maritime, 2006. 287 pp. Descriptions of Royal Navy organization and illustrations of ship types. 3832. Lenton, Henry T. American Battleships, Carriers, and Cruisers. Navies of the Second World War. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1968. 160 pp. Divided into sections by the three classes of warship, this handy little compendium provides brief statistical data, photos, and comparison information. 3833. ——. American Fleet and Escort Destroyers. Navies of the Second World War. 2 vols. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1971. These handy little guides, one for DDs and one for DEs, provide brief statistical data, photos, and comparison information. 3834. ——. American Gunboats and Minesweepers. World War II Fact Files. New York: Arco, 1974. 64 pp. A brief pictorial guide which provides statistical data and comparison information backed by dozens of photos and drawings. 3835. Lyon, Hugh. “United States.” In his The Encyclopedia of the World’s Warships: A Technical Directory of Major Fighting Ships from 1900 to the Present Day. New York: Crescent Books, 1979, pp. 212–267. Provides technical information on U.S. battleships, carriers, cruisers, and destroyers which fought in World War II together with a variety of photographs and drawings, many in color. 3836. McMurtrie, Francis E., ed. Jane’s Fighting Ships, 1939. New York: Arco, 1974. 550 pp. 3837. ——. Jane’s Fighting Ships, 1944/45. New York: Arco, 1974. 784 pp. These reprints of the finest contemporary warship guides are extremely helpful to those who would have a look at the available information on fighting vessels as seen by those who participated in World War II at sea. Arranged geographically, the work provides valuable statistical and technical data as well as reports on war losses and improvements.

The War at Sea

525

3838. Miller, Richard T. “Sixty Years of Destroyers: A Study of Evolution.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXXVIII (January 1962): 93–111. A pictorial which traces the changes and improvements in American destroyers since 1902. 3839. Milner, Marc, and Ken Macpherson. Corvettes of the Royal Canadian Navy, 1939–1945. St. Catharines, Ont.: Vanwell Publishing, 1993. 174 pp. A history of the development of the corvettes which formed the backbone of RCN escort forces. 3840. Mound, L. E. H. “The Development of Landing Craft.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXI (December 1945): 1124–1129. A brief but still useful study of the development of those craft, few if any of which existed before 1939, for the delivery of troops to shore under combat conditions. 3841. Musgrove, H. E. U.S. Naval ships Data Arranged by Hull Classification. 2 vols. Stoughton, Wi.: Nautical Books, 1975–1977. This somewhat rare volume provides technical data on all USN vessels which received hull classifications after 1920. 3842. Niedermair, John C. “As I Recall—Designing the LST.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CVIII (November 1982): 58–59. On the Anglo-American joint design of the Tank Landing Ship. 3843. Polmar, Norman, et al. Aircraft Carriers: A Graphic History of Carrier Aviation and Its Influence on World Events. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1969. 788 pp. Both a design and operational history, Polmar’s study gives much attention to World War II; illustrated with plans and photographs. 3844. Poolman, Kenneth. Allied Escort Carriers of World War Two in Action. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1988. 272 pp. An account of the carriers that formed the backbone of hunter-killer groups in the Atlantic. 3845. Preston, Antony. Aircraft Carriers. London and New York: Hamlyn, 1979. 192 pp. A pictorial history of carriers from 1918 to the present with emphasis on the war years 1939–1945; illustrated with drawings and photographs, including many in color. Reflects something of a British bias. 3846. ——. Aircraft Carriers. London: Bison Books, 1981. 64 pp. A more concise version of the last entry with the same attributes and limitations. 3847. ——. Destroyers. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1977. 196 pp. Includes technical facts, historical details, and anecdotes on the

526

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II development and use of “cans” by all navies; illustrated with over 300 photographs, many in color. Reflects something of a British bias.

3848. ——. Destroyers. New York: Frederick Fell, 1982. 50 pp. A more concise version of the last entry with the same attributes and limitations. 3849. Raven, Alan. Fletcher-Class Destroyers. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1986. 158 pp. History, drawings, and photographs of the 175 vessels of the class. 3850. Roberts, John A. British Warships of the Second World War. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2000. 160 pp. A large format book containing technical plans of aircraft carriers, battleships, cruisers, destroyers, corvettes, submarines, support vessels, and landing craft. For model builders. 3851. Roberts, Leslie. “Little Ships That Saved the Day.” Saturday Evening Post, February 12, 1944, 28–29+. Covers the design and, more important, the Atlantic operations of destroyer escorts through December 1943. 3852. Rottman, Gordon L., with Tony Bryan. Landing Ship Tank (LST)1942– 2002. Botley, U.K.: Osprey Publishing, 2002. 48 pp. Well illustrated, including cutaways, of the design and history of one of one of the essential amphibious vessels of World War II. 3853. Scheina, Robert L. U.S. Coast Guard Cutters and Craft of World War II. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1982. 384 pp. Provides building, outfitting, and operational histories of each CG vessel; organized by vessel type with scale line drawings of the major cutter classes and over 300 black and white photographs. 3854. Sea Classics, Editors of. Sea Classics Special Presentation: A Pictorial Monograph of the Fighting Fleet Class Destroyers. Canoga Park, Ca.: Challenge Publications, 1979. 100 pp. A pictorial on U.S. destroyers during World War II, including those employed in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO. The illustrations are particularly rewarding. 3855. Silverstone, Paul. U.S. Warships of World War II. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1965. 442 pp. A small and handy compendium which is arranged by class and provides technical detail for warships large and small; illustrated with photographs. 3856. Stern, Robert Cecil. Type VII U-Boats. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1991. 160 pp. The Type VII was the mainstay of Dönitz’s U-boat force; 709 were built during the war. In five chapters and three appendices, Stern tells the

The War at Sea

527

technical history of the class, with particular emphasis on weapons and targeting systems. 3857. Terzibaschitsch, Stefan. Escort Carriers of the U.S. Navy. Translated from the German. New York: Rutledge Press, 1981. 224 pp. The Federal Republic’s leading World War II USN authority here provides an interesting guide to CVEs which concentrates on design and technical development; illustrated with a large number of drawings and photographs, many from the Bibliotek für Zeitgeschichte in Stuttgart. 3858. Entry deleted. 3859. Thomas, Donald L. “The Four-Stackers.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXVI (1950): 752–757; LXXVII (1951): 86–87. Considers the design and deployment of the flush-deck “cans” from World War I through World War II; illustrated with photographs. 3860. United States. Navy Department. Bureau of Ships. “The ‘Tin Can’ Navy.” Bureau of Ships Journal II (October 1953): 2–9. Details the history of destroyers in the USN from 1890 to 1953, with major emphasis on the war years 1941–1945. 3861. ——.——. Naval Historical Center. Destroyers in the United States Navy. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1962. 40 pp. A brief pictorial pamphlet which discusses the use of “cans” by the USN from around 1990 to the present; the largest section is on World War II. 3862. ——.——. Dictionary of American Naval Fighting Ships. 8 vols. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1959–1981. Arranged alphabetically by ship name, this work provides complete information on every warship that ever served in the U.S. Navy after 1775; providing only basic technical detail, the entries concentrate on operational history, history which in number of lines provided grows longer as the work progresses. This is the single best source for operational histories on the majority of combat vessels which fought in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO during World War II. 3863. White, Robb. “Life on an Oilslick.” Flying XXXVII (July 1945): 26–27+. Details the crew and pilot lives of men who served on CVEs. 3864. Whitely, M. J. Destroyers of World War Two: An International Encyclopedia. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1988. 320 pp. Photographs and line drawings of all destroyers designed, built, and commissioned between 1939 and 1945. Includes details of the service of each ship. 3865. Whitley, J. Battleships of World War Two: An International Encyclopedia. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1998. 320 pp. A comprehensive guide to the battleships of Great Britain, the United States, France, Germany, Japan, the Soviet Union, and minor powers. Describes the history of each class; photographs and line drawings.

528

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3866. Willmott, H. P. Battleship. London: Cassell, 2002. 352 pp. Well-researched and judicious history of the class from the turn of the century through World War II. Willmott considers the rationale underlying the development and significance of battleships. 3867. Wise, James E., Jr. U505: The Final Journey. Annapolis. Md.: Naval Institute Press, 2005. 204 pp. Well-written history of U-505, including its June 1944 capture, and circumstances surrounding its subsequent preservation and display at the Chicago Museum of Science and Industry. 3868. Wragg, David. The Escort Carrier in World War II. Barnsley, U.K.: Pen and Sword Books, 2005. 232 pp. The history of combustible, vulnerable, and expendable “Woolworth” carriers that were crucial to victory in the Battle of the Atlantic. 3869. Wyckoff, Don P. “ ‘Let There Be Built Great Ships. . . .’ ” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings CVIII (November 1982): 50–57. Examines the Anglo-American conception of various landing craft which were then built in U.S. yards for World War II amphibious invasions. 3870. Wynn, Kenneth. U-Boat Operations of the Second World War. 2 vols. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1997–1998. 674 pp. Well-organized and highly detailed chronicle of over 1200 vessels built. Identifies place of construction, operations engaged in, commanders, significant incidents, and final disposition of each vessel. Volume I covers U-1 through U-510, Volume II U-511 through U-1525. 3871. Yates, Brock W. Destroyers and Destroyermen: The Story of Our Tin-Can Navy. New York: Harper, 1959. 207 pp. A narrative history of the development of and operations by American destroyers from 1900 to the mid-1950s which emphasizes life aboard and the use of “cans” during World War II. 2. Warplanes Introduction: The U.S. Navy operated its own air force during World War II, an organization which won considerable glory especially in the Pacific. In the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO, USN aircraft also saw service, flying from small carriers in support of invasions or against U-boats or from land on long patrols over the North and South Atlantic, some of which work was conducted by lighterthan-air blimps. The citations in this part look at some of the Navy aircraft employed relative to the subject of this guide. Additional citations of a general nature can be found in Section III:E:1 above as well as in the bibliographies cited in Section I:A. 3872. Aubuchon, Norbert. “Wildcat: The Lethal Loser.” Flying XCII (January 1973): 36–43.

The War at Sea

529

A close look at the F4F, a tubby fighter which saw action from the decks of CVEs in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO. 3873. “Avenger.” Air Classics V (February 1969): 38–54. A heavily illustrated history of the Grumman TBF torpedo bomber which, in the Atlantic, was fitted with ASW bombs and flown from CVEs. 3874. Bishop, John. “ ‘Dumbo’: The Magnificent Navy PBY.” Saturday Evening Post, August 5, 1944, 12–13+. A human-interest portrait of the Catalina patrol aircraft widely employed during the Battle of the Atlantic. 3875. Cassangneres, Everett. Consolidated PBY Catalina. Aircraft in Profile, No. 183. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1967. 15 pp. A brief design, evolution, and technical history backed by a variety of drawings and photographs, including some in color. 3876. Forbes, Esther H. “Guardians of the Convoys.” Aviation XLI (November 1942): 197–199. A brief look at USN blimps on inshore patrol off the east coast. 3877. Greene, Frank L. “Addendum to the Wildcat Story.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal VII (Spring 1962): 46–47+. 3878. ——. Grumman F4F-3 Wildcat. Aircraft in Profile, No. 49. Windsor, U.K.: Profile Publications, 1966. 15 pp. 3879. ——. The Wildcat Story: History of the Grumman F4F Wildcat. Bethpage, N.Y.: Grumman Aircraft Engineering Corp., n.d. These three citations present detailed technical and developmental data on the Wildcat; all are illustrated with drawings and photographs, some in color. 3880. Harkins, Philip. “Blimp Patrols Guard the Coast.” Science Digest XIII (January 1943): 91–93. Concerns the operations of Navy semi-rigid airships in the Battle of the Atlantic; little technical detail. 3880a. Huse, Robert E. “Maintaining Sub Killers.” Aviation XLII (December 1943): 128–135. Describes the maintenance effort required to keep USN blimps aloft. 3881. Jackson, Berkley R., and Thomas E. Doll. The Grumman TBF/TBA Avenger. Fallbrook, Ca.: Aero Publishers, 1970. 60 pp. A technical and operational history told with a wide-ranging variety of photographs and drawings; provides some attention to TBF/TBM use in the Atlantic. 3882. Johnsen, Frederick A. Bombers in Blue: PB4Y-2 Privateers and PB4Y-1 Liberators. Glendale, Ca.: Aviation Book Co., 1979. 28 pp.

530

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II This oversize pictorial paperback is slim on text and wide on the use of photographs to tell the story of these two land-based USN patrol bombers on ocean patrol during World War II.

3883. Mundorff, George T. “The Catalina Patrol Bomber.” Aerospace Historian XXIII (December 1976): 217–222. An appreciation of the capabilities of the PBY on ocean patrol. 3884. Pininich, R. G., Jr. “Blimps on Patrol.” Aero Digest XLIII (July 1943): 116–117+. 3885. ——. “Blimps Return to the War: Naval Lighter-than-Air Craft on Submarine Patrol.” Aviation XLI (October 1942): 207–210. A pair of appreciations for the long-range convoy protection afforded by the slow but high-endurance blimps in the Atlantic. 3886. Pratt, Fletcher. “The Blimp, All-American Sub-Fighter.” Reader’s Digest XLI (September 1942): 63–66. 3887. ——. “Blimps.” Infantry Journal LII (February 1943): 34–38. Two more appreciations of the effectiveness of the blimp in patrol work over convoys off the U.S. east coast and in the Atlantic. 3888. Quinn, D. C. “Confessions of a PBM Pilot.” Air Classics XII (May 1976): 72–79. The author recalls how he flew the Martin Mariner patrol bomber over the Atlantic with squadron VP-214 in 1944; includes information on the aircraft. 3889. Rust, Kenn C. “Army Cats.” Air Classics VIII (November 1971): 11–16. Examines the U.S. Army use of Catalina patrol bombers (OA-10s) for rescue work in the English Channel. 3890. Scarborough, William E. “The Consolidated PBY: Catalina to Canso.” American Aviation Historical Society Journal XVI (Spring 1971): 27–38; (Summer 1971): 112–123; (Fall 1971): 200–203. Examines the design, deployment, and use of the PBY with much attention to technical detail; illustrated with drawings and photos. 3891. ——. PBY Catalina in Action. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1983. 48 pp. In Aircraft No. 62, Scarborough details the history and development of the noted flying boat in a pictorial valuable for its 3-view drawings, marking schemes, and many photographs, some in color. 3892. Settle, T. G. W. “Lighter-than-Air.” Flying XXXII (February 1943): 184–186. Remarks on the performance characteristics of USN blimps which made them excellent patrol and convoy escorts. 3893. Stimson, Thomas E., Jr. “Gas Bags on Patrol.” Popular Mechanics LXXIX (June 1943): 34–39.

The War at Sea

531

3894. ——. “Riding the Gas Bag Patrol.” Popular Mechanics, LXXXIV (July 1945), 65–69. Provides information on the use of USN blimps and data on what it was like to fly in one during an extended ocean patrol. 3895. Sutherland, Mason. “Aboard a Blimp Hunting U-boats.” National Geographic Magazine LXXXIV (July 1943): 79–96. Similar to the last entry with much human-interest material on the crews and a variety of interesting photographs. 3896. Swanborough, F. Gordon, and Peter M. Bowers. United States Navy Aircraft Since 1911. 2nd ed. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1977. 545 pp. Presents a detailed look at every aircraft examined or employed by the USN after 1911, including many employed in the Atlantic, MTO, and ETO; illustrated with diagrams, drawings, and photographs. The best single-volume source for technical information on the World War II types. 3897. Thorburn, Lois and Donald. No Tumult, No Shooting: The Story of the PBY. New York: Henry Holt, 1945. 148 pp. A narrative history of the design and, more important, the use of the Consolidated patrol bomber in all theaters during the war. 3898. Tillman, Barrett. Avenger at War. New York: Scribners, 1980. 128 pp. A profile of the versatile Grumman TBF told from the viewpoint of the men who flew it, including anecdotes of its Atlantic service as an ASW aircraft flying off jeep or escort carriers; oversize and illustrated with 176 black and white photographs. 3899. ——. The Dauntless Dive Bomber in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1976. 192 pp. A design and operational history of the SBD dive bomber, which was employed operationally by the USN during the TORCH landings in North Africa; provides comments from air crew and a large variety of illustrations. 3900. ——. Wildcat in World War II. Annapolis, Md.: Nautical and Aviation Publishing Co., 1983. 265 pp. A design and operational history of the F4F fighter which flew from U.S. escort carriers during several MTO/ETO invasions and was the standard interceptor carried aboard CVEs during the Battle of the Atlantic; illustrated with many photographs. 3901. United States. Navy Department. Bureau of Aeronautics. Operational History of the Flying Boat, Open-Sea and Seadrome Aspects, Selected Campaigns, World War II. Prepared by Michael G. Kammen. Washington, D.C., 1959. 133 pp. A brief but fairly technical operational history of USN flying boats,

532

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II including the PBY, in the war, including the operations in the Atlantic and ETO.

3902. ——.——.——. Naval Airship Training and Experimental Command, Lakehurst, New Jersey. “They Were Dependable”: Airship Operation, World War II, December 7, 1941 to September 1945. Trenton, N.J.: Trenton Printing Company, 1946. 56 pp. This amounts to the “cruise book” for the airship command; illustrated with a variety of photographs which show the crews of the blimps at work and the gas bags on patrol. 3903. Vaeth, J. Gordon. Blimps and U-Boats: U.S. Navy Airships in the Battle of the Atlantic. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1992. 205 pp. The author does not evaluate the effectiveness of blimps as antisubmarine escorts, but he does describe the activities of the 10 airship squadrons deployed by the U.S. Navy during the war. Blimps performed a valuable search and rescue service. 3. Sea Weapons Introduction: I have chosen to note only four works in this section as they are very complete. Additional information on sea weapons can be found among the citations in the bibliographies noted in Section I:A. 3904. Campbell, John. Naval Weapons of World War II. London: Conway Maritime Press, 1985. 403 pp. Authoritative and detailed account of the weaponry of the major naval powers. Detailed text, specifications, and photographs of naval guns, torpedoes, mines, bombs, rockets, and missiles. Contains charts, tables, and diagrams. 3905. Friedman, Norman. U.S. Naval Weapons. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1983. 287 pp. A detailed technical history of every gun, missile, mine, and torpedo employed by the USN from 1883 to the present, with appendices which cover fire-control systems amd other items; illustrated with more than 300 drawings, plans, and photographs. 3906. ——, and Peter Hodges. Destroyer Weapons of World War II. Annapolis, Md.: U.S. Naval Institute, 1979. 192 pp. A detailed comparison of British and U.S. destroyer armament, including guns, mountings, torpedoes, ASW weapons, and electronics; illustrated with 73 line drawings and 150 black and white photographs. 3907. Meigs, Montgomery C. Slide Rules and Submarines: American Scientists and Subsurface Warfare in World War II. Washington, D.C.: National Defense University Press, 1989. 269 pp. A fascinating history of how civilian scientists helped the Allies counter German U-boats. Meigs describes the advances in sonar, radar, and

The War at Sea

533

acoustic torpedoes that resulted from collaboration of military men with scientists of the research and development community. 4. Uniforms, Insignia, Markings Introduction: The citations in this section provide information on the uniforms worn by U.S. sailors during the war and the insignia, camouflage, and markings applied to their aircraft and ships. The list is selective and additional references can be found in certain of the bibliographies cited in Section I:A above, particularly the third volume of Myron J. Smith’s World War II at Sea. 3908. Doll, Thomas E., Berkeley R. Jackson, and William A. Riley. Naval Air Colors. Carrollton, Tx.: Squadron/Signal Publications, 1983. 96 pp. Follows the changes in USN aircraft camouflage and markings during the war years; illustrated with 323 black and white and 6 color photos, 24 charts, and 154 color paintings on 16 pages of color plates. 3909. Hollow, Andrew, and Malcolm McGregor. Naval, Marine, and Air Force Uniforms of World War II. New York: Macmillan, 1976. 231 pp. Over 320 uniforms of the Allied and Axis powers are described with accompanying color illustrations and action photographs. 3910. Rairden, P. W., Jr. “Campaign and Service Medals.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings LXXV (May 1949): 515–521. An illustrated description of the various USN campaign and service medals awarded to officers and seamen during the war. 3911. Riley, David L. Uncommon Valor: Decorations, Badges, and Service Medals of the U.S. Navy and Marine Corps. Tulsa, Ok.: Military Collectors News Press, 1979. 88 pp. The most complete guide to naval badges and service medals, which includes a design history; illustrated by 113 color and black and white photographs. 3912. Rosignoli, Guido. Badges and Insignia of World War II: Air Force, Naval, Marine. New York: Exeter Books, 1983. 363 pp. Traces the history of the badges and insignia of the major combatant services during the war. Includes over 25,000 color illustrations. 3913. ——. Naval and Marine Badges and Insignia of World War 2. Poole, U.K.: Blandford Press, 1980. 167 pp. Descriptions and illustrations of naval insignia of the major belligerents, plus Poland, the Netherlands, and Finland. 3914. Sumrall, Robert F. “Ship Camouflage, World War II: Deceptive Art.” U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings XCIX (February 1973): 67–81. This pictorial piece is the best available on the evolution of USN ship camouflage during the war.

534

The Western European and Mediterranean Theaters in World War II

3915. U.S. Naval Intelligence. Uniforms & Insignia of the Navies of World War II. Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1991. 112 pp. Covers both Allied and Axis navies. 3916. Warner, Jeff. U.S. Navy Uniforms and Insignia, 1940–1942. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2007. 336 pp. A comprehensive study of naval uniforms and insignia. 3917. ——. U.S. Navy Uniforms and Insignia, 1943–1946. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2007. 320 pp. The sequel to entry no. 3916. 3918. ——. U.S. Naval Aviation Flying Clothing and Gear. Atglen, Pa.: Schiffer Publishing, 2007. 320 pp. Clothing worn by Navy and Marine aviators.

Author Index A Abbazia, Patrick 3599–600 Abberger, Thomas J. 1346 Abdul-Jabbar, Kareem 3200 Abrams, Joe I. 3196 Ackerman, Robert W. 1059 Adams, Henry H. 295–98, 371 Adams, Henry M. 2197 Addison, Paul 1061 Adelman, Robert H. 2198–99, 3221 Adkins, A.Z., Jr. 1755 Adkins, Andrew Z., III 1755 Adkins, J., Jr. 3178 Agarossi, Elena 2345 Agte, Patrick 2037, 2105 Ahearn, J. L. 2439 Aimone, Alan C. 81 Akers, Russell F. 2122 Alberts, Robert C. 2045 Albrecht, F. M. 699 Alcorn, Robert H. 548–50 Alden, John D. 3805 Alden, Robert 2440 Alexander, Harold R. L. G. 1756 Allard, Dean C. 249, 263 Allen, Franklin 1523 Allen, Peter 2700 Allen, Robert S. 3013–14 Allen, Sherman 782 Allen, Terry de la Messa 1761 Allen, Thomas B. 163 Allen, William L. 2201 Alsop, Stewart J. O. 550 Altieri, James 3222 Altman, Francis 1829 Alvarez, David 551 Ambrose, Stephen E. 299, 375, 522, 553–54, 1060, 1257, 1712, 1830–36, 1849, 1938, 1992, 1285, 2441–44, 2702–03, 3053 Ammerman, Gale R. 916 Ancell, R. Manning 222 Anderson, Clarence 917 Anderson, Henry H., Jr. 2445 Anderson, Richard C., Jr. 2767 Anderson, Robert A. 1894 Anderson, T. S. 701 Anderton, David 810, 1143 Andidora, Ronald 1624 Andrade, John M. 1598 Andrew, Christopher 556, 617 Andrews, Allen 890 Andrews, John A. C. 1434 Andrews, Paul M. 1483 Angell, Joseph W., Jr. 811 Angelucci, Enzo 1435

Ansisora, Ronald 2386 Antal, John F. 1808 Anzuoni, Robert P. 3036–37 Apter, Howard 3146 Archard, Theresa 702 Archer, John W. 1405 Archer, Jules 1838 Ardery, Philip 1127, 1131, 1164 Argyle, Christopher 187, 196 Armfield, Blanche B. 703 Armitage, Michael 188 Armstrong, Anne 376, 380 Arn, Edward C. 1762 Arnold, Henry H., 890, 908, 921–22, 336, 813–14 923, 1062 Arnold, James R. 2704, 3564 Arnold, Thomas Saint John 3195 Arnold-Foster, Mark 300 Aron, Robert 2447 Arthur, Billy A. 2705 Ashton, George 3565 Assmann, Kurt 2448 Astor, Gerald 2706–07, 3223 Atkins, Richard 1564 Atkinson, Rick 2123, 2204 Aubuchon, Norbert 3872 Auerbach, Bill 3359–60, 3368 Auphan, Gabriel A. 3504 Austin, Douglas 377 Autry, Jerry 1928 Avins, Alfred 2079 Ayer, Frederick 1995 Ayling, Keith 1625, 3562 Axelrod, Alan 116, 1174, 1841, 1996–97

B Babcock, John B. 1763 Babington-Smith, Constance 557 Baile, Hugh 301 Bailey, Chris Howard 3806 Bailey, Mike 1304 Bailey, Ronald H. 815, 848 Bailey, Thomas A. 3603 Baily, Charles H. 3267 Baldridge, Richard 1764, 2124 Baldwin, Hanson W., 378–80, 558, 1713, 2106 2206, 2387, 2449–50, 2708 Balfour, Michael 380–81 Balish, Harry 2454 Balkoski, Joseph 2455–57, 2685, 2709 Ball, Edmond F. 2207 Ballantine, Duncan 705, 719 Bamford, Hal 1128 Bando, Mark 3054–08, 3078 Banks, Arthur 189

535

536 Barber, Charles H. 559 Barber, James 1939 Barber, Laurie 1897 Barbier, Mary Kathryn 569 Barker, A. J. 3329 Barker, James 2594 Barker, M. E. 2208 Barnard, Roy S. 3 Barnes, Gladeon 118, 153 Barnett, Correlli 1714, 3406 Barnhill, David A. 1063 Baron, Richard 2710 Barris, Ted 2458 Barta, Edward J. 3125 Bartz, Karl 816 Bashow, David L. 1129 Bass, Michael A. 3209 Bastable, Jonathan 2459 Batchelor, John 1654, 3265, 3293, 3346, 3350 Bates, Penny 2571 Bath, Allen Harris 561 Battillo, Anthony 2209 Bauchspies, Rollin C. 706 Baudot, Marcel 119–20, 160, 169 Bauer, Eddy 121, 138, 178, 302 Baum, Abe 2710 Baumbach, Werner 817 Baumer, William A. 2248 Bauserman, John M. 2714 Bausum, Henry S. 1940 Bavousett, Glenn B. 1436–37 Baynes, John 1989 Baxter, Colin F. 4 Baxter, Ian 3372 Bayliss, Gwyn 6 Beale, Nick 1015 Beall, Wellwood E. 1184–85 Beardon, Bob 1766 Beaumont, Roger 1130 Beavan, Colin 562 Bechthold, B. Michael 1064–65 Beck, Henry C. 1402 Beckman, Morris 2210 Beebe, Gilbert W. 707 Beecher, John 3606 Beesly, Patrick 556 Beeson, Colin R. 1329 Beevor, Antony 2715 Beitzell, Robert E. 382, 393 Belchem, David 2463 Belfield, Eversley M. G. 2464 Bell, Dana 1599 Bell, Ernest L. 563 Bell, Jasper N. 708 Bell, Paul 2716 Bell, William G. 1998 Bellafire, Judith L. 1626 Bellow, Steve 3807 Bendiner, Elmer 1131 Benford, Timothy B. 123 Bennett, Donald V. 1767

Author Index Bennett, Geoffrey 3407 Bennett, George Henry 2465, 3465 Bennett, John H., Jr. 1384 Bennett, Lowell 3125 Bennett, Ralph 556, 564–67, 697 Bennett, Roy 3405 Benoit, Peter W. 3685 Benson, C. C. 2126 Benson, Louis 568 Bentley, Stewart W. 569 Bercuson, David 124, 3607 Berenbrok, Hans D. 818 Berger, Sid 2466 Berlin, Robert H. 1715, 1842 Bernstein, Walter S. 2211 Berry, Edward S. 3082 Berry, Erich 3408 Berry, Robert B. 3608 Berthon, Simon 383–84 Bertin, F. 3361 Beschloss, Michael E. 385 Best, Herbert 3409 Besterman, Theodore 7, 18 Betson, William R. 2127 Beukema, Herman 225 Beyer, Kenneth M. 3803 Bickell, Craig 2467 Biddle, Tami Davis 819 Bidinian, Larry J. 1132 Bidwell, Shelford 1627, 2128, 2212, 2269, 2399, 2468 Bigelow, Michael E. 1843 Biggs, Bradley 1900 Bight, Charles D. 126 Billard, Tony 709 Billings, Richard N. 3609 Bilstein, Roger C. 250 Bimberg, Edward L. 1628, 2213 Binder, Gary 3254 Binder, James L. 1929 Bingham, James K. W. 2129 Binns, Stewart 190 Birdsall, Steve 1486–88, 1506–08, 1524, 1600 Birdsell, Dale 710, 1671 Birsic, Rudolph J. 1404 Bishop, John 3874 Bishop, Leo V. 3161 Bishop, Patrick 1133 Bivins, Harold A. 10 Black, Robert W. 3224 Blackburn, George 1768–71 Blackman, John L. 3610 Blackstock, Paul 11 Blackwell, Ian 2214 Blair, Clay 1629, 1778, 2685, 3611–12 Blakebrough, Ken 1410 Blakeley, H. W. 2469 Bland, Joellen K. 1941 Bland, Larry L. 251, 1941–42 Blank, Jonas L. 711 Blaxland, Gregory 1716, 2130

Author Index Bliven, Bruce 303, 2470 Block, Geoffrey D. M. 1438 Bloomberg, Marty 12 Blond, Georges 3613 Blore, Trevor 304 Blue, Allan G. 1418, 1509–10 Blum, Howard 2215 Blumenson, Martin 252, 570, 1016, 1629, 1717–19, 1800–01, 1844–45, 1998–2004, 2131–33, 2216–24, 2471–80, 2517, 2685, 2717–18, 3180, 3191, 3505 Blumentritt, Karl-Heinrich von 2577, 2605, 2719 Blunt, Roscoe C., Jr. 1722 Blythe, William J. 3033 Boas, Marie 3659, 3714 Boatner, Mark M., III 223 Boersema, Jim 1982 Boesch, Paul 2720 Boffa, Charles J. 1017 Bogart, Charles H. 3506 Bogart, Leo 1773 Bogdanov, Vitali 2685 Bohanan, Robert D. 13 Bohme, Klaus-Richard 2685 Bohmler, Rudolf 2225 Bolton, Theo E. W. 1067 Bond, Harold L. 2226 Bond, Jeffrey 3614 Bonds, Ray 1631, 3368 Bongard, David L. 37, 2767 Bonn, Keith E. 2481, 2721 Boog, Horst 820 Booth, T. Michael 2482 Botjer, George F. 2227 Bottomley, Norman 1134 Boussel, Patrice 2483 Bove, Arthur P. 1389 Bovee, D. E. 2484 Bowen, Robert M. 3059 Bowen, Vernon 2005 Bowers, Peter H. 1489–90, 1544, 3896 Bowlby, Alex 2228 Bowling, R. A. 3615 Bowman, Martin W. 1067–68, 1371, 1439, 1511 Bowman, Marvin S. 1135 Bowman, Richard C. 3616 Bowman, Waldo G. 712 Bowyer, Chaz 821–22 Bowyer, Michael J. F. 1601 Boyd, Carl 571 Boylan, Bernard L. 1565 Boyle, Robert D. 572 Boyne, Walter J. 823 Bozung, Jack H. 1325 Bracker, Milton 1802 Braden, Thomas 550 Bradford, Ernle 3507 Bradford, George 1632, 3269, 3373 Bradley, John 125

537 Bradley, Mark E. 1136 Bradley, Omar N. 1176–78, 2517 Brady, Lawrence K. 386 Brager, Bruce L. 2229 Bragg, R. J. 3374 Braynard, Frank O. 3566 Breesler, Dean M. 2723 Bregstein, Herbert L. 2393 Brennecke, Jochen 3617 Brereton, Lewis H. 937 Breuer, William B. 387, 573, 2134, 2230, 2485–87, 2724–25 Brewer, John C. 388 Briggs, Richard A. 2726, 3183 Brill, C. F. B. 574 Brinkley, Douglas 127, 2488, 3225 Brinton, Irving B., Jr. 389 Britton, Jack 3375–77 Britton, Tom 1293 Brodie, Bernard 1137 Brooks, Jim 1138 Brooks, Russell M. 424 Brooks, Thomas R. 2231 Brooks, Victor 2489 Brophy, Leo P. 713 Brown, Christopher P. 3378 Brown, Francis 191 Brown, Frederic 3255 Brown, James 3289 Brown, John M. 3508–09, 3567 Brown, John S. 1633, 3186 Brown, K. S. 1440 Brown, Kenneth T. 940 Brown, Louis 714 Browne, Roger J. 1069 Browning, Miles R. 3618 Brownlow, Donald C. 2727 Bruce, Robert 3330 Brucer, Marshall 1634 Brugmans, Hendrick 119 Brulle, Robert V. 1070 Brustat, Fritz 3502 Bryan, Tony 3852 Bryant, Arthur 1792–93 Bryant, Russ 3060 Bryant, Susan 3060 Buchanan, Albert R. 253, 266, 1635, 3410 Buchheim, Lothar-Günther 3619 Bucholtz, Chris 1350 Buckley, John 3620 Buckley, Robert J., Jr. 3411 Budiansky, Stephen 575 Buell, Thomas B. 3492 Buhite, Russell D. 390 Bunker, John 3412, 3621, 3809 Burba, E. H. 2135 Burdt, John D. 2490 Burgett, Donald R. 1795, 2491, 3061–64 Burhans, Robert D. 3226 Burke, John G. 15 Burn, Alan 3622

538 Burns, Dwayne T. 3038 Burns, E. L. M. 1796 Burns, James M. 391 Burns, Ken 365 Burns, Leland 3038 Burns, Richard D. 16 Burns, William 3 Burrell, Brian 3331 Burrer, Douglas 2492 Burriss, T. Moffat 3039 Burton, Earl 3678 Burton, Hal 3132 Bursch, Harold 3623 Busch, Rainer 128 Butcher, Harry C. 1846 Butler, David A. 3413 Butler, Frederic B. 2232 Butler, James R. M. 392 Bykofsky, Joseph 716 Byrnes, Laurence G. 3200

C Cafferty, Shawn 3510 Caidin, Martin 1139–41, 1491, 1530 Cairns, Bogardus S. 2136, 2233 Callahan, Raymond 1636 Calder, James D. 17 Calvert, Michael 180 Calvocoressi, Peter 306, 576, 697 Camelio, Paul 717 Cameron, William R. 1142 Campbell, D’Ann 2685 Campbell, Ian 3624 Campbell, J. Duncan 1602, 3379–80 Campbell, John 3904 Campbell, John D. 1735 Campbell, Rodney 577 Campbell, Roger E. 3174 Cannon, Michael W. 718 Cantwell, John D. 254 Capell, Jack 1797 Carafano, James Jay 2493 Carey, Arthur T. 578 Carigan, William 1512 Carlisle, Norman V. 824 Carlson, Robert H. 2494 Carmon, W. Y. 129 Carnahan, Burrus M. 1143 Carnes, Cecil 976, 1798 Carr, Caleb 2107 Carr, Roland T. 3625 Carrell, Paul 2495 Carroll, Bernice A. 18 Carse, Robert 3626–29 Carson, Kevin 2006 Carson, Kit. 941 Carter, Donald Alan 1847 Carter, J. Anthony 3332 Carter, Joseph 3108 Carter, Kit C. 192, 219, 221

Author Index Carter, M. S. 1943 Carter, William R. 1071 Carter, Worrall R. 719 Carver, Michael 1784, 1851, 2234–35 Carvey, James B. 2137 Cary, James 3270 Cary, Norman M., Jr. 130, 135 Casewitt, Curtis W. 3133 Caskey, Edward A. 579 Cassangneres, Everett 3875 Castens, Edward H. 1406 Cate, James L. 192, 829, 1305, 1314 Cavanagh, William 2729–31 Cavanagh, William C. C. 3206 Cave, Hugh B. 720, 722 Cave-Brown, Anthony 580–81, 612 Cavendish, Marshall 121, 178, 302 Cawthon, Charles R. 1799, 2496–99 Cerra, Frank R. 1378 Ceva, Lucio 428, 2138 Chalfont, Alun 1964 Chalmers, W. S. 3491, 3496 Chamberlain, Peter 3256–59, 3271–74, 3284, 3333–37 Chamberlain, William H. 393 Chambers, John Whiteclay 131 Chandler, David G. 132–33, 2732 Chandler, Harriette L. 2237 Chandler, Stedman 2500, 3381 Chant, Christopher 825–26, 860, 2734–35 Chaplin, William W. 2501 Charles, Roland 3810 Charlton, Fred 1399 Chase, Francis, Jr. 2736 Cherniss, Ruth 2502 Cholewczynski, George F. 2737 Christy, Joe 1531, 1545 Chubarian, Alexander O. 499 Chuikov, Vasili I. 2738 Church, John 3362 Churchill, Edward D. 721 Churchill, Winston L. S. 307–08, 1848 Clagett, John 3489 Clark, Lloyd 2238, 2739 Clark, Mark W. 1803, 2007 Clark, Maurine 1804 Clarke, Bruce C. 2740 Clarke, Jeffrey 2239 Clarke, Jeffrey J. 2503 Clarke, Rupert 1757 Clayton, Anthony 1720 Cleveland, Reginald M. 722 Clifton, C. V. 2240 Cline, Ray S. 394 Cochrane, Alexander S., Jr. 1018 Cochrane, Rexmond C. 713 Coakley, Robert W. 395, 723, 756, 758 Codman, Charles R. 2008 Coffey, Thomas M. 923, 1144 Coggins, Jack 2139 Coker, William S. 1492

Author Index Colbaugh, Jack 3141 Colby, Elbridge 3006 Colby, John 3192 Coldfelter, Mark A. 1145 Cole, Hugh M. 2504–05, 2741–42 Cole, John D. 2140 Coles, Harry C. 495 Coles, Harry L. 582, 594, 1019–20, 1884 Coles, Michael H. 3414 Coletta, Pauolo E. 19 Colgan, Bill 943 Colledge, J. J. 3811 Colley, David P. 2389–90 Collier, Basil 309, 583, 1072 Collier, Paul 2141, 3511 Collier, Richard 584 Collins, J. Lawton 1810 Collins, James L., Jr. 133, 2685 Collins, Larry 2506–07, 2511, 2668 Collison, Thomas 1493 Colon, William 2743 Colton, F. Barrows 723 Colvin, David 1021 Colvin, Ian G. 585, 649 Compton, James V. 396 Congdon, Don 310 Conger, Elizabeth M. 3275 Conley, M. A. 3363 Conley, Manuel 1584 Connell, Charles 2241 Connelly, Mark 1146 Connelly, Michael 1813 Connery, Robert H. 397 Connor, A. O. 2242 Connor, Stanley R. 3002 Constable, Trevor J. 912, 914 Controvich, James T. 20–24 Convesino, Mark J. 1147 Cook, Blanche W. 1849 Cook, C. A. 25 Cook, Dan 1850–51 Cook, Don 1805, 1932 Cooke, Alistair 486 Cooke, Ronald C. 1148 Cookley, Peter 2243 Cookridge, E. H. 586 Cooling, B. Franklin, 3rd 26 Cooper, Belton Y. 3276 Cooper, Bryan 1441–42 Cooper, Herbert J. 1443 Cooper, P. W. 2744 Cope, Harley F. 3512, 3632 Copes, John M. 3732 Copp, DeWitt S. 1149–50 Copp, Terry 3508, 2689–90, 2745 Corgan, Michael T. 397 Cortesi, Lawrence 2746 Corvo, Max 587 Costello, John 2677, 3674 Cotey, Robert 2509 Cottingham, L. B. 2510

539 Cotton, F. Barrows 588 Courtney, William B. 2511 Cowley, Robert 1637 Cox, Roger A. 3338 Cox, Sebastian 973, 1270 Cradell, William F. 1852 Craig, David 1965 Craig, W. H. 2075 Cramer, William L., Jr. 945 Crandell, Bernard W. 984 Crane, Conrad C. 828 Crang, Jeffrey 1061 Cras, Hervé 3504 Craven, Wesley F. 192, 829 Crawford, Kenneth G. 2142 Crawley, Martha L. 249 Cray, Edward 1944 Creal, Richard 589 Creel, George 2747 Cremer, Peter 3633 Cress, J. B. 2748, 2751 Cressman, Robert J. 3812 Creswell, John 3415 Critchell, Laurence 2512, 3065 Cronon, Edmund D. 27 Crookenden, Napier 1638, 2513, 2749 Cross, Roy 1444 Crossman, R. H. S. 1151 Crosswell, Daniel K. R. 2082 Crost, Lyn 3227 Crow, Duncan 3277–80 Crowder, Ed 1152 Cruickshank, Charles 590 Cuff, Robert D. 399, 410 Cull, Brian 1022, 1046 Culp, Dennis K. 1639 Culver, Bruce 3281 Cunningham, Andrew B. 3475 Cunningham, Thomas J., Jr. 1809 Cupp, William L. 946 Currey, Cecil B. 2750 Curtis, Claire E. 2244 Curtis, George H. 260, 286 Curtis, Richard K. 947 Cutler, Bruce 591

D Dabbs, Henry E. 254 Daglish, Ian 2517 Dahlen, Chester A. 1640 Dallek, Robert 400 Dalrymple, John C. 2751 Daly, Hugh D. 3159 D’Amico, Freddnando 1015 Danchev, Alex 402–03, 499, 1794 Dancocks, Daniel 2245 Daniel, Hawthorne 725 Dank, Milton 830, 855 Danysh, Romana 2999, 3001

540 Darby, William O. 2246 Darnall, Jospeh R. 726–29 Daso, Dik Allan 924 Dater, Henry M. 3813 David, Lester 2752 Davidson, Robert S. 1539 Davies, Arthur 2518 Davies, Howard P. 3382 Davies, J. B. 311 Davis, Albert H. 1339 Davis, Benjamin O., Jr. 948 Davis, Brian L. 3383 Davis, Forrest 2247 Davis, Frank 1023 Davis, Franklin M., Jr. 730, 2753–54 Davis, Kenneth S. 1837, 1853, 2434 Davis, Larry 1566–67 Davis, Paul M. 1585 Davis, Richard G. 997–98, 1073, 1153–54 Davis, Vernon E. 404 Dawley, Jay P. 2755 Dawson, W. Forrest 3041 Deacon, Richard 640 Dean, Gardner A. 3030 Deane, John R. 405 Dear, I. C. B. 134 Dear, Wilfred P. 3636 DeBakey, Michael E. 707 DeBlot, Raymond 3513 DeBruhl, Marshall 1074 D’Este, Carlo, 1854, 2009–09a 2111, 2248–49, 2519 Delaforce, Patrick 3282 Delaney, Douglas E. 1912 Delaney, John P. 3187 DeLee, Nigel 2757 DeMoulin, Charles 950 Denfield, Duane 132, 135 Dennis, Peter 1831 DeNormann, J. R. C. 1075, 2907 DeSeversky, Alexander P. 1603 DeTrez, Michel 3228 Detwiler, Donald S. 257 Detzer, Karl W. 929, 1641–42 Deutsch, Harold C. 592 Deveikis, Casey 2521, 2758 Devers, Jacob L. 2250 Devlin, Garard 1643 DeVore, Robert 2251 DeWeerd, Harvey A. 225, 353, 1856–57, 1945 Dews, Edmund 1155 Dial, Jay F. 1540, 1604 Dickey, James 53 Dickey, Philip L., II 3814 Dickson, Paul Douglas 1815–17 Dietrich, Steve E., 2009b Dilley, Roy 3385 Dillion, Katherine V. 2545, 2793 Dimbleby, David 406 DiPhilip, John 3514 Divine, Robert A. 407

Author Index Doherty, Richard 2112, 2522–23 Dohmann, George W. 731 Dole, Robert 1826 Doll, Thomas E. 3881, 3908 Dollinger, Hans 2760 Donahue, Joseph A. 3416 Dönitz, Karl 3486 Doolittle, James H. 952, 1156 Dornbusch, Charles E. 24, 29–30, 34, 60 Dorr, Robert D. 1513 Doubler, Michael D. 1644, 2761 Dougherty, James J. 408 Dougherty, James T. 35 Dougherty, William J. 36, 46 Douglas, Sholto 959 Douglas, W. A. B. 3635–36 Douglas-Hamilton, James 960 Dowling, Christopher 1167, 2437, 2578 Downes, Donald 593 Downs, Kenneth T. 3214 Doyle, Howard J. 3215 Drake, Francis V. 1157 Dranz, Edward F. 3204 Draper, Theodore 2762–64 Dube, Timothy D. 258 Duffin, Allan T. 831 Dugan, James 1158 Dulin, Robert O., Jr. 3650 Dulles, Allen W. 2252 Duncan, W. D. 2766 Dunivan, James 2143 Dunn, Walter S. 409, 433 Dunn, William R. 961, 1553 Dunphie, Christopher 2524 Dupre, Flint O. 891, 925, 954 Dupuy, R. Ernest, 137, 313, 2393, 2525, 2766, 2994, 3217 Dupuy, Trevor N. 37, 2526, 2767–68 Durrance, Tom 1959 Dusenberry, Harris 3134–35 Duus, Masayo 3229 Duvall, Elmer E. 719 Dyer, George 3015 Dziuban, Stanley W. 410, 2253

E Eaker, Ira C. 919, 926–27, 999, 1159–60, 1514 Eales, Anne B. 270 Edelheit, Abraham J. 38 Eden, Anthony 411 Edmison, Mary W. 249 Edmonds, Robin 412 Edmondson, Edward M. 2254 Edmonson, Ross 2769 Edwards, Bernard 3637 Edwards, Kenneth 3568 Edwards, Morris O. 594 Edwards, Stanley E. 965 Egger, Bruce 1721

Author Index Eisenhower, David 1857, 2527–28, 2770 Eisenhower, Dwight D. 1859–63, 2394, 2771–72 Eisenhower, John S. D. 413, 1864, 2255, 2770, 2773, 2777 Eisenhower, Mamie D. 1865 Elliott, DeRonda 2529 Elliott, Peter 414, 3417, 3815–16 Ellis, Christopher 3271, 3283–84, 3364 Ellis, John 138–39, 1645–46, 2256 Ellis, Lionel F. 2395 Ellis, William D. 1809 Ellison, Marvin C. 2774 Ellsberg, Edward 3515, 3569 Ellwood, David 415 Elsey, George M. 3570 Elstob, Peter 2775–77 Elting, John R. 1722 Ely, Robert L., Jr. 732 Emeed, Vic 140 Emerson, William K. 3386 Emerson, William R. 416, 1161–62 Engler, Richard 1892 English, John A. 2685 Enser, A. G. S. 40 Epstein, Laurence B. 733 Erhart, Robert C. 934 Esposito, V. J. 197 Essame, Hubert, 2009c 2257, 2464, 2531, 2778 Estep, Raymond 43 Ethell, Jeffrey L. 102–25, 1030, 1076, 1163–64, 1531, 1545, 1568–69 Eubank, Keith 417 Evans, Christopher 1077 Evans, Mark L. 3638 Evans, Medford 2096 Evans, Robert L. 3817 Ewing, Joseph H. 3143 Exton, Hugh M. 2779, 3007

F Fabyanic, Thomas 48, 425 Famme, J. H. 1515 Farago, Ladislas 595, 3639 Farrar, Arthur 3418 Farrar-Hockley, Anthony H. 1647 Faubus, Orval E. 3152 Featherstone, Donald 2258, 2780 Fehrenbach, T. R. 419, 2259–60 Feis, Herbert 420 Feist, Uwe 2563 Felix, Charles Reis 1893 Fenwick, Amy C. 1585 Ferguson, Arthur B. 3640 Ferguson, John C. 3104 Ferrell, Bruce K. 2781 Ferrell, Robert H. 1866, 2089, 3008 Fetridge, William H. 751, 3419–20 Field, Eugene J. 2532

541 Field, Rudolph 1867 Finch, J. R. G. 2262 Findling, John E. 141 Fines, Rick 3313 Fink, Clinton F. 18 Finlayson, Kenneth 3230 Finley, Max 2533 Finnegan, John P. 608 Fiore, Uldric L:., Jr. 2263 Fisher, David 1697 Fisher, Ernest F., Jr. 2264 Fisher, George J. B., 2009f Fisher, Robert C. 3641 Fitzsimons, Bernard 142, 832 Flammer, Philip M. 596 Fletcher, David 3284 Fletcher, Marvin E. 1821 Florentin, Eddy 2535 Flower, Desmond 315 Floyd, Dale E. 259 Fodor, Denis J. 421 Fogerty, Robert P. 892 Foisie, Jack 734 Foley, Cederic 2536 Foley, William 1895 Follian, John 2265 Foot, Michael R. D. 119, 134, 597–98, 639 Forbes, Esther H. 3876 Ford, Corey 599, 833, 2266 Ford, Ken 2782 Ford, Roger 600 Foregger, Richard 1165 Foreman, John 1078 Forester, Cecil S. 3571 Forstchen, William R. 1767 Fort, George 2053, 2267, 2396, 2995, 3016–17 Forty, Jonathan 3287 Forty, Simon 3288 Fowler, John G., Jr. 1868, 2537 Fowler, Murray H. 3084 Fox, Don M. 3089 Fox, Fredric 2783 Francillon, René J. 1294–95 Francis, Charles E. 1351 Francis, Devon E. 1525 Francois, Dominique 3066 Frandson, Peter 3360 Frank, Stanley B. 2784 Frank, Wolfgang 3642 Frankland, Noble 832, 1166–67, 1283, 2437, 2578 Franks, Norman 1079 Franzi, Emil 3260 Fraser, David 2054 Freedman, Maurice 601 Freeland, C. L. 3577, 3678 Freeman, Roger A. 1307–08, 1316, 1379, 1445, 1494–95, 1516, 1526, 1544, 1570, 1605–07 Freidan, Seymour 2397

542 French, Herbert E. 735 French-Blake, R. L. V. 2261 Fricker, John 834 Friedheim, Eric 1168, 1296 Friedlander, Mark P., Jr. 894 Friedlander, Saul 422 Friedman, Norman 3818–20, 3905–06 Friedrich, Carl J. 602 Friedrich, Jörg 1169 Friendly, Alfred 835 Fromkin, David 423, 1223 Frost, John 2786 Fry, Garry L. 936, 1329–30 Fry, Michael 3572 Fuermann, George M. 3204 Fuller, John F. C. 316 Funk, Arthur L. 46, 424, 603–05, 2144–45 Furtos, Normac 736 Fussell, Paul 1648, 2538 Futrell, Robert F. 836

G Gabel, Kurt 1898 Galbrith, John K. 1170 Galea, Frederick 1022 Gallagher, Wesley 2146 Galland, Adolf 837–38 Gallery, Daniel V. 3643–46 Galvin, John R. 1649 Gander, Terry 3256, 3333 Gann, Harry 1477 Gannon, Michael 3647–48 Gantter, Raymond 1899 Ganz, A. Harding 2108, 2789 Gardiner, Henry E. 2147–48 Gardner, Brian 317 Gardner, K. S. 3069 Gardner, Lloyd 499 Gardner, W. J. R. 3421, 3497, 3649 Garland, Albert N. 1779 Garland, E. Blair 737 Garraty, John A. 227 Garrett, Richard 1650 Garrett, Stephen A. 839 Garrison, Gene 3184 Garzke, William H., Jr. 3650 Gaskill, Gordon 2539–40 Gaston, James 425 Gaujac, Paul 2268, 2541 Gault, Own 1478, 1518, 1586 Gavin, James M. 426, 1651, 1900–03, 2009, 2790–91 Gawne, Jonathan 606, 2542 Gaynor, Frank 143, 147, 161 Gelb, Norman 2149 Gelhorn, Martha 3043–44 Gentile, Don S. 970 Gentile, Gian P. 1181 George, James A. 967 George, Robert H. 1317

Author Index Gerard, Philip 607 Gerdy, Robert S. 1318 Gervasi, Frank 1026–28, 1172–73 Giangreco, D. M. 2543 Gibson, Charles D., 2nd 3651 Gilbert, Adrian 1652 Gilbert, James C. 608 Gilbert, Martin 194, 318, 1653, 2544 Gilbran, Daniel K. 3196 Giles, Henry 2398 Gilliland, C. Herbert 3884 Gilster, Herman L. 840 Girbig, Werner 1080 Glantz, David M. 265 Glassman, Henry S. 3232 Glassmeyer, Clifford 1517 Glines, Carroll V. 952, 1496, 1587 Gnaedinger, L. B. N. 3652 Goda, Norman J. W. 427, 2113 Godfrey, John T. 971 Godson, Susan H. 3487 Goebler, Hans Jacob 3485 Goldberg, Alfred 738, 1000 Goldhurst, Richard 2710 Goldsmith, R. F. K. 1008 Goldstein, Donald M. 2545–46, 2793 Golley, John 972 Golovko, Arsenii G. 3653 Gooch, John 428 Goodenough, Simon 195, 220 Gooderson, Ian 1081 Goodhart, Philip 429 Goodman, Paul 3197 Goolrick, William K. 2794 Goralski, Robert 196 Gordon, Arthur 1174, 3822 Gordon, Bertram M. 144 Gordon, Harold J., Jr. 1904 Gordon, James B. 2795 Gordon, Nancy M. 1904 Gormely, Daniel J. 430 Goulter, Christina J. M. 841 Govan, Thomas P. 3136 Graham, Burton 1175 Graham, Dominck 2072, 2269, 2399 Granatstein, J. L. 399, 410, 1724, 1913 Graves, Donald E. 2597 Gray, John O. 1176 Grayling, A. C. 842 Green, J. H. 2271 Green, Michael 3289 Green, Murray 928 Green, William 1446047 Greenberg, Daniels 431 Greene, Frank L. 3877–79 Greene, Jack 174, 3516 Greene, Laurence 3655 Greene, Michael J. L. 2796 Greene, Ralph C. 2063 Greenfield, Kent R. 432, 477, 480, 788, 1699, 1709, 2477, 2841, 2894, 2952, 3686

Author Index Greenwald, Robert J. 2996 Greet, William C. 145 Gregory, Barry 1654 Gretton, Peter 3486, 3656 Griesbach, Marc F. 3127 Griess, Thomas E. 197 Griffith, Paddy 1655 Grigg, John 433 Grimm, Jacob L. 1415 Grinsell, Robert 893 Grodzinski, John 2547 Groehler, Olaf 820 Gropman, Alan L. 949 Grosvenor, Melville B. 3657 Groth, John 319 Groth, Richard 1366, 1448 Grove, Eric J. 3290, 3685 Grow, Robert W. 434, 2548 Gruenhagen, Robert W. 1571 Guard, Julie 1656 Guarnere, William 1725 Guderian, Heinz G. 2549 Guedalla, Philip 1029 Guerlar, Henry 3659, 3714 Guerney, Jean 3370 Gugliekmi, Daniele 2276 Gun, Nerin E. 2797 Gunston, William 860, 889, 1449–53 Gunther, John 1869, 2114 Gurley, Franklin L. 2798, 3201 Gurney, Gene 843, 894, 1532, 1657 Guttman, Jon S. 3144

H Hadley, Michael L. 3481, 3660 Haggerty, Jerome J. 3233 Hague, Arnold 3661, 3823 Haight, David J. 260, 286 Haislip, Harvey 3824 Hall, Duncan 739 Hall, Grover C. 1331 Hall, Tony 2550 Hall, William C. 2551 Halle, Armin 3291 Hallinan, Ulick Martin 2552 Hallion, Richard P. 844, 1082 Halvorsen, Dick 1454 Hamel, George F. 2799 Hamer, Philip M. 261, 287 Hamilton, C. I. 609 Hamilton, Nigel 1966–70 Hand, Roger 2553 Hanlon, John 2800 Hannon, E. J., Jr. 3825 Hansell, Haywood S. 425, 982, 1179–80 Hansen, Charles J. 1519 Hansen, Chester B. 1781 Hapgood, David 2271 Harbottle, Thomas B. 146 Harbron, John D. 3662

543 Harclerode, Peter 2801 Hardin, Stephen L. 1983 Harding, Thomas C., Jr. 2554 Hardy, M. J. 1572 Hargreaves, Richard 2555 Hargrove, Hondon B. 3198 Harkins, Paul D. 3018 Harkins, Philip 3880 Harmon, Ernest N. 1905, 2802 Harouni, Brahim 2150 Harper, Frank 3137 Harris, Arthur T. 1181 Harris, Dixie R. 796 Harris, Murray G. 740 Harrison, Donald F. 435 Harrison, Gordon A. 2556–59 Harrison, Michael 3573 Harrison, Ronald 1370 Hart, Eric H. 1546 Hart, Henry C. 610 Hart, John W. 919 Hart, Russell 2560 Hart, Stephen Ashley 2400, 3292 Hartcupt, Guy 2401, 3574 Hartman, Ted J. 2803 Harvey, A. D. 2804 Harvey, Stephan 1182 Hasdorff, James C. 262 Haskell, Winthrop A. 3663 Hassell, Agostino von 611 Hastings, Max 1183, 2561–62, 2805 Haswell, Chetwynd 612 Hatch, Alden 2010 Hatcher, Julian S. 3339 Hatfield, David D. 1455 Hattendorf, John B. 2685 Haugland, Vern 1332 Haupt, Werner 2129, 2563 Havers, R. P. W. 2564 Hayes, John D. 263 Hays, Robert G. 633 Heavy, William F. 741 Heckler, Kenneth W. 2806–07, 2988, 3096 Heckman, Hugh M. 3664 Heefner, Wilson A. 2095 Heffron, Edward 1725 Heflin, Woodford A. 147 Hegg, William 1573 Heiber, Helmut 265 Heiberg, Harrison H. D. 2808 Heiferman, Ronald 321 Heimdahl, William C. 264 Heinl, Robert D., Jr. 148 Heinrichs, Waldo 436 Heinz, Wilfred C. 2809 Heitman, John 1184 Heller, Joseph 53 Helm, Sarah 597, 607, 613 Helmreich, Jonathan A. 1185 Hemingway, Ernest 319 Henderson, David B. 1382

544 Henderson, Ian 2402 Hendron, Paul 3517 Hennessy, Juliette A. 1084 Henning, Berthel H. 742 Henry, Thomas R. 3085, 3129 Herman, Frederick S. 3665 Herrick, John O. 3666 Hersey, John 1186, 3667 Herwig, Holger H. 3607 Hesketh, Roger F. 614 Hess, William N. 895–97, 911, 968, 1347, 1479, 1555, 1574 Hessler, Günter 3668 Hewitt, Henry K. 437, 3422, 3476, 3518–21 Hewitt, Robert L. 3147 Heyn, F. S. 1440 Heysek, Thomas R. 2565 Hezlett, Arthur 3423 Hibbert, Christopher 2273, 2810 Hickey, Michael 1658 Hickham, Homer H., Jr. 3669–70 Hicks, Anne 1896 Hicks, Edmond 1187, 1194 Hicks, George 2375 Hicks, Walter E. 1383 Higgins, Trumbull 438–41 Higham, Robin A. 47, 80, 126, 1456 Hildebrand, James E. 1907 Hill, Michael 1408, 1412 Hill, Steven D. 3576 Hillman, Bradford M. 1575 Hills, Robert F. 2274 Hillson, Norman 1758 Hine, Al 2566 Hines, Paul S. 2151 Hines, William 1811 Hinsley, F. H. 615–17 Hirsch, Phil 228, 898, 2818 Hirshon, Stanley P. 2011 Hitchcock, Walter T. 617 Hobart, Frank W. 3346 Hobbs, Joseph P. 1870 Hodges, Peter 3906 Hodges, Richard H. 1021, 1188 Hoegh, Leo A. 3215 Hoehling, A. A. 3826 Hoelle, William J. 1030 Hoffman, Jon T. 2275, 2567 Hoffschmidt, E. J. 879, 3341–42 Hofmann, George F. 3094 Hogan, David W., Jr. 3009 Hogan, Pendleton 2568 Hogg, Ian V. 162, 1659, 3261–65, 3293, 3343–48, 3365 Hogg, John V. 149 Holborn, Hajo 618 Holder, William G. 1497, 1517, 1576 Holderfield, Randal 2569 Holland, Fred R. 1417 Holland, Matthew F. 1871 Holley, Irving B. 983

Author Index Hollis, Leslie C. 327 Hollow, Andrew 3909 Holloway, Bruce K. 1547 Holmes, Harry 1577 Holmes, Julius C. 2152 Holmes, Richard 1660 Holt, Robert 2276 Honeywell, Roy J. 1726 Hopkins, George E. 1189 Hopkins, John A. H. 198 Horne, Alistair 1971 Hottelet, Richard C. 1661, 1909, 2811–12 Hougen, John H. 3148 Houston, Donald E. 3079 Houston, H. N. 743 Houston, Robert J. 2403 How, J. J. 2570 Howard, Fred S. 1190 Howard, John 2571 Howard, Michael 442, 619 Howarth, David A. 2572–73 Howarth, Stephen 3466, 3671 Howe, George F. 2153, 3077 Howse, Derek 3424 Hoyle, Martha B. 323 Hoyt, Edwin P. 1662–63, 2278, 3672–73, 3827 Hubbard, Gerard 1609 Hucker, Robert 1191 Hudson, James J. 1541 Huff, Richard A. 3155 Huffschmidt, Edward J. 3366 Hughes, Terry 2677, 3674 Hughes, Thomas A. 991 Huie, William B. 2081 Humble, Richard 860 Humes, James C. 443 Hummelchen 217 Humphreys, Ritt 626 Hunn, Max 3522 Hunnicutt, R. P. 3294–95 Hunt, Robert 2574 Hunter, Kenneth E. 2404 Hunter, S. J. 2279 Hurd, Charles 929 Hurkala, John 3111 Hurley, Alfred 934 Huse, Robert E. 3871 Hussa, Norman 2280 Husted, H. H. 199 Huston, James A. 744, 845, 1192, 1664–65, 2813, 3153 Huston, John W. 930, 934, 2685 Hutain, Bernard L. 977 Hutchinson, K. G. 2815 Hutton, Bud 1085 Hutton, L. I. 1588 Hutton, Stephen 1375 Hyde, Harford M. 621 Hymel, Kevin M. 2012 Hymoff, Edward 622

Author Index I Icks, Robert J. 3279 Ilfrey, Jack 978 Infield, Glenn B. 1193–95, 2817, 3523 Ingells, Douglas J. 1589 Ingersoll, Ralph M. 2154–55, 2405 Ingram, Jonas H. 3675 Ireland, Bernard 3676 Irgang, Frank J. 745 Irving, David 299, 324, 1196, 2054, 2406 Irwin, Theodore 2818 Isby, David C. 1086, 2407, 2576 Ishyed, David C. 2577 Ivie, Tom 1421

J Jablonski, Edward 847–48, 958, 1178, 1197, 1198 Jackson, Berkley R. 3881, 3908 Jackson, Robert 849–50, 861, 899, 900, 1198 Jackson, William G. F. 444, 1759–60, 2156, 2283–84, 2578 Jacobs, Bruce 2997 Jacobs, William A. 827, 1087, 1199 Jacobson, Hans-Adolf 266, 1666 Jaffe, Walter 3828 James, D. Clayton 492, 1728 Janis, Irving L. 1200 Jarrett, George B. 3297 Jarymowycz, Roman J. 2579 Jeffcott, George F. 746 Jeffers, Paul H. 2062, 3234 Jellison, Charles A. 3524 Jenkins, McKay 3138 Jensen, Richard 278 Jenson, Marvin 2408 Jesse, William R. 2819 Jeudy, J. G. 3367 Jobé, Joseph 3266 Johns, Glover S. 2580 Johnson, Curt 37 Johnson, Danny M. 3019 Johnson, Franklin A. 1917 Johnson, Frederick A. 1501, 1590, 3882 Johnson, Garry 2524 Johnson, Gerald K. 2820 Johnson, John E. 1088 Johnson, Lucius W. 747 Johnson, Robert E. 1201 Johnston, Robert H. 267 Jones, James 325 Jones, Lloyd 1459 Jones, Manfred 466 Jones, Matthew 445 Jones, Philip D. 1667 Jones, R. V. 623 Jones, Robert C. 1610 Jones, Robert W., Jr. 3230 Jones, Thomas T. 730

545 Jones, Vincent 2157 Joswick, Jerry J. 624 Joy, Dean 1918 Judt, Tony 625 Julian, Thomas A. 1202, 1211 Jurga, Robert M. 1668

K Kahn, David 626–28 Kahn, Ely J. 1933, 2998 Kane, John R. 981 Kane, Steve 2821 Kantor, McKinley 918 Karig, Walter 282, 3577, 3677–78 Karle, Betty 1412 Katcher, Philip 3067, 3080, 3388 Katz, Barry M. 629 Katz, Robert 2285 Kauffman, George R. 630 Kaufmann, H. W. 1668 Kaufmann, J. E. 1668 Kays, Marvin 2409 Keasey, Charles B. 2823 Keast, William R. 1692, 1710 Keating, John S. 3525–26 Kecskemeti, Paul 446 Keegan, John 150, 160, 169, 200, 230–31, 326, 1729, 2066, 2581, 2824 Kehde, Ned 15 Kellett, Donald T. 2158–59 Kelly, Charles E. 1919 Kelly, Orr 2160 Kelshall, Gaylord T. M. 3679 Kemp, Anthony 235, 2582 Kemp, Paul 3425, 3680–81 Kemp, Peter 3426, 3682 Kendrick, Douglas B. 748 Kennedy, David M. 152 Kennedy, John 1921 Kennett, Lee 1203, 1730 Kerne, S. Frederick 3349 Kershaw, Alex 1731–32 Kershaw, Andrew 1669–70, 3683 Kershaw, Robert J. 2825 Kerwin, George D. 749 Kerwin, Paschel E. 3527 Kessler, Leo 2826 Kieffer, Chester L. 784 Kiley, Eugene 1204 Kilvert-Jones, Tim 2583 Kimball, Warren F. 447–51, 499 Kimmich, Christoph M. 268 King, Ernest J. 336, 3493 King, J. B. 3252, 3350 King, Michael J. 1818 Kingseed, Cole C. 1733, 1872, 2584, 3076, 3112 Kingsley, F. A. 3427 Kinnard, Douglas 1873 Kirk, John 153

546 Kirkpatrick, Lyman B., Jr. 631, 668 Kitching, George 1925 Kittredge, Tracy B. 632 Kleber, Brooks E. 1671 Klemmer, Harvey 3684 Kluge, Hans Günther von 2661 Knell, Hermann 851 Knickerbocker, H. R. 3113 Knowlton, W. A. 2827 Knox, MacGregor 452, 2115 Knox, Walter K. 750 Koburger, Charles W., Jr. 453 Koch, H. W. 1205 Koch, Oscar W. 633 Koenig, Mayer S. L. 271 Kohl, Fritz 3829 Kohnen, David 634 Kohutka, George A. 2828 Kolko, Gabriel 2237 Komer, R. W. 2286 Korda, Michael 1874 Koskimaki, George E. 2585, 3068 Kothals, A. 2829 Kosnett, Phil 2830 Kotlowitz, Robert 1926 Koyen, Kenneth 2831 Kurson, Robert 3428 Krauskopf, Robert W. 274 Krivitsky, Alexander I. 2832 Kuehl, Warren F. 50 Kuter, Laurence S. 425, 454, 931, 983, 1031, 1090 Kuzell, Ralph E. 2833

L Ladd, James D. 3235, 3429 LaFay, H. 1875 Laframboise, Leon W. 3389–90 Lamb, Richard 2287 Lambert, J. C. 2586 Lambert, John W. 1309 Lamensford, Roland G. 1338 Lancaster, Paul 2042 Land, Emory S. 3830 Lane, Ronald I. 3236 Lang, Will 1751, 1959, 2090 Lange, Herman W. W. 2161 Langer, Howard J. 154 Langer, William L. 455 Langley, Harold D. 466 Langsam, Walter C. 269 Langston, Joe V. 2834 Lapierre, Dominique 2506, 2511, 2668 Laquer, Walter 457 Larrabee, Eric 1734, 2587 Larson, Harold 716 Larson, William B. 2162 Lash, Joseph P. 456 Lauer, Walter E. 3207 Lavender, Donald E. 1926

Author Index Lavery, Brian 3831 Law, Derek G. 50, 3671 Lawry, Nelson H. 3685 Lay, Beirne 1006, 1206–08, 1385 Leach, Charles R. 3095 Leahy, William D. 458 Leasor, James 327 Lee, Bruce 328 Lee, David 1673 Lee, John 1001 Lee, Loyd E. 329–30, 459 Lee, Ulysses 1674 Lees, Hannah 751 Lefevre, Eric 2588 Lehman, Milton 753–53, 1675, 2176, 3148, 2237 Leigh, Randolph 754 Leigh-Mallory, Trafford 1091 Leighton, Richard M. 460–62, 723, 755–56, 758, 3686 Leinbaugh, Harold P. 1735 LeMay, Curtis E. 985 Lenton, Henry Trevor 3811, 3832–34 Leonard, Thomas M. 20 Leopard, Donald D. 331 Leopold, Richard W. 282 Lerner, Daniel 635 Lessa, William A. 1930 LeTissier, Tony 2410–11, 3201 Leutze, James R. 463–64 LeVacon, Yves 757 Levin, Max 761 Levine, Alan J., 901, 1032, 1209, 2116, 2412, 2589, 3528 Lewin, Ronald 636–37, 648, 697, 1973 Lewis, Adrian R. 2413, 2590 Lewis, John M. 465 Lewis, Norman 2288 Leyshon, Harold I. 1244 Liddell-Hart, Basil H. 332–33, 2289–90 Liebling, Abbott J. 2591–92, 3578 Lightener, Laurence S. 1417 Linderman, Gerald F. 1736 Lindsay, Oliver 1754 Linklater, Eric 2291 Llewellyn-Jones, Malcolm 3687 Lloyd, Alwyn T. 1499 Lloyd, Christopher 202 Loewenheim, Francis L. 466 Logan, Ian 1614 Longgood, William F. 1876 Longmate, Norman 467 Longmire, Carey 3163 Loomis, Robert D. 902 Lord, John 2593 Lott, Arnold S. 3430 Louis, Murray A. 3298 Love, Robert W., Jr. 3498 Lowe, Keith 1210 Lowry, F. J. 3529 Lucas, James 236, 2414, 2594

Author Index Lucas, Laddie 1033 Luck, Hans von 1931 Lukas, Richard C. 1211–12 Lummis, E. T. 1595 Lundeberg, Philip K. 3688 Lunn-Rockliffe, W. P. 2163 Lutes, LeRoy 758 Luttichau, Charles V. P. von 2952 Luttwitz, Heinrich von 2576 Lyon, Hugh 3835 Lyon, Peter 1876 Lytton, Henry D. 1213

M MacBain, Alastair 833 MacCloskey, Monro 638, 688, 1035 MacDonald, Charles B. 80, 160, 1676–78, 2415, 2836–45, 2897, 3010 MacDonald, Jo Ann 3238 MacDonald, John 203 Macintyre, Donald G. F. W. 3431, 3530, 3624, 3689–90 MacIsaac, David 1215–16 Mackay, Ron 1376, 1393, 1397, 1420 MacKenzie, Fred 2846 Mackenzie, William 639 Mackesy, Piers 2166 Macksey, Kenneth J. 1680, 1924, 2167, 2300, 2600, 3299–3302 Maclean, John P. 2094 Macmillan, Harold 470 Macpherson, Ken 3839 MacRae, Sigrid 611 Madden, Robert W. 1878 Madeja, Witold 2292 Maginnis, John J. 642, 2416 Maguire, Jon A. 1612 Mahon, John K. 2999, 3001 Mahoney, Leo J. 643 Mahurin, Walker 987 Mailer, Norman 53 Maisel, Albert Q. 763 Majdalany, Fred 2301–03, 2601 Major, James R. 1936 Major, John 3498 Maliza, Nicola 1046 Maloney, Edward T. 1532–33, 1557 Man, John 204 Mandle, William D. 3239 Manrho, John 1092 Mansfield, Stephanie 1782 Mansoor, Peter R. 2417 Manteuffel, Hasso von 160 Manzo, Louis 852 Marcell, Ursel P. 1377 Margolian, Howard 2602 Margry, Karel 2056, 2304, 2849–50 Mark, Eduard 1093 Markey, Michael A. 1823 Marolda, Edward J. 264

547 Marrin, Albert 2603 Marsh, Don R. 2064 Marshall, Charles F. 1937, 2057 Marshall, Chester 1501 Marshall, George C. 336, 1946–47 Marshall, S. L. A. 160, 1681, 2604–08, 2851–55, 3072 Marso, Richard 1613 Martin, Pete 1919 Martin, Ralph G. 337, 339 Martin, Robert G. 2418 Mason, David 238, 2305, 2574, 2609, 3691 Mason, Francis K. 248 Mason, Herbert M., Jr. 854 Mason, John T., Jr. 3692 Massaro, Joseph M. 1613 Massignani, Alessandro 3516 Masterman, John C. 596, 644 Masters, Charles J. 2610 Matchette, Robert B. 270 Mathes, Paul 831 Mathews, Sidney T. 2306 Matloff, Maurice 392, 471–73, 492, 2307–08 Mattera, James P. 2856 Matthews, W. L., Jr. 1369 Mauer, Mauer 1297–98, 3693, 3721 Mauldin, William H. 1960–61, 2013, 2309 Maule, Ralph G. 338 Maurey, Eugene 2611 May, S. 3531 Maycock, Thomas J. 1036–37, 1094 Mayer, Charles B. 1357 Mayer, S. L. 271 Mayo, Andrew 1920 Mayo, Lida 764, 798, 1682 Mazzella, Donald P. 3532 McAdoo, Richard B. 2596 McAndrew, Bill 2293–94, 2597 McAndrew, William J. 2295–96 McBee, Frederick 2297 McBride, Angus 235 McBride, Lauren E. 2164, 2298 McCann, Frank D., Jr. 468–69, 2299 McCardell, Lee 3177 McCardle, M. C. 1806 McClellan, Willard C. 759 McClendon, Dennis E. 1034 McCombs, Don 156 McCorkle, Charles M. 1578 McCormick, Donald 640 McCormick, Ken 3695 McCrabb, Maris 1095 McCray, John R. 1214 McCue, Brian 3696 McDonnell, Leslie 3391 McDonough, J. L. 3069 McDowell, Ernest R. 1347, 1520, 1538, 1542, 1548, 1556 McDugal, Leila 3156 McFarland, Stephen L. 1096 McGovern, James 641

548 McGregor, Malcolm 3393, 3909 McGuirk, Dal 2165 McHenry, Robert 237 McIntosh, Kenneth C. 760 McKay, Milton 2802 McKee, Alexander 1217, 2598–99, 2847 McKee, Philip 853 McKenzie, John D. 3045 McKeogh, Michael J. 1879 McKinney, Leonard L. 3351–52 McLaughlin, John W. 1309 McLean, Douglas M. 3697–98 McLemore, Henry 2998 McManus, John C. 903, 1679, 2848 McMinn, John H. 761 McMullin, Ruth 272 McMurtrie, Francis E. 3836–37 McNally, Raymond F. 762 McNamara, Andrew T. 762 McQuillen, John A., Jr. 1591 Meacham, Jon 474 Meachem, John 1737 Meckler, Alan M. 272 Mee, Charles L. 475 Megellas, James 3046 Meigs, Montgomery 3907 Melanephy, James P. 3533 Mellenthin, Friedrich W. von 17066 Mellinger, Phillip S. 1013 Mellor, William B. 2014–15 Mendenhall, Charles 1460 Menning, Bruce 2685 Meredith, James H. 53, 157 Merriam, Robert E. 2857–58 Merrill, Sandra D. 966, 1333 Mersky, Peter 3534 Mesko, Jim 1480–81 Messenger, Charles 205, 1683, 1825 Metheny, E. A. 3020 Mets, David R. 1002 Metz, Steven 476 Meyer, Leo 477 Meyer, Robert J. 339 Meyers, Edward H. 2168 Michel, Henri 340, 645 Michener, James A. 2046 Michie, Allan A. 1218–21, 1880, 2612–13 Mick, Allen H. 3212 Middlebrook, Martin 1222–24, 2614, 2859, 3699, 3729, 3769 Middleton, David 1003 Middleton, Drew 341–43, 1783, 1881, 2169–70, 2615, 3700 Milch, Robert J. 1550 Miles, Wyndham D. 713 Miller, Alan 26, 1688, 1710 Miller, Christine M. 222 Miller, Crosby P. 2688 Miller, Donald L. 1225 Miller, Edward E. 1543 Miller, Edward G. 2419, 2861

Author Index Miller, Everett 765 Miller, Kent D. 1311, 1360, 1363 Miller, Max 3579–80 Miller, Merle 1882 Miller, Richard T. 3838 Miller, Robert A. 1814, 2616 Miller, Roger G. 938 Miller, Russell 646–47 Miller, Samuel D. 54 Millett, John D. 766 Millington, Edgar N. 2892 Millis, Walter 2420 Milner, Marc 428, 2617, 3432, 3701–03, 3839 Milner, Samuel 767 Milson, John 3274 Milton, George E. 1826 Milton, T. R. 962 Minott, Rooney 2862 Mitcham, Samuel W. 2058, 2310, 2619, 2863 Mitcham, Samuel W., Jr. 2618 Mitchell, Donald W. 2311 Mitchell, George C. 2047 Mitchell, Ralph M. 3070 Mittelman, Joseph B. 3131 Mizrahi, J. V. 1521 Mohraz, Jane E. 18 Mollo, Andrew 3392–94 Mondey, David 1461 Montagu, Ewen 585, 648–49 Montefiore, Hugh Sebag 650 Montgomery, Bernard L. 1974–76 Montgomery, David 133, 1971 Montgomery, James B. 1980 Montgomery, John H., Jr. 2864 Moody, Peter R. 1367 Moody, Walton S. 1097 Moore, Carl H. 1527 Moore, Christopher 1738 Moore, Perry 2620 Moore, Rufus J. 3581 Moorehead, Alan 344, 2171, 2422 Morawetz, Francis E. 2621 Morehead, Joseph 55 Morelock, J. D. 2865 Morgan, Frederick E. 478, 1981 Morgan, Len 1558, 1580, 1592, 3269 Morgan, Robert 904 Morison, Samuel Elliot 310, 479, 2312, 3534–37, 3582, 3704–06 Morley, Patrick 768 Morris, Danny 1299 Morris, Eric 2313 Morris, Rob 905 Morrison, Wilbur H. 1226, 1388 Morriss, Mack 769 Morrow, Norman P. 2314 Morton, Louis 56–57, 480 Mosier, John 1684 Mosley, Leonard 955, 1948 Mossman, B. C. 770 Motley, Mary P. 1685

Author Index Motter, T. H. Vail 481, 510 Mound, L. E. H. 3840 Mowat, C. L. 333 Mrazek, James E. 855, 1593, 1686 Mrozek, Donald J. 1523 Mudd, J. L. 1687 Mueller, Ralph 3213 Mueller, Robert 192, 219, 221 Mueller, William 3707 Muller, Edwin 2866 Mulligan, Timothy 273, 3467, 3488, 3708 Munch, Paul G. 2867 Mundey, Eric 1528 Mundorff, George T. 3883 Munson, Kenneth 1462–64, 1500 Murphy, Audie 1984 Murphy, Charles J. B. 1227–28 Murphy, Robert D. 482–83 Murphy, Thomas D. 3240 Murphy, Timothy G. 2868 Murray, G. E. Patrick 1910, 2423–24 Murray, Williamson 651, 856, 1688, 2622–23 Musgrove, H. E. 3841 Musser, Joe 241 Myer, Samuel C. 2869

N Nadeau, Remi Allen 483 Nagl, John A. 3303 Naltry, Bernard 3711 Natkiel, Richard 207 Nauss, Lovern 2114 Neff, J. C. 2871 Neill, George W. 1987 Neillands, Robin 1229, 2625, 2872 Neilson, Iang 1098 Nelson, Donald M. 485 Nelson, James 486 Nenninger, Timothy K. 259 Nesbit, Roy C. 1148 Ness, William H. 1501 Newby, Leroy 1230 Newton, Steven N. 1963 Newton, Wesley Phillips 1096 Nichol, John Nicholas, William H. 771, 1594 Nichols, Lester M. 3099 Nichols, W. J. 2626 Nicholson, G. W. L. 2315 Nickell, Lawrence 1988 Nicolson, Nigel 1760 Niedermair, John C. 3842 Nield, Henry 1614 Niestle, Axel 3710 Nimitz, Chester W. 3438 Noakes, Jeremy 556 Nobécourt, Jacques 2873 Noble, Dennis L. 3711 Nofi, Albert A. 2316, 3539 Noli, Jean 3712

549 Norman, Albert 487 Norris, Frank W. 2627 Norris, Joe L. 1231 Norris, John G. 3540 Norstad, Lauris 1038 North, John 1756, 2172 North, Oliver 241 North, Peter 3353 Northwood, Arthur, Jr. 3072 Norton, Douglas 3713 Nossack, Ian G. 1098 Nye, Robert O. 2628 Nye, Roger H. 2016–17

O Oakes, Pauline M. 797 O’Connell, James A. 3714 O’Connor, Raymond G. 488 O’Doherty, John K. 1100, 1232 O’Donnell, Michael J. 3253 O’Donnell, Patrick K. 1689, 1739 Offner, Arnold A. Ogorkiewicz, Richard M. 3304 Oldfield, Barney 490 Oldinsky, Frederick E. 2874 Oliver, Edward F. 3715 Olmstead, Merle C. 1361 Olsen, Jack 1101 Olson, Maneur, Jr. 1233–34 Oman, Charles M. 772 O’Neill, James E. 274 O’Neill, James H. 2875 O’Neill, William L. 158 Orange, Vincent 944, 1009 O’Reilly, Charles T. 2317 Orgill, Douglas 2318 Osmanski, Frank A. 773 Ospital, John 3049 Ossad, Steven L. 2064 O’Steen, James E. 2876 Osur, Alan M. 1352 Ottis, Sherri G. 652 Otts, Lee Macmillan 1721 Overy, Richard 345, 858–59 Owen, Robert 1010 Owen, W. V. 774 Owens, Emiel W. 1990 Owens, Walter E. 1394 Oyster, E. M. 1390 Oyster, H. E. 1390

P Pack, Stanley W. C. 2173, 2319, 3477 Paddock, Alfred H., Jr. 653 Padfield, Peter 3436, 3482 Paillole, Paul 654 Page, Douglas J. 2174 Painton, Frederick C. 2175, 2320

550 Pallavisini, Alfredo 212 Pallud, Jean-Paul, 2629–30, 2877–80, 3541, 3716 Palm, John 1235 Palmer, Annette 1690, 1709 Palmer, Catherine B. 775 Palmer, Fitzhugh L. 3542, 3817 Palmer, Robert R. 1691–92 Palmer, William 242 Pape, Gary 1370 Pappas, George S. 24, 34, 60 Paret, Peter 492 Paris, Leonard A. 957, 1005, 1807, 1885, 2029, 2073 Parke, Barbara W. 2023 Parker, Ben L. 1102 Parker, Danny S. 1103, 2881–82 Parker, Matthew 2321 Parker, William 1740 Parkinson, Roger 159 Parks, Robert J. 776–77 Parks, W. Hays 1236 Parrish, Monte M. 2883 Parrish, Noel F. 932 Parrish, Thomas 151, 160, 169, 655, 1741 Parsons, Iain 860, 3437 Parton, James 963 Partridge, Eric 161 Paszek, Lawrence J. 1353, 3693, 3721 Paterson, Lawrence 3543, 3717–20 Patrick, Stephen B. 2884–87, 3305 Patton, George S., Jr. 2018–20 Patton, Robert H. 2021 Pay, Don 3034 Peake, Hayden B. 61 Pearl, Jack 861, 2022 Pearse, Ben 933 Peary, Arthur 1595–96 Peaslee, Budd J. 656, 1237–38, 1312 Peillard, Leonce 3721 Pendar, Kenneth W. 493 Peppard, Herbert 2040 Percy, William Alexander 1105 Pergin, David E. 2036 Perkins, J. W. 1104 Perkins, Roger 62 Perowne, Stewart 3544 Perras, Galen Roger 494 Perrault, Giles 657 Perret, Geoffrey 862, 1693, 1883, 2685 Perrett, Bryan 162, 1694, 3306–07 Perrud, Jody 1106 Perrun, Jim 2632 Perry, George S. 2322–23, 3496, 3545–46 Perry, H. Darby 3695 Perry, Mark D. 1742 Perry, Milton F. 2023 Persico, Joseph E. 658–59, 679 Persons, Howard P., Jr. 2633 Peterman, Ivan H. 2888

Author Index Pforzheimer, Walter 660 Phend, Julie M. 965 Philipsborn, Martin, Jr. 2176 Phillips, Henry G. 1827 Phillips, Robert F. 2889 Philpott, Bryan 863 Pickert, Wilhelm 2890 Pickett, George B., Jr. 2891–92, 3308 Piekalkiewicz, Janusz 661, 2324, 2893 Pimlott, John 208, 1465 Pininich, R. G., Jr. 3884–85 Pitt, Barrie 160, 209, 347, 1743, 3547, 3722 Pitt, Francis 209 Playfair, Ian S. O. 2117 Plischke, Elmer 275 Pogue, Forrest C. 495–97, 1744, 1784, 1884, 1941, 1949–52, 2041, 2425, 2894–95 Polmar, Norman 163, 3723, 3843 Pond, Hugh 2326–27 Pool, Jim 3368 Poolman, Kenneth 3844 Pope, Stephen 177 Popov, Duskov 662 Porch, Douglas 2118 Post, Robyn 1725 Postus, Craig 3585 Potter, Elmer B. 3488 Potts, Johanna 383 Powell, Hickman 1482 Powers, John L. 2328 Powers, Ron 904 Powers, Stephen T. 2634 Pozdeeva, Lydia V. 499 Prados, Edward F. 3586 Prados, John 2635 Pratt, Fletcher 348, 1785–86, 3724–25, 3886–87 Pratt, Sherman W. 3121 Preddy, George E., Jr. 989 Prefer, Nathan N. 3032 Preston, Adrian 1831 Preston, Anthony 349 Preston, Antony 3845–48 Price, Alfred 663, 864–66, 1163, 1241, 3726 Price, Frank J. 1962 Price, Preston A. 3115 Price, Wesley 3517 Prince, Cathryn J. 907 Prince, Morris 3242 Pringle, Henry F. 1242 Pritchard, Paul W. 1695 Pritchard, Tattnall R., Jr. 2896 Probert, Harry 974 Province, Charles M. 3021 Pugh, Stevenson 3309 Pujo, Bernard 1953 Pujol, Juan 665 Pullen, T. C. 3727 Puryer, Edgar F., Jr. 908, 934, 1004 Putz, Ron 1092 Pyle, Ernest T. 1696, 2177–78, 2329, 2636–37

Author Index Q Quesada, Elwood R. 867 Quinn, D. C. 3888

R Rabbets, John B. 1559 Raff, Edson D. 2179 Rafferty, J. A. 778 Rahn, Werner 2685 Rairden, P. W., Jr. 3910 Raithel, Albert L., Jr. 3728 Rajninec, Juraj L. 1243 Ramsay, Bertram H. 3587 Ramsay, John F. 1107–08 Ramsey, Guy H. 2180 Randall, Howard M. 2897 Randall, L. V. 498 Randall, Willard Sterne 2638 Randle, Edwin H. 2024 Ransom, C. F. G. 615 Rapport, Leonard 3072 Rasor, Eugene L. 63 Ratcliff, Rebecca 551, 666 Raugh, Harold E., Jr. 1954 Raven, Alan 3849 Rawson, Andrew 2639, 2898, 3097 Raymond, Allen 779 Raymond, Allen D., III 2899 Raymond, Edward A. 2181, 2331 Read, Anthony 1697 Reardon, Mark J. 2640 Redding, John M. 1244 Redman, Rodney 1598 Reed, William D. 1320 Reeder, Russell 1787 Reeves, James 315 Reeves, Joseph R. 2900 Rehr, Carleton R. 992 Rehr, Louis S. 992 Reichelt, Walter E. 3098 Reichers, Louis T. 780 Reid, Alan 164, 169 Reid, Brian A. 2641 Reid, Brian H. 428, 2332 Reister, Frank A. 781 Reit, Seymour 667 Reitan, E. A. 2901 Renaud, Alexander 2642 Rennell, Tony 857, 906 Rentz, Bill 3395 Revie, Alastair 1698 Reynolds, David 406, 499 Reynolds, George A. 1411 Reynolds, Michael 1745, 2038, 2643–45, 2902 Reynolds, Quentin J. 956, 2333–34 Rice, Randall 1326 Richard, Duke 2903 Richards, P. 2059 Richardson, Charles 500

551 Richardson, David 2271 Richardson, Eudora R. 782–83 Richardson, William 2397 Rickard, John Nelson 2904 Ridgway, Matthew B. 160, 2048–49 Riess, Curt 501 Rigby, David Joseph 502 Rigg, Robert B. 3310 Riley, David L. 3911 Riley, William A. 3908 Ring, Hans 1049 Risch, Erna 784 Robb, Derwyn 1392 Robbins, Charles 2335 Robbins, Robert A. 3194 Robert, John 2646 Roberts, G. P. B. 2051 Roberts, John A. 3850 Roberts, Kent 1699 Roberts, Leslie 3851 Roberts, Martha B. 503 Roberts, Palmer W. 2647 Roberts, Priscilla M. 173 Robertson, Bruce 1615 Robichon, Jacques 2336 Robinson, Anthony 1468 Robinson, Donald 1788 Robinson, John G. 3533 Rock, William R. 3086 Rodgers, Edith C. 1039–40 Rogge, R. E. 3311 Rohmer, Richard 2648 Rohwer, Jürgen 211, 217, 556, 617, 1666, 3439–40, 3663, 3729, 3768 Roland, Charles P. 2052 Rolf, David 2182 Roll, Hans-Joachim 128 Romanus, Charles F. 786 Romeiser, John 2000–01 Rommel, Manfred 133 Rooney, Andrew B. 1085, 2061, 2426, 2685 Roscoe, Theodore 3441–42 Rose, Paul J. 181 Rose, Robert A. 1354 Rosengarten, Adolph G., Jr. 668–69 Rosenof, Theodore 27 Rosignoli, Guido 165–66, 1616, 3396–98, 3912–13 Roskill, Stephen W. 3443–44 Ross, Irwin 785 Ross, Robert Todd 3243 Ross, Stewart Halsey 868 Ross, William F. 786 Rössler, Everhard 3829 Rostow, Walt 1245 Rothberg, Abraham 351 Rottman, Gordon L. 3852 Rouse, Park, Jr. 3730 Roy, Reginald H. 2649 Royle, Trevor 2025

552 Ruffner, Frederick G. 167 Ruge, Friedrich 2060, 3445 Ruggero, Ed. 2650 Rumpf, Hans 1246 Runyan, Timothy 3732 Ruppenthal, Roland G. 787–89 Rush, Robert S. 2905 Rusiecki, Stephen M. 2906 Russell, J. Thomas 276 Russell, Jerry C. 670 Russell, John 2907 Russett, Bruce M. 504 Rust, Eric 3468 Rust, Kenn C. 957, 1041, 1109–10, 1247–48, 1313, 1321–22, 1324, 1327, 1343, 1358, 1391, 1534, 3889 Rutherford, Ward 2183 Ryan, Cornelius 2651–53, 2657, 2908–10 Ryan, Duane 3, 65 Ryan, Paul B. 3603 Ryder, William T. 2337 Rzbeshevsky, Oleg A. 499

S Sadkovich, James J. 3446–47, 3548–49 St. John, Oliver 310 Ste. Croix, Philip de 2128, 2933 Sainsbury, Keith 505–08 Sallager, F. M. 1042 Salmaggi, Cesare 212 Sampson, Theodore V. 993 Samuels, Martin 2654 Sanders, Harry 3494 Sanders, Jacquin 3733 Sarner, Harvey 2339 Sarty, R. 3635, 3734–35 Sas, Anthony 509 Sasser, Charles W. 3244 Sauer, Robert John 2655 Saunders, Anthony 2656 Saunders, D. M. 3550 Saunders, Tim 2911 Savas, Theodore P. 3736 Sawicki, James A. 3000 Sayre, Joel 510 Scarborough, William E. 3890–91 Schaf, Frank L., Jr. 11 Schaffer, Robert 869 Schaffer, Ronald 1249 Scheina, Robert L. 3853 Sheridan, Jack 1386 Scherman, David E. 1214 Schiffman, Charles 1355 Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. 511 Schmaltz, Robert E. 1043, 1111 Schmider, Klaus 2184 Schmidt, Paul K. 2185, 2657 Schneph, Edward 3737–39 Schoenholtz, Estelle R. 887 Schofield, Brian B. 3588, 3740–41

Author Index Schorr, David P., Jr. 2912 Schreier, Konrad, Jr. 1502, 3354 Schrijvers, Peter 1706, 2913 Schultz, Paul L. 3182 Schuon, Karl 3469 Schuster, Carl O. 181 Schweinfurt, William 1045 Scoggin, Margaret C. 2686 Scott, Michael R. 790 Scutts, Jerry 1306, 1617 Seagrave, Leonard W. 3843 Seagrave, Sterling 3743 Seaman, Jonathan O. 2658 Seaman, Mark 664 Sears, Betty M. 964 Sears, Stephen W. 870, 2914–15 Seese, R. J. 1250 Seiler, Edwin N. 3562 Sekistov, V. 526 Semmes, Harry H. 2026–27 Senger und Etterlin, Fridolin R. von 2067, 2368 Seth, Ronald 3744 Settle, T. G. W. 3892 Sexton, Donal J. 66 Seymour, William 2340 Shacklady, Edward G. 1502, 1560, 1581 Shadel, W. F. 2341 Shapiro, Milton J. 3073 Shaw, Kevin Irving 512 Shaw, S. R. 1251 Sheean, Victor 2028 Sheehan, Fred 2342 Shelfer, William H. 2068 Shenk, Robert 3484 Shepardson, Donald E. 2916 Sheppard, Gilbert 2343 Sherry, Michael 871 Sherwen, Douglas S. 513 Sherwood, Robert E. 514 Shilleto, Carl 2659 Shirer, William L. 352 Shirley, John 2069 Shoemaker, John J. 2344 Shoemaker, Robert H. 957, 1005, 1789, 1807, 1824, 2029, 2073 Shorer, Avis D. 2070 Shores, Christopher F. 909, 1046–50, 1112–14, 1301 Showalter, Dennis E. 67 Showell, Jak P. Mallmann 671–74, 3449–54, 3745–47 Shugg, Roger W. 353 Siddal, Abigail T. 1456 Siefring, Thomas A. 872 Siemon, Bruce H. 2705 Sights, A. P., Jr. 1252 Siler, Tom 1253 Silsbee, Nathaniel F. 873–74 Silverstone, Paul 3855 Simkins, C. A. G. 615

Author Index Simmons, Thomas E. 243 Simms, James B. 2071 Simons, Gerald 2917 Simpson, Albert F. 1051, 1254 Simpson, Harold B. 1985 Simpson, Louis 2918 Simpson, Michael 277, 3478 Simpson, Mitchell B., III 3500 Sims, Edward H. 834, 875, 910 Sixsmith, Eric K. G. 1886 Skinner, Ian 3589 Skorzeny, Otto 2076–77 Sloan, John S. 1380 Small, Collie 2912–20, 3022, 3090, 3116 Smart, Nick 168 Smith, Arthur L., Jr. 266 Smith, Bradley F. 2345 Smith, C. Alphonso 3748–49 Smith, Dale O. 1255–57 Smith, Digby 3394 Smith, E. D. 2347–49 Smith, Francis C. 3023 Smith, Gaddis 515 Smith, Helena M. 2921 Smith, J. Douglas 278 Smith, Jacob E. 1258 Smith, Kevin 516 Smith, Leo Carraway 2350 Smith, Malcolm 1259 Smith, Melden E., Jr. 1260–62 Smith, Michael 675 Smith, Myron J., Jr. 68–70, 213, 221 Smith, Richard Harris 676 Smith, Richard W. 3399 Smith, Robert Ross 2503 Smith, Stanley E. 3455–56 Smith, Starr 1007 Smith, Truman 994 Smith, Walter B. 2427 Smyth, Howard M. 2351 Snell, J. M. 2428 Snell, John L. 517 Snyder, Louis L. 169, 354–55, 3575 Soeten, Harlan 3750 Soffer, Jonathan M. 2050 Soffer, Lewis R. 2660 Sollie, Frederick E. 3551–52 Somers, Martin 3590–91 Sommer, Robin L. 207 Sommers, Richard J. 279 Sondern, Frederick, Jr. 791, 3592 Sorley, Lewis 1752–53 Sorrel, Nancy Caldwell 2030 Sorvisto, Edwin M. 3245 South, Betty 2031 Spaatz, Carl A. 1263 Spaight, James M. 1264–66 Spayd, P. A. 1765 Speer, Albert 518 Speidel, Hans 2661 Spencer, Duncan 2482

553 Spick, Mike 876 Spier, Henry O. 71 Spiller, Harry 1746 Spiller, Roger J. 677 Spires, David N. 1115 Spooner, Tony 3553 Springer, Joseph A. 3246 Stabler, Hollis D. 2084 Stacey, Charles P. 2922 Stafford, David 678–79, 2662 Stafford, Gene B. 911, 942, 1340, 1536, 1561 Stagg, James M. 2663 Stamps, T. D. 197 Standifer, Leon G. 2085 Stanford, Alfred B. 3593 Stanley, Roy M. 680 Stanton, Shelby 170 Stanton, W. I. 2664 Stark, M. W. 770 Starr, Chester G. 3026 Stathis, Stephen W. 519 Steel, Richard W. 520–21 Steidl, Franz 3247 Steinbeck, Jack 1267 Steinert, Marlis 2923 Stembridge, Jasper H. 214 Stephens, Frederick J. 3355 Stephenson, William 621 Stern, Robert Cecil 3751, 3856 Sternhell, Charles M. 3752–53 Stettinius, Edward R. 522 Steuard, James C. 3312–13 Steury, Donald P. 3754 Stevens, Sharon Rittenour 251, 1941 Stevenson, Frank E. 2924 Stewart, Carroll 1158 Stewart, Hal D. 3102 Stewart, Richard A. 681 Stewart, Richard W. 3150 Stigler, Franz 1052 Stiles, Bert 1268 Stimson, Thomas E., Jr. 3893–94 Stock, James W. 2925 Stokesbury, James L. 355, 1801, 2352 Stoler, Mark 499, 523–26, 1955 Stolley, Richard B. 356 Stone, David 527 Stone, Thomas R. 2926 Stoolman, Herbert L. 1378 Stormont, John W. 1269 Stout, Mark 2985 Stout, Wesley W. 3314 Stovall, Jack D. 1403 Strange, Joseph L. 528 Strange, Russell P. 529 Straubel, James H. 877 Strawson, John 1701, 2186, 2353, 2927–28 Stripp, Alan 616 Strobridge, Truman R. 79, 3594 Strong, Kenneth 682 Strong, Paschal N. 792

554 Strong, Russell 72 Stuart, James 2354 Stubbs, Mary Lee 3002 Styron, William 53 Sugarman, Tracy 3501 Suhren, Teddy 3502 Sullivan, John L. 1116–17, 1271 Sullivan, Mike 2929 Sulzberger, C. L. 299, 357 Summersby, Kathleen 1887–88 Sumrall, Robert F. 3914 Sun, Jack K. 1469 Sunderman, James F. 878 Sutherland, Mason 3895 Swanborough, F. Gordon 1447, 1500, 3896 Sweeting, C. G. 1618 Sweetman, John 171, 1118, 1272–74 Sweetser, Warren E. 2930 Swettenham, John A. 1935, 3755 Sykes, H. F., Jr. 793 Sylvia, Steven W. 3253 Syrett, David 3756–59

T Taggart, Donald G. 3122 Tallman, Frank 1470 Tanaka, Chester 3248 Tannehill, Victor G. 1619 Tanner, Ogden 2794 Tantum, William H., 4th 879, 3366 Tararine, Marc 3367 Taylor, A. J. P. 358 Taylor, Anna M. 172 Taylor, Frederick 1275 Taylor, Henry J. 2032 Taylor, Hugh Page 2075 Taylor, James 177 Taylor, John M. 2086, 2355 Taylor, John W. R. 880–81, 1471–73 Taylor, Michael J. H. 881 Taylor, Peter R. 3400 Taylor, Samuel 1296 Taylor, Theodore 3760 Taylor, William B. 1374 Tedder, Arthur W. 1011 Templeton, Kenneth S., Jr. 1819 Tent, James Foster, 3595Terrant, V. E. 3458 Terraine, John 882, 3459 Terrant, V. E. 3458 Terrett, Dulany 794, 797 Terry, Robert Michael 173 Terzibaschitsch, Stefan 3857 Thetford, Owen G. 1443 Thiel, Troy D. 3315 Thomas, Charles R. 3050 Thomas, Charles W. 3761 Thomas, Christopher 1113 Thomas, David Arthur 3554 Thomas, Donald L. 3859

Author Index Thomas, E. E. 615 Thomas, Lowell 958 Thomas, Robert C. 167 Thompson, Charles D. 1504 Thompson, Clary 795 Thompson, Francis I. 3074 Thompson, George R. 796–97 Thompson, Lawrence R. 3762 Thompson, Leroy 3051, 3401 Thompson, P. W. 2665–66 Thompson, Reginald W. 1977, 2932 Thompson, W. F. K. 2933 Thomson, Harry C. 798 Thorburn, Donald 3897 Thorburn, Lois 3897 Thornber, Hubert E. 799 Thorndike, Alan M. 3753 Thornton, M. M. 2187 Thornton, Willis 2668 Thruelsen, Richard 3139 Tidyman, Ernest 2357 Tillman, Barrett 175, 986, 3898–900 Tobin, James 2043 Tobin, Richard L. 2669 Toczek, David M. 2358 Todman, Daniel 1794 Toland, John 3934–36 Tolhurst, Michael 3219 Toliver, Raymond F. 683, 912 Tomblin, Barbara Brooks 3555 Tompkins, Rathvon McC. 2937 Toole, John H. 2670 Tooley, I. P. 2938 Torrey, Volta 1276–77 Tout, Ken 2671–74, 2939–40 Townsend, Thomas 3764 Tozer, Elizabeth 2675 Trahan, E. A. 2941, 3081 Treadwell Mattie E. 3003 Trefousse, Hans L. 530 Tregaskis, Richard 969, 980, 2359 Trevelyan, Raleigh 2360–61 Trevor, N. 137 Trimble, Robert 1620 Truscott, Lucian K., Jr. 2091 Tucker, Spencer 174 Tugwell, Maurice A. J. 1702–03 Tumey, Benjamin 2943 Tunney, Christopher 245 Turk, Jerry 3213 Turley, Edward 913 Turner, John F. 2672, 3027 Turner, Richard E. 1012 Turner, Roy 3374 Tut, Warren 2188 Tute, Warren 2677 Tutorow, Norman E. 74

U Ulanoff, Stanley M. 1159, 1292

Author Index Urquhart, Brian 2947 Urquhart, Robert E. 2948–49

V Vaeth, J. Gordon 3903 Valetini, Gabriele 1015 Van Bibber, E. M. 2950 Van Creveld, Martin 802, 1705 Van der Vat, Christine 3765 Van der Vat, Dan 2681, 3765 Van Horne, Richard W. 2951 Van Husen, William H. 181 Van Vleet, Clarke 3558 Vandergriff, Donald E. 2109 Vanderveen 3316, 3369 Vandiver, Frank 176 Vanzo, John 3485 Varhola, Michael J. 2569 Vaughan, Hal 685 Vause, Jordan 3495 Veld, N. K. C. A. 2829 Vella, Philip 1056 Verrier, Anthony 1280 Vexler, Robert I. 1898 Vickers, Philip 2682 Vickers, Robert E. 1400 Vietor, John A. 686 Vigneras, Marcel 535 Viorst, Milton 536 Vogel, Robert 1121 Vokes, C. 2094 Vourkoutiotis, Vasilis 884

W Waddell, Steve R. 2683 Wagner, Paul 915 Wagner, Ray 1473, 1522, 1529, 1551–52, 1582 Wagner, Robert L. 2369 Wahl, Paul 3356 Walker, Charles L. 803 Walker, Fred L. 2370–71, 3158 Walker, Wayne T. 1281 Wallace, Brenton G. 3024 Wallace, Robert 2372 Wallace, Warrach 687 Walling, Michael G. 3766 Walters, James W. 2373 Walton, Anthony 3220 Walton, George 2198, 3221 Wandrey, June 2096 Ward, Geoffrey C. 365 Ward, Richard 1538, 1562, 1583 Wardlaw, Frederick C. 2430 Wardlow, Chester 804 Ware, Pat 2430 Ware, Wilson P. 3134 Warlimont, Walter 2577 Warner, Jeff 3916–18

555 Warner, Oliver 3479 Warren, Harris G. 688 Warren, John C. 885, 2120, 2432 Warren, Kenneth P. 1282 Washington, George, Jr. 3377 Waters, Andrew W. 1475 Waters, John M 3768–70 Watkins, John 3597 Watkins, Robert A. 1621–22 Watling, Geoffrey 1057 Watson, Bruce Allen 2191 Watson, George M. 935 Watson, Mark S. 538 Watts, Anthony 3771 Watts, George 1122 Weal, Elke C. 1476 Weaver, William G. 2097, 3193 Weber, Hans H. 12 Webster, Charles K. 1283 Webster, David K. 2953 Webster, George 1123 Weeks, John 1707, 3348, 3357–58, 3365 Weigley, Russell F. 539, 2406, 2433, 2684 Weinberg, Albert K. 582, 594 Weinberg, Gerhard 366 Weingartner, James J. 2954–55 Weingartner, Steven 2685 Weintraub, Stanley 1748, 1956, 2033, 2956 Weiss, Steve 540 Weller, David G. 3461 Wells, Mark K. 886 Welsh, Douglas 367 Wenzell, Ronald 3772 Werner, Herbert 3773 Werner, Max 541 Werrell, Kenneth P. 72, 86, 1284, 1314 Werstein, Irving 2374, 2957 Wertenbacker, Charles C. 2083, 2686–87, 2958 Wertenberg, Aimé 2099 Wesneski, Carl 2959 Wessman, Sinto S. 3167 West, Arthur L, Jr. 2688 West, Fred 3774 West, Nigel 665 Westlake, Roy 3459 Westrate, Edwin V. 2192 Wheal, Elizabeth-Anne 177 Wheatcroft, Andrew 230, 234 Wheeler, James Scott 3117 Whelan, Paul A. 1372 Whinney, Robert 3503 Whipple, A. B. C. 3559 Whipple, William 805 Whitaker, John T. 1934 Whitaker, Shelagh 2689–90, 2960–61 Whitaker, W. Denis 2689–90, 2960–61 Whitby, Michael 2597, 3635 White, Brian T. 3317 White, David Fairbank 3775

556 White, Margaret Bourke 2375 White, Robb 3863 White, William L. 689, 2376 Whitehall, Walter M. 3493 Whitehead, Don C. 1812, 2101 Whiting, Charles 690–95, 1791, 1979, 1986, 2034–35, 2039, 2078, 2193, 2377, 2691, 2962–81, 3028 Whitley, J. 3865 Whitlock, Flint 1749, 3118, 3140 Whitney, Cornelius V. 939 Whitney, David C. 1890 Whittier, David H. 3239 Wiggins, Melanie 3474 Wijers, Hans S. O. 3208 Wilbur, Edwin L. 887 Wilbur, W. H. 1708 Wile, Annadel 294 Wiley, Bell I. 1692, 1699, 1709 Wilkerson, Lawrence B. 1124 Williams, Andrew 3776 Williams, Carol 1456 Williams, Grant A. 806 Williams, Jeffrey 2983 Williams, Kathleen Broome 3777 Williams, Mary H. 219 Williams, R. M. 1285 Williams, Robert C. 3560 Williamson, Gordon 3778 Willinger, Kurt 3370 Willmott, H. P. 368, 1465, 1505, 2685, 3866 Willoughby, Malcolm F. 3779 Wilmot, Chester 310, 1677, 2434, 2625 Wilmot, Ned 1711, 3462 Wilson, George 2102, 3124 Wilson, Henry M. 2103 Wilson, Joseph, Jr. 3249 Wilson, Kevin 1286 Wilson, Paul 1397 Wilson, Robert E. 1373 Wilson, Rose P. 1957 Wilson, Theodore 489, 499, 542, 2435 Wilt, Alan F. 543–44, 698, 2436 Wiltse, Charles M. 807 Winchester, James 1563 Windrow, Martin 248, 3402–03 Windsor, Joseph 3250 Winebrenner, Hobert 2104 Winger, J. Michael 2545, 2793 Wint, Guy 306 Winterbotham, Frederick 580, 697 Winters, Dick 3076 Winton, Harold R. 2865, 2984 Winton, John 3463 Wise, James E., Jr. 3800–01, 3867 Wise, Terrence 3404–05 Wishnevsky, Stephen T. 1911 Woerpel, Don 1344 Wolf, William 1287–88 Wolfe, Martin 1125 Wolff, Leon 1158

Author Index Wood, Adrian 190 Wood, James A. 2437, 3251 Wood, Tony 889 Woodman, Richard 3561 Woods, Frederick 307 Woods, Randall Bennett 545 Woodward, David 3499 Woodward, Ernest Llewelyn 546 Wordell, Malcolm T. 3562 Worth, Alexander M., Jr. 2379 Worthen, Frederick D. 1014 Wouk, Herman S. 1290 Wragg, David 1058, 3802, 2868 Wright, Charles E. 2694 Wright, Gordon 88, 370, 2438 Wright, Jerauld M. P., Jr. 3563 Wright, Patrick 3318 Wrigley, C. C. 739 Wukovits, John 1891 Wurst, Gayle 1903 Wurst, Spencer 3052 Wyant, William K. 1991 Wykes, Alan 371 Wyman, D. S. 1291 Wynar, Bodhan S. 89 Wynn, Kenneth 3870 Wynne, Barry 698

Y Yarborough, William P. 2194–905 Yates, Brock W. 3871 Y’Blood, William T. 3803 Yeager, Philip B. 3804 Yeide, Harry 2985–87, 3319 Yenne, Bill 1750 Yexall, John 1126 Young, A. A. 2380 Young, Fred E., Jr. 2121 Young, Harvey Leroy 547 Young, John S. 1292 Young, Peter 178–80, 195, 220, 372–74, 2695 Young, Robert 153

Z Zabecki, David T. 181 Zaloga, Steven J. 2696, 3320–28 Zanuck, Darryl F. 2196 Zarish, Joseph M. 2988 Zetterling, Niklas 2697 Ziegler, J. Guy 1401 Ziegler, Janet 46, 90 Ziel, Ron 808 Ziemke, Earl F. 2989 Zijlstra, Gerrit 221 Zimmerman, David 3464 Zoepf, Wolf T. 2990 Zorns, Bruce C. 2110 Zuehlke, Mark 2381–83, 2698–99, 2991 Zumbro, Derek S. 2992

Subject Index A Abrams, Creighton W., Jr. 224, 1751–53 Acoustics 3666 Adair, Allan H. S. 1754 African American military experience 255, 1349–50, 1352–54, 1635, 1674, 1738, 1821, 1990, 2820, 3104, 3195–99, 3606 air aces 855, 875–76, 893–98, 902, 910–14, 936, 961, 967–69, 970–71, 975–76, 979–80, 987–90, 1012, 1088, 1299, 1303 air campaigns 43, 1032, 1051, 1107–08, 1111, 1121 air power 77, 121, 432, 809, 814, 823, 828, 836, 871, 890, 919, 923, 930–31, 937, 1137, 1259, 1263, 3410, 3463, 3616, 3620, 3750–59 naval 3464, 3534, 3540, 3562, 2576, 3728 air war in Europe 815, 820–21, 825, 851, 859, 866, 870–71, 880–81, 885 air warfare 221, 418, 425, 815, 820–21, 832, 834, 836, 843, 847–50, 860, 1048, 1050 airborne equipment and weapons 3357, 3384, 3395 airborne forces and operations 1623, 1625, 1629, 1634, 1638, 1643, 1649, 1651, 1654, 1658, 1663–65, 1676, 1702–03, 1725, 1739, 1928, 2044, 2120, 2128, 2212, 2251, 2274, 2337, 2354, 2377, 2413, 2432, 2468, 2512, 2513, 2556, 2571, 2585, 2607, 2610, 2647, 2650, 2722–23, 2735, 2737, 2779–80, 2785–87, 2790, 2801, 2812, 2814, 2825, 2841, 2854–55, 2859, 2890, 2908, 2933, 2937, 2945, 2949, 3046, 3050, 3061–62, 3065, 3228 aircraft, general 43, 83, 94, 150–51, 177, 389, 809, 824, 865–66, 911, 940, 1301, 1435–40, 1443–44, 1446, 1449–50, 1456–57, 1461–63, 1465, 1468, 1470–76 1598, 3726 bombers 1295, 1300, 1432, 1442, 1453, 1459, 1464, 1466 fighters 1294, 1296, 1301, 1432–33, 1441, 1447–48, 1452, 1464, 1467, 1469 types, A-20 Havoc 1466, 1477–82 A-26 Invader 1481 B-17 Flying Fortress 915, 985, 994, 1045, 1059, 1084, 1128, 1131, 1156, 1268, 1372, 1379–80, 1382–83, 1387–89, 1394–95, 1398, 1466, 1472, 1383–1505 1514

B-24 Liberator 946, 977, 981, 1014, 1019, 1026, 1034, 1039, 1059–60, 1084, 1127–28, 1156, 1230, 1304, 1371–72, 1377–78, 1391, 1404, 1409, 1413, 1418–18, 1506–17 B-25 Mitchell 1455, 1460, 1518–22 B-26 Marauder 940, 992, 1057, 1083, 1191, 1248, 1390, 1399, 1401, 1460, 1466, 1523–29 B-29 Superfortress 985, 996 Beaufighter 1445 Blimps 3876, 3880–80a, 3884–85, 3892–93, 3902–03 C-47 Skytrain/Dakota 965, 1587, 1589, 1592, 1595–96 F4F Wildcat/Marlett 3872, 3877–79 Gliders 830, 835, 916, 992, 1427, 1430, 1445, 1584–85, 1591, 1593–94, 1686, 2274, 2354, 2442, 2513 2571, 2610, 3069, 3357 L-4 Piper 1586, 1588 Me-163 1076, 1110 Me-262 992, 1110 P-38 Lightning 978, 1024–25, 1030, 1109, 1336, 1346, 1366, 1433, 1448, 1454, 1467, 1530–38 P-39 Aircobra 1467, 1539–43 P-40 Kittyhawk/Warhawk 1019, 1052 1347, 1433–34, 1448, 1454, 1467, 1472, 1544–52 P-47 Thunderbolt 979, 987, 1070, 1339, 1342, 1347, 1358, 1368–69, 1433–34, 1448, 1454, 1553–63 P-51 Mustang 140, 142, 947, 976, 1076, 1136, 1138, 1280, 1347, 1359, 1361, 1433, 1448, 1454–55, 1472, 1564–83 P-61 Black Widow 1376, 1467, 1590 PBY Catalina 3874–75, 3883, 3889–91, 3897, 3901 PB4Y Liberator 3883 PB4Y2 Privateer 3882 SBD Dauntless 3899 Spitfire 1046, 1434, 1445 TBF Avenger 3873, 3881, 3898 Typhoon 950, 971 aircraft carriers 3542, 3549, 3559, 3610, 3632, 3657, 3706, 3801, 3803, 3813, 3817, 3819, 3832, 3835, 3843, 3857, 3863, 3868 airfields 1601–02, 1605 Alanbrooke, Alan F. 176, 231, 1636, 1729, 1743, 1792–94, 1836, 1921, 2166 Albert Simpson Historical Research Center 262, 1051 Alexander, Harold R. L. G. 231, 235, 1716, 1729, 1743, 1756–60, 1919, 2283–84

557

558 Allied Expeditionary Air Force (AEAF) 1089, 1091, 1107 Allies, Combined Chiefs of Staff (CCS) 292 402–03, 405, 502, 697, 756, 3475, 3493 material superiority 345, 368 relations between 405, 457, 488, 1147, 1194, 1211 Almond, Edward M. 3199 ALSOS Mission 643 Alps, the 2878 Ambléve River 2724 American Association of Law Libraries 101 American Committee on the History of the Second World War (ACHSWW) 36, 46–47, 90 American Historical Association 1, 2 amphibious forces and warfare 742, 3008, 3487, 3555, 3566 Anders, Wladyslaw 2339 Anderson, Frederick 918 Anderson, Kenneth 2130 Andrews, Frank 919–20, 1149 anecdotes and reminiscences 55, 243, 318, 343–44, 467, 853, 857, 875, 877–78, 886–87, 900, 903–04, 922, 1127, 1138, 1149, 1229, 1244, 1268, 1429, 1643, 1961, 2008, 2037, 2461, 2652–53, 2657, 2669, 2829, 2949, 3050, 3053–55, 3065, 3068, 3074, 3514, 3578, 3586, 3627–28, 3749, 3778 Anglo-American relations 402–04, 406, 413, 447, 449–50, 461, 462. 467, 505, 509, 512. 514, 516, 523, 540, 545, 561, 603, 679 anti-aircraft artillery (Flak) 1319, 2884, 3256, 3274 anti-tank tactics 1667 Antwerp 1914, 1972, 2386, 2724, 2960, 2991, 3498 Apennine Mountains 2231 Archangel 3802 Archives, Canada 258 United Kingdom 254, 271, 280 United States 6, 184, 249, 251, 259, 261, 264, 270–71, 274, 277, 284, 287, 289 Arctic Ocean 3604, 3624, 3626, 3638, 3653, 3665, 3678, 3681, 3802 Ardennes counteroffensive 563, 1083, 1683, 1810, 1836, 1898, 1973, 1987, 2087, 2397, 2409, 2707, 2713, 2719, 2727, 2741, 2747, 2762, 2766, 2776, 2789–90, 2794, 2798, 2845, 2857–58, 2872–73, 2881–82, 2885, 2927, 2952, 2965, 3091, 3099–3100, 3119, 3147, 3169–70, 3172, 3180–81, 3185, 3190, 3200, 3202, 3205, 3207, 3217–18 Argentan 2477, 2535, 3178

Subject Index Armed Forces Radio Network 768 armored personnel carriers (see also Halftracks and Kangaroos) 3308, 3313 Arnim, Hans-Jürgen von 236 Arnold, Henry H. 289, 360, 454, 921–345, 952, 971, 995, 1149, 1728, 1734 “arsenal of democracy”, 723 artillery 1627, 1672, 1711, 1767–71, 2124, 2314, 2331, 2421, 2469, 2620, 2819, 2876, 2900, 2938, 2951, 3252, 3254–66 assassinations 2076, 2414 Atkins, Vera 613 Atlantic Charter 542 Atlantic Wall 1668, 2396, 2407, 2520, 2656, 2696 atomic bomb 157 atrocities and war crimes 152, 2285, 2287, 2602, 2714, 2769, 2788, 2821, 2856, 2954–55, 2978, 3055 Attenborough, Richard 2908 Auchinleck, Claude 231, 592, 1636, 1729, 1743, 1977 Auschwitz 1165, 1285, 1291, 1326 Austria 3103, 3120, 3159 aviation 881, 888 Avranches 2474–2499 Axis, the 410, 421, 504, 3439 Axis leaders 223, 236, 248, 295

B B-Dienst (Beobachtungs-Dienst) 671, 3612 Badoglio, Pietro 2287 Balkans, the 442, 444, 544 Bari 1060, 3523 “Battle of the Beams”, 623 battles and campaigns 24, 122, 179, 181, 195, 197, 201, 203, 210, 213, 219–20, 301, 322, 330, 332–33, 340–42, 347, 353–55, 360, 366, 372–73 Aachen 2385, 2711, 2781, 2872, 2883, 2957, 2974, 2986 Altuzzo 1678, 2840 Anzio, 338, 734, 774, 1095, 2069, 2201, 2203, 2207, 2214, 2216–17, 2219, 2230, 2233, 2242–43, 2246, 2254–55, 2259–60, 2273, 2340, 2342, 2357, 2360–62, 2364, 3046, 3163–65, 3234, 3416, 3489, 3505, 3529, 3537, 3557 Arnaville 1678, 2840 Arnhem 310, 564, 567, 692, 631, 637, 1426–27, 1676, 1914, 1964, 2403, 2614, 2737, 2739, 2780, 2801, 2804, 2810, 2872, 2887, 2890, 2893, 2902, 2908–09, 2915, 2939, 2947–49, 2975 Atlantic 64, 109, 296, 304, 422, 428, 436, 457, 512, 516, 551, 617, 640, 670, 3407, 3410, 3415, 3436, 3455, 3464, 3465, 3467, 3486, 3488, 3599,

Subject Index 3601–02, 3609, 3611–12, 3619, 3623, 3625, 3633–34, 3642, 3645, 3649, 3654, 3664, 3669, 3671, 3674–77, 3682–83, 3692, 3698, 3701, 3703, 3704–06, 3713–14, 3720, 3722–23, 3728, 3732, 3734, 3742, 3747, 3765, 3773, 3776, 3778, 3801 Berlin 2410, 2715, 2738, 2824, 2910, 2917, 2935 Best 2854 Beveland 2991 Boulogne 2520 Bremen 2968 Brest 787, 1799, 2520, 2542, 3093 Britain 203, 320 Bulge 148, 167, 311, 313, 320, 349, 372, 558, 563, 592, 624, 631, 668, 691, 1070–71, 1103, 1114, 1323, 1689, 1710, 1731, 1735, 1765, 1795, 1808–09, 1825, 1852, 1901, 2003, 2011, 2033, 2077, 2387, 2412, 2426–27, 2549, 2703–04, 2708, 2713, 2719, 2724, 2730–31, 2741–42, 2746, 2749, 2754, 2757, 2762, 2764, 2767, 2773, 2784, 2793–94, 2796, 2800, 2803, 2809, 2837, 2863, 2865, 2877, 2880, 2899, 2906, 2913–14, 2918, 2920, 2927, 2934, 2946, 2941, 2956, 2958, 2967, 2969, 2984, 3046, 3089,3115, 3124, 3126, 3171, 3184, 3201, 3208, 3223 Caen 1771, 2437, 2464, 2595, 2597–99, 2654 Casablanca 3535, 3539, 3551 Cassible 2351 Cherbourg 2396, 2487, 2520, 2564, 2639, 2687 Corsica 1628 Crete 1676 El Alamein 4, 1028, 1964, 1974–75 El Guettar 2154–55, 2158–59, 2174, 2181, 2187 France 2386, 2395, 2397, 2447, 2452, 2472, 2475–76, 2501, 2592, 2616, 2629, 2635, 2966, 3015, 3091, 3093, 3175, 3180, 3200, 3202–04, 3214 Germany (Central Europe) 2778, 2799, 2805, 2827, 2843–44, 2860, 2886, 2907, 2922–23, 2935, 3085, 3088, 3102–03, 3113, 3126, 1368, 3172, 3180–81, 3185, 3188, 3190, 3200, 3204–05, 3207, 3209, 3211–13, 3214, 3215 Guadalcanal 203, 297, 1810 Hürtgen Forest 1070, 1689, 1764, 1927, 2706, 2711, 2720, 2750, 2790, 2828, 2836, 2840, 2842, 2845, 2849, 2861, 2872, 2887–88, 2905, 2929, 2870, 3046, 3141 Imphal 369

559 Kasserine Pass 637, 2124, 2127, 2131–33, 2135, 2143, 2147–48, 2156, 2164, 2167, 2175–76, 2183, 2193 Leipzig 2844 Metz 1659, 2445, 2565, 2582, 2904, 3126 Midway 203 Mignano Gap 2228 Monte Cassino 1016, 1021, 1803, 1897, 2220, 2225–26, 2228, 2236, 2241, 2256, 2262, 2265, 2770–71, 2279, 2301–03, 2321, 2324, 2335, 2341, 2347, 2349, 2356, 2363, 2373, 3148 Nancy 2454, 2554, 3153 Ortona 2383 Overloon 2829 Philippine Sea 369 Reichswald 1768, 2961, 2986 Salerno 310, 1051, 2199, 2207, 2220, 2280–81, 2305, 2326, 2331, 2333, 2338, 2352, 2359, 2367, 2374, 2379, 3158, 3165, 3416, 3418, 3489, 3506, 3518, 3533, 3537, 3557 Scheldt Estuary 592, 1768, 1914, 2396, 2745, 2898, 2939, 2960, 2983, 2991, 3517 Schmidt 1678, 2828, 2840 Sicily 2330, 2359, 3165, 3234, 3416, 3418, 3489, 3496, 3508–09, 3521, 3522, 3537–38, 3545–46, 3557 Thala 2161 Veghel 2854 battleships 3832, 3835, 3865–66 Bavaria 3099, 3100, 3106–09, 3179, 3183 Bay of Biscay 3696 Bayerlein, Fritz 1765 Beaverbrook, Lord (Maxwell Aitken) 1009 Bedford (Va.) 1732 Beeson, Duane W. 936, 1332 Belgium 3082–83, 3113 Berchtesgaden 3121 Berga 1749 Berlin 475, 490, 1127, 1136, 1163–64, 1223, 1244, 1253, 1637, 1697, 1902, 2427, 2702, 2759, 2770, 2813, 2841, 2916, 2927, 2942, 2982, 3010, 3029, 3046 “Big Red One” (see also 1st Inf. Div.) 3111 Big Three 499, 514, 547 “Big Week”, the 1097, 1227, 1231 Birkinau 1165 Bismarck 3607, 3650, 3708, 3722, 3754 Blakeslee, Donald J. M. 902, 1332 Bletchley Park 567, 576, 601, 617, 650, 675 bombing policy 1073, 1213, 1249 bombs, remote controlled 3506, 3533 Bonn 3118 Bordeaux 3746 Bose, Subhas Chandra 3474 Bradley, Kitty 1782 Bradley, Omar N. 592, 690, 922, 1713, 1718–19, 1722, 1733, 1761, 1774–91, 1837, 1964, 1967, 1975, 2009, 2399,

560 2405, 2433, 2471, 2477, 2584, 2706, 2778, 3009 Brazil 468–49, 2276, 2299, 3725, 3732 Brereton, Lewis H. 937–39, 1019, 1026, 1039 Breskens Pocket 2745, 2991 British Bombing Survey Unit (BBSU) 1270 British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) 300, 467 British Commonwealth 182 British perspective 164 British Security Coordination (BSC) 621 Brown Bobbie 1740 Buckmaster, Maurice 613 Burgelin 2728 Burns, E. L. M. 1724 Burress, Withers A. 3209

C Cairo conference 382, 506, 531 CAM ships (Catapult Aircraft Merchantmen) 3661 camouflage 1604, 1606, 1615, 1617 3373, 3379, 3404, 3908, 3914 Canada, armed forces, Army 1815–17, 2458, 2508, 2530, 2546, 2560, 2581, 2649, 2689, 2745, 2991 First Army 1114, 1817, 1935, 1381, 1428, 2530, 2641, 2745, 2922, 2976, 2983 I Corps 1796, 2245, 2293, 2315, 2381 1st Inf. Div. 2248, 2315, 2382–83 1st Special Service Force 1896, 2040, 3221, 3226, 3251 II Corps 2072, 2632, 2672 3rd Inf. Div. 2492, 2693–99 4th Armd. Div. 1925 5th Armd. Div. 1796, 1912, 2294, 2383 Royal Canadian Artillery 1768–71 Royal Canadian Air Force (RCAF) 1129, 2458 Royal Canadian Navy (RCN) 2458, 2432, 3464, 3510, 3598, 3635–36, 3641, 3662, 3697, 3755 Canada, Directorate of History and Heritage 25 Military history 14, 25, 93, 99, 124, 258, 399, 410, 430, 494 Canaris, Wilhelm 2077 Capa, Robert 2687 Caribbean Sea 429, 341a, 3673, 3679, 3724, 3748–49, 3767 Carlisle Barracks 60, 82 Cartoons 187 Casablanca conference 424, 534–35, 544, 1152, 1160, 1259 Casualties 138, 707, 778, 781, 1242, 1380, 2400, 2421, 2529 Chartres cathedral 2540 Chemical warfare, 710, 1671, 1695, 2510, 2523 Chiang Kai-shek 506

Subject Index Chicago Museum of Science and Technology, 3485, 3867 Chief of Staff to the Supreme Allied Commander (COSSAC) 1981, 2682–83, 2466 chronologies 24, 179, 187–88, 192–93, 196, 199, 205, 211–13, 217, 219, 221, 266, 329, 353–54 Chuikov, Vasili I. 3738 Churchill, Winston S. 63, 277, 307, 308, 316, 317, 327, 332, 358, 383–84, 387, 412, 417, 420, 430, 433, 440–41, 443, 447, 463, 466, 470, 474, 486, 500, 505–06, 519, 527, 529, 543, 603, 679, 690, 692, 971, 1160–61, 1636, 1729, 1737, 1743, 1792–93, 1801, 1856, 1921, 2662, 3406 Citizens 2662 civil affairs and military government 582, 594, 602, 618, 642, 1930, 2197, 2416, 2989 civil–military relations 1847, 1852, 1900, 1948, 1952 civilians 842, 851, 1132, 1144, 1183, 1189, 1200, 1246, 1249, 1275, 2287–88, 2313, 2435, 2544, 2829, 2913 Clark, Mark W. 228, 1716–17, 1733, 1744, 1758, 1800–08, 1837, 2151, 2199, 2278, 2283, 2306, 2363, 3025 Clark, Maurine 1804 Clarke, Bruce C. 1808–09, 2853 Chausewitz, Carl Maria von 457 Cochran, Philip 902 codebreaking and cryptology 66, 280, 328, 351, 568, 575, 601, 616–17, 626–28, 637, 655, 660, 666, 671, 675 codenames 167, 169 Cold War 399, 484, 489, 499, 1194, 1723, 3086 Collins, J. Lawton 1713, 1733, 1810–12, 2433, 2584, 2984 Colmar Pocket 2658, 2985, 3170 Cologne 2385, 2932, 3087 Columbia University 250, 272 Combat performance, see also Quantitative judgment model 2417, 2419, 2481, 2721 Combined Chiefs of Staff, see Allies Commandos 1673, 3235 Communism 386 concentration camps 2405, 2797, 3165 Congressional Medal of Honor 246, 976, 981, 1235, 1740, 1982, 2729 Coningham, Arthur 944 Conner, Fox 1873 convoys, general 3551, 3554, 3561, 3599–602, 3606 3613, 3615, 3618, 3622, 3631, 3636, 3640, 3651, 3656, 3661, 3663, 3665, 3681, 3684, 3694, 3699, 3702–03, 3729, 3731, 3741, 3744, 3768 BX-141 3697 HX-166 3630

Subject Index HX-229 3699, 3729 HX-231 3656 HX-233 3664 N.Y.-119 3651 O.N.-127 37327 O.N.-153 3758 O.N.S.-5 3647, 3744 PQ-17 637 SC-118 3768–70 SC-122 3699, 3729 SC-130 3759 convoy escorts 3682, 3689–90, 3727, 3742, 3758 Corlett, Charles H. 1733, 2433 corps commanders 1715, 1717, 2984 correspondents and photographers 624, 1681, 1798, 1880, 2028, 2042–43, 2062, 2100–01, 2142, 2146, 2176, 2211, 2501, 2591–92, 2606, 2669, 2846, 3575 Corvettes 3806, 3939 Cota, Norman D. 1814 Coventry 697 Crailsheim 2779 Crerer, Henry D. G. 1724, 1815–17, 2400, 2983 criticality, concept of 3649 cross-Channel attack 439, 478, 520–21, 528, 2557 “cruise books”, 32 cruisers 3832, 3835 Cunningham, Alan 231 Cunningham, Andrew B. 277, 3466, 3475–79

D D-Day 133, 144, 174, 344, 409, 426, 278, 487, 497, 554, 560, 562, 665, 667, 773, 791, 1062, 1154, 1226, 1245, 1426, 1329, 1673, 1770, 1293, 2403, 2409, 2437, 2439, 2442–44, 2446, 2448–49, 2451, 2457–67, 2482–83, 2492, 2495–96, 2501, 2515–18, 2522, 2527, 2544, 2546, 2561, 2569, 2572–73, 2575, 2585, 2587, 2593, 2603, 2651–53, 2657, 2662, 2669, 2676, 2681, 2686, 2692–93, 2695, 3113, 3118, 3143, 3145–46, 3411, 3501, 3564, 3567–68, 3571, 2573, 3582–83, 3586 D’Alessandro, Pete 1740 Dachau 2797, 3165 Darby, William O. 1818–19, 2380, 3131, 3234 Darlan, Francois, 483, 493, 552, 1820, 1854, 2142, 2145, 2152, 2188 Davis, Benjamin O., Jr. 948–49, 1821 Dawson, Joe 3112 deception 552–53, 561, 573, 590, 606–07, 612, 614, 619, 644, 654, 665, 691, 698, 2435, 2495, 2666

561 decorations and awards 166, 3376, 3381, 3387, 3910–11 DeGuingand, Francis W. 1822 Dempsey, Miles C. 2400 Denmark 344 desertion 2079–81 destroyer escorts 3815 destroyers 3442, 3455, 3525–26, 3597, 3667, 3689, 3804–05, 3807, 3814–16, 3820–21, 3823–25, 3827, 3833, 3835, 3838, 3848–49, 3851 3854, 3859–61, 3871 DD-603 3525–26 Destroyers for bases deal 414, 429, 431 Devers, Jacob L. 1713, 1733, 1823–24, 2433, 2798, 2963 Dewavrin, André 584 Dewey, Thomas E. 1946 Dieppe 2492, 2520 Dietrich, Josef Sepp 1825 Dill, John 231, 403, 1636, 1743 Disney, (Walt), Studios 1603 document collections 251–54, 266, 268–69, 274, 277, 281–82, 286, 294, 329 Dönitz, Karl 2923, 3466, 3480–83, 3614, 3642, 3674, 3737, 3771 Donovan, William J. 549, 599, 658 Doolittle, James H. 228, 828, 951–58, 963–64, 995, 1035 Double agents 644, 662, 2662 Douglas, Sholto 959 Dreikirchen 2730 Dresden 299, 1061, 1074, 1145, 1151, 1196, 1217, 1269, 1264, 1275 Duke University 263, 272 Dulles, Allen 2376 Dunkirk 203, 3496 Duplex Drive/“D.D.” tank 1908 Dupuy, Trevor N. 1633 Dykes, Vivian 462

E E-boats 3595 Eagle squadrons, see Great Britain Eaker, Ira C. 923–24, 952, 963–64, 967, 997, 999, 1000, 1053, 1149, 1161, 1232 Eastern Front 132, 324, 349, 362, 844, 2105 Eberbach, Heinrich 236 economic aspects of World War II 169, 212, 311, 318, 322, 340, 346, 352, 354–55, 366, 370, 373, 408, 459, 485, 545, 840, 842, 858, 1008, 1192, 1223–24 1284 Eddy, Manton S. 1827, 2984 Eisenhower, Dwight D. 13, 228, 244, 251, 260, 286, 299, 328, 387, 413, 443, 476, 482, 486, 489, 495–97, 554, 592, 603, 682, 788–89, 1008, 1245, 1717, 1719, 1722–23, 1733, 1742–44, 1748, 1761, 1777, 1784, 1793, 1801, 1822,

562 1829–91, 1902, 1921, 1964, 1966, 1968, 1972, 1975, 1992, 2033, 2073, 2082–83, 2144, 2384, 2399, 2406, 2422, 2424, 2427, 2429, 2433, 2443, 2449, 2478, 2525, 2537, 2612, 2662–63, 2703, 2759, 2778, 2798, 2813, 2872, 2894–95, 2916, 2942, 2963, 2965, 2970, 2982 Eisenhower Library 286, 1846 Eisenhower, Mamie 1832, 1862, 1874 Elba 2312 Elbe River 328, 489, 1810, 2824, 2827, 2832, 2843, 2871, 2894–95, 2910, 2917, 2935, 3153 electronics and electronic warfare 3424 Elsenborn Ridge 1987, 2052, 2729, 2731, 2863 engineers and engineering 699, 712, 730, 741 English Channel 3565, 3578, 3589, 3598 Enigma cipher system 551, 627–28, 650, 666, 674, 697, 3719, 3753 equipment 3253 escape and evasion 598, 652. 946, 1122 espionage 169, 552, 555, 658, 672, 685, 692–94 essays, bibliographic 47–48, 57, 86, 88 historiographic 155, 242, 439, 504 ethics 820, 839, 842, 852, 1189 Europe, division of 484, 489 European campaign 2434, 2438, 2589, 2601, 2639, 2691, 2761, 2773, 2778, 2839, 2916, 1922, 2934, 2976 European theater 26, 43, 64, 68, 70, 93, 97, 99, 109, 164, 180, 221, 241, 254, 293, 306, 311, 313, 317, 319, 321, 328, 343, 363, 367, 371, 460, 557, 710, 721, 769, 795, 799, 807, 855, 910, 1085, 1626, 1629, 1677, 2387, 2393–95, 2404, 2412, 2420, 2423–34, 2438, 2589, 2601, 2639, 2691, 2761, 2773, 2778, 2839, 2916, 2922, 2934, 2976 European perspective 120 Exercise SPARTAN 1113

F Falaise Pocket 592, 637, 1106, 2463–64, 2371, 2477, 2486, 2509, 2519, 2535–36, 2594, 2596–97, 2610, 2616, 2618, 2625, 2628, 2632, 2641, 2648, 2684, 2690, 3087 Far East and Pacific theaters 306, 311, 317, 321, 328, 363, 433, 525, 871, 1629 fascism 386 Feuchtinger, Edwards 2576 fighting power 1633, 1644, 1705, 2697 fire power 2500 flag rank officers 222, 237 Flensburg 2976 Flint, Harry A. “Paddy” 1894

Subject Index flying equipment 1618 Fondouk Gap 3148 foreign policy and politics 16, 152, 169, 174, 212, 219, 253, 267, 275, 282, 297, 311, 318, 322, 326, 330, 341, 352, 354, 355, 370, 383, 399, 400, 402, 408, 410, 419–22, 430, 448–49, 456–59, 463, 484, 499, 502, 515, 517, 530, 536, 546–47, 2438, 3599, 3603, 3634 fortifications 1668, 2396, 2436–37, 2440, 2520 France, general 111, 119–20, 298, 340, 384, 408–09, 422, 424, 433, 444, 446, 470, 482, 493, 536, 754, 1953, 2391–92 Air Force 717 Army 535, 2447, 2581 Expeditionary Corps in Italy 1720, 2268 First Army 1720, 2392, 2658 2nd Armd. Div. 1720, 2668 Intelligence Service 584, 654 Navy 453, 3447, 3504, 3541 Resistance 552, 597, 603–05, 625, 652, 2435, 2447, 2506, 2662 Vichy government 144, 427, 455, 458, 477, 482, 507, 536, 654, 3749 Franco, Francisco 427 Fredendall, Lloyd R. 2132 Frederick, Robert T. 1896 French North Africa 427, 453, 477 Freyberg. Bernard C. 1897, 2349 frogmen/underwater demolition teams 3409–10 Fuller, Samuel 3111 funerals 770

G Gabreski, Francis 913, 967–69, 979 Galland, Adolf 900, 1086 Gallery, Daniel 3484, 3709 GARBO, see Juan Pujol Gaulle, Charles de 384, 387, 424, 493, 536, 1836, 2391, 2669, 2798 Gavin, James M. 2045, 2911 Gehlen, Reinhard 2077 Geneva Convention 1749 Gentile, “Don”, 902, 970 Geography 2514 George, Harold 425 Germany 111, 126, 267, 298, 376, 385, 396, 419, 446, 457, 480, 497, 501, 530, 659, 693, 754, 1174, 1282, 2760, 2923 Air Force, see also Luftwaffe Kampfgruppe 400, 1076 Army 2407, 2414, 2419, 2437, 2495, 2555, 2577, 2581, 2588, 2696, 2863 Afrika Korps 2165, 2185 Army Gp. B 1963, 2437, 2726, 2826, 2979, 2992, 3171 Army Gp. C 2237 Army Gp. Center 369

Subject Index Army Gp. H 2726, 2979 I SS Panzer Corps 2570, 2645, 2655, 2902 1st SS Pz. Div. 2821 II SS Panzer Corps 2570, 2644 2nd SS Pz. Div. 2562, 2682 2nd Para. Div. 787 Fourth Panzer Army 1706 Fifth Panzer Army 2727, 2784 Sixth Panzer Army 2724 6th SS Mtn. Div. 2990 Seventh Army 2463 10th Pz. Div. 2161, 2181 12th SS Pz. Div. 2602 XIV Panzer Corps 2067 Fifteenth Army 2719, 2991 Nineteenth Army 2232, 2638, 2658 116th Pz. Div. 2549 Panzer Lehr Div. 1765 General officers 236, 265, 2576–77, 2601 Intelligence Service (Abwehr) 595, 611, 628, 632, 651, 667 Medical services 807 Navy/Kriegsmarine 128, 640, 671, 3431, 3445, 3447, 3449–54, 3465, 3467–68, 3543, 3672, 3467, 3543, 3619, 3623, 3642, 3737, 3775 1st U-Boat Flotilla 3720 2nd U-Boat Flotilla 3719 7th U-Boat Flotilla 3745 Gerow, Leonard 1733, 2984 Gettysburg 443 Gibraltar 427, 2113, 3717 Giraud, Henri H. 470, 535, 2144 gliders, see aircraft Godfrey, John Goebeler, Hans Jack 3485 Goering, Hermann 890, 955, 971 Gold Beach 2524 Goodson, James A. 1332 Gordon, John 2406 Gort, John Standish P. V. 231, 1729 Gothic Line, 1678, 1913, 2245, 2293, 2295, 2318, 2344, 2381 Goums 1628, 2213 Gran Sasso 2077 Grand Alliance 3429, 406, 413, 447, 449, 463, 473 Great Britain 40, 392, 395, 445 Army 2560, 2681 First Army 2130 1st Abn. Div. 2092, 2949 Second Army 1114, 2976 3rd Inf. Div. 2595, 2643 6th Abn. Div. 1828, 2659 6th Armd. Div. 2161 Eighth Army 1974, 2112, 2295–96, 3194 VIII Corps 1989 IX Corps 1914 11th Armd. Div. 2051 XIII Corps 1914

563 Twenty-first Army Gp. 1976, 2074, 2400, 2421, 2907, 2932, 2971 XXX Corps 1914–15, 2779, 2967 79th Armd. Div. 3282 Guards Armd. Div. 1754, 2779 Northamptonshire Yeomanry 2673 Chiefs of Staff 377, 402, 543 general officers 231 Government Code and Cipher School (GC&CS) 601 Joint Planning Committee 327 Joint Staff Mission 2103 overseas supply 739 Royal Air Force 882, 1067, 3595 Bomber Command 839, 857, 973–74, 1078, 1106, 1129, 1133, 1141, 1146, 1178, 1181, 1183, 1222–24, 1286, 3457 Coastal Command 841, 959, 1078, 3620 Desert Air Force 944 Eagle squadrons 961, 1329, 1332 2nd Tactical Air Force 944, 1112–14 No. 609 Squadron 950 Royal Navy 457, 673, 3406–07, 3414, 3426, 3443–44, 3447, 3466, 3475, 3531, 3589, 3731, 3831 Operational Intelligence Center (OIC) 556, 609, 3459, 3753 Western Approaches Command 3491 War Cabinet 500 “Great Crusade”, the, 241, 381, 393 Greece 625 Greenland Patrol 3761 Gretton, Peter 3486 Guderian, Heinz 2576 Guildhall, the 443 gunboats 3834 gunnery 822, 945, 1085 Gustav Line 1897, 2209, 2213, 2228, 2246, 2268, 2315, 2365

H Haislip, Wade H. 2433 Halftracks 3279, 3308, 3313, 3327 Hall, John L., Jr. 3487 Hamburg 1099, 1141, 1184, 1186, 1210, 1224, 1264 Hamill, Mark 3111 Hammelburg raid 2710, 2717–18, 2831, 2849, 2874, 2959, 2980 Hansell, Haywood 1149 Hardegan, Reinhard 3648 Harding, John 2284 Harmon, Earnest 1733, 1905 Harmon Memorial Lecture 1162, 2001 Harris, Arthur 564, 973–74, 1134, 1146, 1229 Hartman, Eric 900 hedgerows and bocage 3460, 3480, 2484, 2523, 2617, 2636, 2669 Hemingway, Ernest 1681, 2606

564 Hemroulle 2800 Henfstaengl, “Putzi”, 658 Henke, Werner 3488 Herlands, William 577 Heroya 1238 Hess, Rudolph 2077 Hewitt, Kenry K. 3466, 389–90 Heyrich, Reinhard 690 high frequency direction finding (HF/DF), 3777 High Wycombe 1176 Hill 609, 2170 Himmler, Heinrich 695, 2346 HMCS Ottawa 3727 HMS Campbelltown 3823 HMS Firedrake 3758 HMS Prince of Wales 529 HMS Seraph 3687 HMS Warspite 2669 Hitler, Adolf 265, 324, 352, 356, 358, 383, 422, 427, 518, 530, 544, 557, 571, 628, 692, 695, 1103, 1666, 1701, 1714, 1923, 2076, 2397, 2414m 2619, 2662, 2704, 2777, 2881, 2953, 3603 Ho Chi Minh Trail 1042 Hobart, P. C. S. 231, 1908, 3282 Hodges, Courtney H., 592, 1713, 1733, 1909–11, 2433, 2706, 3009 Hoffmeister, Bert 1912–13 Holocaust, the 152, 157, 174, 346, 1169 Home fronts 152, 157, 201, 2043 Hoover, J. Edgar 646, 662 SS Stephen Hopkins 3621, 3707, 3738 Hopkins, Harry F. 176, 514 Horrocks, Brian 231, 1914–16 Horthy, Miklós 2076 Horton, Max 3491 Houffalize 2796 Hughes, Everett 1999 Hull, Cordell 141 Hüls 1252 hunter-killer groups, 3632, 3645, 3688, 3700, 3706, 3752

I IJNS I-52 3609 Iceland 398, 919 Ideology 345 Ijmuiden 1248 Imperial War Museum 135 Infantry 1647, 1669, 1672, 1675, 1687, 1694, 1708–09, 1772, 1786, 1826, 1892, 1899, 1904, 1918, 2104, 2110, 2328, 2417, 2761, 2780, 2839, 2897, 2905, 2986 Infantry and airborne weapons 3329–58 automatic rifle 3337, 3348 bayonets and knives 3332, 3355 bazooka 3334 flamethrower 3351–52

Subject Index grenades 3333, 3344, 3349 machine guns 3331, 3346–48, 3354 mortars 3336, 3344 pistols and revolvers 3333, 3341, 3345 rifles 3330–31, 3333, 3339, 3341, 3348, 3356 Thompson submachine gun 3337–38, 3340, 3348 Ingram, Jonas 3725 insignia and markings 165, 1301, 1592, 1600, 1603, 1606–07, 1609–14, 1616, 1619–22, 2998–3002, 3080, 3278. 3287, 3371–73, 3375, 3377–78, 3383, 3386–87, 3389–91, 3395–99, 3400–01, 3400–01 Intelligence 61, 66, 155, 157, 457, 531, 552, 554, 556, 559, 564–67, 569, 592, 595, 612, 615, 617, 619, 631, 633, 654, 657, 673, 678–79, 682, 693, 1937, 2947, 3459, 3607, 3612 air 559, 564, 630, 683, 846, 1239 naval 556, 561, 595, 609, 3607, 3612, 3639, 3736, 3753–54, 3756, 3759 photographic 557, 572, 588–89, 656, 664, 680, 689 signals 66, 551, 564–68, 571, 608, 617, 626–28, 671, 681, 684, 687, 1773, 3612, 3753, 3756 internationalism 408, 423 INTREPID, see William Stephenson Iran 434, 481, 510, 513 Ireland 421 Ironside, Edmund 231, 1729, 1743 Isle de Batz 3597–98 isolationism 408, 423 Italian theater and campaign 254, 297, 441–42, 728, 807, 1051, 1626, 1716, 1800, 1805–06, 2067, 2202, 2221, 2227, 2234–35, 2257–58, 2269, 2275, 2278, 2282–83, 2287, 2291, 2313, 2318, 2332, 2343, 2353, 2372, 2375, 2664, 3137, 3148, 3158, 3164, 3182, 3186, 3194, 3223 Italo-German relations 3516 Italy 415, 446, 482, 754, 1628, 2313, 2317 Allied assistance to 2317 armed forces 452, 1015, 1048, 2115, 3516 government 2287 navy 3446–47, 3516, 3547–48 politics 2237 Regia Aeronautica 1048, 3516 Resistance movement 2380

J Jacob, Ian 500 Japan 556, 1171, 2760, 3447 Jedburg teams 562, 600, 647 Jewish Brigade Gp. 2211, 2215 Jodl, Alfred 2881 Johnson, Leon W. 1235 Johnson, Robert S. 900, 912, 979–80

Subject Index Juin, Alphonse 1720, 1256 Juno Beach 2458, 2492, 2649, 2698–99

K SS Kahuku 3750 Kammbuber Line 1086 “Kangaroos”, 2547, 2673 Keitel, Wilhelm 2619 Kelly, Charles E. “Commando”, 1919–20 Kennedy, Joseph, Jr. 1101 Kesselring, Albert 1922–24, 2290, 2300 Khrushchev, Nikita 2738 King, Ernest J. 289, 360, 507, 634, 1728, 1734, 3460, 3566, 3648 Kirk, A. G. 3567 Kitching, George 2017, 2094 Knowles, Kenneth A. 634, 3756 Konev, Ivan S. 2411, 2824 Korean War 2044–45, 2047, 2050, 2093, 2095 Krinkelt-Rocherath 2731 Kuter, Lawrence S. 425, 454, 931, 982–83, 1149

565 lines of communication 1265, 2116 Liri Valley 1628, 2294 logistics 273, 514, 700–01, 705, 708–09, 711, 713, 719, 723–25, 733, 740, 742–43, 753–60, 790–93, 802–03, 805, 1032, 1042, 1854, 2116, 2172, 2191, 2399, 2567, 2683, 3023 Loire River 1095 London 327 London Daily Express 344 “The Longest Day”, 2651–52, 2908 Lorient 3166–67, 3201 Lorraine campaign 2454, 2456, 2504–05, 2879, 2904 Losheim Gap 2906, 3208 Lucas, John P. 1716, 2203, 2219, 2361 Ludendorff bridge 2705, 2795, 2868 Luftwaffe 812, 816–18, 820, 837–38, 856, 863–64, 879, 889, 1015, 1048, 1067–68, 1079–80, 1086, 1097, 1108, 1114, 1154, 1225, 1241, 1247, 1773, 3530, 3545 Luneberg Heath 1972 Lüth, Wolfgang 3495

L SS Laconia 3614, 3693, 3721 “The Lady Be Good”, 1034 land mines 2320 land warfare 1631, 1650, 1660, 1680, 1698, 1710 landing craft 2774, 2822, 2870, 3429, 3840 landing Craft Infantry (LCI) 3418, 3578, 3583, 3596 Landing Ship Tank (LST) 3501, 3595, 3842, 3852 leadership 223, 245, 248, 345, 871, 890, 908, 918, 922–24, 926, 934, 938–39, 951, 981, 996–97, 1715, 1717, 1720, 1724, 1729, 1733, 1745, 1758, 1776, 1779, 1784, 1808, 1831, 1840–41, 1845, 1854, 1871, 1886, 1923, 1940, 1971, 1993, 2000, 2005, 2016, 2054, 2091, 2275, 2290, 2332, 2471, 2684, 2865, 3465–66, 3468, 3622 Leclerc, Philippe 1720 Lee, J. C. H. 2399 Lee, William C. 1928 Leese, Oliver 231, 1716, 1729 LeHavre 3595 Leigh-Mallory, T. L. 1089, 1091 LeMay, Curtis E. 984–86, 1149, 1388, 1734 Lemnitzer, Lyman L. 1929 Lend Lease aid 388, 395, 414, 434, 451, 481, 510, 513, 522 SS Leopoldville 3733 Leuna 1276–77 Liberty ships 3809, 3826, 3830 Library of Congress 36, 83, 263, 283 Life 357, 421 Lincoln, Abraham 443, 1748

M Maas Pocket 2815, 2829, 2939–40 MacArthur, Douglas 1723, 1734, 1748, 1871, 1873–74, 1883, 1952, 1956, 2045, 3159 Macintyre, Donald G. F. W. 3689–90 Mafia 577, 587 MAGIC 328, 571, 575, 3436 Mainz 2758 “Major Martin” or the “Man Who Never Was”, 585, 649 Malmedy massacre 2037–39, 2714, 2769, 2821, 2856, 2954–55, 2978 Malta 377, 519, 960, 983, 1017, 1022, 1033, 1046–47, 1056, 1058, 3406, 3507, 3524, 3544, 3553–55, 3561 Mann, Joe 1681 manpower 1691–92 Manteuffel, Hasso von 2727 manuscript collections 249, 279, 282 maps 134, 159, 190–91, 194–95, 200, 202–03, 206–08, 210, 212, 214–16, 220, 266, 309, 314, 317, 320–21, 349–50, 360, 364, Maquis, the 562, 603, 605, 610 Marianas Islands campaign 369 Marienburg 1256 Mariner’s Museum Library 52 Marseille 603, 2541, 2630 Marshall, George C. 218, 251, 328, 360, 386, 520, 538, 563, 1717, 1723, 1728, 1734, 1741–44, 1748, 1836, 1868, 1873, 1921, 1938–57, 2994 Marshall Plan 1742, 1953 Marshall, S. L. A. 2585

566 Martini, Wolfgang 1086 Martinique 3749 Marvin, Lee 3111 Matapan 3516 Matthews, A. B. 1724 Mauldin, William H. 1958–61 McAuliffe, Anthony 148, 3213 McCarthy, Joseph R. 1852 McClellan, George B. 1748 McCreery, Richard 1716 McGovern, George 1060 McLain, Raymond S. 1779 McNair, Lesley J. 1932–34 McNaughton, Andrew 1724, 1935 medical care and medicine 702–03, 706–07, 721, 726–29, 731, 734, 745–48, 751, 761, 763, 769, 771–74, 777, 781, 788–89, 807, 2070 2096, 2430 Mediterranean Allied Air Forces 964, 996, 1038, 1053, 1055 Mediterranean theater 64, 109, 304, 339, 363, 367, 439–42, 445, 470, 556, 565, 795, 1055, 1105, 2090–91, 2111, 2117–19, 2129, 2184, 2188, 3407, 3411, 3415, 3511, 3513–14, 3516, 3530, 3549, 3555, 3559, 3731 memoirs and recollections 67, 411, 458, 904, 916–17, 922, 927, 943, 945–47, 950, 960, 987, 992, 1012, 1045, 1131, 1190, 1204, 1206–08, 1434, 1725, 1739, 1755, 1762–64, 1767–71, 1773, 1796–97, 1804, 1826, 1828, 1859, 1865, 1893–94, 1922, 1926–27, 1936, 1980, 1984, 1988, 1990, 2049, 2051, 2084–85, 2097, 2102, 1491, 2538, 2809, 3039–40, 3045, 3050, 3052, 3061–67, 3075, 3114–15, 3124, 3135, 3178, 3184 3210, 3480, 3773 “Memphis Belle”, 904 merchant raiders/“Q” ships 3621, 3803 merchant seamen 3412, 3532, 3608, 3628, 3665 Merseburg 1410 Messerschmitt, Willi 1086 Messerschmitt aircraft factory 1256 Messina 2316, 2319 Meuse River 2476, 2896, 3208 Mexican armed forces 435 Middle East 1019, 1028–29, 1039 Middleton, Troy H. 1962, 2433, 2984 Miley, William M. 1733 “Military CEO”, 1841, 1845, 1886, 1997 military history, general 130–31, 137, 189 German 67 military science 114 Miller, Dorie 1738 Millikin, John 2984 minesweepers 3834 minesweeping and warfare 2568, 3417, 3430, 3565, 3568, 3772

Subject Index Mr. Roberts 743 Model, Walther 1963, 2661, 2881 models, building of 140 Montélimar 2638 Montgomery, Bernard L. 4, 231, 387, 592, 1011, 1624, 1636–37, 1729, 1743, 1745, 1758, 1822, 1836–37, 1883, 1902, 1914, 1964–79, 2002, 2073–74, 2399, 2405–06, 2421–22, 2429, 2471, 2478, 2519, 2544, 2625, 2648, 2703, 2778, 2810, 2866, 2872, 2976 Moosburg 1014 Morgenthau, Henry 385 Morocco 427, 3520, 3535, 3558 Mortain 2437, 2474, 2476, 2479, 2640 mortars 2208 Moscow conference 382 Moselle River 2510, 2694, 2891, 3201 motor torpedo boats (MTB/PT), see also Eboats 3411, 3595 Mt. Belvedere 3138 Murmansk 3412, 3425, 3613, 3624, 3626, 3628–29, 3638, 3665, 3678, 3695, 3741, 3802 Murphy, Audie 1733, 1982–86 Murphy, Robert 453, 685 Mussolini, Benito 415, 2075, 2077, 2265

N Naples 2288 National Redoubt (Ger.) 2862, 2977 National Security Agency (NSA) 563 National Technical Information Service 114 naval air power, see Air power naval gun fire support 3461, 3517, 3539, 3568, 3590–91 naval and sea warfare 3415–16, 3437–38, 3440, 3448, 3460, 3465, 3530, 3539, 3549, 3555, 3559, 3599, 3603, 3658 naval campaigns and operations 19, 202, 211, 289 naval history 85 Nazis 125, 345, 396, 518 neutrality 421, 530, 1123, 1185 New York Times 105–06, 341 New York Public Library 263 New Zealand Corps 1897 Newfoundland conference 429, 527, 529, 542 Nijmegen 2779–80, 2786, 2890, 2911 nomenclature, see terms and expressions Norden bombsight 692 Normandy campaign 5, 125, 203–04, 310–11, 313, 320, 338, 349, 372, 432, 444, 553, 557, 567, 590, 603, 612, 637, 642, 725, 755, 788, 997–98, 1077, 1084, 1095, 1098, 1121, 1426, 1626, 1637, 1712, 1764–65, 1771, 1812–13, 1825, 1854, 1857, 1931, 1964, 1968, 1978, 2006–07, 2049, 2058, 2066,

Subject Index 2384, 2395, 2426–27, 2438, 2453, 2560–64, 2473, 2482, 2489, 2493–94, 2498, 2517, 2528, 2531, 2535, 2546, 2549, 2560, 2566, 2574, 2581, 2593, 2599, 2600, 2609, 2619, 2625, 2634, 2661, 2684–85, 2689–90, 3078, 3087, 3093, 3119, 3147, 3174–75, 3179, 3190, 3193, 3465 Normandy landings 3418, 3564–68, 3580, 3587, 3592 North African Allied Air Forces 951, 996, 1029, 1027 North African campaign 144, 295, 342–43, 349, 371–72, 427–28, 507, 509, 565, 572, 590, 624, 661, 702, 803, 807, 983, 1023, 1031–32, 1059, 1054, 1626, 1764, 1802–03, 1836, 1855, 1931, 1977, 2004, 2007, 2114, 2121, 3123, 2138, 2142, 2146, 2149, 2153, 2156, 2160, 2168, 2139, 2169, 2171, 2177, 2180, 2182, 2186, 2188, 2196, 3113, 3148 North African landings 3455, 3489, 3504, 3512, 3520, 3535–36, 3542, 3555, 3558 North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) 1038, 1155, 1742, 1853 Northern Ireland 2402 Norway 3406, 3613 Nuremberg 291, 1224

O obituaries 226, 239, 244, 999, 1780, 1858 O’Connor, Richard N. 1989 occupation of Germany 157 Odenwald 3715 Office of Strategic Services (OSS) 11, 548–50, 568, 581, 583, 586, 591, 593, 595, 599, 611, 622, 629, 647, 653, 658–68, 676, 2266 oil and petroleum 749, 1142, 1148, 1154–55, 1173, 1181, 1183, 1228, 1243, 1245, 1266, 1271–72, 1276–77, 2676 Omaha Beach 624, 731, 1673, 1681, 1732, 1799, 1814, 2413, 2440, 2455, 2466, 2539, 2558, 2572–73, 2583, 2590, 2605, 2622, 2637, 2647, 2665, 2678, 3112–13, 3118, 3569, 3580, 3582 operational research 2421 operations, ANVIL-DRAGOON 437, 443, 470, 603, 1055, 2198, 2224, 2239, 2250, 2307–08, 2336, 2378, 2485, 2503, 2541, 2550, 2616, 2630, 2639, 2664, 3228, 3489, 3519, 3540 APHRODITE 1101 AVALANCHE 2333, 3518 BODEPLATTE 1079–80, 1092, 1114 BODYGUARD 580, 612, 619, 667, 698

567 BOLERO 521, 699, 767 COBRA 1082, 1084, 1271, 1812, 2437, 2493, 2519, 2526, 2552, 2584, 2618, 2633, 2635, 2669, 2671, 2684 CROSSBOW 619, 641 CROSSWORD 2337, 2249 DIADEM 2264, 2284 DRUMBEAT 634, 3648 ECLIPSE 490–91 EPSOM 2570 FLASHPOINT 574 FORTITUDE 552–53, 573, 614, 619, 2467 FRANTIC 1147, 1202 GOMORRAH 1184 GOODWOOD 1063, 2570, 2620, 2625, 2654, 2671 GREIF 2077, 2817 GRENADE 2709 HUSKY 462, 577, 1020, 2206, 2247, 2289, 2325, 2334, 3489, 3496 MARKET-GARDEN 567, 569, 665, 2779–80, 2790, 2801, 2810, 2814–15, 2828, 2830, 2841, 2845, 2854, 2872, 2890, 2908–09, 2911, 2933, 2937–38, 2945, 2949, 2975, 3050, 3062, 3065, MINCEMEAT 649 MULBERRY 2401, 2663, 2676, 3569, 3572–74, 3577, 3588, 3593 NEPTUNE 3568–71, 3579, 3582, 3584–85, 3588 NORDWIND 1892, 2798, 2963, 2985, 2990, 3165 OVERCAST 641 OVERLORD 299, 379, 444, 460, 478, 487, 498, 507–08, 553, 827, 997, 1090, 1093, 1095, 1154, 1323, 1836, 1857, 1981, 2166, 2412, 2435, 2439, 2442–44, 2446, 2448, 2544, 2550, 2553, 2557, 2559, 2561, 2567, 2578, 2591, 2599, 2603, 2622, 2623, 2676, 3426, 3496, 3588 PLUTO 2676, 3581, 3588 POINTBLANK 1154, 1161 RANKIN 586 ROUNDUP 508, 521 SHINGLE 3529 SLEDGEHAMMER 508, 528 STAMPEDE 698 STRANGLE 823, 1042–43 SUNRISE 2087, 2237, 2252, 2266, 2443–44, 2345–46 THUNDERCLAP 1153, 1196 TIDALWAVE 1158 TORCH 303, 430, 453, 455, 482, 507, 1025, 1036, 1820, 1951, 2003, 2123, 2134, 2145, 2149–50, 2157, 2173, 2180, 2188, 3455, 3489, 3496, 3510, 3515, 3534, 3537, 3542 TOTALIZE 1063, 1106, 2632, 2641, 2672–73

568 VARSITY 2722–23, 2753, 2785, 2812, 2835, 2869, 2912, 2924–25 WACHT AM RHEIN 692 oral histories 250, 262, 272, 647, 659, 676, 689, 833, 852, 1157–58, 1712, 1748, 1853, 1923, 1941, 2270–71, 2290, 2390, 2459, 2543, 2690, 2707, 2729, 2757, 2773, 2857, 2881, 2908, 2910, 2966, 2969, 2992, 3055, 3068, 3078, 3117, 3133, 3244, 3247, 3692, 3776 Oran 2179, 2194–95 orders of battle 24, 138, 170, 2437, 2697, 2996, 2998 Orne River 2659 Oshima, Hiroshi 571 Oslo Report 623 Our River 2834

P Pacific naval campaign 3436 Pantelleria 1040 Pardubice 1243 Paris 1681, 2395, 2506–07, 2511, 2592, 2606, 2668 Partisans 2892, 3018, 3094, 3110, 3113–14, 3119, 3174, 3193 Pas de Calais 553, 614, 2495 Patch, Alexander M., Jr. 1713, 1733, 1991, 2433, 3025 Patton, George S., Jr. 228, 235, 252, 566, 592, 633, 690, 709, 790, 1031, 1119, 1623, 1675, 1717–19, 1733, 1745, 1761, 1767, 1833, 1836, 1874, 1964, 1992–2035, 2106, 2108, 2406, 2433, 2452, 2456, 2635, 2648, 2710, 2717–18, 2748, 2831, 2849, 2867, 2874, 2904, 2980, 3017–18, 3024 Patton, the movie 2018, 2024, 2875 Pearl Harbor 348, 396, 473, 476, 538, 603, 646, 3500–01, 3547 Peenemünde 1224 Peiper, Joachim 2037–39, 2821, 2856, 2955, 2978 Peloponnesian War 171 Pershing, John J. 1944, 1949, 1954 Persian Gulf Command 510, 807 Pétain, Henri Philippe 453 Philippine Islands 1871 photographic and pictorial histories 76, 120–22, 142, 150–51, 169, 190, 200, 207, 212, 220, 233, 299, 302, 308, 314, 319–21, 325, 334–35, 347, 349–51, 357–58, 363, 365, 374, 421, 671, 717, 808, 815, 825–26, 832, 843, 860, 872, 874, 883, 889, 912, 1048, 1241, 1303, 1306, 1309–10, 1314, 1336, 1339, 1344, 1362, 1365, 1368, 1373–76, 1378, 1381–82, 1385–86, 1389, 1392, 1396–97, 1403, 1406–14,

Subject Index 1417, 1431, 1631, 1657, 2304, 2404, 2439, 2516, 2681, 2695, 2739, 2760, 2793, 2914, 2917, 2958, 3017, 3025, 3027, 3033, 3041, 3047, 3051, 3055–58, 3060, 3066, 3080–81, 3086, 3101–02, 3126, 3140, 3155, 3167, 3169, 3188, 3204, 3239, 3243, 3248, 3254, 3256, 3258, 3260, 3262–63, 3268, 3272, 3277, 3281, 3283–84, 3286, 3288, 3290–91, 3294–96, 3306–07, 3309–10, 3317, 3435, 3601–02, 3631, 3657, 3662, 3683, 3692, 3800, 3817, 3838, 3854 Pilsen. 3892, 3119 Placentia Bay, see also Newfoundland conference 527 Ploesti 310, 624, 981, 1018, 1044, 1127–28, 1138, 1142, 1158, 1173, 1230, 1235, 1242, 1250, 1254, 1272–73, 1288–89, 1292, 1327, 1377 Po Valley 2209, 2227, 2286, 2664 Pogue, Forrest C. 2041 Pointe du Hoc 2488, 3224–25, 3238 Poland, Army 2225, 2581, 2689–90 1st Para, Brig. 2737 II Corps 2292, 2339 Politz 1410 Poltava 1187, 1194, 1201, 1247 Pope, Maurice 1724 Popov, Duskov 646 postwar world 448–49 Potsdam conference 385, 475, 527 Pound, Dudley 277 precision bombing 868–69, 1144, 1156, 1188, 1236 prisoners of war 155, 273, 596, 673, 683, 686, 884, 901, 905–07, 946, 965, 971, 1014, 1652, 1746, 1749, 1766, 2430, 2602, 2831, 2959, 2980, 3055, 3059 project VELVET 1212 propaganda 1157, 1244, 1267 posters 187 psychology and psychological warfare, 370, 579, 635 653, 1200, 2438 PT-boats, see motor torpedo boats public opinion 1146 Public Record Office 271, 604 Pujol, Juan 664–65, 2662 Pulitizer Prize 2100 Pyle, Ernest T. 2042–43

Q Quantitative judgment model, see also Combat performance 1653, 1644 Quebec conference 382, 532–33 RMS Queen Elizabeth 3413 RMS Queen Mary 3413

Subject Index Quesada, Elwood R. 991 quotations 148, 154, 172

R racism and racial relations 776, 948, 1105, 1349–54, 1635, 1674, 1684, 1690, 1738, 1821, 1896, 2389–90, 2820, 3249 radar 118, 714, 794, 3424, 3427, 3659, 3714 Räder, Erich 3466 railroads 808, 1093, 1213 Ramsay, Bertram H. 3496–99 Rangers 1689, 1739, 1818, 2248, 2253, 2379, 2488, 3222, 3230, 3234, 3235, 3237, 3250, 3255 Rapido River 1639–40, 1803, 2218, 2229, 2348, 2350, 2358, 2363, 2369–71, 3155, 3158 Reader’s Digest 350, 2652 Reagan, Ronald 2488 Red Ball Express 709, 718, 790, 801, 2390, 2430 Regensburg 918, 985, 1159, 1208 Remagen bridgehead, see also Ludendorff bridge 1637, 2036, 2052, 2700, 2732–33, 2753, 2771, 2795, 2806–07, 2838, 2864, 2868, 2887, 2988, 3096–97 religion 152 Republican party 1869 research and development 713, 3666 Resistance movements 157, 328, 340, 625, 638, 645, 1122, 1208, 2099, 2380 Revue d’Histoire de la Deuxième Guerre Mondiale 340 Rhine ferries 3577 Rhine River 344, 519, 574, 607, 624, 719, 789, 1126, 1426–27, 1637, 1639–46, 1857, 1895, 1898, 2036, 2392, 2503 2700–01, 2709, 2722, 2725, 2735–36, 2743–44, 2748, 2751, 2753, 2758, 2771, 2774, 2782, 2785, 2795, 2800–08, 2822, 2843, 2847, 2866, 2868, 2872, 2891, 2924–25, 2927, 2950, 2966, 3094, 3583 Rhineland campaign 2412, 2427, 2782, 2845, 2872, 2907, 2932, 2961, 2964–65, 2972, 3090–95, 3099, 3106–08, 3119, 3122, 3155, 3159–61, 3168, 2172, 3175, 3180–81, 3185, 3188, 3190, 3200, 3204, 3207, 3209, 3211–15 Rhone Valley 2232, 2239, 2392, 2503, 2630 Ridgway, Matthew B. 1733, 1901, 2044–50, 2093, 2433, 2984 Ritchie, Neil 1729 Riva Ridge 3133, 3138 Robinson, Jackie 1738 rockets and missiles, see also V-weapons 1451, 3336

569 Roer dams 1118, 2861, 2926, 2986 Roer River 2716, 2755, 2823, 2926 Rome 1182, 1213, 1628, 1922, 2199–2200, 2223, 2238, 2245, 2285, 2306, 2355, 2360–61 Rommel, Erwin 681, 1028, 1032, 1093, 1637, 1931, 1937, 2053–60, 2191, 2619, 2661–62, 3531 Roosevelt, Franklin D. 251, 316–17, 358, 382–85, 387, 390–91, 393, 398, 400, 403, 407, 412, 416–17, 419–20, 422–23, 430, 432–33, 436, 447–50, 456, 463, 465, 471, 474, 488, 504–06, 511, 514, 519, 520, 525, 527, 529–30, 535–36, 658, 679, 685, 971, 1723, 1734, 1737, 1741, 1748, 1836, 1868, 3526, 3599, 3603, 3713 Roosevelt, Theodore 423 Roosevelt, Theodore, Jr. 2062 Rose, Maurice 2063–64 Rouen 1232 RMS Queen Elizabeth 3413 RMS Queen Mary 3413 Ruhr Pocket 2052, 2063, 2427, 2549, 2726, 2728, 2826, 2979, 2992, 3153, 3170–71 Rundstedt, Gert von 1737, 2060, 2065–66, 2619, 2881 Russia, see Soviet Union Ryan, Cornelius 2336, 2506

S Saar River 1895, 3201 Sadzot 2724 SS Santa Clara 3566 St. Lô 1059, 1104, 1799, 1894, 2457, 2497, 2502, 2580, 2623, 2633, 2679 Saint-Mère Eglise 2642 St. Nazaire 3166–67, 3201, 3716, 3823 St. Vith 1808–09, 2702, 2712, 2740, 2756, 2766, 2784, 2863, 2897, 2899, 2969, 2981, 3217, 3219 sailors 3605, 3608 Salerno 3333, 3518 salvage operations 3515, 3563, 3715 Salzburg 3120 Saud, Ibn 3525–26 Scharff, Hanns Joachim 683 Scharnhorst 3681 Schmidt, Hans Thilo 650 Schnorkel 3735 Schweinfurt 918, 1131, 1139–40, 1145, 1159, 1167–68, 1175, 1238, 1269, 1274, 1281 Schramm, Percy Ernst 2881 Schweppenburg, Geyr von 2577 scientific research 370, 623, 641, 643, 2421, 2438, 3468 Scott, George C. 2018, 2024

570 Seabees 32, 2647 SS Seatrain Texas 3532 Second Front 5, 409, 433, 438, 507, 525–26, 541, 740, 1130, 2436, 3602 Secret weapons 3252 Seine River 1095, 2437, 2940, 2966 SHAEF, see Supreme Headquarters Allied Expeditionary Force Shah of Iran 434, 481 shuttle bombing 1135, 1147, 1187, 1194–95, 1201–02, 1211, 1247, 1361, 1415 Siegfried Line 1895, 2476, 2845, 2951, 2965, 2972, 3087, 3146, 3201 Simonds, Guy C. 1724, 1925, 2072, 2632, 2674, 2983 Simpson, William H. 2073–74, 2926 Six-Day War 3301 60 Minutes 1085 ski troops 3132, 3135–36 Skorzeny, Otto 2075–78, 2817 slang expressions, see Terms and expressions Slapton Sands 2415, 3595 Slim, William 231 Slovik, Edward D. 2079–81 Smith, C, Alphonso 3749 Smith, Walter Bedell 2082–83 social developments 152, 169, 181, 312, 318, 322, 326, 330, 340, 352, 354–55, 366, 459, 2438 SOE, see Special Operations Executive soldiers and GI’s 467, 1646–48, 1663, 1679, 1684, 1690, 1700, 1712, 1721, 1725, 1730–32, 1735–36, 1895, 1907, 1936, 1987–88, 2155, 2177–78, 2259, 2309, 2385, 2398, 2417, 2418–19, 2441, 2499, 2636, 2670, 2720–21, 2761, 2766, 2820, 2839, 2897, 2918, 2921, 2935, 2943, 2992, 3027, 3048, 3062–64, 3075–76 3174, 3192, 3546 Soviet Union 111, 267, 346, 380, 395, 405, 471, 481, 504, 524, 526, 1766 Navy 3447, 3653 Red Army 655 Eighth Guards Army 2738 58th Guards Rifle Div. 2871 Spaatz, Carl 828, 908, 918, 927, 963, 996–1005, 1020, 1027, 1149 Spain 91, 421, 427 Spanish Civil War 3561 Spears, Edward L. 231, 1729 special air missions 638, 688 special operations 2075–78, 2817 Special Operations Executive (SOE) 11, 583, 586, 597, 613, 639, 647 Speidel, Hans 2577, 2661 Stalag 17, 1652 Stalin, Josef 358, 382–83, 412, 417, 420, 506, 519, 527, 1211, 2664 Stark, Harold R. 3500 Stars and Stripes 29, 337, 339, 2061 Statistical records 138–39, 187, 914, 1078

Subject Index Stavelot 2730 SS Stephen Hopkins 3621, 3707, 3738 Stephenson, William 621 Stewart, James (“Jimmy”) M. 1006–07 Stier 3621, 3707, 3738 Stilwell, Joseph 1734 Strasbourg 2798 strategic bombing 221, 297, 346, 559, 812–14, 819, 828, 831, 840, 851, 857–59, 868–71, 996, 1002, 1075, 1096, 1130–31, 1134, 1137, 1146, 1149, 1152, 1157, 1160–62, 1166, 1169–71, 1177, 1179–80, 1183, 1192, 1197–99, 1203, 1205, 1209, 1218–21, 1226, 1231, 1234–35, 1241, 1245–46, 1257–58, 1260–63, 1269–70, 1280, 1282–84 strategists 1722, 1938, 1942, 1991 strategy and tactics 181, 212, 219, 266, 273, 336–37, 346, 358, 366, 368, 375, 377–79, 386, 388, 392, 394, 402, 409, 415–16, 425. 432, 439, 440–41, 445, 460–61, 465–66, 472–73, 476–77, 479–80, 487, 492, 502, 507–09, 520, 523–26, 537, 539, 541, 543–44, 873, 1199, 1623, 1646, 1655, 1666, 1688, 1706, 1743, 1921–22, 1951–52, 1955, 1970, 2378, 2399, 2422, 2424, 2429, 2435, 2464, 2476, 2478, 2578, 2599, 2664, 2872, 3500, 3589 Stuart, Kenneth 1724 submarine warfare 3436, 3439, 3442, 3449–54, 3458–59, 3503, 3531, 3543, 3599–600, 3605, 3611–12, 3617–18, 3635–36, 3639–40, 3642, 3654, 3658, 3660, 3673, 3679, 3688, 3696, 3701–03, 3712, 3726, 3751–52, 3760, 3763, 3767, 3771 3773, 3775, 3803–04 Sugarman, Tracy 3501 Suhren, “Teddy”, 3718 Summersby, Kay 1832, 1854, 1874, 1883, 1887–88, 2406 Supreme Allied Commander, see also SHAEF and Eisenhower 413, 495–97, 555, 1832, 1834–46, 1840, 1844, 1848–49, 1831, 1855, 1857, 1860, 1866, 1868, 1876, 1884, 2394, 2425, 2449, 2762, 2759 Supreme Headquarters Allied Expeditionary Force (SHAEF). 343, 379, 478, 495, 497, 635, 682, 1011, 1860, 1873, 2384, 2405, 2466 Naval forces 3496, 3498 Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers Europe (SHAPE) 1873 surrender, German 2088, 2237, 2252, 2266, 2345–46, 2376, 2386, 2923, 2946, 2976, 3737 Sweden 421, 1123 Switzerland 421, 907, 1185

Subject Index T tactical or close air support 737, 811, 826, 845, 867, 870, 971, 1008, 1011, 1023, 1059, 1064–66, 1069–71, 1075, 1077, 1081–82, 1094, 1100, 1102, 1112–14, 1116, 1119–20, 1124, 1126, 2421, 2611, 2984 tanks and armored fighting vehicles, 118, 140, 1632, 1667, 1670, 1706, 1908, 2261, 2408, 2505, 2547, 2579, 2673–74, 2688, 2740, 2756, 2765, 2776, 2780, 2803, 2879, 2891, 2929, 2931, 2940–41, 2986, 3252, 3267, 3328, 3267–3328, 3361 tank destroyers 1667, 2716, 3267, 3274–75, 3298, 3303, 3319, 3323–24 Taranto 3406, 3547 target selection 1340, 1245, 1290 Task Force Butler 3232 Tassigny, Jean de Lattre de 1720 Taylor, Maxwell D. 1901, 2086–87 technology 118, 326, 328, 341, 345, 463, 1688, 2523, 3423, 3611–12, 3641, 3698, 3771, 3775 Tedder, Arthur W. 1008–11 Teheran conference 382, 417, 506, 531 terms and expressions 143, 145, 147–48, 161, 172, 174, 176, 824 Tibenham 1404 Time 359 Times of London 110 Tirpitz 3414, 3457 Tito (Josip Broz) 565, 647 Tokyo 951–53 Toland, John 2088 Torgau 2871 Toulon 453, 603, 2541, 2630, 3541 transportation, sea 705, 759 Triplett, William S. 2089 Tripoli 2141 Trondheim 3746 Troopships 3811, 3822 Troyes 2688 Truman, Harry S. 385, 423, 1105, 1723, 1748 Truscott, Lucian K., Jr. 1716, 1733, 2090–91, 2232 Tunisian campaign 2122, 2125–27, 2162–63, 2167, 2189, 2191–92, 3113, 3150 Turkey 421 Tuskegee airmen 1105 12 O’Clock High 831 Twining, Nathan F. 908

U U-boat bases 3716, 3746 U-boats 128, 609, 627, 650, 670, 672–74, 3449, 3452–53, 3458, 3467, 3488, 3495, 3611–12, 3617–18, 3660, 3680,

571 3685, 3691, 3710, 3712, 3717–20, 3735, 3645–47, 3756, 3775, 3870 Types I-XXIII 3778 Type VII 3856 Type XXI 3688, 3778, 3839 U-85 3730 U-123 3648 U-156 3693 U-233 3737 U-333 3633 U-352 3670 U-405 3667 U-505 3484–85, 3645–46, 3709, 3736, 3867 U-515 3488 U-549 3664 U-564 3502 U-809 3428 U-1232 3697 ULTRA and the “Ultra Secret”, 41, 280, 552, 556, 563–65, 567, 570, 575–76, 581, 592, 601, 608, 615, 620, 622, 626, 628, 630, 634, 636–37, 640, 644, 648, 651, 655, 660, 666, 669–70, 677, 684, 687, 696–97, 991, 997, 1843, 1897, 1946, 2239, 2254, 3436, 3459, 3548, 3553, 3595, 3597, 3735, 3781 unconditional surrender policy 376, 378, 380–81, 446, 471, 488, 539 underwater divers 3428 uniforms and equipment 129, 178, 2165, 3067, 3080, 3243, 3253, 3553, 3380, 3382, 3384–85, 3393–95, 3402, 3916–18 United Kingdom, see Great Britain United Nations 153 United States, Air Force 117, 908, 912, 924, 1013 Academy 77 Air Command and Staff College 112, 1202 Air University Library 102, 112, 262 Air War College 112 Office of History 54, 117, 173, 192 Tactical Air Command 867 Armed service rivalries 3616 Army 1641–42, 1644, 1648, 1657, 1693, 1699, 1955, 2433, 2560, 2581, 2993, 2995, 3004 armor and cavalry units 3002 artillery units 3000 campaign participation roster 3004 Center of Military History/Military History Chaplains Corps 1726 Dental Corps 746 disputes with navy 387, 454 Engineer Corps 699, 730, 1682, 2320, 2466, 2733 Foreign Military Studies 257, 285 Ground Forces 2994 Infantry units 3001

572 Institute 3, 130, 362, 432, 582, 754, 1626, 2998 Operations Division 394 Ordnance Corps 715, 764–65 Quartermaster Corps, 732, 735, 762, 782–84, 786, 798–800 replacement system 1661, 2389, 2905, 3249 Service Forces 754, 756, 766, 784, 795, 798, 804, 2994 Signal Corps 513, 794, 796–97, 806 supply service in Europe 2399, 2683 Transportation Corps 716, 750, 785, 801, 804 Veterinary Service 765 Women’s Army Corps 3003 Unit histories 21–24, 29–31, 41, 65, 76, 181, 260, 129–1303, 2993 Armies and corps, First Army Gp. 1932 First Army 343, 642, 669, 715, 806, 1334, 1783, 1909–11, 2474, 2726, 2836, 2845, 2860, 286, 2974, 2979, 3005–12 First Allied Airborne Army 937, 2722, 2785, 2790, 2830, 2845, 2912 Third Army 709, 711, 732, 1116, 1999, 2004, 2009, 2018, 2033, 2456, 2490, 2499, 2866–67, 2924, 3013–24 Fifth Army 779, 783, 943, 1800, 1802, 2090, 2207, 3025–26 Sixth Army Gp. 1823–24, 2503, 2798, 2878, 2963, 2985 Seventh Army 752, 943, 1991, 2323, 2990, 3027–28 Eighth Army 2047, 2050, 2093, 2095 Ninth Army 2073–74, 2726, 2845, 2866, 2932, 2979, 3029 Twelfth Army Gp. 606–07, 1303, 2399, 2808 Fifteenth Army Gp. 1756, 2344 II Corps, 2009e 2190 III Corps 2093, 2867 V Corps 2583, 2984 VI Corps 706, 1937, 2090, 3529 VII Corps 1271, 1810, 2633, 2755, 2984, 3007 VIII Corps 787, 2984 XII Corps 1827, 2554, 2565, 2867, 2984 XIII Corps 3030 XVI Corps 3031 XVIII Airborne Corps 2045, 2047, 2984 XIX Corps 1779, 2548 XX Corps 2095, 3032 XXI Corps 2658 XXII Corps 1905 Divisions 2997–98 Airborne divisions, 13th Abn. Div. 3033 17th Abn. Div. 2812, 2869, 3034 82nd Abn. Div. 426, 1651, 1901–02,

Subject Index 2047, 2377, 2482, 2642, 2779, 2786, 2790, 2911, 3035–52 101st Abn. Div. 642, 1928, 2086–87, 2491, 2585, 2734, 2749, 2752, 2789–90, 2811, 2846, 2848, 2919, 3053–76 Armored divisions, 1st Armd. Div. 1905, 2126, 2136, 3077 2nd Armd. Div. 1810, 1905, 2064, 2802, 2941, 3008, 3078–81 3rd Armd. Div. 2883, 3082–87 4th Armd. Div. 1069, 1704, 2106, 2109, 2789, 2831, 3088–90 5th Armd. Div. 2106, 3091–92 6th Armd. Div. 2834, 2944, 3093–94 7th Armd. Div. 2540, 2712, 2728, 2756, 2853, 2898, 3008 8th Armd. Div. 3095 9th Armd. Div. 2700, 2732, 2806–07, 2864, 3096–98 10th Armd. Div. 2799, 3099–3101 11th Armd. Div. 2796, 2803, 2891, 3102–03 12th Armd. Div. 3104–06 13th Armd. Div. 3107 14th Armd. Div. 2586, 3108 16th Armd. Div. 2892 20th Armd. Div. 3109 Infantry divisions, 1st Inf. Div. 1761, 2062, 2181, 2430, 2583, 2626, 2883, 3110–18, 3517 2nd Inf. Div. 2729, 2731, 2839, 2844, 3119 3rd Inf. Div. 1640, 2062, 3120–32 4th Inf. Div. 2668, 3123–24 5th Inf. Div. 1988, 3125–26 8th Inf. Div. 2097, 3127–28 9th Inf. Div. 1764, 1827, 2068, 3140, 3129–31 10th Mtn. Div. 3132–3140 26th Inf. Div. 1721 28th Inf. Div. 1814, 2081, 2750, 2828, 2842, 2888–89, 2898, 3141–42 29th Inf. Div. 1681, 1814, 1904, 2457, 2580, 2583, 2643, 3031, 3143–45 30th Inf. Div. 2716, 3146–47 34th Inf. Div. 2328, 3148–50 35th Inf. Div. 3030, 3151–54 36th Inf. Div. 1640, 2218, 2226, 2328, 2350, 2363, 2369–70, 3155–58 42nd Inf. Div. 2797, 3159 44th Inf. Div. 3160 45th Inf. Div. 1640, 2331, 2797, 3161–65 66th Inf. Div. 3166–67, 3733 69th Inf. Div. 2871 70th Inf. Div. 3168 71st Inf. Div. 1918 75th Inf. Div. 3031, 3169–71 78th Inf. Div. 3031, 3172–73 79th Inf. Div. 2611, 2943, 3174–77 80th Inf. Div. 3178–79

Subject Index 83rd Inf. Div. 3180 84th Inf. Div. 2763–64, 3030, 3181 85th Inf. Div. 3182 86th Inf. Div. 3183 87th Inf. Div. 2897, 3184–85 88th Inf. Div. 3186–87 89th Inf. Div. 3188–89 90th Inf. Div. 2062, 2627, 3190–93 91st Inf. Div. 3194 92nd Inf. Div. 3195–99 94th Inf. Div. 3200–02 95th Inf. Div. 3031, 3203–04 99th Inf. Div. 1987, 2389, 2729, 2731, 2906, 3205–08 100th Inf. Div. 3209–11 102nd Inf. Div. 3030, 3212 103rd Inf. Div. 2538, 3213 104th Inf. Div. 1761, 3214–16 106th Inf. Div. 2768, 2784, 2883, 2898, 2973, 2981, 3217–19 Artillery units, 111th Field Arty. Bn. 2608 185th Field Arty. Bn. 2168 285th Field Arty. Obsn. Bn. 2769, 2788 456th Para. Field Arty. Bn. 3045 589th Field Arty. Bn. 2768 698th Field Arty. Bn. 2240 777th Field Arty. Bn. 1990 920th Field Arty. Bn. 2445 991st Field Arty. Bn. 2660, 2951 997th Field Arty. Bn. 2621 Armored and cavalry units, 2nd Tank Destroyer Gp. 2716 4th Cavalry Gp. 2532 37th Tank Bn. 224, 1751 41st Cav. Recon. Sq. 2796 52nd Tank Bn. 2891 306th Cav. Regt. 2121 712th Tank Bn. 3270 745th Tank Bn. 2626 758th Tank Bn. 3249 760th Tank Bn. 2244 761st Tank Bn. 3220, 3244, 3249 784th Tank Bn. 3249 Engineer units, 36th Eng. Brig. 2158 39th Eng. Bn. 2253 276th Eng. Bn. 2988 291st Eng. Bn. 2036, 2398 1056th Eng. Gp. 2748 1117th Eng. Gp. 2751 1303rd Eng. Regt. 2521, 2758 Infantry units, 15th Inf. Regt. 2670 16th Inf. Regt. 1673, 3112 18th Inf. Regt. 1917 22nd Inf. Regt. 2465, 2905 38th Inf. Regt. 2494 60th Inf. Regt. 2896 100th Inf. Bn. 3229, 3240, 3248 110th Inf. Regt. 2848, 2889

573 115th Inf. Regt. 2580 116th Inf. Regt. 1732, 2465 327th Glider Inf. Regt. 2855, 3069 351st Inf. Regt. 1704 359th Inf. Regt. 2500 394th Inf. Regt. 1732 401st Glider Inf. Regt. 3059, 3069 442nd Inf. Regt. 3195, 3227, 3229, 3247–48 475th Inf. Regt. 3195, 3197 502rd Parachute Inf. Regt. 2854, 2930 504th Parachute Inf. Regt. 1739, 3040, 3239 505th Parachute Inf. Regt. 3052, 3241 506th Parachute Inf. Regt. 1725, 1739, 2491, 3053, 3061–62, 3076 507th Parachute Inf. Regt. 2465 508th Parachute Inf. Regt. 2604, 3038 509th Parachute Inf. Regt. 2137, 2179, 2194–95 513th Parachute Inf. Regt. 1898 517th Parachute Inf. Regt. 3223 Ranger units, 1st Ranger Bn. 2253 2nd Ranger Bn. 1704, 2488, 3224–25, 3236, 3238, 3242, 3245 4th Ranger Bn. 2253, 3222 5th Ranger Bn. 3232 Miscellaneous units, 1st Abn. Task Force 3228 1st Sig. Co. 3114 1st Special Svc. Force 1896, 2040, 3221, 3226, 3231, 3243, 3246, 3251 7th Field Hospital 742 23rd Headquarters Special Troops 606 84th Chemical Co. 2510 Army Air Force (AAF) 54, 117, 192, 418, 454, 767, 810–14, 824–25, 829, 833–35, 846, 848, 852, 862, 872, 874, 868, 885, 922, 931, 933, 2994, 3616, 3640 Air Transport Command 720, 722, 738, 775 Assistant Chief of Staff, Plans 454 Ferry Command 780 Strategic Air Forces in Europe (USSTAFE) 996 transportation and combat cargo squadrons 1125, 1293 Unit histories 33, 147 numbered air forces and commands, 1st Air Div. 1420, 1483 2nd Air (Bomb) Div. 1371, 1404, 1499 3rd Air Div. 985, 1372, 1483 Eighth Air Force 86, 767, 778, 911, 945, 951–52, 962–63, 996, 1007, 1059, 1078, 1088, 1110, 1128, 1141, 1145, 1176, 1193, 1225, 1299, 1304–11, 1313–15, 1621–22 VIII Bomber Comd. 72, 656, 918, 964, 983, 985, 1139, 1188, 1214, 1238,

574

Subject Index 1253, 1268–69, 1278, 1280, 1374, 1376, 1379–80, 1382–83, 1385, 1387–89, 1392, 1395, 1398, 1400, 1413, 1416–18 VIII Fighter Comd. 941 1331, 1339, 1358, 1361–62 Ninth Air Force 845, 937, 939, 1013, 1020, 1039, 1041, 1069, 1078, 1088, 1100, 1102, 1110, 1303, 1316–23, 1391, 1424 IX Bomber Comd. 1401 IX Fighter Comd. 867 IX Tactical Air Comd. 991, 1334 Twelfth Air Force 951, 1020–23, 1036–37, 1053–54, 1056, 1324, 1390 Fifteenth Air Force 908, 951, 1128, 1138, 1193, 1303, 1325–27 XV Bomber Comd. 1409, 1414 XIX Tactical Air Comd. 1115–16, 1119, 1335, 1359 XXIX Tactical Air Comd. 1337 Bombardment units, 2nd Bomb Gp. 1045 12th Bomb Gp. 1373 14th Bomb Wing 1374 36th Bomb Sq. 1375 42nd Bomb Wing 1619 44th Bomb Gp. 1376–77 47th Bomb Wing 1378 55th Bomb Wing 1243 91st Bomb Gp. 1379 92nd Bomb Gp. 1380 93rd Bomb Gp. 1381 95th Bomb Gp. 1382 97th Bomb Gp. 1187 98th Bomb Gp. 981 100th Bomb Gp. 1206, 1384–86 305th Bomb Gp. 1388 306th Bomb Gp. 1204, 1389 319th Bomb Gp. 1390 322nd Bomb Gp. 1248 344th Bomb Gp. 1083 349th Bomb Sq. 1384 350th Bomb Sq. 1386 376th Bomb Wing 1391 379th Bomb Gp. 1392 381st Bomb Gp. 1393 384th Bomb Gp. 1394 388th Bomb Gp. 1395 389th Bomb Gp. 1127, 1396–97 390th Bomb Gp. 1398 391st Bomb Gp. 1399 392nd Bomb Gp. 1400 394th Bomb Gp. 1312, 1401 397th Bomb Gp. 1131, 1402–03 445th Bomb Gp. 1006, 1404 446th Bomb Gp. 977, 1405–07 451st Bomb Gp. 1408 453rd Bomb Gp. 1006 454th Bomb Gp. 1409 457th Bomb Gp. 1410

460th Bomb Gp. 1230 464th Bomb Gp. 1412 467th Bomb Gp. 1413 477th Bomb Gp. 1354 483rd Bomb Gp. 1414 485th Bomb Gp. 1411 490th Bomb Gp. 1417 491st Bomb Gp. 1418 492nd Bomb Gp. 1419 885th Bomb Gp. 638 Fighter units, 4th Fighter Gp. 936, 966, 970–71, 975, 1328–33, 1339 20th Fighter Gp. 1336 31st Fighter Gp. 1338 56th Fighter Gp. 967, 979, 987, 1339 66th Fighter Gp. 1341 78th Fighter Gp. 1342 79th Fighter Gp. 1344 79th Fighter Sq. 978 82nd Fighter Gp. 1346 99th Fighter Sq. 948, 1105, 1553 315th Fighter Sq. 1434 324th Fighter Gp. 1434 325th Fighter Gp. 1347–48, 1355 332nd Fighter Gp. 948, 1105, 1349–55 350th Fighter Gp. 1355–56 352nd Fighter Gp. 989, 1357 353rd Fighter Gp. 1358 354th Fighter Gp. 1359 356th Fighter Sq. 976, 1360 357th Fighter Gp. 942, 1361 359th Fighter Gp. 1076, 1362 363rd Fighter Gp. 1363 365th Fighter Gp. 1365 367th Fighter Gp. 1366–67 371st Fighter Gp. 1368 406th Fighter Gp. 1369 422nd Fighter Sq. 1370 Troop carrier units, 50th Troop Carrier Wing 1423–24 53rd Troop Carrier Wing 1425 303rd Troop Carrier Sq. 1430 316th Troop Carrier Gp. 1426 437th Troop Carrier Gp. 1427 440th Troop Carrier Gp. 1428 441st Troop Carrier Gp. 1429 442nd Troop Carrier Gp. 1430 Miscellaneous units, 10th Photo Reconnaissance Gp. 1421–22 Coast Guard 79, 3455, 3470, 3536, 3556–57, 3578, 3583, 3594, 3596, 3630, 3652, 3711, 3762, 3766, 3779 Cutters and craft 3853 General officers 240 Joint Chiefs of Staff 292, 403–04, 489, 524, 756, 1728, 2702, 3492 Marine Corps 32, 3473 Military Academy 276, 279, 948, 1750

Subject Index National Defense Research Committee 3666 National Publications Commission 261 Naval Institute 262 Navy 217, 397, 402, 472, 705, 747, 749, 751, 760, 824, 3419–20, 3422, 3433–34, 3435, 3441–42, 3455–56, 3560, 3469, 3471–73, 3487, 3517, 3529–30, 3535–37, 3562, 3599, 3616, 3618, 3632, 3752, 3760 air warfare 3410, 3534, 3542. 3549, 3558, 3562 Armed Guard 3739 Chief of Naval Operations, 3492–94, 3500 COMINCH Combat Intelligence Center 3753, 3756 disputes with army 387, 454 Naval Historical Center 219, 264, 288–89 Units, Fourth Fleet 3675, 3725 Tenth Fleet 3639 Western Task Force 3567 ship construction 3686 Strategic Bombing Survey 1170–71, 1215–16, 1251, 1279 War Department, Special Branch 669 war effort in Europe 98, 104 War Production Board 485 USCGC Avanti 3764 USCGC Northwind 3761 USCGC Zaida 3762 USS Arcturus 3522 USS Augusta 3575 USS Block Island 3664 USS Bogue 3610 USS Borie 3667 USS Bronstein 3763 USS Buchanan. 3823 USS Card 3657 USS Chenango 3542 USS Delta 3552 USS Fogg 3804 USS Greer 3634, 3713, 3743 USS Guadalcanal 3643–44, 3646 USS Haste 3625 USS Reuben James 3634, 3713, 3743 USS McCook 3590 USS Niblack 3416 USS Omaha 3715 USS Ranger 3558, 3562, 3812 USS Roe 3774 USS Roper 3730 USS Sangamon 3542 USS Santee 3542 USS Savannah 3533 USS Somers 3715 USS Suwanee 3542 USS Texas 3591 USS Wasp 3544 University Microfilms 98, 104

575 University of North Carolina 263 Urquhart, R. E. 2092 Utah Beach 1810, 2466, 2482, 2533, 2558, 2627, 2642, 2647, 2680, 3091, 3564, 3580

V V (Vergeltung)-weapons 557, 623, 641, 1072, 1181, 2414 VE-Day 192, 293, 303, 497, 1653, 2393, 2843 VJ-Day 196, 298, 348 Van Fleet, James A. 2093 Vandegrift, A. A. 1734 Vandenberg, Hoyt S. 908, 1013–14 Vanderbilt University 2052 Vegesak 1240 vehicles, military 136, 140, 142, 150–51, 3359–70 Vermork 647 Vichy, see France Victory 2386, 2412 Victory ships 3828 Vietnam War 1262, 1631, 1657, 2048, 2086–87, 3125, 3278 Villiers Bocage 2105 Virginia Military Institute 1936 Vokes, Christopher 1724, 2094 Volturno River 2298, 2366 Vosges Mountains 1892, 2239, 2392, 2481, 2721, 2985, 3210, 3247

W Wairt, Carton de 231, 1729 Walcheren Island 2289, 2991 Walker, Kenneth 425 Walker, Walton H. 1713, 2095 Wallace, Henry 692 Walt Disney Studios 1603 War gaming 123, 2620, 2780 warships 73, 177, 211, 453 British and dominion 3812, 3831, 3850 United States 3818, 3836–37, 3841, 3855, 3862 Washington conference 533 SS Booker T. Washington 3606 Wavell, Archibald 1636, 1729 weapons 118, 136, 142, 153, 159, 169, 171, 175, 177–78, 181, 204, 2191, 3329–58, 3394, 3506, 3533 Naval 3904–07 weather forecasts 2409, 2443, 2537, 2553, 2612, 2663, 2675, 2875, 3579 weather prayer 2875 Wehrmacht 285, 1633, 1644, 1705–06, 1710, 2066, 2407, 2481, 2712, 2721 Weidenfeld and Nicolson 220 werewolves 695

576 Wesel 2748, 2751 West Wall 2437, 2739, 2887, 2972 Western Desert campaign 592, 1008, 1039, 1041, 1989, 2129, 2188 Western Front 132, 137, 324, 362, 2105, 2423, 2704, 3104 Westover, Oscar 927, 999 Westphal, Siegfried 236, 2290 Weygand, Maxime 453 Weyland, Otto P. 1115 White, Thomas D. 908 “White Stallions of Vienna”, 2005 “Willie and Joe”, 1958, 2013, 2309 Willis, M. Everett 2954 Wilson, Henry Maitland 231, 1729, 2103 Wilson, Woodrow 423 Winant, John W. 141 Wingate, Orde 231 Winn, Rodger 634 Winter Line 2329, 2365–66 Wittmann, Michael 2105 Wolff, Karl 2346, 2376 wolfpacks 3451, 3459, 3700, 3778 Women 152, 155, 174 Wood, John S. 2106–09

Subject Index World War I 152 World War II 28, 33, 49, 52, 58, 66–67, 73, 88, 90–91, 107, 110, 112–13, 119, 127, 129, 130, 134, 137–38, 140, 167, 171, 177–78, 296, 306, 307, 1688, 1710, 2438 World War II: The Encyclopedia of the War Years 163

X XX Committee 590, 646, 648, 657, 664–65, 678, 696, 698

Y Yalta conference 385, 390, 519, 983, 2927 Yank 337 Yugoslavia 565, 625, 638, 647

Z Zhukov, Georgi K. 2411, 2824 Zuckerman, Solly 1270 Zumwalt, Elmo 37